We Create And Design Book Banner Around Your Book(s).
…We Will Add Photos, Book Covers, Awards, Fonts, Colors, Banner Size, Etc. At Your Request, Or You May Ask Our Team To Create A Banner On Their Own, And Surprise You. Either Way, We Want You To Be Happy With The Results.
…You Can Use Your Book Banner Anyway You Choose. Place It On Your Website, Blog, Email, And Use It For Any Of Your Own Online Promotions.
…Our Banners Stand Out Above All Other Author/Book Posting Within Our Social Media Avenues.
…We Will Promote Your Book Banner On Book Marketing Global Network.
…We Will Promote Your Book Banner Within All Our Online Avenues.
…Let Our Book Banner Service, Give You A Book Banner, That Will Make The Best Photo Book Banner Statement On The Web.
WE REVIEW/ENDORSE 5 STAR PUBLISHED AND UNPLUBISHED BOOKS!
Let Us Endorse Your Book: We Invite Our Members To Submit Book(s) Into Our ‘Editorial Book Review/Endorsement’ Program. There is NO FEE to submit your book into this program. We are looking for 5 Star Books. If your book is accepted into this program, you will be given the option to select from multiple promotional packages, to get your book with our review/endorsement in front of our readers within our multiple online avenues. Again, all promotional packages are optional. You must be a member to submit your book into this program.
Our ‘Editorial Book Review/Endorsement’ Is A Sales Tool And Is Very Different From A Customer Review. We use our ‘Editorial Book Review/Endorsement’ in all avenues and promotions associated with Book Marketing Global Network. We do not post on Amazon as a ‘Customer Review’. Our review is not considered a ‘Customer Review’. Our review content is to large for the Amazon format. Our ‘Editorial Book Review’ word count can be as much as 500 words. Our ‘Editorial Book Review’ is over 500 words. We encourage each author or publisher to place our ‘Editorial Book Review’ on the actual Amazon book page, under the heading “Editorial Book Review”. Placing our review on the actual Amazon book page, under the heading “Editorial Review” gives the reader much more information about the book and encourages them to purchase.
We Will Create A Special Press Release And Share It With Our Readers And Within Our Promotional Avenues.
“Non A.I. Author Content”: Book Marketing Global Network is owned, operated and the online content is produced by humans, not produced by A. I. Our Author Pages’ Content and Book Pages’ Content is given to us to use by our Independent, Creative, Human Authors (Not Produced by A. I. Authors). This is important as we move towards an “A. I. Universe”.
Readers should and will be able choose “Non A.I. Author Content” in the form of print books, eBooks, audio books, etc. Author content at Book Marketing Global Network is written by human authors: using their creativity, imagination, research and life experiences, etc. We have a deep respect for our authors. Their time, energy, and content will always be valued, as we strive to promote their books (giving them more time to write).
We recommend that going forward, authors place a “Non A.I. Author” statement on their book copyright page and possibly on the back cover, so readers will know that your content is produce by the human mind not A. I. That said, A. I. is a tool that can help authors edit their work. It is a great tool to help professional editors, publishers and cover designers, etc.
Below is a list of websites with some very interesting information for Authors:
…Make sure your Author’s Page at Book Marketing Global Network is up-to-date. …Make sure all your books are in our Genre Directories. …Submit your book manuscript to our Book Review Program for consideration.
Things You Can Do:
…Set up a Book Signing Table in your neighbor/community yard sale. …Look through your local newspaper, do your research for large yard sales, and ask permission to set up a Book Signing Table at yards sales happening in your community. …Set up a Book Signing Table at your local flea markets, fresh air markets, etc. …Set up a Book Signing Table at your Church or Civic Center’s Craft Fairs. …Ask your local Mom and Pop book stores to allow you to set up a Book Signing Table. …Ask your local pool committee, to allow you to set up a Book Signing Table pool side. …Ask your local Mom and Pop Drug stores and food centers if you can set up a Book Signing Table.
Suggestions For A Successful Book Signing:
…Buy boxes of your book(s), don’t run out. …Offer both Cash and Credit/Debit Card Purchases, if you can. …Have large posters/signs advertising your Book Signing event near and around your table. …Hand out free Book Marks, Refrigerator Magnet, or Flyer to all adults who stop by. Make sure to lists your books and purchase links on those items. …Hand out free balloons/whistles/bubbles or other gift to kids. …Offer free drinks and snacks at your table. …Have a Lap Top set up playing an advertisement about your book(s). You could even have a book reading playing on your lap top. …You can have music softly playing in the background. Research shows the slower and softer the music, the longer people shop. …Use blue in your color scheme. Research shows blue invites people to stay longer.
In The Winter Months: Don’t Forget All The Local Community (Church) Christmas and Craft Fairs.
We have received a lot of emails from authors who have been with Traditional Publishers and want to make the switch to Self-Publishing. Being in control of your own work has many advantages. You do not have to worry about publishing contracts (which can be a nightmare if you want to leave) or sharing your book royalties with a publisher.
We get a lot of emails from frustrated authors. Some of the complaints are about publishers who have died or closed their services. We also get complaints from authors who their publisher sold their company and the author is unhappy with the new publisher.
We hear nightmare stores about publishing contracts and the hassle and high cost of pulling out of a contract.
Below are two trusted sources for self-publishing with NO CONTRACTS. Beware of publishers posing as Self-Publishing Platforms and yet have long, complicated contracts, with heavy fees to join and to leave.
*****
Kindle Direct Publishing is FREE for both print and eBooks (with Free easy to use cover designer). “KDP provides you with free and simple tools to self-publish your book in more than 10 countries in over 45 languages.”
“Be Your Own Publisher: KDP gives you control over your book’s content, design, price, audience, and advertising.”
“Self-Publish Easily: Publish print and digital formats in three simple steps, and see your book appear on Amazon stores around the world in 72 hours.”
“Earn More: Earn up to 70% royalty and offer your eBook on Kindle Unlimited by enrolling in KDP Select.”
“Keep Control: Retain ownership of your content, publish on your schedule, and set your own list prices.”
LuLu is FreePrint and E-Books (with Free easy to use cover designer).
“Publish, Print and Prosper: Publish, print, and sell your books internationally with our Print-On-Demand network while eliminating the risk and hassle of inventory and fulfillment.”
“Publish or Print a Book: Have a book custom printed or self-publish a book for free to sell around the world!” https://www.lulu.com/create
“How to Self-Publish a Book: Free resources & tools to get you started with Self-Publishing and Print-On-Demand books.” https://www.lulu.com/resources
“Sell Your Book: Sell your books internationally using Shopify, WooCommerce, Amazon, the Lulu Bookstore, and more.” https://www.lulu.com/sell
Images: We Highly Recommend You Purchase All Photo/Image And Keep Proof Of License.
Photo/Image Warning: Always research and use royalty free images (save link to prove they are royalty free or purchase your photo with a license to use on book cover, in books, on websites/blog and in your promotions.
Save The Source Link from any online source where you purchase photos/images. Save the photos/images that your purchase and save all the license information (such as license number, etc.). You might have to prove your permission or license to use a photo/image. Better safe than sorry.
Google Images Link: Find some royalty free images. Also, find multiple sources where you purchase photos and gain a license to use them on book covers, promotion, websites, etc. https://images.google.com
*****
Here Are A Few Photo/Images Source (thousands of sources online).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Find Yourself Standing Alongside Gloria Harris!
If you love Women’s Contemporary Historical Romance, “The Liberty Bodice” by Joy M. Lilley has to be your next read.
As you read this well written drama, you will find yourself standing alongside Gloria Harris (main character). You will experience her childhood, unbelievable traumas, her strengths, achievements, love and sense of duty to her country, while history unfolds in worn torn Europe. Unable to put the book down, you will become more than a spectator, as your mind places your feet in her footsteps along her remarkable journey.
Born in 1922, Gloria Harris is born into a poverty-stricken family in the UK. She and her sister are sent away to Northern Ireland, where hard labor prevailed on their uncle’s small farm. Escape comes when at age sixteen, Gloria is sent to live with a prosperous family in France as an exchange student. Her many experiences only cement her love for languages.
When the Second World War begins, her horrified family can only watch as Gloria trains to become a Special Operations Executive (SOE) in Churchill’s secret army. Your heart will be torn when Gloria is captured by the “Gestapo and sent to Fresnes prison in Paris, then on to the notorious Dachau Concentration Camp.”
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter Thirteen-Our War:
…We were so pleased we would be together on our first mission. This kind of work was neither for the faint-hearted or the weak. It was winter now, and we had to be parachuted into occupied France after dark the next night.
…We had been told about the resistance network and how someone would be waiting to collect us and take us to a safe house.
…The night before we were sent overseas on our first mission, none of us slept. We were together in a small hut at army quarters near Tempsford airfield. It was a terrifying time for me; I couldn’t think straight and wondered why on earth I had joined up in the first place. I kept thinking about my family, who had tried so hard to stop me from going ahead with these plans and began to wonder if they may have been right. Then, I thought of Geoffrey and his marriage proposal. Had I made a mistake?
…I was telling myself quietly in bed and hiding under covers that I would not die; good Lord, I was far too young to die. Although none of us spoke aloud, I believed that the other two were probably feeling the same way.
…The night seemed endless, and it fleetingly crossed my mind to get up and go home. No one would notice if I crept out and disappeared into the night. We had been told the night before our mission that not all the agents of the S.O.E. had made it home. Some had died in terrible circumstances. I kept on chewing that information over and over in my head. I couldn’t contain myself any longer and turned to the others and said, “Pearl, are you awake?”
…“Yes, I am. I can’t sleep.” “Sandra, are you awake?”
…“Yes, and I don’t know what I’m doing here, really.”
…“Do you think everyone about to go overseas feels this way the night before, Pearl?” I asked.
…“I hope so; I’m sure we are not out of the ordinary in feeling this way. Do you think that many agents bottle out at this point?”
…“Yes, I do, but I wonder if they are allowed to leave so close to being taken over to the continent?” asked Sandra.
…“Well, that’s exactly what I want to do right now,” Pearl said as she threw back the bedclothes and jumped out of bed.
…“Look. It’s four in the morning. We leave at five tonight. Let’s tuck into a bottle I’ve been keeping for a time such as this. I have kept it out of sight since we started our training. I didn’t want to give the impression that I’m a drinker. I thought it would give us enough Dutch courage to keep us from abandoning our cause,” Pearl said with a wry smile.
…I fetched the glasses, and the three of us tucked into the large bottle of brandy and drank the lot between us; I had a feeling that this might happen, from the various conversations over the last weeks. We were all afraid of what we were going to encounter in occupied France; not long after the bottle had been emptied, the three of us fell asleep with considerable ease.
…The next day, around lunchtime, we had to report to the officers’ barracks for our final briefings.”
You must read this book to find out how Gloria’s summons the strength to survive, and bring some closure at the end of her journey.
After you read “The Liberty Bodice” be sure to purchase “Figs, Vines and Roses”, “One Chance Encounter”, “Strawberry Moon”, and “Times Pendulum Swings” by Joy M. Lilley.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Great Family Saga!
Figs, Vines and Roses is a family saga giving insight between the upper and lower class in 1888. Author Joy M. Lilley does a good job describing life in various English towns as the reader gets to know the Merryweather family. I can relate to young Isabella “Issy” and her brother Clarence, since like them, I was sent to a boarding school. Their childhood was very comfortable, innocent and more privileged than most and with it came the best boarding school.
I invite you to join Isabella in her family life with dog Molly, brother Clarence, Grandmother Ella, her inevitable coming of age journey into young adulthood. Issy falls in love with Terence, who is the gardener. This is forbidden love since Terence is from the “wrong side of tracks”. What is the secret that Issy can’t escape?
…Isabella love for beautiful gardens brings the reader here: “It did not take long before Isabella began exploring the grounds of the estate and could see the potential of the gardens that had suffered so much neglect for many years; apparently, she had discovered from one of the grounds men that the mid-Victorian landowners had built a brick farmhouse beyond the Castle building and at the same time took the estate in hand. There were remaining signs of this with shrubs and flowers in bloom, and interesting varieties of trees in abundance. Apparently prior to this the estate had lain in ruin since the Seven Years War (1756-63), when captured French seamen were incarcerated there.
…Isabella spent much of her time in the garden as it was early spring and there had been yet another long, cold winter to overcome. This had taken its toll on the land, which now was in need of attention. Issy knew what was required to help the gardens come into bloom again. She had an enormous imagination and could foresee how the garden could look once again with the right care and attention. She day-dreamed of restoring the garden to its former natural beauty.”
Will she be able to turn her dreams into reality?
Author Joy M. Lilley did a good job holding my interest in this short read as the author leaves things open for a sequel. I give this book five stars for the story.
I am glad to have found this amazing website to help with the promotion of my books. They go to great lengths to ensure that everything is correctly in place to give readers the best reading experience they can have. I will definitely be using these services in the future. I am expecting my latest novel to be published in the Autumn, this new book will be seen within all the Book Marketing Global Network “Promotional Avenues”.
Our protagonist, Fiona talks early on about her troubled childhood, revealing why she is now plagued by the dangerous habit of self-harming in which she indulges.
She is an intelligent, good looking girl, in her early twenties, with a career in the nursing profession.
Fiona lives with her mother and sister in England. Her father died a few years back.
The habit was difficult to hide and known about by her family. Her mother being so concerned felt that a trip on a cruise maybe what the girl needed to help improve her health issues.
It was on this trip that she meets Charles, a young man looking for love. He makes it a daily quest to begin a courtship with Fiona, who really wants nothing serious in her life at the time.
On this trip Fiona manages to avoid hurting herself and mother is hopeful that her daughters habit may become a thing of the past.
After arriving back home several attempts to self harm are made over the months that follow and she ends up in hospital. She starts to dislike her family and Charles, refuses to return home where the reception will be hostile, when not granted she decides to discharge herself in the middle of the night and flees to the South of France. Her family fail to know her where about’s for some long time and involve an investigator to find her.
She took her self harm kit and medications with her to France and during her time there she was happy and experienced a number of varying encounters. She also did not harm herself. She finds work and accommodation along with kindness. The investigator finds her and relays how concerned her family are to know that she is safe and well. He implores her to at least make contact and advise of her well-being.
Guilt brings Fiona home, and this is where troubles and near death experiences occur.
Archie is found to be a most unusual child. He fails to have the usual ‘Terrible Two’s’ behavorial difficulty that most young boys always seem to have.
He has unusal tastes in the way he dresses and is obsessed with the clothes as worn in the tevelvision show ‘Peaky Blinders’.
He is also desperate to have a puppy.
He dreams and asks a man in his dreams for these gifts when his upcoming birthday arrives. He only gets a ‘Peaky Blinders’ cap.
But the following Christmas he gets the caps, the boots the braces, and wastecoat and a Spaniel puppy named Lola.
The story ends with Archie asking his mother who she thinks the man in his dream was.
Pussy Cats are always looking for something to pounce on. They seem to be on an endless quest of adventure. But do we remember how their quest began? From the most gentle to the most fearless, you will read the life stories of a few pussy cats who found their forever home and, with their unique personalities, made a name for themselves.
Product Details: Paperback: 24 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (July 4, 2022) Language: English Young Readers: Short Story Collections Young Readers: Cats
Gloria Harris is born in Market Harborough in the United Kingdom, in 1922. She spends the first few years of life living with her parents and grandfather. Her siblings, an older sister and twin brothers, also share the household. The relationship between Gloria and her mother is strained much of the time.
The early days of her life are spent in considerable poverty, so much so that Gloria and her sister are sent away to Northern Ireland to be with their aunt and uncle, who are more affluent than their parents, due to the improving circumstances for the farming community in Ireland. Her aunt and uncle have a smallholding and keep a few animals and poultry that provide them with eggs and milk: the land produces enough fresh vegetables for themselves and for sale at the local market. Gloria and her sister Ann are made to work hard during this time, helping out on the farm and with the household chores. Their aunt and uncle have no children and are not particularly kind to the girls. The sisters have to stay in Ireland much longer than they had been led to believe they would, and it is several years before they come home.
On their return to Market Harborough, they discover that their brothers have both been in considerable trouble, one having made a girl pregnant and the other having stolen from his employer. Gloria realises that these circumstances were part of the reason why the girls had to stay away for so long.
At the age of sixteen Gloria is sent to France on a student exchange, where she stays in Nancy with the well-to-do family of Chantelle Valvoire, whom she befriends. Gloria has a penchant for languages and these talents are vastly enhanced during this period, when she speaks almost exclusively in French. She also loses her virginity to a dashing Frenchman and is terrified of pregnancy, but after she returns home, to her great relief, the putative pregnancy comes to an end. As a result of this experience, she vows to have nothing more to do with men until she is older. This resolve soon weakens when she meets Geoffrey, a school teacher from London whom she encounters on the journey back from France. Once home, Gloria practices her love of languages in some form or another on most days, regularly enjoying conversing with her sister’s Dutch boyfriend, who helps and encourage her linguistic achievements. He teaches French and German at the school she attended.
The Second World War begins and Gloria does her bit for the war effort by working on the land after leaving school. But she is restless, anxious to play a much more active role in fighting for her country. After hearing an appeal from the Home Office for foreign language experts to work abroad, she finds out all she can about joining the Special Operations Executive (SOE). After some considerable time, she secures an interview to join what became known as ‘Churchill’s secret army: the S.O.E. Her family are horrified at what their youngest daughter is letting herself in for and try their best to dissuade her, unsuccessfully.
After going through the rigid and arduous training to become an S.O.E. officer, she is sent into occupied France, where she is involved in a number of successful missions. Eventually she is captured by the Gestapo and sent to Fresnes prison in Paris, then on to the notorious Dachau Concentration Camp. In both places she is treated appallingly, being starved and tortured, and to avoid the likelihood of her inevitable death, she hatches a plan of escape. After doing so she has many trials and tribulations, after which she finally meets the brave Résistance leader and accomplished navigator, Sabien. He acts as guide for Gloria and some other stragglers through war-torn France and helps them back to England. Her feelings for him gradually turn from hate to love and they marry on the journey home. Sabien is subsequently summoned to the Normandy beaches to do vital Resistance tasks, and they part company until sometime later, when all hell is let loose.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Find Yourself Standing Alongside Gloria Harris!
If you love Women’s Contemporary Historical Romance, “The Liberty Bodice” by Joy M. Lilley has to be your next read.
As you read this well written drama, you will find yourself standing alongside Gloria Harris (main character). You will experience her childhood, unbelievable traumas, her strengths, achievements, love and sense of duty to her country, while history unfolds in worn torn Europe. Unable to put the book down, you will become more than a spectator, as your mind places your feet in her footsteps along her remarkable journey.
Born in 1922, Gloria Harris is born into a poverty-stricken family in the UK. She and her sister are sent away to Northern Ireland, where hard labor prevailed on their uncle’s small farm. Escape comes when at age sixteen, Gloria is sent to live with a prosperous family in France as an exchange student. Her many experiences only cement her love for languages.
When the Second World War begins, her horrified family can only watch as Gloria trains to become a Special Operations Executive (SOE) in Churchill’s secret army. Your heart will be torn when Gloria is captured by the “Gestapo and sent to Fresnes prison in Paris, then on to the notorious Dachau Concentration Camp.”
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter Thirteen-Our War:
…We were so pleased we would be together on our first mission. This kind of work was neither for the faint-hearted or the weak. It was winter now, and we had to be parachuted into occupied France after dark the next night.
…We had been told about the resistance network and how someone would be waiting to collect us and take us to a safe house.
…The night before we were sent overseas on our first mission, none of us slept. We were together in a small hut at army quarters near Tempsford airfield. It was a terrifying time for me; I couldn’t think straight and wondered why on earth I had joined up in the first place. I kept thinking about my family, who had tried so hard to stop me from going ahead with these plans and began to wonder if they may have been right. Then, I thought of Geoffrey and his marriage proposal. Had I made a mistake?
…I was telling myself quietly in bed and hiding under covers that I would not die; good Lord, I was far too young to die. Although none of us spoke aloud, I believed that the other two were probably feeling the same way.
…The night seemed endless, and it fleetingly crossed my mind to get up and go home. No one would notice if I crept out and disappeared into the night. We had been told the night before our mission that not all the agents of the S.O.E. had made it home. Some had died in terrible circumstances. I kept on chewing that information over and over in my head. I couldn’t contain myself any longer and turned to the others and said, “Pearl, are you awake?”
…“Yes, I am. I can’t sleep.” “Sandra, are you awake?”
…“Yes, and I don’t know what I’m doing here, really.”
…“Do you think everyone about to go overseas feels this way the night before, Pearl?” I asked.
…“I hope so; I’m sure we are not out of the ordinary in feeling this way. Do you think that many agents bottle out at this point?”
…“Yes, I do, but I wonder if they are allowed to leave so close to being taken over to the continent?” asked Sandra.
…“Well, that’s exactly what I want to do right now,” Pearl said as she threw back the bedclothes and jumped out of bed.
…“Look. It’s four in the morning. We leave at five tonight. Let’s tuck into a bottle I’ve been keeping for a time such as this. I have kept it out of sight since we started our training. I didn’t want to give the impression that I’m a drinker. I thought it would give us enough Dutch courage to keep us from abandoning our cause,” Pearl said with a wry smile.
…I fetched the glasses, and the three of us tucked into the large bottle of brandy and drank the lot between us; I had a feeling that this might happen, from the various conversations over the last weeks. We were all afraid of what we were going to encounter in occupied France; not long after the bottle had been emptied, the three of us fell asleep with considerable ease.
…The next day, around lunchtime, we had to report to the officers’ barracks for our final briefings.”
You must read this book to find out how Gloria’s summons the strength to survive, and bring some closure at the end of her journey.
After you read “The Liberty Bodice” be sure to purchase “Figs, Vines and Roses”, “One Chance Encounter”, “Strawberry Moon”, and “Times Pendulum Swings” by Joy M. Lilley.
Joy M. Lilley’s first novel ‘Figs, Vines and Roses’ tells a moving tale of love and loss at the turn of the nineteenth century.
In 1888 eight-year-old Issy Merryweather has a comfortable family life in Cobnut Hall, Derby. Sharing carefree summers with her brother Clarence, beloved dog Molly and cherished grandma Ella, Issy enjoys the freedom of childhood innocence. But as she comes of age a move to Kent changes her life forever.
When Issy meets Terence, she is enraptured by him and despite his humble background an inseparable bond is formed in secret. But, it’s a secret which Issy will never escape after a heartbreaking turn in events…
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Great Family Saga!
Figs, Vines and Roses is a family saga giving insight between the upper and lower class in 1888. Author Joy M. Lilley does a good job describing life in various English towns as the reader gets to know the Merryweather family. I can relate to young Isabella “Issy” and her brother Clarence, since like them, I was sent to a boarding school. Their childhood was very comfortable, innocent and more privileged than most and with it came the best boarding school.
I invite you to join Isabella in her family life with dog Molly, brother Clarence, Grandmother Ella, her inevitable coming of age journey into young adulthood. Issy falls in love with Terence, who is the gardener. This is forbidden love since Terence is from the “wrong side of tracks”. What is the secret that Issy can’t escape?
…Isabella love for beautiful gardens brings the reader here: “It did not take long before Isabella began exploring the grounds of the estate and could see the potential of the gardens that had suffered so much neglect for many years; apparently, she had discovered from one of the grounds men that the mid-Victorian landowners had built a brick farmhouse beyond the Castle building and at the same time took the estate in hand. There were remaining signs of this with shrubs and flowers in bloom, and interesting varieties of trees in abundance. Apparently prior to this the estate had lain in ruin since the Seven Years War (1756-63), when captured French seamen were incarcerated there.
…Isabella spent much of her time in the garden as it was early spring and there had been yet another long, cold winter to overcome. This had taken its toll on the land, which now was in need of attention. Issy knew what was required to help the gardens come into bloom again. She had an enormous imagination and could foresee how the garden could look once again with the right care and attention. She day-dreamed of restoring the garden to its former natural beauty.”
Will she be able to turn her dreams into reality?
Author Joy M. Lilley did a good job holding my interest in this short read as the author leaves things open for a sequel. I give this book five stars for the story.
This story written by the protagonists niece is an insight to a lady with little education or hope of achievements and success in her life. However she bucked the trend and achieved much in life. Her family loved her dearly and cared about her right up to the last.
She achieved more in becoming a constant winner of bowls tournaments a game she dearly loved. She also won the hearts and minds of many celebrities in the forties, when she worked at the famous Pinewood film studios in Britain.
Many gave her their signed black and white photographs. Auntie Peggy was an engaging character to most and an adversary to a few .As you turn the pages you will be laughing and crying at some events of this intrepid lady’s life.
Moyra returns from the United States of America feeling down and unfulfilled. She had failed in her quest to find the celebrity she briefly met the year before.
A bad accident gave her plenty of time to consider her future, she was now sixty years old and had no wish to spend the rest of her life alone.
She enrolls with a dance studio for two reasons, to help strengthen the badly damaged leg attained in the accident and in the hopes of meeting a partner to share the rest of her life with.
Here she meets a man and a romance begins, unfortunately with dire consequences, taking us somewhere towards the end.
The Patterson family leaves the U.K. to begin a new life in France. St Severin, in the Dordogne, provides the backdrop for the family’s new home and all of the life-changing obstacles they are about to encounter. Maisie, who is almost seventeen, narrates this unpredictable story.
Maisie struggles as she experiences the changes of coming of age, the pain of loss, and the rollercoaster ride of competing love interests. Maisie’s older brother, Dan, rebels over the move and frequently threatens to return to England when his studies are over. Dan starts an affair with a married French woman. After a few months in France, he goes missing which begins to unravel the family. What starts as an exciting move becomes more difficult with each passing chapter. Maisie is left navigating this complicated new world, all while trying to plan the rest of her adult life.
Jenny is working as a nurse, when she meets Seb. She is a young woman, living with her mother and has had a strict religious upbringing.
Seb is a handsome, successful surgical registrar and Jenny is incapable of resisting his charms. They fall in love, buy a flat and move in together, against Jenny’s mother’s wishes. Then one day, Seb confesses to Jenny that he is already married with two young boys.
Can a heartbroken Jenny pick up the pieces of her life?
“I could see she was pleased that I had found myself a boyfriend who was a doctor, but knowing my mother, I think she would have been far happier if his skin had been white.”
A physically handicapped lady, thinks she sees dastardly goings on in the house opposite to where she lives.
She is convinced that the woman opposite is being abused.
A Christian theme runs through this story of a spy, the lady in the wheelchair who spends much of her time looking at others through her window and when out of her house.
The story take a dramatic turn when she is proved to be right. And becomes a friend of the abused woman.
Message From Author: Hello, my name is Joy Gerken, pen name Joy M. Lilley. I write and blog at joymlilley.blogspot.ca. I was a trained nurse all my working life, until I retired in 2015.
My first novel is ‘Figs, Vines and Roses’ a tale of love and loss at the turn of the nineteenth century.
My second novel is called ‘The Liberty Bodice’. This is a completely different genre to the first novel and follows the trials and tribulations of a young girl working for the Special Operations Executive[S.O.E.]in W.W.2.
You can also find my short story ‘Lost and Found’ published in Liphar short stories Vol 1. by Liphar magazine.
In 2016 my novella ‘Times pendulum swings again’ was published. This tells of a hospital romance that starts well, until the truth about the surgical registrar admitting to his nurse girlfriend that he is married with two sons back home in Nepal.
I am hoping to release my fourth publication ‘Strawberry Moon’ a crime, mystery set in the Dordogne, France.
Jessie Reynolds has no idea when she moves to Blue Cove, that she will be sharing her life with a ghost. A young pastor has been murdered, and Jessie finds herself following the trail of that death into the dark and deadly world of organ trafficking.
Jessie is soon introduced to the detective in charge of the case. Matt Parker is a tall, scruffy, ruggedly handsome man who takes an instant dislike to her and the feeling is mutual. He wants her out of his case and she finds herself entangled in it. The tension between them mounts and so does the attraction.
A desperate young girl cries out for help as she hides in terror, hoping against hope that someone might hear her. Jessie Reynolds does and finds herself caught up in an equally desperate search for Abigail. She has escaped human traffickers, but has no idea where she is, and Jessie must find her in time. She joins forces with Matt, the chief of police, and they discover that Abigail is only one of several kidnapped children.
Faced by a cold trail, they must rely on Jessie’s ability to hear Abigail’s thoughts, backed up by a tracking bloodhound. But the children mean big money and that brings murder and a hit man to Blue Cove to clean up the mess. Matt and Jessie grow closer as they are forced to work side by side, but will they find Abigail in time? And will they, themselves, survive?
Jessie is busy getting her new bookstore ready for its grand opening when deliveryman Evan Foster arrives with an order of books. To her shock, the suddenly distraught Evan tells her that he has seen her in a dream. She is the only person who can help him find his missing wife. Jessie calls her boyfriend Matt, the chief of police, and almost immediately, a picture of the abduction forms in her mind. Jessie is once more involved in a case.
Missing files, strange fetishes, and general chaos worry Matt, but when a note shows up in Jessie’s mail, they are off and running following the new clues. Three separate cases merge into one, which takes them from Blue Cove to Palm Springs. A kidnapping, a stalker, and illegal weapons converge with the dark arts of voodoo, pushing Matt and Jessie to their limits. They are running out of time as the dark perpetrator stalks Jessie.
Jessie is enjoying an evening run; grateful her life is finally back to normal. Starting the incline toward home, a sudden terror grips her. Someone is watching her. She picks up her pace, but he’s hot on her heels—and he means to kill her. She narrowly manages to elude her pursuer and reach the safety of her house.
The first one she calls for help is the man she has grown to love, Matt Parker. Matt already has his hands full dealing with a notorious hitman who’s in the area and a thug who followed a visitor to Blue Cove. Now Jessie is in danger, and Matt will do anything to keep her safe. He can’t lose her now. When Matt becomes the target, it’s Jessie’s turn to help. She has a few surprises in store as a few ghostly friends come to her aid.
Trouble rears its head once again in Blue Cove and dashes straight into Jessie’s store in the person of a battered young woman fleeing her abusive spouse. Jessie finds herself pulled into another case as a body is discovered in the church dumpster, and the dead woman’s ghost takes up a vigil in Jessie’s place of business. Is the dead woman connected to the frightened and battered girl who took refuge in the store?
Matt and Jessie’s search for the killer leads them to their victim’s family, members of a strange religious group that lives off the grid outside of town. Add to the mix a crypt in the woods on a foggy night, Jessie’s abduction, a couple of angry and abusive husbands, and the resident ghost, and they will have their hands full solving this crime. Will Matt and Jessie’s love for each other keep them grounded until justice can be served?
Ghosts of the dead swirl around Jessie Reynolds seeking her help. Two bodies have washed ashore in Blue Cove. When a third body is discovered, evidence links the victims to a group of missing college students. A fourth student is still missing, and the spirits will not rest until he is found. Police Chief Matt Parker, the love of Jessie’s life, will have to handle this case alone.
Further investigation shows the murders are more than local hate crimes. Matt finds himself targeted by the same suspects as the victims and must rely on experience and training to survive. It will take more than his skills to bring the criminals to justice and survive what they have planned for him. He will need Jessie and the spirits’ otherworldly help to make it back alive. Will love triumph over evil and give Jessie and Matt a chance at love?
When a ghost decides it’s high time for her murder to be solved, she chooses Jessie Reynolds to solve the cold case. Armed with only the girl’s name, Jessie goes in search of information and is stunned to find a link connecting the dead girl to Matt Parker. Is it possible the man Jessie cares about had something to do with the crime?
As the case unfolds, Matt and Jessie have all they can handle dealing with two possibly connected murders, a menacing man from Jessie’s past, and the knowledge of a porn ring at the local high school that could take down several prominent citizens of Blue Cove. Racked with questions and doubts about their relationship, Jessie will have to work with Matt to find a way to bury the past and build a bridge to the future.
Plans for a romantic weekend celebrating their recent engagement at a charming inn go awry when Detective Matt Parker and bookstore owner Jessie Reynolds are suddenly pulled into another case.
A missing girl’s ghost, an antique key, and an improbable journey take Jessie into another dimension to solve the murder, leaving Matt behind to wonder if he will ever see her again.
Bullets fly and sparks ignite—as the past and the present collide, in their most unusual case to date.
An Arizona heatwave, a murder, and a ghost searching for closure give Peyton Reynolds all she can handle on her long-awaited vacation.
When a body is found at the bottom of the pool of the resort she’s staying at, Peyton leaps into action, starting CPR. She stops when she sees the young man’s ghost watching her actions. And he’s not alone.
Detective Jaxon Kincaid knows that Peyton is hiding something. How did she know the caliber of the weapon which killed the victim? And why is she so nervous and combative when she talks to him?
He’s fascinated, but wary of this beautiful redhead. As their attraction grows, and as Peyton inserts herself into his case, can he protect her from someone who seems to want them both dead?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. A Cozy Mystery With Paranormal Suspense!
Peyton Reynolds vacation is turned upside down while she is poolside. Peyton acts quickly to save a life, when her physic visions interfere with the process, and her secret might soon be exposed.
I learned something while reading that I didn’t know. I had never thought about the history behind the term ‘cowboy’ until Author Iona Morrison took me on this exciting adventure to Tucson Arizona, where the streets of Tombstone hold mysteries of their own.
Iona skillfully draws her readers into the drama, creating suspense and intrigue, with a dash of romance on the side. Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 12:
…Jaxon was waiting for Peyton when she stepped out of the tour van. He grabbed her hand, and she slapped at his arm and tried to pull free. He held tight. Silent treatment, he had expected and possibly worse. Side by side they walked beside each other in complete silence.
…When they reached Allen Street, the historic street of the old west and the tourist part of Tombstone, he noticed a sudden change in her demeanor. Something was up but what? “Are you okay?” he asked.
…She didn’t respond but seemed to be mesmerized by something around her. He couldn’t see anything, but she must be. The atmosphere around her seemed charged. He couldn’t put his finger on what was happening, but she held his hand tight. Really tight. In a death grip, almost painfully so. He would take his cue from her because he had no idea what was happening with her. At one point, she ducked, flinched, and seemed to weave back and forth as if moving through a huge crowd. “Peyton, what’s up?” She ignored the question. He kept pace with her and waited until she returned from wherever she had gone.
I invite you to read ‘Searching for Closure’ and discover the secret Peyton carries with her. This is a perfect story to enjoy anytime and anywhere. The characters will come alive in your mind, as the plot twists and turns, giving way to a new page. Whether this is the first book that you have read in the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series or not, you will want to read the entire series to discover for yourself what makes “Blue Cove’ “such a unique place”.
Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Peyton Reynolds has no idea that the gorgeous summer day she is enjoying is about to take a strange turn and embroil her and her boyfriend Jaxon Kincaid in another case. As the details emerge, it won’t take long for them to understand there is nothing normal about the murder Peyton has witnessed. An erratic suspect, a gathering of ghosts, and Peyton’s sudden disappearance will leave Jaxon scrambling for answers in the pages of a book left behind. They will have to think outside the box with help from the past to solve this one.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Can Pages Of A Book Solve A Mystery?
Recovering from being shot while in Arizona, Peyton Reynold’s decision to spend time in Blue Cove with her grandmother and cousin was a ‘godsend’ This was the perfect day for Katie’s fairytale wedding. The Inn, renovated to its nineteen-eighteen historical period was intriguing, but a strange foreboding presence caused Payton apprehension.
Jaxon Kincaid, Peyton’s boyfriend is turning off the highway into Blue Cover to surprise Peyton. Peyton continued to look out the window lost in thought. In her heart, she knew the wedding would be all that Katie wanted it to be. The loud banging at the kitchen screen door startled her. Standing outside was a young woman with blood splattered down the front of her clothes. This would be the just the beginning of the mysteries about to unfold.
Later, Peyton and her cousin Jessie go exploring in the attic. Let me bring you into their discussion in Chapter 14:
… “Peyton laughed and reached to steady Jessie who yanked her hand back and almost fell down the stairs taking Peyton with her. “Sorry. I forgot to warn you about the zing that comes when opening the door.”
… “It didn’t do that when Katie and I were up here searching through the trunks for the handkerchief.”
… “Who opened the door?” she asked.
… “Katie did.” Jessie wiggled her tingling fingers. “Mystery solved.” Peyton stepped in front of Jessie and opened the door. “Now you can understand why I want to search up here. The atmosphere is zipping, and there is bound to be a good reason.” Peyton opened the first trunk and went through it carefully. “Some of this stuff is cool.”
…Jessie opened the doors of an old armoire. “Peyton, you’ve got to see this. We could have a costume party. Would you look at these clothes?” She wrapped a feather boa around her neck and placed one of the vintage hats on her head.
… “I’m not a fan of the feathers, but the hat is you with your golden curls spilling out. You look like you could be one of the women in Monet’s famous garden painting except for your clothes of course.” Peyton jumped when the attic door slammed with a loud bang. “Zip, zip, zip. See what I mean.”
… “I wonder what that’s all about.” Jessie took off the boa and hat. She bent to open the drawer at the bottom of the armoire, but it wouldn’t budge. A second attempt and one hard pull sent her falling backward onto her derrière. The drawer was still firmly closed. “A slamming door and a drawer that won’t open has me more curious than ever. How about you?”
What happens next is terrifying for Jessie and Jaxon struggles to get the story straight.
If you love exploring old buildings, paranormal suspense, mysteries around murder, weddings and the charm of romance, you will love ‘As The Page Turns’ (Blue Cove Mystery Book 10) by Iona Morrison. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Peyton Reynolds has settled into a new dream job when a reoccurring dream of a murder sends her searching for answers. In her quest, with a bit of magical help, she stumbles across an old diary from the year 1845, which she shares with her boyfriend Jaxon Kincaid. Jaxon Kincaid, a new FBI Agent and Peyton’s love interest, will find himself at the heart of the case and try to keep Peyton grounded with his logical method of working through an investigation. But his world will soon be rocked by a dream or two and a sudden inheritance he wasn’t expecting. Together they will solve an ongoing crime with deep roots in Irish legend, and voices silenced for generations will be heard when the invisible becomes visible beyond the door.
From the moment the woman rushed through her shop door nearly knocking her to the ground, Jessie Reynolds finds herself embroiled in another case. One that will not only solve several crimes but Matt’s and her future as well. Jessie is convinced that a common thread links the crimes of a missing girl, a murder, and a possible serial killer all together. And with Matt Parker’s logical approach she sets out to prove her theory. Matt is happy to collaborate with Jessie again even with the strangeness of a few ghosts, an improbable journey, and old enemies from the past thrown in. With a bit of charm and bribery on his part, the end of the case has the promise of future beginnings for them.
Jessie Reynolds returns from her trip to Ireland armed with some fascinating discoveries about herself and the gift that runs through many of the women in her ancestral line. How will all these discoveries alter her life? Not to mention Matt’s, her fiancé. Add a troubling dream into the equation, and she can’t help but wonder how her levelheaded guy will be able to handle this new side of her.
Once again Matt will be challenged to think outside the box when Jessie’s look-alike relative from the past shows up along with several ancient artifacts, and a grumpy ghost who takes up residency in her store to guard them. With all the strangeness that surrounds their relationship Matt finds himself more in love with his little warrior than ever.
With Jessie Reynolds and Matt Parker’s wedding fast approaching they are hoping for smooth sailing and a joyous celebration with family and friends. It doesn’t take long for them to realize someone doesn’t want their wedding to happen at all. Twice in one day Matt survives an attempt on his life. It seems they are destined to ride the roller coaster to their big day. The old and the new will collide with the past and the present. Someone from their past has waited for this moment to enact their revenge. Only with a bit of magic and support from their friends will they have a wedding to remember and day they’ll never forget.
Editorial Reviews ★★★★★: “A Wedding to Remember is a delightful blend of romance, mystery, and a touch of the supernatural. Set in the picturesque town of Blue Cove, the story follows Jessie, who has the unusual ability to communicate with spirits, as she navigates the complexities of planning her wedding to the love of her life, Matt, while also facing mysterious threats that put their future in jeopardy. With a host of colorful characters, both living and spectral, the novel is as much about love as it is about overcoming the unexpected.
Blue Cove feels alive with its blustery autumn winds, charming shops, and a cemetery that holds more than a few secrets. I loved how the town became a character in itself, and the opening chapter beautifully set the tone with Jessie watching a red leaf dancing in the wind—a small moment that echoes the balance between tranquility and turbulence in her life. Morrison’s prose is warm and inviting, though at times, I felt the descriptions leaned a bit heavily on exposition.
Jessie is a relatable and endearing protagonist. Her relationship with Matt, however, is the emotional anchor of the story. Their chemistry is tender and believable, whether they’re sharing quiet moments or weathering chaos together. A standout scene for me was when Jessie intercepted a threatening phone call. The mix of humor, dread, and resolve captured her duality—someone both ordinary and extraordinary, just trying to make it to her wedding day without catastrophe.
One aspect I found both fascinating was the integration of the supernatural elements. Jessie’s interactions with ghosts and fairy-like guardians added an intriguing layer, but some moments felt overly whimsical and disrupted the mystery’s tension. That said, Gina’s spectral presence, as the first ghost Jessie encountered, provided a heartfelt throughline about how the past shapes the present.
Morrison also shines when exploring themes of community and purpose. Jessie’s reflections on using her “gift” to help others—whether solving murders or giving voice to the voiceless—are thought-provoking. The chapter where she dreams of meeting the spirits she’s helped over the years was particularly moving for me. It’s a poignant reminder of how small acts can ripple outward, affecting lives in unexpected ways.
A Wedding to Remember is a cozy and heartfelt read with a unique blend of romance, mystery, and magic. It’s a story with a lot of heart. I’d recommend this book to fans of small-town mysteries, light paranormal romances, and anyone who enjoys tales with a whimsical twist.” Literary Titan
Peyton Reynolds is pulled into another case when she finds a body while jogging. Her discovery is only an introduction to an investigation that will wind its way from Blue Cove to a college campus in a nearby town. In the process Peyton will learn more about the gifts passed to her from an ancient relative and an old Irish legend possibly still at work.
F.B.I Agent Jaxon Kincaid isn’t surprised when Peyton’s discovery intersects with his investigation at the college. Thinking outside the box is a must when it comes to working with her. Having a girlfriend who can see ghosts and help track body-jumpers can blow his mind—still they make a great team whether in work or love.
An ancient evil taunts Peyton and Jaxon as they search for clues. Will their detective and paranormal skills be enough to stop a killer before he claims another body or not?
About The Author: Iona Morrison is a multi-published, award-winning author who writes romantic suspense with a touch of paranormal. She enjoys writing fiction. The character development, their stories, and the twists and turns in the plot intrigue her. She is hooked from the first words on the paper and has to keep writing to see how the story ends.
An Arizona heatwave, a murder, and a ghost searching for closure give Peyton Reynolds all she can handle on her long-awaited vacation.
When a body is found at the bottom of the pool of the resort she’s staying at, Peyton leaps into action, starting CPR. She stops when she sees the young man’s ghost watching her actions. And he’s not alone.
Detective Jaxon Kincaid knows that Peyton is hiding something. How did she know the caliber of the weapon which killed the victim? And why is she so nervous and combative when she talks to him?
He’s fascinated, but wary of this beautiful redhead. As their attraction grows, and as Peyton inserts herself into his case, can he protect her from someone who seems to want them both dead?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. A Cozy Mystery With Paranormal Suspense!
Peyton Reynolds vacation is turned upside down while she is poolside. Peyton acts quickly to save a life, when her physic visions interfere with the process, and her secret might soon be exposed.
I learned something while reading that I didn’t know. I had never thought about the history behind the term ‘cowboy’ until Author Iona Morrison took me on this exciting adventure to Tucson Arizona, where the streets of Tombstone hold mysteries of their own.
Iona skillfully draws her readers into the drama, creating suspense and intrigue, with a dash of romance on the side. Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 12:
…Jaxon was waiting for Peyton when she stepped out of the tour van. He grabbed her hand, and she slapped at his arm and tried to pull free. He held tight. Silent treatment, he had expected and possibly worse. Side by side they walked beside each other in complete silence.
…When they reached Allen Street, the historic street of the old west and the tourist part of Tombstone, he noticed a sudden change in her demeanor. Something was up but what? “Are you okay?” he asked.
…She didn’t respond but seemed to be mesmerized by something around her. He couldn’t see anything, but she must be. The atmosphere around her seemed charged. He couldn’t put his finger on what was happening, but she held his hand tight. Really tight. In a death grip, almost painfully so. He would take his cue from her because he had no idea what was happening with her. At one point, she ducked, flinched, and seemed to weave back and forth as if moving through a huge crowd. “Peyton, what’s up?” She ignored the question. He kept pace with her and waited until she returned from wherever she had gone.
I invite you to read ‘Searching for Closure’ and discover the secret Peyton carries with her. This is a perfect story to enjoy anytime and anywhere. The characters will come alive in your mind, as the plot twists and turns, giving way to a new page. Whether this is the first book that you have read in the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series or not, you will want to read the entire series to discover for yourself what makes “Blue Cove’ “such a unique place”.
Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Peyton Reynolds has no idea that the gorgeous summer day she is enjoying is about to take a strange turn and embroil her and her boyfriend Jaxon Kincaid in another case. As the details emerge, it won’t take long for them to understand there is nothing normal about the murder Peyton has witnessed. An erratic suspect, a gathering of ghosts, and Peyton’s sudden disappearance will leave Jaxon scrambling for answers in the pages of a book left behind. They will have to think outside the box with help from the past to solve this one.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Can Pages Of A Book Solve A Mystery?
Recovering from being shot while in Arizona, Peyton Reynold’s decision to spend time in Blue Cove with her grandmother and cousin was a ‘godsend’ This was the perfect day for Katie’s fairytale wedding. The Inn, renovated to its nineteen-eighteen historical period was intriguing, but a strange foreboding presence caused Payton apprehension.
Jaxon Kincaid, Peyton’s boyfriend is turning off the highway into Blue Cover to surprise Peyton. Peyton continued to look out the window lost in thought. In her heart, she knew the wedding would be all that Katie wanted it to be. The loud banging at the kitchen screen door startled her. Standing outside was a young woman with blood splattered down the front of her clothes. This would be the just the beginning of the mysteries about to unfold.
Later, Peyton and her cousin Jessie go exploring in the attic. Let me bring you into their discussion in Chapter 14:
… “Peyton laughed and reached to steady Jessie who yanked her hand back and almost fell down the stairs taking Peyton with her. “Sorry. I forgot to warn you about the zing that comes when opening the door.”
… “It didn’t do that when Katie and I were up here searching through the trunks for the handkerchief.”
… “Who opened the door?” she asked.
… “Katie did.” Jessie wiggled her tingling fingers. “Mystery solved.” Peyton stepped in front of Jessie and opened the door. “Now you can understand why I want to search up here. The atmosphere is zipping, and there is bound to be a good reason.” Peyton opened the first trunk and went through it carefully. “Some of this stuff is cool.”
…Jessie opened the doors of an old armoire. “Peyton, you’ve got to see this. We could have a costume party. Would you look at these clothes?” She wrapped a feather boa around her neck and placed one of the vintage hats on her head.
… “I’m not a fan of the feathers, but the hat is you with your golden curls spilling out. You look like you could be one of the women in Monet’s famous garden painting except for your clothes of course.” Peyton jumped when the attic door slammed with a loud bang. “Zip, zip, zip. See what I mean.”
… “I wonder what that’s all about.” Jessie took off the boa and hat. She bent to open the drawer at the bottom of the armoire, but it wouldn’t budge. A second attempt and one hard pull sent her falling backward onto her derrière. The drawer was still firmly closed. “A slamming door and a drawer that won’t open has me more curious than ever. How about you?”
What happens next is terrifying for Jessie and Jaxon struggles to get the story straight.
If you love exploring old buildings, paranormal suspense, mysteries around murder, weddings and the charm of romance, you will love ‘As The Page Turns’ (Blue Cove Mystery Book 10) by Iona Morrison. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Months after a bitter divorce, Sally Mansfield is spending Christmas with her best friends at the Blue Iris Inn. Fifty pounds thinner than the last time they were together; she is excited for her friends to see the change. She might still be wounded, her self-esteem at rock bottom, but Sally is determined to have a fun holiday with her friends.
A recent broken engagement brought Chad Bennett back to Blue Cove. Intrigued by Sally, he is interested in learning more, but she remains a closed book and truthfully so is he. Is it possible with the help of a little Christmas magic, a winsome sprite named Elida, some chocolate goodness, and friends, two lonely souls can find friendship and the possibility of a lot more over the holidays?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Proof That Christmas Is A Time For Magic!
Sally Mansfield is heading home to Blue Cove to spend Christmas with her childhood friends Jessie and Katie at the Blue Iris Inn. With the magic of falling snow, Christmas lights, Christmas decorations, and the promised Christmas festivities; surely this will help Sally heal and move into the next chapter of her life.
Let me quote: “Is it possible with the help of a little Christmas magic, a winsome sprite named Elida, some chocolate goodness, and friends, two lonely souls can find friendship and the possibility of a lot more over the holidays?”
If you love Christmas magic, friendships, secret Santa’s and chocolate; this is the perfect holiday book. A wonderful surprise is waiting for you at the end of this book. It is sure to bring holiday cheer, in a time where simple pleasures matter.
I encourage you to follow this book with Author Iona Morrison’s (10 books) ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Desirae Fontaine, better known by her friends as Destiny, is on her way to see her friend Peyton in Blue Cove. Having gone through a lot in her life the past few months, Destiny needs some downtime to reset her life.
Her adventure begins on the plane when she meets a sweet older woman named Mila Ferris. Their conversation during the flight leads to her sharing her heart with the kind woman and ends with a bit of unseen magic in a bag of jellybeans.
Evan Parker has his own hardships to overcome and could use the help of the kind old gentleman who comes with a little magic of his own.
Can two lonely hearts find love and two weary fairies find help in helping Anything can happen. It’s Destiny’s spring.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. The Magic Of Spring Is In The Air!
I invite you to read Destiny’s Spring, one of the books in The Wild Rose Press ‘Jelly Beans and Spring Things’ series by award-winning author Iona Morrison. Those of us who enjoyed the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series will recognize a couple of the main characters.
Desirae Fontaine, better known to us as Destiny, leaves her stress and grief of the past few months behind, as she boards a plane for Blue Cove. Destiny’s uneasiness is apparent to Mila Ferris, as she settles into the seat beside Destiny. Maybe it is the sweet demeanor of this old lady, or comfort found in the bag of jelly beans Destiny brought on board, soon the two of them are deep in conversation and the magic begins.
Arriving in Blue Cove, Destiny stays in close contact with her mother by phone. Her mother informs her, she passed the bar exam. All her hard work and dreams to practice law has just come true. Now Destiny can relax, as Spring unfolds around her in Blue Cove. The Spring air is electric, there are new people to meet, and the possibilities are endless.
Blue Cove is a magical place where Destiny experiences things that are hard to explain. Her mother tells her “Even I have experienced some things in life for which there were no reasonable answers. At those moments, I would accept the gift that life handed me. It seems to me you need to do the same.”
Can Destiny accept the gifts life is offering her, and is her heart ready for love, if it should blossom?
If you believe in magic, you will not want to miss one book in the ‘Jelly Beans and Spring Things’ series. I encourage you to read or re-read the 10 books in the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling, award-winning author. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Jessie Reynolds has no idea when she moves to Blue Cove, that she will be sharing her life with a ghost. A young pastor has been murdered, and Jessie finds herself following the trail of that death into the dark and deadly world of organ trafficking.
Jessie is soon introduced to the detective in charge of the case. Matt Parker is a tall, scruffy, ruggedly handsome man who takes an instant dislike to her and the feeling is mutual. He wants her out of his case and she finds herself entangled in it. The tension between them mounts and so does the attraction.
A desperate young girl cries out for help as she hides in terror, hoping against hope that someone might hear her. Jessie Reynolds does and finds herself caught up in an equally desperate search for Abigail. She has escaped human traffickers, but has no idea where she is, and Jessie must find her in time. She joins forces with Matt, the chief of police, and they discover that Abigail is only one of several kidnapped children.
Faced by a cold trail, they must rely on Jessie’s ability to hear Abigail’s thoughts, backed up by a tracking bloodhound. But the children mean big money and that brings murder and a hit man to Blue Cove to clean up the mess. Matt and Jessie grow closer as they are forced to work side by side, but will they find Abigail in time? And will they, themselves, survive?
Jessie is busy getting her new bookstore ready for its grand opening when deliveryman Evan Foster arrives with an order of books. To her shock, the suddenly distraught Evan tells her that he has seen her in a dream. She is the only person who can help him find his missing wife. Jessie calls her boyfriend Matt, the chief of police, and almost immediately, a picture of the abduction forms in her mind. Jessie is once more involved in a case.
Missing files, strange fetishes, and general chaos worry Matt, but when a note shows up in Jessie’s mail, they are off and running following the new clues. Three separate cases merge into one, which takes them from Blue Cove to Palm Springs. A kidnapping, a stalker, and illegal weapons converge with the dark arts of voodoo, pushing Matt and Jessie to their limits. They are running out of time as the dark perpetrator stalks Jessie.
Jessie is enjoying an evening run; grateful her life is finally back to normal. Starting the incline toward home, a sudden terror grips her. Someone is watching her. She picks up her pace, but he’s hot on her heels—and he means to kill her. She narrowly manages to elude her pursuer and reach the safety of her house.
The first one she calls for help is the man she has grown to love, Matt Parker. Matt already has his hands full dealing with a notorious hitman who’s in the area and a thug who followed a visitor to Blue Cove. Now Jessie is in danger, and Matt will do anything to keep her safe. He can’t lose her now. When Matt becomes the target, it’s Jessie’s turn to help. She has a few surprises in store as a few ghostly friends come to her aid.
Trouble rears its head once again in Blue Cove and dashes straight into Jessie’s store in the person of a battered young woman fleeing her abusive spouse. Jessie finds herself pulled into another case as a body is discovered in the church dumpster, and the dead woman’s ghost takes up a vigil in Jessie’s place of business. Is the dead woman connected to the frightened and battered girl who took refuge in the store?
Matt and Jessie’s search for the killer leads them to their victim’s family, members of a strange religious group that lives off the grid outside of town. Add to the mix a crypt in the woods on a foggy night, Jessie’s abduction, a couple of angry and abusive husbands, and the resident ghost, and they will have their hands full solving this crime. Will Matt and Jessie’s love for each other keep them grounded until justice can be served?
Ghosts of the dead swirl around Jessie Reynolds seeking her help. Two bodies have washed ashore in Blue Cove. When a third body is discovered, evidence links the victims to a group of missing college students. A fourth student is still missing, and the spirits will not rest until he is found. Police Chief Matt Parker, the love of Jessie’s life, will have to handle this case alone.
Further investigation shows the murders are more than local hate crimes. Matt finds himself targeted by the same suspects as the victims and must rely on experience and training to survive. It will take more than his skills to bring the criminals to justice and survive what they have planned for him. He will need Jessie and the spirits’ otherworldly help to make it back alive. Will love triumph over evil and give Jessie and Matt a chance at love?
When a ghost decides it’s high time for her murder to be solved, she chooses Jessie Reynolds to solve the cold case. Armed with only the girl’s name, Jessie goes in search of information and is stunned to find a link connecting the dead girl to Matt Parker. Is it possible the man Jessie cares about had something to do with the crime?
As the case unfolds, Matt and Jessie have all they can handle dealing with two possibly connected murders, a menacing man from Jessie’s past, and the knowledge of a porn ring at the local high school that could take down several prominent citizens of Blue Cove. Racked with questions and doubts about their relationship, Jessie will have to work with Matt to find a way to bury the past and build a bridge to the future.
Plans for a romantic weekend celebrating their recent engagement at a charming inn go awry when Detective Matt Parker and bookstore owner Jessie Reynolds are suddenly pulled into another case.
A missing girl’s ghost, an antique key, and an improbable journey take Jessie into another dimension to solve the murder, leaving Matt behind to wonder if he will ever see her again.
Bullets fly and sparks ignite—as the past and the present collide, in their most unusual case to date.
An Arizona heatwave, a murder, and a ghost searching for closure give Peyton Reynolds all she can handle on her long-awaited vacation.
When a body is found at the bottom of the pool of the resort she’s staying at, Peyton leaps into action, starting CPR. She stops when she sees the young man’s ghost watching her actions. And he’s not alone.
Detective Jaxon Kincaid knows that Peyton is hiding something. How did she know the caliber of the weapon which killed the victim? And why is she so nervous and combative when she talks to him?
He’s fascinated, but wary of this beautiful redhead. As their attraction grows, and as Peyton inserts herself into his case, can he protect her from someone who seems to want them both dead?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. A Cozy Mystery With Paranormal Suspense!
Peyton Reynolds vacation is turned upside down while she is poolside. Peyton acts quickly to save a life, when her physic visions interfere with the process, and her secret might soon be exposed.
I learned something while reading that I didn’t know. I had never thought about the history behind the term ‘cowboy’ until Author Iona Morrison took me on this exciting adventure to Tucson Arizona, where the streets of Tombstone hold mysteries of their own.
Iona skillfully draws her readers into the drama, creating suspense and intrigue, with a dash of romance on the side. Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 12:
…Jaxon was waiting for Peyton when she stepped out of the tour van. He grabbed her hand, and she slapped at his arm and tried to pull free. He held tight. Silent treatment, he had expected and possibly worse. Side by side they walked beside each other in complete silence.
…When they reached Allen Street, the historic street of the old west and the tourist part of Tombstone, he noticed a sudden change in her demeanor. Something was up but what? “Are you okay?” he asked.
…She didn’t respond but seemed to be mesmerized by something around her. He couldn’t see anything, but she must be. The atmosphere around her seemed charged. He couldn’t put his finger on what was happening, but she held his hand tight. Really tight. In a death grip, almost painfully so. He would take his cue from her because he had no idea what was happening with her. At one point, she ducked, flinched, and seemed to weave back and forth as if moving through a huge crowd. “Peyton, what’s up?” She ignored the question. He kept pace with her and waited until she returned from wherever she had gone.
I invite you to read ‘Searching for Closure’ and discover the secret Peyton carries with her. This is a perfect story to enjoy anytime and anywhere. The characters will come alive in your mind, as the plot twists and turns, giving way to a new page. Whether this is the first book that you have read in the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series or not, you will want to read the entire series to discover for yourself what makes “Blue Cove’ “such a unique place”.
Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Peyton Reynolds has no idea that the gorgeous summer day she is enjoying is about to take a strange turn and embroil her and her boyfriend Jaxon Kincaid in another case. As the details emerge, it won’t take long for them to understand there is nothing normal about the murder Peyton has witnessed. An erratic suspect, a gathering of ghosts, and Peyton’s sudden disappearance will leave Jaxon scrambling for answers in the pages of a book left behind. They will have to think outside the box with help from the past to solve this one.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Can Pages Of A Book Solve A Mystery?
Recovering from being shot while in Arizona, Peyton Reynold’s decision to spend time in Blue Cove with her grandmother and cousin was a ‘godsend’ This was the perfect day for Katie’s fairytale wedding. The Inn, renovated to its nineteen-eighteen historical period was intriguing, but a strange foreboding presence caused Payton apprehension.
Jaxon Kincaid, Peyton’s boyfriend is turning off the highway into Blue Cover to surprise Peyton. Peyton continued to look out the window lost in thought. In her heart, she knew the wedding would be all that Katie wanted it to be. The loud banging at the kitchen screen door startled her. Standing outside was a young woman with blood splattered down the front of her clothes. This would be the just the beginning of the mysteries about to unfold.
Later, Peyton and her cousin Jessie go exploring in the attic. Let me bring you into their discussion in Chapter 14:
… “Peyton laughed and reached to steady Jessie who yanked her hand back and almost fell down the stairs taking Peyton with her. “Sorry. I forgot to warn you about the zing that comes when opening the door.”
… “It didn’t do that when Katie and I were up here searching through the trunks for the handkerchief.”
… “Who opened the door?” she asked.
… “Katie did.” Jessie wiggled her tingling fingers. “Mystery solved.” Peyton stepped in front of Jessie and opened the door. “Now you can understand why I want to search up here. The atmosphere is zipping, and there is bound to be a good reason.” Peyton opened the first trunk and went through it carefully. “Some of this stuff is cool.”
…Jessie opened the doors of an old armoire. “Peyton, you’ve got to see this. We could have a costume party. Would you look at these clothes?” She wrapped a feather boa around her neck and placed one of the vintage hats on her head.
… “I’m not a fan of the feathers, but the hat is you with your golden curls spilling out. You look like you could be one of the women in Monet’s famous garden painting except for your clothes of course.” Peyton jumped when the attic door slammed with a loud bang. “Zip, zip, zip. See what I mean.”
… “I wonder what that’s all about.” Jessie took off the boa and hat. She bent to open the drawer at the bottom of the armoire, but it wouldn’t budge. A second attempt and one hard pull sent her falling backward onto her derrière. The drawer was still firmly closed. “A slamming door and a drawer that won’t open has me more curious than ever. How about you?”
What happens next is terrifying for Jessie and Jaxon struggles to get the story straight.
If you love exploring old buildings, paranormal suspense, mysteries around murder, weddings and the charm of romance, you will love ‘As The Page Turns’ (Blue Cove Mystery Book 10) by Iona Morrison. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Peyton Reynolds has settled into a new dream job when a reoccurring dream of a murder sends her searching for answers. In her quest, with a bit of magical help, she stumbles across an old diary from the year 1845, which she shares with her boyfriend Jaxon Kincaid. Jaxon Kincaid, a new FBI Agent and Peyton’s love interest, will find himself at the heart of the case and try to keep Peyton grounded with his logical method of working through an investigation. But his world will soon be rocked by a dream or two and a sudden inheritance he wasn’t expecting. Together they will solve an ongoing crime with deep roots in Irish legend, and voices silenced for generations will be heard when the invisible becomes visible beyond the door.
From the moment the woman rushed through her shop door nearly knocking her to the ground, Jessie Reynolds finds herself embroiled in another case. One that will not only solve several crimes but Matt’s and her future as well. Jessie is convinced that a common thread links the crimes of a missing girl, a murder, and a possible serial killer all together. And with Matt Parker’s logical approach she sets out to prove her theory. Matt is happy to collaborate with Jessie again even with the strangeness of a few ghosts, an improbable journey, and old enemies from the past thrown in. With a bit of charm and bribery on his part, the end of the case has the promise of future beginnings for them.
Jessie Reynolds returns from her trip to Ireland armed with some fascinating discoveries about herself and the gift that runs through many of the women in her ancestral line. How will all these discoveries alter her life? Not to mention Matt’s, her fiancé. Add a troubling dream into the equation, and she can’t help but wonder how her levelheaded guy will be able to handle this new side of her.
Once again Matt will be challenged to think outside the box when Jessie’s look-alike relative from the past shows up along with several ancient artifacts, and a grumpy ghost who takes up residency in her store to guard them. With all the strangeness that surrounds their relationship Matt finds himself more in love with his little warrior than ever.
With Jessie Reynolds and Matt Parker’s wedding fast approaching they are hoping for smooth sailing and a joyous celebration with family and friends. It doesn’t take long for them to realize someone doesn’t want their wedding to happen at all. Twice in one day Matt survives an attempt on his life. It seems they are destined to ride the roller coaster to their big day. The old and the new will collide with the past and the present. Someone from their past has waited for this moment to enact their revenge. Only with a bit of magic and support from their friends will they have a wedding to remember and day they’ll never forget.
Editorial Reviews ★★★★★: “A Wedding to Remember is a delightful blend of romance, mystery, and a touch of the supernatural. Set in the picturesque town of Blue Cove, the story follows Jessie, who has the unusual ability to communicate with spirits, as she navigates the complexities of planning her wedding to the love of her life, Matt, while also facing mysterious threats that put their future in jeopardy. With a host of colorful characters, both living and spectral, the novel is as much about love as it is about overcoming the unexpected.
Blue Cove feels alive with its blustery autumn winds, charming shops, and a cemetery that holds more than a few secrets. I loved how the town became a character in itself, and the opening chapter beautifully set the tone with Jessie watching a red leaf dancing in the wind—a small moment that echoes the balance between tranquility and turbulence in her life. Morrison’s prose is warm and inviting, though at times, I felt the descriptions leaned a bit heavily on exposition.
Jessie is a relatable and endearing protagonist. Her relationship with Matt, however, is the emotional anchor of the story. Their chemistry is tender and believable, whether they’re sharing quiet moments or weathering chaos together. A standout scene for me was when Jessie intercepted a threatening phone call. The mix of humor, dread, and resolve captured her duality—someone both ordinary and extraordinary, just trying to make it to her wedding day without catastrophe.
One aspect I found both fascinating was the integration of the supernatural elements. Jessie’s interactions with ghosts and fairy-like guardians added an intriguing layer, but some moments felt overly whimsical and disrupted the mystery’s tension. That said, Gina’s spectral presence, as the first ghost Jessie encountered, provided a heartfelt throughline about how the past shapes the present.
Morrison also shines when exploring themes of community and purpose. Jessie’s reflections on using her “gift” to help others—whether solving murders or giving voice to the voiceless—are thought-provoking. The chapter where she dreams of meeting the spirits she’s helped over the years was particularly moving for me. It’s a poignant reminder of how small acts can ripple outward, affecting lives in unexpected ways.
A Wedding to Remember is a cozy and heartfelt read with a unique blend of romance, mystery, and magic. It’s a story with a lot of heart. I’d recommend this book to fans of small-town mysteries, light paranormal romances, and anyone who enjoys tales with a whimsical twist.” Literary Titan
Peyton Reynolds is pulled into another case when she finds a body while jogging. Her discovery is only an introduction to an investigation that will wind its way from Blue Cove to a college campus in a nearby town. In the process Peyton will learn more about the gifts passed to her from an ancient relative and an old Irish legend possibly still at work.
F.B.I Agent Jaxon Kincaid isn’t surprised when Peyton’s discovery intersects with his investigation at the college. Thinking outside the box is a must when it comes to working with her. Having a girlfriend who can see ghosts and help track body-jumpers can blow his mind—still they make a great team whether in work or love.
An ancient evil taunts Peyton and Jaxon as they search for clues. Will their detective and paranormal skills be enough to stop a killer before he claims another body or not?
About The Author: Iona Morrison is a multi-published, award-winning author who writes romantic suspense with a touch of paranormal. She enjoys writing fiction. The character development, their stories, and the twists and turns in the plot intrigue her. She is hooked from the first words on the paper and has to keep writing to see how the story ends.
Jessie Reynolds has no idea when she moves to Blue Cove, that she will be sharing her life with a ghost. A young pastor has been murdered, and Jessie finds herself following the trail of that death into the dark and deadly world of organ trafficking.
Jessie is soon introduced to the detective in charge of the case. Matt Parker is a tall, scruffy, ruggedly handsome man who takes an instant dislike to her and the feeling is mutual. He wants her out of his case and she finds herself entangled in it. The tension between them mounts and so does the attraction.
A desperate young girl cries out for help as she hides in terror, hoping against hope that someone might hear her. Jessie Reynolds does and finds herself caught up in an equally desperate search for Abigail. She has escaped human traffickers, but has no idea where she is, and Jessie must find her in time. She joins forces with Matt, the chief of police, and they discover that Abigail is only one of several kidnapped children.
Faced by a cold trail, they must rely on Jessie’s ability to hear Abigail’s thoughts, backed up by a tracking bloodhound. But the children mean big money and that brings murder and a hit man to Blue Cove to clean up the mess. Matt and Jessie grow closer as they are forced to work side by side, but will they find Abigail in time? And will they, themselves, survive?
Jessie is busy getting her new bookstore ready for its grand opening when deliveryman Evan Foster arrives with an order of books. To her shock, the suddenly distraught Evan tells her that he has seen her in a dream. She is the only person who can help him find his missing wife. Jessie calls her boyfriend Matt, the chief of police, and almost immediately, a picture of the abduction forms in her mind. Jessie is once more involved in a case.
Missing files, strange fetishes, and general chaos worry Matt, but when a note shows up in Jessie’s mail, they are off and running following the new clues. Three separate cases merge into one, which takes them from Blue Cove to Palm Springs. A kidnapping, a stalker, and illegal weapons converge with the dark arts of voodoo, pushing Matt and Jessie to their limits. They are running out of time as the dark perpetrator stalks Jessie.
Jessie is enjoying an evening run; grateful her life is finally back to normal. Starting the incline toward home, a sudden terror grips her. Someone is watching her. She picks up her pace, but he’s hot on her heels—and he means to kill her. She narrowly manages to elude her pursuer and reach the safety of her house.
The first one she calls for help is the man she has grown to love, Matt Parker. Matt already has his hands full dealing with a notorious hitman who’s in the area and a thug who followed a visitor to Blue Cove. Now Jessie is in danger, and Matt will do anything to keep her safe. He can’t lose her now. When Matt becomes the target, it’s Jessie’s turn to help. She has a few surprises in store as a few ghostly friends come to her aid.
Trouble rears its head once again in Blue Cove and dashes straight into Jessie’s store in the person of a battered young woman fleeing her abusive spouse. Jessie finds herself pulled into another case as a body is discovered in the church dumpster, and the dead woman’s ghost takes up a vigil in Jessie’s place of business. Is the dead woman connected to the frightened and battered girl who took refuge in the store?
Matt and Jessie’s search for the killer leads them to their victim’s family, members of a strange religious group that lives off the grid outside of town. Add to the mix a crypt in the woods on a foggy night, Jessie’s abduction, a couple of angry and abusive husbands, and the resident ghost, and they will have their hands full solving this crime. Will Matt and Jessie’s love for each other keep them grounded until justice can be served?
Ghosts of the dead swirl around Jessie Reynolds seeking her help. Two bodies have washed ashore in Blue Cove. When a third body is discovered, evidence links the victims to a group of missing college students. A fourth student is still missing, and the spirits will not rest until he is found. Police Chief Matt Parker, the love of Jessie’s life, will have to handle this case alone.
Further investigation shows the murders are more than local hate crimes. Matt finds himself targeted by the same suspects as the victims and must rely on experience and training to survive. It will take more than his skills to bring the criminals to justice and survive what they have planned for him. He will need Jessie and the spirits’ otherworldly help to make it back alive. Will love triumph over evil and give Jessie and Matt a chance at love?
When a ghost decides it’s high time for her murder to be solved, she chooses Jessie Reynolds to solve the cold case. Armed with only the girl’s name, Jessie goes in search of information and is stunned to find a link connecting the dead girl to Matt Parker. Is it possible the man Jessie cares about had something to do with the crime?
As the case unfolds, Matt and Jessie have all they can handle dealing with two possibly connected murders, a menacing man from Jessie’s past, and the knowledge of a porn ring at the local high school that could take down several prominent citizens of Blue Cove. Racked with questions and doubts about their relationship, Jessie will have to work with Matt to find a way to bury the past and build a bridge to the future.
Plans for a romantic weekend celebrating their recent engagement at a charming inn go awry when Detective Matt Parker and bookstore owner Jessie Reynolds are suddenly pulled into another case.
A missing girl’s ghost, an antique key, and an improbable journey take Jessie into another dimension to solve the murder, leaving Matt behind to wonder if he will ever see her again.
Bullets fly and sparks ignite—as the past and the present collide, in their most unusual case to date.
An Arizona heatwave, a murder, and a ghost searching for closure give Peyton Reynolds all she can handle on her long-awaited vacation.
When a body is found at the bottom of the pool of the resort she’s staying at, Peyton leaps into action, starting CPR. She stops when she sees the young man’s ghost watching her actions. And he’s not alone.
Detective Jaxon Kincaid knows that Peyton is hiding something. How did she know the caliber of the weapon which killed the victim? And why is she so nervous and combative when she talks to him?
He’s fascinated, but wary of this beautiful redhead. As their attraction grows, and as Peyton inserts herself into his case, can he protect her from someone who seems to want them both dead?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. A Cozy Mystery With Paranormal Suspense!
Peyton Reynolds vacation is turned upside down while she is poolside. Peyton acts quickly to save a life, when her physic visions interfere with the process, and her secret might soon be exposed.
I learned something while reading that I didn’t know. I had never thought about the history behind the term ‘cowboy’ until Author Iona Morrison took me on this exciting adventure to Tucson Arizona, where the streets of Tombstone hold mysteries of their own.
Iona skillfully draws her readers into the drama, creating suspense and intrigue, with a dash of romance on the side. Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 12:
…Jaxon was waiting for Peyton when she stepped out of the tour van. He grabbed her hand, and she slapped at his arm and tried to pull free. He held tight. Silent treatment, he had expected and possibly worse. Side by side they walked beside each other in complete silence.
…When they reached Allen Street, the historic street of the old west and the tourist part of Tombstone, he noticed a sudden change in her demeanor. Something was up but what? “Are you okay?” he asked.
…She didn’t respond but seemed to be mesmerized by something around her. He couldn’t see anything, but she must be. The atmosphere around her seemed charged. He couldn’t put his finger on what was happening, but she held his hand tight. Really tight. In a death grip, almost painfully so. He would take his cue from her because he had no idea what was happening with her. At one point, she ducked, flinched, and seemed to weave back and forth as if moving through a huge crowd. “Peyton, what’s up?” She ignored the question. He kept pace with her and waited until she returned from wherever she had gone.
I invite you to read ‘Searching for Closure’ and discover the secret Peyton carries with her. This is a perfect story to enjoy anytime and anywhere. The characters will come alive in your mind, as the plot twists and turns, giving way to a new page. Whether this is the first book that you have read in the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series or not, you will want to read the entire series to discover for yourself what makes “Blue Cove’ “such a unique place”.
Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Peyton Reynolds has no idea that the gorgeous summer day she is enjoying is about to take a strange turn and embroil her and her boyfriend Jaxon Kincaid in another case. As the details emerge, it won’t take long for them to understand there is nothing normal about the murder Peyton has witnessed. An erratic suspect, a gathering of ghosts, and Peyton’s sudden disappearance will leave Jaxon scrambling for answers in the pages of a book left behind. They will have to think outside the box with help from the past to solve this one.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Can Pages Of A Book Solve A Mystery?
Recovering from being shot while in Arizona, Peyton Reynold’s decision to spend time in Blue Cove with her grandmother and cousin was a ‘godsend’ This was the perfect day for Katie’s fairytale wedding. The Inn, renovated to its nineteen-eighteen historical period was intriguing, but a strange foreboding presence caused Payton apprehension.
Jaxon Kincaid, Peyton’s boyfriend is turning off the highway into Blue Cover to surprise Peyton. Peyton continued to look out the window lost in thought. In her heart, she knew the wedding would be all that Katie wanted it to be. The loud banging at the kitchen screen door startled her. Standing outside was a young woman with blood splattered down the front of her clothes. This would be the just the beginning of the mysteries about to unfold.
Later, Peyton and her cousin Jessie go exploring in the attic. Let me bring you into their discussion in Chapter 14:
… “Peyton laughed and reached to steady Jessie who yanked her hand back and almost fell down the stairs taking Peyton with her. “Sorry. I forgot to warn you about the zing that comes when opening the door.”
… “It didn’t do that when Katie and I were up here searching through the trunks for the handkerchief.”
… “Who opened the door?” she asked.
… “Katie did.” Jessie wiggled her tingling fingers. “Mystery solved.” Peyton stepped in front of Jessie and opened the door. “Now you can understand why I want to search up here. The atmosphere is zipping, and there is bound to be a good reason.” Peyton opened the first trunk and went through it carefully. “Some of this stuff is cool.”
…Jessie opened the doors of an old armoire. “Peyton, you’ve got to see this. We could have a costume party. Would you look at these clothes?” She wrapped a feather boa around her neck and placed one of the vintage hats on her head.
… “I’m not a fan of the feathers, but the hat is you with your golden curls spilling out. You look like you could be one of the women in Monet’s famous garden painting except for your clothes of course.” Peyton jumped when the attic door slammed with a loud bang. “Zip, zip, zip. See what I mean.”
… “I wonder what that’s all about.” Jessie took off the boa and hat. She bent to open the drawer at the bottom of the armoire, but it wouldn’t budge. A second attempt and one hard pull sent her falling backward onto her derrière. The drawer was still firmly closed. “A slamming door and a drawer that won’t open has me more curious than ever. How about you?”
What happens next is terrifying for Jessie and Jaxon struggles to get the story straight.
If you love exploring old buildings, paranormal suspense, mysteries around murder, weddings and the charm of romance, you will love ‘As The Page Turns’ (Blue Cove Mystery Book 10) by Iona Morrison. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Peyton Reynolds has settled into a new dream job when a reoccurring dream of a murder sends her searching for answers. In her quest, with a bit of magical help, she stumbles across an old diary from the year 1845, which she shares with her boyfriend Jaxon Kincaid. Jaxon Kincaid, a new FBI Agent and Peyton’s love interest, will find himself at the heart of the case and try to keep Peyton grounded with his logical method of working through an investigation. But his world will soon be rocked by a dream or two and a sudden inheritance he wasn’t expecting. Together they will solve an ongoing crime with deep roots in Irish legend, and voices silenced for generations will be heard when the invisible becomes visible beyond the door.
From the moment the woman rushed through her shop door nearly knocking her to the ground, Jessie Reynolds finds herself embroiled in another case. One that will not only solve several crimes but Matt’s and her future as well. Jessie is convinced that a common thread links the crimes of a missing girl, a murder, and a possible serial killer all together. And with Matt Parker’s logical approach she sets out to prove her theory. Matt is happy to collaborate with Jessie again even with the strangeness of a few ghosts, an improbable journey, and old enemies from the past thrown in. With a bit of charm and bribery on his part, the end of the case has the promise of future beginnings for them.
Jessie Reynolds returns from her trip to Ireland armed with some fascinating discoveries about herself and the gift that runs through many of the women in her ancestral line. How will all these discoveries alter her life? Not to mention Matt’s, her fiancé. Add a troubling dream into the equation, and she can’t help but wonder how her levelheaded guy will be able to handle this new side of her.
Once again Matt will be challenged to think outside the box when Jessie’s look-alike relative from the past shows up along with several ancient artifacts, and a grumpy ghost who takes up residency in her store to guard them. With all the strangeness that surrounds their relationship Matt finds himself more in love with his little warrior than ever.
With Jessie Reynolds and Matt Parker’s wedding fast approaching they are hoping for smooth sailing and a joyous celebration with family and friends. It doesn’t take long for them to realize someone doesn’t want their wedding to happen at all. Twice in one day Matt survives an attempt on his life. It seems they are destined to ride the roller coaster to their big day. The old and the new will collide with the past and the present. Someone from their past has waited for this moment to enact their revenge. Only with a bit of magic and support from their friends will they have a wedding to remember and day they’ll never forget.
Editorial Reviews ★★★★★: “A Wedding to Remember is a delightful blend of romance, mystery, and a touch of the supernatural. Set in the picturesque town of Blue Cove, the story follows Jessie, who has the unusual ability to communicate with spirits, as she navigates the complexities of planning her wedding to the love of her life, Matt, while also facing mysterious threats that put their future in jeopardy. With a host of colorful characters, both living and spectral, the novel is as much about love as it is about overcoming the unexpected.
Blue Cove feels alive with its blustery autumn winds, charming shops, and a cemetery that holds more than a few secrets. I loved how the town became a character in itself, and the opening chapter beautifully set the tone with Jessie watching a red leaf dancing in the wind—a small moment that echoes the balance between tranquility and turbulence in her life. Morrison’s prose is warm and inviting, though at times, I felt the descriptions leaned a bit heavily on exposition.
Jessie is a relatable and endearing protagonist. Her relationship with Matt, however, is the emotional anchor of the story. Their chemistry is tender and believable, whether they’re sharing quiet moments or weathering chaos together. A standout scene for me was when Jessie intercepted a threatening phone call. The mix of humor, dread, and resolve captured her duality—someone both ordinary and extraordinary, just trying to make it to her wedding day without catastrophe.
One aspect I found both fascinating was the integration of the supernatural elements. Jessie’s interactions with ghosts and fairy-like guardians added an intriguing layer, but some moments felt overly whimsical and disrupted the mystery’s tension. That said, Gina’s spectral presence, as the first ghost Jessie encountered, provided a heartfelt throughline about how the past shapes the present.
Morrison also shines when exploring themes of community and purpose. Jessie’s reflections on using her “gift” to help others—whether solving murders or giving voice to the voiceless—are thought-provoking. The chapter where she dreams of meeting the spirits she’s helped over the years was particularly moving for me. It’s a poignant reminder of how small acts can ripple outward, affecting lives in unexpected ways.
A Wedding to Remember is a cozy and heartfelt read with a unique blend of romance, mystery, and magic. It’s a story with a lot of heart. I’d recommend this book to fans of small-town mysteries, light paranormal romances, and anyone who enjoys tales with a whimsical twist.” Literary Titan
Peyton Reynolds is pulled into another case when she finds a body while jogging. Her discovery is only an introduction to an investigation that will wind its way from Blue Cove to a college campus in a nearby town. In the process Peyton will learn more about the gifts passed to her from an ancient relative and an old Irish legend possibly still at work.
F.B.I Agent Jaxon Kincaid isn’t surprised when Peyton’s discovery intersects with his investigation at the college. Thinking outside the box is a must when it comes to working with her. Having a girlfriend who can see ghosts and help track body-jumpers can blow his mind—still they make a great team whether in work or love.
An ancient evil taunts Peyton and Jaxon as they search for clues. Will their detective and paranormal skills be enough to stop a killer before he claims another body or not?
Desirae Fontaine, better known by her friends as Destiny, is on her way to see her friend Peyton in Blue Cove. Having gone through a lot in her life the past few months, Destiny needs some downtime to reset her life.
Her adventure begins on the plane when she meets a sweet older woman named Mila Ferris. Their conversation during the flight leads to her sharing her heart with the kind woman and ends with a bit of unseen magic in a bag of jellybeans.
Evan Parker has his own hardships to overcome and could use the help of the kind old gentleman who comes with a little magic of his own.
Can two lonely hearts find love and two weary fairies find help in helping Anything can happen. It’s Destiny’s spring.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. The Magic Of Spring Is In The Air!
I invite you to read Destiny’s Spring, one of the books in The Wild Rose Press ‘Jelly Beans and Spring Things’ series by award-winning author Iona Morrison. Those of us who enjoyed the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series will recognize a couple of the main characters.
Desirae Fontaine, better known to us as Destiny, leaves her stress and grief of the past few months behind, as she boards a plane for Blue Cove. Destiny’s uneasiness is apparent to Mila Ferris, as she settles into the seat beside Destiny. Maybe it is the sweet demeanor of this old lady, or comfort found in the bag of jelly beans Destiny brought on board, soon the two of them are deep in conversation and the magic begins.
Arriving in Blue Cove, Destiny stays in close contact with her mother by phone. Her mother informs her, she passed the bar exam. All her hard work and dreams to practice law has just come true. Now Destiny can relax, as Spring unfolds around her in Blue Cove. The Spring air is electric, there are new people to meet, and the possibilities are endless.
Blue Cove is a magical place where Destiny experiences things that are hard to explain. Her mother tells her “Even I have experienced some things in life for which there were no reasonable answers. At those moments, I would accept the gift that life handed me. It seems to me you need to do the same.”
Can Destiny accept the gifts life is offering her, and is her heart ready for love, if it should blossom?
If you believe in magic, you will not want to miss one book in the ‘Jelly Beans and Spring Things’ series. I encourage you to read or re-read the 10 books in the ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling, award-winning author. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
Months after a bitter divorce, Sally Mansfield is spending Christmas with her best friends at the Blue Iris Inn. Fifty pounds thinner than the last time they were together; she is excited for her friends to see the change. She might still be wounded, her self-esteem at rock bottom, but Sally is determined to have a fun holiday with her friends.
A recent broken engagement brought Chad Bennett back to Blue Cove. Intrigued by Sally, he is interested in learning more, but she remains a closed book and truthfully so is he. Is it possible with the help of a little Christmas magic, a winsome sprite named Elida, some chocolate goodness, and friends, two lonely souls can find friendship and the possibility of a lot more over the holidays?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Proof That Christmas Is A Time For Magic!
Sally Mansfield is heading home to Blue Cove to spend Christmas with her childhood friends Jessie and Katie at the Blue Iris Inn. With the magic of falling snow, Christmas lights, Christmas decorations, and the promised Christmas festivities; surely this will help Sally heal and move into the next chapter of her life.
Let me quote: “Is it possible with the help of a little Christmas magic, a winsome sprite named Elida, some chocolate goodness, and friends, two lonely souls can find friendship and the possibility of a lot more over the holidays?”
If you love Christmas magic, friendships, secret Santa’s and chocolate; this is the perfect holiday book. A wonderful surprise is waiting for you at the end of this book. It is sure to bring holiday cheer, in a time where simple pleasures matter.
I encourage you to follow this book with Author Iona Morrison’s (10 books) ‘Blue Cove Mystery’ series. Iona Morrison is a multi-published Amazon bestselling author, who lives in Colorado. She is a member of the RMFWPAL (Rocky Mountain Fiction Writers Published Authors League) and a member of the Colorado Author’s League. She enjoys being part of the vast community of authors, who reside in Colorado.
About The Author: Iona Morrison is a multi-published, award-winning author who writes romantic suspense with a touch of paranormal. She enjoys writing fiction. The character development, their stories, and the twists and turns in the plot intrigue her. She is hooked from the first words on the paper and has to keep writing to see how the story ends.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 1: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
The stereotypical bounty hunter in tales of the old West is an unprincipled, dirty, back-shooter, who is only motivated by the reward money he collects. Nate Landry and his best friend Wolf are a different breed of bounty hunter. They witnessed too much killing during the Civil War; consequently, they try to subdue the outlaws they’re after by using their brains instead of their bullets. But when Anna Thomas asks Nate to rescue her kidnapped son and see that the kidnappers are punished, he and Wolf find themselves chasing an enemy from their past. This man is so evil that killing him may be their only option–if he doesn’t kill them first. If you like adventure, humor, and the old West, saddle up and get ready to ride!
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Language Of A Six-Shooter!
Author Mark L. Redmond is a western action-adventure writer, who takes his readers back to the old wild west in 1877, where campfire coffee is strong and everyone knows the language of a six-shooter.
Chapter One of Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues opens in Florence, Arizona, when Bounty Hunter Nate Landry returns home to find Anna Thomas waiting in his cabin with her pistol aimed straight at him. Anna is a mother on a mission to recover her kidnapped son Daniel.
The adventure unfolds as Nate and his trusted companion Wolf, accompanied by Anna, begin their search for Daniel Thomas.
Here is a quote from Chapter Six, as Nate, Wolf, and Anna go in search of bad man Major Campbell.
…We rode in silence for nearly an hour, letting the horses run awhile in the coolness of the morning. I was praying and watching. One of the things that made Campbell so dangerous was the fact that he was unpredictable. He had often succeeded in defeating the rebs by making moves that no other officer would have considered. He had never cared about sacrificing the lives of his men. Most of the time, the insanity of his tactics had protected his soldiers. He had favored the element of surprise, and he had known how to make it work in his favor. I reckoned Campbell hadn’t changed.
…I considered the matter of what to tell Anna about Campbell and how we had met David. We had no idea of what she already knew about this devil who had murdered her husband and stolen her son. And then she told us. “We named him after you,” Anna said.
…I looked at her, but she stared straight ahead. “Daniel Nathan Thomas,” she said. “David wanted to name our son after you. He said you and Wolf had saved his life. He was wounded and came home a year before the war ended.
…He told me about what happened to the other men who were captured with him. He always believed that God had spared him so that he could take care of me—”
…Anna began to cry softly.
… “I’d like to kill Campbell very slowly,” Wolf said.
… “I reckon he’d do the same to us if he got the chance,” I said.
… “If and when he finds out who we are,” Wolf said, “he’ll come after us. We have the edge right now because we know who he is. All he knows about us is that we’re two riders escorting Mrs. Thomas.”
If you need a change of pace, miss the old, wholesome western stories, and appreciate mid-western Christian values, Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues should be your next read. Author Mark L. Redmond has two western books for “grownups” and six westerns in his Adventures of Arty Anderson series, geared for middle grade readers.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 2: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
Nate and Wolf didn’t have much trouble capturing Luke Womack and his two sidekicks. They turned the outlaws over to the town marshal at Wickenburg; and, since the town didn’t have a jail yet, he chained the trio to the jail tree. With their trap baited and set, all Nate and Wolf have to do is sit back and wait to capture Luke’s four brothers, all hardened criminals, when they come to rescue him.
The problem is, Nate and Wolf have no idea who will come when, or how many of the Womack brothers will show up at the same time. They do know Luke’s brothers will be coming angry and ready to kill. They also know if they’re going to survive the ordeal, they’d better be ready for whatever trouble the Womacks bring. It’s more than likely that someone’s going to die.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Angry Hornets or Five Womacks?
Author Mark L. Redmond uses his great sense of humor to open book two in his ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series.
This is Wild West storytelling at its best, with high-action drama that will draw you back into 1877, where the Arizona Territory comes to life with three bank robberies. four stagecoach robberies, and a murder.
In ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury (Book Two); Nate and Wolf (his trusted companion) study and discuss a reward poster over coffee, after eating a hearty breakfast. The two men ponder the reward money offered for Luke Womack and his sidekicks. What they need is a plan.
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 7:
…One of the things Wolf and I had learned while we were soldiers was the value of surprising the enemy. Often, we had defeated forces that were superior to ours in both number and skill because we had caught them off guard. Catching the Womacks off guard wouldn’t guarantee that Wolf and I could beat them, but we reckoned it would give us an edge.
…We were leaning against the hitching rail in front of the mercantile, enjoying the warmth of the mid-morning sun and smoking cigars. We were also making plans.
… “The Womacks will expect us to be waiting for them here in town,” I said.
… “Because they don’t know us?” Wolf asked.
… “Exactly,” I said.
… “They’ll also be looking for two men,” Wolf said. He tapped the ash from the end of his cigar. “So, we’re going to split up?”
… “And watch the trail from both sides of town,” I said. I exhaled smoke, smiled, and touched the brim of my hat as two ladies crossed from the other side of the street to enter the mercantile.
… “We’ll be close enough that whoever sees a Womack first should be able to signal the other,” Wolf said. He took a long draw on his cigar, leaned his head back, and blew the smoke into the air. “With one of us in sight and the other hidden, I reckon we’ll still have an edge.”
Putting the plan into action, they pack their supplies and saddle their horses with confidence. The plan sounds easy enough, but the adventure has just begun. This story takes place where the west is wild, outlaws terrorize small towns, and the brave bounty men ride in pursuit of justice.
The ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series is comprised of stand-alone books, geared for YA and Adults. Author Mark L. Redmond has also produced a western adventure series for middle school readers, titled ‘The Adventures Of Arty Anderson’. Mark taught high school English for 28 years in South Bend, Indiana. He is a member of Western Writers of America, Western Fictioneers, SCBWI, ACFW, and the Single Action Shooting Society. He has been studying the West through reading and travel for most of his life (and he’s an old timer, born in 1953). Mark and his wife Susie live in Arizona, where Mark has turned his attention full-time to writing more old western tales. I am looking forward to book three in the ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Laundry’ series.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Dust Devil by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 3: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
Book three in the series finds Nate and Wolf pursuing a gang of outlaws who helped themselves to $20,000 from the bank in Florence, Arizona Territory, and then disappeared. Although the bounty hunters have plenty of experience at tracking down outlaws, the gang’s cunning leader manages to stay one step ahead of them. The chase leads them from Florence to Tucson, then to Goose Flats. Each time Nate and Wolf get close, the outlaws disappear like a dust devil. Although they’re facing one of the most challenging adversaries they’ve encountered so far, neither of the bounty hunters will even consider giving up. Adventure abounds as the reader rides into the old West.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Dangerous Disguises by Mark L Redmond.
Book 4: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
In book four of the series, Nate and Wolf face a gang of clever outlaws who use the skills they learned in the theater to aid them in pulling off their robberies. Disguised as people nobody would notice, they slip into a town or onto a stagecoach, blending in with the folks around them. These outlaws plan their robberies, commit the crimes, and then change their appearance so skillfully no one has been able to apprehend them. In addition, Leah Fulton, the “Dust Devil,” is back, looking for revenge on Nate and Wolf, whom she blames for the death of her brother!
As good as Nate and Wolf are at their jobs, they’re not too proud to accept help–even from some unlikely sources. In addition to a town marshal and his deputy, with whom they’ve worked in the past, the bounty hunters are joined by a Pinkerton agent and a woman who runs a boarding house.
Hang onto your hat, Pardner! This ride might get a little wild!
Like the first three books in this series, this book transports the reader to post-Civil War Arizona Territory, a rugged land populated by rugged people–both men and women. Some of those people were good folks; others were scoundrels. Nate and Wolf may be outnumbered, but they’re hunting outlaws and putting them either in jail or in boot hill, one gang at a time.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 1: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
The stereotypical bounty hunter in tales of the old West is an unprincipled, dirty, back-shooter, who is only motivated by the reward money he collects. Nate Landry and his best friend Wolf are a different breed of bounty hunter. They witnessed too much killing during the Civil War; consequently, they try to subdue the outlaws they’re after by using their brains instead of their bullets. But when Anna Thomas asks Nate to rescue her kidnapped son and see that the kidnappers are punished, he and Wolf find themselves chasing an enemy from their past. This man is so evil that killing him may be their only option–if he doesn’t kill them first. If you like adventure, humor, and the old West, saddle up and get ready to ride!
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Language Of A Six-Shooter!
Author Mark L. Redmond is a western action-adventure writer, who takes his readers back to the old wild west in 1877, where campfire coffee is strong and everyone knows the language of a six-shooter.
Chapter One of Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues opens in Florence, Arizona, when Bounty Hunter Nate Landry returns home to find Anna Thomas waiting in his cabin with her pistol aimed straight at him. Anna is a mother on a mission to recover her kidnapped son Daniel.
The adventure unfolds as Nate and his trusted companion Wolf, accompanied by Anna, begin their search for Daniel Thomas.
Here is a quote from Chapter Six, as Nate, Wolf, and Anna go in search of bad man Major Campbell.
…We rode in silence for nearly an hour, letting the horses run awhile in the coolness of the morning. I was praying and watching. One of the things that made Campbell so dangerous was the fact that he was unpredictable. He had often succeeded in defeating the rebs by making moves that no other officer would have considered. He had never cared about sacrificing the lives of his men. Most of the time, the insanity of his tactics had protected his soldiers. He had favored the element of surprise, and he had known how to make it work in his favor. I reckoned Campbell hadn’t changed.
…I considered the matter of what to tell Anna about Campbell and how we had met David. We had no idea of what she already knew about this devil who had murdered her husband and stolen her son. And then she told us. “We named him after you,” Anna said.
…I looked at her, but she stared straight ahead. “Daniel Nathan Thomas,” she said. “David wanted to name our son after you. He said you and Wolf had saved his life. He was wounded and came home a year before the war ended.
…He told me about what happened to the other men who were captured with him. He always believed that God had spared him so that he could take care of me—”
…Anna began to cry softly.
… “I’d like to kill Campbell very slowly,” Wolf said.
… “I reckon he’d do the same to us if he got the chance,” I said.
… “If and when he finds out who we are,” Wolf said, “he’ll come after us. We have the edge right now because we know who he is. All he knows about us is that we’re two riders escorting Mrs. Thomas.”
If you need a change of pace, miss the old, wholesome western stories, and appreciate mid-western Christian values, Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues should be your next read. Author Mark L. Redmond has two western books for “grownups” and six westerns in his Adventures of Arty Anderson series, geared for middle grade readers.
The Box M Gang Series! Intended For Middle Grade+ Readers!
Book One In ‘The Box M Gang’ Series.
The year is 1875. The Arizona Territory is a wild, sparsely settled place. The Martin family’s Box M Ranch is ten miles from their nearest neighbor and twenty miles from Tucson. Ma has been gone for two years, and Pa hasn’t been the same since she passed. Something inside him broke when he lost her. Fifteen-year-old Ruth, fourteen-year-old Thad, twelve-year-old Sarah, ten-year-old Bart, and eight-year-old Billy have been doing most of the work to keep the Box M running. Consequently, when Pa passes away, the Martin siblings face little change in their daily routine as far as their chores go.
They do, however, face an ominous threat. Ruth, Thad, and Sarah know they can continue to run the Box M without Pa. They also know if folks discover Pa has passed away, the local lawman will load the Martin siblings into a buckboard and haul them off to the orphanage near Tucson. Ruth is confident she, Thad, and Sarah can protect their secret from the occasional travelers who visit the Box M, but she’s concerned about Bart and Billy. They need to practice their conversations with each other to prepare for talking with strangers. They need to pray for God’s help as they tackle a nearly impossible task. They need to work together. They need to become the Box M Gang.
During the next few months, visitors to the Box M include the sheriff, a bounty hunter, cattle rustlers, and a family with five small children. Some of the visitors stay long enough to rest and water their livestock. Some spend the night and move on the next day. Others overstay their welcome. All of them pose a threat to the Martins.
Can they keep their secret and remain on the Box M? Saddle up, and let’s find out!
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network. Siblings Forced To Keep A Secret And Band Together To Save Their Ranch!
Fifteen-year-old Ruth Martin is the oldest of the five Martin children. Her bravery, love for her siblings, her faith, and her leadership take “The Box M Gang” on a path to secure their future together and save their ranch. It can’t be easy for 5 kids to keep the biggest secret of their lives, and yet their very survival will rely on their promise to each other.
As an adult and grandparent, I bonded with these kids on the first page. I held my breath as I imagined the wild, sparsely settled Arizona Territory in 1875. The Martin family’s ranch is ten miles from their nearest neighbor and twenty miles from Tucson. The dangers to the children and their ranch animals are compounded by thieves, cattle rustlers, squatters, outlaws, the local sheriff and a possible murderer in the area.
Let me bring you into their story here. This is the morning after the kids have made their secret pact. I quote:
…The next morning, as usual, we left the house just after sunrise, ready to begin our daily chores. I saddled our bay mare so I could ride out to check on our livestock. I led the mare from the stable and paused to look around me. Sarah was scrubbing our clothes in a wooden tub. Bart was milking the cow. Billy was gathering eggs in the chicken pen. Thad was replacing a broken post in the corral fence. Everything looked the way it should on the Box M Ranch.
…I smiled as I mounted the horse and started her toward the pasture. The sun was shining; the morning air was cool and fresh. The day would be beautiful. I had just started to hum an old hymn when I spotted the buzzards.
…Now, I know that buzzards have a purpose, just like most of God’s creatures. Ma had told me one time that if buzzards didn’t clean up dead animals, the whole world would stink. I believed her, but I still felt a little sick whenever I saw those nasty birds circling over something dead or dying.
…These buzzards were already flying low, and they were dropping rapidly. When I realized they had to be flying over our pasture, I nudged the mare to a gallop. As I approached the pasture, I slowed her to a walk, rode to the gate, and reached down to let myself in.
I invite you to join Ruth as she makes a startling discovery.
No one brings fictional western drama to life for young readers like Mark L. Redmond. You can rest assured when your middle grade reader has Mr. Redmond’s book in his or her hands: their imaginations will soar, their spirits will be lifted, and their lives will be better for the lessons woven into action-adventure drama with captivating characters their own age. Don’t forget to also pick up The Box M Gang and the Army (Book Two) In the Box M Gang Series. In addition, The Adventures of Arty Anderson, a 6-book series, is also available in print and kindle for your middle grade readers.
In 1876, five siblings on an Arizona Territory ranch have to hide the fact they’re orphans. If the authorities discover their secret, the Martin children will be removed from the Box M and placed in an orphanage in Tucson. The secret is safe with fifteen-year-old Ruth, fourteen-year-old Thad, and twelve-year-old Sarah; but can ten-year-old Bart and eight-year-old Billy keep it? To make matters worse, the Martins have made a commitment that they won’t lie to Sheriff Packard or any other people who visit the ranch and wonder where the adult Martins are. These five siblings are about to have their faith and their courage tested as they’ve never been tested before!
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 2: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
Nate and Wolf didn’t have much trouble capturing Luke Womack and his two sidekicks. They turned the outlaws over to the town marshal at Wickenburg; and, since the town didn’t have a jail yet, he chained the trio to the jail tree. With their trap baited and set, all Nate and Wolf have to do is sit back and wait to capture Luke’s four brothers, all hardened criminals, when they come to rescue him.
The problem is, Nate and Wolf have no idea who will come when, or how many of the Womack brothers will show up at the same time. They do know Luke’s brothers will be coming angry and ready to kill. They also know if they’re going to survive the ordeal, they’d better be ready for whatever trouble the Womacks bring. It’s more than likely that someone’s going to die.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Angry Hornets or Five Womacks?
Author Mark L. Redmond uses his great sense of humor to open book two in his ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series.
This is Wild West storytelling at its best, with high-action drama that will draw you back into 1877, where the Arizona Territory comes to life with three bank robberies. four stagecoach robberies, and a murder.
In ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury (Book Two); Nate and Wolf (his trusted companion) study and discuss a reward poster over coffee, after eating a hearty breakfast. The two men ponder the reward money offered for Luke Womack and his sidekicks. What they need is a plan.
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 7:
…One of the things Wolf and I had learned while we were soldiers was the value of surprising the enemy. Often, we had defeated forces that were superior to ours in both number and skill because we had caught them off guard. Catching the Womacks off guard wouldn’t guarantee that Wolf and I could beat them, but we reckoned it would give us an edge.
…We were leaning against the hitching rail in front of the mercantile, enjoying the warmth of the mid-morning sun and smoking cigars. We were also making plans.
… “The Womacks will expect us to be waiting for them here in town,” I said.
… “Because they don’t know us?” Wolf asked.
… “Exactly,” I said.
… “They’ll also be looking for two men,” Wolf said. He tapped the ash from the end of his cigar. “So, we’re going to split up?”
… “And watch the trail from both sides of town,” I said. I exhaled smoke, smiled, and touched the brim of my hat as two ladies crossed from the other side of the street to enter the mercantile.
… “We’ll be close enough that whoever sees a Womack first should be able to signal the other,” Wolf said. He took a long draw on his cigar, leaned his head back, and blew the smoke into the air. “With one of us in sight and the other hidden, I reckon we’ll still have an edge.”
Putting the plan into action, they pack their supplies and saddle their horses with confidence. The plan sounds easy enough, but the adventure has just begun. This story takes place where the west is wild, outlaws terrorize small towns, and the brave bounty men ride in pursuit of justice.
The ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series is comprised of stand-alone books, geared for YA and Adults. Author Mark L. Redmond has also produced a western adventure series for middle school readers, titled ‘The Adventures Of Arty Anderson’. Mark taught high school English for 28 years in South Bend, Indiana. He is a member of Western Writers of America, Western Fictioneers, SCBWI, ACFW, and the Single Action Shooting Society. He has been studying the West through reading and travel for most of his life (and he’s an old timer, born in 1953). Mark and his wife Susie live in Arizona, where Mark has turned his attention full-time to writing more old western tales. I am looking forward to book three in the ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Laundry’ series.
The Box M Gang Series! Intended For Middle Grade+ Readers!
The Box M. Gang by Mark Redmond.
5-Stars: “Siblings Forced To Keep A Secret And Band Together To Save Their Ranch”
Book One In ‘The Box M Gang’ Series.
The year is 1875. The Arizona Territory is a wild, sparsely settled place. The Martin family’s Box M Ranch is ten miles from their nearest neighbor and twenty miles from Tucson. Ma has been gone for two years, and Pa hasn’t been the same since she passed. Something inside him broke when he lost her. Fifteen-year-old Ruth, fourteen-year-old Thad, twelve-year-old Sarah, ten-year-old Bart, and eight-year-old Billy have been doing most of the work to keep the Box M running. Consequently, when Pa passes away, the Martin siblings face little change in their daily routine as far as their chores go.
They do, however, face an ominous threat. Ruth, Thad, and Sarah know they can continue to run the Box M without Pa. They also know if folks discover Pa has passed away, the local lawman will load the Martin siblings into a buckboard and haul them off to the orphanage near Tucson. Ruth is confident she, Thad, and Sarah can protect their secret from the occasional travelers who visit the Box M, but she’s concerned about Bart and Billy. They need to practice their conversations with each other to prepare for talking with strangers. They need to pray for God’s help as they tackle a nearly impossible task. They need to work together. They need to become the Box M Gang.
During the next few months, visitors to the Box M include the sheriff, a bounty hunter, cattle rustlers, and a family with five small children. Some of the visitors stay long enough to rest and water their livestock. Some spend the night and move on the next day. Others overstay their welcome. All of them pose a threat to the Martins.
Can they keep their secret and remain on the Box M? Saddle up, and let’s find out!
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network. Siblings Forced To Keep A Secret And Band Together To Save Their Ranch!
Fifteen-year-old Ruth Martin is the oldest of the five Martin children. Her bravery, love for her siblings, her faith, and her leadership take “The Box M Gang” on a path to secure their future together and save their ranch. It can’t be easy for 5 kids to keep the biggest secret of their lives, and yet their very survival will rely on their promise to each other.
As an adult and grandparent, I bonded with these kids on the first page. I held my breath as I imagined the wild, sparsely settled Arizona Territory in 1875. The Martin family’s ranch is ten miles from their nearest neighbor and twenty miles from Tucson. The dangers to the children and their ranch animals are compounded by thieves, cattle rustlers, squatters, outlaws, the local sheriff and a possible murderer in the area.
Let me bring you into their story here. This is the morning after the kids have made their secret pact. I quote:
…The next morning, as usual, we left the house just after sunrise, ready to begin our daily chores. I saddled our bay mare so I could ride out to check on our livestock. I led the mare from the stable and paused to look around me. Sarah was scrubbing our clothes in a wooden tub. Bart was milking the cow. Billy was gathering eggs in the chicken pen. Thad was replacing a broken post in the corral fence. Everything looked the way it should on the Box M Ranch.
…I smiled as I mounted the horse and started her toward the pasture. The sun was shining; the morning air was cool and fresh. The day would be beautiful. I had just started to hum an old hymn when I spotted the buzzards.
…Now, I know that buzzards have a purpose, just like most of God’s creatures. Ma had told me one time that if buzzards didn’t clean up dead animals, the whole world would stink. I believed her, but I still felt a little sick whenever I saw those nasty birds circling over something dead or dying.
…These buzzards were already flying low, and they were dropping rapidly. When I realized they had to be flying over our pasture, I nudged the mare to a gallop. As I approached the pasture, I slowed her to a walk, rode to the gate, and reached down to let myself in.
I invite you to join Ruth as she makes a startling discovery.
No one brings fictional western drama to life for young readers like Mark L. Redmond. You can rest assured when your middle grade reader has Mr. Redmond’s book in his or her hands: their imaginations will soar, their spirits will be lifted, and their lives will be better for the lessons woven into action-adventure drama with captivating characters their own age. Don’t forget to also pick up The Box M Gang and the Army (Book Two) In the Box M Gang Series. In addition, The Adventures of Arty Anderson, a 6-book series, is also available in print and kindle for your middle grade readers.
In 1876, five siblings on an Arizona Territory ranch have to hide the fact they’re orphans. If the authorities discover their secret, the Martin children will be removed from the Box M and placed in an orphanage in Tucson. The secret is safe with fifteen-year-old Ruth, fourteen-year-old Thad, and twelve-year-old Sarah; but can ten-year-old Bart and eight-year-old Billy keep it? To make matters worse, the Martins have made a commitment that they won’t lie to Sheriff Packard or any other people who visit the ranch and wonder where the adult Martins are. These five siblings are about to have their faith and their courage tested as they’ve never been tested before!
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 1: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
The stereotypical bounty hunter in tales of the old West is an unprincipled, dirty, back-shooter, who is only motivated by the reward money he collects. Nate Landry and his best friend Wolf are a different breed of bounty hunter. They witnessed too much killing during the Civil War; consequently, they try to subdue the outlaws they’re after by using their brains instead of their bullets. But when Anna Thomas asks Nate to rescue her kidnapped son and see that the kidnappers are punished, he and Wolf find themselves chasing an enemy from their past. This man is so evil that killing him may be their only option–if he doesn’t kill them first. If you like adventure, humor, and the old West, saddle up and get ready to ride!
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Language Of A Six-Shooter!
Author Mark L. Redmond is a western action-adventure writer, who takes his readers back to the old wild west in 1877, where campfire coffee is strong and everyone knows the language of a six-shooter.
Chapter One of Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues opens in Florence, Arizona, when Bounty Hunter Nate Landry returns home to find Anna Thomas waiting in his cabin with her pistol aimed straight at him. Anna is a mother on a mission to recover her kidnapped son Daniel.
The adventure unfolds as Nate and his trusted companion Wolf, accompanied by Anna, begin their search for Daniel Thomas.
Here is a quote from Chapter Six, as Nate, Wolf, and Anna go in search of bad man Major Campbell.
…We rode in silence for nearly an hour, letting the horses run awhile in the coolness of the morning. I was praying and watching. One of the things that made Campbell so dangerous was the fact that he was unpredictable. He had often succeeded in defeating the rebs by making moves that no other officer would have considered. He had never cared about sacrificing the lives of his men. Most of the time, the insanity of his tactics had protected his soldiers. He had favored the element of surprise, and he had known how to make it work in his favor. I reckoned Campbell hadn’t changed.
…I considered the matter of what to tell Anna about Campbell and how we had met David. We had no idea of what she already knew about this devil who had murdered her husband and stolen her son. And then she told us. “We named him after you,” Anna said.
…I looked at her, but she stared straight ahead. “Daniel Nathan Thomas,” she said. “David wanted to name our son after you. He said you and Wolf had saved his life. He was wounded and came home a year before the war ended.
…He told me about what happened to the other men who were captured with him. He always believed that God had spared him so that he could take care of me—”
…Anna began to cry softly.
… “I’d like to kill Campbell very slowly,” Wolf said.
… “I reckon he’d do the same to us if he got the chance,” I said.
… “If and when he finds out who we are,” Wolf said, “he’ll come after us. We have the edge right now because we know who he is. All he knows about us is that we’re two riders escorting Mrs. Thomas.”
If you need a change of pace, miss the old, wholesome western stories, and appreciate mid-western Christian values, Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues should be your next read. Author Mark L. Redmond has two western books for “grownups” and six westerns in his Adventures of Arty Anderson series, geared for middle grade readers.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 2: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
Nate and Wolf didn’t have much trouble capturing Luke Womack and his two sidekicks. They turned the outlaws over to the town marshal at Wickenburg; and, since the town didn’t have a jail yet, he chained the trio to the jail tree. With their trap baited and set, all Nate and Wolf have to do is sit back and wait to capture Luke’s four brothers, all hardened criminals, when they come to rescue him.
The problem is, Nate and Wolf have no idea who will come when, or how many of the Womack brothers will show up at the same time. They do know Luke’s brothers will be coming angry and ready to kill. They also know if they’re going to survive the ordeal, they’d better be ready for whatever trouble the Womacks bring. It’s more than likely that someone’s going to die.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Angry Hornets or Five Womacks?
Author Mark L. Redmond uses his great sense of humor to open book two in his ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series.
This is Wild West storytelling at its best, with high-action drama that will draw you back into 1877, where the Arizona Territory comes to life with three bank robberies. four stagecoach robberies, and a murder.
In ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury (Book Two); Nate and Wolf (his trusted companion) study and discuss a reward poster over coffee, after eating a hearty breakfast. The two men ponder the reward money offered for Luke Womack and his sidekicks. What they need is a plan.
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 7:
…One of the things Wolf and I had learned while we were soldiers was the value of surprising the enemy. Often, we had defeated forces that were superior to ours in both number and skill because we had caught them off guard. Catching the Womacks off guard wouldn’t guarantee that Wolf and I could beat them, but we reckoned it would give us an edge.
…We were leaning against the hitching rail in front of the mercantile, enjoying the warmth of the mid-morning sun and smoking cigars. We were also making plans.
… “The Womacks will expect us to be waiting for them here in town,” I said.
… “Because they don’t know us?” Wolf asked.
… “Exactly,” I said.
… “They’ll also be looking for two men,” Wolf said. He tapped the ash from the end of his cigar. “So, we’re going to split up?”
… “And watch the trail from both sides of town,” I said. I exhaled smoke, smiled, and touched the brim of my hat as two ladies crossed from the other side of the street to enter the mercantile.
… “We’ll be close enough that whoever sees a Womack first should be able to signal the other,” Wolf said. He took a long draw on his cigar, leaned his head back, and blew the smoke into the air. “With one of us in sight and the other hidden, I reckon we’ll still have an edge.”
Putting the plan into action, they pack their supplies and saddle their horses with confidence. The plan sounds easy enough, but the adventure has just begun. This story takes place where the west is wild, outlaws terrorize small towns, and the brave bounty men ride in pursuit of justice.
The ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series is comprised of stand-alone books, geared for YA and Adults. Author Mark L. Redmond has also produced a western adventure series for middle school readers, titled ‘The Adventures Of Arty Anderson’. Mark taught high school English for 28 years in South Bend, Indiana. He is a member of Western Writers of America, Western Fictioneers, SCBWI, ACFW, and the Single Action Shooting Society. He has been studying the West through reading and travel for most of his life (and he’s an old timer, born in 1953). Mark and his wife Susie live in Arizona, where Mark has turned his attention full-time to writing more old western tales. I am looking forward to book three in the ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Laundry’ series.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Dust Devil by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 3: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
Book three in the series finds Nate and Wolf pursuing a gang of outlaws who helped themselves to $20,000 from the bank in Florence, Arizona Territory, and then disappeared. Although the bounty hunters have plenty of experience at tracking down outlaws, the gang’s cunning leader manages to stay one step ahead of them. The chase leads them from Florence to Tucson, then to Goose Flats. Each time Nate and Wolf get close, the outlaws disappear like a dust devil. Although they’re facing one of the most challenging adversaries they’ve encountered so far, neither of the bounty hunters will even consider giving up. Adventure abounds as the reader rides into the old West.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Dangerous Disguises by Mark L Redmond.
Book 4: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
In book four of the series, Nate and Wolf face a gang of clever outlaws who use the skills they learned in the theater to aid them in pulling off their robberies. Disguised as people nobody would notice, they slip into a town or onto a stagecoach, blending in with the folks around them. These outlaws plan their robberies, commit the crimes, and then change their appearance so skillfully no one has been able to apprehend them. In addition, Leah Fulton, the “Dust Devil,” is back, looking for revenge on Nate and Wolf, whom she blames for the death of her brother!
As good as Nate and Wolf are at their jobs, they’re not too proud to accept help–even from some unlikely sources. In addition to a town marshal and his deputy, with whom they’ve worked in the past, the bounty hunters are joined by a Pinkerton agent and a woman who runs a boarding house.
Hang onto your hat, Pardner! This ride might get a little wild!
Like the first three books in this series, this book transports the reader to post-Civil War Arizona Territory, a rugged land populated by rugged people–both men and women. Some of those people were good folks; others were scoundrels. Nate and Wolf may be outnumbered, but they’re hunting outlaws and putting them either in jail or in boot hill, one gang at a time.
I can’t imagine a more thorough, professional marketing service than what I’ve found with Book Marketing Global Network. As both a self-published and a traditionally published author, I want to share my books with the world; and BMGN enables me to reach my goal. They consistently deliver excellence in all they do for me. I’m not even looking for anyone else. Thank you, BMGN!
Author Mark L. Redmond Is A Western Action-Adventure Writer!
Children’s 1800s US Historical Fiction.
The Box M Gang Series! Intended For Middle Grade+ Readers!
The Box M. Gang by Mark Redmond.
5-Stars: “Siblings Forced To Keep A Secret And Band Together To Save Their Ranch”
Book One In ‘The Box M Gang’ Series.
The year is 1875. The Arizona Territory is a wild, sparsely settled place. The Martin family’s Box M Ranch is ten miles from their nearest neighbor and twenty miles from Tucson. Ma has been gone for two years, and Pa hasn’t been the same since she passed. Something inside him broke when he lost her. Fifteen-year-old Ruth, fourteen-year-old Thad, twelve-year-old Sarah, ten-year-old Bart, and eight-year-old Billy have been doing most of the work to keep the Box M running. Consequently, when Pa passes away, the Martin siblings face little change in their daily routine as far as their chores go.
They do, however, face an ominous threat. Ruth, Thad, and Sarah know they can continue to run the Box M without Pa. They also know if folks discover Pa has passed away, the local lawman will load the Martin siblings into a buckboard and haul them off to the orphanage near Tucson. Ruth is confident she, Thad, and Sarah can protect their secret from the occasional travelers who visit the Box M, but she’s concerned about Bart and Billy. They need to practice their conversations with each other to prepare for talking with strangers. They need to pray for God’s help as they tackle a nearly impossible task. They need to work together. They need to become the Box M Gang.
During the next few months, visitors to the Box M include the sheriff, a bounty hunter, cattle rustlers, and a family with five small children. Some of the visitors stay long enough to rest and water their livestock. Some spend the night and move on the next day. Others overstay their welcome. All of them pose a threat to the Martins.
Can they keep their secret and remain on the Box M? Saddle up, and let’s find out!
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network. Siblings Forced To Keep A Secret And Band Together To Save Their Ranch!
Fifteen-year-old Ruth Martin is the oldest of the five Martin children. Her bravery, love for her siblings, her faith, and her leadership take “The Box M Gang” on a path to secure their future together and save their ranch. It can’t be easy for 5 kids to keep the biggest secret of their lives, and yet their very survival will rely on their promise to each other.
As an adult and grandparent, I bonded with these kids on the first page. I held my breath as I imagined the wild, sparsely settled Arizona Territory in 1875. The Martin family’s ranch is ten miles from their nearest neighbor and twenty miles from Tucson. The dangers to the children and their ranch animals are compounded by thieves, cattle rustlers, squatters, outlaws, the local sheriff and a possible murderer in the area.
Let me bring you into their story here. This is the morning after the kids have made their secret pact. I quote:
…The next morning, as usual, we left the house just after sunrise, ready to begin our daily chores. I saddled our bay mare so I could ride out to check on our livestock. I led the mare from the stable and paused to look around me. Sarah was scrubbing our clothes in a wooden tub. Bart was milking the cow. Billy was gathering eggs in the chicken pen. Thad was replacing a broken post in the corral fence. Everything looked the way it should on the Box M Ranch.
…I smiled as I mounted the horse and started her toward the pasture. The sun was shining; the morning air was cool and fresh. The day would be beautiful. I had just started to hum an old hymn when I spotted the buzzards.
…Now, I know that buzzards have a purpose, just like most of God’s creatures. Ma had told me one time that if buzzards didn’t clean up dead animals, the whole world would stink. I believed her, but I still felt a little sick whenever I saw those nasty birds circling over something dead or dying.
…These buzzards were already flying low, and they were dropping rapidly. When I realized they had to be flying over our pasture, I nudged the mare to a gallop. As I approached the pasture, I slowed her to a walk, rode to the gate, and reached down to let myself in.
I invite you to join Ruth as she makes a startling discovery.
No one brings fictional western drama to life for young readers like Mark L. Redmond. You can rest assured when your middle grade reader has Mr. Redmond’s book in his or her hands: their imaginations will soar, their spirits will be lifted, and their lives will be better for the lessons woven into action-adventure drama with captivating characters their own age. Don’t forget to also pick up The Box M Gang and the Army (Book Two) In the Box M Gang Series. In addition, The Adventures of Arty Anderson, a 6-book series, is also available in print and kindle for your middle grade readers.
In 1876, five siblings on an Arizona Territory ranch have to hide the fact they’re orphans. If the authorities discover their secret, the Martin children will be removed from the Box M and placed in an orphanage in Tucson. The secret is safe with fifteen-year-old Ruth, fourteen-year-old Thad, and twelve-year-old Sarah; but can ten-year-old Bart and eight-year-old Billy keep it? To make matters worse, the Martins have made a commitment that they won’t lie to Sheriff Packard or any other people who visit the ranch and wonder where the adult Martins are. These five siblings are about to have their faith and their courage tested as they’ve never been tested before!
The Adventures of Arty Anderson: Middle Grade Fiction by Mark L. Redmond.
Arty Goes West Mark L. Redmond.
Book 1 of 6: The Adventures of Arty Anderson.
Saddle up, pardner, and hang on! Arty Anderson is about to take you on a rip-roarin’ ride through the Old West. Arty’s adventure begins when he and his ma head west to live on a ranch left to them by Arty’s pa. Arty’s first stagecoach ride introduces him to some real “owlhoots”; who just can’t leave the tenderfoots alone; and being a twelve-year-old, Arty just naturally gets himself into all kinds of trouble with them, beginning with Mr. Chastain. If you like adventure, excitement and fun, then hurry up and get your ticket. The stagecoach is about to leave for the Circle A. “All aboard!”
Product Details: Print Length: 65 Pages Publisher: Sword of The Lord; 1st Edition (January 1, 1999) Publication Date: March 19, 2021 Language: English Historical Fiction The Adventures of Arty Anderson Middle Grade Fiction Westerns Christian (Religious & Inspirational Fiction) Westerns For Young Readers
No longer a tenderfoot, 13-year-old Arty Anderson has become “Arty the Kid”— a tough Texas cowhand, complete with gun and holster, but he has yet to learn some of the unwritten rules of the Old West. Arty’s exciting adventures continue as he stalks “Old Phantom”. If you like a challenge, then step into the saddle and join Arty on his hunt for “Phantom”–but I warn you–stay out of sight!
Product Details: Publisher: Sword Of The Lord (January 1, 2002) Language: English Historical Fiction The Adventures of Arty Anderson Middle Grade Fiction Westerns Christian (Religious & Inspirational Fiction) Westerns For Young Readers
Fourteen-year-old Arty and his friend Jasper, discover a man’s body with a Texas Ranger badge and a wanted poster in his pocket. All their skills are tested as they gather clues, leading them to a late-night adventure, unexpected suspect and face-to-face meeting.
Product Details: Paperback: 120 Pages Publisher: Sword Of The Lord Publishers; First Edition (January 1, 2002) Language: English Historical Fiction The Adventures of Arty Anderson Middle Grade Fiction Westerns Christian (Religious & Inspirational Fiction) Westerns For Young Readers
When Arty and three of his friends plan a picnic in a section of the Circle A they haven’t explored yet, they intend to have a day filled with adventure and fun. Their plans don’t include getting caught in a sudden storm that causes a flash flood. Because he is more experienced than his friends, Arty feels responsible for keeping them safe. How will he protect them when his own life is threatened? Get ready for a wild ride!
Product Details: Print Length: 58 Pages Publication Date: May 18, 2021 Language: English Historical Fiction The Adventures of Arty Anderson Middle Grade Fiction Westerns Christian (Religious & Inspirational Fiction) Westerns For Young Readers
In previous volumes, Arty Anderson, a teenage cowboy, has survived scrapes with a cougar and a flash flood, but this time he’s up against a classic western villain–cattle rustlers! Long-time enemy, Jeff Chastain, is back with a gang of outlaws who have escaped from prison. When they learn that a posse is organizing to come after them, Chastain plans a diversion that could spell disaster for the Circle A ranch. Ride along as Arty, Marshal Bodie and the ranch hands get help from Little Hawk, the Indian boy who lives at the ranch, as they chase down the bad guys and have a showdown before they can reach Mexico.
Product Details: Print Length: 71 Pages Publisher: Sword Of The Lord Publisher’s; First Edition (January 1, 2005) Publication Date: June 7, 2021 Language: English Historical Fiction The Adventures of Arty Anderson Middle Grade Fiction Westerns Christian (Religious & Inspirational Fiction) Westerns For Young Readers
Life moves on at an exciting pace for Arty Anderson! He now faces the opportunity of a lifetime: helping take a herd of over a thousand head of Texas longhorns up the Chisholm Trail! Yes, sirree, it’s an authentic cattle drive from the Circle A Ranch in Texas to Dodge City, Kansas!
Along the trail, Arty and the other cowhands encounter such dangers as angry steers, quicksand, lightning storms, stampedes, rustlers and Indians. Over and over, Arty is reminded to trust in God for help and strength. Through it all, Arty’s faith in the Lord is strengthened as he finds opportunities to witness for Christ.
Product Details: Print Length: 103 Pages Publisher: Sword Of The Lord (September 23, 2011) Language: English Historical Fiction The Adventures of Arty Anderson Middle Grade Fiction Westerns Christian (Religious & Inspirational Fiction) Westerns For Young Readers
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 1: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
The stereotypical bounty hunter in tales of the old West is an unprincipled, dirty, back-shooter, who is only motivated by the reward money he collects. Nate Landry and his best friend Wolf are a different breed of bounty hunter. They witnessed too much killing during the Civil War; consequently, they try to subdue the outlaws they’re after by using their brains instead of their bullets. But when Anna Thomas asks Nate to rescue her kidnapped son and see that the kidnappers are punished, he and Wolf find themselves chasing an enemy from their past. This man is so evil that killing him may be their only option–if he doesn’t kill them first. If you like adventure, humor, and the old West, saddle up and get ready to ride!
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Language Of A Six-Shooter!
Author Mark L. Redmond is a western action-adventure writer, who takes his readers back to the old wild west in 1877, where campfire coffee is strong and everyone knows the language of a six-shooter.
Chapter One of Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues opens in Florence, Arizona, when Bounty Hunter Nate Landry returns home to find Anna Thomas waiting in his cabin with her pistol aimed straight at him. Anna is a mother on a mission to recover her kidnapped son Daniel.
The adventure unfolds as Nate and his trusted companion Wolf, accompanied by Anna, begin their search for Daniel Thomas.
Here is a quote from Chapter Six, as Nate, Wolf, and Anna go in search of bad man Major Campbell.
…We rode in silence for nearly an hour, letting the horses run awhile in the coolness of the morning. I was praying and watching. One of the things that made Campbell so dangerous was the fact that he was unpredictable. He had often succeeded in defeating the rebs by making moves that no other officer would have considered. He had never cared about sacrificing the lives of his men. Most of the time, the insanity of his tactics had protected his soldiers. He had favored the element of surprise, and he had known how to make it work in his favor. I reckoned Campbell hadn’t changed.
…I considered the matter of what to tell Anna about Campbell and how we had met David. We had no idea of what she already knew about this devil who had murdered her husband and stolen her son. And then she told us. “We named him after you,” Anna said.
…I looked at her, but she stared straight ahead. “Daniel Nathan Thomas,” she said. “David wanted to name our son after you. He said you and Wolf had saved his life. He was wounded and came home a year before the war ended.
…He told me about what happened to the other men who were captured with him. He always believed that God had spared him so that he could take care of me—”
…Anna began to cry softly.
… “I’d like to kill Campbell very slowly,” Wolf said.
… “I reckon he’d do the same to us if he got the chance,” I said.
… “If and when he finds out who we are,” Wolf said, “he’ll come after us. We have the edge right now because we know who he is. All he knows about us is that we’re two riders escorting Mrs. Thomas.”
If you need a change of pace, miss the old, wholesome western stories, and appreciate mid-western Christian values, Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues should be your next read. Author Mark L. Redmond has two western books for “grownups” and six westerns in his Adventures of Arty Anderson series, geared for middle grade readers.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 2: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
Nate and Wolf didn’t have much trouble capturing Luke Womack and his two sidekicks. They turned the outlaws over to the town marshal at Wickenburg; and, since the town didn’t have a jail yet, he chained the trio to the jail tree. With their trap baited and set, all Nate and Wolf have to do is sit back and wait to capture Luke’s four brothers, all hardened criminals, when they come to rescue him.
The problem is, Nate and Wolf have no idea who will come when, or how many of the Womack brothers will show up at the same time. They do know Luke’s brothers will be coming angry and ready to kill. They also know if they’re going to survive the ordeal, they’d better be ready for whatever trouble the Womacks bring. It’s more than likely that someone’s going to die.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Angry Hornets or Five Womacks?
Author Mark L. Redmond uses his great sense of humor to open book two in his ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series.
This is Wild West storytelling at its best, with high-action drama that will draw you back into 1877, where the Arizona Territory comes to life with three bank robberies. four stagecoach robberies, and a murder.
In ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury (Book Two); Nate and Wolf (his trusted companion) study and discuss a reward poster over coffee, after eating a hearty breakfast. The two men ponder the reward money offered for Luke Womack and his sidekicks. What they need is a plan.
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 7:
…One of the things Wolf and I had learned while we were soldiers was the value of surprising the enemy. Often, we had defeated forces that were superior to ours in both number and skill because we had caught them off guard. Catching the Womacks off guard wouldn’t guarantee that Wolf and I could beat them, but we reckoned it would give us an edge.
…We were leaning against the hitching rail in front of the mercantile, enjoying the warmth of the mid-morning sun and smoking cigars. We were also making plans.
… “The Womacks will expect us to be waiting for them here in town,” I said.
… “Because they don’t know us?” Wolf asked.
… “Exactly,” I said.
… “They’ll also be looking for two men,” Wolf said. He tapped the ash from the end of his cigar. “So, we’re going to split up?”
… “And watch the trail from both sides of town,” I said. I exhaled smoke, smiled, and touched the brim of my hat as two ladies crossed from the other side of the street to enter the mercantile.
… “We’ll be close enough that whoever sees a Womack first should be able to signal the other,” Wolf said. He took a long draw on his cigar, leaned his head back, and blew the smoke into the air. “With one of us in sight and the other hidden, I reckon we’ll still have an edge.”
Putting the plan into action, they pack their supplies and saddle their horses with confidence. The plan sounds easy enough, but the adventure has just begun. This story takes place where the west is wild, outlaws terrorize small towns, and the brave bounty men ride in pursuit of justice.
The ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Landry’ series is comprised of stand-alone books, geared for YA and Adults. Author Mark L. Redmond has also produced a western adventure series for middle school readers, titled ‘The Adventures Of Arty Anderson’. Mark taught high school English for 28 years in South Bend, Indiana. He is a member of Western Writers of America, Western Fictioneers, SCBWI, ACFW, and the Single Action Shooting Society. He has been studying the West through reading and travel for most of his life (and he’s an old timer, born in 1953). Mark and his wife Susie live in Arizona, where Mark has turned his attention full-time to writing more old western tales. I am looking forward to book three in the ‘Bounty Hunter Nate Laundry’ series.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Dust Devil by Mark L. Redmond.
Book 3: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
Book three in the series finds Nate and Wolf pursuing a gang of outlaws who helped themselves to $20,000 from the bank in Florence, Arizona Territory, and then disappeared. Although the bounty hunters have plenty of experience at tracking down outlaws, the gang’s cunning leader manages to stay one step ahead of them. The chase leads them from Florence to Tucson, then to Goose Flats. Each time Nate and Wolf get close, the outlaws disappear like a dust devil. Although they’re facing one of the most challenging adversaries they’ve encountered so far, neither of the bounty hunters will even consider giving up. Adventure abounds as the reader rides into the old West.
Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Dangerous Disguises by Mark L Redmond.
Book 4: Bounty Hunter Nate Landry.
In book four of the series, Nate and Wolf face a gang of clever outlaws who use the skills they learned in the theater to aid them in pulling off their robberies. Disguised as people nobody would notice, they slip into a town or onto a stagecoach, blending in with the folks around them. These outlaws plan their robberies, commit the crimes, and then change their appearance so skillfully no one has been able to apprehend them. In addition, Leah Fulton, the “Dust Devil,” is back, looking for revenge on Nate and Wolf, whom she blames for the death of her brother!
As good as Nate and Wolf are at their jobs, they’re not too proud to accept help–even from some unlikely sources. In addition to a town marshal and his deputy, with whom they’ve worked in the past, the bounty hunters are joined by a Pinkerton agent and a woman who runs a boarding house.
Hang onto your hat, Pardner! This ride might get a little wild!
Like the first three books in this series, this book transports the reader to post-Civil War Arizona Territory, a rugged land populated by rugged people–both men and women. Some of those people were good folks; others were scoundrels. Nate and Wolf may be outnumbered, but they’re hunting outlaws and putting them either in jail or in boot hill, one gang at a time.
For nearly twenty years, Mark L. Redmond had been telling stories about the old West to young readers. Finally, he’s turning his attention to “big kids” Here’s a collection of some of his best stories, including three that were unpublished until now. Redmond’s stories are not typical tales of shootouts and quick draws. In his unique way, he has created some delightful characters who choose to outsmart their opponents instead of out-shooting them.
Redmond is the author of the six-book middle grade series, The Adventures of Arty Anderson (Sword of the Lord Publishers, Murfreesboro, Tennessee). His story “The Spittoon” was a finalist in the 2010 Moonlight Mesa competition; “The Switch” appeared in a storyteller’s edition of Grit magazine; and “The Reward” was published in Elbow Creek. Mark and his wife Susie are workcampers. They live in a motor home and work in camp resort parks from Indiana to Arizona. Together they have six children and nine grandchildren.
About Mark L. Redmond: Mark L. Redmond taught high school English for 28 years in South Bend, Indiana. He has published over 25 short stories and articles, a six-book middle grade fiction series (The Adventures of Arty Anderson), a collection of short stories (Five for the Trail), and two western novels for more mature readers (Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Major Issues and Bounty Hunter Nate Landry: Family Fury). Redmond and his wife Susie were workcampers, who lived in their motor home for eight years and enjoyed exploring the West.
A member of Western Writers of America, Western Fictioneers, SCBWI, ACFW, and the Single Action Shooting Society, Redmond has been studying the West through reading and travel for most of his life (and he’s an old timer, born in 1953!). Mark and Susie now live in Arizona, where Mark continues to write.
Liam Hicks has arrived in Detroit, looking to catch on with the British army as an independent scout. It is the spring of 1763, and Pontiac is in the early stages of putting together his Indian confederacy. Liam’s scouting work with the British army in the recent war against the French, has resulted in a recommendation from Sir William Johnson to the English Commander at Fort Detroit, Major Gladwin. Liam’s unusual upbringing has exposed him to the best and worst of the three cultures—English, French and Native—who continue to fight for their piece of North America. The relationships he has developed with people from these cultures has caused him to take what he believes are the best parts of each and incorporate them into his daily life. As he begins his scouting duties at Detroit, some of his beliefs are challenged, and as Pontiac’s War begins to spread, he is made to reflect on life and death, right and wrong, like he has never done before.
Product Details: Paperback: 257 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (June 10, 2020) Language: English “A Tale In The Time Of Pontiac’s War” French and Indian War Historical Historical Thriller
“Follows The Adventures Of Scout Liam Hicks In The Eastern Forests Of North America During & In The Aftermath Of The French & Indian War“
Book Two Of The Liam Hicks Series.
Song of The Blue Jay is book two in the Liam Hicks story following closely on where the first book, ‘The Heron’s Song, finishes.
It is the spring/summer of 1764, one year removed from Pontiac’s siege of Fort Detroit. Liam has returned to Detroit to resume his role as a scout for the English Army but first makes plans to go to Aamjiwnaang along the shores of the beautiful St. Clair River he loves, to search for Ashagi’s sister Deedeens (Blue Jay). Liam must determine if Deedeens still believes in the power of Ashagi’s dream in which it was foretold she and Liam would be together forever. Liam made a solemn vow to his Heron brother Ashagi, as he lay dying, that he would seek out Deedeens and make his (Ashagi’s) dream a reality.
Tensions between the English, French and Native peoples of the area remain high one year removed from Pontiac’s attack on Fort Detroit. With his friend Ashagi no longer around to help him navigate through these difficulties, Liam must find a way to make contact with Deedeens without sacrificing his life. The appearance of the hated Frenchmen Armand Ouellette and Guy Allard serve to make his task far more difficult than he could have imagined.
Like Liam’s first adventure, Song of the Blue Jay is set in the wilderness of Aamjiwnaang, on the banks of the St. Clair River, but once again has him travelling throughout the region, including his first trip up the river the French call La Tranche to the site of what is present day Chatham, Ontario. Also, like The Heron’s Song, Song of the Blue Jay examines underlying themes of racism, man versus woman, love, life and death, and the need to live the best life you can while you still have it.
Product Details: Paperback: 269 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (January 25, 2021) Language: English French and Indian War Historical Fiction Historical Fiction Thriller
“Follows The Adventures Of Scout Liam Hicks In The Eastern Forests Of North America During & In The Aftermath Of The French & Indian War“
Book Three Of The Liam Hicks Series.
The Raven Calls is the third book in the Liam Hicks Series following closely on the story lines established in my first book, The Heron’s Song and my second book, Song of the Blue Jay. The summer of 1764 will soon be coming to a close. It has been a tumultuous two or three months which started with Liam trying to fulfill the wishes of his deceased Heron brother Ashagi, who dreamed his sister Deedeens and Liam would be together forever. Later on, Liam is informed that he is no longer needed by the British army at Fort Detroit due to the absence of Pontiac, which has resulted in relative peace amongst the tribes in the area. After finding Deedeens in the village of Little Thunder, Liam discovers she has already betrothed herself to the Ojibwa warrior Waawaate. With nowhere else to go, Liam decides, with the permission of the village elders, to establish a temporary camp on the St. Clair River across from the Little Thunder’s village while he decides his next steps. A series of events resulting in much death and upheaval, ultimately results in Liam and Deedeens having the chance to consider their future together.
The Raven Calls picks up the story in the final month of the summer of 1764 with Liam, soon approaching his thirtieth year, wrestling with what he wants his future to look like. Will it be built around his newly started relationship with Deedeens? Will he accept the offer to join a fur trading company out of Detroit owned by James Sterling – a man he met through his friend Robert Rogers? Will he plant his roots in Aamjiwnaang, on the beautiful St. Clair River and give up the life he has been living for the past ten years? Just when Liam feels he is ready to make a commitment to a new life, an unexpected message arrives which just might turn all his life considerations upside down.
Product Details Paperback: 275 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (December 13, 2021) Language: English French and Indian War Historical Fiction Historical Fiction Thriller
Trickster Raven And The Trail To Gitchee-Gami by Brian Baynton.
“Follows The Adventures Of Scout Liam Hicks In The Eastern Forests Of North America During & In The Aftermath Of The French & Indian War“
Book Four Of The Liam Hicks Series.
Spring 1766. An infant dead at childbirth. A despondent mother. Trickster Raven. Shifting allegiances. Continuing conflict.
These are the things Liam Hicks must deal with as he navigates his way through a rapidly changing world. Long-held relationships are passing, and new ones need to be formed. Liam soon learns that sometimes his beliefs and the circumstances he is facing do not line up well.
Trickster Raven has fooled the village midwife and Liam’s Ojibwa partner, Deedeens. Raven leads them to mistakenly believe that Deedeens’ newborn son is dead because she was not big enough to carry the baby of a man Liam’s size to term. Even though Ashagi-Manidoo’s dream that Liam and Deedeens will be together forever still holds much power, Deedeens refuses to see a future with Liam if she cannot deliver him future children.
After many attempts to help Deedeens see things differently, Liam decides he must leave Aamjiwnaang to give her time and space to heal. Liam is offered the opportunity to go north with his fur-trader friend Charles de Langlade who is heading for the Ouisconsin Territory where the beaver can still be found in great numbers. On his return to Michilimackinac, Liam is asked by the new fort commander, Robert Rogers, to head out with an expedition that will be searching for the fabled Northwest Passage. As the spectre of winter looms, will Liam survive the treachery, harsh landscape, and continuing skirmishes with the Sioux so he can return to Deedeens and salvage their relationship.
“Follows The Adventures Of Scout Liam Hicks In The Eastern Forests Of North America During & In The Aftermath Of The French & Indian War”
Book Five Of The Liam Hicks Series.
A Long Journey Back opens at Fort Michlimackinac where Liam Hicks and the woman he met at the Ojibwa village of Batchawana the previous summer, Virginia Smith, have been living through a very cold winter. With the ice now beginning to break up in the straits, Liam is faced with a decision. Will he head south to the Ojibwa village of Little Thunder on the St. Clair River to determine where his relationship with Deedeens stands or will he help Virginia return to her home near Lake George where she had been captured by Mississauga warriors just prior to the siege of Fort William Henry during the French and Indian War.
Liam’s ultimate decision takes him on an epic journey through the wilds of a large portion of North America and features appearances by real life people such as Robert Rogers, William Johnson and Simon Girty, as well as characters from the previous books such as Tgashadoje, the Mingo warrior and chief who appeared in ‘The Raven Calls’. A Long Journey Back is a story of how Liam continues to deal with difficult and dangerous people that enter his life, as well as reconcile his behaviour when faced with circumstances that challenge his core values.
As with the first four books in the Liam Hicks series: “The Heron’s Song”, “Song of the Blue Jay”, “The Ravens Calls” and “Trickster Raven and the Trail to Gitchee-Gami”; A Long Journey Back is a story about decisions made and the consequences they bring. It also continues to explore the difficulties with this period in history, as the British, victors in the Seven Years War (the French and Indian War) continue to tighten their grip on the lands and resources currently in the possession of the Native peoples of the Eastern forests of North America.
Product Details: Print Length: 297 Pages Publisher: Independently Published Publication Date: August 13, 2025 Language: English French and Indian War Historical Fiction Historical Fiction Thriller
About The Author: Trickster Raven and the Trail to Gitchee-Gami is the fourth book in the Liam Hicks series. It started with The Heron’s Song (2020), followed by Song of the Blue Jay (2021) and The Raven Calls (2022). Brian’s writing started following his retirement, but he has always had a passion for history and historical fiction, beginning when he was a young boy growing up in Chatham Ontario. His family lived on Tecumseh Avenue, and Brian started by learning all he could about the Shawnee war chief the street was named after. Tecumseh was killed at the Battle of the Thames, which took place not far from Chatham during the War of 1812. That war was the culmination of many wars in Eastern North America, starting in the early 1700s, but it was the French and Indian War and the period directly following it that Brian became most interested in reading and writing about.
Brian lives in Heidelberg Ontario with Janice, his wife of forty-two years, and their three springer spaniels-Gryphon, Finnegan, and Tuffy. Three adult children, one daughter-in-law, and one son-in-law all reside in Western Canada.
BMGN has professionally splashed my information every where. I couldn’t ask for a better campaign. Professional, high-quality book marketing is what you want and BMGN can get you there. Anastasia Marie Cassella (April, 2024). Author’s Page At Book Marketing Global Network
What has Johnny Cavelli gotten himself into? His peaceful, quiet Granite Island in Maine has become a battle zone for greed. When Johnny calls Uncle Vittorio for some help he did not know that this help came with a price; a hefty price at that. Learn how Johnny achieves control of Granite Island. Learn how Johnny fails to see the concept of asking bigger, badder men to help resolve some issues he’s having with Frank Miller. Granite Island will never be the same peaceful, quiet island in Maine ever again.
5-Stars: Having been born on Beals Island Maine, I love to support Maine Authors. I found Anastasia’s fiction novel titled ‘Seiners’ very interesting. Her book is intentionally written in true Downeast Maine dialect. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by tgfabthunderbird: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A “Maine” Novel with Flavor. Reviewed in the United States on January 13, 2024.The Seiners is a twist on the Maine fisherman topic that is intriguing and combines elements of New England life (and beyond) readers will get caught up in immediately. Johnny Cavelli is seeing his family’s fishing business decline, in circumstances anyone who has lived along the coast will recognize. Destined to get off Granite Island, Johnny instead comes to the aid of his ailing Italian immigrant father and brother and snags an old boat for seining.
With dialogue and descriptives that put you right on the spot, the author follows Johnny’s brash, face-forward move into fishing, building a business, and getting what he wants, which leads him to decisions he has to make.
Fending off rival fishermen, some heavy characters that belong in a Mickey Spillane novel, and his own uncertainty, Johnny makes for a strong, imperfect, even flawed hero that will make the pages turn.
This is not the story you think it is, just know that.
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
The Rogue Bear & Other Short Stories by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
‘The Rogue Bear’ short story is based on a true story. The story reflects the experience Anastasia had when a bear tries to enter Anastasia’s Cherryfield, Maine’s ranch. Other short stories in this collection include ‘Just Like Grandma’ who tried to protect her grandchildren from an abusive alcoholic father. ‘Small Blurb’ is about a woman who fell on the tracks of the IRT in NYC. ‘The Writer’ who follows immediate predictions of a painting above his desk. ‘You’re Supposed To Be Scared’ is a great Halloween story of a haunted house you would not want to visit EVER!
5-Stars: Anastasia Marie Cassella is known for her short stories. Like a lot of people in Maine and other rural areas, stories are created, told, and passed down through the generations. Story telling is an art and an endangered species. I hope Anastasia writes more short stories in the future. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Page Count: 76 Pages Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: May 8, 2023 Category: Fiction (Short Stories) Category: Fiction (Small Town & Rural) Category: Short Story Collections (Short Reads)
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Anastasia’s Mind Fog by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Anastasia Marie Cassella’s poetry has won numerous Editor’s Choice Awards. Her poetry is full of emotions, feelings, and experiences. Her poems express romance, confusion, abuse, beauty, love for pets, love for people, and actual dreams. When therapists recommend keeping a journal, she decided to journal her thoughts through poetry and short stories. She wrote her wrote first serious piece in 1986, after her father passed. Since then, numerous events have taken place in her life and emotions have been unearthed during therapy. She hopes that her readers find solace, understanding, and awareness within these pages.
5-Stars: Anastasia is a survivor, not a victim. She has taken her pain, journaled each one into a poem or thought. It takes courage to write through emotional and mental pain. Her efforts are admirable. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Page Count: 72 Pages Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: May 24, 2023 Language: English Category: Poetry Category: Non-Fiction
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Two Sides Of A Bi-Polar Survivor by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Anastasia Marie Cassella’s book, ‘Two Sides of a Bi-Polar Survivor’ shares the promiscuousness, manic side of a bi-polar survivor, along with the depressive, suicidal side. Read about the pendulum of happy and sad times. This disorder is as hard to diagnose, as it is to live with. Not everyone with this illness is a survivor. Reading Ana’s story might help you acknowledge you own struggles with Bi-Polar, help a friend, or family member appreciate what these survivors endure.
5-Stars: As a survivor of Bi-Polar and DID, my heart goes out to all people who struggle with mental illness in all its many forms. It takes courage to tell your story and the writing can be a great form of therapy. I admire Anastasia’s bravery to write her experience. No one should judge her. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Page Count: 94 Pages Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: May 10, 2023 Language: English: Category: Biographies & Memoirs Category: Non-Fiction
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Letter To My Brother by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Based on a true story! A man who believes he is right in everything raises his family in filth, squalor, and severe mind-numbing control. His children, wife and extended family members don’t like what he does. But does anybody stand up to him. One does. See what she has to say in her “Letter to My Brother”!
5-Stars: One of the hardest things is to confront a family member, when no one else will. It is even harder when there are children involved. I give Anastasia credit for writing this book and I pray her letter got some results, if not for her brother, but for his kids. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Pages 95 Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: Jun 10, 2023 Language: English Parenting & Families Family and Relationship (General) Family and Relationship (Abuse / General) Family and Relationship (Conflict Resolution)
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Love At First Sight by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Married after only three months after falling in love at first sight, because of his eyes.
Do you believe in love at first sight? Author Anastasia Marie Cassella does.
Follow Louise as she falls in love, or so she believes, at first sight which turns sour. Then she has another adventurous romance that she believes is truly love at first sight. Find out if Louise has fallen in love at first sight with Author Anastasia Marie Cassella’s first romance novel.
It is romantic, passionate, and full of adventure! A must read.
5-Stars: Some people fall in love at first sight. In this case, it was because of his eyes. Follow Louise as she falls in love. See if the infatuation she has with his eyes amounts to lasting, life-long bond. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Page Count: 151 Pages Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: July 02, 2023 Language: English Genre: Romance (Contemporary) Fiction Romance (General) Fiction Romance (Contemporary) Fiction Romance (Action & Adventure)
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Stalk Or Be Stalked by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Have you ever felt that someone has been in your space?
Have you ever felt that you were being stalked?
Adsila turns the tables on her stalker.
5-Stars: Anastasia reminds us in this short crime fiction to stay alert in your surroundings, do not become complacent, have a plan, and be ready to act. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Page Count: 111 Pages Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: July 16, 2023 Language: English Fiction (General) Fiction (Crime) Fiction (Women) Mysteries (Crime Fiction)
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Murder Secrets and Injustice In A Small Town by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Anastasia Marie Cassella’s book: Murder, Secrets and Injustice in a Small Town accurately depicts small town America with its good and its bad.
Come follow Ana’s story about murder, secrets, and injustice in the small coastal town of Cherryfield, Maine.
Who really murdered Marco, a migrant worker and who really murdered Sherman Stanhouse?
What is the secret Don Terrance wants to tell Ana?
5-Stars: Based on a similar crime story, Anastasia invites her readers to experience small town justice. I found the story interesting. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Page Count: 161 Pages Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: Aug 12, 2023 Language: English Fiction (General) Fiction (Crime) Fiction (Women) Mysteries (Crime Fiction)
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Justice Is Served by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Sequel to Murder, Secrets, and Injustice in a Small Town.
Anastasia Marie Cassella’s ‘Justice is Served-Sequel to Murder, Secrets and Injustice in a Small Town’ is where a young man finds himself in the same predicament that the main character of Murder, Secrets and Injustice in a Small Town does accepting this young man who stands up for his ‘woman’ finds out that without money and bigwigs to help you hide your secret you get served ‘justice’ so is this truly justice served?
A small town where injustices regarding murder were once known to happen will not allow it to happen again. But what happens when you have no money to pay off witnesses and police?
What happens when there is just you against the world?
In small town of Cherryfield, Maine where rumors run rampant who do you believe and when do you believe?
Romance, murder, and mayhem abound in this tale of justice but is it truly justice?
Follow Ana in her struggle for strength and romance in this unforgiving tale of justice.
5-Stars: Sequel to Murder, Secrets In A Small Town. Both books are based on a similar, true, crime story, Anastasia invites her readers to experience small town crime and justice. I found the story interesting. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Pages 116 Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: Aug 18, 2023 Language: English Fiction (General) Fiction (Crime) Fiction (Women) Mysteries (Crime Fiction)
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Home Cures For Health and Special Household Quick Tips by Anastasia Marie Cassella.
Anastasia Marie Cassella’s ‘Home Cures For Health And Special Household Quick Tips’ are derived from her own health needs and those of her family. Diagnosed with several illnesses, Anastasia has learned homeopathic remedies from doctors, friends, and family members though her fifty plus years.
Determined to fight though her disabilities, she has discovered many short cuts to cleaning and resolving household tasks, in order to save time and energy. She endeavors to share her knowledge of home remedies, that have been passed down through the generations.
This book is not meant to circumvent the advice of a physician. It is not meant as a medical guide. She recommends talking to your doctor, before using the homeopathic solutions found in this book. In Anastasia’s case, traditional medications and solutions did not always work as intended, so she resorted to homeopathic solutions.
The short cuts provided in the enclosed “household quick tips” are tried and true. The homeopathic and generational solutions are passed down from generation to generation, because they work.
5-Stars: Anastasia is a kind, caring person. She is a good listener. She has given me good advice over the years. Her heart is in the right place. She believes that passing her knowledge along, will improve the lives of others. She was born in Bar Harbor, Maine, and raised in Downeast Maine. Years and years of homeopathic cures and quick tips have been passed down and successfully used. Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Book Specifications From Lulu: Page Count: 48 Pages Publisher: Lulu Book Size: US Trade (6 x 9) Publication Date: May 5, 2023 Category: Health and Fitness Category: Self-Help-General Category: Self-Help (Self-Management/General) Category: Health and Fitness (Homeopathy)
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
About Anastasia Marie Cassella: Anastasia was born in Bar Harbor, Maine, and raised in Downeast Maine. She is proud to be an author from Maine and many of her books are centered around one or more locations in Maine.
Diagnosed with several illnesses, she is determined to fight through her disabilities. She encourages those around to fight for good physical and mental health.
Anastasia has published ten, multi-genre works. She has been writing since she was sixteen, following in her dad’s footsteps. Poetry comes easy for her. Truth comes easily. Writing dramas, using life experiences, comes easier.
She loves assisting authors and writing. She is currently working on novels and children’s stories. When she is not enjoying the great outdoors, that Maine has to offer, you will find her on Facebook. She loves to play games and interact with other authors. She frequently shares photos of the foods she is baking, post fun photos about the snow storms, and other related things going on in Maine.
She invites you to read her books, leave a review, and connect with her on Facebook.
LuLu Shop Books: https://www.lulu.com/shop. Type In Anastasia Marie Cassella In The Search Bar At Top Of Page.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Spectacular Read For Students And Young Adults!
Annie Tillery Mysteries book two Girl with Pencil, Drawing is a spectacular read for students and young adults of all ages. Each book in the Annie Tiller Mystery Series is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
The story line in ‘Girl with Pencil, Drawing’ by Author Linda Maria Frank draws the young reader into an adventure where young Annie Tillery goes for her first art lesson at a prestigious Art Gallery. With youthful exuberance and an eagerness to advance her drawing skills Annie arrives early. When she enters the studio, she overhears a heated argument between two people who turn out to be her Art Instructor Francesca Gabrielli and the Art Gallery Director John DiCristiani.
Annie’s empathy for others and her sleuth personally draws her into a murder mystery when John DiCristiani turns up dead and Francesca Gabrielli is the prime suspect; Annie enlists the help of her Aunt Jill who is a NYPD Detective to help clear her new-found friend and art mentor’s name.
With strong characters, flowing dialog, and layers of mystery, soon everyone is caught up in a real who-dun-it that involves a long list of suspects and hidden clues. Twists and turns with all the dangers that come into play when an International Art Fraud has been perpetrated.
I invite you to go beyond this headline: “Manhattan Business-Man Found Slain in Chelsea. John DiCristiani, a wealthy business man, whose financial interests reached as far as Hong Kong and Istanbul, was found shot to death in his posh apartment overlooking the Hudson River. Mr. DiCristiani’s body was found by an employee from his Soho gallery. The police questioned the employee, Ms. Francesca Gabrielli, at headquarters, but subsequently released her. Police would only confide that the murder weapon was found at the scene and that all other leads were being investigated. Mr. DiCristiani is survived by a son, Mark, twenty-five, a law student at New York University.”
Learn the ins and out of the art world that include how scientists’ tests for authenticity in original paintings by world renown artist like Renoir and the lucrative forgeries that make this underworld as treacherous as any international mob association.
Follow the clues, wait for the DNA evidence, and sift through the ashes left by an arsonist. Inspire a young reader to discover the innate detective skills of Annie Tillery who is fast becoming the next Nancy Drew. This series should be placed on our schools’ summer reading list.
Message From Linda Maria Frank: Hello, fellow mystery lovers. As a teacher of forensic science for almost 20 years, I decided to create mysteries around the science I found most interesting. I also wanted to create a smart, edgy, young female detective to solve my cases. The result was Annie Tillery. I like to call my books “Nancy Drew meets CSI”. My books capture, not only my love of mystery and science, but those things I found most exciting in life; sailing, falling in love, and my fascination with New York City.
Currently, I am living on Long Island and working hard to promote my books.
The third Annie Tillery mystery, Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys, revolves around another topic I find fascinating, and that is archaeology. It takes place in Turkey. This story is packed with heart stopping page turning drama.
The latest book, The Mystery of the Lost Avenger, investigates a cold case involving Annie’s great grandmother who was a test pilot for Grumman Aviation during WWII. Go back in time to solve an unexplained plane crash involving sabotage and great grandma, Charlotte Wheeler, and her fighter pilot fiancé.
Stay tuned for more thrilling and dangerous adventures for Annie and that oh-so-sexy Ty.
I have always been a storyteller. My first stories were for an audience of one — myself. I was the oldest child by nearly five years, growing up on a small family farm seven miles from the nearest town in southern Illinois. We couldn’t afford a TV until I was in fourth grade. I remember how disappointed I was one year when our grandparents gifted both my dad and his sister with sums of money. My aunt and her husband purchased a TV. My parents used the money to buy much needed baby chicks to raise. We needed the income.
I learned to read very young, encouraged by both my parents, but especially my dad. He gave me A Child’s History and Geography of the World when I was about five. I told him, “I can’t read these.” He answered, “You will, and until then we will read them to you.” And that’s exactly what happened. I learned about ancient Greeks and Romans, the French Revolution, and countries and natural wonders around the world.
I made up stories as I watched my dad and my grandfather working in the fields, where we raised corn and soybeans, and tended cattle, pigs, and chickens. I gave the animals names and included them in the stories. Having a sister, followed by two brothers, meant that I could include them in my stories, whether they wanted to be or not.
When I started school my experiences with words broadened, and I had a poem published in our regional Catholic newspaper when I was in second grade. (No, it will not appear in public again.)
The stories continued, either in my head or on paper, although I never took myself seriously as a writer. I had no idea that was something a farm girl could even think of doing. I set it aside, but the stories continued in my head.
It wasn’t until many years later, when I was living and teaching in Costa Rica, that I began to write again. Funny how a change of scene can spur your brain to do things you didn’t know you could do. I was involved in a couple of writing groups there at the international school where I taught. And it was there that I first received pay for articles I wrote. I had tears in my eyes when I picked up the payment in cash, Costa Rican “colones” amounting to about $25, from the office of The Tico Times, the English language newspaper in Costa Rica.
After my time in Costa Rica, I had been bitten by the travel bug. On a trip to the UK, I stayed for several nights in a bed and breakfast called the Gate House in Spaulding, Lincolnshire. The Gate House, a mystery set in a similar town named “Springfield,” became my first novel.
As I wrote The Gate House, I realized how vital setting is to a story. I often think of the setting as another character. If I had not climbed up inside the vaulting of Lincoln Cathedral on their roof tour, I would not have been able to place my characters in that precarious spot. In a later novel, the same characters explore sites in the Pyrenees Mountains in Spain where battles in the Spanish Civil War had been fought. It would be impossible to pick up the plots of either of these stories and set them down in another location without drastically changing the story.
And the stories continue. My characters wander the world with me, and they connect with the past. In Lydia’s Story, my main character Nara discovers diaries from her great-grandmother who was a British spy during World War II. In the novel I am currently working on, she learns that an ancestor was a suffragist in the 1920s, when single women were referred to as “superfluous.”
A student once said to me, “I don’t like to read. I would rather experience things myself.” I told her, “We can’t experience everything, but through reading we can broaden our experience through imagination.”
The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 4. Reading Age 7-12.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.This Book Educates Young Minds!
Good news for all Annie Tillery Mystery Followers. The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger (book 4) is finally here. This book educates young minds using this fictional mystery that involves NCIS investigating the crash site of a World War II plane.
Turns out the pilot was Annie Tillery’s great-grandmother Charlotte who was a test pilot for Grumman and actually flew in battle. Annie, her mother Carol are intrigued by Charlotte’s note and decide to dig through the old family attic to see what they can find out about this mysterious family member. What they discover in the attic only adds to the mystery and soon Annie suspects that Charlotte’s ghost is reaching out to them from beyond the grave with an important message.
Annie’s decides to get her boyfriend Ty Egan who happens to be a pilot involved. Here is their conversation.
… “Ty, you won’t believe what Mom has been telling me about a mystery concerning my great-grandmother. Mom, this is your story, and maybe Ty can see something we don’t. Can you fill him in on the details, so far? I’m just hearing this story for the first time, too.”
… “Well, let me start with…” She shuffled the papers in her lap. “Here’s the letter we received from the Department of the Navy. And here’s a copy of a note we found in the plane. The note is written on some sort of a company form with and identification number on it. The number belonged to Charlotte, my grandmother.”
… “I also have a letter from the Naval Crime Investigation Service about the condition of the plane where they found the note, and the pilot they found in the wreckage. There are skeletonized remains of a person whose identity they are trying to confirm. They know who flew the plane when it went missing, but they must confirm that it is that person. It is a woman.”
…Mom added a new thought, “You know, it’s ironic. Charlotte did die in a plane crash many years later. She continued to fly recreationally after the war. When I went to Maryland to see if there was any record of her time at Grumman, I found these letters in the house where Charlotte spent her last years.”
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Message From Linda Maria Frank: Hello, fellow mystery lovers. As a teacher of forensic science for almost 20 years, I decided to create mysteries around the science I found most interesting. I also wanted to create a smart, edgy, young female detective to solve my cases. The result was Annie Tillery. I like to call my books “Nancy Drew meets CSI”. My books capture, not only my love of mystery and science, but those things I found most exciting in life; sailing, falling in love, and my fascination with New York City.
Currently, I am living on Long Island and working hard to promote my books.
The third Annie Tillery mystery, Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys, revolves around another topic I find fascinating, and that is archaeology. It takes place in Turkey. This story is packed with heart stopping page turning drama.
The latest book, The Mystery of the Lost Avenger, investigates a cold case involving Annie’s great grandmother who was a test pilot for Grumman Aviation during WWII. Go back in time to solve an unexplained plane crash involving sabotage and great grandma, Charlotte Wheeler, and her fighter pilot fiancé.
Stay tuned for more thrilling and dangerous adventures for Annie and that oh-so-sexy Ty.
Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys, 2nd Editionby Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 6. Reading Age 7-12.
This enhanced edition of “Fairy Chimneys” reveals the story behind the story of writing this exciting mystery.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Indiana Jones Meets Nancy Drew With The Skills And Precision Of CSI.
Annie Tillery Mysteries book three ‘Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys’ can be summed up as Indiana Jones meets Nancy Drew with the skills and precision of CSI. A mystery unfolds a midst a mix of ancient history and modern innovation, in an ageless Eastern country where time moves at a camel’s pace.
Dedicated research by author Linda Maria Frank leaves no stone unturned while great description text transports the reader to the streets of Turkey with its mosques and minarets, towers, and modern buildings. One of my favorite quotes from the book is “Water droplets plunked into the pool from the vaulted ceiling. After the heat of the bazaar and the street chase, it was deliciously cool. Ornate columns with carved capitals supported the ceiling. The bases were decorated with animal and human figures. There were a few visitors, but the enormity of the space muffled their conversations.”
Strong characters with great dialog bring us to dusty archaeological site in one of the oldest towns in human history called Catalhoyuk. Nothing can explain it better than this quote: “We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay-like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush.”
Cosponsors from Vermont University are looking for a DNA connection between residents of Catalhoyuk and our original nomadic ancestors in Africa. Annie Tillery and her team go to work excavating this archaeological site, with all the inherit dangers and a mystery brings out the detective in Annie.
From the spell of an Ouija board to a magical balloon ride in the sky nothing is lost as this time and space makes all their senses come alive with amazing black and white graphics that bring the main characters to life.
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy Annie Tillery Mysteries. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Message From Linda Maria Frank: Hello, fellow mystery lovers. As a teacher of forensic science for almost 20 years, I decided to create mysteries around the science I found most interesting. I also wanted to create a smart, edgy, young female detective to solve my cases. The result was Annie Tillery. I like to call my books “Nancy Drew meets CSI”. My books capture, not only my love of mystery and science, but those things I found most exciting in life; sailing, falling in love, and my fascination with New York City.
Currently, I am living on Long Island and working hard to promote my books.
The third Annie Tillery mystery, Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys, revolves around another topic I find fascinating, and that is archaeology. It takes place in Turkey. This story is packed with heart stopping page turning drama.
The latest book, The Mystery of the Lost Avenger, investigates a cold case involving Annie’s great grandmother who was a test pilot for Grumman Aviation during WWII. Go back in time to solve an unexplained plane crash involving sabotage and great grandma, Charlotte Wheeler, and her fighter pilot fiancé.
Stay tuned for more thrilling and dangerous adventures for Annie and that oh-so-sexy Ty.
The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island by Linda Maria Frank.
Reading Age 7-12.
What can possibly happen when a crime happens under the very noses of a group of very savvy eighth graders at St. BeSillius’ Catholic School on St. Frederick’s Island? When the money they raised to buy toys for children in homeless shelters in near-by NYC is stolen, the Buccaneers, as they call themselves are outraged. Despite warnings from Father Felix and Sr. Jo, Sprocket, the leader of the Buccaneers, and her determined buddies set out to follow the clues, run down the thief, and get those toys for the homeless kids.
When their clubhouse is burned down, and a threatening letter is sent to the local newspaper, The Foghorn, owned and operated by Sprocket’s mother, the Buccaneers are even more determined to unravel the plot against them. A mysterious island once owned by the pirate, Jon Buccleigh and a labyrinthine cave serve as the setting for this skullduggery. A Native American healer, her community, and a group of the beach people conspire with the Buccaneers to get that money back.
You will be laughing at some of the Buccaneers’ antics and gasping at what those brave eight-graders face to solve the mystery. The story is rich with colorful and engaging characters as well as the flavor of post-war America in 1947. An altogether fun and satisfying read.
Awarded 5 Stars By Editor At Book Marketing Global Network: Adventure Sure To Capture A Young Reader’s Imagination. Author Linda Maria Frank begins this book with her historical notes about where the story originated from. This is very educational for young readers as it addresses her earliest memories in Middle Village, Queens, New York at the end of WWll.
The story begins at St. BeSillius’s (catholic school), where mystery Author Linda Maria Frank sets the stage for more than one intriguing mystery (wrapped into one), that in my opinion, out preforms the Nancy Drew mysteries that I read as a young reader.
Within the walls of a small clubhouse (shack) a small band of school friends broke through the strict, stifling, constrictions of the classroom regiment, set in stone, by Sister JoAnn and Mother Superior. This tiny band of self-proclaimed private investigators, set out to find out, who stole the money they had spent an entire year earning, for a class trip to distribute toys to day care centers in the parish. The money disappeared from the Vestry (small room behind the alter); the very day Father Felix was supposed to open a bank account for the school project.
This small band of PIs came with an official title “Buccaneers (meaning pirates) of St. Besillius”. They wrote up and voted on a charter (agreement) for their group, which included:
Each member is sworn to secrecy, under pain of… what? Oh, I don’t know.
All clues are to be shared by everyone.
All communications would be done using our code names. Mine is Sprocket.
Our meeting place would be the old fishing shack on the beach.
The hunt for the mystery thief begins, which only leads to more mystery, danger, intrigue and an ominous warning letter. Each club member had responsibilities related to their investigation. Club name Ratchet (real name Amelia) with her camera (Brownie) was the official photographer. Let me bring you into the story at Chapter Fifteen: Meanwhile, At the Ferry Dock.
…Ratchet would much rather be called by her real name, Amelia. Especially since one of her heroines was Amelia Erhardt, the aviatrix who made news-worthy flights around the world. She disappeared somewhere in the Pacific, never to be found. Ratchet just couldn’t resist the mystery of it all.
…However, she would be true to her oath as a Buccaneer and fulfill her mission. She struggled with how to accomplish this. Most days she went to the ferry dock dressed in her reporter’s costume consisting of a many- pocketed jacket, borrowed men’s trousers, a cap with a green visor, and several cameras strung around her neck, most of which did not work.
…But her trusty Brownie never failed her. Notepad in hand she snapped photos of the ferry passengers going to and from Main. She was too shy, at this point, to go up to them and get that “scoop”.
…Today was different. She didn’t want to stand out like a sore thumb. Surveillance required melting into the scenery. The outfit for this assignment had her pigtails tucked into a red bandana, her thick lensed glasses hidden behind her dad’s aviator shades, and a dark blue jumpsuit, two sizes too big, borrowed from her brother who worked at Fred’s only gas station. She was channeling Rosie the Riveter. Rosie, as you may have heard, was another heroine in American history. She and her millions of sisters made the planes, tanks and ships that won the recent World War. Since the war effort for Rosie was over for now, Amelia still stuck out like a sore thumb.
…“Hey, Sis. Halloween’s over,” called out one of the day trippers.
…Embarrassed, she hid the bandana and pulled out her braids. She kept the glasses, and the coveralls were a must, since taking them off meant she would be walking around in her undies.
…It was getting pretty boring. What was she thinking? This is a lame idea, but duty called, and she settled herself more comfortably. The scents of tar, salt water, and creosoted wood planking joined the piney aroma of the hemlocks to provide a perfume Amelia came to call home.
…Amelia looked up just in time. Janet trotted down the path to the ferry dock. She could have missed her because she had a jacket with a hood. But Janet always wore beaded moccasins and her pigtails had feathers instead of bows. One braid escaped the hood sealing her identity for Amelia.
…Amelia, now in Ratchet mode, started snapping again.
…Janet turned her way and Ratchet’s heart almost stopped. Ratchet knew how important it was to identify Janet as Janet in her series of photos. Taking a breath and holding it, she snapped away.
…When Ratchet returned to check out the folks getting off the ferry, the strangers she had seen on other days came down the gangplank. Snap! Snap! Snap! They surrounded Janet, one grabbing her arm, the other talking to her, right in her face, grim and threatening. Janet pulled her arm away and snapped back at the stranger who had confronted her.
…The other man jammed something in her pocket. “Just do it,” he growled. This was an easy lip read for Ratchet, a skill necessary for a well-trained snoop, er, journalist. Janet turned and ran back up the path. The men got back on the boat.
…What did the stranger put in Amelia’s (Ratchet) pocket?
I encourage you to purchase “The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island” by Linda Maria Frank and share it with all the children in your life. This book would make a great summer reading project for kids. This story will spark their imagination and inspire he/she to create their own clubhouse of friends and become private investigators
Message From Linda Maria Frank: Hello, fellow mystery lovers. As a teacher of forensic science for almost 20 years, I decided to create mysteries around the science I found most interesting. I also wanted to create a smart, edgy, young female detective to solve my cases. The result was Annie Tillery. I like to call my books “Nancy Drew meets CSI”. My books capture, not only my love of mystery and science, but those things I found most exciting in life; sailing, falling in love, and my fascination with New York City.
Currently, I am living
on Long Island and working hard to promote my books.
The third Annie
Tillery mystery, Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys, revolves around another topic I
find fascinating, and that is archaeology. It takes place in Turkey. This story
is packed with heart stopping page turning drama.
The latest book, The
Mystery of the Lost Avenger, investigates a cold case involving Annie’s great
grandmother who was a test pilot for Grumman Aviation during WWII. Go back in
time to solve an unexplained plane crash involving sabotage and great grandma,
Charlotte Wheeler and her fighter pilot fiancé.
Stay tuned for more thrilling and dangerous adventures for Annie and that oh-so-sexy Ty.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mysteries Brought To Light In Tardienta!
You will learn some Spanish Civil War History while enjoying ‘Sacrifice’ (book four) in Kathleen Heady’s series. Featuring woman sleuth Nara Blake, each book in the series stands alone, so I invite you to travel with Nara and her husband Alex to Tardienta (a municipality located in Huesca Province, Aragon, Spain) on behalf of the Tate Museum in London, where they both worked as art historians.
The mystery begins when the parish priest discovers notebooks written in English, containing sketches by Felicia Brown. Although a British artist, it is Felicia’s fight against fascism in the 1930s that makes her notebooks a rare find.
Nara and Alex’s visit to Tardienta takes an unexpected turn. It is here, I bring you into the story and the beginning of more than one mystery.
…“From the café, Alex and Nara watched the activity on the plaza. Several police vehicles were parked next to the church when a long black sedan entered the center of the village and parked just past the police cars. A smartly dressed driver emerged to open the back door for a clergyman dressed in a black cassock with red trim.
…“Someone from the diocese,” Alex commented. “I was wondering if the church would have to be re-consecrated since a murder was committed.”
…“They won’t let us look around now,” Nara answered, shielding her eyes from the sun with her hand. She badly wanted to get into the church and maybe the rectory too. The notebooks were there somewhere.
Tardienta is rich with history; there have always been goods and human beings smuggled through the surrounding mountains. For Nara and Alex, the mysteries are numerous, the danger is real and suspicions abound. Turns out it takes more than a village to catch a criminal.
The suspense and drama will keep you turning the page. When you are done, you will be ready to try Maria Laura’s Orange Cake recipe. Can’t wait to bake this one.
Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 3. Reading Age 7-12.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Indiana Jones Meets Nancy Drew With The skills And Precision Of CSI.
Annie Tillery Mysteries book three ‘Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys’ can be summed up as Indiana Jones meets Nancy Drew with the skills and precision of CSI. A mystery unfolds midst a mix of ancient history and modern innovation, in an ageless Eastern country where time moves at a camel’s pace.
Dedicated research by author Linda Maria Frank leaves no stone unturned while great description text transports the reader to the streets of Turkey with its mosques and minarets, towers, and modern buildings. One of my favorite quotes from the book is “Water droplets plunked into the pool from the vaulted ceiling. After the heat of the bazaar and the street chase, it was deliciously cool. Ornate columns with carved capitals supported the ceiling. The bases were decorated with animal and human figures. There were a few visitors, but the enormity of the space muffled their conversations.”
Strong characters with great dialog bring us to dusty archaeological site in one of the oldest towns in human history called Catalhoyuk. Nothing can explain it better than this quote: “We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay-like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush.”
Cosponsors from Vermont University are looking for a DNA connection between residents of Catalhoyuk and our original nomadic ancestors in Africa. Annie Tillery and her team go to work excavating this archaeological site, with all the inherit dangers and a mystery brings out the detective in Annie.
From the spell of an Ouija board to a magical balloon ride in the sky nothing is lost as this time and space makes all their senses come alive with amazing black and white graphics that bring the main characters to life.
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy Annie Tillery Mysteries. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Message From Linda Maria Frank: Hello, fellow mystery lovers. As a teacher of forensic science for almost 20 years, I decided to create mysteries around the science I found most interesting. I also wanted to create a smart, edgy, young female detective to solve my cases. The result was Annie Tillery. I like to call my books “Nancy Drew meets CSI”. My books capture, not only my love of mystery and science, but those things I found most exciting in life; sailing, falling in love, and my fascination with New York City.
Currently, I am living on Long Island and working hard to promote my books.
The third Annie Tillery mystery, Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys, revolves around another topic I find fascinating, and that is archaeology. It takes place in Turkey. This story is packed with heart stopping page turning drama.
The latest book, The Mystery of the Lost Avenger, investigates a cold case involving Annie’s great grandmother who was a test pilot for Grumman Aviation during WWII. Go back in time to solve an unexplained plane crash involving sabotage and great grandma, Charlotte Wheeler, and her fighter pilot fiancé.
Stay tuned for more thrilling and dangerous adventures for Annie and that oh-so-sexy Ty.
The Monster Bones of St. Frederick Island by Linda Maria Frank and JoAnn Vergona Krapp.
Reading Age 7-12.
Book 3: The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island.
Three children whose curious minds find them on a family vacation smack in the middle of an adventure that seems to be just waiting for them. Unknown to our intrepid vacationers, a long-ago group of brave and curious eighth graders on their remote destination island of St. Frederick formed a group of amateur detectives known as the Buccaneers.
Together these clever kids discover some of the ancient mysteries of the island when they use their new-found friends at the local newspaper and the Native American community.
They solve the mystery set on a St. Frederick beach that puzzled the islanders and the scientists who came to observe it.
The Crawford family vacations have always been exciting, surprising and often mysterious, but when they go to St. Frederick Island, they venture into the unknown territory of an ancient mystery. Meeting the original Buccaneers of the island, they venture into the gripping mystery of those mysterious bones.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network For ‘The Monster Bones On St. Fredricks Island’.
Each summer adventure brings with it memories that will last a lifetime. Douglas and Janet Crawford along with Douglas’ best friend Wesley have an uncanny knack for sniffing out trouble, or adventure. In the past three years they uncovered a buried pirate treasure at a lighthouse, a stolen medal from World War Two, and a lost child frightened by bullies. Sadly, they won’t be returning to Fire Island this summer. There is a promise of new adventures as the Crawford family arrives in Bar Harbour, Maine. Bar Harbor is a summer delight, surrounded by water and serves as a gateway to the mountains and Acadia National Park. Posters and signs are everywhere on the streets in this small, picturesque village, inviting visitors to experience art, concerts, bus and boat tours, hiking trails, lobster pounds, whale-watching, and, of course, shopping. Here they discover a destination, St. Frederick Island that offers caves and other mysteries to tantalize the amateur detectives.
Once on the island, the Crawfords visit the local island newspaper, The Foghorn, to find out more about it. There they meet Lily, the granddaughter of one of the Buccaneers, a group of kids who formed a club to solve island mysteries. Janet, Wesley and Douglas can really relate to this group.
Let’s step back in history where Lily, Frank, Amelia, Leon and Ryan, known only by their code names back then, uncovered some dastardly deeds done by those who did not respect the Native American traditions of the island. Going even further back in time, a huge skeleton was found on the St. Besilius Convent beach. A Native American tribe lived here for centuries. The island has caves with ancient picture drawings. There are lots of superstitions about the bones, like maybe “The Monster” being some kind of dinosaur-like creature.
What adventure will these three young sleuths uncover on St. Frederick Island this summer? You must follow “The Buccaneers Of St. Frederick Island” series to join them on their summer’s adventures. Linda’s story telling is on par with, perhaps better than the “Nancy Drew” series of the past. Author Linda Maria Frank (past educator) shares her love of ancient mysteries and places with a nautical and pirate history with children around the world. She shares her research into the geology of caves, Native American lore, pirate history and of course, the mysterious creatures of the past.
With a little time travel, Linda Frank and new co-author, JoAnn Krapp, weave a magical series where three generations of detectives, young and old, keep this generation’s youth on the edge of their seats. I invite you to purchase “The Monster Bones On St. Frederick’s Island” (Book Three), “Sibby’s Secret” (Book Two) and “The Buccaneers Of St. Frederick Island” (Book One). Linda also has her “Annie Tillery Mysteries”. In this latest of the Buccaneers series, Linda has co-authored with JoAnn Vergona Krapp and illustrator, Marianne Savage to produce this fun, page-turning adventure.
Message From Linda Maria Frank: Hello, fellow mystery lovers. As a teacher of forensic science for almost 20 years, I decided to create mysteries around the science I found most interesting. I also wanted to create a smart, edgy, young female detective to solve my cases. The result was Annie Tillery. I like to call my books “Nancy Drew meets CSI”. My books capture, not only my love of mystery and science, but those things I found most exciting in life; sailing, falling in love, and my fascination with New York City.
Currently, I am living
on Long Island and working hard to promote my books.
The third Annie
Tillery mystery, Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys, revolves around another topic I
find fascinating, and that is archaeology. It takes place in Turkey. This story
is packed with heart stopping page turning drama.
The latest book, The
Mystery of the Lost Avenger, investigates a cold case involving Annie’s great
grandmother who was a test pilot for Grumman Aviation during WWII. Go back in
time to solve an unexplained plane crash involving sabotage and great grandma,
Charlotte Wheeler and her fighter pilot fiancé.
Stay tuned for more thrilling and dangerous adventures for Annie and that oh-so-sexy Ty.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Realistic Depiction Of Life In A Police Department.
Author J.C. De Ladurantey uses his forty plus years of law enforcement experience and street savvy to bring his readers into his ‘A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along’ series. ‘INSIDE’ brings the reader into the inner sanctorum of today’s law enforcement. Ride along with Officer Howard Hamilton of Orchard Hill PD and discover for yourself the mysteries that surround our brave men and women in blue, the administrative bureaucracy that controls every aspect of law enforcement, and how this bureaucracy helps and/or harms our community.
This fictional, complex and intriguing story is told with insider knowledge and integrity. Officer Hamilton is learning everything he can about open-source intelligence. He is “developing the skill to investigate hacking cases, data removal, high-tech criminal investigations, online child solicitation, abduction, kidnapping, and cold case homicides – anything that used technology. He is in his element as he expanded into understanding terrorist databases and other high-level intrusions into a world he never had known existed.”
The characters reflect our brave men and women in blue doing their jobs. The situations portrayed on the clock are intense. Life and death split second decisions are made. The scrutiny and magnification of law enforcement’s actions and imperfections are intensified in the media, courtrooms and in public perceptions. Due to the realistic depiction of life in a police department, significant profanity and explicit sexual content, I recommend this book for ages 16 and up.
I especially enjoyed the conversations and comradery within the work environment. I found the everyday home and family drama made the characters very relatable. The life within the community shared brought a sense of humanity, along with the daily struggle between good and evil.
Let me bring you into the story: “Hamilton could not concentrate on what was in front of him. He flashed back eight years when his life with Clare and the kids was so simple. He patrolled a city with very little violent crime, almost no major drug problem other than weed in the high schools, and never the contentious issues he has been involved in since being assigned to Narcotics and Vice. Chaos seemed to reign once outside the city limits of Orchard Hill. Inside Orchard Hill was just fantasy land now. Do we need to go out of the city to protect our city, or do we patrol the perimeter to ensure evil doesn’t enter?”
Our law enforcement is tasked with keeping communities safe. All they ask in return, acknowledgment of the complexities of the job, respect for each officer’s commitment to serve, and the ability to return home to their family at the end of their shift.
I invite you to read ‘A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along’ crime suspense mystery thriller series ‘COWARDS, CROOKS AND WARRIORS’, ‘TWENTY-THREE MINUTES’, ‘AVAILABLE TIME’ and ‘INSIDE’.
Seventeen-year-old Annie Tillery and her Aunt Jill set off for Long Island’s Fire Island for a vacation of surf, sun, and sailing. Annie is happy to leave behind the stress of her relationship with her parents.
Aunt Jill, who is an NYPD detective, is mixing
her vacation with a case she must keep secret from Annie, who is suspicious
nevertheless. Annie finds romance and intrigue when she meets Ty Egan, the
nephew of their host on the island. They find themselves in the middle of an
eerie adventure when she and Ty investigate the tragic and perplexing story of
a local ghost.
Annie becomes increasingly uneasy and the
investigation turns sinister when Aunt Jill goes missing, the ghost appears,
and the troublesome neighbors in the cottage next door become hostile. When
they find one of Aunt Jill’s special earrings on the neighbor’s porch, they
begin to wonder what she was doing there.
Will they find Aunt Jill before it’s too late?
In the breathless conclusion to their investigation, Annie and Ty narrowly escape death solving the mystery of The Madonna Ghost.
Review by Martha A. Cheves (VINE VOICE): 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The good people from Bay Shore tried to comfort her. Reviewed in the United States ?? on March 16, 2015. Verified Purchase.
“The story goes that the women lashed their small child to themselves with their shawls before they jumped overboard to swim ashore. This action proved to be fatal for some of the children. They couldn’t struggle to the surface to breathe, and most of the mothers were not swimmers anyway. They were at the mercy of the waves.”… “Some could be revived, and this drove one woman in particular to wander up and down the beach, trying to find someone who could revive her baby. When they saw that her child was dead, the good people from Bay Shore tried to comfort her…. She wandered the beach, her baby clutched to her, until she collapsed and died herself. Her grave is in the old cemetery in Bay Shore… Even today, the Madonna Ghost, as she is called, is sighted by people on occasion.”
Annie and her Aunt Jill are vacationing on a small island out from New York called Fire Island. The island is small and Annie is really hoping that there will be at least a couple of people her own age. She was in luck. They were staying at the summer home of a friend of Jill’s who just happened to have his nephew Ty staying with him. Now the vacation was looking up and even more so when she learned there was a ghost on the island. Maybe she would be able to see the Madonna Ghost for herself, making it a first for her. And of course, with Ty by her side, it would be fun.
What Annie and Ty soon learn is that there is more than a ghost on the island. The men staying in the cottage next door seem a little strange. And when Jill comes up missing, they are both sure the neighbors have something to do with it.
The suspense and mystery in this book had me rapidly turning the pages. I read a lot of books and usually have them pegged at least halfway through. Not this one. It kept me guessing all the way to the end. So much so that I’ve ordered the next two books by this author… Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys and Girl with Pencil, Drawings
Review by Melissa Kuch: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Mystery and Fire Island Perfect Summer Read. Reviewed in the United States on August 20, 2013. Verified Purchase. When I was a young adult, I used to love the Nancy Drew books, which is why I was drawn to The Madonna Ghost. The novel revolves around a modern-day young detective, Annie Tillery. She is a great role model for young girls. Not only is she smart, but she is down to earth and someone people can relate with. She is not only facing the mystery of the Madonna Ghost on Fire Island, but she is also facing family issues, with her mother’s drinking problem and her father always being away on business. The mystery itself is engaging and the reader is uncovering the clues and helping to solve the mystery along with Annie and her crush, the cute college boy Ty. I really enjoyed how Ty and Annie’s relationship grows throughout the novel, and though there is romance, the two bond on another level as well. Ty understands what Annie is dealing with and shows her there is a path toward forgiveness. Linda Frank is a very talented author who not only sucks you into this mystery, but her beautiful descriptive passages about Fire Island will make you feel like you are on the beach along with the characters. The ending is a page-turning, nail-biting experience, and I recommend this story for mystery lovers, both young and old. I can’t wait to read the next Annie Tillery mystery!
Review by Vito Gentile: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The Madonna Ghost. Reviewed in the United States on November 11, 2013. Verified Purchase. I spent my youth on Fire Island and thought it was exciting and very interesting and then I read Linda Maria Frank’s “The Madonna Ghost, an Annie Tillery Mystery” and realized all the excitement that I was missing. Packed with adventure and adversity – this thriller doesn’t let go as it infuses romance and the supernatural to name just two of the many elements that rock what was to be a peaceful vacation. It was one of those books you can’t put down. Buy “The Madonna Ghost” and see what I mean.
Product Details: Paperback: 132 Pages Publisher: iUniverse (January 20, 2010) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
La Madonna Fantasma (Spanish Edition) by Linda Maria Frank.
Reading Age 7-12.
Annie Tillery, de diecisiete años, y su tía Jill parten hacia Fire Island, en Long Island, para pasar unas vacaciones de surf, sol y navegación. Annie está feliz de dejar atrás el estrés de la relación con sus padres. La tía Jill, que es detective de la policía de Nueva York, está combinando sus vacaciones con un caso que debe mantener en secreto para Annie, quien de todos modos sospecha. Annie encuentra romance e intriga cuando conoce a Ty Egan, el sobrino de su anfitrión en la isla. Se encuentran en medio de una espeluznante aventura cuando ella y Ty investigan la trágica y desconcertante historia de un fantasma local.
Annie se siente cada vez más incómoda y la investigación se vuelve siniestra cuando la tía Jill desaparece, aparece el fantasma y los problemáticos vecinos de la cabaña de al lado se vuelven hostiles. Cuando encuentran uno de los aretes de la tía Jill en el porche del vecino, comienzan a preguntarse por qué estaba allí. ¿Encontrarán a la tía Jill antes de que sea demasiado tarde? En la impresionante conclusión de su investigación, Annie y Ty escapan por poco de la muerte resolviendo el misterio de la Madonna Fantasma.
Linda Maria Frank hizo su carrera profesional enseñando ciencias en la escuela secundaria y la universidad. A partir de casos de estudio que ella misma creó para los estudiantes de sus clases de ciencias forenses, creó historias de misterio para los lectores jóvenes. Ha vivido en la ciudad de Nueva York y actualmente reside en Long Island.
Seventeen-year-old amateur detective Annie
Tillery is at it again.
After she wins a series of art lessons at a
prestigious art gallery, Annie shows up for her first lesson to find her
instructor, Francesca Gabrielli, in a volatile argument with John DiCristiani,
the art gallery’s director. He is demanding that she illegally copy art
masterpieces. Unwittingly, Annie is about to be drawn into the illicit,
treacherous, and unpredictable world of art forgery. When DiCristiani is found
murdered in cold blood, Francesca becomes the prime suspect.
She calls upon Annie to help solve the crime along with her NYPD detective aunt, Jill Tillery. They must brave the dangers of an international art fraud ring in an attempt to clear Francesca’s name. They discover that the key to solving the case revolves around a mysterious brownstone in Brooklyn whose inhabitants present tantalizing and elusive clues. As Annie and company attempt to stay one step ahead of DiCristiani’s murderer, they escape one deadly trap after another. The stakes are high in the glamorous yet dangerous world of illegal art trafficking. Annie must solve the crime to save her life and that of her friends.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Spectacular Read for Students and Young Adults!
Annie Tillery Mysteries book two Girl with Pencil, Drawing is a spectacular read for students and young adults of all ages. Each book in the Annie Tiller Mystery Series is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
The story line in ‘Girl with Pencil, Drawing’ by Author Linda Maria Frank draws the young reader into an adventure where young Annie Tillery goes for her first art lesson at a prestigious Art Gallery. With youthful exuberance and an eagerness to advance her drawing skills Annie arrives early. When she enters the studio, she overhears a heated argument between two people who turn out to be her Art Instructor Francesca Gabrielli and the Art Gallery Director John DiCristiani.
Annie’s empathy for others and her sleuth personally draws her into a murder mystery when John DiCristiani turns up dead and Francesca Gabrielli is the prime suspect, Annie enlists the help of her Aunt Jill who is a NYPD Detective to help clear her new-found friend and art mentor’s name.
With strong characters, flowing dialog and layers of mystery, soon everyone is caught up in a real who-dun-it that involves a long list of suspects and hidden clues. Twists and turns with all the dangers that come into play when an International Art Fraud has been perpetrated.
I invite you to go beyond this headline: “Manhattan Business-Man Found Slain in Chelsea. John DiCristiani, a wealthy business man, whose financial interests reached as far as Hong Kong and Istanbul, was found shot to death in his posh apartment overlooking the Hudson River. Mr. DiCristiani’s body was found by an employee from his Soho gallery. The police questioned the employee, Ms. Francesca Gabrielli, at headquarters, but subsequently released her. Police would only confide that the murder weapon was found at the scene and that all other leads were being investigated. Mr. DiCristiani is survived by a son, Mark, twenty-five, a law student at New York University.”
Learn the ins and out of the art world that include how scientists’ tests for authenticity in original paintings by world renown artist like Renoir and the lucrative forgeries that make this underworld as treacherous as any international mob association.
Follow the clues, wait for the DNA evidence and sift through the ashes left by an arsonist. Inspire a young reader to discover the innate detective skills of Annie Tillery who is fast becoming the next Nancy Drew. This series should be placed on our schools’ summer reading list.
Review by Martha A. Cheves-VINE VOICE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. When I was a young girl, I loved reading the Nancy Drew mysteries and to this day. Reviewed in the United States on June 5, 2015. Verified Purchase. He busied himself rummaging through the kitchen drawers, two sets of panic-stricken eyes following his every move. He found some emergency candles and went into the small dinette adjoining the kitchen. He lit them, let the was drip onto some paper plates from the counter and affixed the candles to the plates. There were six candles in all. Was he into satanic rituals? He came back into the kitchen and turned on all the gas jets at the range and the oven, leaving its door ajar. He blows out the flames, letting the gas escape freely. “Bye, bye, ladies.” He hurried out the back door locking it behind him.
When I was a young girl, I loved reading the Nancy Drew mysteries and to this day I still enjoy the style and mysteries of the young ‘detective’ but you can only read them so many times before you know them by heart. Well… Author Linda Maria Frank has brought my young memories back. Annie Tillery is today’s Nancy Drew! In fact, she is great at getting herself into trouble but working it out in a fashion that would make Nancy proud. In Girl With Pencil, Drawing Annie goes to art school and finds that her instructor/teacher is mixed up in a murder that Annie doesn’t believe she committed. Can she prove her innocence without getting both of them killed? What do you think?
This the second book in the Annie Tillery Mystery Series. I’ve read the first, loved it and couldn’t see how it could get any better. Well, it does. I’m now looking forward to reading the third book to see what Nancy, oh excuse me, Annie gets into and how she gets through it.
Review by A.S.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Well written, quick reading, exciting mystery! Reviewed in the United States on September 15, 2012. Verified Purchase. The characters are fun and interesting. This is the 2nd book in this series that I’ve read and I really enjoyed them. I’m looking forward to the next book. I recommend this series for teenagers as well as adults.
Review by Geoffrey Wells: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The guts and charm of a likable young leading lady. Reviewed in the United States on December 12, 2022. We all need an Aunt J. She’s Annie’s mentor and guide in this sleazy world of crime that Annie Tillary finds herself in. Being under Aunt J’s recognizance has its advantages, especially when it’s based on her many years of service to the NYPD. And this is how we, the reader, accept Annie’s smarts when it comes to cracking a crime; she has learned from the best. Author Linda Maria Frank makes no bones about the talent Annie has inherited; we’re reassured that Annie knows what she is doing because crime-solving is in her blood. Consequently, her apparent precociousness at first leads us to discovering that she is in fact an effective sleuth, and along with her guts and charm, she’s also a very likeable young leading lady.
Adding further credence to this story is the author’s knowledge of forensics from teaching science for many years. In all, a fun and interesting read. (I received a free copy of this book.)
Product Details: Paperback: 190 Pages Publisher: iUniverse: Illustrated edition (November 4, 2013) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 3. Reading Age 7-12.
Amateur sleuth Annie Tillery has been warned to stay away from Nevshehir, Turkey, where she is heading to meet her boyfriend, Ty Egan, and Cedric Zeeks, Ty’s best friend. Intent on helping the two excavate an archeological site where they hope to link human remains to the first African ancestors, Annie does her best to shakes her foreboding feelings as her plane lands in Istanbul and she prepares to embark on her next adventure.
But when a stranger claims he is there to pick
her up and then disappears once he sees Ty, Annie is immediately thrown back
into worry mode—especially after Ty tells her there is unexplained tension
surrounding the dig and she receives a threatening note at the hotel. Still, as
the three head to Nevshehir, Annie is buoyed by the excitement surrounding
ancient Turkey and the possibility of uncovering secrets. The dig is plagued by
accidents and theft, however, and the three friends, assisted by the head
archeologist’s twins, must search the ancient city of Istanbul and the caves of
fantastic Cappadocia to find who is sabotaging their work.
In this young adult thriller, detective Annie Tillery must once again walk on a dangerous path in an attempt to unravel a complicated mystery and solve the secrets in the fairy chimneys.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Indiana Jones Meets Nancy Drew With The skills And Precision Of CSI.
Annie Tillery Mysteries book three ‘Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys’ can be summed up as Indiana Jones meets Nancy Drew with the skills and precision of CSI. A mystery unfolds amidst a mix of ancient history and modern innovation, in an ageless Eastern country where time moves at a camel’s pace.
Dedicated research by author Linda Maria Frank leaves no stone unturned while great description text transports the reader to the streets of Turkey with it mosques and minarets, towers and modern buildings. One of my favorite quotes from the book is “Water droplets plunked into the pool from the vaulted ceiling. After the heat of the bazaar and the street chase, it was deliciously cool. Ornate columns with carved capitals supported the ceiling. The bases were decorated with animal and human figures. There were a few visitors, but the enormity of the space muffled their conversations.”
Strong characters with great dialog bring us to dusty archeological site in one of the oldest towns in human history called Catalhoyuk. Nothing can explain it better than this quote: “We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay-like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush.”
Cosponsors from Vermont University are looking for a DNA connection between residents of Catalhoyuk and our original nomadic ancestors in Africa. Annie Tillery and her team go to work excavating this archeological site, with all the inherit dangers and a mystery brings out the detective in Annie.
From the spell of a Ouija board to a magical balloon ride in the sky nothing is lost as this time and space makes all their senses come alive with amazing black and white graphics that bring the main characters to life.
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy Annie Tillery Mysteries. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Review by Martha A. Cheves-VINE VOICE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. Reviewed in the United States on October 17, 2015. Verified Purchase. We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush. Some of the fairy chimneys had windows and doors. Could people actually live inside? It was dry here, and hot.
Anne Tillery has joined her boyfriend Ty at an archaeological dig in Turkey. He and his best friend Cedric are at the dig representing Vermont University. They will be working alongside a Dr. Atsut who is in charge of the project. Ty, Cedric, and Dr. Atsut are trying to prove that human remains at one of the earliest known archaeological sites in Turkey contained DNA that would link them to the first humans that evolved in Africa. But, accidents and missing artifacts seem to be plaguing the site and there is even fear that it may be shut down.
As I’ve found out in other books of this series, Annie is quite a detective. Hopefully she, with the help of Dr. Atsut’s twin children, will be able to make the connections that will end the accidents and theft before the Turkish government steps in to put a halt to everything. In doing so, Anne finds herself escaping two attempts of kidnapping which leaves her no choice but to call her own father for help.
This book gave me so much history of the Fairy Chimneys that I had to see for myself if they were real. They are and they are amazingly beautiful! Seeing what these unusual cities look like made the book even more enjoyable. As I read, I was not only enticed by the story but I could also picture where events were happening. If you like mystery as well as archaeology, you’ll not want to miss reading this book.
Review by Messages For The Soul: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fascinating and fun adventure. Reviewed in the United States on September 1, 2015. Verified Purchase. The writing in Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys can be really breath-taking at times so much that I found myself backtracking to reread passages and take it all in again. Lots of depth in description of character and place to bring the exotic into your home and you take in the words. Apart from the CSI angle which, as you would expect from a forensic scientist, is acutely poignant, the rest must have been thoroughly researched as well as nothing about events seems out of place. A captivating and charming plot and a very enjoyable YA book overall. Looking forward to reading more by Linda Frank.
Review by Russell F Moran: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Annie Tillery on the Case. Reviewed in the United States on June 10, 2014. Verified Purchase. Terrific read. Although I’m not a typical YA reader (a bit too old) I thoroughly enjoy this series. Young Annie Tillery is a character that the reader can engage as she soldiers on with her adventure in the face of some ominous threats. Her relationship with her boyfriend, and archeological dig partner is touching. The scene descriptions of the archeological site in Turkey are well done and enlightening. The author not only knows how to tell a compelling story but she adds some interesting scientific information. I have heard of mitochondrial DNA, but never knew its significance until I read this book. A fast-moving fun read, with plot twists, clues, and a great ending.
Product Details: Paperback: 294 Pages Publisher: Archway Publishing; Illustrated edition (February 28, 2014) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 4. Reading Age 7-12.
The wreckage of a World War II plane is found in the mountains of Appalachia. It mysteriously crashed in 1943 on its way to a naval base. Inside the plane is a note, written by Annie Tillery’s great-grandmother, Charlotte, who was in love with a fighter pilot. Young Charlotte tested the planes and flew them to naval bases; her fiancé flew the planes in battle.
While investigating the crash site, NCIS finds the note in the plane, which they trace to Charlotte and then to her surviving family members, Annie and her mother Carol. The mystery begins. Why did the plane crash, and what does Charlotte’s note mean? Annie and her mother decide to dig into Great-Grandmothers past by way of the aged family attic.
There, they find love letters written by Charlotte and her Navy pilot fiancé. There is a code to be broken in those letters and The Mystery of the Lost Avenger to be solved. As they explore, Annie suspects Charlotte’s ghost is reaching out to tell her something, but what? She enlists the help of her boyfriend, newly licensed pilot Ty Egan, but Annie feels she may be the key to her great-grandmothers top-secret life.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.This Book Educates Young Minds!
Good news for all Annie Tillery Mystery Followers. The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger (book 4) is finally here. This book educates young minds using this fictional mystery that involves NCIS investigating the crash site of a World War II plane.
Turns out the pilot was Annie Tillery’s great-grandmother Charlotte who was a test pilot for Grumman and actually flew in battle. Annie, her mother Carol are intrigued by Charlotte’s note and decide to dig through the old family attic to see what they can find out about this mysterious family member. What they discover in the attic only adds to the mystery and soon Annie suspects that Charlotte’s ghost is reaching out to them from beyond the grave with an important message.
Annie’s decides to get her boyfriend Ty Egan who happens to be a pilot involved. Here is their conversation.
…“Ty, you won’t believe what Mom has been telling me about a mystery concerning my great-grandmother. Mom, this is your story, and maybe Ty can see something we don’t. Can you fill him in on the details, so far? I’m just hearing this story for the first time, too.”
…“Well, let me start with . . .” She shuffled the papers in her lap. “Here’s the letter we received from the Department of the Navy. And here’s a copy of a note we found in the plane. The note is written on some sort of a company form with and identification number on it. The number belonged to Charlotte, my grandmother.”
…“I also have a letter from the Naval Crime Investigation Service about the condition of the plane where they found the note, and the pilot they found in the wreckage. There are skeletonized remains of a person whose identity they are trying to confirm. They know who flew the plane when it went missing, but they must confirm that it is that person. It is a woman.”
…Mom added a new thought, “You know, it’s ironic. Charlotte did die in a plane crash many years later. She continued to fly recreationally after the war. When I went to Maryland to see if there was any record of her time at Grumman, I found these letters in the house where Charlotte spent her last years.”
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Review by Martha A. Cheves-VINE VOICE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Has everything you want – mystery, history & a ghost! Reviewed in the United States on October 16, 2018. Verified Purchase. Charlotte Wheeler suspected that sabotage was happening at the Grumman plant. She was able to figure out the faulty hinges for the Avenger’s bomb bay doors were being randomly replaced for the good hinges, by someone who had access to the plant. Charlotte and her buddies checked all the planes and prevented the faulty parts from being switched. They did their best to stop the saboteur, things got rough and Charlotte was attacked one night while she was waiting to catch him in the act.
Charlotte Wheeler was a WASP during WWII. She not only helped build the planes, she also flew them to their destination where they were turned over to the fighting pilots. She was scheduled to fly one of the bombers out but noticed a problem with the bomb bay doors. While she went to check on something the plane was given to another WASP to deliver. Her name was Brenda McPhee and she never made it to her destination. Her plane disappeared.
Many years later Annie, who is Charlotte’s great grand-daughter, finds out that the plane has been found and there was a letter inside that was written by Charlotte. Through further research and the help of her boyfriend Ty, Annie decides to solve the mystery of the downed plane and who the saboteur was.
As with all of the Annie Tillery Mysteries, this one kept my interest. It not only had some history; it also had a great mystery and of course a ghost. Looking forward to reading the next in this series.
Review by Theresa: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Intriguing, Informative, and Well Written! Reviewed in the United States on January 13, 2023. Although this is a YA novel, the expertise of the author, Linda Marie Frank, brings it up to another level. Her knowledge of WWII era planes and methods of decoding encrypted messages, combined with her background in forensic science and genetics, makes this novel not only fascinating, but educational! In addition, there is this sense of connection between generations within a Charlotte’s family and the longevity of friendships between Charlotte and her friends. This is an historical mystery that allows the reader to collect the clues along the way while trying to put the pieces of the puzzle together. Highly recommend this book!
Review by Frances O’Sullivan: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. What really happened? Reviewed in the United States on February 17, 2021. The Mystery of the Lost Avenger is the fourth book in Linda Maria Frank’s Annie Tillery Mystery series. Aimed at confident young readers, the series follows Annie, who in this book is getting ready to go to college, as she solves intriguing mysteries.
The Mystery of the Lost Avenger takes readers back in time to 1943, to learn about the women involved in aviation during WWII. Annie’s great-grandmother, Charlotte, was a WASP, flying planes to transport them to military bases. When a note written by Charlotte is found in the remains of a crashed plane which disappeared in mysterious circumstances, the whole family gets involved in untangling the mystery of what really happened.
I loved that this book focused on a part of history I didn’t know much about, and it would be a great read for mystery-loving children who are learning about WWII in school. It was also really fun learning about how Annie, as well as Charlotte back in the 1940s and the professionals at NCIS, approached solving mysteries. There are codes to crack, and forensic evidence to process.
For me, this is a five-star book. It’s a really fun read and gave me lots to think about. I haven’t read any of the earlier books in the series and was able to follow the story without any issues, but now that I’ve read it I’m keen to go back and read about the other adventures Annie’s had!
Product Details: Paperback: 194 Pages Publisher: Archway Publishing (June 15, 2016) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
Making A Mystery With Annie Tillery: The Madonna Ghost.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 5. Reading Age 7-12.
In addition to the
first Annie Tillery Mystery, this book contains an insight into how the author
wrote the book.
These are materials
pertaining to writing style, character development and research, as well as
ideas for additional activities such as lesson plans for teachers, and
discussion questions. Follow the writer’s journey toward producing a
page-turning adventure with history, mystery and science. “The Madonna
Ghost” which is the basis for this exploration into the writer’s journey
is described as follows.
How lucky can you get? A vacation at a beach brings Annie Tillery a ghost story and a boyfriend. But what is the ghost hiding, and will Ty Egan and Annie Tillery discover the secrets of the Madonna Ghost, and the menacing neighbors who seem linked to her?
Review by Angela Reich: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Entertaining and Educational: Teachers, Parents and Home-School Families Will Want to Read! Reviewed in the United States ?? on March 4, 2020.Verified Purchase. Author Linda Maria Frank has created an inside look into her craft in her latest book, Making A Mystery With Annie Tillery: The Madonna Ghost.
The stand-alone volume of The Madonna Ghost delivers an engaging main character, Annie Tillery, her romantic interest, Ty, and more than one mystery to solve. In addition, the reader is treated to some lovely descriptive writing: a nighttime walk on a Fire Island boardwalk is given a lyrical feel with: “Small, low lights intermittently illuminated the path.” But Frank’s natural, breezy style is deceptive, for while the author beguiles, she is quietly seeding the clues for the novel’s mystery from the start.
Now, Frank reveals her writer’s methods in “Making a Mystery With Annie Tillery…” in which the writer’s craft, like an easy conversation, flows with commentary after each chapter. Frank fills in with her creation of character, motivation, and real Fire Island history, including a poignant personal experience while volunteering as a guide for the Fire Island Lighthouse.
We learn that sailing scenes are realistic because Frank spent many years sailing the Long Island waters; the logic of the chase is realistic because Frank, a teacher of the scientific method of inquiry applied to forensic science, is used as we witness Annie Tillary observe, deduce, conclude, and formulate; test and modify hypotheses.
A lifetime educator, Frank knows what is needed in the classroom, and this volume provides a marvelous teacher handbook for easy use with students where lessons in Language Arts, Creative Writing, Science, Geography, History all may be applied. There are tips on writing sets and scenes from places near and far, use of sensory images and research methods, motive, characterization, plot, and theme. Also provided are websites for research and further reading, lesson plans, and discussion questions, including a book workshop activity using a clue list and series of anecdotal evidence.
Any teacher, parent, or home-school family would benefit from this entertaining way to deliver real, valuable educational material to children in an entertaining and creative way.
Review by Angela Reich: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Entertaining and Educational: Teachers, Parents and Home-School Families Will Want to Read! Reviewed in the United States on March 4, 2020. Verified Purchase. Author Linda Maria Frank has created an inside look into her craft in her latest book, Making a Mystery With Annie Tillery: The Madonna Ghost.
The stand-alone volume of The Madonna Ghost delivers an engaging main character, Annie Tillery, her romantic interest, Ty, and more than one mystery to solve. In addition, the reader is treated to some lovely descriptive writing: a nighttime walk on a Fire Island boardwalk is given a lyrical feel with: “Small, low lights intermittently illuminated the path.” But Frank’s natural, breezy style is deceptive, for while the author beguiles, she is quietly seeding the clues for the novel’s mystery from the start.
Now, Frank reveals her writer’s methods in “Making a Mystery With Annie Tillery…” in which the writer’s craft, like an easy conversation, flows with commentary after each chapter. Frank fills in with her creation of character, motivation, and real Fire Island history, including a poignant personal experience while volunteering as a guide for the Fire Island Lighthouse.
We learn that sailing scenes are realistic because Frank spent many years sailing the Long Island waters; the logic of the chase is realistic because Frank, a teacher of the scientific method of inquiry applied to forensic science, is used as we witness Annie Tillary observe, deduce, conclude, and formulate; test and modify hypotheses.
A lifetime educator, Frank knows what is needed in the classroom, and this volume provides a marvelous teacher handbook for easy use with students where lessons in Language Arts, Creative Writing, Science, Geography, History all may be applied. There are tips on writing sets and scenes from places near and far, use of sensory images and research methods, motive, characterization, plot, and theme. Also provided are websites for research and further reading, lesson plans, and discussion questions, including a book workshop activity using a clue list and series of anecdotal evidence.
Any teacher, parent, or home-school family would benefit from this entertaining way to deliver real, valuable educational material to children in an entertaining and creative way.
Review by Lois W. Stern, Author, Creator of tales2inspire: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Teens and educators Beware: Once you start this book, you will find it difficult to put it down! Reviewed in the United States on July 28, 2018.If you want to ply your teenager away from her Smart Phone for a few hours of old fashion pleasure, just put a copy of Madonna Ghost in their hands. This well-crafted novel carries all the key ingredients to mesmerize its readers, capturing the essence of summer romance, sinister plots and a touch of the occult.
As Annie Tillery embarks on a two-week beach vacation with undercover FBI agent, Aunt J, they become guests at the home of Doc and his handsome nephew, Ty. Although first attracted to Ty for his “Mr. Gorgeous” good looks, this appealing young twosome soon forge a relationship extending well beyond physical attraction. Their bond deepens as they share dark family secrets, explore mysterious island happenings, and assist in the apprehension of a monstrous criminal.
Although written for a young adult audience, this ‘senior citizen’ remained transfixed by author Linda Maria Frank’s well-crafted story. Buy it for that special young person in your life, but treat yourself to several hours of reading pleasure before handing it over to them. The Madonna Ghost promises plenty of fodder for rich conversation!
It is no surprise to note the Frank, a master teacher herself, included lesson plans, activities, discussion questions and websites as educational tools for students. What a wonderful gift for educators as well! Making Mystery – The Madonna Ghost is a ready-made curriculum to help your students develop research, writing and critical thinking skills.
Product Details: Paperback: 374 Pages Publisher: Annie Tillery Mysteries (May 29, 2018) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys (2nd Edition) by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 6. Reading Age 7-12.
This enhanced edition
of “Fairy Chimneys” reveals the story behind the story of writing
this exciting mystery.
To add to the readers’
pleasures, I have included book discussion questions, a writing activity, and a
little gem about how the story came about from the author’s perspective. I have
answered the who, why, when, where, and how of the book. And here is a peek
into the story.
A young detective
volunteering at an archeological dig in turkey embarks on another adventure
where she must unravel an ancient mystery and solve the secrets in the fairy
chimneys. Amateur sleuth Annie Tillery has been warned to stay away from
Nevshehir, Turkey, where she is heading to meet her boyfriend, Ty Egan, and
Cedric Zeeks, Ty’s best friend.
Intent on helping the
two excavate an archeological site where they hope to link human remains to the
first African ancestors, Annie does her best to shake her foreboding feelings as
her plane lands in Istanbul and she prepares to embark on her next adventure .But
when a stranger claims he is there to pick her up and then disappears once he
sees Ty, Annie is immediately thrown back into worry mode—especially after Ty
tells her there is unexplained tension surrounding the dig and she receives a
threatening note at the hotel. Still, as the three head to Nevshehir, Annie is
buoyed by the excitement surrounding ancient Turkey and the possibility of
uncovering secrets.
The dig is plagued by
accidents and theft, however, and the three friends, assisted by the head
archeologist’s twins, must search the ancient city of Istanbul and the caves of
fantastic Cappadocia to find who is sabotaging their work.
In this young adult thriller, detective Annie Tillery must once again walk on a dangerous path in an attempt to unravel a complicated mystery and solve the secrets in the fairy chimneys.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Indiana Jones Meets Nancy Drew With The Skills And Precision Of CSI.
Annie Tillery Mysteries book three ‘Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys’ can be summed up as Indiana Jones meets Nancy Drew with the skills and precision of CSI. A mystery unfolds amidst a mix of ancient history and modern innovation, in an ageless Eastern country where time moves at a camel’s pace.
Dedicated research by author Linda Maria Frank leaves no stone unturned while great description text transports the reader to the streets of Turkey with it mosques and minarets, towers and modern buildings. One of my favorite quotes from the book is “Water droplets plunked into the pool from the vaulted ceiling. After the heat of the bazaar and the street chase, it was deliciously cool. Ornate columns with carved capitals supported the ceiling. The bases were decorated with animal and human figures. There were a few visitors, but the enormity of the space muffled their conversations.”
Strong characters with great dialog bring us to dusty archeological site in one of the oldest towns in human history called Catalhoyuk. Nothing can explain it better than this quote: “We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay-like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush.”
Cosponsors from Vermont University are looking for a DNA connection between residents of Catalhoyuk and our original nomadic ancestors in Africa. Annie Tillery and her team go to work excavating this archeological site, with all the inherit dangers and a mystery brings out the detective in Annie.
From the spell of a Ouija board to a magical balloon ride in the sky nothing is lost as this time and space makes all their senses come alive with amazing black and white graphics that bring the main characters to life.
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy Annie Tillery Mysteries. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Review by Dan Mariani Author of Bicycling With A Purpose: Shift Gears to Lower Stress, The Road to Chapulepec Park: Surviving The Big Freeze. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great addition to the Annie Tillery Mysteries Series! Reviewed in the United States on July 12, 2020. Verified Purchase. Eloquently written young adult mystery story that adults will like too!
Follow Annie has she uncovers clues leading to mysterious crimes at a dig outside Istanbul. Fast-paced page turner that will keep you engaged and satisfied with its intricate plot.
Just when I thought I knew whodunit the plot thickened and sent me off in another direction. The twists and turns were well-placed throughout and kept the narrative whole.
If you haven’t read a Frank mystery this is a good one to start with. You won’t be disappointed!
I highly recommend this to readers who enjoy well-crafted stories that make you think and where you can learn something new along the way.
Review by Kindle Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. This is a page-turning, fun filled, nail-biting, adventure. Reviewed in the United States on August 19, 2019. Verified Purchase. It was great fun to write, and I love getting accolades from my readers. One 60ish lady was angry at me, because she stayed up until 3AM. She couldn’t put it down. Don’t really know why Amazon wanted me to review my own book, but what the heck.
Product Details: Paperback: 422 Pages Publisher: Bowker (July 15, 2019) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
The year was 1216, and Brianna’s life changed the day her mother left to save herself from being burned as a witch. Brianna was left alone in her small English village knowing just enough magic to be labeled a witch herself, but not enough to survive on her own.
Brianna knew she had to flee, but to where? She had to follow her instincts and escape the village. Ending up in the market town of Newark-on-Trent, she took a job as a kitchen girl and was befriended by Sir Michael, a knight in King John’s court.
Brianna was unable to hide her magic and was soon accused of witchcraft which would have surely led to being burned at the stake. Sir Michael helped her to escape. After a frightening confrontation with their pursuers, Michael led Brianna to the home of Rowena, a kind and loving old woman, and a witch.
Brianna learned from Rowena that she was the granddaughter of a most powerful wizard and his witch wife. They were helping to guide Brianna and Sir Michael from the magic realm. The magicians had the power to visit forward and past in time. With this power, they had banished Brianna’s mother 700 years in the future to Dover castle during WWII, so she could not cause havoc in her abandoned daughter’s life.
Brianna learns magic along the way and the truth about her past, while always staying one step ahead of the King’s men who would surely kill her.
A Caribbean Island paradise, a place filled with happy carefree people whose only concern is the pleasure of the tourists. NOT. Appearances are superficial. Lust, greed, envy, jealousy, murder… all can be found within the Hotel Saint Clare and Nara Blake: young, beautiful and inexperienced, meets them all when she takes on the job of hostess at the hotel. Fortunately, not everyone falls into those categories, and help and support and the promise of romance help Nara into her new life.
It’s not just the cold and damp clime of the English midlands that is keeping Caribbean beauty Nara Blake awake at night. Her father is dying at her aunt’s bed and breakfast at the historic Gate House in Springfield, Lincolnshire–and the man she hoped to marry is suddenly avoiding her.
An attempted break-in during the middle of the night and a mysterious key lead Nara on a dangerous quest to unlock the many secrets of the seemingly quaint old Gate House: hidden rooms and stairways that aren’t on the blueprints… nosy guests who seem overly interested in the history of the Gate House… dusty crates and boxes left behind after the former owner’s sudden death.
Soon, the small English town where nothing ever happens is besieged with burglaries and a murder–and Nara and her family quickly fall under suspicion. Can Nara trust police liaison Alex Collier to help solve the mystery and clear her family of wrongdoing–or will he help build the case against them?
In this intriguing mystery, the story revolves around a railway Gate House used in the trafficking of antiques and stolen works of art from tiny country churches through to Lincoln Cathedral itself. As Nara and her father, visitors from the Caribbean, become enmeshed in the secrets of the house, they uncover hidden chambers, nosy guests, and a web of intrigue.
Lydia’s Story: The London Blitz Files by Kathleen Heady.
A simple box of mementos, hidden in a farmhouse in Wales for nearly seventy years, is enough to set Nara Blake on a search for the truth about her great-grandparents, and to put her own life in danger. Even as she begins to read her great-grandmother’s diaries, a French brother and sister whose family lost everything in World War II, blame Nara’s family for their lost wealth, which includes a priceless Cézanne painting. As both families learn the truth of their ancestors’ activities during the war, they are put on a collision course that can only end in the destruction of long-held beliefs, and ultimately one must pay the price for the losses of the past.
In this fourth book in Kathleen Heady’s series featuring Nara Blake, the story takes us to a small Spanish town in the Pyrenees, where Nara and her now-husband Alex Collier travel to retrieve several notebooks that belonged to a British artist who died there during the Spanish Civil War. Nara and Alex have plans to meet the parish priest, who has possession of the notebooks, in the church during siesta. When they arrive at the church, they find that he has been killed by a vicious blow to the head. They soon learn there is a history of crime in the town going back many decades. But as they are caught up in the criminal investigation, they also learn of the strong ties of family and friendship that exist, even extending to Nara’s own family.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mysteries Brought To Light In Tardienta!
You will learn some Spanish Civil War History while enjoying ‘Sacrifice’ (book four) in Kathleen Heady’s series. Featuring woman sleuth Nara Blake, each book in the series stands alone, so I invite you to travel with Nara and her husband Alex to Tardienta (a municipality located in Huesca Province, Aragon, Spain) on behalf of the Tate Museum in London, where they both worked as art historians.
The mystery begins when the parish priest discovers notebooks written in English, containing sketches by Felicia Brown. Although a British artist, it is Felicia’s fight against fascism in the 1930s that makes her notebooks a rare find.
Nara and Alex’s visit to Tardienta takes an unexpected turn. It is here, I bring you into the story and the beginning of more than one mystery.
…“From the café, Alex and Nara watched the activity on the plaza. Several police vehicles were parked next to the church when a long black sedan entered the center of the village and parked just past the police cars. A smartly dressed driver emerged to open the back door for a clergyman dressed in a black cassock with red trim.
…“Someone from the diocese,” Alex commented. “I was wondering if the church would have to be re-consecrated since a murder was committed.”
…“They won’t let us look around now,” Nara answered, shielding her eyes from the sun with her hand. She badly wanted to get into the church and maybe the rectory too. The notebooks were there somewhere.
Tardienta is rich with history; there have always been goods and human beings smuggled through the surrounding mountains. For Nara and Alex, the mysteries are numerous, the danger is real and suspicions abound. Turns out it takes more than a village to catch a criminal.
The suspense and drama will keep you turning the page. When you are done, you will be ready to try Maria Laura’s Orange Cake recipe. Can’t wait to bake this one.
About The Author: Kathleen Heady grew up telling stories – to pass the time, or just to exercise her imagination. She spent her childhood on a farm in southern Illinois, where she was fortunate to have parents who encouraged her to study, read, and learn about the world. Besides rural Illinois, she has lived in Chicago, Costa Rica, Colorado, Maryland, Pennsylvania, and now North Carolina. Her current new “challenge” is learning to play the ukulele.
Kathleen has spent most of her professional life as a high school teacher, teaching English, Spanish and social studies. She shares her “almost a tree house” home with her husband and two cats, Macavity and Violeta. She has a daughter, two sons, two daughters-in-law, a grandson and a granddaughter who are all really cool people.
I have been using Book Marketing Global Network for several years and am always happy with the results. The promotions are beautifully and professionally done. They are always willing to work with me on any changes and updates.
My readers have been impressed with the quality of the promotions. I highly recommend them to anyone looking to promote their books.
Hello, as you know I talk to a lot of authors on my interview show, The Writer’s Dream. One of the subjects that is most challenging is how to market our marvelous books.
I’ve sold 5,000 plus books as of this date (January 2024). It’s been a lot of work marketing them, since I discovered Book Market Global Network, exposure and sales have picked up. It’s a great and easy way to get your books on social media and a true value. Try it!
Book Marketing Global Network has given me many options for marketing. I have included my Author’s Page link below.
Social media is the thing that is most time consuming and least attractive to me, but I think I have found the solution through Book Marketing Global Network.
Artwork For The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island Series.
The Monster Bones of St. Frederick Island by Linda Maria Frank and JoAnn Vergona Krapp.
Book 3: The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island. Reading Age 7-12.
Three children whose curious minds find them on a family vacation smack in the middle of an adventure that seems to be just waiting for them. Unknown to our intrepid vacationers, a long-ago group of brave and curious eighth graders on their remote destination island of St. Frederick formed a group of amateur detectives known as the Buccaneers.
Together these clever kids discover some of the ancient mysteries of the island when they use their new-found friends at the local newspaper and the Native American community.
They solve the mystery set on a St. Frederick beach that puzzled the islanders and the scientists who came to observe it.
The Crawford family vacations have always been exciting, surprising and often mysterious, but when they go to St. Frederick Island, they venture into the unknown territory of an ancient mystery. Meeting the original Buccaneers of the island, they venture into the gripping mystery of those mysterious bones.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network For ‘The Monster Bones On St. Fredricks Island’.
Each summer adventure brings with it memories that will last a lifetime. Douglas and Janet Crawford along with Douglas’ best friend Wesley have an uncanny knack for sniffing out trouble, or adventure. In the past three years they uncovered a buried pirate treasure at a lighthouse, a stolen medal from World War Two, and a lost child frightened by bullies. Sadly, they won’t be returning to Fire Island this summer. There is a promise of new adventures as the Crawford family arrives in Bar Harbour, Maine. Bar Harbor is a summer delight, surrounded by water and serves as a gateway to the mountains and Acadia National Park. Posters and signs are everywhere on the streets in this small, picturesque village, inviting visitors to experience art, concerts, bus and boat tours, hiking trails, lobster pounds, whale-watching, and, of course, shopping. Here they discover a destination, St. Frederick Island that offers caves and other mysteries to tantalize the amateur detectives.
Once on the island, the Crawfords visit the local island newspaper, The Foghorn, to find out more about it. There they meet Lily, the granddaughter of one of the Buccaneers, a group of kids who formed a club to solve island mysteries. Janet, Wesley and Douglas can really relate to this group.
Let’s step back in history where Lily, Frank, Amelia, Leon and Ryan, known only by their code names back then, uncovered some dastardly deeds done by those who did not respect the Native American traditions of the island. Going even further back in time, a huge skeleton was found on the St. Besilius Convent beach. A Native American tribe lived here for centuries. The island has caves with ancient picture drawings. There are lots of superstitions about the bones, like maybe “The Monster” being some kind of dinosaur-like creature.
What adventure will these three young sleuths uncover on St. Frederick Island this summer? You must follow “The Buccaneers Of St. Frederick Island” series to join them on their summer’s adventures. Linda’s story telling is on par with, perhaps better than the “Nancy Drew” series of the past. Author Linda Maria Frank (past educator) shares her love of ancient mysteries and places with a nautical and pirate history with children around the world. She shares her research into the geology of caves, Native American lore, pirate history and of course, the mysterious creatures of the past.
With a little time travel, Linda Frank and new co-author, JoAnn Krapp, weave a magical series where three generations of detectives, young and old, keep this generation’s youth on the edge of their seats. I invite you to purchase “The Monster Bones On St. Frederick’s Island” (Book Three), “Sibby’s Secret” (Book Two) and “The Buccaneers Of St. Frederick Island” (Book One). Linda also has her “Annie Tillery Mysteries”. In this latest of the Buccaneers series, Linda has co-authored with JoAnn Vergona Krapp and illustrator, Marianne Savage to produce this fun, page-turning adventure.
Product Details: Reading Age 7-12 Print Length: 103 Pages Publisher: Annie Tillery Mysteries Publication Date: August 8, 2025 Marianne Savage (Illustrator) Language: English Children’s Time Travel Books Children’s Mystery & Detective Adventure Children’s Mystery, Detective, & Spy Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Adventure Juvenile Literature
The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island, Sibby’s Secret by Linda Maria Frank.
Book 2: The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island. Reading Age 7-12.
The Buccaneers of Saint Frederick Island are back. If you loved the first Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island, “Sibby’s Secret” will capture you too.
Join the fun, danger and escapades of Lily, Frank, Leon, Ryan, and Amelia.
The Buccaneers rival any private investigator of the time. When Sibby Fintail, fisherman and bay constable, goes missing, Lily, code name, Sprocket and Frank, code name Wing Nut, come to the rescue. They follow his trail to one of the island’s caves where he had been harvesting crystals for his artwork. They find an unconscious, badly beaten Sibby.
Who did this and why?
Becca Dawes. Sprocket’s mother discovers that unknown persons are seeking to take the caves away from the native tribe that has owned them forever. What is it about the caves?
When strangers come to Frederick Island, and kidnap Becca, the Buccaneers go into high gear to solve these attacks.
The Buccaneers will draw you into their world of clever sleuthing and unlocking the secrets in the clues they find. It’s adventure, fun and great crime science.
You will be laughing at some of the Buccaneers’ antics and gasping at what those brave eighth-graders face to solve the mystery. The story is rich with colorful and engaging characters as well as the flavor of 1947.
REVIEW for SIBBY’S SECRET: Adventure abounds in the new book of the Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island series. “Sibby’s Secret” finds the Buccaneers engaged with an unknown enemy who seems intent on getting control of the fabulous caves that belong to the Native American North Breeze tribe that has inhabited the island for many centuries.
The Buccaneers are a group of eighth graders who are students at the island’s only school, St. Besillius. Their self-appointed mission is to protect St. Frederick Island from any force that threatens their island home. St. Frederick Island is remote with old forests and the cave system that holds many mysteries. The residents are the North Breeze tribe, the fisher folks, and farmers, the Beachies who live off the land but don’t own it, and the St. Besillius community.
The Buccaneers have code names. Lily is Sprocket, Frank is Wing Nut, Amelia is Ratchet, Leon is Snap Shackle and Ryan is Bletch. You’ll have to read the book to discover the secret of these code names.
In Sibby’s Secret, friend of the Buccaneers, Sibby Fintail becomes bay constable, enabling him to patrol the waters around the island. He is also harvesting crystals from the caves to create artwork which he will sell to raise money for the student scholarship fund at St. Besillius.
He is attacked and his crystals stollen. But why?
Lily’s mother, Becca Dawes, owns and runs the island’s newspaper, The Foghorn. She is threatened and kidnapped. The Buccaneers receive a threatening letter. What is this all about?
As the Buccaneers go deeper into this mystery, the danger increases. As always, the solutions they uncover will surprise and intrigue you.
Sibby’s Secret reintroduces you to your favorite characters from the first book. It engages you in the adventures, dangers, and fun these young detectives spiral into. Enjoy the island’s beauty and hang on for a strange surprise at the end. No peeking!
Review by K.C. Finn for Readers’ Favorite: 5-Stars. Reviewed on 05/18/2024. The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island: Sibby’s Secret is penned by author Linda Maria Frank in the historical, adventure, and action genres for young independent readers. The plot sees Lily, Frank, Leon, Ryan, and Amelia embroiled in a thrilling adventure as they investigate the disappearance of Sibby Fintail, a fisherman and bay constable. Following clues to a cave where Sibby harvested crystals, they find Sibby badly beaten, prompting questions about the perpetrators’ motives. As they delve deeper, they uncover a plot to seize control of the caves from the native tribe and face danger when strangers kidnap Becca Dawes, Sprocket’s mother. Through clever sleuthing and daring acts, the Buccaneers unravel the mystery, showcasing their wit and bravery in solving the case.
Author Linda Maria Frank crafts an exhilarating story that whisks young readers away into a world of adventure and mystery. The captivating narrative has a superb sense of pacing to balance big action moments with interesting, suspense-filled discovery sections, and it was filled with twists, turns, and unexpected revelations to keep young minds engaged. The dynamic characters of Lily, Frank, and their friends brought the story to life, each contributing their unique skills and personalities to the investigation. I was delighted by the dialogue, which felt suitably classic for this kind of historical adventure, yet was highly accessible for young modern readers. Frank’s attention to detail and vivid descriptions transported me to the vibrant setting of St. Frederick Island in 1947, immersing me in the atmosphere of the period with a balanced amount of context and detail. As I followed the Buccaneers’ escapades, I found myself laughing at their antics and cheering for their triumphs, making for an entertaining and engaging read. Overall, Sibby’s Secret is a delightful blend of adventure, suspense, and camaraderie that kept me hooked until the very end, and I would not hesitate to recommend it for the young and the young at heart alike.
Product Details: Reading Age 7-12 Print Length: 137 Pages Publisher: Annie Tillery Mysteries; 1st edition (February 15, 2024) Marianne Savage (Illustrator) Language: English Children’s Time Travel Books Children’s Mystery & Detective Adventure Children’s Mystery, Detective, & Spy Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Adventure Juvenile Literature
The Buccaneers Of St. Frederick Island by Linda Maria Frank.
Book One: Introduction To Series. Reading Age 7-12.
What can possibly happen when a crime happens under the very noses of a group of very savvy eighth graders at St. BeSillius’ Catholic School on St. Frederick’s Island? When the money they raised to buy toys for children in homeless shelters in near-by NYC is stolen, the Buccaneers, as they call themselves are outraged. Despite warnings from Father Felix and Sr. Jo, Sprocket, the leader of the Buccaneers, and her determined buddies set out to follow the clues, run down the thief, and get those toys for the homeless kids.
When their clubhouse is burned down, and a threatening letter is sent to the local newspaper, The Foghorn, owned and operated by Sprocket’s mother, the Buccaneers are even more determined to unravel the plot against them. A mysterious island once owned by the pirate, Jon Buccleigh and a labyrinthine cave serve as the setting for this skullduggery. A Native American healer, her community, and a group of the beach people conspire with the Buccaneers to get that money back.
You will be laughing at some of the Buccaneers’ antics and gasping at what those brave eight-graders face to solve the mystery. The story is rich with colorful and engaging characters as well as the flavor of post-war America in 1947. An altogether fun and satisfying read.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Adventure Sure To Capture A Young Reader’s Imagination.
Author Linda Maria Frank begins this book with her historical notes about where the story originated from. This is very educational for young readers as it addresses her earliest memories in Middle Village, Queens, New York at the end of WWll.
The story begins at St. BeSillius’s (catholic school), where mystery Author Linda Maria Frank sets the stage for more than one intriguing mystery (wrapped into one), that in my opinion, out preforms the Nancy Drew mysteries that I read as a young reader.
Within the walls of a small clubhouse (shack) a small band of school friends broke through the strict, stifling, constrictions of the classroom regiment, set in stone, by Sister JoAnn and Mother Superior. This tiny band of self-proclaimed private investigators, set out to find out, who stole the money they had spent an entire year earning, for a class trip to distribute toys to day care centers in the parish. The money disappeared from the Vestry (small room behind the alter); the very day Father Felix was supposed to open a bank account for the school project.
This small band of PIs came with an official title “Buccaneers (meaning pirates) of St. Besillius”. They wrote up and voted on a charter (agreement) for their group, which included:
Each member is sworn to secrecy, under pain of… what? Oh, I don’t know.
All clues are to be shared by everyone.
All communications would be done using our code names. Mine is Sprocket.
Our meeting place would be the old fishing shack on the beach.
The hunt for the mystery thief begins, which only leads to more mystery, danger, intrigue and an ominous warning letter. Each club member had responsibilities related to their investigation. Club name Ratchet (real name Amelia) with her camera (Brownie) was the official photographer. Let me bring you into the story at Chapter Fifteen: Meanwhile, At the Ferry Dock.
…Ratchet would much rather be called by her real name, Amelia. Especially since one of her heroines was Amelia Erhardt, the aviatrix who made news-worthy flights around the world. She disappeared somewhere in the Pacific, never to be found. Ratchet just couldn’t resist the mystery of it all.
…However, she would be true to her oath as a Buccaneer and fulfill her mission. She struggled with how to accomplish this. Most days she went to the ferry dock dressed in her reporter’s costume consisting of a many- pocketed jacket, borrowed men’s trousers, a cap with a green visor, and several cameras strung around her neck, most of which did not work.
…But her trusty Brownie never failed her. Notepad in hand she snapped photos of the ferry passengers going to and from Main. She was too shy, at this point, to go up to them and get that “scoop”.
…Today was different. She didn’t want to stand out like a sore thumb. Surveillance required melting into the scenery. The outfit for this assignment had her pigtails tucked into a red bandana, her thick lensed glasses hidden behind her dad’s aviator shades, and a dark blue jumpsuit, two sizes too big, borrowed from her brother who worked at Fred’s only gas station. She was channeling Rosie the Riveter. Rosie, as you may have heard, was another heroine in American history. She and her millions of sisters made the planes, tanks and ships that won the recent World War. Since the war effort for Rosie was over for now, Amelia still stuck out like a sore thumb.
…“Hey, Sis. Halloween’s over,” called out one of the day trippers.
…Embarrassed, she hid the bandana and pulled out her braids. She kept the glasses, and the coveralls were a must, since taking them off meant she would be walking around in her undies.
…It was getting pretty boring. What was she thinking? This is a lame idea, but duty called, and she settled herself more comfortably. The scents of tar, salt water, and creosoted wood planking joined the piney aroma of the hemlocks to provide a perfume Amelia came to call home.
…Amelia looked up just in time. Janet trotted down the path to the ferry dock. She could have missed her because she had a jacket with a hood. But Janet always wore beaded moccasins and her pigtails had feathers instead of bows. One braid escaped the hood sealing her identity for Amelia.
…Amelia, now in Ratchet mode, started snapping again.
…Janet turned her way and Ratchet’s heart almost stopped. Ratchet knew how important it was to identify Janet as Janet in her series of photos. Taking a breath and holding it, she snapped away.
…When Ratchet returned to check out the folks getting off the ferry, the strangers she had seen on other days came down the gangplank. Snap! Snap! Snap! They surrounded Janet, one grabbing her arm, the other talking to her, right in her face, grim and threatening. Janet pulled her arm away and snapped back at the stranger who had confronted her.
…The other man jammed something in her pocket. “Just do it,” he growled. This was an easy lip read for Ratchet, a skill necessary for a well-trained snoop, er, journalist. Janet turned and ran back up the path. The men got back on the boat.
…What did the stranger put in Amelia’s (Ratchet) pocket?
I encourage you to purchase “The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island” by Linda Maria Frank and share it with all the children in your life. This book would make a great summer reading project for kids. This story will spark their imagination and inspire he/she to create their own clubhouse of friends and become private investigators.
Review by Angela Reich: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Mystery, Adventure and Fun! Reviewed in the United States on August 26, 2021. Lily Dawes, a.k.a. Sprocket, leads the Private Eye group called the Buccaneers of St. BeSillius on a perilous hunt for a cache of money stolen from their school in this rollicking tale of adventure, danger, and mystery.
It seems that Lily, in forming this group along with her classmates, had all agreed to a charter and special code names. Some of the points of the charter are, in brief, “Each member is sworn to secrecy… All communications will be done using our code names…Our meeting place would be the old fishing shack on the beach…” The group operates as a team and is ferocious in its commitment to solve crimes, right wrongs, and protect the innocent from harm.
Writer Linda Maria Frank has done it again, as she has in the Annie Tillary Mysteries with this new mystery story meant for middle school readers, replete with an isolated island accessible only by ferry, dangerous caves, stories of pirates of the past, and mystifying strangers who come and go.
The characters include a mixture of WWII veterans, a Native American Healer, Lily’s mother who writes and publishes the island’s newspaper, the faculty of St. BeSillius Catholic School and Lily’s comrades-in-arms. Into this mix, Frank manages to drop hints and clues, carefully planted along the way as the mystery of the missing money grows much more serious and threatening than a simple robbery. The complexity of the tale is carefully woven, and as the tension mounts and the crime is solved, each detail is carefully revealed to the satisfaction of the characters and the readers alike.
Frank both entertains and educates, stimulating the young reader’s curiosity, encouraging deductive reasoning skills, as well as dropping information about science, American History, and Native American Culture. All this is accompanied by beautiful illustrations by Marianne Savage.
Frank’s dry sense of humor and conversational tone is the icing on the cake for any reader who dares to go along with the Buccaneers for this enjoyable adventure!
Review by Frances O’Sullivan: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Engaging and enjoyable read. Reviewed in the United States on February 20, 2021. The Buccaneers of St. Frederick Island by Linda Maria Frank is possibly best described as an American Secret Seven. Set in the late 1940s, it follows a group of young teenagers who enjoy solving mysteries and are relentless in their pursuit of the truth. It has everything you’d expect – code names, clever ways of conveying information and some pretty cool hiding places (there’s even a cave!).
There’s a lively cast of child characters, as well as supporting adults. Some of the adults are understanding of the children’s need to keep secrets and see a case through, whilst others try to stop them. I particularly liked Sibby, who lives in a shack near the Buccaneers’ original club house and looks out for them.
This is an engaging and enjoyable read. I would recommend it to children who enjoy solving mysteries and reading adventure books such as those by Enid Blyton and Arthur Ransome. For me, it’s a five-star read!
Review by Laura Furuta: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wonderful story. Reviewed in the United States on February 18, 2021. I loved reading the book BUCCANEERS OF St. FREDERICK ISLAND by LINDA MARIA FRANK. It is a story that both young and old will enjoy reading. It is a book that includes mysteries, secrets. Intrigue, and a little danger. I enjoyed reading about the characters and the part that each one played. Will they retrieve their missing money? Read this book to find out. This is a wonderful book about friendships and loyalty. The author does a wonderful job of making the story and the characters come alive. The story kept my attention from the first chapter to the final page. The mystery will pull you in and you will get lost in the storyline. Don’t miss out on a book that is intriguing, exciting, entertaining, and mysterious, I highly recommend it.
Product Details: Reading Age 7-12 Paperback: 186 Pages Publisher: Annie Tillery Mysteries (November 20, 2020) Marianne Savage (Illustrator) Language: English Children’s Time Travel Books Children’s Mystery & Detective Adventure Children’s Mystery, Detective, & Spy Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Adventure Juvenile Literature
Seventeen-year-old Annie Tillery and her Aunt Jill set off for Long Island’s Fire Island for a vacation of surf, sun, and sailing. Annie is happy to leave behind the stress of her relationship with her parents.
Aunt Jill, who is an NYPD detective, is mixing
her vacation with a case she must keep secret from Annie, who is suspicious
nevertheless. Annie finds romance and intrigue when she meets Ty Egan, the
nephew of their host on the island. They find themselves in the middle of an
eerie adventure when she and Ty investigate the tragic and perplexing story of
a local ghost.
Annie becomes increasingly uneasy and the
investigation turns sinister when Aunt Jill goes missing, the ghost appears,
and the troublesome neighbors in the cottage next door become hostile. When
they find one of Aunt Jill’s special earrings on the neighbor’s porch, they
begin to wonder what she was doing there.
Will they find Aunt Jill before it’s too late?
In the breathless conclusion to their investigation, Annie and Ty narrowly escape death solving the mystery of The Madonna Ghost.
Review by Martha A. Cheves (VINE VOICE): 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The good people from Bay Shore tried to comfort her. Reviewed in the United States ?? on March 16, 2015. Verified Purchase.
“The story goes that the women lashed their small child to themselves with their shawls before they jumped overboard to swim ashore. This action proved to be fatal for some of the children. They couldn’t struggle to the surface to breathe, and most of the mothers were not swimmers anyway. They were at the mercy of the waves.”… “Some could be revived, and this drove one woman in particular to wander up and down the beach, trying to find someone who could revive her baby. When they saw that her child was dead, the good people from Bay Shore tried to comfort her…. She wandered the beach, her baby clutched to her, until she collapsed and died herself. Her grave is in the old cemetery in Bay Shore… Even today, the Madonna Ghost, as she is called, is sighted by people on occasion.”
Annie and her Aunt Jill are vacationing on a small island out from New York called Fire Island. The island is small and Annie is really hoping that there will be at least a couple of people her own age. She was in luck. They were staying at the summer home of a friend of Jill’s who just happened to have his nephew Ty staying with him. Now the vacation was looking up and even more so when she learned there was a ghost on the island. Maybe she would be able to see the Madonna Ghost for herself, making it a first for her. And of course, with Ty by her side, it would be fun.
What Annie and Ty soon learn is that there is more than a ghost on the island. The men staying in the cottage next door seem a little strange. And when Jill comes up missing, they are both sure the neighbors have something to do with it.
The suspense and mystery in this book had me rapidly turning the pages. I read a lot of books and usually have them pegged at least halfway through. Not this one. It kept me guessing all the way to the end. So much so that I’ve ordered the next two books by this author… Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys and Girl with Pencil, Drawings
Review by Melissa Kuch: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Mystery and Fire Island Perfect Summer Read. Reviewed in the United States on August 20, 2013. Verified Purchase. When I was a young adult, I used to love the Nancy Drew books, which is why I was drawn to The Madonna Ghost. The novel revolves around a modern-day young detective, Annie Tillery. She is a great role model for young girls. Not only is she smart, but she is down to earth and someone people can relate with. She is not only facing the mystery of the Madonna Ghost on Fire Island, but she is also facing family issues, with her mother’s drinking problem and her father always being away on business. The mystery itself is engaging and the reader is uncovering the clues and helping to solve the mystery along with Annie and her crush, the cute college boy Ty. I really enjoyed how Ty and Annie’s relationship grows throughout the novel, and though there is romance, the two bond on another level as well. Ty understands what Annie is dealing with and shows her there is a path toward forgiveness. Linda Frank is a very talented author who not only sucks you into this mystery, but her beautiful descriptive passages about Fire Island will make you feel like you are on the beach along with the characters. The ending is a page-turning, nail-biting experience, and I recommend this story for mystery lovers, both young and old. I can’t wait to read the next Annie Tillery mystery!
Review by Vito Gentile: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The Madonna Ghost. Reviewed in the United States on November 11, 2013. Verified Purchase. I spent my youth on Fire Island and thought it was exciting and very interesting and then I read Linda Maria Frank’s “The Madonna Ghost, an Annie Tillery Mystery” and realized all the excitement that I was missing. Packed with adventure and adversity – this thriller doesn’t let go as it infuses romance and the supernatural to name just two of the many elements that rock what was to be a peaceful vacation. It was one of those books you can’t put down. Buy “The Madonna Ghost” and see what I mean.
Product Details: Paperback: 132 Pages Publisher: iUniverse (January 20, 2010) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
La Madonna Fantasma (Spanish Edition) by Linda Maria Frank.
Reading Age 7-12.
Annie Tillery, de diecisiete años, y su tía Jill parten hacia Fire Island, en Long Island, para pasar unas vacaciones de surf, sol y navegación. Annie está feliz de dejar atrás el estrés de la relación con sus padres. La tía Jill, que es detective de la policía de Nueva York, está combinando sus vacaciones con un caso que debe mantener en secreto para Annie, quien de todos modos sospecha. Annie encuentra romance e intriga cuando conoce a Ty Egan, el sobrino de su anfitrión en la isla. Se encuentran en medio de una espeluznante aventura cuando ella y Ty investigan la trágica y desconcertante historia de un fantasma local.
Annie se siente cada vez más incómoda y la investigación se vuelve siniestra cuando la tía Jill desaparece, aparece el fantasma y los problemáticos vecinos de la cabaña de al lado se vuelven hostiles. Cuando encuentran uno de los aretes de la tía Jill en el porche del vecino, comienzan a preguntarse por qué estaba allí. ¿Encontrarán a la tía Jill antes de que sea demasiado tarde? En la impresionante conclusión de su investigación, Annie y Ty escapan por poco de la muerte resolviendo el misterio de la Madonna Fantasma.
Linda Maria Frank hizo su carrera profesional enseñando ciencias en la escuela secundaria y la universidad. A partir de casos de estudio que ella misma creó para los estudiantes de sus clases de ciencias forenses, creó historias de misterio para los lectores jóvenes. Ha vivido en la ciudad de Nueva York y actualmente reside en Long Island.
Seventeen-year-old amateur detective Annie
Tillery is at it again.
After she wins a series of art lessons at a
prestigious art gallery, Annie shows up for her first lesson to find her
instructor, Francesca Gabrielli, in a volatile argument with John DiCristiani,
the art gallery’s director. He is demanding that she illegally copy art
masterpieces. Unwittingly, Annie is about to be drawn into the illicit,
treacherous, and unpredictable world of art forgery. When DiCristiani is found
murdered in cold blood, Francesca becomes the prime suspect.
She calls upon Annie to help solve the crime along with her NYPD detective aunt, Jill Tillery. They must brave the dangers of an international art fraud ring in an attempt to clear Francesca’s name. They discover that the key to solving the case revolves around a mysterious brownstone in Brooklyn whose inhabitants present tantalizing and elusive clues. As Annie and company attempt to stay one step ahead of DiCristiani’s murderer, they escape one deadly trap after another. The stakes are high in the glamorous yet dangerous world of illegal art trafficking. Annie must solve the crime to save her life and that of her friends.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Spectacular Read for Students and Young Adults!
Annie Tillery Mysteries book two Girl with Pencil, Drawing is a spectacular read for students and young adults of all ages. Each book in the Annie Tiller Mystery Series is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
The story line in ‘Girl with Pencil, Drawing’ by Author Linda Maria Frank draws the young reader into an adventure where young Annie Tillery goes for her first art lesson at a prestigious Art Gallery. With youthful exuberance and an eagerness to advance her drawing skills Annie arrives early. When she enters the studio, she overhears a heated argument between two people who turn out to be her Art Instructor Francesca Gabrielli and the Art Gallery Director John DiCristiani.
Annie’s empathy for others and her sleuth personally draws her into a murder mystery when John DiCristiani turns up dead and Francesca Gabrielli is the prime suspect, Annie enlists the help of her Aunt Jill who is a NYPD Detective to help clear her new-found friend and art mentor’s name.
With strong characters, flowing dialog and layers of mystery, soon everyone is caught up in a real who-dun-it that involves a long list of suspects and hidden clues. Twists and turns with all the dangers that come into play when an International Art Fraud has been perpetrated.
I invite you to go beyond this headline: “Manhattan Business-Man Found Slain in Chelsea. John DiCristiani, a wealthy business man, whose financial interests reached as far as Hong Kong and Istanbul, was found shot to death in his posh apartment overlooking the Hudson River. Mr. DiCristiani’s body was found by an employee from his Soho gallery. The police questioned the employee, Ms. Francesca Gabrielli, at headquarters, but subsequently released her. Police would only confide that the murder weapon was found at the scene and that all other leads were being investigated. Mr. DiCristiani is survived by a son, Mark, twenty-five, a law student at New York University.”
Learn the ins and out of the art world that include how scientists’ tests for authenticity in original paintings by world renown artist like Renoir and the lucrative forgeries that make this underworld as treacherous as any international mob association.
Follow the clues, wait for the DNA evidence and sift through the ashes left by an arsonist. Inspire a young reader to discover the innate detective skills of Annie Tillery who is fast becoming the next Nancy Drew. This series should be placed on our schools’ summer reading list.
Review by Martha A. Cheves-VINE VOICE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. When I was a young girl, I loved reading the Nancy Drew mysteries and to this day. Reviewed in the United States on June 5, 2015. Verified Purchase. He busied himself rummaging through the kitchen drawers, two sets of panic-stricken eyes following his every move. He found some emergency candles and went into the small dinette adjoining the kitchen. He lit them, let the was drip onto some paper plates from the counter and affixed the candles to the plates. There were six candles in all. Was he into satanic rituals? He came back into the kitchen and turned on all the gas jets at the range and the oven, leaving its door ajar. He blows out the flames, letting the gas escape freely. “Bye, bye, ladies.” He hurried out the back door locking it behind him.
When I was a young girl, I loved reading the Nancy Drew mysteries and to this day I still enjoy the style and mysteries of the young ‘detective’ but you can only read them so many times before you know them by heart. Well… Author Linda Maria Frank has brought my young memories back. Annie Tillery is today’s Nancy Drew! In fact, she is great at getting herself into trouble but working it out in a fashion that would make Nancy proud. In Girl With Pencil, Drawing Annie goes to art school and finds that her instructor/teacher is mixed up in a murder that Annie doesn’t believe she committed. Can she prove her innocence without getting both of them killed? What do you think?
This the second book in the Annie Tillery Mystery Series. I’ve read the first, loved it and couldn’t see how it could get any better. Well, it does. I’m now looking forward to reading the third book to see what Nancy, oh excuse me, Annie gets into and how she gets through it.
Review by A.S.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Well written, quick reading, exciting mystery! Reviewed in the United States on September 15, 2012. Verified Purchase. The characters are fun and interesting. This is the 2nd book in this series that I’ve read and I really enjoyed them. I’m looking forward to the next book. I recommend this series for teenagers as well as adults.
Review by Geoffrey Wells: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The guts and charm of a likable young leading lady. Reviewed in the United States on December 12, 2022. We all need an Aunt J. She’s Annie’s mentor and guide in this sleazy world of crime that Annie Tillary finds herself in. Being under Aunt J’s recognizance has its advantages, especially when it’s based on her many years of service to the NYPD. And this is how we, the reader, accept Annie’s smarts when it comes to cracking a crime; she has learned from the best. Author Linda Maria Frank makes no bones about the talent Annie has inherited; we’re reassured that Annie knows what she is doing because crime-solving is in her blood. Consequently, her apparent precociousness at first leads us to discovering that she is in fact an effective sleuth, and along with her guts and charm, she’s also a very likeable young leading lady.
Adding further credence to this story is the author’s knowledge of forensics from teaching science for many years. In all, a fun and interesting read. (I received a free copy of this book.)
Product Details: Paperback: 190 Pages Publisher: iUniverse: Illustrated edition (November 4, 2013) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 3. Reading Age 7-12.
Amateur sleuth Annie Tillery has been warned to stay away from Nevshehir, Turkey, where she is heading to meet her boyfriend, Ty Egan, and Cedric Zeeks, Ty’s best friend. Intent on helping the two excavate an archeological site where they hope to link human remains to the first African ancestors, Annie does her best to shakes her foreboding feelings as her plane lands in Istanbul and she prepares to embark on her next adventure.
But when a stranger claims he is there to pick
her up and then disappears once he sees Ty, Annie is immediately thrown back
into worry mode—especially after Ty tells her there is unexplained tension
surrounding the dig and she receives a threatening note at the hotel. Still, as
the three head to Nevshehir, Annie is buoyed by the excitement surrounding
ancient Turkey and the possibility of uncovering secrets. The dig is plagued by
accidents and theft, however, and the three friends, assisted by the head
archeologist’s twins, must search the ancient city of Istanbul and the caves of
fantastic Cappadocia to find who is sabotaging their work.
In this young adult thriller, detective Annie Tillery must once again walk on a dangerous path in an attempt to unravel a complicated mystery and solve the secrets in the fairy chimneys.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Indiana Jones Meets Nancy Drew With The skills And Precision Of CSI.
Annie Tillery Mysteries book three ‘Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys’ can be summed up as Indiana Jones meets Nancy Drew with the skills and precision of CSI. A mystery unfolds amidst a mix of ancient history and modern innovation, in an ageless Eastern country where time moves at a camel’s pace.
Dedicated research by author Linda Maria Frank leaves no stone unturned while great description text transports the reader to the streets of Turkey with it mosques and minarets, towers and modern buildings. One of my favorite quotes from the book is “Water droplets plunked into the pool from the vaulted ceiling. After the heat of the bazaar and the street chase, it was deliciously cool. Ornate columns with carved capitals supported the ceiling. The bases were decorated with animal and human figures. There were a few visitors, but the enormity of the space muffled their conversations.”
Strong characters with great dialog bring us to dusty archeological site in one of the oldest towns in human history called Catalhoyuk. Nothing can explain it better than this quote: “We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay-like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush.”
Cosponsors from Vermont University are looking for a DNA connection between residents of Catalhoyuk and our original nomadic ancestors in Africa. Annie Tillery and her team go to work excavating this archeological site, with all the inherit dangers and a mystery brings out the detective in Annie.
From the spell of a Ouija board to a magical balloon ride in the sky nothing is lost as this time and space makes all their senses come alive with amazing black and white graphics that bring the main characters to life.
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy Annie Tillery Mysteries. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Review by Martha A. Cheves-VINE VOICE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. Reviewed in the United States on October 17, 2015. Verified Purchase. We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush. Some of the fairy chimneys had windows and doors. Could people actually live inside? It was dry here, and hot.
Anne Tillery has joined her boyfriend Ty at an archaeological dig in Turkey. He and his best friend Cedric are at the dig representing Vermont University. They will be working alongside a Dr. Atsut who is in charge of the project. Ty, Cedric, and Dr. Atsut are trying to prove that human remains at one of the earliest known archaeological sites in Turkey contained DNA that would link them to the first humans that evolved in Africa. But, accidents and missing artifacts seem to be plaguing the site and there is even fear that it may be shut down.
As I’ve found out in other books of this series, Annie is quite a detective. Hopefully she, with the help of Dr. Atsut’s twin children, will be able to make the connections that will end the accidents and theft before the Turkish government steps in to put a halt to everything. In doing so, Anne finds herself escaping two attempts of kidnapping which leaves her no choice but to call her own father for help.
This book gave me so much history of the Fairy Chimneys that I had to see for myself if they were real. They are and they are amazingly beautiful! Seeing what these unusual cities look like made the book even more enjoyable. As I read, I was not only enticed by the story but I could also picture where events were happening. If you like mystery as well as archaeology, you’ll not want to miss reading this book.
Review by Messages For The Soul: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fascinating and fun adventure. Reviewed in the United States on September 1, 2015. Verified Purchase. The writing in Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys can be really breath-taking at times so much that I found myself backtracking to reread passages and take it all in again. Lots of depth in description of character and place to bring the exotic into your home and you take in the words. Apart from the CSI angle which, as you would expect from a forensic scientist, is acutely poignant, the rest must have been thoroughly researched as well as nothing about events seems out of place. A captivating and charming plot and a very enjoyable YA book overall. Looking forward to reading more by Linda Frank.
Review by Russell F Moran: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Annie Tillery on the Case. Reviewed in the United States on June 10, 2014. Verified Purchase. Terrific read. Although I’m not a typical YA reader (a bit too old) I thoroughly enjoy this series. Young Annie Tillery is a character that the reader can engage as she soldiers on with her adventure in the face of some ominous threats. Her relationship with her boyfriend, and archeological dig partner is touching. The scene descriptions of the archeological site in Turkey are well done and enlightening. The author not only knows how to tell a compelling story but she adds some interesting scientific information. I have heard of mitochondrial DNA, but never knew its significance until I read this book. A fast-moving fun read, with plot twists, clues, and a great ending.
Product Details: Paperback: 294 Pages Publisher: Archway Publishing; Illustrated edition (February 28, 2014) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 4. Reading Age 7-12.
The wreckage of a World War II plane is found in the mountains of Appalachia. It mysteriously crashed in 1943 on its way to a naval base. Inside the plane is a note, written by Annie Tillery’s great-grandmother, Charlotte, who was in love with a fighter pilot. Young Charlotte tested the planes and flew them to naval bases; her fiancé flew the planes in battle.
While investigating the crash site, NCIS finds the note in the plane, which they trace to Charlotte and then to her surviving family members, Annie and her mother Carol. The mystery begins. Why did the plane crash, and what does Charlotte’s note mean? Annie and her mother decide to dig into Great-Grandmothers past by way of the aged family attic.
There, they find love letters written by Charlotte and her Navy pilot fiancé. There is a code to be broken in those letters and The Mystery of the Lost Avenger to be solved. As they explore, Annie suspects Charlotte’s ghost is reaching out to tell her something, but what? She enlists the help of her boyfriend, newly licensed pilot Ty Egan, but Annie feels she may be the key to her great-grandmothers top-secret life.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.This Book Educates Young Minds!
Good news for all Annie Tillery Mystery Followers. The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger (book 4) is finally here. This book educates young minds using this fictional mystery that involves NCIS investigating the crash site of a World War II plane.
Turns out the pilot was Annie Tillery’s great-grandmother Charlotte who was a test pilot for Grumman and actually flew in battle. Annie, her mother Carol are intrigued by Charlotte’s note and decide to dig through the old family attic to see what they can find out about this mysterious family member. What they discover in the attic only adds to the mystery and soon Annie suspects that Charlotte’s ghost is reaching out to them from beyond the grave with an important message.
Annie’s decides to get her boyfriend Ty Egan who happens to be a pilot involved. Here is their conversation.
…“Ty, you won’t believe what Mom has been telling me about a mystery concerning my great-grandmother. Mom, this is your story, and maybe Ty can see something we don’t. Can you fill him in on the details, so far? I’m just hearing this story for the first time, too.”
…“Well, let me start with . . .” She shuffled the papers in her lap. “Here’s the letter we received from the Department of the Navy. And here’s a copy of a note we found in the plane. The note is written on some sort of a company form with and identification number on it. The number belonged to Charlotte, my grandmother.”
…“I also have a letter from the Naval Crime Investigation Service about the condition of the plane where they found the note, and the pilot they found in the wreckage. There are skeletonized remains of a person whose identity they are trying to confirm. They know who flew the plane when it went missing, but they must confirm that it is that person. It is a woman.”
…Mom added a new thought, “You know, it’s ironic. Charlotte did die in a plane crash many years later. She continued to fly recreationally after the war. When I went to Maryland to see if there was any record of her time at Grumman, I found these letters in the house where Charlotte spent her last years.”
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy The Mystery Of The Lost Avenger. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Review by Martha A. Cheves-VINE VOICE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Has everything you want – mystery, history & a ghost! Reviewed in the United States on October 16, 2018. Verified Purchase. Charlotte Wheeler suspected that sabotage was happening at the Grumman plant. She was able to figure out the faulty hinges for the Avenger’s bomb bay doors were being randomly replaced for the good hinges, by someone who had access to the plant. Charlotte and her buddies checked all the planes and prevented the faulty parts from being switched. They did their best to stop the saboteur, things got rough and Charlotte was attacked one night while she was waiting to catch him in the act.
Charlotte Wheeler was a WASP during WWII. She not only helped build the planes, she also flew them to their destination where they were turned over to the fighting pilots. She was scheduled to fly one of the bombers out but noticed a problem with the bomb bay doors. While she went to check on something the plane was given to another WASP to deliver. Her name was Brenda McPhee and she never made it to her destination. Her plane disappeared.
Many years later Annie, who is Charlotte’s great grand-daughter, finds out that the plane has been found and there was a letter inside that was written by Charlotte. Through further research and the help of her boyfriend Ty, Annie decides to solve the mystery of the downed plane and who the saboteur was.
As with all of the Annie Tillery Mysteries, this one kept my interest. It not only had some history; it also had a great mystery and of course a ghost. Looking forward to reading the next in this series.
Review by Theresa: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Intriguing, Informative, and Well Written! Reviewed in the United States on January 13, 2023. Although this is a YA novel, the expertise of the author, Linda Marie Frank, brings it up to another level. Her knowledge of WWII era planes and methods of decoding encrypted messages, combined with her background in forensic science and genetics, makes this novel not only fascinating, but educational! In addition, there is this sense of connection between generations within a Charlotte’s family and the longevity of friendships between Charlotte and her friends. This is an historical mystery that allows the reader to collect the clues along the way while trying to put the pieces of the puzzle together. Highly recommend this book!
Review by Frances O’Sullivan: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. What really happened? Reviewed in the United States on February 17, 2021. The Mystery of the Lost Avenger is the fourth book in Linda Maria Frank’s Annie Tillery Mystery series. Aimed at confident young readers, the series follows Annie, who in this book is getting ready to go to college, as she solves intriguing mysteries.
The Mystery of the Lost Avenger takes readers back in time to 1943, to learn about the women involved in aviation during WWII. Annie’s great-grandmother, Charlotte, was a WASP, flying planes to transport them to military bases. When a note written by Charlotte is found in the remains of a crashed plane which disappeared in mysterious circumstances, the whole family gets involved in untangling the mystery of what really happened.
I loved that this book focused on a part of history I didn’t know much about, and it would be a great read for mystery-loving children who are learning about WWII in school. It was also really fun learning about how Annie, as well as Charlotte back in the 1940s and the professionals at NCIS, approached solving mysteries. There are codes to crack, and forensic evidence to process.
For me, this is a five-star book. It’s a really fun read and gave me lots to think about. I haven’t read any of the earlier books in the series and was able to follow the story without any issues, but now that I’ve read it I’m keen to go back and read about the other adventures Annie’s had!
Product Details: Paperback: 194 Pages Publisher: Archway Publishing (June 15, 2016) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
Making A Mystery With Annie Tillery: The Madonna Ghost.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 5. Reading Age 7-12.
In addition to the
first Annie Tillery Mystery, this book contains an insight into how the author
wrote the book.
These are materials
pertaining to writing style, character development and research, as well as
ideas for additional activities such as lesson plans for teachers, and
discussion questions. Follow the writer’s journey toward producing a
page-turning adventure with history, mystery and science. “The Madonna
Ghost” which is the basis for this exploration into the writer’s journey
is described as follows.
How lucky can you get? A vacation at a beach brings Annie Tillery a ghost story and a boyfriend. But what is the ghost hiding, and will Ty Egan and Annie Tillery discover the secrets of the Madonna Ghost, and the menacing neighbors who seem linked to her?
Review by Angela Reich: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Entertaining and Educational: Teachers, Parents and Home-School Families Will Want to Read! Reviewed in the United States ?? on March 4, 2020.Verified Purchase. Author Linda Maria Frank has created an inside look into her craft in her latest book, Making A Mystery With Annie Tillery: The Madonna Ghost.
The stand-alone volume of The Madonna Ghost delivers an engaging main character, Annie Tillery, her romantic interest, Ty, and more than one mystery to solve. In addition, the reader is treated to some lovely descriptive writing: a nighttime walk on a Fire Island boardwalk is given a lyrical feel with: “Small, low lights intermittently illuminated the path.” But Frank’s natural, breezy style is deceptive, for while the author beguiles, she is quietly seeding the clues for the novel’s mystery from the start.
Now, Frank reveals her writer’s methods in “Making a Mystery With Annie Tillery…” in which the writer’s craft, like an easy conversation, flows with commentary after each chapter. Frank fills in with her creation of character, motivation, and real Fire Island history, including a poignant personal experience while volunteering as a guide for the Fire Island Lighthouse.
We learn that sailing scenes are realistic because Frank spent many years sailing the Long Island waters; the logic of the chase is realistic because Frank, a teacher of the scientific method of inquiry applied to forensic science, is used as we witness Annie Tillary observe, deduce, conclude, and formulate; test and modify hypotheses.
A lifetime educator, Frank knows what is needed in the classroom, and this volume provides a marvelous teacher handbook for easy use with students where lessons in Language Arts, Creative Writing, Science, Geography, History all may be applied. There are tips on writing sets and scenes from places near and far, use of sensory images and research methods, motive, characterization, plot, and theme. Also provided are websites for research and further reading, lesson plans, and discussion questions, including a book workshop activity using a clue list and series of anecdotal evidence.
Any teacher, parent, or home-school family would benefit from this entertaining way to deliver real, valuable educational material to children in an entertaining and creative way.
Review by Angela Reich: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Entertaining and Educational: Teachers, Parents and Home-School Families Will Want to Read! Reviewed in the United States on March 4, 2020. Verified Purchase. Author Linda Maria Frank has created an inside look into her craft in her latest book, Making a Mystery With Annie Tillery: The Madonna Ghost.
The stand-alone volume of The Madonna Ghost delivers an engaging main character, Annie Tillery, her romantic interest, Ty, and more than one mystery to solve. In addition, the reader is treated to some lovely descriptive writing: a nighttime walk on a Fire Island boardwalk is given a lyrical feel with: “Small, low lights intermittently illuminated the path.” But Frank’s natural, breezy style is deceptive, for while the author beguiles, she is quietly seeding the clues for the novel’s mystery from the start.
Now, Frank reveals her writer’s methods in “Making a Mystery With Annie Tillery…” in which the writer’s craft, like an easy conversation, flows with commentary after each chapter. Frank fills in with her creation of character, motivation, and real Fire Island history, including a poignant personal experience while volunteering as a guide for the Fire Island Lighthouse.
We learn that sailing scenes are realistic because Frank spent many years sailing the Long Island waters; the logic of the chase is realistic because Frank, a teacher of the scientific method of inquiry applied to forensic science, is used as we witness Annie Tillary observe, deduce, conclude, and formulate; test and modify hypotheses.
A lifetime educator, Frank knows what is needed in the classroom, and this volume provides a marvelous teacher handbook for easy use with students where lessons in Language Arts, Creative Writing, Science, Geography, History all may be applied. There are tips on writing sets and scenes from places near and far, use of sensory images and research methods, motive, characterization, plot, and theme. Also provided are websites for research and further reading, lesson plans, and discussion questions, including a book workshop activity using a clue list and series of anecdotal evidence.
Any teacher, parent, or home-school family would benefit from this entertaining way to deliver real, valuable educational material to children in an entertaining and creative way.
Review by Lois W. Stern, Author, Creator of tales2inspire: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Teens and educators Beware: Once you start this book, you will find it difficult to put it down! Reviewed in the United States on July 28, 2018.If you want to ply your teenager away from her Smart Phone for a few hours of old fashion pleasure, just put a copy of Madonna Ghost in their hands. This well-crafted novel carries all the key ingredients to mesmerize its readers, capturing the essence of summer romance, sinister plots and a touch of the occult.
As Annie Tillery embarks on a two-week beach vacation with undercover FBI agent, Aunt J, they become guests at the home of Doc and his handsome nephew, Ty. Although first attracted to Ty for his “Mr. Gorgeous” good looks, this appealing young twosome soon forge a relationship extending well beyond physical attraction. Their bond deepens as they share dark family secrets, explore mysterious island happenings, and assist in the apprehension of a monstrous criminal.
Although written for a young adult audience, this ‘senior citizen’ remained transfixed by author Linda Maria Frank’s well-crafted story. Buy it for that special young person in your life, but treat yourself to several hours of reading pleasure before handing it over to them. The Madonna Ghost promises plenty of fodder for rich conversation!
It is no surprise to note the Frank, a master teacher herself, included lesson plans, activities, discussion questions and websites as educational tools for students. What a wonderful gift for educators as well! Making Mystery – The Madonna Ghost is a ready-made curriculum to help your students develop research, writing and critical thinking skills.
Product Details: Paperback: 374 Pages Publisher: Annie Tillery Mysteries (May 29, 2018) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys (2nd Edition) by Linda Maria Frank.
Annie Tillery Mysteries Book 6. Reading Age 7-12.
This enhanced edition
of “Fairy Chimneys” reveals the story behind the story of writing
this exciting mystery.
To add to the readers’
pleasures, I have included book discussion questions, a writing activity, and a
little gem about how the story came about from the author’s perspective. I have
answered the who, why, when, where, and how of the book. And here is a peek
into the story.
A young detective
volunteering at an archeological dig in turkey embarks on another adventure
where she must unravel an ancient mystery and solve the secrets in the fairy
chimneys. Amateur sleuth Annie Tillery has been warned to stay away from
Nevshehir, Turkey, where she is heading to meet her boyfriend, Ty Egan, and
Cedric Zeeks, Ty’s best friend.
Intent on helping the
two excavate an archeological site where they hope to link human remains to the
first African ancestors, Annie does her best to shake her foreboding feelings as
her plane lands in Istanbul and she prepares to embark on her next adventure .But
when a stranger claims he is there to pick her up and then disappears once he
sees Ty, Annie is immediately thrown back into worry mode—especially after Ty
tells her there is unexplained tension surrounding the dig and she receives a
threatening note at the hotel. Still, as the three head to Nevshehir, Annie is
buoyed by the excitement surrounding ancient Turkey and the possibility of
uncovering secrets.
The dig is plagued by
accidents and theft, however, and the three friends, assisted by the head
archeologist’s twins, must search the ancient city of Istanbul and the caves of
fantastic Cappadocia to find who is sabotaging their work.
In this young adult thriller, detective Annie Tillery must once again walk on a dangerous path in an attempt to unravel a complicated mystery and solve the secrets in the fairy chimneys.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Indiana Jones Meets Nancy Drew With The Skills And Precision Of CSI.
Annie Tillery Mysteries book three ‘Secrets In The Fairy Chimneys’ can be summed up as Indiana Jones meets Nancy Drew with the skills and precision of CSI. A mystery unfolds amidst a mix of ancient history and modern innovation, in an ageless Eastern country where time moves at a camel’s pace.
Dedicated research by author Linda Maria Frank leaves no stone unturned while great description text transports the reader to the streets of Turkey with it mosques and minarets, towers and modern buildings. One of my favorite quotes from the book is “Water droplets plunked into the pool from the vaulted ceiling. After the heat of the bazaar and the street chase, it was deliciously cool. Ornate columns with carved capitals supported the ceiling. The bases were decorated with animal and human figures. There were a few visitors, but the enormity of the space muffled their conversations.”
Strong characters with great dialog bring us to dusty archeological site in one of the oldest towns in human history called Catalhoyuk. Nothing can explain it better than this quote: “We were in a valley of shapes I couldn’t believe were not made by humans, humans with a fabulous imagination. Conical formations called fairy chimneys in various sizes spread away from us in every direction. The color of bleached bones, they sat majestically among the gray-green brush and white clay-like soil. The air shimmered from the heat. I could smell the odor of clay mixed with a faint herbal scent that must have come from the brush.”
Cosponsors from Vermont University are looking for a DNA connection between residents of Catalhoyuk and our original nomadic ancestors in Africa. Annie Tillery and her team go to work excavating this archeological site, with all the inherit dangers and a mystery brings out the detective in Annie.
From the spell of a Ouija board to a magical balloon ride in the sky nothing is lost as this time and space makes all their senses come alive with amazing black and white graphics that bring the main characters to life.
Students and young adults of all ages will enjoy Annie Tillery Mysteries. Although a series each book is unique and stands alone with no need to read in a particular sequence.
Review by Dan Mariani Author of Bicycling With A Purpose: Shift Gears to Lower Stress, The Road to Chapulepec Park: Surviving The Big Freeze. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great addition to the Annie Tillery Mysteries Series! Reviewed in the United States on July 12, 2020. Verified Purchase. Eloquently written young adult mystery story that adults will like too!
Follow Annie has she uncovers clues leading to mysterious crimes at a dig outside Istanbul. Fast-paced page turner that will keep you engaged and satisfied with its intricate plot.
Just when I thought I knew whodunit the plot thickened and sent me off in another direction. The twists and turns were well-placed throughout and kept the narrative whole.
If you haven’t read a Frank mystery this is a good one to start with. You won’t be disappointed!
I highly recommend this to readers who enjoy well-crafted stories that make you think and where you can learn something new along the way.
Review by Kindle Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. This is a page-turning, fun filled, nail-biting, adventure. Reviewed in the United States on August 19, 2019. Verified Purchase. It was great fun to write, and I love getting accolades from my readers. One 60ish lady was angry at me, because she stayed up until 3AM. She couldn’t put it down. Don’t really know why Amazon wanted me to review my own book, but what the heck.
Product Details: Paperback: 422 Pages Publisher: Bowker (July 15, 2019) Language: English Mysteries (Tween, Teens, and YA) Mysteries (Detective) Grade Level: 5th-10th Reading Level: 9-15 Years
Message From Linda Maria Frank: Hello, fellow mystery lovers. As a teacher of forensic science for almost 20 years, I decided to create mysteries around the science I found most interesting. I also wanted to create a smart, edgy, young female detective to solve my cases. The result was Annie Tillery. I like to call my books “Nancy Drew meets CSI”. My books capture, not only my love of mystery and science, but those things I found most exciting in life; sailing, falling in love, and my fascination with New York City.
Currently, I am living
on Long Island and working hard to promote my books.
The third Annie
Tillery mystery, Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys, revolves around another topic I
find fascinating, and that is archaeology. It takes place in Turkey. This story
is packed with heart stopping page turning drama.
The latest book, The
Mystery of the Lost Avenger, investigates a cold case involving Annie’s great
grandmother who was a test pilot for Grumman Aviation during WWII. Go back in
time to solve an unexplained plane crash involving sabotage and great grandma,
Charlotte Wheeler and her fighter pilot fiancé.
Stay tuned for more thrilling and dangerous adventures for Annie and that oh-so-sexy Ty.
An Explanation Of Awards For Author Linda Maria Frank.
The Author Show Awards1, 2.4.and 7) – are writing contests. The winning entries appear in an anthology, “50 Great Writers You Should Be Reading”.
The Top Female Writers Award (6) is based on an entry the author chooses to submit of their writing.
The other awards are for individual books I submitted to various contests.
The first award I received was “Rising Star” for “The Madonna Ghost”, awarded by iUniverse, the original publisher.
2013 The Authors Show 50 Great Writers You Should Be Reading
2014 The Authors Show 50 Great Writers You Should Be Reading
2015 Wishing Shelf Awards Red Ribbon Winner, “Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys”
2016 The Authors Show 50 Great Writers You Should Be Reading
2017 Finalist, Book Excellence Awards, “Secrets in the Fairy Chimneys”
2018 The Authors Show Top Female Author
2018 The Authors Show, 50 Great Writers You Should Be Reading
2019 First Place, Royal Dragonfly Book Award, “Making a Mystery with Annie Tillery”
2019 Independent Press Award, Distinguished Favorite, “Making a Mystery with Annie Tillery”
201 Big Book Award, Distinguished Favorite, “The Mystery of the Lost Avenger”.
The year was 1216, and Brianna’s life changed the day her mother left to save herself from being burned as a witch. Brianna was left alone in her small English village knowing just enough magic to be labeled a witch herself, but not enough to survive on her own.
Brianna knew she had to flee, but to where? She had to follow her instincts and escape the village. Ending up in the market town of Newark-on-Trent, she took a job as a kitchen girl and was befriended by Sir Michael, a knight in King John’s court.
Brianna was unable to hide her magic and was soon accused of witchcraft which would have surely led to being burned at the stake. Sir Michael helped her to escape. After a frightening confrontation with their pursuers, Michael led Brianna to the home of Rowena, a kind and loving old woman, and a witch.
Brianna learned from Rowena that she was the granddaughter of a most powerful wizard and his witch wife. They were helping to guide Brianna and Sir Michael from the magic realm. The magicians had the power to visit forward and past in time. With this power, they had banished Brianna’s mother 700 years in the future to Dover castle during WWII, so she could not cause havoc in her abandoned daughter’s life.
Brianna learns magic along the way and the truth about her past, while always staying one step ahead of the King’s men who would surely kill her.
A Caribbean Island paradise, a place filled with happy carefree people whose only concern is the pleasure of the tourists. NOT. Appearances are superficial. Lust, greed, envy, jealousy, murder… all can be found within the Hotel Saint Clare and Nara Blake: young, beautiful and inexperienced, meets them all when she takes on the job of hostess at the hotel. Fortunately, not everyone falls into those categories, and help and support and the promise of romance help Nara into her new life.
It’s not just the cold and damp clime of the English midlands that is keeping Caribbean beauty Nara Blake awake at night. Her father is dying at her aunt’s bed and breakfast at the historic Gate House in Springfield, Lincolnshire–and the man she hoped to marry is suddenly avoiding her.
An attempted break-in during the middle of the night and a mysterious key lead Nara on a dangerous quest to unlock the many secrets of the seemingly quaint old Gate House: hidden rooms and stairways that aren’t on the blueprints… nosy guests who seem overly interested in the history of the Gate House… dusty crates and boxes left behind after the former owner’s sudden death.
Soon, the small English town where nothing ever happens is besieged with burglaries and a murder–and Nara and her family quickly fall under suspicion. Can Nara trust police liaison Alex Collier to help solve the mystery and clear her family of wrongdoing–or will he help build the case against them?
In this intriguing mystery, the story revolves around a railway Gate House used in the trafficking of antiques and stolen works of art from tiny country churches through to Lincoln Cathedral itself. As Nara and her father, visitors from the Caribbean, become enmeshed in the secrets of the house, they uncover hidden chambers, nosy guests, and a web of intrigue.
Lydia’s Story: The London Blitz Files by Kathleen Heady.
A simple box of mementos, hidden in a farmhouse in Wales for nearly seventy years, is enough to set Nara Blake on a search for the truth about her great-grandparents, and to put her own life in danger. Even as she begins to read her great-grandmother’s diaries, a French brother and sister whose family lost everything in World War II, blame Nara’s family for their lost wealth, which includes a priceless Cézanne painting. As both families learn the truth of their ancestors’ activities during the war, they are put on a collision course that can only end in the destruction of long-held beliefs, and ultimately one must pay the price for the losses of the past.
In this fourth book in Kathleen Heady’s series featuring Nara Blake, the story takes us to a small Spanish town in the Pyrenees, where Nara and her now-husband Alex Collier travel to retrieve several notebooks that belonged to a British artist who died there during the Spanish Civil War. Nara and Alex have plans to meet the parish priest, who has possession of the notebooks, in the church during siesta. When they arrive at the church, they find that he has been killed by a vicious blow to the head. They soon learn there is a history of crime in the town going back many decades. But as they are caught up in the criminal investigation, they also learn of the strong ties of family and friendship that exist, even extending to Nara’s own family.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mysteries Brought To Light In Tardienta!
You will learn some Spanish Civil War History while enjoying ‘Sacrifice’ (book four) in Kathleen Heady’s series. Featuring woman sleuth Nara Blake, each book in the series stands alone, so I invite you to travel with Nara and her husband Alex to Tardienta (a municipality located in Huesca Province, Aragon, Spain) on behalf of the Tate Museum in London, where they both worked as art historians.
The mystery begins when the parish priest discovers notebooks written in English, containing sketches by Felicia Brown. Although a British artist, it is Felicia’s fight against fascism in the 1930s that makes her notebooks a rare find.
Nara and Alex’s visit to Tardienta takes an unexpected turn. It is here, I bring you into the story and the beginning of more than one mystery.
…“From the café, Alex and Nara watched the activity on the plaza. Several police vehicles were parked next to the church when a long black sedan entered the center of the village and parked just past the police cars. A smartly dressed driver emerged to open the back door for a clergyman dressed in a black cassock with red trim.
…“Someone from the diocese,” Alex commented. “I was wondering if the church would have to be re-consecrated since a murder was committed.”
…“They won’t let us look around now,” Nara answered, shielding her eyes from the sun with her hand. She badly wanted to get into the church and maybe the rectory too. The notebooks were there somewhere.
Tardienta is rich with history; there have always been goods and human beings smuggled through the surrounding mountains. For Nara and Alex, the mysteries are numerous, the danger is real and suspicions abound. Turns out it takes more than a village to catch a criminal.
The suspense and drama will keep you turning the page. When you are done, you will be ready to try Maria Laura’s Orange Cake recipe. Can’t wait to bake this one.
About The Author: Kathleen Heady grew up telling stories – to pass the time, or just to exercise her imagination. She spent her childhood on a farm in southern Illinois, where she was fortunate to have parents who encouraged her to study, read, and learn about the world. Besides rural Illinois, she has lived in Chicago, Costa Rica, Colorado, Maryland, Pennsylvania, and now North Carolina. Her current new “challenge” is learning to play the ukulele.
Kathleen has spent most of her professional life as a high school teacher, teaching English, Spanish and social studies. She shares her “almost a tree house” home with her husband and two cats, Macavity and Violeta. She has a daughter, two sons, two daughters-in-law, a grandson and a granddaughter who are all really cool people.
A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along! Crime Suspense Mystery Thriller Series.
INSIDE by J.C. De Ladurantey.
A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along.
Policing the streets is less precarious than the intrigue and drama behind the balusters and bulletproof glass of a police station. The interaction with the public can be the escape our men and women in blue need to avoid the administrative bureaucracy that controls their actions and often dictates what they can and cannot do. Orchard Hill PD is not immune to the intrigue and changes that drive today’s police departments. There are two things’ police officers’ hate. First is the way things are. The second is changing the way things are. Some try to hide on the graveyard or night shift to get away from the inside workings of a PD, but sooner or later, it catches up to everyone, even Detective Howard Hamilton.
What occurs outside does not necessarily translate to what goes on INSIDE. Ride along with Detective Howard Hamilton as he unravels a series of mysteries INSIDE.
• Was Detective Hamilton responsible for his Chief losing his job?
• Why are his coworkers and family pushing him into a relationship he may not be ready for?
• Are vice crimes victimless?
• Are Hamilton’s computer analytical skills up to the challenge of complex investigations?
• Detective Hamilton and his team are propelled from a simple investigation into an international drug and human smuggling cartel that takes cooperation at the Regional, State, and Federal levels.
• See how this intrigue unravels with a front-row seat in another Howard Hamilton Ride-Along.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Realistic Depiction Of Life In A Police Department.
Author J.C. De Ladurantey uses his forty plus years of law enforcement experience and street savvy to bring his readers into his ‘A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along’ series. ‘INSIDE’ brings the reader into the inner sanctorum of today’s law enforcement. Ride along with Officer Howard Hamilton of Orchard Hill PD and discover for yourself the mysteries that surround our brave men and women in blue, the administrative bureaucracy that controls every aspect of law enforcement, and how this bureaucracy helps and/or harms our community.
This fictional, complex and intriguing story is told with insider knowledge and integrity. Officer Hamilton is learning everything he can about open-source intelligence. He is “developing the skill to investigate hacking cases, data removal, high-tech criminal investigations, online child solicitation, abduction, kidnapping, and cold case homicides – anything that used technology. He is in his element as he expanded into understanding terrorist databases and other high-level intrusions into a world he never had known existed.”
The characters reflect our brave men and women in blue doing their jobs. The situations portrayed on the clock are intense. Life and death split second decisions are made. The scrutiny and magnification of law enforcement’s actions and imperfections are intensified in the media, courtrooms and in public perceptions. Due to the realistic depiction of life in a police department, significant profanity and explicit sexual content, I recommend this book for ages 16 and up.
I especially enjoyed the conversations and comradery within the work environment. I found the everyday home and family drama made the characters very relatable. The life within the community shared brought a sense of humanity, along with the daily struggle between good and evil.
Let me bring you into the story: “Hamilton could not concentrate on what was in front of him. He flashed back eight years when his life with Clare and the kids was so simple. He patrolled a city with very little violent crime, almost no major drug problem other than weed in the high schools, and never the contentious issues he has been involved in since being assigned to Narcotics and Vice. Chaos seemed to reign once outside the city limits of Orchard Hill. Inside Orchard Hill was just fantasy land now. Do we need to go out of the city to protect our city, or do we patrol the perimeter to ensure evil doesn’t enter?”
Our law enforcement is tasked with keeping communities safe. All they ask in return, acknowledgment of the complexities of the job, respect for each officer’s commitment to serve, and the ability to return home to their family at the end of their shift.
I invite you to read ‘A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along’ crime suspense mystery thriller series ‘COWARDS, CROOKS AND WARRIORS’, ‘TWENTY-THREE MINUTES’, ‘AVAILABLE TIME’ and ‘INSIDE’.
COWARDS, CROOKS AND WARRIORS by J. C. De Ladurantey.
A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along.
Family man and police officer Howard Hamilton happily works the quiet night shift in the Orchard Hills community of California. One evening, he is in a situation where he might have used his firearm but froze, which is when he starts to question his qualifications as a Police Officer. Then, the unthinkable happens: a rookie officer is killed.
When the department struggles with their first on-duty death in ten years, the new chief transfers HH to day watch-where the bad luck really begins. Within days, another officer has a heart attack. Then, HH’s good friend accidentally kills an officer while hunting. HH becomes unwittingly embroiled in a drug-dealing cop’s arrest. The OHPD is in a state of duress!
While the department swirls in the windstorm of deaths, HH discovers the body of Ginny, sister to the largest business owner in town. She has been brutally slain in a ritualistic murder, which brings in the LAPD’s occult expert. HH wants nothing more than to return to the usual night shift and his family, but first, he has to work with his nemesis to unravel a horrendous crime in a city once lauded for its peace and quiet.
Twenty-Three Minutes takes you on a ride-along in the front seat of a patrol car with Officer Howard Hamilton of Orchard Hill PD. He loves working the streets and finds out he is assigned to train a new recruit who may be a former gang member. His adventures take him to a possible suicide that just does not add up. His former drug dealing partner demands he assist him in taking down a drug cartel that is bringing drugs to Orchard Hill schools. His wife announces she wants to be a yoga teacher just about the time he finds his daughter in a drug house. If that is not enough, he conducts a traffic accident investigation where he may file charges against one of his wife’s friends, the dreaded soccer Mom. What could go wrong?
The new media jaded the public’s views of law enforcement across the country. Granted, police work is not always pretty, but with over 200,000 law enforcement officers having an average of ten contacts per day (and many with more), the views that are being presented are not fair and balanced. That is not law enforcement in the majority of communities. Readers can still get excited about a cop thriller and the suspense of cases without being dragged into the abyss of brutality, racism and antagonism or even excessive force.
Making Your Memories with Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop: The Music and Artists of the 1950s and Early 1960s by J.C. De Ladurantey.
Making Your Memories with Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop: The Music and Artists of the 1950s and Early 1960s digs back through the catalogue of popular music and brings to life the solo artists, duos, and groups whose music once filled the airwaves and turntables with rock & roll and doo-wop. The Doctor of Doo-Wop, J.C. De Ladurantey, brings his expertise, honed by hosting a weekly radio show, “Making Your Memories,” to his revelation of the backstories of these trendsetting artists.
Until the British Invasion in mid-1963 changed the direction of American music, the sounds created by the artists profiled in Making Your Memories with Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop shaped the entertainment soundtrack of a generation. This music history shares the little-known details of the lives of these artists, the history of the period, the distinctiveness of the music, and the power and influence of the songs’ lyrics.
Making Your Memories with Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop: The Music and Artists of the 1950s and Early 1960s will leave echoes of the time’s memorable songs in your mind’s ear and their lyrics on the tip of your tongue. You’ll discover a fresh desire to find the recordings and give them another “spin” on your “record player,” even if your digital music lives in the cloud.
About The Author: His latest book is AVAILABLE TIME – A Howard Hamilton Ride-Along. It is the third in the Howard Hamilton series so look for it in early 2021!
J.C. De Ladurantey, with over forty, (yes 40!) years of law enforcement experience at all levels, combines street savvy with real police department intrigue in his crime writing novel, COWARDS, CROOKS, AND WARRIORS. Now his latest book: TWENTY-THREE MINUTES is available on Amazon and continues the ride-along with Officer Howard Hamilton of Orchard Hill PD.
Under his radio name, “Joe D, The Doctor of Doo Wop”, he also hosts a radio show “MAKING YOUR MEMORIES, the music, and artists of the 1950s and early 60’s on FM 88.5 and HD-2 on KSBR in Los Angeles and Orange County. He still does not know what he wants to be when he grows up.
He has gone from writing textbooks, publishing his doctoral dissertation (ugh!) to hanging out with his cop friends and musical artists who made the 1950’s and early 60’s the 1950’s and early 60’s.
His efforts include narration of his two books for Audible, iTunes, and Amazon. He also narrates for other crime/mystery novelists such as Dallas Gorham and Kip Meyerhoff. There are several other authors waiting in the pipeline. The fun never stops!
From COWARDS, CROOKS, AND WARRIORS to his Doo-Wop book he is launching a sequel to CCW, “TWENTY-THREE MINUTES”. Thanks for letting him live the dream. Namaste.
Book 14 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Beware Of The Chaos Void!
For all of you who follow Legends of Windemere, join Baron Kernaghan as he looks out ‘over the Chaos Void’ as the demons hide from his “palpable rage”.
Never wanting to spoil the story, let me whet your appetite with this quote: “Trinity wakes up expecting to see Altia or Quail, but is met by the long tongue of a cow that covers her face in slobber. Not wanting to scare the animal, she slowly sits up and looks around the animal cart for anyone who can answer her questions. Touching her neck, she finds an aching mark that is in the shape of a hand and immediately remembers every detail of her fight with Aeriel. Wanting to make sure everything works correctly, Trinity carefully moves each limb, presses around her torso, and whispers the alphabet. Satisfied that her mind and body are intact, she tries to stand and quickly collapses due to a pin and needle sensation in her legs. Dragging herself to a chair, she pulls herself up and gently massages her numb extremities. Hearing a snort to her right, she turns in time to get licked in the face by a horse. Spitting out a piece of damp hay, the chaos elf remains seated and blankly stares at the wall.
…“Kellia Solomon sends her thanks and regards,” Tzefira announces as she steps out of a large stall. Tightening her blue bandana, the mercenary tosses a scroll to Trinity and goes back to brushing a beautiful stallion. “That’s a peace treaty for you to sign if the champions are victorious. It’s the best she can do right now without her father’s permission. Sad to hear about the Duke. Hope he recovers, but we all have to make way for the future at some point. People like us never last forever.”
…Is a treaty possible?
I encourage those of you who have never read books one though fourteen of this series to jump in because Windemere will leave a mark on your soul. To us who follow Author Charles Yallowitz, he is working on the next book titled ‘Warlord of the Forgotten Age’ which will bring this original fantasy series to a conclusion.
Note to movie directors and investors who are on the search for the next fantasy to light up the silver screen or create a cult like following for a TV series, look no further than Legend of Windemere. It will be worth your investment.
Westerns Rich In United States and Canadian History!
Reading Age: 10 Through Adult.
The Making Of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan.
A Western Adventure.
Synopsis: In the west of the 1890s, Jake’s wife is raped and murdered, an image from which he attempts to escape and hide. When two thieves try to take what little he has left, Jake realizes he must face the past and solve his wife’s murder to truly escape the images in his head. But to find the killer, he discovers even more surprises …
Jake McTavish left his home in central Canada when he was in his early teens. After working ships on the Great Lakes, fishing Lake Winnipeg, feeding cattle south of Fort Garry, and shooting wolves on the prairies, he starts his own cattle operation in the foothills of the western mountains. Then he meets his life-long partner, Anna.
Jake and Anna were married three years when it all came crashing down. He came home to find his beautiful wife raped and murdered.
In an attempt to escape the vision of his butchered wife and all that he lost, Jake runs deep into the mountains, where he spends three years trapping and panning gold. When two outlaws attempt to rob him and leave him for dead, Jake finally comes out of the stupor he has lived in and begins to fight back.
First, he deals with the two thugs. Next, he returns to his homestead to find his wife’s killer. Solving a murder after several years is no easy task, especially when it includes surprises he didn’t want to find.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network: 1800’s Western Pioneering Era Saga!
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan is an 1800’s western pioneering era saga that combines exceptional story telling with an historical tale told by Peace Country pioneer John Brown.
Well-developed characters and true to life settings with descriptive writing put the reader into the story. The main character Jake McTavish stands alone in his empty cabin with his thoughts that he voiced to his blue tick hound, “Maybe I’ll just have t’shoot somebody. That way the government will have t’ feed us ‘til they punch my ticket and bury me.”
Life had been especially hard since the murder of his wife. For the fourth year he must continue his Peace River trek in British Columbia (1898) to take the furs that he had collected by canoe down to Ft. St John. This is an important ritual as Jake trades bails of skins for cash to pay for supplies and to repair equipment heading into the new season. Times were hard enough without the ambush that knocked him out cold and took most of everything that he had in his camp.
Just 11 years ago “in the spring of 1887 Jake became a wealthy saddle tramp. He only had fourteen Canadian dollars, two U.S. dollars and eighty-six cents, but he was rich in other goods. He had four horses, a fine, double rigged saddle, a short-barrelled Colt pistol, a Colt Navy .36 and a Winchester rifle. He also had a serviceable pack saddle, bed roll, enough food to last a month and the pack covered with two tarps.”
By 1889 Jake had spent two years with the Cambridge Cattle Company and had accumulated some money. With a deep yearning for something more and the passing of the Canadian Homestead Act, Jake chose three hundred and twenty isolated acres in the foothills north of the Rocky Mountains. In the fall of 1891 with 15 yearlings to sell he met Anna Porenski. When she married him, he no longer felt driven, because he had it all. Anna was raised on a farm, so ranch life came easy to her and she enjoyed gardening. The only thing missing are children for fate has refused to grant Jake and wife Anna a baby. To end such dreams Anna is murdered and the responding Mounted Policeman comes close to accusing Jake.”
Travel with Jake McTavish on a journey to find Anna’s killer or killers.
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan for the author’s incredible story telling of Jake McTavish. I invite you to also read: The Great Liquor War, Homesteader: Finding Sharon and Partners. D. M. McGowan tells us that Cattle Business is coming soon.
About The Author: Author Dave McGowan has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician and businessman. He now writes, and works as a commercial driver, in Northern British Columbia.
The forgoing is the bio from the back of my novels and one might conclude from this information that I was a poor employee … either lazy or didn’t know what I was doing … and was kicked off a lot of jobs. You would be partially correct, at least in surmising that I don’t know what I am doing. As for my being a poor employee, you would have to ask my bosses … although I think I’ve managed to trick the one I have now.
Of course, when I had my own business, my boss thought I was marvelous.
Truthfully, I’ve managed over the years to find employment regardless of my location or the problems that might exist with the economy. I enjoyed much of that experience at the time and am glad that I attained it.
I’ve also visited a good portion of North America and lived in several areas of Canada where I met some great people and enjoyed some wonderful country.
Speaking of great people, Karen and I are parents to four great people who have supplied eight grandchildren who show that improvements can be possible in each generation. One of those has added a great-grand daughter to the line.
2025-Release: Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery, No. 4.
The death of Sam Mason, a young painter, shakes a small New England town. Police say suicide. But his sister can’t believe he would do such a thing. She enlists the help of Castelli and Associates, which specializes in art crime, and Julian Peale is on the case. With Sam gone, his paintings-seemingly lost, hidden, or even a mirage–now stir a race to find out what happened, if not to cash in on his legacy. Art dealers see Sam as a “late, great artist” in the making. They’re all after whatever of Sam’s mysterious works they can find. Delving into the artist’s past, Peale traces the threads of Sam’s life across middle America, from Pittsburgh and Savannah to St. Louis and Atlanta. As a struggling artist, it seems Sam had fallen into bad company, beginning with a shady art dealer and then a small-time duo of Albanian crooks. Sam had also been dabbling in the dark arts. Peale’s investigation takes him to art schools, urban scenes, the high-end art market, and a migrant community trying to do good-except for a few gone bad. The missing paintings remain a puzzle until the end, a time when bigger mysteries-and darker forces-unfold when least expected.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network: This is the fourth book in the Julian Peale Art Crime Mystery Series by Larry Witham. This author’s work is new to me, but I can say with certainty that his mystery series will become as sought after as his character Sam Mason’s artwork has impacted the art world. I give 5 Stars for this book and entire mystery series.
The book opens unexpectedly as Colleen Mason is looking down into the open casket at an old Methodist Church in Lynn, MA (just north of Boston). She is now the sole survivor of the Mason family and is responsible for the funeral, memorial and burial of her older brother Samuel (Sam). In recent years, as an aspiring artist, Sam had little time for the family. Colleen had her head in another world as well. She was finishing her college degree at the very demanding Massachusetts Institute of Technology in Boston.
Questions started swirling in Collen’s mind at Pine Grove Cemetery where she expected a small gathering of local people. Complete strangers to Collen arrived to pay respect and offer condolences. First, there was a man with the Boston Art gallery, a woman named Monica Smithton and others. Their sentiments were similar in nature “we’ve lost a rising new star in the art world. Sam was a rare talent” What puzzled her more, they wanted to know if she had any of Sam’s painting.
Collen knows absolutely nothing about the art world and even less about the rushed police investigation that concluded that Sam’s death was ruled a suicide. She knew that Sam would never kill himself and this begins the first of many mysteries that will be revealed as you read ‘The Haunted Artist’.
It is at MIT; Collen gets the ear of twenty-two-year-old Nathan Peale. Nathan is also finishing his degree in computer science. Collen had heard that Nathan’s father was a former (now retired) navy intelligence officer that had worked for Castelli and Associates in Washington, DC. They are well known for their investigations into art crimes, like theft or smuggling or forgery.
The threads of Sam’s life will take many unexpected turns across middle America, from Pittsburgh and Savannah to St. Louis and Atlanta. With so many people looking for Sam’s artwork, had Sam fallen into bad company or did he get sucked up into dark under belly of the art world.
I invite you to follow Julian Peale’s crime investigation as he searches for the missing paintings, unravels deeper mysteries and is haunted by darker forces. I encourage you to read all of Julian Peale Art Crime Mystery Novels. Larry Witham is the author of nineteen books, an award-winning journalist and by avocation, a fine art painter. He lives in the Maryland suburbs of Washington D.C.
About The Author: Larry Witham is the author of nineteen books, an award-winning journalist and by avocation a fine art painter. He lives with his wife in the Maryland suburbs of Washington D.C.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 4 Released in 2025: The Haunted Artist.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 3 Released In 2023: Incident at Devil’s Finger.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 2 Release In 2023: The Silk Road Affair.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 1 Release 2015: Gallery Pieces.
Larry Witham is an author, editor, journalist, and artist. His fourth novel, The Silk Road Affair was released (Sept. 2023) by Archway Publishing. Witham has written seventeen books, mainly nonfiction. He was a finalist in the 2015 Pen Literary Awards for biography. He began his writing career as a daily newspaper reporter in Washington D.C., a job he held for twenty-one years. He went on to write and edit books full-time. Witham has received several national awards for his newspaper work and books and was nominated for the Pulitzer Prize for a series he co-wrote on the clergy in America. He was Project Editor for the ten-volume Templeton Press science-and-religion series and was editor of Science and Spirit magazine in 2007. A painter by avocation, Witham, is currently exploring new art and writing projects. He has a bachelor’s degree in painting from San Jose State University (1974).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Science Fiction With The Paranormal.
I have been privileged to have read Science Fiction Author Clayton Graham’s books, and have come to appreciate his skilled storytelling, and out of this world imagination. Graham has a unique way of interlacing Science Fiction with the Paranormal. “Looking for Life” is on par with what I have come to expect from Clayton Graham’s books. I think you will really enjoy this enthralling story collection.
Let me give you an excerpt/synopsis of each short story and let you decide.
WAITING FOR WATER: Farming is now futuristic. The government can send in a seeding drone to help with rainfall metrics. I quote from a government letter: “Failure to trigger the seeding, or failure of triggered seeding to produce rain, will unfortunately result in cancellation of your management permit and you will be required to leave your holding forthwith, as it will be deemed unsustainable.” How will this work out for Karl and Maria Kerr?
LOOKING FOR LIFE: “Now Charlie,” Alexander said, “you may wonder why you have been awoken at this particular point in time. I don’t know when it is—it could be a hundred or a thousand years from when I made this recording. Little matter. Your on-board Looking for Life computer is keeping Earth time.” Fantom decided to answer. “It’s plus 150 years.” Predictably, the image before him never flinched. “The fact is, your ship has detected life on a nearby planet. And you are now zeroing in on that life. Everything has been automated.” Alexander leaned further into the screen. “But once you hit that planet, Charlie, you are in charge. You go out there and explore, and capture something living for us.”
THE COMEDIAN: The story of a stranded alien who seeks the sound of applause, by any means. Will he survive in a strange new world?
THE SCORCHED GARDEN: Jay and Debb Svenson were the new pioneers. They were stretching the limits of man’s expertise to the farthest reaches of the solar system. Living a dream that few others shared. Will their groundbreaking new home survive, or will their new lives fall victim to Earth’s interplanetary wars?
MOTHER: A family of roo-dependant beings discover a terrible secret, after an alien artifact arrives by the river. Will they unearth their real purpose in life?
DESPERATE TIMES: Phil convinced himself he was in complete command even though this was the first manned time travel mission; the first with a human payload. Technically nothing could go wrong. Historically, socially, physically, there was lots of scope for error. But he could always return of his own free will, which was really good to know.
DAVE AND GOLIATH: Ulcon’s two moons were up, casting ghostly light over the expanse of the chilled plain. There was no sign of Goliath. Stars were out in their thousands. Was one of them the cargo ship? Dave sincerely hopes so.
THE SPECIAL FRIEND: Floppy’s burrow was on the moon. It was quite a long burrow with a large cave at the end. The cave was lit from above by strips of lights that ran its entire length. The walls were smooth, not cave-like at all. Most surprising of all, there were three other Floppy Rabbits operating strange machines.
EXCERPT FROM ‘AMIDST ALIEN STARS’: Helena said, “I know we have provided the hybrids for the aliens. I know they are supposed to be an improvement on both our races. I even think I understand how they will use them to explore the galaxy without fear of physical or mental degradation.” She turned her face towards Jason, and he saw such a loss of future hope, such despair, that he felt his own strength and beliefs beginning to crumble under an assault of uncertainty. “But I don’t know how the women fit in, even how you and your mother fit in. Have they finished with us? Are we eventually to be discarded once the hybrids are free of the tanks? Will we meet them, see our own offspring? And what happens then?” She put her head in her hands. “Will they want more hybrids from us? Will we ever see Earth again?”
THE DECADY ALIEN: Jan smiled and gestured him inside. “A brief briefing, I think.” Once inside, she closed the door, and they sat opposite each other across a low table. The cubicle, like all the station’s single quarters, was small: no more than three metres by four. The bunk currently lay snugly against the ceiling but could be lowered to just above the table when needed. A cream self-cleaning carpet ran from wall to wall, and several miniature oil paintings hung slothfully from an aluminum picture rail, as if unsure that the artificial gravity was sufficient to keep them in position. The bathroom was communal and situated further down the corridor, the quarters only being intended for temporary visits. One small window gave Jan a view to the stars and the endless, black sky. Karl managed a smile. “How’s my favorite veterinary for extraterrestrials?”
THE VISITOR: John Allan McClean sat snoring in his favorite chair. The glow from a single- bar electric heater warmed his feet. A retired miner from Broken Hill, Mac, as he used to be known, now lived a life of solitude. His old weatherboard was, for all intents and purposes, a hermitage; a bastion against the onslaughts of frenetic humankind and their infernal technologies.
TRIAL BY CONFESSION: Their voices soared into his confused mind like scouting vultures, eventually to settle amidst his memories, squawking and stabbing sharp beaks into his defenseless subconscious. He had to remember. He had to. It was now or never. His head swam with a message, something from the past, something from a crowded room. The subconscious mind is my data-bank for everything. It stores my beliefs, my memories, my skills. Everything that I have ever seen, done, or thought is held there. All I have to do is remember.
THE WHISPER OF WAVES: Tomas was working as a scientist and a researcher for the government. Or had been until the world grew cold. He was tall and angular, his once-short blond hair growing longer, it seemed, by the minute; his face covered by an itchy growth that drove him crazy. The cave was his home. There was no other. The generator provided power, and when it died, he would die with it. In addition to his bed, there was a table, a single chair, a refrigerator and freezer, a small oven and microwave, a chemical toilet that was past its use-by date, and very little else. On a small stand, in one corner of the cave, an audio and video intercom link to the surface stood neglected, as defunct as a hailstone in a heatwave.
OTHERS OF OUR KIND: For seventeen ship-days, the sphere led them a dance through the chosen star’s system until it eventually reached its destination. They arrived in orbit around an inner planet that lay bathed in mellow sunshine. The sphere hovered nearby and seemed to be saying: The next move is up to you. Below them, the new world apparently waited with open arms for the newcomer’s attention. Somewhere down there, Sean thought, there are intelligent aliens. The thought induced strange feelings: excitement, fear of the unknown, even hope—all mishmashed together in a cocktail of conflicting emotions.
WORTHY OF CONSIDERATION: They had found her and put her in a residential group home, and there she had remained until she was seventeen. She hadn’t minded it, mostly because it was there that she developed what she called her powers. For the most part, the other kids gave her a wide berth, especially when she started telling them about their inner secrets. It had been fun for a while, until she had gotten bored. And it was then that the Department picked her up.
BIRDS OF A FEATHER: Duane came to a green door. A black circle with a short, vertical line running up from the top was painted on the upper panel. It looked like an inverted helium balloon, the tether climbing up into the sky. He looked at the lock. This door was hand operated, unlike the one leading to the galley. Should I open it, or leave things as they are? The sounds inside seemed to answer, but they were dull and distant and meaningless, and perhaps not to be believed. He hesitated, finger poised over the door button, weighing whether to open the door. He was on his way back to Earth, safe and ready to join his family. On the other side of the door was an unknown quantity: something that could prove to be his Achilles’ heel, something untenable.
THE WEAK SHALL INHERIT: Standing, Chanuk moved over to the rail and looked at the water below. The reflections of the moons danced on the ever-changing surface of the ocean, and flickering patterns of untold fantasies gently invaded the metallic drabness of the floating city. His heart soared at the beauty of it all. The Corlens were a proud people, and Chanuk, in his own way, was very proud of them. Looking out over the glistening sea, he made out a dark shape on the horizon. That would be Tarn, their next stop on the harvesting journey. Tarn was an island that the Corlens had devoted to fruit growing and was the last but one call on this trip. Far below deck, in the bowels of the floating city, the holds were already full of grains, frozen vegetables, dried fruit, sugar, spices, and other delicacies—all that they required for food during the coming year. As far back as history was written, the Corlens had never eaten creature flesh, though lore had it that they had once done so in the primordial ages before the floods.
I Encourage You To Read “Looking for Life”: I have read, and given 5 Stars, to Graham’s books “Milijun”, “Amidst Alien Stars”, “Saving Paludis” and “Silently in the Night”. Graham grew up on the cobbled streets of Stockport, UK and settled in Victoria, Australia, in 1982.
5-Star Multi-Genre Fiction By Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira!
The Battle For The Alamo Taqueria by Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira.
Remember The Taqueria.
When vigilantes gun down her uncle during an illegal border crossing, an idealistic young Mexican woman decides to make a dramatic political statement by leading a strike force to recapture the Alamo. Then international spies, Hollywood celebrities, the American President, the whole Mexican army, and a teenage kid with a tank become involved… and everything spins out of control.
5 Stars: Funny and Very Interesting!
In this very funny and interesting read, a dreamy young Mexican woman name Claudia Madero joins a group who tries to cross the US/Mexican border illegally and is shot at by American vigilantes.
Her aging uncle is mortally wounded in the incident, and – after being returned to her hometown – she partners with a local priest and a successful merchant in an attempt to make a dramatic statement about the negative consequences of US border policies.
Why not recapture the Alamo, she decides, draw the attention of the press, and force an honest debate about the issue?
Of course, there are bungling players on all sides of this comedy, and Claudia and her “Army” end up liberating, not the real Alamo, but a Taqueria designed as a replica of the historic shrine. It doesn’t seem to matter though. The US President decides that he too wants to make a statement and so he sends the US Marines to confront her.
No matter what your political view, we feel that it is important that everyone be informed about both sides of this complex and difficult issue. This is not the time to ignore current events and become a bystander.
If you like Saturday Night Live, you will love this book. I could see some chapters as a skit with the actor Alic Baldwin cast as Donald Trump.
I think you will really enjoy The Battle For The Alamo Taqueria. It is a powerful but humorous presentation of an important side of the immigration issue and perhaps a warning about apocalyptic consequences.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Patricia Kenworthy: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. This one Worked! Reviewed in the United States on August 27, 2019. Verified Purchase. I’ve tried to read quite a few books claiming to be funny “takes” on our current political situation and most of them truly failed due to trying too hard to be funny and turning out to be just annoying. This one however, worked for me. I think because the author actually created funny characters and let them drive the story! It was very complicated and very fun!
Review by Gershon Weltman: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Fable for Our Times. Reviewed in the United States on April 22, 2018. Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira demonstrate in this eminently readable book that serious issues of immigration and border walls can be approached with understanding, compassion and most important — good humor. Iuppa exercises his cinematic chops in the book’s a fabulous cast of characters, engaging scenes and complicated but logical plot. Pesqueira shows his knowledge of the Southwest by the book’s grounding in authentic Mexican and Texan history, customs, and dialogue. Together both authors convince us they really love tacos, enchiladas, burritos — and the fiestas they are part of – as much as they love spinning a great yarn. I sincerely recommend this book for its educational as well as entertainment value.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A World Without Borders. Reviewed in the United States on March 5, 2018. “The Battle for the Alamo Taqueria” is an undeniable gem, and a crowning achievement for both Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira. In an age fraught with political bickering and injustice, the authors have taken the controversial topic of immigration and turned it on its head, with surprisingly charming results.
What begins as a perilous journey through the desert for a group of Mexican immigrants soon becomes a living nightmare when they are viciously fired upon by a ruthless vigilante and overrun by the border patrol. After witnessing her loved ones being treated like animals, Claudia becomes an unlikely heroine in a sweeping political movement that positions her as the new face of Mexican pride and freedom. As Claudia’s loyal friends rally behind her in preparations to seize the Alamo, fierce opposition is brewing in the form of political spies and corrupt business men who are intent on diverting the cause for their own personal gain. But soon, the support for Claudia’s movement is so strong that it has become practically unstoppable, and their defiance of the US President’s plans for a great wall along the border incites awe and panic on both sides. Can a small, impoverished band of immigrants really take back the Alamo and stand up to one of the most powerful nations in the world?
With delightful comedic touches, unexpected romances, and bursts of action, Iuppa and Pesqueira successfully chronicle the struggles and hardships immigrants must face every day. In truth, their book is a rallying cry against the absurdity of barriers of all kinds, both physical and psychological. Ordinary working people who want nothing more than to provide for their families are the heroes here, and they deserve to be heard.
Review by Henry Shilell: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Riveting Tale of Today’s Times Wonderful saga that will bring tears to your eyes. Reviewed in the United States on June 26, 2018. Riveting Tale of Today’s Times. Wonderful saga that will bring tears to your eyes. Timely and definitely relevant to the goings-on in Washington today; it really strikes a chord. Satire. Send-upism. Disturbing political thought and action. The problem for many though is the political situation in this country is just not that funny. Pathetic is more the case. Yes, one can make fun of our Commander in Tweet but to many he’s a complete turn-off and really only one button away from blowing the world to guacamole.
Review by Kindle Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Topical, satirical, and cutting. Reviewed in Australia on August 21, 2019. Verified Purchase. If only love really could TRUMP stupidity. Few novels are actually funny, this is humorous which is probably better. It is logistically impossible but that’s fine, the story moves along nevertheless. The characters aren’t deep but they are engaging. All in all a great story.
Product Details: Paperback: 236 Pages Publisher: Dos Milagros Press (February 17, 2018) Language: English Humor (Satire Political)
A fireball launches itself from the Arizona desert leaving behind three camels, a magical jukebox, and a five-year-old girl who only speaks Italian.
Soon, the nearby town of La Sentencia is reeling from a series of disasters. The copper mine, which supports the town, shuts down leaving most of the population unemployed. Massive sandstorms batter the place. And then the Devlin Lucero shows up. He seduces a pretty substitute teacher and then uses her to spread greed, anger, and vengeance everywhere.
In the face of all these trials, Esteban Dorantes decides to retrace the steps of his great, great grandfather, who once led a quest to find the Seven Cities of Gold. Aided by the camels, the wisdom of the little girl, and the spirit of the magical jukebox, he hopes to locate a great treasure and bring it back to save La Sentencia.
Esteban is accompanied by Ceci Moreno, his old high school sweetheart, the only person in town who doesn’t think he’s a madman. But Ceci is still in love Gabriel Romo, another dreamer who somehow feels he can bargain with the devil to save the mine and the town.
Wacky, scary and spectacular, Esteban’s Quest blends science fiction, Aztec lore, classic horror, and offbeat humor into an unforgettable tale of love, destiny, magic, and redemption.
5 Stars: There’s A New Adventurer In Town!
Step aside Indiana Jones. There’s a new adventurer in town. Esteban Dorantes may be a little more reluctant, but he has an even greater sense of destiny than even Dr. Jones. Dorantes is goaded by the desperate needs of his impoverished hometown and visions of his great, great grandfather… an African slave who once led Spanish Conquistadors on the first quest for the Seven Cities of Gold.
The story opens in the Arabian Desert where a wall of wind a mile high and a hundred miles wide, roars though an oasis carrying off a husband-and-wife team of archeologists but leaving behind their five-year-old daughter.
We move to La Sentencia, a small town in Arizona, which is devastated by its own windstorms and other disasters including the immanent closing of a copper mine… the only business in that part of the state.
What’s the link between these two desolate desert locations… the little Italian girl who suddenly shows up on the winds of a sandstorm to advise the residents in Arizona? And then there’s an ancient artifact that may have been left by space travelers. Does it hold the key to the building of great earthly civilizations… and the salvation of La Sentencia?
Esteban Dorantes must have some sense of all this as he decides, at the little girl’s bidding, to takes up his great grand-fathers quest for The Golden Cities and save his home town in the process.
The novel’s fifty-six chapters of action-packed adventure may surpass some of the greatest quests ever told, with its Aztec lore, science fiction spacecraft, magical jukebox, a destiny that spans generations, horror, humor, three camels, talking coyotes, a very sexy substitute high school teacher, the devil himself, and, of course, a love story.
I invite everyone to read Esteban’s Quest and experience this compelling tale for themselves.
I loved Esteban’s Quest by Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira. I encourage you to purchase other books by the team including: The Carlos Mann Trilogy (Alicia’s Ghost, Alicia’s Sin, Alicia Bewitched) and Avenging Adelita (romance), in addition to the stand-alone novels by Nick Iuppa include Bloody Bess and The Doomsday Games (fictional horror drama featuring ancient vampires, teenage romance, and a top-secret military project) and Taken by Witches (a modern horror story based on Grimm’s Fairy Tales).
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Marc Wade: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Quest for the Ages. Reviewed in the United States on August 1, 2016. Verified Purchase. A desperate trek in search of a mythical kingdom, whirlwinds that ravage two continents, a magical jukebox, a failing mine that takes all the workers and their town down with it, a spaceship that blasts off from the center of the earth leaving behind the greatest treasure in the history of humankind… all that AND a personal appearance by the Devil himself and his ultra-sexy head of human resources… what a story!
Review by Derrick: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Very well done. Reviewed in the United States on March 19, 2021. This was so good! The authors out did themselves. I think I’ve discovered I enjoy books about some epic quest. This one was full of very engaging characters. There were one or two that were some of the most evil characters I’ve come across in a while. I had a lot of fun reading this. The sci fi and horror elements were well written. All the action was part of what makes it so much fun. I look forward to reading more from these authors. They do such a great job!
Review by ALY: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Esteban’s Quest. Reviewed in the United States on August 22, 2016. What a wonderful book! This book has it all for me. A great adventure and great characters and a wonderful ride! There was so much in this book! What a epic tale. I enjoyed every minute of it. There are so many great characters but I did not have a hard time getting to know and love each one in my own way. I don’t think there was much left out of this adventure. * I received this book from the author in exchange for a honest review*
Review by Linda Todd: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A gift from two very talented authors keeps them coming. ☺Reviewed in the United States on August 31, 2016. Amazing story loved it as I know I would great book from the two wonderful authors Nick Iuppa, & John Pesqueira. This book I would be so delighted to recommend to my friends. The characters are a lively bunch and they all come together in one hell of a story you will love this book as much as I did. My sincere thanks to the wonderful authors Nick Iuppa, John Pesqueira for allowing me the privilege and pleasure of reading this wonderful book so to all happy reading and keep smiling from wee me.
Product Details: Paperback: 352 Pages Publisher: Iuppa Creative Group (July 21, 2016) Language: English Fantasy (Paranormal)
A NEW EPOCH HAS BEGUN – A university researcher discovers groups of children born with extraordinary new mental and physical abilities. But, when news of their existence is leaked to the press, she must fight to protect them from media hysterics and hate groups who seek their extermination.
5 Stars: Exploring This Next Step In Humanity’s Evolutionary Process.
With careful precision, Nick Iuppa introduces us to the next step in the evolution of the human species… children born with exceptional mental and physical abilities that enable them to communicate, move, and interact beyond human capabilities. Then the author explores the terrifying question; how will the world react to these angelic beings.
Humans fear what they don’t understand. And soon a whole group of fear mongers begin claiming that these children are out to replace humanity, and so we need protection from them.
Nick divides this book into three parts, Part One-Abomination, Part Two-Humanity First and Part Three-The Deathtrap. He introduces the children and their discovery, then explores the reaction against them by unscrupulous media personalities, and finally presents a confrontation in which the children and their allies must take on the movement to destroy them.
This fast-moving plot features a long list of characters: the children and their families, doctors, nurses, researchers, media personalities, government officials, bicycle gangs, and—let’s not forget—the protesters. They come from diverse locations including Leland University in Northern California, ranches outside of Tucson, Arizona, and ghettos in New York.
It’s a dangerous test for this new generation of children, who must face a host of challenges and miraculous possibilities if fear doesn’t take over and destroy them first.
Exploring this next step in humanity’s evolutionary process.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Henry Shilell: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Human evolution can be scary as hell. Reviewed in the United States on August 27, 2024.Outstanding story about children around the world who are gifted with mental abilities none of us possess. With their minds they can communicate with one another without speaking, they can control machines and even drive vehicles without being in the driver’s seat. They can also fly without wings or having to be attached to a flying machine of some sort. Of course, all of these fascinating abilities frighten many people who, fearing for their lives, want to exterminate them from the planet. But until they’re gone, if ever, they will definitely be the next variation of we Homo Sapiens as their numbers mount with them eventually taking over the world. A great read from beginning to end.
Review by Art Maurer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An enjoyable read brings fearful plot to life. Reviewed in the United States on August 30, 2024. Taking place in several locations in the United States, Nick Iuppa quickly sets the stage for each and introduces several strong likable characters as he moves the story along. The implications of the plot can be frightening, but Nick never lets it get out of hand; the characters consider all the options, and we come to care about them. The book entices us to get back to it. We come to wonder if having kids with superior mental powers and super strength will bode well for us mere mortals. That said, ironically, it’s a relaxing and enjoyable read…
Review by Sarah: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Highly recommend! Reviewed in the United States on September 3, 2024. Highly recommended reading. Very interesting subject matter, highly thought-provoking, and comes with a double surprise ending. Fast-paced read and difficult to put down once started. Layout and font make for an easy read for folks with vision issues.Review by my father, Martin M.
When interstellar travelers discover a planet teeming with life but devoid of humanity and art, they send an armada of spacecraft hoping to recruit Earth’s indigenous people to settle the new world. Instead, their advance-ship encounters oceans full of plastic garbage, Native American resistance, and a right-wing agitator named Bram Roberts Trenchant. Trench and his followers hate all aliens and believe they intend to destroy America by exploiting what Trenchant calls “the lie of climate change.” He vows to capture the spacecraft commander and execute her as a warning that all aliens must GET OUT. In the end, only a pair of conflicted teens may be able to save the commander and her mission.
Searing political satire from the authors of The Battle of The Alamo Taqueria.
5 Stars: Earth Is Not Exactly As The Visitors Imagined!
A Distant Earth, the new novel by Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira, is a powerful political satire about benevolent, hyper-intelligent aliens from another world. They value humanity’s creativity and strength so much that they want to relocate Earth’s indigenous people to a distant planet free from the ravages of global warming. While the aliens are bound NOT to interfere in the fate of Earth, they intend to give Earth’s leaders a stern warning about the deadly effects of climate change.
Their armada of flying saucers is well on its way to Earth when the alien flagship plunges into the Pacific Ocean and becomes entangled in a web of plastic debris. While under repairs, the crew befriends a retired widower who offers to take the ship’s commander, Captain Faith Morrow, and her husband on a tour of nearby Hollywood.
Faith has a commanding presence, a playful spirit, and a love of old Hollywood movies. She also enjoys classic superhero costumes and blockbuster special effects. So, when she catches the attention of Bram Roberts Trenchant—the founder of a group of right-wing supremacists—it leads to a series of encounters that are first comical but then grow more and more deadly.
Trenchant incites his followers by telling them, “This isn’t about the climate, friends. This is about CONTROL. Aliens want to cripple our industry, weaken our economy, and make us sad and vulnerable. You know they’re coming from south of the border and from other continents. But they’re also coming from other worlds. They’re even coming from OUTER SPACE. Can you believe it?”
Resistance to the aliens comes in many forms, the supremacists, the press, the world’s political leaders, and even some of the indigenous peoples themselves. But, in the end, it’s Trenchant’s disillusioned teenage followers who turn on him and do their best to save Faith, her crew, and her mission.
I think you will thoroughly enjoy the compelling, insightful, and often hilarious novel. ‘A Distant Earth’ is full of fun, adventure, and a chilling portrait of the dangers we face in the twenty-first century. I also encourage you to read ‘The Battle for the Alamo Taqueria’, another funny and fascinating political satire by the same authors.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by CE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Masterpiece! Reviewed in the United States on February 18, 2022, Verified Purchase. Wonderful read, love the idea!
Review by Derrick: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fun Interesting. Reviewed in the United States on November 12, 2022. First and foremost a huge thank you needs to go out to the author for generously gifting me a copy of this book. His generosity is second to none!
This was an excellent little sci-fi adventure. It was a quick read and I really enjoyed it. Typically, I’m not super into sci-fi but I think all the likable characters were what made it such a good story. I really liked Will, Faith, Jimmy, Aiyana, and Maddie. Even though this is a shorter story, I felt like the character building was well done. There is a fair amount of politics in the story. I didn’t feel like it was overbearing or off-putting at all. I definitely think the author was making some pretty strong statements about our current political situation in real life. I admire that. Why become an author if not to be able to make statements and say whatever you want? The descriptions in the story are compelling and effective. I was able to get a clear picture in my mind of what the characters were seeing and experiencing. The ending was pleasing and worthwhile. I thought it wrapped up everything fittingly. Overall, this was an entertaining little sci-fi story. It’s not super graphic and there’s not too much profanity. I think it would be appreciated by anyone looking for a simple yet engaging sci-fi story.
Review by Bridget Ball: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Political satire is spot on and a refreshing new spin to sci-fi. Reviewed in the United States on April 11, 2022. A group of eco-friendly aliens take a liking to the Earth’s indigenous people and want to take them to a far-away planet safe from global warming. But then one of the flying saucers falls into the ocean and becomes entrapped in plastic waste. While they wait for their ship to be repaired, the crew becomes friends with a retired US Senator who takes them on a tour of nearby Hollywood. The saucer’s strong, but free-spirited female captain, Hope Morrow, catches the attention of a right-wing extremist and then the real trouble starts.
This book is a fun satirical adventure with environmentally conscious aspects that are real and appeal to my sense of social responsibility to our planet. This is exactly the type of sci-fi novel I have been searching for. The political satire is spot on and a refreshing new spin that I am not used to in sci-fi novels. I have often wondered myself what alien life forms would think of us Earthlings and what we are doing to our planet in terms of pollution and non-biodegradable waste.
I would recommend this book to eco-friendly readers even if they are not used to reading sci-fi. The book has almost a throwback feel to the late 80s early 90s style of storytelling that millennials will be familiar with and a deeper moral message that sticks with you and leaves you to contemplate in the end. I will be checking out more novels from Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira in the future, for I believe I have found a new favorite.
Review by Thomas B. Barker: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. From current headlines. Reviewed in the United States on January 21, 2022. Authors, Iuppa and Pesqueira, weave an action-packed science fiction novel of a future world that will keep you turning the page and thinking about what could happen in only a few years here on our home planet if the ignorant sector of the population prevails.
Global warming is a current headline (NYT 1/21/22). Will our population be able to reverse the tide of greenhouse gasses and bring the planet out of crisis? Not if the political right and its falsehood spreading, bigoted radio/TV minions have their way.
The “Trenchant’s” symbolize that part of our country and attempt to eliminate the Aliens who have come in good faith to save our culture (especially that of the native Americans) by taking pioneers to a hospitable new world where the spoilers are not at all present. But will the powerful and wealthy leader, Trench, prevail and kill off the noble saucer flying aliens? Read this allegory to find the answer.
Review by Art Maurer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. If Only…Reviewed in the United States on February 14, 2022. An enjoyable read … even though it’s anchored on the dilemma of our current political division and threatening climate challenges. Concise descriptions and clear writing keep the story moving; political satire easy to swallow; a cast of likeable characters of diverse origin…all combine to make a story relevant to our times. It leaves one to wonder: If Only…we could do that!
Review by Marc Wade: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A clever and original tale. Reviewed in the United States on January 27, 2022. A flying saucer commanded by a confident, brilliant, but perhaps a little too playful captain comes to earth in advance of an armada of alien ships. They intend to carry thousands of indigenous peoples to resettle on a distant planet and to warn the world’s leaders of the dangers of climate change. Unfortunately, she runs into a charismatic supremacist leader who sees her as just another alien and vows to destroy her. It’s a fast-paced, funny, enjoyable read. The team of Iuppa and Pesqueira have done it again! Five stars.
Review by Celina: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great read! Reviewed in the United States on February 3, 2022. A Distant Earth features great characters in an amazing story of redemption. There are lots of powerful images and action scenes. I highly recommend this book. It’s creative and engaging!
Product Details: Hardcover: 265 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (January 7, 2022) Language: English Humor and Satire Humor (Satire Political)
The Promise Of The Gateway by Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira.
Deep in the drop behind Green Mountain High, Emily Perkins finds a gateway to the past where she’s no longer a nerd, and the school’s superstar quarterback is in love with her. He hasn’t yet suffered the crippling injuries that will ruin his future, and Emily thinks she can use the gateway to save him. But there’ll be a price to pay. Dangerous distractions wait on the other side. Visions of social injustice haunt everyone who returns. And then Emily learns that the gateway can’t be trusted.
5 Stars: Coming Of Age Time Travel Spectacular!
Emily Perkins, the brainy class nerd at Green Mountain High, is the loneliest girl in the school. She eats alone, spends her break time alone, and is shunned by most of her classmates. She’s also secretly in love with the school’s former super-star quarterback, Jake Kane… even though his life has degenerated into total failure.
Eight years earlier Jake was clearly destined for a career as a superstar quarterback in the National Football League. He had amazing talent, and real motivation because his family was deep in debt due to his father’s high tech business failures. After rewarding discussions with recruiters from several major universities, everything seems so promising for Jake. He could work it all out, he thought, save his family, and live out his dream. But less than two hours later, his life and dreams were shattered by a tragic career-ending injury.
As the years pass, Jake’s life crumbled even further, from sorrow to uncertainty to bitter withdrawal. His mother convinced him to take a job as the high school janitor. At least he would still be around the school, still remembered and honored by the school’s football players though he felt less and less deserving and more and more bitter the more he saw them.
And then that nerdy girl, Emily Perkins, dared to come into his life. Somehow, she said, she stumbled on a green shimmery phenomenon in the ravine behind the school, and she learned that it was vortex… and a gateway to the past. She’d already traveled through it and thought that it may just allow Jake to go back to the day of his injury, relive it, and undo the tragic event. Jake was skeptical, of course, but Emily insisted that they go exploring… together.
From that moment on, the novel deals with both the past and the future, as Jake makes repeated attempts to return to his former life and undo his fate. He soon finds he can’t do it alone. He needs help… and not just help from Emil who is more than eager. He also needs the participation of players on the school’s current team and help from an amazing teacher whose lectures are so powerful that they too are a gateway to the past.
The story’s characters are tied together by Jake’s tragedy, by family bonds, friendship, the teacher’s amazing lectures on social injustice, and their own psychological needs. With them, we face the age-old question of ‘what If?’
What if the Vortex is all Jake needed to go back in time, replay one botched football down, sidestep his injury, and go on to the career that was promised to him?
What if he needs more… to find someone to be injured in his place, perhaps? Would Jake be willing to sacrifice one of his friends to achieve his dream?
And, what sacrifices would you make if you were Jake, or—just as importantly—if you were Emily and suddenly realizing the dangerous consequences of trying to save someone you love.
I invite you to read The Promise of the Gateway… a Coming-of-Age Fantasy that raises important ethical questions for teens and grown-ups alike, and… It’s one heck of a good story.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The Bonds of Friendship Are Tested Like Never Before. Reviewed in the United States on October 5, 2020. Verified Purchase. The destiny of a high school football star collides with that of a shy class nerd in this enthralling tale of time travel and atonement.
Emily Perkins is no stranger to being alone; she eats by herself practically every day in the school cafeteria, and all her classmates think she’s too smart to want company. But little do they know that the truth is entirely different about shy Emily Perkins. So, when Emily discovers a magical gateway into the past where she’s no longer alone, it seems like her life isn’t so bad after all. Even more astounding, the school’s famous quarterback Jake Cane is head over heels in love with her, something that would never happen back in her own time. Emily is happy to keep the gateway a secret until she realizes the dark and miserable future that awaits Cane, and she quickly shares her secret with him in the hopes that it will prevent a terrible event from occurring. But what she doesn’t realize is that Jake Cane has been waiting for a second chance for years, and he’s not about to give it up now…not for anyone. With the two teens at odds over how to best handle the gateway’s potential, there are other more sinister forces at work that neither one of them could have foreseen. Visitors to the past are susceptible to other kinds of time tripping, including dangerous visits to historic moments inspired by a brilliant teacher. With the lives of their friends hanging in the balance, Emily and Jake must race to uncover the secret of the gateway before they overstay their welcome. The authors have debuted many successful books that revolve around friendship, and this one is no different. Indeed, one of the book’s greatest strengths lies in the portrayal of the unshakable bonds between a group of high school teens and their devotion to one another. At the first sign of distress, one of them is always at the other’s side ready to help or defend their friend. It is this emotional connection within the group that makes the plot so arresting and so intriguing. Of course, the elements of time travel and fantasy don’t hurt either, especially when it involves the idea of redemption and second chances. The authors skillfully combine the best of several different topics into one fascinating story – sports, romance, lessons from history, coming of age, regret, jealousy, and friendship are all important parts of the plot that are weaved seamlessly into the narrative without seeming baffling or disjointed. And while there is a certain darkness to the storyline, it is actually a rich and seductive twilight that brings to the forefront all the complexities and contradictions of being a human being forced to choose between the past and the future. If you’re looking for a unique work of fiction that touches the heart while also exhilarating the spirit, then you can’t go wrong with The Promise of the Gateway.
Review by Kindle Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Very Creative. Reviewed in the United States on November 27, 2022. Verified Purchase. The twist on time travel was very creative. How many of us have thought, “What if I could go back and change…”.
Review by Got To Read: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Great Love Story With Time Travel To Boot. Reviewed in the United States on October 6, 2020. Verified Purchase. I really enjoyed this love story of Emily and Jake in High School, then a career ending injury and how they worked together to restore his promising future. I liked the interplay of the other students surrounding the couple, and the interesting side effect of time travel. Such as, the next day in history class, students who had just been through the GATEWAY were transported to important historical events in their teachers lectures. The scenes of social injustice present is in those time-trips were dramatic and very exciting. The book is a great read with interesting characters and lots of action.
Review by Bridget Ball: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The writing beautifully bridges the gaps of generations in this time travel novel. Reviewed in the United States on June 14, 2022. Emily Perkins is an introverted high school student that prefers taking pictures than making friends. One day she is taking photos in the area behind her school when she stumbles upon a gateway to the past. There, she discovers the janitor at her school was once a handsome prize quarterback and ivy league scholarship hopeful until a tragedy on the field made his dreams come crashing down. Thinking she can help; she brings Jake the Janitor to the gateway not knowing how badly he wants a second chance. Jake makes up his mind that he must go back to fix things, but at what cost?
The writing beautifully bridges the gaps of generations in this time-traveling novel. I had a great sense of history and community reminiscent of Back to the Future. The book made me think in greater detail about my hometown from past, present, and future perspectives. This book also reads differently in the wake of the pandemic. The theme of community, family, friends, and lovers is a timeless and ageless tale that will reach you on many levels. It will remind you of the glory days and make you wonder what-ifs.
I would recommend families read this from varying generations: grandparents, parents, and teens as a family book club that could spark some very interesting discussions. This may very well be my favorite book of the year. This is that rare type of book you keep to revisit generations from now and learn the journey’s lessons all over again.
Product Details: Hardcover: 390 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (May 19, 2021) Language: English Fiction (Time Travel) Fiction (Coming Of Age) Fiction (Teen and Young Adult)
CTHULHU MEETS THE DA VINCI CODE When young teen, Victor Encinas desecrates a religious shrine in order to join his brother’s gang, he finds himself drawn into a world of alien spaceships, insectile high priests, and an interplanetary religion that seeks to take over the earth. Somehow, he finds that the most popular girl in school is in love with him and he’s been appointed The Peacemaker. The first book in The Peacemaker Series introduces us to the desert metropolis of Tumac City where a historic Spanish mission has been watched and studied by alien priests for centuries. The benevolent high priest of the unearthly religion is nearing the end of his life. And a revolt on his planet may soon bring about the return to ancient barbaric ways and the ascent of his depraved son. That shape-shifting monster has been exiled to Earth and kept in check by a series of human Peacemakers chosen by the high priest himself, and Victor is next in line for the role.
5 Stars:This Is Not Your Typical Alien Invasion!
If you are new to Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira’s books, you are in for a surprisingly powerful paranormal adventure. Those of us who have been following these authors, find this first book in The Peacemaker series, a masterful beginning.
Imagine a terrifying supernatural experience that gives you incredible powers! This is exactly what happens to a teenager named Victor Encinas, who is so desperate to join his brother’s gang that he desecrates a religious shrine as part of his initiation. And then:
“Suddenly a beam of intense white light shoots down at Victor and blinds him for a moment. He falls to his knees and feels himself jerked up feet-first into the sky above the church. The building, the truck, and the whole parking lot seem to jump back violently until he finds himself suspended hundreds of feet over them. Victor twists up to look into the light that has captured him, but its brilliance overwhelms him. “GOD ALMIGHTY!” he calls.”
Does God have anything to do with it? Victor is freed from the beam of light but soon learns that he has just been chosen to become a human peacemaker and stand against an exiled alien high priest who is plotting an interplanetary religious take-over of the earth.
As US government, Native American, and religious authorities work (sometimes at cross purposes) to understand the strange puzzle pieces coming together near the mission, a series of grisly serial killings begin. And then, as if young Victor doesn’t have enough on his mind, he finds the most popular girl in school falling in love with him, becoming a great help and support, but, in the process, also a target of the killer.
If you enjoyed reading The DA VINCI CODE, you will not want to miss “Alien Mission,” the first installment of The Peacemaker series. Take special note of the extensive list of characters at the beginning of this book, as the authors will build on this list going forward. This story is beyond your wildest imagination, and it is only the beginning.
I look forward to what comes next in The Peacemaker series.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An Epic Tale of an Unlikely Hero. Reviewed in the United States on December 6, 2018. Verified Purchase. Destiny and an extraterrestrial conspiracy collide in this sweeping tale of an unlikely hero and his fight against alien invaders.
Victor Encinas is nobody special….that is, until now. After a terrifying supernatural experience, he is stunned to find out that he now possesses unimaginable powers…powers that could change his life forever. When Victor learns about the history of the Peacekeepers, it suddenly all makes sense. An ancient alien race has sent one of their own to Earth under exile, and no one but the Peacekeepers can keep this alien prince from spreading terror among mankind. But the alien in question has secrets of his own, and proves himself to be a formidable and gruesome adversary. Will Victor be able to harness his new powers in time before it’s too late? With the aid of some of his most trusted friends and loved ones, it starts to seem like Victor will emerge triumphant. But it soon becomes clear that not everyone can be trusted, and there are bigger forces at work that remain hidden in the shadows.
Once again, Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira have proved themselves to be masters of the paranormal horror genre. This being the first book in the Peacekeeper series, it’s easy to get excited about future developments, and the authors skillfully leave plenty of hints at the end that will keep readers eager for more. While Alien Mission does have a central sci-fi theme, it is also refreshingly humorous and lighthearted, featuring several likable characters that have their own quirks and unique voice. Likewise, there is more than one sub-plot that always keeps things interesting, and the genius way of how it all ties together is not only highly entertaining but also impressive. In an ordinary novel, so many different characters and contrasting motivations could quickly become exhausting. But in Alien Mission, the effect is quite the opposite; the variations in point of view and the wide array of experiences create a much richer and more potent narrative. The authors have an uncanny knack for blending traditional religion with mythical phenomena as a plot device, and it works wonderfully. Their stories frequently juxtapose the old with the new, the mundane with the surreal. It is this winning formula that makes, among other things, Alien Mission such a pleasure to read.
Review by Thomas B. Barker: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Nick and John do it again. Reviewed in the United States on January 11, 2019. Verified Purchase. Paranormal and science fiction combined with a healthy dose of religion makes this book (first in a series) an engrossing read. After reading Esteban’s Quest, I crack the cover of this fantastic new book and found the same twisted type of story in the Southwest. The authors are masters at creating characters and putting them through their paces which sometimes are wild sprints. I can’t wait for the second book in the series and hope the world is saved and the aliens do not eat the human population for lunch.
Review by W.M. Dawes: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A fast-paced page-turning read! Reviewed in the United States on December 17, 2018. Verified Purchase. A soaring space opera that begins with a pair of mismatched teenage lovers and ends in interplanetary religious subjugation; some moments are gut-wrenching, others are laugh out loud funny, and still others are just plain terrifying.
Review by Henry Shilell: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Are aliens already here? Reviewed in the United States on December 14, 2018. Wonderfully thought-provoking tale of aliens who have been on earth for centuries secretly studying and influencing mankind when their presence is suddenly and shockingly revealed. How should humans respond to such a revelation? Is there any way we can live in peace with them and learn from them knowing we are but pawns on their chess board?
Alien Mission addresses these issues admirably and intelligently through the lives of everyday people who suddenly come in contact with powerful creatures from another world. Frightening, bloody, entertaining, and thought provoking one can easily begin to question many of mankind’s basic premises in regards to free will, freedom of thought, religion, morality, and basic human interactions. Are they really ours or imposed on us from elsewhere? Admittedly not easy stuff to come to terms with but definitely worth considering in light of the possibility that extraterrestrials may really be here but we don’t know that yet. Alien Mission claims they are and covers the possibilities brilliantly.
Product Details: Paperback: 368 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (December 3, 2018) Language: English Horror (Paranormal)
Alien Inquisition by Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira.
The Peacemaker Book 2.
In this second installment of The Peacemaker Series, Rhykin, the son of the high priest of an alien planet and heir apparent to his father’s reign, continues his exile on Earth. Meanwhile, supposedly good aliens have agreed to develop a new industry for our planet. Massive production facilities manufacture beautiful dream-endings for those aliens coming to the end of their lives. They are fueled by the energy of sleeping humans, and millions are employed in the endeavor. Victor Encinas, the Peacemaker, is now working as a liaison between Earth and the aliens. He discovers is that, in addition to Dream Factories, the aliens have also created Nightmare Factories which generate horrific worlds that torture and punish political enemies.
After his father’s death, Rhykin finally ascends to power and demands that everyone convert to his depraved religion. Those who will not are sent to the Nightmare Factories. Of course, Rhykin still desires Gaby though she has married Victor and had a son. Victor struggles to protect his wife and all humanity against the alien forces, supporting and then joining a resistance movement dedicated to eradicating Rhykin’s cruel priesthood. Of course, mere resistance cannot stop the monster, and soon it seems that even the Earth itself must play a part.
5 Stars: Guarantee It Will Shake You From Covid-19 Weariness!
Alien Inquisition Book Two in ‘The Peacemaker Series’ has finally arrived. I guarantee it will shake you from your 2021 Covid-19 weariness and shock you into a world filled with Aliens, both good and evil.
Aliens from the previous Iuppa/Pesqueira novel ALIEN MISSION have returned to our planet, supposedly to provide economic security for the Earth. They build DREAM FACTORIES everywhere. The facilities are designed to give an easy sendoff for those advancing in years and approaching the end of their lives. They do this by simulating a beautiful twilight world fueled by the dreams of millions of workers who enter “sleep pods” to provide the simulations with vision and energy.
But what no human has been told is that the aliens have also created NIGHTMARE FACTORIES to punish criminals and political prisoners. Fueled by the nightmares of workers trapped in the role of Hel-dreamers… the aliens’ enemies fall into fiery pits or are attacked by enormous bugs that tear them apart. Then the victims come back to life and go through the same suffering all over again. The simulation continually modifies itself based on dreams of hell, and it seems so deadly-real that some of the Hel-dreamers are murdered by their own nightmares.
The Department of Homeland Security is now handling Interplanetary Affairs, and our hero, Victor Encinas, is made liaison between human resources and their alien supervisors. A very hefty budget comes with the post, and Victor soon learns no one is paying much attention to his use of the funds.
Victor is pleased to return to his family from a tour of the alien facilities. His son, little Gabriel, is excited to see his daddy, and his wife Gaby has a romantic evening planned. But the time of warm embraces can be sidetracked easily. And when his old friend Father Oliver shows up, Victor learns that Rhykin, his alien enemy, has ascended to the position of High Priest. Rhykin insists that all humans convert to his religion, or they will find themselves sentenced to Hel-dreams.
Victor is at a loss as the Inquisition comes after Gaby, whom Rhykin has desired since the first moment he saw her. But then Victor learns of the Forces of S.A.V.E. (an underground resistance movement) and decides to channel his liaison funds to support SAVE and break the Inquisition. But it isn’t the power of millions of dollars or military might or even the strength of shared dreams that stand strong against the Inquisition in the end. It is something far more fundamental.
Alien Inquisition runs the gamut from tender romance to heart-stopping horror. The DaVinci Code has nothing on this series, as Authors Iuppa & Pesqueira take you to the distant edges of their incredible vision and leave you wanting more.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by DT: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Epic sci-fi thriller. Reviewed in the United States on March 17, 2021. Verified Purchase. This is the second book in The Peacemaker Series. Victor is now working as a liaison with the aliens who have taken over earth supposedly for good purposes. But when Rhykin rises to power, he demands that all humans convert to their religion or be relegated to nightmare factories that harvest their energy. There’s non-stop action in this epic sci-fi thriller that pits good against evil. I’ve read several books by this author team and they’re always unique and well written. I couldn’t wait to see what happened next and read it in two days.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Keeps Getting Better and Better! Reviewed in the United States on March 25, 2021. After reading Alien Mission, Book One of the Peacemaker Series, I was completely hooked and couldn’t wait for the sequel. I’m happy to report that Book Two does not disappoint. The story builds on the different character’s individual stories, but this time they connect to each other in surprising ways. I was really fascinated by the concept of the Dream Factories that the aliens had created, and the Hel-Dreamers idea was more than a little terrifying. One of my favorite things about this series is how the authors so skillfully combine elements of sci-fi with politics, like when the aliens begin to slowly take control of the government and pressure even the most high-ranking officials to convert to their new religion. Likewise, the groups of resistance that spring up in reaction to Rhykin’s totalitarian rule feel both timely and extremely relevant with today’s volatile political scene. I also really enjoyed the deeper insight into Father Oliver; being one of my favorite characters, it was very interesting to see how he grappled with the threat of a forced religion. Similarly, I was very pleased to observe the maturity in Victor and Gaby’s relationship as a married couple. This brought a more nuanced feel to their dialogue and interactions with each other that felt authentic and relatable.
If you enjoyed Alien Mission and are looking for something that combines the best of sci-fi, romance, and political thriller, give Alien Inquisition one a try.
Review by CE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Brilliant! Reviewed in the United States on March 26, 2021. A thrilling adventure of alien invasion, very much like what actually happened when European settlers first came to the new world. Overwhelmed by alien technology, the people of earth do their best to work with the visitors only to learn that they must also convert to the alien religion or face an inquisition and be sentenced to eternal dreams of hell. Compelling storytelling, intricate plotting, and powerful characters on all levels. I loved it.
Review by Henry Shilell: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Nightmares Can Be Real. Reviewed in the United States on March 11, 2021. A wicked alien exile ascends to the high priesthood of his home planet and begins a reign of terror here on earth. His alien inquisition sentences those who oppose him to hell dreams in his nightmare factories while only the last peacemaker and a small band.
Product Details: Paperback: 283 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (March 4, 2021) Language: English Horror (Paranormal)
The Sitcom Murders 1 by Nicholas Victor (aka Nick Iuppa).
Sexy Sixties Sitcom.
What if the heroine of an immensely popular television sitcom suddenly learned that her show was being turned into a horror series by a deranged screenwriter? What if she was able to drive over to the writer’s home and confront him? What if she then learned that he was able to give her the power to defend herself and even begin to love the murder and mayhem of HORROR? And then, after she had eliminated three homicidal maniacs, he explained that he had more work for her… more sitcom murders.
5 Stars: Dark Comedy About The Sexy Sixties!
This first installment of The Sitcom Murders is a dark comedy about a sexy sixties TV character who suddenly realizes that her TV show has become a horror story and she just might be the first victim.
Lacy Livingood, the TV heroine, is home alone when a madman suddenly begins breaking down her kitchen door. Terrified by his hideous stocking mask and threats of rape and murder, Lacy beats him off with a frying pan, then rushes to her car and drives across LA to find the show’s writer. She’s not sure what to expect, but aging screenwriter Billy Edelman explains it all.
“Ya know, for a girl half the world thinks is brilliant, you’re a little slow on the uptick,” Billy answered. “You and Johnny and Ronnie are characters, in a sitcom, a very popular one fifty years ago. Look at this.” And with that Edelman clicked a link and entered eBay. He typed in “Lacy Livingood” and pages and pages of Lacy Livingood memorabilia confronted him: autographed photos, scripts from the show, clothes she had worn.
“But our show’s not on anymore,” Lacy whispered.
“People’re always lookin’ for somethin’ fresh,” Billy answered. “If not new characters, at least old characters in new stories. And that’s what I’ve given them.”
“So now I’m the main character in a horror story,” Lacy said at last. “Okay. But if I have to be in this show of yours, at least teach me how to defend myself. You can do that much for me can’t you?”
And Billy could; in fact, he could help Lacy learn to enjoy murder as much as his villains… but with dire consequences.
Author Nicholas Victor (aka Nick Iuppa) has given us something never seen before, a TV sitcom character who actively conspires with her show’s living writer to defeat the bad guys. There is a fine line between reality and fiction, TV characters and real people, self-preservation and blood lust. And sexy Lacy finds herself right at the crossroads of everything and loving it.
If you enjoy dark humor, pick up a copy of The Sitcom Murders I – SEXY SIXTIES SUBURBIA. I’m sure you will enjoy the read and find yourself looking forward to the next installment. (A preview of The Sitcom Murders II: SEVENTIES NEWSROOM is available as part of the first book).
I think you’ll find yourself as curious as I am about where the author will go with this new series…and just who Lacy Livingood will murder next.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Sexy Sitcom Star Becomes the Ultimate Murderess. Reviewed in the United States on February 24, 2019. Verified Purchase. The golden age of classic TV sitcoms gets a naughty and unexpected revamp in this delightfully grisly tale from Nicholas Victor.
Life is good for Lacy Livingood. She has the perfect house in glamorous 1960’s suburbia, not to mention the perfect family. So why oh why is a bloodthirsty murderer trying to kill her? Even more important…why does she seem to like it every time she pulls the trigger? Lacy wants answers, and she wants them now. It seems like the only one who can help is an old man named Billy Edelman, the successful screen writer. But when Billy reveals the astonishing truth, it takes a moment for Lacy to wrap her head around this new revelation. Could this explain her excellent marksmanship? As the old man convinces her that there’s more adventures in store, Lacy suddenly finds herself eager to play along. What was once terrifying now seems almost pleasurable. More blood must be spilled, and it becomes clear that Lacy must be the one to do it. Determined to save her family from annihilation, she sets out on a journey to New York to find her next victim. If everything goes as planned, Lacy may just find herself catapulted into the spotlight; the sexiest villain that ever was.
A writer’s relationship with his characters is always complex, and “The Sitcom Murders” plays with this idea while paying homage to such classic sitcoms as The Dick Van Dyke Show. Part comedy, part horror, the novel manages to be both hilariously funny and exhilarating as we watch Lacy Livingood embrace her alter ego. As we shall see, anything is possible when a writer and his characters join forces to unleash murder and mayhem. There are vivacious side characters that lend the narrative a slapstick touch; Heather Whatnot, Lacy’s lusty but dimwitted neighbor, and Captain Louie DeMarco, “three hundred pounds of prime LAPD.” And while the blood and gore may be too much for some, die-hard fans of the pulpy film genre (think Tarantino) will be more than satisfied with the quick pacing, ample blood lust, and sexual overtones.
Like a wicked thrill, “The Sitcom Murders” is your next carnal indulgence.
Review by DT: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Clever idea! Reviewed in the United States on February 26, 2019. Verified Purchase. In this clever novella, the heroine of a ‘60s sitcom suddenly realizes the story has changed to one of horror. But she also discovers the writer has given her the skills to defend herself. Why has the writer done this? Ratings, of course. And the twist is that she begins to like murder. There’s lots of territory to mine with classic sitcoms and this story looks like the first in a series.
Review by Marc Wade: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fiction meets Reality. Reviewed in the United States on February 24, 2019. Verified Purchase. This first work of fiction by new author Nicholas Victor is a clever homage to a certain sitcom star. The unique twist is the interaction between the sitcom’s screenwriter and his fictional heroine. He begins to torment her with a new, horrific direction for her character in an effort to launch her into a contemporary series. The first of what might be several installments is an intriguing introduction to this reality-bending world.
Review by Bridget Ball: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Short, fun, and unique. Reviewed in the United States on December 6, 2022. Lacey Livingood is the leading lady of a beloved sitcom and her series is about to be rebooted. The new series is written by her original screenwriter, now deranged, and transforming her sitcom into a horror series. The relationship between the character and the writer is met head-on as he reveals more of his plans for her… and we are along for the ride!
This book is theatrical and exciting as well as witty and scary. I love how the character is able to talk to the writer and break the rules to turn everything on it’s head. This book is short and perfect to throw in your bag to read on the plane or a lunch break. It is great for a book club read because it will bring tons of discussion to the table due to the incredible plot. This is the first book in the Sitcom Murders series and I can’t wait to get my hands on more.
Review by Gershon Weltman: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An Inside Job. Reviewed in the United States on March 4, 2019. This is an imaginative and lively twist on characters having a life of their own and interacting with their author, which could only have been written by someone deeply familiar with television screenwriting. As Victor has his TV writer say: “That’s the way it is with writers, you know. Their work is always a collaboration between them and their characters.” The multiple murders add blood and gore, but not in an off-putting way. Altogether a great addition to hardboiled-horror-noire in novella form.
Product Details: Paperback: 92 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (February 10, 2019) Language: English Humor (Dark Comedy)
The astoundingly beautiful Alicia has ended her modeling career in
Mexico City, married the love of her life, helped pay his way through college,
settled into a comfortable life in Los Altos, California, and now she’s dead…
Murdered.
Her husband, Professor Carlos Mann, has wrapped himself in an
obsessive-compulsive disorder to hide from that fact. But when Amy Joy, one of
Carlos’s students, is sold into slavery by a Chinese mob that traffics in Asian
girls, Alicia returns with a vengeance.
Can Alicia save her man, foil the human traffickers, and destroy
her murderer? Overwhelming supernatural forces stand against her. But, hell,
that just makes her stronger!
Told in the voices of Carlos and Alicia Mann, Alicia’s Ghost is a funny, imaginative and thrilling ride through the human and spirit worlds of Mexico and the American Southwest.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Sexy Thrill Ride Into an Unforgettable World of Ghosts and Enduring Love. Reviewed in the United States on September 23, 2019. Verified Purchase. If you’re seeking a delightfully naughty and frightful read that’s just in time for Halloween, you can’t go wrong with Alicia’s Ghost. Professor Carlos Mann is still mourning the death of his beloved wife, the stunningly gorgeous Alicia. They were married for only three short years before she was brutally murdered, leaving Carlos in a perpetual state of shock and overwhelming grief. Now he is trying to pick up the pieces and resume a normal life as best he can. But it’s not easy; he still has terrifying nightmares of her murder that cause him to wake up dripping in a cold sweat. His teaching position at Leland University gives him some respite, at least. That’s soon about to change, however; after he befriends one of his students, the shy and charming Amy Joy, he suddenly finds himself caught in the middle of a sex trafficking ring run by a masochistic dominatrix. As he tries to save his new friend from almost certain torture, he’s now got another problem on his hands; Alicia is back with a vengeance, her jealousy knowing no bounds. Alicia’s ghost is determined to haunt her husband’s every move, and doesn’t hesitate to show her displeasure by trashing his apartment. But Carlos will soon need her help if he’s to survive. Can Alicia put aside her jealous fits of rage and save her husband before it’s too late?
It’s easy to feel sympathy for the character of Alicia. Because the chapters alternate between her voice and that of her husband’s, we are able to see the events of her life through her eyes. This allows the reader to gain a deeper understanding of the motives behind her actions, and how these have shaped her into the ghost she has become. Her undying love for Carlos is both heartbreaking and exhilarating, and the reader can’t help but be in awe of her rebellious spirit, even in death. Because she has to confront her own conflicted emotions about Carlos and the reality of living in a world quite different from his, the dynamic between them feels authentic in its portrayal of lovers yearning for each other across a seemingly impenetrable abyss. Never one to shrink from the sensual and tantalizing, the authors continue to delight their readers with scenes of erotic seduction that illustrate the unbreakable bond between Alicia and her grieving husband.
There’s also plenty of adventure and intrigue along the way. The gritty underworld of corruption and exploitation is described in harrowing detail, as is the voracious greed of those in power. And while this lends a satisfying film-noir like mood to the plot, the many comical moments scattered throughout give the narrative a welcome change of pace. Several unique side characters enhance the story with their own motives and desires, adding another layer of complexity without feeling overdone. And since each chapter builds upon the next, there’s never a dull moment. Quite the opposite, in fact; the many twists and turns keep readers on their toes while granting them just the right amount of hints to keep them guessing.
Review by David M. Couzins: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fun Ghostly Ride. Reviewed in the United States on July 12, 2013. Verified Purchase. Alicia’s Ghost is not a macabre house haunting story, rather, it is a fast-paced ghostly action adventure with some paranormal romance mixed in.
The novel begins with the reader experiencing the anguish of Carlos Mann who has lost his love, but you soon learn that Carlos’ passionate relationship with his wife is not over–not even after she is murdered.
This is a well-written tale of love, murder, and revenge where good and evil characters—both living and dead—interact throughout a kidnapping crime drama that spans from the cosmopolitan San Francisco area down to the dusty deserts of Arizona and Mexico where a colossal clash of supernatural forces explodes with dire consequences for all.
One of the things I found fascinating about Alicia’s Ghost is that ghosts are “people” too and they have every bit as much personality as their living counterparts. Death has not cooled Alicia’s passions so her powerful love and her jealousy are still very much a part of her living husband’s life.
I thoroughly enjoyed this ghostly crime drama and I am looking forward to the further adventures of this highly unusual husband and wife crime fighting team.
Review by James Loftus: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved This!. Reviewed in the United States on January 2, 2014. Verified Purchase. Alicia and her Carlos take a journey together into a universe of ghosts and human, into the now and here, and the once was. She is a passionate girl who just won’t move on to the other side, she can’t Carlos needs her. Carlos is pretty much a normal guy; I can relate to him. He is put into an impossible situation, trying to navigate a shady world of sex-slavery, rescuing to Asian girls who are on the block in deadly danger. The Asian crime Lords are very a despicable bunch, most times they do what they want, not this time. Carlos is lucky he has some ghost friends who come to the party and make it an amazing, at times chilling, and others just plain, enjoyable, adventure/thrill ride. I took the ride, and I don’t want my money back.
Product Details: Paperback: 342 Pages Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform; 1st Edition (December 18, 2013) Language: English Fantasy (Paranormal)
To avenge her parents’ death, sadistic sex trafficker Tiger Joy
sends deadly assassins after Carlos and his beautiful ghost wife Alicia. The
pair escapes to Cancun where they battle witches and drug lords to help their
friend Señor Popcorn win the love of his life. But the Afterlife Judges aren’t
happy with Alicia’s temper, and they send her off to anger management therapy
with the ghost of Sigmund Freud.
In old Vienna, the spirit of a seductive crown prince tempts Alicia, and then she’s captured by gypsies who put her on display in the Ghost Chamber of their traveling carnival. Alicia commits an unforgivable sin, and it finally gives Tiger Joy the perfect chance for revenge.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A High-Stakes Sequel That Will Leave You Petrified And Captivated. Reviewed in the United States on October 2, 2019. Verified Purchase. In this thrilling follow-up to Alicia’s Ghost, the inseparable Carlos and Alicia Mann must face sinister new enemies while trying to avoid the wrath of past adversary Tiger Joy as they navigate the precarious worlds of ghosts, drug lords, and gypsies.
Although Carlos and Alicia are finally together again, all is not well; the sadistic Tiger Joy is out for blood after the death of her parents, which she blames on the two lovers. Once word spreads that Tiger Joy has dispatched merciless assassins to eliminate them, the two lovers flee to Cancun where they hope to find safety. Instead, they get anything but; an old friend needs their help, but helping him will require unimaginable confrontations with some of the most dangerous criminals alive. Not only that, the ghosts of the Spanish Inquisition are dead-set on punishing Alicia for her rebellious spirit by burning her at the stake. As their journey takes them to strange and exotic locales, they meet some of the most famous ghosts in history who have a role to play in their questionable fate. But when Alicia is suddenly captured by gypsies, Tiger Joy may have her chance to close in for the kill. That is, unless Carlos can figure out a way to save her.
This second installment in The Alicia Trilogy continues the successful interlacing of two very different worlds, that of the living and the dead, but this time the result is more shocking and fantastical than before. Readers are given an intimate glimpse into Alicia’s past that shines a light on her infamous temper. The suspense is incredibly taught, especially in scenes from their encounter with the Spanish Inquisition; “I continue my charge across an endless distance as I watch the flames reach for my wife and catch fire to the hem of her robe.” With drama such as this, it’s no wonder that the series has developed a loyal cult following. Fans of pulp-fiction will appreciate the flirtatious sexuality and smart one-liners, while paranormal enthusiasts will relish the story’s eerie and dreamlike qualities. The ending is just what one would expect from the series; evil forces are still at large, threatening to regain their strength and return with a vengeance. What better way to prepare us for book three than a cliffhanger? Get ready to indulge in a spine-tingling reading experience like no other.
Review by Lori Schafer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A highly satisfying read. Reviewed in the United States on July 7, 2015. Verified Purchase. I noted when I reviewed the first book in this series, Alicia’s Ghost, that I was not normally a reader of paranormal – well, anything. But after Alicia’s Sin, I have to confess – I’m hooked on this series.
While Alicia’s Ghost is an entertaining read with an interesting plot and solid character development, Alicia’s Sin takes the reader even deeper, down into the depths of Alicia’s soul. It is here that we learn the reason behind Alicia’s temper, and what it is costing her, and how it is trapping her between life and afterlife. It’s a fascinating exploration of spirit carefully interwoven into the plot that began with Alicia’s Ghost, and you can sense that this will continue, and perhaps even intensify, in the third book in the series.
I particularly enjoyed the way the authors employed point-of-view changes in telling the story, even, at times, going beyond those of Carlos and Alicia, which makes you feel more connected to the secondary characters who are so vital to the story itself. It’s masterfully done, and perhaps this is what makes the book so compelling to read – you really do become invested, not just in the main characters, but in the whole community of which they are a part, a community of Americans and Mexicans, of drug lords and professors, of living and dead, all working together to support one another and to defeat the evil that oppresses them. All in all, a highly satisfying read.
Review by Charles Masick: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Realistic Imagination. Reviewed in the United States on January 14, 2014. Verified Purchase. I suggest that we call the style used in this book “realistic imagination.” By using the imagination, we are realistically transported to a few different places and times that are extremely interesting. As was the case in the previous book in this series, I especially like the descriptive imagery. It is like being right there, where everything is happening. The depths of emotions felt by the main characters are also very well communicated. The book deals with conflicts among people better than many movies.
From the Aztec region of Mexico to Hapsburg Austria, we experience a few famous historical people from the worlds of politics, music, and science. The book reminds me of a book by Gabriel Garcia Marquez entitled “Love in the Time of Cholera,” which is a very highly respected book that exemplifies the writing style called “magical realism.” That book was made into a movie a few years ago. The imagery of both books is better than many movies, but movie making has developed many options, which may enable movies to match or even exceed the imagery of such writers. I challenge someone to make this book or the previous book into a movie that is even better than the book.
Review by ALY: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Alicia and Carlos are at it again in this fun adventure. This story has ghosts and love and …Reviewed in the United States on December 29, 2014. Verified Purchase. Alicia and Carlos are at it again in this fun adventure. This story has ghosts and love and adventure for all. It great to see what has happen since last we went on an adventure with Alicia and Carlos in Alicia’s Ghost. They have both made new friends and made enemies. This is a great story! I would recommend this to anyone.
Review by Amazon Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A surprising and suspenseful adventure. Reviewed in the United States on December 21, 2013. Verified Purchase. This book is just a whole lot of fun. Carlos Mann and his beautiful ghost-wife Alicia take on witches, drug lords, gypsies, the queen of Chinatown, the ghost of Sigmund Freud, the whole Hapsburg Empire, and the Spanish Inquisition.
Product Details: Paperback: 346 Pages Publisher: Iuppa Creative Group (June 5, 2014) Language: English Fantasy (Paranormal)
Alicia Bewitched by Nick Iuppa and John P. Mendoza.
The Alicia Trilogy Book 3.
Logic Professor Carlos Mann sets out to murder
Tiger Joy in her prison cell.
Unfortunately, the gorgeous queen of human
traffickers captures him and ships him off to the Yucatan, where the evil
witch, La Bruja, uses all her powers to try to weaken and destroy him.
Meanwhile, Alicia calls on friends both living and dead to help save her husband, and in the process, she learns many terrible secrets that were born in the days of the great Mayan Empire … secrets that could save or even destroy Carlos and Alicia.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Love Beyond Death. Reviewed in the United States on March 24, 2018. Verified Purchase. A sinister human trafficking ring led by a seductive villain. A powerful and hideous witch that delights in torturing her captives. Lush, intoxicating landscapes simmering with intrigue, mystery, and adventure. A ghost that will do anything to save the man she loves. All this and more embody the immensely satisfying “Alicia Bewitched,” the third book in the Carlos Mann series by Nick Iuppa and John P. Mendoza.
Carlos has finally had enough of the infamous Tiger Joy, and almost manages to kill her as she lies asleep in her prison cell. But before he can bump her off, he is caught and banished to a place that many consider to be hell on earth. Now trapped with the formidable and legendary witch La Bruja, Carlos must use whatever strength he has left to retain his sanity while the witch uses all her powers to drive him insane. Meanwhile, Alicia, his beautiful ghost wife, must try to save him by whatever means necessary. As Alicia recruits her ghost friends to help save her husband, she faces unspeakable odds alongside terrifying monstrositys, the likes of which no ghost has seen before. Will Alicia’s ghost powers be enough to save her husband from almost certain death? Find out for yourself in this gripping, sexy novel that mixes the paranormal with romance and a dash of comedy.
If this is your first Iuppa and Mendoza novel, then you’re in for a real treat. For a unique read that you can’t find anywhere else, do yourself a favor by checking out their other spellbinding novels that are sure to leave you “bewitched.”
Review by ALY: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Alicia Bewitched. Reviewed in the United States on April 13, 2015. I loved mentioned of Grease and The Shawshank Redemption two great movies! I also love new witch added in book. So far, I am very impressed with this book. Alicia is a great character and Carlo’s love for her is such a great love story. I love it when Alicia and Carlos find out more about Carlos’s past and his family lineage. It is great he is a witch. I still say Alicia is my favorite character in this series maybe because we have such great names.
Lucky for me, my sister and I do not have the same taste in men. But she did always try to steal my boyfriends when we were younger so I do kind of understand where the witch sisters are coming from on this. But we were never in love with the same man. My favorite part was when we finally took care of Tiger Joy with her very own Tiger. I love big cats; they hold a soft spot in my heart. I’m sorry for the kitty but I’m glad we got rid of Tiger Joy. I’m so sad Tiger Joy came back as a ghost, though. I do love that in the end Tiger went to Hell. I do miss Sylvia though. But I’m glad Amy Joy got someone special so it all worked out of the most part in the end.
I loved this whole series so much. I can’t wait to see what the authors write next. I don’t think I would change a thing. I would recommend this to anyone who like likes ghost stories or witch stories or just want to read something a little different and exciting. This series had me on the edge of my seat every chapter. Thanks for sharing such a great book!
Review by DT: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Non-Stop. Reviewed in the United States on May 3, 2018. I was provided a free copy of the book to give the authors feedback but liked it so much, I decided to do a review. This isn’t what I usually read and I haven’t read the first two books, but the beginning summaries helped catch me up. Carlos is married to Alicia, even though she’s a ghost, and now they band together with living and ghost allies to defeat the powerful Tiger Joy. This book is well written evoking many worlds within this story with non-stop action. I especially liked the demon sucking crystal ball and the Dread Zones that turn ghosts to dust. At times, I found it hard to keep up due to so many characters and backstories but they gave the story more depth such as the rivalries from the past and the revelation of Tiger’s family history that set her on a path of darkness. I don’t know if there will be more books in this series, but this one concluded nicely.
Product Details: Paperback: 312 Pages Publisher: Iuppa Creative Group (April 14, 2015) Language: English Fantasy (Paranormal)
Avenging Adelita by Nick Iuppa and John P. Mendoza.
A tender romance with a ticking time bomb at its heart.
There’s a bomb on this train. It will explode before you reach your final destination…because you murdered my wife.
University professor Tom McKeever has just lost his wife Adelita to cancer. But the more he thinks about it, the more he realizes she didn’t have to die.
The faculty and administration of the university where he teaches in Mexico played a major role in causing her death.
Now, Tom relives powerful memories of his life with Adelita as he and the rest of the faculty take a train ride into the mountains. He plans to gain revenge by blowing up the train, killing all those who have wronged him and everyone else on board… including himself.
5 Stars: Fast-Paced, Action Suspense Thriller!
Nick Iuppa, Author of ‘Bloody Bess And The Doomsday Games, has teamed up with John P. Mendoza to bring us another fast-paced, action suspense thriller that will keep readers turning pages and biting their nails.
There’s a large cast of unique characters, many of whom are confined to business class cars on the Copper Canyon Railway as it speeds through the Grand Canyon of Mexico, unaware of the impending man-made disaster that’s about to shatter the serene environment.
Somewhere in the process of grieving for his lost wife, Adelita, his “warrior woman” love, Professor
Tom McKeever walks a thin line between reality and golden memories that keep pulling him back into his-her beauty, delicious aroma, and open arms. The gut-wrenching knowledge that there was an experimental cancer treatment that might have saved Adelita’s life, had it not been for the decisions of one man, is more than Tom can bear. The need for revenge seethes like red-hot embers but conflicts with thoughts dredged up from a Catholic School upbringing: “Vengeance is mine, saith the lord!”
Time is running out, but somehow the collateral damage begins to seem more and more defensible, a justifiable murder suicide. Is it? Find out; come ride the rails into Copper Canyon when time is definitely not on your side.
Avenging Adelita by Nick Iuppa & John P. Mendoza by these two authors give the reader what they have come to expect; great descriptive writing, with dialog and startling transitions from present to past and back again placing the reader in the mind of this widower.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Amazon Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. High Praise for Avenging Adelita. Reviewed in the United States on December 15, 2014. Verified Purchase. It’s been over a year since Professor Tom McKeever’s wife Adelita died of cancer, but he’s still overwhelmed by bittersweet memories of her and hatred of the university faculty who wronged both of them. He’s out for revenge as he and other faculty members take the train to a mountain resort in Mexico. He’s carrying a bomb with him, to blow up the train and its passengers.
Why is the train detective watching his every move… or is he, really? Does anyone else suspect something, or is Tom just imagining it? And what if he kills a few innocent people along with the others – does he even care? The train keeps a-rolling, the clock on the bomb continuing its count down, and everyone’s time is running out!
Whether Tom’s plan for revenge is justified or not, I found myself caring about this grief-stricken man who is clearly going off the rails himself. I also cared about the others on the train; did any of them really deserve this? Is this really even happening? This combination of a very touching love story and a suspenseful thriller was impossible for me to put down!
Review by W.M. Dawes: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Another compelling offering from this talented duo. Reviewed in the United States on December 13, 2014. Verified Purchase. A tense exciting read. A sweet but desperate love story. I couldn’t put it down.
Review by ALY: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Will the train blow up???? Time is running short. Reviewed in the United States on January 16, 2015. This was a great book. I think everyone should read this book. This book has some sad elements about a man who has lost the love of his life to cancer. It is a hard warming tale as the author takes you through how much he loved and adored his wife. But the professor in the book feels he needs to take revenge on the people in his life who did not help him try everything he could do to save his wife. He decided to blow up the train. There is a surprise ending and it is a wonderful one. I won’t spoil it for you but you will have to read this book to find out the ending. It is worthy it!! * I was given this book from the author for an honest review*.
Review by Amazon Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wonderful suspense story “Avenging Adelita” by Nick Iuppa & John …. Reviewed in the United States on September 29, 2017. Wonderful suspense story “Avenging Adelita” by Nick Iuppa & John P. Mendoza made a perfect vacation read. While reading the book, I suspected a “happy ending”, however, I had to read to the last time to find out how it ended. The authors are great story tellers and the plot is perfect for the British suspense series.
Review by Henry Shilell: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Absolute Page Turner. Reviewed in the United States on December 12, 2014. Hop aboard the Copper Canyon Railway Express for a hair-raising ride through the Grand Canyon of Mexico where a put-upon professor distraught over the death of his wife plans to set off a bomb killing himself and all his accompanying professional colleagues whom he blames for not helping him get his dying wife into a U.S. experimental cancer treatment program. From the get-go the clock is ticking down to as suspenseful a climax as one can ask. A good story through and through and an absolute page-turner. Check it out.
“Nick Iuppa loops a brilliant mix of technology, romance, military lore, and vampires into a terrifying, sexy spree in the Swiss Alps. The details are 3D. If you’re looking for a heart-pounder, this is it.” S.B. Stinnet
The castle of 15th century duchess Elizabeth Laskaar looks down on the little Swiss village of Murdenwald and the secretive military complex nearby. There, the UN hopes to end world conflict with a vast military simulation that will dramatize the apocalypse that will follow the next major war. To head the project, they hire notorious Hollywood producer Donald Vito, master of explosive action adventures, who still mourns the murder of his teenage love in the 1950s.
Vito and the simulation team use new technology to build hundreds of virtual soldiers and terrorists you can touch, speak to, and reason with. But they also begin to feel the influence of Elizabeth Laskaar. She’s often called Bloody Bess – the first real vampire – because she maintained her youthful beauty by slaughtering her maidservants and bathing in their blood.
Recklessly inspired by their surroundings, the team creates a virtual vampire that soon takes on the characteristics of Elizabeth’s magnificent, long-dead husband. Soon, he and Bess stalk the compound, seducing everyone working on the project, until vampire blood surges beyond the humans to the virtual characters with unthinkable consequences. In the end, perhaps, only the power of Vito’s long-lost love can save humanity.
5 Stars: Magnificent Fictional Horror Drama!
Bloody Bess and The Doomsday Games is a magnificent fictional horror drama featuring ancient vampires, teenage romance, and a top-secret military project. The Doomsday Games, as the project is called, involves a team of international scientists, engineers, and military personnel who gather in the ancient town of Murdenwald, Switzerland, to do no less then put an end to war.
Nick Iuppa developed a cast of authentic and unique characters like Elizabeth Laskaar (Duchess of Hungry) known as “Bloody Bess” to her victims in 1580 in the small village of Nyirbator Hungary. She prowled the streets of Murdenwald seeking out young women to murder so that she could bathe in their blood. Her husband Ferenc, some say, is still the director of the town’s ancient library. A most beautiful man with midnight blue eyes, he waits for naïve young women to come to his tower and aid him in his evil work. Then there’s Donny Vito, the world’s greatest film producer, called upon by the U. S. President to breathe life into the Doomsday Games. Elli Capadonico is the girl Donny loved in his youth; she fell victim to Arnie Cudgel, an obsessive young man with both romantic and sadistic intentions. The cast also includes scientists, mathematicians, military personnel, writers, artists, technicians, Chu Yun Trang (the director of a rogue nation seeking to build nuclear weapons), and a myriad of simulated characters who populate the virtual Armageddon.
Nick’s highly descriptive writing takes the reader from the Middles Ages to a 1950s high school romance, to mysteries surrounding the ‘knowledge’ held in the ancient Murdenwald Library, to the International Simulation Center itself where the final challenge becomes solving “the God Problem.” Nick weaves these stories together so skillfully that the separate lines merge to become plot twists in an amazing and unexpected ending.
The author, Nick Iuppa, is the son of a prominent Rochester, New York doctor. Nick attended the University of Notre Dame and did his graduate work at Stanford. Nick’s first job was at MGM Studios in Hollywood where he worked on TV specials with Dr. Seuss and Chuck Jones (creator of the Road Runner). He also had the privilege of writing for the Wonderful World of Disney, working as an instructional designer for Eastman Kodak, leading Bank of America’s in-house TV production group, managing the Learning Technologies Group within Apple Computer, and finally returning to Paramount Pictures in Hollywood where he designed Internet entertainment and built Hollywood-style simulations for the military.
Nick’s extensive travels to Europe have inspired some of his characters and settings. His work history, technical knowledge, and experience have given him the tools and concepts for his novels.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by PaVanA: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Bloody Bess! A sensational read! Reviewed in the United States on October 21, 2014. Verified Purchase. Wow, what a great ride I was taken on by reading Nick Iuppa’s book: “Bloody Bess and the Doomsday Games”! It’s a compelling mixture of horror, Sci-Fi Technology, and a sweet heartfelt teen love story that anyone and everyone can relate to. It draws you in immediately as if on the proverbial roller coaster ride. You settle in to read, and can’t wait to turn the page to experience what comes next. Each character stands out, just as each situation. Mr. Iuppa knows how to take all these different elements and weave them together to create a “can’t put it down” page turner. It’s plots takes you on a excitement filled ride of surprises. I always find the best in any entertainment are being drawn in from the start and shown many breathtaking twists and turns that meld into many stunning unexpected moments. This book is also very sexy without being lewd or offensive. It’s the perfect blend of scary, sensual, Sci-tech and tender young love. I truly resented the times when I couldn’t keep reading. I found myself thinking of it all the time through the daily mundane chores until I could return to the book. I savored every moment. It builds and surprises until it reaches the exciting climax. The only thing I didn’t enjoy – was that I finished it! I wanted it to go on and on. I still look back at it and find myself telling others of this great book. I think anyone would find this a book they can’t put down. This is one purchase you will never regret. I am sure I will go back to read it again, like anything that brings so much pleasure. Thank you, Mr. Iuppa for writing this wonderful book.
Review by W.M. Dawes: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Entertaining, scary and very well written. Reviewed in the United States on July 28, 2014. Verified Purchase. An incredible blend of high technology and centuries-old vampires. Nick Iuppa showcases his expertise in the realm of virtual-world simulation for military training – expanding it to reaches far beyond today’s capabilities – and mixes in a supernatural tale worthy of Stephen King. The story leaps around the world and across the centuries, tying together plot elements and characters into a very entertaining and scary tale. Twists and turns, sex and surprises, action and adventure. Toss in a brilliant Hollywood producer (another area with which, given his resume, Mr. Iuppa seems quite familiar) with a nostalgic longing for love lost decades before, and you have a page-turning genre-expanding story. Definitely worth a read!
Review by Charles Masick: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. This is an excellent love story embedded in an action-filled drama that involves …. Reviewed in the United States on July 27, 2014. Verified Purchase. This is an excellent love story embedded in an action-filled drama that involves both the characters and the readers. Using military simulations to resolve world issues through automated Hollywood-style story generation, there are struggles between powerful people, including world leaders of the military, entertainment, and technology. There are even struggles between the guidance provided by games and the exercise of free will by the game players. The quality of character development and the vividness of scene descriptions are outstanding. The author has a gift for dealing with the time dimension through very unique characters.
Review by Amazon Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Look out! Reviewed in the United States on June 22, 2014. Look out! In a scenic village in the Swiss Alps, real danger — both long past and futuristic — lurks around every cobblestoned corner. If the 16th Century vampires don’t get you, the high-tech virtual reality ones will! Mix these sexy vampires with computer geeks, military officers, and one famous old-school Hollywood producer who pines for his lost teenaged love, and you get an engrossing story that’s a great blend of sci-fi, horror, & romance. I get chills just thinking about the slow, suspenseful trek up to the 13th floor of that dark, ancient library. I know who’s waiting up there….
Review by Henry Shilell: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A fine piece of work. Reviewed in the United States on June 23, 2014. Bloody, sexy, scary, and fun. In reality virtual vampires built by computers may soon be roaming all of our neighborhoods.
Product Details: Paperback: 448 Pages Publisher: Iuppa Creative Group (June 4, 2014) Language: English Romance (Science Fiction)
Esteban Meets Alicia by Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira.
As two escaped convicts and the worst sandstorm in recorded memory descend on the little town of La Sentencia, Arizona, Esteban Dorantes encounters a mysterious and beautiful woman. She advises him that (like his great, great grandfather before him) he must set off on a quest in search of the fabled seven cities of gold… to save La Sentencia. She adds that she too has a quest… to find the man who murdered her.
Review by Marc Wade: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Quest for the Ages. Reviewed in the United States on August 1, 2016. Verified Purchase. A desperate trek in search of a mythical kingdom, whirlwinds that ravage two continents, a magical jukebox, a failing mine that takes all the workers and their town down with it, a spaceship that blasts off from the center of the earth leaving behind the greatest treasure in the history of humankind… all that AND a personal appearance by the Devil himself and his ultra-sexy head of human resources… what a story!
Review by Derrick: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Very well done. Reviewed in the United States on March 19, 2021. This was so good! The authors out did themselves. I think I’ve discovered I enjoy books about some epic quest. This one was full of very engaging characters. There were one or two that were some of the most evil characters I’ve come across in a while. I had a lot of fun reading this. The sci fi and horror elements were well written. All the action was part of what makes it so much fun. I look forward to reading more from these authors. They do such a great job!
Review by ALY: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Esteban’s Quest. Reviewed in the United States on August 22, 2016. What a wonderful book! This book has it all for me. A great adventure and great characters and a wonderful ride! There was so much in this book! What a epic tale. I enjoyed every minute of it. There are so many great characters but I did not have a hard time getting to know and love each one in my own way. I don’t think there was much left out of this adventure. * I received this book from the author in exchange for a honest review*
Review by Linda Todd: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A gift from two very talented authors keeps them coming. ☺Reviewed in the United States on August 31, 2016. Amazing story loved it as I know I would great book from the two wonderful authors Nick Iuppa, & John Pesqueira. This book I would be so delighted to recommend to my friends. The characters are a lively bunch and they all come together in one hell of a story you will love this book as much as I did. My sincere thanks to the wonderful authors Nick Iuppa, John Pesqueira for allowing me the privilege and pleasure of reading this wonderful book so to all happy reading and keep smiling from wee me.
Product Details: Paperback: 60 Pages Publisher: Independently Published (January 28, 2017) Language: English Fantasy (Paranormal)
When he was a child, Niko Madonie was terrified of his over-protective grandmother. Somehow, he knew she was a witch possessed of overwhelming supernatural powers and determined to save him from the real and imagined dangers of the modern world.
Now a successful writer in Hollywood, Niko is helping create an animated version of Hansel and Gretel while he struggles to protect his beautiful young wife from sexy, New Age witches who hope to sacrifice her to please the ancient crone.
This is an epic horror romance set against a background of legends, with complex villains, a magical young couple, and a storyline straight from the darkest pages of the Brothers Grimm.
5 Stars: Better Keep The Lights On While Reading!
If you have ever thought that reading Grimm’s Fairy Tales to your children or grandchildren might frighten them, then you’d better keep the lights on while reading Taken by Witches to yourself.
Author Nick Iuppa asks questions you might not ask aloud. “Do witches exist; where does their power come from, and to what ends will they use it?”
Masterfully written, this multifaceted story begins in the small Polish village of Zakopane high in the Carpathian Mountains. A warlock skillfully tells the story to a shopkeeper and his young daughter after he returns a collection of gruesome masks that the shopkeeper once sent to America so they wouldn’t fall into the hands of the Nazis. The masks are all images of the same woman, a witch named Babcia (pronounced Bob-cha) the Polish name for grandmother.
The warlock’s story begins with a young boy named Niko Madonie who realizes that his grandmother has supernatural powers that terrify him up until the day she dies. As an adult, Niko marries and becomes a successful writer in Hollywood. But even there he is haunted by memories of Babcia and he finds he must struggle to protect his wife from new age witches who decide to sacrifice the beautiful young woman to please the ancient crone.
Imagine Babcia’s evil smell: (the stench of blood sausage mixed with the spicy sweetness of gingerbread) and realize that ancient history doesn’t always stay in the past. Centuries after Niko’s grandmother lost her first baby to medieval witch hunters, she bears a new family to a new husband in a new land, America. But even in this future place and time, she remembers the vow she made when the infant was murdered: “Atrocities to her loved ones will never happen again,” no matter what the consequences.
Author Nick Iuppa has impressive credentials as the former Creative Director of Paramount Pictures’ Digital Entertainment, Head of Apple Computer’s Learning Technologies Group, and Writer for the Wonderful World of Disney.
I enjoyed Taken by Witches by Nick Iuppa as a modern horror story based on Grimm’s Fairy Tales, which first brought the essence of ancient witchcraft into America’s bedtime stories. Nick’s other novels include Alicia’s Ghost, Alicia’s Sin, Alicia Bewitched, Bloody Bess and The Doomsday Games, and Avenging Adelita.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars Thrills & Chills. Reviewed in the United States on November 2, 2017. Verified Purchase. Taken By Witches skillfully breathes fresh life into an age-old archetype, combining ancient myths with modern storytelling. As told by a mischievous warlock, the story tells the tale of Niko, a young man struggling to free himself from the watchful and jealous eye of his dead grandmother, a witch named Babcia. Kidnapped by witches as a young girl, Babcia develops an intense devotion to her grandson Niko, which he feels looming over him even after her death. Murderous and prone to fits of rage, the ghost of Babcia causes more than a few crises in Niko’s life. Will he ever be free of her? Or will his grandmother continue to control his life forever, eternally working her witch magic from the grave?
Nick Iuppa has an innate talent for translating the human sense of fear into stunning vivid descriptions on the page; I found myself completely unable to look away. Babcia conjures up feelings of both pity and repulsion in the reader, which is always the sign of a well-crafted complex character. The pace is kept at a steady climb as we are transported between two different time periods, and staying true to the classic horror genre, Iuppa channels his personal fascination with the Brothers Grimm into contemporary themes of love, loneliness, and loss.
It is undeniable that humankind’s fascination with witches is timeless; it is one of those obsessions not bound by time or space, ever-present and creeping in the back of our minds. As with all things magical and mysterious, all it takes is a curious mind to slowly peel back the curtain, and peer warily into the unknown.
Review by DT: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Beautifully written horror. Reviewed in the United States on October 29, 2015. Verified Purchase. This is a beautifully written horror book about a little boy who realizes that his grandmother is a witch. The story is told by a warlock to a shopkeeper and his young daughter after he has delivered a collection of hideous masks to the shopkeeper. Once the boy has grown and his grandmother has died, he feels he is finally free of her. But this is not the case. The tension kept building, and I couldn’t figure out how it would end. There are some gruesome events and some witch clichés which are to be expected. My true review is 4.5 but I rounded up because it drew me in even though I’m not a fan of horror. I highly recommend this book for horror fans. I voted for this book in the Kindle Scout program and received an ARC in exchange for an honest review.
Review by Henry Shilell: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wonderful read. Reviewed in the United States on December 3, 2015. Verified Purchase. “This is an excellent horror story, or rather, a story within a story. It reels you in with its dark sexiness, but ultimately, it’s the graphic and gruesome horror that stays with you. The Old-World witch Babcia may be dead, but her presence still controls the modern-day living characters in this book, for better or worse — generally better for Niko, but oh, so much worse for all those unfortunate others. If you’re a fan of Grimm’s Fairy Tales (an adult version – forget any watered-down kid’s version) or even the TV show Grimm, this could be right up your alley. Make that one dark and very creepy alley.”
Review by ALY: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Taken by Witches. Reviewed in the United States on November 15, 2015. Verified Purchase. I enjoyed this book very much. Nick Iuppa did it again! I loved the story about a little boy who has a witch for a grandma. I love horror books and movies and this is no exception! I loved every minute for this book. Thanks, Nick, for a great book! * I received this book from the author in exchange for an honest review*
Review by Bruce Brachna: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Amazingly original! Reviewed in the United States on November 10, 2019. Verified Purchase. What the hell can I say? This is some of the finest writing I have ever come across. Completely original, work, totally unique, un-put downable. I lost a night’s sleep with this book, and I’m more than ready for the next one!
Review by paragirl: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Excellent Read. Reviewed in the United States on October 17, 2017. Verified Purchase. Excellent read. I enjoyed the interplay with the warlock, the witch, and her grandson. The way he told the story and elaborated on the masks forced me to stay awake and read it in one night. I look forward to getting book 2. Well done, characters fully formed!
Product Details: Paperback: 382 Pages Publisher: Iuppa Creative Group (October 31, 2015) Language: English Romance (Fantasy)
A possessed child is caught in a war between witches!
Spanning centuries of horror and witchcraft, the powerful sequel to Taken By Witches tells how Babcia Czarownica, the greatest of all witches, does battle with far more seductive members of her craft. She must confront a lustful priest, a predatory lover, a vengeful undead beauty, and the unspeakable evil hiding at the top of Rapunzel’s Tower… all to save her beloved grandson and his family from utter annihilation. And she must accomplish all this while sharing the body of an eight-year-old girl.
Review by Celia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. The Greatest Of All Witches. Reviewed in the United States on November 11, 2017. Verified Purchase. The Witch Within Her by Nick Iuppa proves to be an impressive sequel to Taken By Witches, as we are yet again so easily enchanted by the tale of Babcia and her grandson, Niko. Time has passed, and although the Madonie family are enjoying financial success and the pleasures of raising their daughter, Joy, it is not enough to keep tension and resentment at bay. Feeling neglected and lonely, Holly has turned to other men for comfort, which only serves to fan the flames of Babcia’s anger. In a desperate attempt to punish Holly for her infidelity and the emotional pain she causes for Niko, Babcia possesses the mind of her granddaughter Joy at will, using the young girl as the vessel through which she commits her acts of revenge. But there are more foes that Babcia must contend with before she is through; old archenemies from Babcia’s past have resurfaced, and are intent on destroying her and all she holds dear. Will she be strong enough to fight these challengers and defend her title as the greatest of all witches?
In this story we are given deeper glimpses into why Babcia is the way she is; the source of her profound pain and longing, and her resentment towards those that, all those years ago, gave her no choice. A poignant message about redemption is at the heart of the story; pain and loss are often the fuel for unselfish acts of courage and love. Although Babcia may be misunderstood in many ways, her devotion is never questioned. A touching and extraordinary tale that is highly recommended!
Review by DT: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Delivers. Reviewed in the United States on April 6, 2017. Verified Purchase. I usually don’t read horror, but I had to continue the story after reading the first book (a summary is included for those who didn’t read it or want to brush up on it.) This sequel perfectly continues the story. There were more insights into Babcia, the powerful witch whose goal is to protect her grandson, Niko even beyond death. It made me fear for his wife, Holly who loves him but feels neglected and is tempted by other men. In the meantime, other witches are following their own agendas trying to thwart Babcia. I found the inclusions of the Hansel and Gretel and Rapunzel legends great additions to the story. There are lots of twists and turns, and Iuppa does a great job at keeping the story flowing. I frequently kept reading long after I told myself I had to stop. If you’re intrigued by witches, this is the book for you. I really had no idea how it would end and the ominous tone left me wondering what would happen if the series continues. I received an ARC and this is an honest review.
Review by Bridget Ball: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Babcia is fascinating and terrifying. Reviewed in the United States on October 27, 2022. Babcia is back! The Madonie family has grown financially and welcomed a delightful daughter named Joy into their lives. But all is not what it seems on the surface. Holly, growing increasingly neglected by Niko, turns attention to other men. This angers Babcia greatly and she seeks her revenge by taking over Joy’s mind. Meanwhile, her old enemies have surfaced to overthrow Babcia and claim the title of the greatest witch of all.
I enjoyed getting to learn more about Babcia. This book is even better than the first, getting into the heart of the story and increasing in plot twists. There is something about Babcia that fascinates and terrifies. Nick Iuppa has an extraordinary ability to scare you just enough that you want to continue to satisfy your curiosity about her.
I recommend this book for ‘Witch’ fans. Don’t be fooled by the touches on the stories of Rapinzel and Hansel and Gretel, this book is not for the faint of heart. I can’t wait to find out what will happen with Babcia next!
Product Details: Paperback: 402 Pages Publisher: Dos Milagros Press (May 11, 2017) Language: English Romance (Paranormal)
Nick Iuppa is the former: Creative Director of Paramount Pictures’ Digital Entertainment, Head of Apple Computer’s Learning Technologies Group, Writer for the Wonderful World of Disney and apprentice animator on How The Grinch Stole Christmas. He’s the author of 9 novels, 4 technical books on new media, and a humorous compendium of management tactics called MANAGEMENT BY GUILT. Nick’s an avid international traveler, hiker, and adventurer. He and his wife, Ginny, live in the San Francisco Bay Area.
John Pesqueira studies at the University of Arizona, Columbia, and Stanford prepared him for an impressive career in media design and development. His passion for the visual arts and popular culture continue to inform his creative efforts and still inspire his writing and photography. John grew up in the Sonoran Desert and his love of the history, legends, and people of the American Southwest and Mexico remain a major focus of his work. John lives with his wife in Northern California.
Novels by Nick Iuppa and John Pesqueira:
Alicia Bewitched
Alicia’s Sin
Alicia’s Ghost: The Alicia Trilogy Book 1
Alien Inquisition (The Peacemaker Book 2)
Alien Mission (The Peacemaker Book 1)
Alien Inquisition (The Peacemaker Book 2)
Avenging Adelita
Esteban Meets Alicia
Esteban’s Quest
The Battle For The Alamo Taqueria
The Promise Of The Gateway
Novels by Nick Iuppa:
Bloody Bess And The Doomsday Games
Evolution’s Angels
Taken By Witches
The Sitcom Murders 1: Sexy Sixties Sitcom by Nicholas Victor (aka Nick Iuppa)
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Explores Our Deepest Darkest Fears!
Mankind has always had a fascination with extraterrestrials which dates from ice-age cave walls, ancient Egyptian carvings all the way to Milijun by Clayton Graham.
This well-written novel explores our deepest darkest fears that as a planet we are not ready for an alien incursion, in fact we pretend our intellect can save us. However, in Australia 2179 AD main character Laura Sinclair is faced with the unimaginable when she and her son Jason witness aliens descending to earth.
It is earth’s exploration and mining on the lunar surface that begins the conflict that ultimately results in the alien incursion into the Australian outback. Laura and her son Jason are faced with alien-driven technology that severely tests a mother’s love and resolve to protect her offspring at whatever cost.
It is my intent to share a quote to show you the author’s writing style without spoiling the story.
… “It was almost 6:30 pm when Laura came across what would later be called the Rawlinna nest. The sun was dropping in the western sky as she staggered wearily to the top of a modest incline and surveyed the collection of old aluminum shacks spread out before her.
…She dropped to the ground, partly to avoid detection but also from sheer fatigue. Her face was covered with sweat and there were several dirt marks down both cheeks where she had attempted to clear bothersome flies from her face. Closing her eyes briefly, she sat in silence, not wanting to act in haste but acutely aware that time was crucial. Earlier, she had made a brief stop to drink water from the choppa’s emergency rations but now felt the need for more. She quenched her thirst then nibbled at a foul-tasting energy bar as she thought through her next move.”
I invite you to the Australia outback where things are not as you might imagine. Milijun is a striking name for this novel. I dare you to find its meaning. It is an Australian aboriginal word which also has a Serb-Croatian context.
The year is 1885. Hank James has been in Canada several months panning gold from a stream near Roswell, British Columbia. When he hears a prizefight will be held in town, he attends along with everyone for miles around. With a little help from the fight referee, he wins big betting on the fight. Having realized that the life of a miner isn’t nearly as romantic or rewarding as he expected, and with advice from the policeman who helped him win money on the fight, Hank goes to Farwell to haul freight with pack horses for contractors building the transcontinental railroad.
The railroad’s security, a detachment of North West Mounted Police, have maintained across the West that no liquor be allowed one mile on either side of the rail bed. Provincial authorities disagree. Hank James believes in honoring and repaying his debts, but that doesn’t mean he should be involved in a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted.
He and his partners have trouble enough running their freight business, they don’t need to be caught between competing policemen. They are already stuck between Canada’s transcontinental railroad people and the contractors doing the actual construction. While the police are fighting one another, who is looking for criminals, particularly those stealing Hank’s horses? Despite a variety of jobs, D.M. McGowan now works as a commercial driver and lives near Mile “0” of the world-famous Alaska Highway.
His stories bring Canadian history to life. “I believe in seeing morality and societal responsibility rewarded. Too much of today’s fiction seems to lead into the dark instead of the light.”
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network: US and Canadian History Combined With Legends From The 1800’s!
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan is a western pioneering era saga that combines great story telling, true-to-life cowboy experience with US and Canadian history combined with legends from the 1800’s.
The main character Hank James was born in Canada and migrated south into the US with his family after the Civil War. Hank’s father headed towards Oregon in search of a farmstead while protecting his family from raids by outlaws and Indians. They made it as far as Kansas to find that the land was too dry to farm so pushed on to Oregon to find the land was too wet. With Mother Nature as their biggest obstacle and many mouths to feed young Hank James set out on his own. He settled down with his own gold mine claim near Rossland, British Columbia in 1984.
Hank wasn’t afraid of hard work, but he wanted more out of life than to eke out a living on his claim. With tenacity Hank took advantage of the Transcanada Railroad, found some partners, and started his own freight business. Life should be good, but where there is industry, technology, commerce and economy, there are criminals.
Quote from page 37.
… “It didn’t take a detective to know that the horse thief had played a little joke on the Provincial Police. Constable Art Hubbard was over six feet tall and probably ten pounds lighter than the one eighty mentioned in the description. Not only was he a long way from round, he was also clean shaven.
…I gave Constable Hubbard my story, ending with the recovery of the bay gelding and the description I had from Miller. “An’ the fella called himself Art Hubbard,” I added.
…The Constable’s expression didn’t change. He worked his chew around into one cheek and sent a stream of tobacco juice into the waste basket. “Feller with a sense o’ humor,” he noted, and then added. “It’ll be one ‘o Bulldog Kelley’s outfit. They work out o’ some of the illegal saloons t’ be found back in the bush. We catch one or two of ‘em every now an’ then, but we can’t get Kelley, an’ he’s the head o’ the snake. I can think of one or two that might fit your description, but not a one that had a full beard. An’ this fella’s probably shaved by now.”
…I wrote out my story, signed it, and returned to work.”
Between the horse thieves, authority over liquor sales and a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted Hank is he in over his head? Only time will tell if he makes the right choices and will he win the heart and loyalty of Sharon Dalton?
Saddle up your horse, holster your gun and join a rugged western cast of characters that will take you back to the reality and the legends of the Wild West.
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan shares nuggets of history told within a great story of human experience in the Wild West.
About The Author: Author Dave McGowan has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician and businessman. He now writes, and works as a commercial driver, in Northern British Columbia.
The forgoing is the bio from the back of my novels and one might conclude from this information that I was a poor employee … either lazy or didn’t know what I was doing … and was kicked off a lot of jobs. You would be partially correct, at least in surmising that I don’t know what I am doing. As for my being a poor employee, you would have to ask my bosses … although I think I’ve managed to trick the one I have now.
Of course, when I had my own business, my boss thought I was marvelous.
Truthfully, I’ve managed over the years to find employment regardless of my location or the problems that might exist with the economy. I enjoyed much of that experience at the time and am glad that I attained it.
I’ve also visited a good portion of North America and lived in several areas of Canada where I met some great people and enjoyed some wonderful country.
Speaking of great people, Karen and I are parents to four great people who have supplied eight grandchildren who show that improvements can be possible in each generation. One of those has added a great-grand daughter to the line.
Bob Morgan, sometime rangeland detective and sometime bounty hunter is prepared for a quiet summer training and selling some of his horses. When that pleasant, relaxing time is attacked by a crime boss and his daughter, then complicate further by an ungrateful neighbor, he changes his plans to avoid exciting a temper that might be fatal for someone.
Call him a bounty hunter, a rangeland detective, an actor, a chameleon, a puzzle solver; whatever title you choose, Bob Morgan will find a way to reshape depravity, corruption and destruction into the manageable and acceptable. All that is necessary is to not expect too much, appreciate whatever improvement may be realized, and don’t look too closely at Morgan’s past.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
Nine short pieces of fiction constructed around 170 years of North American history and interspersed at intervals by fourteen poems.
The first story is a fictional accounting of the first European to reach the Pacific coast of Canada. Following are fictional pictures of the winners and losers who became builders of North America and thus, eventually, all winners and though they didn’t know it or want it, builders of what exists today.
Thomas Brash is trying to escape but knows he never will. No thinking person can escape from their past. Pursuing him is the memory of the family he lost to cholera. Perhaps he believes that traveling alone in a wild, dangerous land will end all his memories; there is no doubt he wishes to be alone. Whatever his intentions the appearance of Frank Clement and the circumstances of that meeting upset those plans. Brash views Clement as an uneducated child who requires fatherly protection and guidance. Clement views Brash as a tenderfoot and can not understand how anyone who knows so little could live so long. These two loners are joined by others and they all become partners. Having achieved relative sanctuary and surrounded by civilization their wilderness past comes back to haunt them.
Claiming your share of the so called “free” land in the rugged and wide Canadian frontier in the 1880s was a difficult, demanding task. When someone tries to run roughshod over the “nesters” increasing the workload and demands, its time to take a stand.
There is more than bad weather for Hank James to contend with as he rides in search of the land of his dreams and the woman of his heart. Portis Martin, manager of a large cattle company, has no use for the small homesteaders that have begun to pepper the area…and he isn’t afraid of using every dirty trick he knows to run them out.
And Portis had been doing a pretty good job of it until what he decides are two saddle tramps, Hank James and his partner, Harry Gilmore arrive in the area.
Hank James wants equality. Hank James wants a life-time partner.
The year is 1885. Hank James has been in Canada several months panning gold from a stream near Roswell, British Columbia. When he hears a prizefight will be held in town, he attends along with everyone for miles around. With a little help from the fight referee, he wins big betting on the fight. Having realized that the life of a miner isn’t nearly as romantic or rewarding as he expected, and with advice from the policeman who helped him win money on the fight, Hank goes to Farwell to haul freight with pack horses for contractors building the transcontinental railroad.
The railroad’s security, a detachment of North West Mounted Police, have maintained across the West that no liquor be allowed one mile on either side of the rail bed. Provincial authorities disagree. Hank James believes in honoring and repaying his debts, but that doesn’t mean he should be involved in a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted.
He and his partners have trouble enough running their freight business, they don’t need to be caught between competing policemen. They are already stuck between Canada’s transcontinental railroad people and the contractors doing the actual construction. While the police are fighting one another, who is looking for criminals, particularly those stealing Hank’s horses? Despite a variety of jobs, D.M. McGowan now works as a commercial driver and lives near Mile “0” of the world-famous Alaska Highway.
His stories bring Canadian history to life. “I believe in seeing morality and societal responsibility rewarded. Too much of today’s fiction seems to lead into the dark instead of the light.”
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. US and Canadian History Combined With Legends From The 1800’s!
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan is a western pioneering era saga that combines great story telling, true-to-life cowboy experience with US and Canadian history combined with legends from the 1800’s.
The main character Hank James was born in Canada and migrated south into the US with his family after the Civil War. Hank’s father headed towards Oregon in search of a farmstead while protecting his family from raids by outlaws and Indians. They made it as far as Kansas to find that the land was too dry to farm so pushed on to Oregon to find the land was too wet. With Mother Nature as their biggest obstacle and many mouths to feed young Hank James set out on his own. He settled down with his own gold mine claim near Rossland, British Columbia in 1984.
Hank wasn’t afraid of hard work, but he wanted more out of life than to eke out a living on his claim. With tenacity Hank took advantage of the Transcanada Railroad, found some partners, and started his own freight business. Life should be good, but where there is industry, technology, commerce and economy, there are criminals.
Quote from page 37.
… “It didn’t take a detective to know that the horse thief had played a little joke on the Provincial Police. Constable Art Hubbard was over six feet tall and probably ten pounds lighter than the one eighty mentioned in the description. Not only was he a long way from round, he was also clean shaven.
…I gave Constable Hubbard my story, ending with the recovery of the bay gelding and the description I had from Miller. “An’ the fella called himself Art Hubbard,” I added.
…The Constable’s expression didn’t change. He worked his chew around into one cheek and sent a stream of tobacco juice into the waste basket. “Feller with a sense o’ humor,” he noted, and then added. “It’ll be one ‘o Bulldog Kelley’s outfit. They work out o’ some of the illegal saloons t’ be found back in the bush. We catch one or two of ‘em every now an’ then, but we can’t get Kelley, an’ he’s the head o’ the snake. I can think of one or two that might fit your description, but not a one that had a full beard. An’ this fella’s probably shaved by now.”
…I wrote out my story, signed it, and returned to work.”
Between the horse thieves, authority over liquor sales and a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted Hank is he in over his head? Only time will tell if he makes the right choices and will he win the heart and loyalty of Sharon Dalton?
Saddle up your horse, holster your gun and join a rugged western cast of characters that will take you back to the reality and the legends of the Wild West.
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan shares nuggets of history told within a great story of human experience in the Wild West.
Product Details: Print Length: 199 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (September 29, 2015)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Synopsis: In the west of the 1890s, Jake’s wife is raped and murdered, an image from which he attempts to escape and hide. When two thieves try to take what little he has left, Jake realizes he must face the past and solve his wife’s murder to truly escape the images in his head. But to find the killer, he discovers even more surprises …
Jake McTavish left his home in central Canada when he was in his early teens. After working ships on the Great Lakes, fishing Lake Winnipeg, feeding cattle south of Fort Garry, and shooting wolves on the prairies, he starts his own cattle operation in the foothills of the western mountains. Then he meets his life-long partner, Anna.
Jake and Anna were married three years when it all came crashing down. He came home to find his beautiful wife raped and murdered.
In an attempt to escape the vision of his butchered wife and all that he lost, Jake runs deep into the mountains, where he spends three years trapping and panning gold. When two outlaws attempt to rob him and leave him for dead, Jake finally comes out of the stupor he has lived in and begins to fight back.
First, he deals with the two thugs. Next, he returns to his homestead to find his wife’s killer. Solving a murder after several years is no easy task, especially when it includes surprises he didn’t want to find.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. 1800’s Western Pioneering Era Saga!
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan is an 1800’s western pioneering era saga that combines exceptional story telling with an historical tale told by Peace Country pioneer John Brown.
Well-developed characters and true to life settings with descriptive writing put the reader into the story. The main character Jake McTavish stands alone in his empty cabin with his thoughts that he voiced to his blue tick hound, “Maybe I’ll just have t’shoot somebody. That way the government will have t’ feed us ‘til they punch my ticket and bury me.”
Life had been especially hard since the murder of his wife. For the fourth year he must continue his Peace River trek in British Columbia (1898) to take the furs that he had collected by canoe down to Ft. St John. This is an important ritual as Jake trades bails of skins for cash to pay for supplies and to repair equipment heading into the new season. Times were hard enough without the ambush that knocked him out cold and took most of everything that he had in his camp.
Just 11 years ago “in the spring of 1887 Jake became a wealthy saddle tramp. He only had fourteen Canadian dollars, two U.S. dollars and eighty-six cents, but he was rich in other goods. He had four horses, a fine, double rigged saddle, a short-barrelled Colt pistol, a Colt Navy .36 and a Winchester rifle. He also had a serviceable pack saddle, bed roll, enough food to last a month and the pack covered with two tarps.”
By 1889 Jake had spent two years with the Cambridge Cattle Company and had accumulated some money. With a deep yearning for something more and the passing of the Canadian Homestead Act, Jake chose three hundred and twenty isolated acres in the foothills north of the Rocky Mountains. In the fall of 1891 with 15 yearlings to sell he met Anna Porenski. When she married him, he no longer felt driven, because he had it all. Anna was raised on a farm, so ranch life came easy to her and she enjoyed gardening. The only thing missing are children for fate has refused to grant Jake and wife Anna a baby. To end such dreams Anna is murdered and the responding Mounted Policeman comes close to accusing Jake.”
Travel with Jake McTavish on a journey to find Anna’s killer or killers.
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan for the author’s incredible story telling of Jake McTavish. I invite you to also read: The Great Liquor War, Homesteader: Finding Sharon and Partners. D. M. McGowan tells us that Cattle Business is coming soon.
Product Details: Print Length: 242 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (December 19, 2015) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen by David Milton McGowan.
Sully Wheeler doesn’t care why his cattle are disappearing. He doesn’t care why but it has to stop. Perhaps it’s part of the cost of hiding from his past, but who would steal from a one-time gunfighter? The North West Mounted Policeman that Sully contacted appeared more intent on stopping vigilante action than in stopping theft. If that proves to be the case, Sully will recover his own property, even if it takes gunfire to do it. Who is this Mountie, anyway? Is he a cop or something else entirely? Is he working to support the crown, leave the crown or actually do something for the settlers? And while we’re talking about that Mountie, isn’t he spending too much time with that newspaper lady from the Bulletin?
From The Author: Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen was an opportunity to extend a character first introduces in “Homesteader: Finding Sharon” and the months long chase of the fugitive “Almighty Voice” and his eventual death. I had just barely started and realized it was also a chance to mention some of the changes in the North West Mounted Police during the first thirteen years of their existence.
I forced myself into a slight change of direction and tension and to introduce a break to the narrative I introduced a “Dominion Day” parade. This gave me a chance to introduce some of the farming equipment of the day.
About The Author: David M, McGowan (Dave) has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician, businessman and commercial driver. He is also a Great-Grandfather, husband, Freemason and Shriner. He is now retired and lives and writes in Northern British Columbia.
Product Details: Paperback: 414 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Independently Published (July 27, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Lucky: He is a former Confederate officer who has become far less than an “officer and a gentleman”. When he realizes what he has become he tries to see a new future and a new him.
#thief #enlightenment
Stealing Janet’s Cattle: A young mother and rancher discovers cattle missing. She is alone and, according to the tracks outnumbered, but she is armed and she and her family need those cattle. Is this young female rancher as tough as she thinks she is? Tough enough to defeat the more powerful?
#woman #pioneer #planning
A Voice From Beyond: It’s the Great Depression and people will do almost anything to survive. Having been somewhat successful in his search for work, a hobo stops to thank those who helped him rise up from destruction. A simple “thank you” becomes something else entirely.
Product Details: Print Length: 81 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publication Date: October 17, 2020 Western (Anthologies) Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
How do you save your family when they are faced with hate and racism on all sides? How do you avoid fear every minute of every day?
In the years following the North West Rebellion of 1885 many Métis “disappeared” as many went into hiding to avoid racism and mistreatment. Admittedly, some like Gabriel Dumont went south of the 49th parallel into the US. What happened to the rest?
Almost a century later Métis suddenly appeared as individuals and communities throughout the West. Perhaps “Into the Mountains”, fiction though it is, supplies some explanation.
Product Details: Print Length: 24 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, British Columbia, Canada (July 9, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Marker of Stone; A fictional recounting of the first European to reach the Pacific Ocean north of Mexico. Was his reception by the local population as he described it in his journal. Perhaps they put up with him hoping he would leave? Another possibility is that they controlled their desire to ensure the strange men left their land.
#communication #control #protection
Deacon; A young Canadian and several young American southerners, all fighter pilots and their experiences in 1940 during the Battle of Britain.
#WWII #fear #bombs #English pubs
Includes three rhymes about history, interaction with others and the molding of youth
Product Details: Print Length: 27 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada V1G 4K8 (August 9, 2020 Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Sometimes you might say something to a friend that you regret, however it seemed like a good idea at the time. Perhaps it was funny, true and had to be said, or just your effort to lighten the mood and explain that it wasn’t a life and death matter but could be if present efforts continue.
Yes, you regret it, but now it is your turn to relax and stop worrying about it. If this other person was a true friend, they should look back on it all, realize eventually the humour in the situation and laugh along with you.
Product Details: Print Length: 10 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada, V1G 4K8 (July 11, 2020) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Humorous Fiction) Humor
They lived “off the grid” because in those days and in that area, there was no “grid” to be on. They were homesteaders, farmers, and trappers who might find a dozen people within a day’s walk in any direction.
Suddenly they were surrounded by10, 000 strangers, almost all men and trading for goods they had not known existed.
It was 1942 and the Alaska Highway was being built through 1200 miles of wilderness.
Their system of life, the society they knew was gone with the arrival of one train in Dawson Creek. There were hundreds of more loaded freights scheduled to arrive in a town that might see half a dozen during the fall harvest.
Product Details: Print Length: 39 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC (August 30, 2020)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
About The Author: Author Dave McGowan has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician and businessman. He now writes, and works as a commercial driver, in Northern British Columbia.
The forgoing is the bio from the back of my novels and one might conclude from this information that I was a poor employee … either lazy or didn’t know what I was doing … and was kicked off a lot of jobs. You would be partially correct, at least in surmising that I don’t know what I am doing. As for my being a poor employee, you would have to ask my bosses … although I think I’ve managed to trick the one I have now.
Of course, when I had my own business, my boss thought I was marvelous.
Truthfully, I’ve managed over the years to find employment regardless of my location or the problems that might exist with the economy. I enjoyed much of that experience at the time and am glad that I attained it.
I’ve also visited a good portion of North America and lived in several areas of Canada where I met some great people and enjoyed some wonderful country.
Speaking of great people, Karen and I are parents to four great people who have supplied eight grandchildren who show that improvements can be possible in each generation. One of those has added a great-grand daughter to the line.
Note From Author: The podcast / interview I did last summer (2024) was posted yesterday on Optic TV so it is now free to stream. It was recorded on the “main street” of Dawson Creek’s “Walter Wright Pioneer Village” on a very warm day in the Peace Country by MacWood Productions. It is on MacWood’s YouTube channel, and I wouldn’t mind having it on mine. Link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C97BR1qaoLw
This is a universal link for 4 digital novels and 4 digital collections which also include links to audio versions where they are offered. Simply click on the logo for the platform you prefer.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Thrilling!
For those of us who enjoyed The Twilight Zone, ‘Silently in the Night’ by Clayton Graham is just as thrilling. This book is a collection of tales where ordinary men and women are confronted with the unexpected.
I love each story and will return to read them again. One story titled Watering Down, sticks out in my mind. It centers on the calicivirus, which can cause upper respiratory infections and oral disease in cats. Probably because I am a cat lover, or because I have memories of the Dustin Hoffman 1995 film titled Outbreak, Watering Down made such an interesting and unexpected tale.
I suspect, everyone who reads Silently in the Night will come away with one or more favorites. If you enjoy science fiction and mysteries that make your heart stands still when aliens, artificial intelligence, death, the unexplained or unexpected interact with your reality; Silently in the Night should be top of your reading list.
I am fortunate to have read Author Clayton Graham’s science fiction debut novel titled Milijun. When aliens kidnap Laura’s child, it’s going to take a lot more than a mother’s love to get him back.
I am looking forward to his upcoming release of Saving Paludis where “Nobody thought Paludis would become a battlefield, nor Earth for that matter, but in the darkest of times a glimmer of light can shine, resolute spirits can triumph over brutality and the strangest of strangers can become friends.”
Book 10 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Author Brings Legends To Life!
For all your loyal fans of the Legends of Windemere series, book ten titled Tribe of the Snow Tiger has just been released.
You will find yourself once again drawn into the imagination of the author who brings legends to life. I hope the following quotes will pull you back into the mystical world of Windemere.
The prologue finds: “Baron Arthuru Kernaghan rises from his throne and takes Trinity by the hand, she stares out at Shayd’s stony landscape, an emerald lightning storm in the distance mesmerizing her for several seconds. Groups of her people toiling in the dirt can be seen in every direction and the nearest ones risk a glance at their beloved queen.”
…The story continues, “Delvin yawns and rubs at his eyes, his fingers lingering on the dark circles that have appeared after several days of exhausting travel. Glancing out the tavern window, he watches waves of heat rise off the river that cuts through the coastal city. “It looks like Queen Ionia called in a favor to get us a ship,” Delvin says as he picks up his shield. Seeing a scrap of pie left, he spears it with his fork and eats it before the groggy drite can stop him.”
…“Now home he can put worries to rest for a while: “Sitting cross-legged at the cliff’s edge, Timoran enjoys the peaceful evening that has enveloped his homeland. The snow has melted to reveal crisp grass and rocky patches of earth, which lead to the lower mountains. Being on the southernmost cliff of the curved range, the mellow warrior can see the vast expanse of wilderness to every side, except behind him where the encampment sits among the stones. The grunt of a bear rumbles over the mountains, the large predator a faint shadow among a collection of boulders atop a distant rise. A herd of caribou are grazing to the west, the cautious beasts close enough for him to make out their antlers in the crimson moonlight. Huddled on a lower cliff is a snow leopard and her cubs, the family feasting on a recent kill that threatens to topple over the edge. The other goats have already galloped along the sheer cliffs to seek refuge within the craggy walls, only the occasional bang of butting heads revealing their presence. After watching the calming display of brutal nature for several hours, Timoran finds himself happy to be home and his worries remain shoved to the back of his mind.”
…What secrets are Timoran Wrath pushing to the back of his mind? How will this affect the champions?
…Adventure consumes them: “Lightning strikes the earth and thunder rumbles, causing the travelers to sprint along the flooded path. Risking the use of her powers, Sari runs along the top of the water while Delvin sloshes behind and waves for her to slow down. They take the crumbling stairs in twos as another bolt hits the top of the ruin, the electricity absorbed by metal veins that run along the stone structure. Desperate to get out of the storm, the trio burst into the building and are met by a wave of sweltering heat. They find themselves in a chamber where the gentle echoes of the rain hitting the roof bounce from corner to corner. A small dais is in the back with a large sconce built into the wall, a piece of moldy wood still set in the metal holder. Two wide stairwells are built into the floor, their shadowy entrances flanking the doorway. Bones and other signs of animals living in the ruin can be found in the unfurnished room, but the champions can only see a few snakes and a small tortoise. If there is a predator calling this building home then it is either downstairs or out on a hunt. Either way, the travelers are too tired to go searching for a new refuge.”
I invite you to read Tribe of the Snow Tiger and see for yourself how they fit into Windemere?
If you are just beginning your journey into the Legends of Windemere and you love fantasy, author Charles E. Yallowitz’s imagination and great story telling will keep you engaged. I encourage you to purchase and read all ten books in this 5 Star Series.
The Settlers: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger.
First Book In An Axe Of Iron Series.
The Settlers: Axe of Iron is a tale
of survival, strife, love, and the quest for a new home in the face of hostile
opposition. Conditions of manifest destiny propel a large contingent of Norse
Greenlanders from relative security into an odyssey of exploration and
settlement out over the unknown waters of the North Atlantic, to a North
America of one thousand years ago, to a land they called Vinland. The
chieftain, Halfdan Ingolfsson and his second-in-command, Gudbjartur Einarsson,
spend a winter gathering 315 men, women, and children from the two Norse
settlements on the southwestern coast of Greenland.
Early in the spring of A.D. 1008, the
company sets sail aboard six large cargo ships. Five days into the voyage, in
the strait between Helluland and Markland, present day Hudson Strait, a gale
holds the flotilla in its grip for four long and arduous days. Halfdan decides
to seek shelter in a protected bay, so they can rest, repair the storm damage,
and replenish food stores lost in the storm.
During the following weeks, the
settlers reap a harvest of fish and game that is the best in living memory.
When hunters discover a sheltered fjord, Halfdan orders a move. Tornit hunters
from far to the north venture south to hunt, and the Northmen strike up a
friendship with them. The Tornit tell the newcomers much about the local area
and describe coastal waters far to the south.
It is this thought-provoking insight into the geography of this new land and the dawning realization that the storm god, Njord, seems to have led his people to this place, that cause Halfdan to revise his thinking and propose a new plan to Gudbjartur and the council of ship’s captains: sail south before choosing where to build their settlement.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. The Viking ship called ‘Steed of the Sea’ sailing in the cold dark waters in the foreground of tall glaciers under a foreboding sky on the cover is just the beginning.
Whether you sat under the history lessons of Columbus discovering America or are more adventurous in your approach to history and have a yearning to know who was here when Columbus arrived and where did they come from, ‘The Settlers’ is a tale that should be on a mandatory reading list in all schools in order to provoke thought and discussion on native North America in the latter half of the tenth century. Scholars can’t agree but this tale offers a new perspective about America’s indigenous people, how they viewed explorers, handled settlers and coexisted on a bountiful body of land with all its beauty and treacherous environment.
It is important to read the ‘Author’s Note’, ‘Historical Perspective’ and the ‘Glossary Of Norse Terms’ provided by the author to educate the reader. In the Author’s Note you will meet Gudbjartur Einarsson who is an Icelander, a Northman or Norseman who is second in command under Halfdan Ingolfsson. Chapter one unfolds six wooden ships carrying 163 Greenlanders and 152 Icelanders (including men, women and children) set sail with horses, cows, pigs, chickens, dogs, cats, equipment (tents and parts to horse drawn carts) and supplies to explore areas of what they call Vinland (North America).
Exhaustive research, realistic characters garbed in functional layers residing in a true to life story line that allows the reader to experience the sea voyage and land exploration with exquisite writing that creates a sense of being present in the story even when this first book in ‘An Axe Of Iron Novel’ series has been closed on a night stand.
Here’s a few of my favorite quotes from the book:
“He whistled tunelessly to himself, the notes blown away on the wind. His eyes darted over the sea ahead and aloft at the trim of the sail and rigging. The heart of the ship pulsed through the soles of his feet, vibrated up through the steering oar and the palms of his hands, an inaudible hum that told him all was well in his world.”
“Wind driven rain stung exposed skin like bees protecting their hive.”
“Several kettles of whale blubber boiled over individual fires on the beach to render the valuable oil. The thick, rich oil skimmed of the connective tissue – the crunchy fried meat and curled pieces of skin were a delicacy-had many uses. It was a valuable food source, preservative, and lamp fuel.”
…After the journey across treacherous seas land was a welcome sight with all of its wild game like “Grunting herds of Reindeer” not to mention the predators like wolves and bears. Women and children scour rocky cliffs for seabird eggs to add to their food supply giving the kids some stress relieving egg throwing activity.
…Unforeseen and inevitable injuries, herbal treatments, Viking burial ceremony amidst deep held Christian beliefs.
…Attraction and a “bed of soft, furry skins nestled in the scrub brush, well protected from the north wind’. Passion, “eyes smoldered with lust” hands explore, tongues probe, “locked bodies swayed in the throes of passion”.
…Hunting and cooking for survival, sewing for protective covering, animal pelts and jewelry making for trade commodity. The best and the worst of human nature revealed in a hostile new world.
…Now heading into the reading of ‘Confrontation: An Axe Of Iron Novel’ book two of the series gives clarity as to the sequence of history, characters and events that readers should follow in order to understand and digest the fiction history which is laid out in great detail, humanity and historical correlation regarding much debated events.
…The Settlers – An Axe of Iron Novel book one is the fictional historical accounting of exploration and settlement of Vinland (North America).
Confrontation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J.A. Hunsinger.
Second Book In An Axe of Iron Series.
In
Confrontation, two calamitous events occur that pave the way for the hostile beginnings
of an assimilation process between the Greenland Norse settlers and the natives
of Vinland. The first mixing of cultures occurs when a woman of the Northmen,
Thora, and Deskaheh the Haudenosaunee, marry. This union, accepted
enthusiastically by the Northmen, opens a window into the native mind.
For
all the people of this land the way is rocky and fraught with danger at every
turn, but the acceptance and friendship that develops between the Northmen and
the Naskapi, another native tribe, over an affair of honor, the eventual
acceptance of a young boy of the Northmen by his Haudenosaunee captors, and a
scenario that seems ordained by the will of the gods, makes it all begin to
fall into place, as it must for the Northmen to survive.
Will
this developing relationship allow the Northmen to remain in the homeland of
the Naskapi, or are they doomed to failure?
The settlers must deal with that question on a daily basis. Standing in their way are uncounted numbers of indigenous peoples, the pre-historical ancestors of the contemporary Cree (Naskapi), Ojibwa (Anishinabeg), and Iroquois (Haudenosaunee) Indians. From the outset, the warriors of these various tribes violently resisted the incursion of the tall, pale-skinned invaders. The overwhelming numbers of the native peoples in Vinland hold the fate of the Northmen in their hands. The success or failure of the settlement at Halfdansfjord hangs in the balance.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. This character driven, action packed historical fiction saga continues from ‘The Settlers: An Axe Of Iron Novel’ where 163 Greenlanders and 152 Icelanders (including men, women and children) set sail with horses, cows, pigs, chickens, dogs, cats, equipment (tents and parts to horse drawn carts) and supplies to explore areas of what they call Vinland (North America).
Confrontation – An Axe Of Iron Novel cover with the Viking battle axe reflecting warriors gives us the first clue regarding the brutal facts of survival and desperate measures taken by men to protect their women, children and settlement with blood sweat and tears. Author J. A. Hunsinger has provided an in-depth ‘Glossary of Norse Terms’ and ‘Native Terms’ to help readers understand the people and culture.
…Settling into a new land will prove challenging when the indigenous tribes who have a distaste for any fair skinned men due to those who cheated them in trade, abused them and killed their tribesmen in the past. Apart from expected interaction with the variety of native cultures, life in the new settlement is forced into daily and seasonal routines out of necessity.
…Halfdan Ingolfsson and Gudbjartur Einarsson (his second in command) walk the settlement commons overseeing the duties pertaining to survival like the grueling process of filling the Kiln (furnace) with dry birch wood, burning the wood until only charcoal is left and then storing this precious commodity under the shed roof to be used for heat and cooking during the harsh winter months.
…Children in the settlement (especially the boys) had to earn their place in their family and settlement by moving from boyhood into manhood by demonstrating skills taught and mirrored to them by their fathers, brothers, cousins and other men around them. Skills like hunting which was the core of survival. Unfortunately, dangers exist when dealing with wild animals like a Bull Moose protecting his territory, cow and calf. Death can be mercifully quick and brutal. The burial ceremony, reverence for even the youngest hunter/warrior, tradition and spirituality (Gods Will) play a role for the dead and those who remain.
…Seasons marked by the moon predict work, trade, play, marriage and birth. I quote Bjorn “as a pleasant smile curved his lips”. “Yes, it is time I thought of a mate. Another long winter comes and company in my bed would be welcome. Perhaps this is the one (as he recalls the tall blonde woman)”.
…Confrontation is inevitable, warriors’ attack, prisoners taken, injuries sustained, spoils of battles and questions about their ability to live in peace brings us to the anticipation of the third book in An Axe Of Iron Series titled “Assimilation”.
J. A. Hunsinger’s series ‘An Axe Of Iron’ has been exhaustively researched and parallel the actually events as close as a historical fiction can. I recommend this series to both men and women and suggest that the series be placed on a high school/college reading list.
This reviewer is looking forward to ‘Assimilation – An Axe Of Iron Novel’ which is the third book in the series.
Confrontation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger’s book two is the fictional historical accounting of exploration and settlement of Vinland (North America).
Assimilation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger.
Third Book In An Axe of Iron Series.
Assimilation
will wet the appetite of the fans that have developed a fascination with the
plight of the Greenland Viking settlers in the first two novels of the series,
The Settlers and Confrontation.
The
twists and turns of this continuing tale will engage the reader from the outset
as the tall, fair-skinned invaders, knowing it is their key to survival,
gradually assimilate with the savage natives of the pre-historical land that
will become the Hudson Bay and Great Lakes regions of Canada and the US.
In a scenario ordained by the gods, this assimilation process has a thin chance of success through the forced involvement of two of the Viking settlers with tribes of natives that are habitual enemies of one another. Against overwhelming odds that can have but one successful outcome for the settlers, daily life becomes a balancing act where one word, one gesture, one innocent mistake, can spell disaster in this hostile setting.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Assimilation is the final novel in the Axe of Iron series by J. A. Hunsinger. The author asks that you read or reread the ‘Historical Perspective’ that is located in ‘The Settlers’ which is the first volume in this series. The author’s research into the historical time frame and authentic pre-historical Indian names is irrefutable. The ‘Historical Perspective’ goes into the whole concept of the Norse sagas. Even though each book stands alone, as a reader who has enjoyed the entire series, I encourage you to purchase all three books.
As the author states in his book’s description, the first two books in this series (The Settlers and Confrontation) “dealt with the plight of the Greenland Viking settlers”.
Assimilation begins with a map showing where the settlements are and opens with two Naskapi warriors hidden from view, surveying the river valley below. The saga continues with descriptive writing that puts you the reader on the ground experiencing the mysteries of the Viking period. Smell the earth and lush dense forests, travel the routes carved out of the land by natives and take up residence in the villages and experience the hardships of this pre-historical land that we now call the Hudson Bay and the Great Lakes of Canada and the US.
…Eavesdrop on Nipishish and Ingerd as they lay in each other’s arms, engaged in whispered conversation like couples do.
…Join warriors in their canoes as they glide in the chill of pre-dawn morning heading toward the Haudenosaunee Village.
…Stand at the rail of a Viking ship called Steed of the Sea and feel the motion of the sea as the ship heads towards a distant beach.
…After the storm, the Norse society dries out and attends to the damage that Njord and Thor (the gods of weather) have forced upon them. Catch a glimpse of the smoke that curls into the calm skies over the cook fires where fish, meat and stew aroma awaits the barley bread and other leftovers that will nourish the community and reward the daily chores.
…Reconnect with the characters that you have come to know like Halfdan, his dog Fang, Tostig, and experience the council meetings where men discuss their destiny, when in reality it is the gods like the “mighty Thor” who have the final say.
…Strong women who cook and weave on looms by the light of seal oil lamps, teach their girls to spin fibers of wool into skeins of thread, care for the children and their men with tenderness in a world where both beauty and harshness intertwine. Communities where communication and yes even gossip are the norm, and where the outsider might find rest if assimilation is acquired.
…Drumbeats of war are as common as the moon rising over the snow, so too are the tracks of snowshoes where the trappers are as important as the warriors for a civilization that exists within a fine balance between preservation and extinction. Here is a quote: “Nipishish, Kejo, and Lothar returned to their village as quickly as possible after the parley with Nesatin. Word spread faster than normal through the Nitassinan that the Anishinabeg had rejected Sachem’s peace offering regarding the people of Haldansfjord.”
I invite you to read Assimilation and discover for yourself where the legend of the Death Wind came from and what it meant for the earliest American colonies. Enjoy the detailed glossary at the end of this book which will help you understand the authentic names and terms used in this book series.
Let me take this moment to thank Author J. A. Hunsinger for his time, research and engaging storytelling that has made An Axe of Iron series possible. I sincerely hope that he will continue to write as some storytellers have one story to tell, others have infinite stories that need to be told and preserved for generations to come. The Axe of Iron novels are one of those series that time will not forget.
Assimilation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger is book three in the fictional historical accounting of exploration and settlement of Vinland (North America).
About J. A. Hunsinger: J. A. Hunsinger is an Author, Publisher, Amateur Archaeologist and Historian. His ‘Axe of Iron’ Series Details The Settlement Of A Large Group Of Norsemen On The North American Continent Beginning In 1008 AD.
J. A. Hunsinger’s Books Include Axe Of Iron: ‘The Settlers’, ‘Confrontation’ and ‘Assimilation’.
J. A. Hunsinger lives in Colorado, USA, with his wife Phyllis. He writes and promotes full-time. His three-book trilogy ‘Axe of Iron’ are available on Amazon.
Although he has long been a writer, much of his adult life has been associated with commercial aviation, both in and out of the cockpit. As an Engineering Technical Writer for Honeywell Commercial Flight Systems Group, Phoenix, AZ, he authored two comprehensive pilots’ manuals on aircraft computer guidance systems and several supplemental aircraft radar manuals. His manuals have been published and distributed worldwide to airline operators by Honeywell Engineering, Phoenix, AZ. His first published work for the general public, Flight Into Danger, appeared in Flying Magazine, (August 2002). Many of his articles have been featured in other periodicals and websites or are featured on his blog.
After his flying career ended on his 60th birthday, he found himself with time to continue his writing; this first novel was actually begun more than twenty years ago. He attended many writing classes and seminars, but couldn’t sustain a head of steam as a writer. All of that changed abruptly in 2004, when he remarried. Phyllis provided the necessary push and as a result he treated writing as work, which it most certainly is.
Writing is a learned craft. In order to learn to write, you must write. Eventually the classes must be set aside; set a daily work schedule and stick to it. That is not to say you should stop taking classes altogether; learning is a lifetime experience. Sooner or later though, you must take the plunge and go at it on your own.
Have a story to tell, one that you like. Then sit down and get busy. Have your work professionally edited: rewrite, edit, rewrite, until you’ve gotten it as good as it can be.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Delightful Educational Picture Book, For Pre-School Children.
Let Pete The Pallet (lovable character), reduce your child’s anxiety, about their first day of school.
As Pete The Pallet shares his first day of school and classroom experience, your child will see that everyone has some stress, when facing things for the first time.
When your child reads and understands Pete The Pallet’s message, your child will become less fearful of their first day at school. Pete’s story will stay with your child and even help you, as you watch your child step away for the first day of school.
Author David Frosdick has done an amazing job with Pete The Pallet. The bright, beautiful illustrations from Mark Wilson will fill your child’s mind with positive, memorable images and reassuring words.
Your child will look forward to the first day of school. He or she will dream about all amazing adventures to come, in the classroom.
I give this educational book 5-Stars.
Author David Frosdick promises new adventures from Pete The Pallet, in the future.
About The Author: While working in a local warehouse, Author David Frosdick found himself maneuvering a pallet labeled Made in Vietnam and the words he had heard so many times as a child growing up in England, ‘if only it could talk’, popped into his head.
Pete Pallet was born as a loveable character that children can learn from. Other books in the series, such as Pete Pallet’s New School and the support song, Clap Away the Nerves have been received well by parents with young children who are about to start school. They are reassured that ‘even grown-ups get nervous’. It is David’s hope that Pete the Pallet books will encourage kids and help parents teach their children valuable lessons.
This is an eclectic short story collection of six stories.
Sometimes the things we wish for in life are not always what they seem. We have good times and bad but try to make the best of it all. There are occasions when we make wishes without thinking.
Like the saying goes, ‘Be careful what you wish for.’ While other times, things work out for the better, much to our surprise.
This collection will make you think about the next time you make a wish.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. I loved this short story collection. This book will cause you to be more mindful when making a wish. Each short story gave me the opportunity to reflect on life, friendships, relationships, the world around us and the supernatural. Let me share my impressions:
THE HOMESTEAD: After 30 + years, Calvin and Amelia had earned the right to retire. They longed to leave the big city and find a peaceful place to live out their lives in safety on a land they could call their own. They didn’t expect this!
A TEEN’S LIFE: Marcus was on a downward spiral. His life, his school, and saw no hope for his future. Everything would change when he met Zeus. A wish can be granted in the strangest of ways.
THE MAGICAL PEBBLE: Shiloh was the oldest at sixteen. Her twin brothers were ten and her sister was eight. Circumstances had forced Shiloh to become the sole bread winner of the family. One day, while walking to work, a pebble got lodged in a hole in one of her worn-out shoes. Sometimes hardship can spring with unexpected blessings.
ONE MORE CHANCE: Gregory had been in the Army and served in Afghanistan. Homeless, dirty, and bedraggled, he secretly wondered if someone would give him one more chance. Sometimes things happen in life that can’t be explained but they give you the chance to begin again.
THE ROAD TO NOWHERE: Newlyweds, Roman and Meara left their unexpected, broken-down car and started walking. The more they walked, the more things changed. This is what they had always wished for – an adventure before beginning a life together. They promised to be together always no matter what happened. They never expected this!
ONE MISTAKE: Hope had to put her big news on the back burner as she and her mother spent the rest of the afternoon preparing for her sister Esme’s surprise birthday party. Esme was staying at her best friend’s house until her mother called and told her to come home. An unexpected call changed the course of their day. Sometimes we make one mistake in life that can change everything!
This is Janice (J.E.) Spina’s 50th book. She has published two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls which is enjoyed by both boys and girls, and a fantasy series for young adults. She has published twenty-three stories for young children. I encourage you to purchase Janice Spina’s books for Young Adults (18 and Up), teens and children of all ages.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. HMM I Wonder… Reviewed in the United States on September 21, 2025. These Wishes stories really make you go, “What just happened?” After reading these stories you will really be careful about what you wish for. Janice really knows how to get in your head & make you think about what you wish for.
Product Details: Print Length: 91 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina Publication Date: September 18, 2025 Language: English ISBN-13: 979-8987464670 Fiction: Religious Short Stories Fiction: Short Stories Anthologies Fiction: Short Stories (Books)
Book 2 of 8: War of Nytefall.Epic Vampire Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Help Of Halflings!
In book two, ‘War Of Nytefall: Lost’ we are reminded the only other way to reach Nytefall by ship instead of magic is with the help of halflings who have become Dawn Fangs.
While the vampire civil war intensifies on both sides, no one pays much attention to the teenager girl that enters the tavern. Glancing up, the patrons see a barefoot Dawn Fang teenager, who is dressed only in sleepwear holding a stuffed rabbit. Assuming she is a homeless beggar, the patrons in the tavern turn away. The bartender strikes up a conversation with the teenager as the bar-stool she is sitting on, spins. Let’s listen in.
…She repeatedly tries to talk when she is facing the bartender, but she is moving too fast to get more than a single word out during each pass. Wanting the fun ride to stop, the girl slams her hand down to catch the bar and her fingers crunch into the solid wood as if it was paper.
… “Oops . . . Bunny will pay for that,” she says, holding her stuffed animal upside down. She shakes the toy until an emerald falls out, the gem dotted with a few flecks of blood. “He’s always eating things that he shouldn’t. That’s why I have to keep an eye on him. You don’t happen to have any tomatoes, do you? He likes those. By the way, I’m Lost and I’m trying to find my father.”
… “Sorry to hear that,” the barrel-chested man states as he cleans a mug. He knocks on the window behind him to get it open and reaches into the kitchen to grab a tomato. “If you’re lost then it’s better for you to talk to the sheriff. This town is in the middle of nowhere, so your old man probably only passed through. Nobody ever stays here for long unless they’re interested in the jade mines to the west. Were you traveling with him and got lost in that storm we had last night?”
… “No, I was on my own,” the girl happily claims. Offering the tomato to her bunny, she quickly gets frustrated and jams the food into its mouth. “Honestly, I’m not sure I’ve ever met my father. So, I’m following my mom’s scent to see if I can find him. That storm did get me turned around. Oh, are they playing Rodil darts? My friends and I used to play it all the time, but we had different rules. Mostly, you have to hit each other instead of missing. By the way, I’m not lost. My name is Lost. Although, I don’t know where I’m going, so I could be both. It’s best to only be one at a time, but I’m always Lost.”
Is Lost a harmless teenage wanderer or a powerful vampire?
I have to say that the scene from Spaceballs is very close to how some people have reacted to present tense writing. I know this is a topic I beat to death, but it’s my style and I take several hits because of that. There are also times I get asked for my opinion on this and advice. Maybe I said these before, but I guess it needs repeating. Now, I use present tense third person, so keep that in mind. More difficult and controversial than present tense first person.
Flashbacks: These don’t real y work in the traditional sense. In present tense first person, you can have the narrator talk about an old event. Actually, having the event play out is where your timeline and tense can get muddled. Use this classic tool carefully and sparingly if you use it at all. There are other ways to get the history of your world and characters out into the world.
Historical Description: One of the traditional methods of flushing out a fantasy world is to include the history of the setting. You go beyond the five senses and mention what the land and the people used to be like. This is nearly impossible with the style that I write. Talking about the past with a nameless narrator requires switching to past tense, so it becomes jerky and disruptive to the flow. As with flashbacks, you need to find another method.
Talking: Character conversations is one thing you can depend on for world history building. If a character wouldn’t know about an old event or how something works then they’ll have to talk about it. For example, Luke is a warrior and doesn’t understand magic. So, he has to talk to Nyx when he’s confused. You see, this is also how life works in that we learn by asking questions. Unfortunately, many readers don’t enjoy lengthy dialogues. This means you need to pepper the conversations with actions and keep the explanations clear. Using humor can help too, but that apparently can have some people calling your characters immature brats.
Actions: Present tense is about the now, so the now has to be exciting. Battles, chases, traps, or whatever fits your genre to physically move the story. I know fantasy more than other genres, so fight scenes are the most common usage. Even a friendly sparring match or spat between heroes can help. You have to understand that your narration can be limited in present tense because you can’t go back too far, so you have to make the present interesting. Add actions in dialogue scenes as well to give a tighter sense of the scene. In present tense, ‘he said, she said’ can be thought of as characters standing rigidly together talking with no movement.
Observations: The five senses are still important and can tell you a lot. I use a flourishing language to paint my world because I’m attempting to trigger the senses of the reader. Within dialogue and action, you can say what the characters see, hear, taste, and smell. It’s another level of description that can really pull the scene together.
Emotions, Voice Tones, & Facial Expressions: Another trick to helping with atmosphere and action is to use facial expressions to denote emotions. Voice tone can help as well when in a conversation scene.
Emotions are very important in present tense because they change as scenes change. As events unfold, the characters need to react in real-time to things, so there is more fluidity and rollercoaster evolution. It helps to have realistic characters in present tense. Not so much in what they can do, but in their imperfections and reactions to the story. You can run into a problem here because many people don’t like emotional heroes.
Now a lot of these can go for Past Tense too, especially the last one. The point here is that there are some things that Present Tense authors need to depend on more than the Past Tense authors. It’s a rough path to walk because some people never realize what you’re doing and assume it’s just bad writing. Others can’t get used to the change in style. I won’t deny that it limits my audience, but I think it helps me stand out too. Not that standing out is my goal. In truth, I’ve been writing in Present Tense for at least 18 years and I never knew it was ‘wrong’ until 2013. It’s how I write and it’ll probably be how I always write. That’s more important to me.
About The Author: Charles E. Yallowitz was born, raised, and educated in New York. Then he spent a few years in Florida, realized his fear of alligators, and moved back to the Empire State. When he isn’t working hard on his epic fantasy stories, Charles can be found cooking or going on whatever adventure his son has planned for the day. Truthfully, his tales of adventure are much more interesting than his real life, so skip the bio and dive into the action.
Book 9 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Fans Yearning For Another Episode!
Follow-up ‘The Merchant of Nevra Coil’ with ‘The Mercenary Prince’ as it rings in 2016 for Author Charles E. Yallowitz’s loyal fans yearning for another episode in the Legends of Windemere. True to form the reader will be drawn even deeper into this mystical world of Windemere where each character casts you under a unique spell.
Delvin, given the title Mercenary Prince struggles within his mind as he sets out on a rigorous journey that will bring him back home, reunite him with old friends and bring reconciliation from his past. The warrior within comes to life as he runs through Visindor Forest. He instinctively focuses on the sound of his boots hitting the ground and the rhythm puts his mind into a trance allowing him to ignore his aching body.
I quote the section below to whet your appetite without spoiling the story.
…“The banyan tree sits among the maples and oaks, its horizontal branches with aerial prop roots giving it a unique appearance among the other plants. Delvin groans as he touches the smooth trunk with his forehead and he gladly let the metal orbs fall to the ground. Songbirds flit through the treetops and fill his ears with a soothing song, which nearly causes the warrior to fall asleep. Tearing strips off his shirt, he binds his bleeding hands and massages his arms to prevent them from getting stiff. He spends the next hour lifting the orbs like weights, stretching his legs, and using a low branch to do pull-ups. A skunk wanders over while Delvin is hanging from the tree, forcing him to remain in the air until the animal waddles out of spraying range. Dropping to the ground, his knees buckle and the forest seems to spin haphazardly around him. Expecting to find a waterskin, he reaches for his side, but the warrior realizes he left it behind in his rush to clear his mind.
…‘Guess it’s to the pond with me,’ he mutters as he gathers the orbs.
…Delvin grabs a fig off the banyan tree as he jogs to the west where he knows a decent-sized pond can be found. As he moves through the forest, his mind wanders to thoughts of his friends who he hopes are still recovering in Nevra Coil. He is struck by a pang of guilt for not letting them know that he arrived at Hamilton Military Academy. The warrior can only imagine how angry at least one of them might be considering it has been over a week since he left the other champions. His thoughts continue down a path of worry, so he is caught by surprise when he comes to the pond and finds a slender figure with short, black hair at the shore. Delvin sees pointy ears and what he thinks is a red shirt, which causes him to skid to a stop and nearly crash into the woman. His battle-honed reflexes are the only thing that allows him to spin to the side and avoid a humiliating collision.”
Whether this is your first or the ninth book in this epic 5 Star Legends of Windemere fantasy series; you will become one with this mystical world and you will follow the path where The Hobbit and Dungeons and Dragons once took you. Join with me and the band of followers that hunger for Legends of Windemere.
“The Mercenary Prince” (Legends of Windemere Book 9) by Charles E. Yallowitz is where the author’s imagination brings legends to life.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. I awarded 5 Stars to Janice (J.E.) Spina for ‘Wishes’. I loved this short story collection. This book will cause you to be more mindful when making a wish. Each short story gave me the opportunity to reflect on life, friendships, relationships, the world around us and the supernatural. Let me share my impressions:
THE HOMESTEAD: After 30 + years, Calvin and Amelia had earned the right to retire. They longed to leave the big city and find a peaceful place to live out their lives in safety on a land they could call their own. They didn’t expect this!
A TEEN’S LIFE: Marcus was on a downward spiral. His life, his school, and saw no hope for his future. Everything would change when he met Zeus. A wish can be granted in the strangest of ways.
THE MAGICAL PEBBLE: Shiloh was the oldest at sixteen. Her twin brothers were ten and her sister was eight. Circumstances had forced Shiloh to become the sole bread winner of the family. One day, while walking to work, a pebble got lodged in a hole in one of her worn-out shoes. Sometimes hardship can spring with unexpected blessings.
ONE MORE CHANCE: Gregory had been in the Army and served in Afghanistan. Homeless, dirty, and bedraggled, he secretly wondered if someone would give him one more chance. Sometimes things happen in life that can’t be explained but they give you the chance to begin again.
THE ROAD TO NOWHERE: Newlyweds, Roman and Meara left their unexpected, broken-down car and started walking. The more they walked, the more things changed. This is what they had always wished for – an adventure before beginning a life together. They promised to be together always no matter what happened. They never expected this!
ONE MISTAKE: Hope had to put her big news on the back burner as she and her mother spent the rest of the afternoon preparing for her sister Esme’s surprise birthday party. Esme was staying at her best friend’s house until her mother called and told her to come home. An unexpected call changed the course of their day. Sometimes we make one mistake in life that can change everything!
This is Janice (J.E.) Spina’s 50th book. She has published two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls which is enjoyed by both boys and girls, and a fantasy series for young adults. She has published twenty-three stories for young children. I encourage you to purchase Janice Spina’s books for Young Adults (18 and Up), teens and children of all ages.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 1.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. With Powers Comes Responsibility!
‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’ is book one of six planned in the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’. Award-winning Author, Janice Spina, is writing this fantasy series for ages 13-17, but I can attest to the fact, adults will enjoy it too.
Serena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. With these powers comes responsibility.
Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The other villages are Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), Amora (Land of Faith & Love), and Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness).
I think to understand the story you must understand the ‘Votovians’. The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovian children were taught these five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. They used rhymes and simple language so that the youngest children could understand the rules.
Rule#1: Never use your powers to hurt anyone (not even to injure, move or hurt even flowers).
Rule#2: Help your fellow villagers out in any way you can.
Rule#3: Always band together for the common good.
Rule#4: Above all, protect the children. If danger comes, fast we will flee, and stay together using our powers only in an emergency.
Rule#5: Powers are to be used in emergency situations if agreed upon only by the governing council with final approval of the King and Queen of Votovia.
The Votovians were all hoping they would never have to use their powers. Their powers collectively were so strong they could destroy everyone in their path. They were a peace-loving people, and this did not come easy for them, but they would do whatever they had to do to protect their children and the children of their friends in Sovorotskina and any of the other neighboring villages.
I will let you discover on your own ‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’. I highly recommend Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1. Author Janice Spina always has valuable lessons in her storylines, which make her stories true ‘Jems’. Janice has written 19 children’s books and has multiple series, for ages 10 and up.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 2.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Equally Enchanting As The Harry Potter Series.
‘THE UNKNOWN TERRITORY’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 2) continues from ‘The Legend of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 1). The Gateskin Chronicles can be read out of succession, but you will not want to miss any of this exciting, magical, fantasy series.
I believe ages 13+ will enjoy this series, as Award-winning author, Janice Spina has an amazing way of telling the story and capturing the attention and imagination of her readers. ‘The Unknown Territory’ takes you to the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE, which is made up of six villages, with the Sea of Shakelle off the southern borders. New characters, new creatures, new dangers, and new spells abound.
This book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds. King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light), Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), and Amora (Land of Faith & Love), all had reason to fear Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness). I decided to share this quote so you will understand the true danger that exists for the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE.
…King Gateskin created a Channel Spell to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed. Once he had all the rulers of the villages virtually in his Meeting Room, he called the meeting to order.
…He explained what had happened in the Village of Parotovina and the dangers they faced from the roaming Catlings.
… “We need to help Parotovina. I know all of you have had unfavorable treatment by King Kaposkaran and his guards, and so have I. But we cannot let these people suffer like this. We have to do something.”
… “Will we have to use dark magic to take out these creatures, King Gateskin?” King Cavelan asked.
… “Never! We have to try something else. Please let’s use first names only here. We are all rulers and don’t need to use the pomp and circumstance in these serious times.”
… “I agree, Gateskin,” Cavelan said.
…Noderan of the Village of Amora asked, “Do you have something in mind, Gateskin?”
… “Well, I think I can come up with a few spells with the help of all of you and my Wizards. Please let me introduce you to the former Parotovinan Wizards.”
…Gateskin spread his hands across the table and pointed out the four Wizards to the rulers. They all nodded and waited for more information about what they would be doing.
It is up to you to discover. Who is the spy in Sovorotskina? Will the spy be discovered and somehow stopped from undermining the magic of King Gateskin and his family?
‘The Gateskin Chronicles’ will take you on a magical journey, equally enchanting as the Harry Potter series. Once you begin, you will anxiously wait for the next book to be released.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 3.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. The Search For The Medallion Puts Every Villager In Danger Of Dark Magic!
‘SEARCH FOR THE MEDALLION’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) continues in this exciting, magical, fantasy series for ages 13-17+. Readers will find the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’. The ‘Characters List’ in each book helps because the author brings in new characters.
Book three finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
“Gateskin rounded up every villager who had any kind of power and then stopped by to see Spindle and Mitteran to explain what needed to be done. “You are to oversee the digging and search for the Medallion. Meet the villagers who are coming from the other lands to help and get them started in plots assigned on the map.” Gateskin handed the map to them. “I will be meeting in my conference room with my Wizards and others who I will be sending your way soon.”
The two head guards nodded and flew to the site marked on the map.
The King then led the villagers with powers to his home and seated everyone before beginning his instructions. He had also summoned his Wizards to come right away. They were there in a split second after his summons and stood along the side of the conference room walls until needed.
Gateskin gazed at all the people who were gathered there and sighed. “There is much to be done. We must find the Medallion before a person from the island of Dragonaria finds it and uses it to increase her Dark Magic.”
Can King Gateskin and his search party find the Medallion?
Can enough magic be conjured up to save Sovorotskina and all the other villages?
Make sure to read Gateskin Chronicles Book One through Three of this series, so you will be ready for even more adventure, magic and fantasy coming in book four. Check out all the ‘Jems Books’ (for all ages) by Author Janice Spina.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 4.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.The Dragon Ladies Are Back and Danger Is Coming To Sovorotskina!
This fantasy series is written primarily for ages 13-17, but adults who are young are heart, are also enjoying the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’ by Janice Spina. I find this series to be equally, if not more enchanting, as the ‘Harry Potter’ series. Don’t forget to study the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’ and the ‘Characters List’ in each book, because the author brings in new characters.
Let’s recap and move forward: In ‘The Legend Of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book One) we meet Serena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovians were peace-loving people, but they had the power to do whatever they had to do to protect their children and neighboring villages. Because of their powers, their children were taught five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. These rules would guide their lives and teach them “with powers comes responsibility”.
In ‘The Unknown Territory’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book Two) the book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds. King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. King Gateskin created a ‘Channel Spell’ to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed.
In ‘Search For The Medallion’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
Now, the ‘Return Of The Dragons’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 4) is finally here, the adventures with dragons, creatures, and more magic continue. King Gateskin is on alert when Spindle (his head guard) sends him a message through his mind that the dragon ladies are back. That’s not all. Things are brewing in Parotovina and King Kaposkaran is up to no good. The Sprites gather high in the treetops and sing. Their songs ring through the forest as a warning to all that danger is coming to Sovorotskina. King Gateskin is preparing for the problems ahead. He knows his training of the dragons is in danger, but that is not all. Enjoy this book and stay tuned for book five in this series!
Family and Friends: Tales for Children by Janice Spina.
Chapter Book With Six Stories For Children Ages 5-8 Or Younger.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.
Award Winning Author Janice Spina shares the importance of family and friends for children of all ages. What impressed me was her dedication to the two little girls that she met, who love to read, so she promised to write them a new book about friends. She dedicates all her ‘Jembooks’ to children who love to read and the parents/grandparents who take the time to enjoy books with the children in their lives.
Beautiful Book Cover Design and one illustration at the beginning of each Chapter by John Spina (Illustrator). I encourage you to purchase this book and all the ‘Jembooks’ for your children, grandchildren, classrooms, libraries and all the places where children and parents gather.
I quote a snippet about each chapter:
AMELIA AND CASSANDRA: SISTERS AND FRIENDS: This story was dedicated to two little girls I met while dining at a local restaurant. They were so adorable when I interacted with them. I promised to write a story just for them to share since they told me they love to read. I hope they enjoy this story.
MATEO AND EIDEN: This story was written for all young boys who have ever been bullied. A true friend is someone who stands by you in good times and in bad. Stay strong and don’t let others put you down.
A BOY AND A TOAD: This was written for all young boys who love toads. Being kind to animals is what we all must do. Also, friends can be whatever you choose whether an animal or a human.
RABBITS IN THE WOODS: Family must always stick together in good times and in bad. Watch over your family and keep them safe.
THE SAD BLUEBIRD: This story was written for anyone who sees someone in need. It’s important to always be kind even to those who are not kind in return. They may become kinder in the end.
THE MOUSE AND THE TASTY BUT SMELLY CHEESE: This was written for anyone who has tried to succeed and failed. We must always pick ourselves up again and keep trying as this little mouse did even if the cheese is smelly. I hope readers had a good laugh over this as you read the cadence with tasty but smelly cheese. I did as I wrote it!
Janice Spina is a retired administrative secretary from a public school system in Massachusetts. This is the 48th book Janice has published. She also has two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls, even though both are enjoyed by either sex, and three books in a YA fantasy series. She has published 22 other books for young children. She also writes under J.E. Spina and has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
Book 1 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.This is not a children’s book.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Endearing Story, About A Misunderstood Angel On A Mission.
Branyrd is Angel Fourth Class, working to advance levels needed, to be acknowledged by the Lord.
Benedicto, is Guardian Angel First Class. He is assigned to accompany and mentor Branyrd, when she is finally given her first assignment to Earth.
Branyrd finds Earth to be a strange place, filled with unusual customs, and dangerous people. Branyrd’s mission is to help Maggie Preston and her young daughter, Annie. When Maggie’s husband Nate, becomes involved with the White Stag Gang, he and his family are in grave danger. Can Branyrd overcome her own issues to complete her earthy mission?
Here is what Maggie is thinking while she clears tables at the diner where she works (Chapter 27): “She was grateful for her new friend’s help. Branyrd was truly sent from Heaven, she mused and chuckled to herself. Annie kept telling her that Branyrd was a real angel who didn’t have wings yet. Her daughter had such an imagination.”
As someone who has seen two angels here on earth, I found this story captivating.
Author J. E. Spina shares this: “This is the first book in this series about an angel. I infused some comedy into this sometimes-serious story. It deals with many issues that are evident in our world today. I dedicate this book to all who believe in angels around us. I think at the conclusion of this book those unbelievers may become believers too.”
This new ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is paranormal fiction. This series is written for young adults ages 18+. Watch for more books in this series coming over the new few years. All J. E. (Janice) Spina’s books are available on Amazon and Barnes & Noble.
Book 2 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.This is not a children’s book.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Mission Of Mercy, Book Two In Branyrd The Angel Series.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
As the story unfolds, it is fascinating to see what solutions Branyrd comes up with to solve a very serious homeless crisis. Branyrd must convince the community and those in authority, that homelessness can be solved. She must get the businesses in the vicinity to buy into her plan. At the same time, she needs to convince the homeless population, they are not powerless.
One of her first tasks is the meet with the city mayor. Each step forward, is met with resistance from others. Her determination is fierce, and her Guardian Angel Benedicto is not far away, in case she needs his intervention. Will she be able to complete her task on time?
In both books, I am touched by Branyrd’s ability to form a special bond with humans. In heaven angels are unable to cry, but on earth they discover intense emotions. In book one it was hard from Branyrd to leave the humans she helped. Will her bond to Lucas, especially young Ezra, make it more difficult for her to leave earth when her mission is complete?
I encourage older teens and adults to read both books in this paranormal fantasy. Author J.E. (Janice) Spina is an amazing storyteller. Elements of each story is serious with real life scenarios, yet Janice weaves in a little humor and makes it easy to connect with all the characters. I am looking forward to the next installment in this series.
Author J.E. Spina aka Janice Spina is an award-winning author of books for all ages ranging from children to adults. She has 40+ published books and her husband John, is her illustrator and cover creator.
Mission of Love: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 3 by J.E. Spina.
Book 3 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.This is not a children’s book.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Divinely Inspired For Such Times As These!
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
Now in book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
I am convinced that this fiction ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is divinely inspired for such times as these! Whether you believe in angels or question their existence, Branyrd Angel First Class will cut to your core, send chills up your spine and cause you to think with your mind, heart and soul.
I encourage you to read Janice (J. E.) Spina’s ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’. Pass it alone to others and put this series on your year-round gift giving book list.
Janice Spina is a multi-award-winning author with 46 books of which there are 22 children’s books,12 MG/PT books and three books in a YA series with three more coming over the next few years, eight novels and a short story collection for 18+ written under J.E. Spina. She is also a copy editor, blogger, book reviewer and supporter of fellow authors. Her husband, John, is her illustrator and cover creator. Watch for more books to come over the next few years.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Hope Is The Expectation And Desire For What Comes Next!
When I started reading ‘Branyrd The Angel’ Series, I had no idea it would capture my heart in the way that it has. I invite you to purchase this series if you haven’t already, read ‘Mission of Hope’ as each book in this series stands alone. I encourage you to give this series as a gift to someone who needs hope.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
In book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
Now in book four (Mission of Hope), First Class Angel Branyrd with Benedicto (Guardian Angel on High) are sent to earth on a multi-layered mission, as the earth erupts in unrest, criminal factions and wars that threaten all of humanity. Even repentant fallen angels are given assignments in hopes of gaining entry back into heaven. You will see that many events in ‘Mission of Hope, mirror current events. That is the genius of Author J. E. Spina. She writes with compelling details and weaves comedy into the story line to lighten the reader’s load. If Author J. E. Spina can’t become a superhero herself and solve the world’s crushing injustices, she can send in a fictional Angel with God’s blessing to heal our people, unite our leaders, bring peace and restoration to our world.
The author states “things in this book that cannot be explained to younger children, making this suitable for ages 15+.” The author dedicates this series “to all who believe in Angels around us”. I am counting the days until this unforgettable Angel, with golden wings, is given her next earthly mission.
Janice Spina, who also writes under the name J. E. Spina, has 47 published books. Her ‘Jems Books’ include 22 children’s stories for young children, two mystery series for middle-graders and preteens. She has written a fantasy series with more to come for YA. Janice has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
Abby & Holly Book Series by Janice Spina. (Tweens, Teens and YA). OPEN PAGE HERE
Children’s Classic Literature by Janice (J. E.) Spina. Pre-School to Grade Three. OPEN PAGE HERE
Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Series Janice Spina. Middle-Grade/Preteen/Teens/Young Adults. OPEN PAGE HERE
Drystan The Dragon and Friends Book Series by Janice Spina. Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 OPEN PAGE HERE
Make Believe Is Fun Bedtime Series by Janice Spina. Bedtime Stories for Children (Age 5-8). OPEN PAGE HERE
Hunting Mariah Crime Mystery Series by Janice (J. E.) Spina. Young Adult+ OPEN PAGE HERE
Book Collections For Ages 18+ by Janice (J.E.) Spina
‘An Angel Among Us’: Short Story Collection. ‘How Far Is Heaven’: Full-Length Novel (Paranormal/Mystery/Suspense)/ ‘In A Second’: Full-Length Novel (Clairvoyant/Mystery/Romance). ‘Lubelia Alycea’: Full-Length Novel (Historical Fiction/Romance).
Centuries ago, there were a group of mysterious, some say magical islands, which fell victim to a monsters’ curse, making them unreachable by sea. The islands were all but forgotten.
But now a group of wicked, exiled Purple Wizards, led by the horrid Izzy Odorous, have found their way to the Magic Islands, and immediately make their evil plans to rule it and its people.
Meanwhile, on a beach in Wales, two friends on a school project have found some very strange items, including a Book of Spells and a magic shell. Wishing they could learn where the items came from, Megan and Stefan are suddenly themselves whisked away to the Magic Islands, where they meet a collection of bizarre characters, including a silly jester, a pair of mean witches, a friendly dragon, a kidnapped king and a powerful, ancient magician. Soon they are all joining forces to stop the Purple Wizards’ wicked plan and lift the islands’ curse forever – and hopefully get the children back home!
A fun and exciting magical adventure for 8-12-year-olds, with an important environmental message.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Magical Read For Children 8-12 Years!
Prologue: Magic Islands (Book One):“Somewhere along the coast of Wales, there once existed a small group of islands. They were mysterious islands, often believed to be magical islands. Some were mountainous and craggy, others only undulated from high to low levels, from hillside to valley.
…The islands had few visitors, for the journeys across the seas to these islands were often treacherous, the seas around them being moody and the pathways unclear.
…It is said many ships had vanished in the rough waters and never returned home to Wales. When ships returned homewards, their sailors refrained from venturing again to the islands for they feared the mighty waves and great anger of the choppy seas.
…Ancient mariners often returned telling mystical and magical tales of having spied from a distance a curious clan of magical dwellers on the islands.
…But there was never any proof of such tales.
…As time went by the islands faded and vanished and the tales of the magical islands were soon forgotten, seemingly forever…”
Forgotten until now! Author Irene Edward unlocks the mysteries of these fictitious Islands.
Let me quote from Part 11- ‘A Call for Help’:
… “Come on, Megan, let’s become invisible.”
… “This Magical Enchanted Forest is the strangest of places,” Megan glanced through the trees as she spoke. Hundreds of cuckoos called out their cuckoo songs tunefully. The woodpeckers were hammering at branches with their sharp beaks.”
…” Rata-tat! Rata-tat! Rata-tat!”
…Above the children’s heads, hawks and eagles squawked eerily. But although the forest was oddly noisy, the children became alarmed by the trees, for they were not standing still and rooted, but were moving around in the forest, hovering and swaying, pushing, and shoving, falling, or rushing around in all directions.”
… “It would help us if the trees stayed in one place,” Stefan said nervously. “How on earth can we keep away from the paths, when the paths keep moving around everywhere?”
My Thoughts: This is a fun read, where character Stefan and Megan make a wish on a Conch shell found on the Welsh coastline. Transported to the ‘Magic Islands’ by their wish, the story-line and beautiful hand-drawn illustrations come to life on the pages.
Never a dull moment as wizards, witches, elves, dragons, castles, and a magical enchanted forest fills the readers imagination.
Children eight to twelve will enjoy reading with an adult or alone. This book will make a great gift, bed-time story, library book, or a summer reading adventure.
The author’s desire to educate children and adults about the preservation of our planet shines through in her books. Irene provides educational guides, free worksheets for classroom and group discussions. (https://cgofwales.co.uk)
About Irene Edwards: Irene Edwards is a retired teacher who now writes fantasy fiction for children. As an educator, she taught Primary level in many parts of the UK; London, Essex, Coventry, Midlands, Cardiff, Port Talbot, Swansea, and Carmarthenshire. She then qualified as a Teacher of the Deaf at The Lady Spencer Churchill College, Oxford, working at first within unit settings and later moving to peripatetic, for schools and clinics. Knowing how important literature and language was to the structure of speech and language development, on retirement she began to research into the imaginary minds of children and their world of literature and writing. To find out more visit: cgofwales.co.uk
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Apocalyptic Action-Comedy Adventure For Mid-Teens and Up (Stand-Alone Book)!
Author Charles E. Yallowitz moves away from his usual epic fantasy novels to write this Apocalyptic Action Comedy Adventure. The Cover Design & Illustration is the creation of Jon Hunsinger.
Sixteen chapters of adventure where the characters are raw, rough and tough in a world where the United States is now under the control of a global military force where the borders are defined by a new meaning and the States are on their own.
Main character Cassidy is a young woman on a personal mission “tempted to draw her gun and make a stand, but she knows the prison guards are only doing their job.” She is among the escapees from Rikers’ Island. Even though they are all “Sadistic murderers and traitorous thieves though they may be, she broke them out for a reason.” “There is an air of tension and aggression that is growing stronger by the hour even though nobody has spoken since escaping Rikers Island.”
I quote Cassidy here, “Then you’re not going to like being out in the real world,” the young woman replies, her fingers tracing random designs on her mug’s condensation. Seeing the question on the tip of the man’s tongue, she runs her hands through her hair and taps at her forehead scar. “Money is useless in most of the Shattered States. That’s what the country is called now because every place has its own laws and systems. One of the few things that carries over the borders is bartering. For example, this meal is being paid for by a full set of silverware and two packages of pre-sliced pepperoni. It’s why we’re eating a full pie and can get another for the road. You’ll either figure things out or become a violent scavenger to survive. Everyone picks one way or the other at some point.”
Follow Cassidy and the others in this new world where law, order and survival take on a new meaning. “Standing at the street corner, Cassidy stares at the lakeshore building that is on the other side of a concrete clearing. A garden is in the center of the circular area, half of it an attempt at nurturing vegetables and the other an array of flowers. The distant structure is like nothing she has ever seen before with the more visible part a glass pyramid and a square tower on its backside. Blocky additions are on the right-hand side of the building, which has been covered in vivid pictures that make Cassidy think the residents keep changing their minds about the decorations. Coming off the left and sitting on Lake Erie is a circular structure that is adorned with a patchwork of old concert posters. With the warm and calm weather, there are people fishing along the shore and in small boats, which are meticulously tethered to pylons to avoid floating away. Far in the distance, the outlines of military vessels can be seen waiting to stop anyone from trying to escape into Canada. Not wanting to dwell on darker times and how the rest of the world is going on without her, Cassidy turns her gaze back to their destination.”
If you like reading action adventure and epic fantasy tales, please read Crossing Bedlam and all the novels in Charles E. Yallowitz’s Legends of Windemere series.
“Crossing Bedlam” by Charles E. Yallowitz is a new Apocalyptic Action Comedy Adventure where violence and language create an adult reading experience.
My Life At Sweetbrier: A Life Changed by Horses by Deanie Humphrys-Dunne.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. For The Love Of A Horse, Family Bonds and A Father’s Promise To His Little Girl!
My Life At Sweetbrier (A Life Changed By Horses) by Deanie Humphrys-Dunne is a not only a well written memoir, but an inspirational journey that continues today. This journey begins when Deanie is two years old and diagnosed with cerebral palsy. The specialist told Deanie’s parents that she will not be able to walk and participate in activities that other children enjoy. Her family, especially her father, with grit and determination created ‘Sweetbrier Riding School’. Sweetbrier took young Deanie’s love for horses and gave her the skills, knowledge, disciple and ability to make it into the winner’s circle.
Let me bring you into Deanie’s story here: “My first riding adventure happened when I was five-year-old. Why did my heart pound when Daddy led me around the riding ring on the freckled grey pony, Little Man, for the first time ever? I plodded around, listening to the steady clip-clop of Little Man’s hooves hit the sandy soil of theriding ring. My legs wobbled, sliding from side to side. Isn’t it amazing I didn’t fall off? Daddy led me around while he rode another horse because my arms weren’t strong enough to steer Little Man myself. Sometimes when I rode along on Little Man my legs got so tired I slid off. Yikes! Without warning, I sat in the dirt looking up at Little Man. I wasn’t hurt but disappointed I fell off for no reason. What happened next? Could I give up? That was never an option. The family motto was, “The Humphrys don’t give up.” Daddy picked me up, gave me a kiss, and lifted me back on.How could I figure out the magic formula for staying on? It was much more fun than sitting in the dirt without my pony.”
Deanie never gave up through all life’s challenges, her surgery and horse shows that brought her into the winner’s circle. The photos included in this book will carry you into her world. There is a quiz at the end with answers, that reinforce this amazing true story.
As an adult, Deanie Humphrys-Dunne became an award-winning children’s author. The stories and illustrations in her eight books will delight and inspire beginner readers all the way up through the teen years. I encourage you to purchase Deanie’s books, give them as gifts, and even donate them to libraries, medical facility waiting rooms and places where kids and parents gather.
Loyalty (War of Nytefall) by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 1 of 8: War of Nytefall.Epic Vampire Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Windemere Is Back!
For those of us who entered Windemere, it left its mark on our soul. Epic Fantasy Author Charles E. Yallowitz brings us a new series titled ‘War of Nytefall’.
In book one, War of Nytefall: Loyalty, a new predator emerges from within the shadow of Windemere.
The story begins in the courtyard surrounding the Temple of Durag, where preparation for an execution is under way. The Sun God followers of Durag has been under siege by a vampire kingdom. Vampire Mab is waiting in the shadows, she bids her time, planning to rescue her partner Clyde and retreat to the city of Nyte.
Unlike vampire stories of old, Author Charles E. Yallowitz has written a true epic fantasy where vampires are both heroes and villains. The author’s beloved descriptive writing and imagination bring these new fantastic characters to life with unexpected twists and turns that this author’s followers have come to expect.
I want to whet your appetite or blood lust without spoiling the story, so I will bring you into the story in Chapter 6.
…Driven by instinct, Mab soars through the darkness and comes dangerously close to colliding with another winged monstrosity. Veering to the side, she dodges its beak and flies near its foul-smelling underbelly. Rolling onto her back, the vampire jams her claws into the predator and eviscerates it as she escapes. The dark green blood pools around the thrashing beast like a liquid cloud, which attracts boney scavengers. Unable to stop, Mab struggles to head back to what she hopes is the entrance to this strange world. A chill running up her spine causes her to make a wide turn and she narrowly avoids crashing into a rocky orb that is releasing streams of acid. The bizarre obstacle spins in place and shows no sign of leaving, its fumes driving the vampire far from where she wants to be.
… “If you fall then you must climb,” a voice says from the shadows.
… “Where am I?” Mab asks, the question having been on her tongue since she woke up.
… “A world between worlds that everything holds a door to. Although, not everyone has the key. How did you get the key?”
I invite you to enter Windemere for the first time, or return as part of this author’s huge fan base. While we wait for book two ‘War of Nytefall: Lost’, I invite you to read or re-read the epic fantasy series titled ‘Legends of Windemere’.
Book 1 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.This is not a children’s book.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Endearing Story, About A Misunderstood Angel On A Mission.
Branyrd is Angel Fourth Class, working to advance levels needed, to be acknowledged by the Lord.
Benedicto, is Guardian Angel First Class. He is assigned to accompany and mentor Branyrd, when she is finally given her first assignment to Earth.
Branyrd finds Earth to be a strange place, filled with unusual customs, and dangerous people. Branyrd’s mission is to help Maggie Preston and her young daughter, Annie. When Maggie’s husband Nate, becomes involved with the White Stag Gang, he and his family are in grave danger. Can Branyrd overcome her own issues to complete her earthy mission?
Here is what Maggie is thinking while she clears tables at the diner where she works (Chapter 27): “She was grateful for her new friend’s help. Branyrd was truly sent from Heaven, she mused and chuckled to herself. Annie kept telling her that Branyrd was a real angel who didn’t have wings yet. Her daughter had such an imagination.”
As someone who has seen two angels here on earth, I found this story captivating.
Author J. E. Spina shares this: “This is the first book in this series about an angel. I infused some comedy into this sometimes-serious story. It deals with many issues that are evident in our world today. I dedicate this book to all who believe in angels around us. I think at the conclusion of this book those unbelievers may become believers too.”
This new ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is paranormal fiction. This series is written for young adults ages 18+. Watch for more books in this series coming over the new few years. All J. E. (Janice) Spina’s books are available on Amazon and Barnes & Noble.
Book 2 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.This is not a children’s book.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Mission Of Mercy, Book Two In Branyrd The Angel Series.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
As the story unfolds, it is fascinating to see what solutions Branyrd comes up with to solve a very serious homeless crisis. Branyrd must convince the community and those in authority, that homelessness can be solved. She must get the businesses in the vicinity to buy into her plan. At the same time, she needs to convince the homeless population, they are not powerless.
One of her first tasks is the meet with the city mayor. Each step forward, is met with resistance from others. Her determination is fierce, and her Guardian Angel Benedicto is not far away, in case she needs his intervention. Will she be able to complete her task on time?
In both books, I am touched by Branyrd’s ability to form a special bond with humans. In heaven angels are unable to cry, but on earth they discover intense emotions. In book one it was hard from Branyrd to leave the humans she helped. Will her bond to Lucas, especially young Ezra, make it more difficult for her to leave earth when her mission is complete?
I encourage older teens and adults to read both books in this paranormal fantasy. Author J.E. (Janice) Spina is an amazing storyteller. Elements of each story is serious with real life scenarios, yet Janice weaves in a little humor and makes it easy to connect with all the characters. I am looking forward to the next installment in this series.
Author J.E. Spina aka Janice Spina is an award-winning author of books for all ages ranging from children to adults. She has 40+ published books and her husband John, is her illustrator and cover creator.
Mission of Love: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 3 by J.E. Spina.
Book 3 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.This is not a children’s book.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Divinely Inspired For Such Times As These!
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
Now in book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
I am convinced that this fiction ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is divinely inspired for such times as these! Whether you believe in angels or question their existence, Branyrd Angel First Class will cut to your core, send chills up your spine and cause you to think with your mind, heart and soul.
I encourage you to read Janice (J. E.) Spina’s ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’. Pass it alone to others and put this series on your year-round gift giving book list.
Janice Spina is a multi-award-winning author with 46 books of which there are 22 children’s books,12 MG/PT books and three books in a YA series with three more coming over the next few years, eight novels and a short story collection for 18+ written under J.E. Spina. She is also a copy editor, blogger, book reviewer and supporter of fellow authors. Her husband, John, is her illustrator and cover creator. Watch for more books to come over the next few years.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Hope Is The Expectation And Desire For What Comes Next!
When I started reading ‘Branyrd The Angel’ Series, I had no idea it would capture my heart in the way that it has. I invite you to purchase this series if you haven’t already, read ‘Mission of Hope’ as each book in this series stands alone. I encourage you to give this series as a gift to someone who needs hope.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
In book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
Now in book four (Mission of Hope), First Class Angel Branyrd with Benedicto (Guardian Angel on High) are sent to earth on a multi-layered mission, as the earth erupts in unrest, criminal factions and wars that threaten all of humanity. Even repentant fallen angels are given assignments in hopes of gaining entry back into heaven. You will see that many events in ‘Mission of Hope, mirror current events. That is the genius of Author J. E. Spina. She writes with compelling details and weaves comedy into the story line to lighten the reader’s load. If Author J. E. Spina can’t become a superhero herself and solve the world’s crushing injustices, she can send in a fictional Angel with God’s blessing to heal our people, unite our leaders, bring peace and restoration to our world.
The author states “things in this book that cannot be explained to younger children, making this suitable for ages 15+.” The author dedicates this series “to all who believe in Angels around us”. I am counting the days until this unforgettable Angel, with golden wings, is given her next earthly mission.
Janice Spina, who also writes under the name J. E. Spina, has 47 published books. Her ‘Jems Books’ include 22 children’s stories for young children, two mystery series for middle-graders and preteens. She has written a fantasy series with more to come for YA. Janice has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
The Traveler and Other Short Stories by Anthony Arnold.
“Crime Mystery Filled With Gripping Twists!”
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Thought Provoking Read!
It is my privilege as Editor at Book Marketing Global Network, to award 5 Stars to ‘The Traveler and Other Short Stories’ by Anthony Arnold.
Anthony is an intellectual scholar, writer, author and poet. He has the aptitude to analyze black historical events. He has a unique perspective and skill to write his impressions about black history: using very descriptive language, short stories and poetry, while weaving a short futuristic tale into his story.
Anthony acknowledges it is not his job to tell his readers everything about black history. Instead, he writes to light a fire under his readers, so they will do their own research. He writes with unabashed honesty and is deeply saddened that the current generation hasn’t learned black history. He is keenly aware they don’t speak about their own family history or even black history in general.
‘The Traveler and Other Short Stories’ takes the reader through some of the trials and tribulation within black history from the first slave ships to the liberation of blacks in America. He tells a futurist tale of “The Traveler’. This traveler is the “last of a space faring race who traveled the galaxy.” These travelers have watched the development of species in thousands of worlds. You must read this book to understand the Traveler’s assessment of earth history and how earth inhabitants treat each other. Does this traveler unlike “The Watchers” refuse to intervene?
This is a thought provoking read. If you read with an open mind, you will be changed, for the better or worse. Author Anthony Arnold words touched my soul.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Unique Bedtime Fantasy Stories For Age 5-8!
This unique, educational short story collection brings wonderful fantasy to children ages 5-8. Each story has a colorful character, brightly illustrated on the stories title page. Children will learn a valuable life lesson with each story. As the child reads or hears the stories, their imagination will come to life; with a blue alien named: Bluripizig, a green dragon named; Russell, a little fairy in a pink dress, a brown bear named; Shular, Marco; the boy who couldn’t swim, and of course, an adorable white skunk with a story you will not want to miss.
Award winning author, Janice Spina, writes make-believe stories that children can relate to about animals and other creatures. She hopes adults will enjoy reading these bedtime stories to the children in their lives. Janice has written 19 children’s books. She has multiple series, for ages 10+. Her Mariah series along with a couple stand-alone books, are for ages 18+. Her ‘Gateskin Chronicles’ series for age 15+ has just arrived.
Janice Spina is a retired administrative secretary from a public school system in Massachusetts. I highly recommend her books. Her books should be placed in school and community libraries. As adults it is our job to make it possible for all children to read books and encourage reading time. Janice Spina’s books make great year-round gifts for children of all ages.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Dedicated To All Children Who Love To Make Believe.
Make Believe Is Fun (Book 2), continues from Make Believe: Bedtime Stories (Book 1);with beautiful cover art, and adorable story illustrations, produced by Janice Spina’s husband John.
Ollie and Nolan: One day Ollie and Nolan, two little squirrels who are brothers, went out into the forest to forage for something tasty to eat. Ollie was the older brother. He liked to tease his younger brother about everything they did together. Ollie loved finding acorns and always wanted to find more than Nolan. Find out more about these brothers.
The Turkey Who Could Growl: Terrence is a turkey who is different than other turkeys. His plumes are in shades of blue instead of all brown and black. He has dark gray eyes and a long tail that skims the ground as he walks that he can fan out in a wide half circle around his body. Find out how Terrence relates to a bear.
Freddie the Frog: Freddie the frog lived in a ten-gallon fish tank. The only other occupants were four striped tetras. They got along just fine until one day…. This true story is based on real frog living with Janice and John.
The Little Tree: There once was a little tree in the forest of many trees. This little tree was tired of trying to stretch itself up to reach the warmth of the sun. There were so many other trees that were taller, bigger, and full of branches that snuffed out the sun as it shone down on the forest. If the little tree didn’t get enough sun he could wither and die. Read how Embry comes to the rescue.
Leo the Leopard and the Mouse: Leo was a leopard cub. He was only a couple of weeks old when his mother woke him up from his daily nap. “It’s time for you to learn how to take care of yourself in the wild, Leo. There is much you need to know about living in the jungle. This story is dedicated to Janice and John’s great nephew, Leo, who loves leopards.
Tyler the Cat and the Wind Chimes: Tyler the cat walked along the wall at the back of his house one day. He always wanted to visit some of the other houses along the beach road. He had heard some sounds that he did not recognize and decided it was time to check them out. Find out what special friendship was made, when Tyler went to check out the new sound.
Award winning author, Janice Spina, writes make-believe stories that children can relate to about animals and other creatures. She hopes adults will enjoy reading these bedtime stories to the children in their lives. I highly recommend her books. Her books should be placed in school and community libraries. As adults it is our job to make it possible for all children to read books and encourage reading time. Janice Spina’s books make great year-round gifts for children of all ages.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Animal characters come to life with six exciting stories to tell and life lessons to learn, for children 5-8 years old.
Delight your children and grandchildren this summer (or anytime) with the ‘Make Believe Bedtime Story’ series by Award-Winning Children’s Author Janice Spina.
This is Book 3 in the series. The illustrations by Dr. John Spina will capture your child’s imagination, as animal characters come to life with six exciting stories to tell, for children 5-8 years old.
…Find out what happens when Paulie the porcupine meets Bud the beaver. See how surprise and even fear of the unknown, quickly turns into a friendship.
…Discover how a boy and a garden snake become friends, when the boy helps free the snake from a hole in the fence, where the snake is stuck.
…Learn how two deer help each other, when Davis the dizzy deer needs help from his best friend, Dante.
…Read how a Finley, a friendly baby fox, and a determined mother bluebird, work together to rescue her baby from the base of a tree.
…How does Cassie the cow, who has lost her moo, rescue the herd from danger, and get her moo back?
…Finally, a little girl named Lorelei becomes friends with a Clydesdale horse. She helps him overcome his worries and insecurity about being hairier than the other horses.
Parents, grandparents, and educators hold the key to our next generation of readers, thinkers, and leaders. I encourage you to purchase all Jemsbooks by Janice Spina. Each book is age-appropriate, educational reading, that will keep your children engaged, entertained, and build on their reading and vocabulary skills. Give children the tools they need for success in life.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Make Bedtime Enjoyable with Book 4 In This ‘Jemsbooks’ Bedtime Story Series for Children 5-8 Years Old.
Your children and grandchildren will be excited to get into bed when ‘Jembooks’ by Award-Winning Children’s Author Janice Spina, are on their bedside table. This is book 4 in the Make Believe: Bedtime Stories for Children 5-8 years old. Janice masterfully brings the animal characters to life in six unique stories. The beautiful illustrations were designed by Dr. John Spina.
DEIDRA THE DARING DRAGONFLY: Bring imagination to life, as your child reads about the little girl named Aloisa, who becomes friends with Deidra, a daring, mystical dragonfly.
GRIFFIN THE GOAT WHO SAVED THE TREES: Griffin the goat who has no special talents at all, discovers delicious vines growing around the bark on the maple trees. Griffin is startled when the maple tree starts telling him about the dangerous plight of vines. Griffin tells the billies and nannies how delicious the vines are, and impresses the farmer by saving the maple trees. Janice puts an educational note for parents and guardians about the Bittersweet vine or Oriental Bittersweet is an invasive plant. It is native to China, Japan, and Korea. It was introduced to the United States around 1860 as an ornamental plant. She shared photos of bittersweet in her backyard, on her fence.
THE MAGIC CANDLE: An old shop owner learns a valuable lesson from a crooked candle that no one wants to buy.
CLARA THE SINGING CHICKEN: Clara the chicken has a point to make. She wants to prove she can sing. She does not want to be famous or leave the farm. She wants Rodney the rooster and others to take her seriously.
A BOY, A PELICAN, AND A FISH: Janice engages children and parents with this story about a family’s vacation to Aruba. Neo is turning seven soon, he makes friends with a Pelican named Pete, and a fish while experiencing the ocean for the first time.
CHIP THE LONELY STARFISH: Janice writes this story in memory ofthe many starfish she had in her own saltwater tanks. She shares two photos of the latest chocolate chip starfish she had, as the little girl named Bria in this story, becomes friends with a starfish.
I love how Author Janice Spina engages both children and adults alike in these amazing short stories. Janice has a gift for storytelling intertwined with education. She hares tidbits that will bring parents/guardians and children closer together, as they read and learn about the world around them. Janice Spina’s Jemsbooks should be in every child’s library.
Assimilation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger.
Third Book In An Axe of Iron Series.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Assimilation is the final novel in the Axe of Iron series by J. A. Hunsinger. The author asks that you read or reread the ‘Historical Perspective’ that is located in ‘The Settlers’ which is the first volume in this series. The author’s research into the historical time frame and authentic pre-historical Indian names is irrefutable. The ‘Historical Perspective’ goes into the whole concept of the Norse sagas. Even though each book stands alone, as a reader who has enjoyed the entire series, I encourage you to purchase all three books.
As the author states in his book’s description, the first two books in this series (The Settlers and Confrontation) “dealt with the plight of the Greenland Viking settlers”.
Assimilation begins with a map showing where the settlements are and opens with two Naskapi warriors hidden from view, surveying the river valley below. The saga continues with descriptive writing that puts you the reader on the ground experiencing the mysteries of the Viking period. Smell the earth and lush dense forests, travel the routes carved out of the land by natives and take up residence in the villages and experience the hardships of this pre-historical land that we now call the Hudson Bay and the Great Lakes of Canada and the US.
…Eavesdrop on Nipishish and Ingerd as they lay in each other’s arms, engaged in whispered conversation like couples do.
…Join warriors in their canoes as they glide in the chill of pre-dawn morning heading toward the Haudenosaunee Village.
…Stand at the rail of a Viking ship called Steed of the Sea and feel the motion of the sea as the ship heads towards a distant beach.
…After the storm, the Norse society dries out and attends to the damage that Njord and Thor (the gods of weather) have forced upon them. Catch a glimpse of the smoke that curls into the calm skies over the cook fires where fish, meat and stew aroma awaits the barley bread and other leftovers that will nourish the community and reward the daily chores.
…Reconnect with the characters that you have come to know like Halfdan, his dog Fang, Tostig, and experience the council meetings where men discuss their destiny, when in reality it is the gods like the “mighty Thor” who have the final say.
…Strong women who cook and weave on looms by the light of seal oil lamps, teach their girls to spin fibers of wool into skeins of thread, care for the children and their men with tenderness in a world where both beauty and harshness intertwine. Communities where communication and yes even gossip are the norm, and where the outsider might find rest if assimilation is acquired.
…Drumbeats of war are as common as the moon rising over the snow, so too are the tracks of snowshoes where the trappers are as important as the warriors for a civilization that exists within a fine balance between preservation and extinction. Here is a quote: “Nipishish, Kejo, and Lothar returned to their village as quickly as possible after the parley with Nesatin. Word spread faster than normal through the Nitassinan that the Anishinabeg had rejected Sachem’s peace offering regarding the people of Haldansfjord.”
I invite you to read Assimilation and discover for yourself where the legend of the Death Wind came from and what it meant for the earliest American colonies. Enjoy the detailed glossary at the end of this book which will help you understand the authentic names and terms used in this book series.
Let me take this moment to thank Author J. A. Hunsinger for his time, research and engaging storytelling that has made An Axe of Iron series possible. I sincerely hope that he will continue to write as some storytellers have one story to tell, others have infinite stories that need to be told and preserved for generations to come. The Axe of Iron novels are one of those series that time will not forget.
Assimilation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger is book three in the fictional historical accounting of exploration and settlement of Vinland (North America).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.‘One Happy Accident’: Mind Over Matter, A Legend Is Born.
I enjoyed ‘Death’s Pale Flag’ so much, when author Gary Simonds emailed me about his latest book ‘One Happy Accident’, I find it an honor to be one of the first to read and review it.
As a lifetime soccer fanatic, Gary waits with anticipation for the 2026 FIFA World Cup. Whether you are a soccer fan or not, ‘One Happy Accident’ is a story worth reading and passing along.
The story revolves around Sean McLaine who dreams to be a soccer legend. In his junior year of high school, Sean’s body is not catching up with his dream. His coaches ignore him, and his teammates habitually harass him. On the field he faces the goliaths with grit and determination. I refer to his stamina as ‘Mind Over Matter’.
When an injury threatens his dream, Ireland comes to the rescue with Kayleigh McLaughlin. Also, a junior at New Bethany, in Pennsylvania, Kayleigh would normally be out of his league. This beautiful, intelligent, sensitive girl is drawn to Sean’s personality on and off the soccer field.
Let me share a quote: Tell me everything. Kayleigh obliges, describing all that had been going on— the whole Sean McLaine experience. She finishes with the assessment, “I think there’s some real depth there. Some real emotional intelligence, and I think it’s fueled by . . . I don’t know . . . a world-weariness. He seems to be churning away with unsettled energy and angst . . . I can feel it.” “Ladies and gentlemen,” replies Aliyah, with sweeping hands and a bow, “may I introduce Ms. Kayleigh McLaughlin, famous Celtic psychoanalyst.”
Will Sean be able to balance PTSD with the rigors of the soccer field? Will he achieve the focus that will turn is indisputable talent into his “Soccer Field Of Dreams”? Will he be able to balance the academic demands, social commitments and romantic pressure with the mental and physical stress on the soccer field?
Once it is all said that done ‘One Happy Accident’ will prepare your mind and heart for the upcoming. 2026 FIFA World Cup. This fictional sports story will stay with you long after fans have left the stadium. ‘One Happy Accident’ will be available for you to purchase in early 2025. Please pick up Gary’s book ‘Death’s Pale Flag’ now, you won’t be disappointed. I can’t wait to see what North Carolina author and neurosurgeon Gary Simonds will come up with next. Literature: Teens and Young Adults
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. It Will Capture Your Imagination!
Milijun Book Two: Amidst Alien Stars is finally here. Laura Sinclair and her son Jason desperately try to navigate the dangerous planet where aliens threaten not only their survival, but the whole human race.
Chapter one finds Laura “studying the growth tanks” where each child will grow to maturity with her son’s DNA. Now in her forties, she finds herself grandmother to many, part human and part alien.
Here is a conversation between Jason and Helena Belmonte in Chapter Eight: “Helena Belmonte suddenly appeared from behind a nearby tree.
…As always, she was dressed in her Eucla clothing: a white dress blouse and dark uniform trousers. Her blond hair flowed free, and her face carried a nervous smile. She carried her tunic under one arm. She doesn’t look like someone trained to kill with one well-placed blow, Jason thought. Still, appearances are deceptive. He briefly wondered how she could have been so stupid as to succumb to the moronic advances of Simon Cordell.
…She took a step towards him. “Can we talk?”
…Jason shrugged and sat down with his back to the wall. Helena came and sat beside him, a metre distant, her slim legs almost up to her chin.
… “I suppose you heard about Simon?” Helena said.
…Jason glanced at her. Her eyes were red from crying. The smile was gone, and her face was a picture of misery.
… “I heard. Did Susan Carmody send you?”
…With tears threatening, she shook her head. “She told me what she had done to Simon, but she did not ask me to speak to you.”
… “I don’t know whether Simon Cordell deserved what he got, and maybe only you can answer that, but I don’t agree with what Susan did.”
…Helena looked into the distance, a faint tremor on her lips. “We were stupid. I was lonely and frightened of this place. It’s not natural. None of it.” She managed a faint smile. “They tell me the aliens will fix his injuries in next to no time.”
… “I don’t think he will bother you again,” Jason said.
… “I can heel-kick as well as any officer here,” Helena declared. “I do have some strength. I think Susan meant well. She was trying to protect me.”
… “One of her girls.”
…Helena almost laughed, then her face grew serious. “I said Susan didn’t send me. She didn’t. It was me who wanted to see you.” She appeared nervous. “You know the aliens more than anybody here. Can I ask you some questions?”
…Jason could feel the tension in her voice, see it in her aura. He just nodded. On Earth, he had been the First Seen. Chosen by the aliens, or, rather, by the RNasia. His vacation with his mother had been savagely interrupted, and he had been forced into adulthood more rapidly than seemed good for his mental well-being. But now, what storms had raged through his mind had abated. Turmoil still existed, but it was a gentle, thought-provoking turmoil, one that led him to accept his role among the human captors. Schooldays were a mere candle in the roar of a nuclear sun, a distant memory buried in a distant world. He remained the First Seen and perhaps would always be so.
…Helena said, “I know we have provided the hybrids for the aliens.
…I know they are supposed to be an improvement on both our races. I even think I understand how they will use them to explore the galaxy without fear of physical or mental degradation.” She turned her face towards Jason, and he saw such a loss of future hope, such despair, that he felt his own strength and beliefs beginning to crumble under an assault of uncertainty. “But I don’t know how the women fit in, even how you and your mother fit in. Have they finished with us?
…Are we eventually to be discarded once the hybrids are free of the tanks? Will we meet them, see our own offspring? And what happens then?” She put her head in her hands. “Will they want more hybrids from us? Will we ever see Earth again?”
…The possibility that the Gliezans would repeat the hybrid experiment on this orbiting station disturbed him. He wondered whether it was the obvious thing for them to do—produce more hybrids with their captives and never return to Earth at all. That would devastate everybody and would rule out the need for interplanetary collaboration.
…The thought made him sick to his stomach. The Milijun enhancements and direct contact with the aliens had matured him well beyond his fifteen years, somehow increased the power of his mind, but there were times when teenage naivety broke through.
… “I wish I could answer your questions,” Jason responded eventually, “but I can’t. I can only repeat what we have been told. We are part of an alien plan for future cooperation between our two worlds, and that might have a great and wonderful outcome, or it might turn out to be a genetic and spiritual disaster. We are, if you like, an experiment that will enable both worlds to explore the cosmos as allies.”
I encourage you to read ‘Milijun’ (Book One) and follow it up with ‘Amidst Alien Stars’ (Milijun Book Two). Author Clayton Graham will capture your imagination, take you on an adventure with characters that are both human and alien, with a story so philosophical that it almost defies fiction.
Non-Fiction (Education). Now Available In This New Revised Edition.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Insider Information!
Introduction: Author Jay Dubya and middle grade school teacher for thirty-four years is providing insider information of what typically goes on in an American public school system. Each chapter shines a light on the US Educational System. Reading one of Author Jay Dubya’s books is an exercise in self-enlightenment and ‘So Ya’ Wanna’ Be A Teacher!’ is no exception. This book is filled with life experiences, historical analogies, truthful insights and enviable conclusions. My goal is to show you a synopsis of 19 of the chapters. Author Jay Dubya has presentenced with the perfect tool for understanding our educational system. The rest is up to you!
Chapter 1- “Generally Speaking”: This literary endeavor will identify and elaborate upon the factors that prevent teachers from reaching the designation “professionals.”
Chapter 2- “The Teacher as a Vital Non-Entity”: Teachers are the glue that holds the system together, but the Administration equal’s power. Teaching equals obedience and subservience to arbitrary, bureaucratic authority.
Chapter 3- “Role Reinforcement”: Role reinforcement is one way that administrators and supervisors establish who they are in the pecking order and who teachers are in the pecking order beneath them.
Chapter 4- “The Concept of Office”: Students believe that “the office” is the ultimate authority in the school. The office represents power, a power that transcends teacher authority.
Chapter 5- “Little Things Add’ Up”: Let’s examine some reasons why dedicated teachers lose their enthusiasm (and become cynical) but stay in the profession.
Chapter 17- “Educational Socialism”: Democratic education (as interpreted by educational psychology) has led to a very dangerous notion that “students should be equal.” Student differences are minimized in today’s public schools regardless of individual ability. Excellence is sacrificed and mediocrity results when both ends of the educational spectrum (A and F students) are forced to gravitate toward a sociological median.
Chapter 21- “The Need for Competition”: Everyone involved in education has to get back to the idea that competition is a worthwhile pursuit that is consistent with our great free enterprise system of economics.
Chapter 22- “The Problem Child”: During the 1970-’71 school year, I had an incredible nightmarish one-hundred- and-eighty-day adventure with a certain immature deputy of destruction. I shall codename him Joe Dodge, a student that could expand any teacher’s ulcer, shatter any nerve cluster or harden the heartiest artery.
Chapter 27- “The Problem Class”: The second period 8-6 “holy terror” class was at its finest moment, organized chaos. ‘Thank heaven I don’t have this asylum eighth period!’ I often gratefully acknowledged. ‘I wouldn’t wish this class on Lucifer!’
Chapter 32- “Why Jimmy Brown Doesn’t Write”: Two things are now quite evident: why good teachers leave the profession or evolve into guidance, college-professoring or administration and why little Jimmy Brown only wrote eight compositions in his general eighth grade English class.
Chapter 35- “Minor Duties”: The Teachers Handbook is over several hundred pages thick and it is the Koran that outlines the district’s rules for instructors and it also contains duty rosters for Office Detention, In-School Suspension, cafeteria duty, bus duty, chaperone duty, hall duty, lavatory duty and study hall duty. It was and is each teacher’s duty to perform all those “Howdy duties” in addition to diligently engaging in both the art and the science of teaching students.
Chapter 36- “Degrading Grading”: The infallible Teachers Handbook decreed, “Homework should be carefully planned to meet the ability levels and resources of the students.”
Chapter 39- “The Overprotective Parent”: As I begin this chapter, my wife (a third-grade teacher in another district) is having difficulty with a distrustful “too involved parent” that happens to be on her district’s board of education. I told my wife that school board members should only be school board members in the boardroom and not act as a school board member/parent of a child in regard to a teacher’s class. I said to my spouse, “He’s only another parent and nothing more.”
Chapter 40- “Democracy and Education”: Can a highly complicated function like American education be entrusted to the expertise of amateur school board members based on the presumption that the general will’ of the community should prevail? Should education be tailored after politics in an age where government teems with corruption, coercion, payoffs, kickbacks, pork barrel contracts, endorsements, and political subterfuge?
Chapter 41- “Crazy Things Happen”: I was without an automobile for an entire week; all because I had been a conscientious dedicated teacher at work a full hour before I was supposed to be there. That’s when I acknowledged the great degree of wisdom in the statement, “In American education, sometimes doing less is best!”
Chapter 46- “Problem Students, Problem Parents”: Crazy students run rampant in public schools today because those crazy students usually have crazy parents or crazy guardians or crazy grandparents acting as crazy guardians. These crazy parents and crazy guardians are really crazy children that never grew up and that are now residing in adult bodies.
Chapter 48- “Fighting in Schools”: The sacred Teachers Handbook states in regard to student discipline: “Since the success of a democratic nation relies on the ability of its citizens to exercise self-discipline, it is the purpose of the school to teach boys and girls our main objective, which is the philosophy of self-control.” Everything looks good on paper where democratic education in the comprehensive school is concerned, but a tremendous Grand Canyon exists between educational theory and everyday public-school reality.
Chapter 50- “Multicultural Education”: There is no doubt in my mind that Multicultural Education is contributing to socialistically “dumbing-down” American public schools. Many of the obscure “authors” being presented to American students in the name of “cultural diversity” have produced works that have weak vocabulary, shallow plots, lackluster characters, non-intellectual subject matter, and demonstrably unsophisticated writing skills.
Chapter 51- “The End of a Career”: I knew that the end of my teaching career was near when instructional methods gradually changed to promoting sociological activity-oriented classrooms as opposed to the traditional academic structured teacher-guided teacher-centered approach. Hostile parent conferences increased in frequency from around four a year to eight. I had taught over four thousand students in thirty-four years, and I began thinking that I should go out with dignity while I was still on top of my game and remarkably still had most of my marbles.
Addendum- “Darwin, Einstein and John Dewey”: On the average, Democracies usually last for up to two-hundred-and-fifty years (Republics last much longer). That historical pattern gives the United States of America around three more decades until we’re put on artificial life support, our systemic malady principally caused by moral decay, by legal and political corruption, by the cost of our U.S. military defending the entire free world, and by widespread economic (educational and welfare) inefficiency.
Other Chapter Titles In This Book To Explore:
…..Chapter 6- “A Teacher Mentor” …..Chapter 7- “The College Academic Experience” …..Chapter 8- “College Cheating” …..Chapter 9- “Becoming a Teacher” …..Chapter 10- “The Copernicus Play” …..Chapter 11- “Other Members of the Class” …..Chapter 12- “Bureaucracy, Teachers and Parents” …..Chapter 13- “A Mistake in Judgment” …..Chapter 14- “Summer Employment” …..Chapter 15- “High School Permanent Sub” …..Chapter 16- “Bill and I Get It Done” …..Chapter 18- “The High School Faculty” …..Chapter 19- “The MEATs” …..Chapter 20- “A Nightmare Vacation Trip” …..Chapter 23- “The Parent Conference” …..Chapter 24- “My Way” …..Chapter 25- “Joe Dodge Graduates” …..Chapter 26- “Homogeneous Grouping” …..Chapter 28- “Group Un-therapy” …..Chapter 29- “The Teacher’s Lowly Legacy” …..Chapter 30- “The Teacher in the Community” …..Chapter 31- “Proud Parents” …..Chapter 33- “School Assemblies” …..Chapter 34- “The Educational Aristocracy” …..Chapter 37- “The Williamsburg Field Trips” …..Chapter 38- “The Guidance Game” …..Chapter 42* “The Board of Education” …..Chapter 43- “A Tale of Four Professionals” …..Chapter 44- “Contract Negotiations” …..Chapter 45- “School Board Proposals” …..Chapter 47- “Inefficient Schools” …..Chapter 49- “Teachers and Administrators”
It is my sincere belief that college students, educators, administrators, parents, and all those who want our US Educational System to survive start with ‘So Ya’ Wanna’ Be A Teacher!’ by Author Jay Dubya. Mr. Dubya has taken the time to give us insider information. The challenge ahead of us is worth the time and mental energy to explore.
Pulse Racing Paranormal Medical Thriller, That Brings Haunting To A Whole New Level.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Pulse Racing Paranormal Medical Thriller, That Brings Haunting To A Whole New Level.
Author and neurosurgeon Gary Simonds, masterfully draws his readers into both the professional and chaotic neurosurgery universe. I was struck with the sheer humanity and even venerability of the neuro surgical team. We tend to put our medical professionals on hero pedestals. This intensifies the already perfectionistic, workaholic, overcommitted struggle for achievement, among these medical personalities in danger of succumbing to human fallacy.
Pregnant with their third, Environmental Lawyer Kelly Brenan and her husband Ryan Brenan (Neurosurgeon) leaves the bustle of DC. They settled their growing family into a rambling old farmhouse with lots of land and new opportunities within the community of New Bethany, Pennsylvania.
You now have a front row seat in the neurosurgery ward, and in the lives of the neurosurgery team, at the Carriere Clinic. The intense, life and death drama, that unfolds professionally and personally will keep you turning the pages. Follow Ryan’s personal journey, as paranormal entities start to reveal themselves to him, causing him to fight for his sanity, and his family. Witness the keystrokes and images as Ryan is forced into a macabre treasure hunt. Ryan believes he has proof; the dark lady, and the other ghosts are real. Does he find enough evidence to convince his wife Kelly and other important people around him?
Let me bring you into the story here: “It was as if the undead were determined to become regular fixtures in his life. Perhaps it was New Bethany, though, and not him. Perhaps the place was overrepresented in the metaphysical world. Or could it have something to do with the jeep? He seemed to experience so many of his “interfaces” when in the jeep. It had been his father’s. When his father died, his mother put it in storage until he could drive. He loved the beat-up old thing, but could it be some sort of spook receiver? Who knew? The only thing of which Ryan was certain was that he needed a break, a reprieve, an armistice with the world of the dead. His wits were fraying; his pistons, overheating. So, he clung to the promise of an upcoming escape—only a couple of weeks away—a neurosurgical meeting in Miami. Seven glorious days away from the apparently very haunted Susquehanna Valley. Surely the spirit world couldn’t flourish in the bright sun and salty air of South Beach. It wouldn’t be long and he would be in another world altogether— one bursting with life and youth and play. And as icing on the cake, he’d be accompanied by Kelly.”
Will this retreat bring Ryan the mental rest and family time that he yearns for?
I highly recommend Death’s Pale Flag by Gary Simonds. Once I started reading, I couldn’t put it down. I was surprised by the ending. The story will challenge some of your preconceived ideas while entertaining you with humor, family drama, and the thrill of paranormal activity.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. A Reminder Of Human Nature!
If you think the book cover is intriguing, wait until you begin reading Saving Paludis by Clayton Graham. The author has shared two very interesting maps at the beginning of the book to help readers get a sense of this fertile planet called “Musk” by its inhabitants, and “Paludis” by Earth. Paludis is in the Pisces Constellation which is 143 light years from Earth.
The story begins in AD 3898 and we find that Earth invaders have taught the colonized population of Paludis their language and some of their customs. After Paludis scientists share a powerful new technology with Earth, it doesn’t take long for mysterious factions to exploit the technology, and the planet moves to the brink of war. The race is on to save Paludis.
With believable characters, and storytelling that brings your imagination to the edge of space and time, Saving Paludis tells of strange cultures and traditions, alien politics, and cult-like paranormal phenomena. You cannot help but keep turning the pages of this fast-paced interstellar adventure. From a woman’s point of view, here is a glimpse into the story.
… “Rain was falling in a steady drizzle as Selma turned into the road that led to her domicile. It was not yet fully dark and the final vestiges of sunlight creeping through a solitary hole in the clouds had turned the aluminium domes of the dwellings to a blood red. The roadway, smooth and black and shiny, snaked like a ribbon through the glistening streetscape and dark, low clouds threatened to crush the buildings beneath their ponderous weight.
…Strangely, she’d encountered few individuals as she walked through the streets and, like on the drive south, very little traffic. It was as if a giant hand had been placed over the mouth of Kentucky, stifling its usual raucous behaviour. Selma assumed most people were indoors and she wondered if a storm was approaching.
…She stopped outside her home, unable to resist a glance back to that part of the road where she had been abducted by Serpentine. Serpentine! Where was he now? She palmed the switch, pressed the code buttons in the right sequence and her door slid open. Entering, Selma turned on the light and the door closed behind her. The rain suddenly increased in ferocity, and she heard it rattling on the dome of the house.”
I invite you to read Saving Paludis as it is a reminder of human nature, whether here on Earth, or on the planets that we might colonize in the future or even invade while aliens struggle to save their own world.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. As a grandmother, I know how important friends are to our children and who better to show the way than two beautifully illustrated dragons. As parents and grandparents, we seek to purchase books that will capture the imagination, while teaching valuable life lessons.
Award Winning Author Janice Spina and her husband John (illustrator) has created this amazing first book, in this dragon series.
Brightly colored illustrations will capture the child’s imagination as they read, or as an adult reads to them. The rhymes will stick in their mind, as he or she discovers a friendship between a red dragon named Drystan and a blue dragon named Durward.
The adventure unfolds in the Land Of Rainbows, where the two dragons extend their friendship to a colorful mother blue bird and her family, while lessons about helping others are learned.
I highly recommend this book as a good bedtime story, or go anywhere travel book. Five more books in this series are in the creative process. I invite you to purchase ‘Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 1’ and watch for each new dragon book as it is published.
I hadn’t gone looking to write a book. And although I love to write, especially poetry, and editorial responses of educational articles, writing can be arduous and was never cathartic for me. I would rather take pictures. My dream was to be a veterinarian, to heal, support positive training, and be the voice for those who spoke a different language. God had that same plan, albeit a very different path.
Life can be messy. It can flip your world upside down in an instant and force you into situations that could ultimately break you if you let them. My family experienced one such life altering event when my little brother, Bruce, was born. He wasn’t like David, my other brother, or me. You see, Bruce had down syndrome. While our parents struggled to come to terms with what this meant for their future and the challenges they would now have to face, David and I saw our newest sibling for who he was – a special, wonderful gift. I was an immediate advocate fighting to keep him from being given away and then for inclusion despite inconveniences or discomfort for those, speaking a misunderstood language. After sending my brother to live in a KenCrest Group Home, he slowly began to became an afterthought for my parents, and I didn’t want that to be the case with the rest of my family. He was involved in David and my life and we in his, and he was just as committed to us as we were to him. We all flourished alongside him, and I wanted to honor him and his story.
My plan to include Bruce with others was to open his world. We accomplished so much more, my baby brother and I. We opened theirs.
Living only a forty-minute drive from Bruce’s group home allowed for Sunday visits and family dinners with my daughter, husband and me, phone calls with his nieces living in Florida and France, and holiday visits with my son’s family when they visited from Florida. However, what I feared most, his becoming an afterthought, happened after my move to Florida. No one made time to see him, I was no longer there, the voice with whom to reckon.
Now with his death, I was more determined than ever to keep my brother’s memory alive so my children, grandchildren, nieces, and close friends who knew of him, but never met him would remember Brucie. Vail, Colorado, my home during the summer months was my refuge when Bruce was diagnosed with cancer, COVID preventing any visits to the hospital but guardianship offered constant communication with doctors and hospital staff. Nothing got done without my approval, constant support from the nurse and personal advocate from KenCrest readily available. I hiked those trails with a vengeance, miles of climbing, listening to The Killers, dancing with the forest nymphs, crying and reliving our life together. My Inspirational Moment took hold and I was driven to write this memoir about my life with my very special brother, filled with these stories from my memories and those closest to Bruce. That is when I also realized so many who had loved and cared for him, his KenCrest family, and now mourned his loss as well would have a way to share him, read about him, and hear his voice within these stories. The challenge, how to write a memoir that told the story in the most positive light while sharing painful experiences, the good, bad, and ugly and not sounding resentful or bitter. Of course, there were angry moments and not sharing those would be dishonest, especially at my age of thirteen, reliving the beginning and feeling guilty having left David for college. Our parents were gone so I was not burdened with the fear of hurting them.
“Listen to Me” was Bruce’s mantra to be heard and understood as individuals with down syndrome struggle with an enlarged tongue preventing many words to be pronounced correctly. The subtitle, ‘How My Down Syndrome Brother Saved My Life’ is in reference to the voice and passion I developed throughout my life because of Bruce. It was because of the continuous need to advocate for my brother when I was younger, I eventually learned to have a voice and advocate for myself. As an adult, I had passion and a drive to make Bruce feel as normal as he could, and through that I learned patience which ultimately led me to become a teacher, coach, and Administrator with the School district of Philadelphia. I don’t know what kind of life I could have had if Bruce had been born normal, perhaps I would have become a veterinarian, but I doubt it would have been as purposeful as it turned out to be.
For more than fifty-three years, Bruce lived a life full of love, laughter, community, but also pain and hardship as he battled kidney disease and pancreatic cancer. He fought his diagnosis with a smile on his face, but ultimately, cancer won. I never meant to tell this story, to share the beginning of Bruce’s and my journey. My family knew the middle and, of course the end, but not what created the drive, the fire they admired to ensure his inclusion and my guardianship. But sometimes something or someone touches your heart, your deepest soul, and you just know their story needs to be told. The angst of not telling outweighed everything else. For those who have lived with, loved, and lost handicapped siblings and family members, I share your pain and revel in your joys. This is that story.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.A Love That Transcends Physical Limitations.
‘At The Edge Of The Stairs’ by Phil Stephens will take you to the edge and beyond this worlds physical boundaries. This story and the personable characters will capture your imagination from the first page. You will not want to put the book down. The surprise ending will keep your mind pondering their lives, romance, and human bonds for hours and days later.
Crystal Mikalya Arabella and Abraham Gallagher find each other through an amazing turn of events. Their friends, family, work acquaintances, and strangers will play a miraculous role in the daily lives that surround these two soul mates. Crysal’s experience brings amazing clarity to life and death, that will make you stop and take inventory of your own immortality. Their story will keep you on the edge of your seat because their love transcends physical limitations
Below is a quote from the story. This experience brings Abraham Gallagher to a pivotal point in his life.
…A strong feeling of helplessness washed over Abe. No one there had the proper equipment to get the people out of the truck.
…A lone police car and a fire truck arrived on the scene. The fire was now spreading rapidly through the cab. Just to stand by and watch helplessly made Abraham physically ill.
…The woman motioned Abe to come as close to the truck as he could. “Come here! Come here!” she screamed, waving her hand.
…Abe ran as close to the vehicle as he could. He could see that the woman was trying to force something through the broken window; it was a child.
… “Take her! Take her! Get her out of here!” the woman screamed.
…As Abe reached for the little girl, another man ran up to help him pull her from the woman’s arms. The look on the woman’s face would haunt him for the rest of his life. He would never find the words to describe it.
…Both men quickly backed away as far as they could with the little girl. As the firemen approached the cab with a fire extinguisher, a small explosion could be heard underneath the truck. Smoke was pouring out of the broken window, and the hideous screams coming from inside the truck were deafening.
If you like action/drama, combined with a cozy romance, woven with paranormal overtones, you have come to the right book. I encourage you to purchase and read ‘At The Edge Of The Stairs’.
It has been a pleasure to read and review ‘At The Edge Of The Stairs’ by Phil Stephens. I wait with anticipation for Phil Stephens next suspense thriller.
About The Author: Phil Stephens is an Indiana native and a graduate of the Indiana University Kelley School of Business, and of the Dale Carnegie Course. He spent many years working in Fortune 500 America. Raised in a solidly Catholic family, he attended Catholic grade schools in the 1960s and served as an Altar Boy. His writing has appeared in the local newspaper and Pen IT literary magazine. His passions include reading in his favorite genres—history and horror. He also enjoys cooking, exercising, and the environment. Stephens resides in beautiful Brown County in Southern Indiana with his wife Marie, and has an adopted granddaughter, Crystal Maiden, in the Philippines.
Phil’s book was named the 2016 gold medal winner in the International Publisher Awards for Best Contemporary Novel. In the video on this page, Phil is interviewed by popular talk radio host Jordan Rich about book — and what’s behind it.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Zombie Walk Festival!
Meredith Misso, best-selling author of Steampunk romance novels and an unwilling sponsor of the annual Zombie Walk Festival in Long Beach realizes the event has gone terribly wrong when she wakes up in a body bag.
Meredith withdraws to a cabin in the small mountain town of Forest Falls to complete her novel before Valentine’s Day. Becoming a zombie and dealing with the entire raised from the dead issues isn’t easy for her. Pippa, her sister, soon-to-be-ex-husband Viktor, cute teddy bear hamster along with a small circle of friends consume her days.
Victor, who is intense and undeniably sexy knocks on her door and infuses himself right back into her life. Meredith senses that while still driven by his work, he seems more intense than he had been in the past. Puzzled by his behavior, she searches for a way to tell him her secret.
I invite you to come follow Connie Vines’ sassy, fun fantasy series which is packed with adventure and romance in another realm. Whether you are a zombie groupie or this is your first introduction to the zombie world like it was for me, you will get caught up in the fun characters and interesting story of the undead.
“Here Today, Zombie Tomorrow” by Connie Vines is a fun new series, novella in length, easy to read and entertaining.
About The Author: Connie Vines lives deep in the quirky suburbs of Southern California with her husband, grown sons and a playful poodle. Raised in a career Naval family, her writing reflects her diverse background, numerous occupations, and her love of animals.
Long Island Loves Its Animals by Diane Kurtz Calabrese.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. “Long Island Loves Its Animals” Brings A New Appreciation For Our Pets And The Wildlife Around Us Every Day!
I invite you to relax with “Long Island Loves Its Animals” by Diane Calabrese.
Each of the thirty chapters begins with a vivid snapshot of a favorite pet or wildlife animal that you will recognize. Diane’s poetic description of each animal draws you into the habits and purposes of each animal within our local environment and in our ecological system. Each chapter is educational, and Diane points out the benefits, as well as the spiritual applications associated with each animal.
Diane’s focus is on the animals around her Long Island home. You no doubt have one or more of these animals living in your home, yard or local park. This book will help you appreciate the world around you as you rest, work, and play.
Diane dedicates this book to her grandson John, as well as all the children of the world. I encourage adults to share this book with all the children in your lives. Reading books to children brings his or her imagination to life and creates a lasting bond between you.
In Diane’s very first book “Mind, Body, Spirit and Discovering The Purpose Of Life”, she reminds us “each of us has a purpose, as do all the animals”. If you enjoy animal books, be sure to check out her children’s book “God Loves Sea Animals Too”.
“Long Island Loves Its Animals” should be placed in all libraries, schools, civic centers and environments where children gather.
Diane Calabrese has four other books, “Mind, Body, Spirit and Discovering the Purpose of Life”, “Meditations for the Mind-Body-Spirit”, “God Loves Sea Animals too; Poetry for Inspiration”, and “He is Watching”. Recently these books have won awards from the International Impact Book Awards organization. She has been recently published in New York Weekly, USA News, and Digital Journal. She’s also been on numerous podcasts, radio and TV interviews.
Diane gained valuable expertise in the field of recreational therapy while working as a recreational therapist for thirty-plus years in hospitals, nonprofit agencies, public schools, and universities. In recent years, Diane worked in higher education for Florida International University and as a recreational therapist for the US Department of Veterans Affairs, from which she recently retired.
“Collection Of Galactic Encounters Of The Mysterious Kind”
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. “Collection Of Galactic Encounters Of The Mysterious Kind” by Australian Author Clayton Graham.
“Those Alien Skies” is a collection of three novellas which bring the reader beyond the “Milijun Trilogy”. The stories take place in different parts of our universe. Each novella starts with a glossary which defines the places and people. Here is a glimpse into “Those Alien Skies”.
Novella: “The Hunt for Elias Weber” starts on Mars and finishes on Earth. Elias Weber is bored and eager to get back to Earth. Returning to the mother planet was all he lived for now. Not that life on Mars was bad; it was good and offered more than his sojourn on the moon ever had during his time as Damien Dayananda’s second-in-command. It is a tale of sought-after-revenge, wistful desire for days long gone, and a reflection on how severe mind propaganda can influence a person’s thoughts and actions.
Novella: “Few and Far Between” takes place on Venture (AD 2291) and a strange alien artificial planet. Nothing can be taken for granted. Laura Sinclair is worried. The twins Len and Ben should have returned by now. After three years, on their new planetary home, Venture, the boys had grown into rambunctious teenagers whose self-confidence knew no bounds. But they always arrived home from their explorations on time, if only to sample her latest culinary creation. Except for today!
Novella: “Battle Lines”: This story takes place on the alien planet Glieze and illustrates the futility of war and the necessity of trust. It is a contest between World War and extinction or survival and faith in the future. Sometimes the way forward springs from the most unlikely source.
Let Author Clayton Graham take you to the stars!
Also Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network:
…Read the “Milijun Trilogy” and discover the moment that changed everything. BMGN awarded 5 Stars to “Milijun” (book one) because it explores our deepest darkest fears. To this day, mankind has been fascinated with extraterrestrials. Dating back from ice-age cave walls, ancient Egyptian carvings, Hollywood movies, and continued space travel. Now a new moment has arrived!
…“Amidst Alien Stars” (book two). BMGN awarded 5 Stars. This book will capture your imagination. Laura Sinclair and her son Jason desperately try to navigate the dangerous planet where aliens threaten not only their survival, but the whole human race.
…“Alien Whispers” (book three). BMGN awarded 5 Stars. Engaging the Tellurian Empire is met with communication and conflict. The entire universe hangs precariously in the balance.
…“Looking For Life” (stand-alone). BMGN awarded 5 Stars to this collection of science fiction short stories filled with paranormal.
…“Saving Paludis” (stand-alone). BMGN awarded 5 Stars. This book is a reminder of human nature. This book is a stunning extraterrestrial mystery. A planet on the brink of annihilation. A battle for survival that will decide the fate of two worlds.
…“Silently In The Night” (stand-alone). BMGN awarded 5 Stars to this collection of tantalizing tales.
In 2024 Clayton brought us “Aliens Arising” which goes back to the origins of Milijun.
We invite you to journey to the stars with all Clayton Graham’s hard science books.
The Settlers: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger.
First Book In An Axe Of Iron Series.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. The Viking ship called ‘Steed of the Sea’ sailing in the cold dark waters in the foreground of tall glaciers under a foreboding sky on the cover is just the beginning.
Whether you sat under the history lessons of Columbus discovering America or are more adventurous in your approach to history and have a yearning to know who was here when Columbus arrived and where did they come from, ‘The Settlers’ is a tale that should be on a mandatory reading list in all schools in order to provoke thought and discussion on native North America in the latter half of the tenth century. Scholars can’t agree but this tale offers a new perspective about America’s indigenous people, how they viewed explorers, handled settlers and coexisted on a bountiful body of land with all its beauty and treacherous environment.
It is important to read the ‘Author’s Note’, ‘Historical Perspective’ and the ‘Glossary Of Norse Terms’ provided by the author to educate the reader. In the Author’s Note you will meet Gudbjartur Einarsson who is an Icelander, a Northman or Norseman who is second in command under Halfdan Ingolfsson. Chapter one unfolds six wooden ships carrying 163 Greenlanders and 152 Icelanders (including men, women and children) set sail with horses, cows, pigs, chickens, dogs, cats, equipment (tents and parts to horse drawn carts) and supplies to explore areas of what they call Vinland (North America).
Exhaustive research, realistic characters garbed in functional layers residing in a true to life story line that allows the reader to experience the sea voyage and land exploration with exquisite writing that creates a sense of being present in the story even when this first book in ‘An Axe Of Iron Novel’ series has been closed on a night stand.
Here’s a few of my favorite quotes from the book:
“He whistled tunelessly to himself, the notes blown away on the wind. His eyes darted over the sea ahead and aloft at the trim of the sail and rigging. The heart of the ship pulsed through the soles of his feet, vibrated up through the steering oar and the palms of his hands, an inaudible hum that told him all was well in his world.”
“Wind driven rain stung exposed skin like bees protecting their hive.”
“Several kettles of whale blubber boiled over individual fires on the beach to render the valuable oil. The thick, rich oil skimmed of the connective tissue – the crunchy fried meat and curled pieces of skin were a delicacy-had many uses. It was a valuable food source, preservative, and lamp fuel.”
…After the journey across treacherous seas land was a welcome sight with all of its wild game like “Grunting herds of Reindeer” not to mention the predators like wolves and bears. Women and children scour rocky cliffs for seabird eggs to add to their food supply giving the kids some stress relieving egg throwing activity.
…Unforeseen and inevitable injuries, herbal treatments, Viking burial ceremony amidst deep held Christian beliefs.
…Attraction and a “bed of soft, furry skins nestled in the scrub brush, well protected from the north wind’. Passion, “eyes smoldered with lust” hands explore, tongues probe, “locked bodies swayed in the throes of passion”.
…Hunting and cooking for survival, sewing for protective covering, animal pelts and jewelry making for trade commodity. The best and the worst of human nature revealed in a hostile new world.
…Now heading into the reading of ‘Confrontation: An Axe Of Iron Novel’ book two of the series gives clarity as to the sequence of history, characters and events that readers should follow in order to understand and digest the fiction history which is laid out in great detail, humanity and historical correlation regarding much debated events.
…The Settlers – An Axe of Iron Novel book one is the fictional historical accounting of exploration and settlement of Vinland (North America).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. ‘The Hidden Stairway’ is Book 4 in the Abby & Holly Series. Even though each book in the series, stands-alone, Author Janice Spina skillfully draws from the previous books, which makes the series very appealing to young readers. For example: This book involves an urn and some jewels the girls found in a trunk in the attic during their adventure in book three. The mystery of who left the remains of a teenager named Annabelle Bradley (from 1880’s) in an urn in the attic and how did Annabelle come to have so much valuable jewelry carries over into book four.
The story opens as cousins Abby and Holly return from back-to-school shopping with their mothers. Young readers’ imaginations will soar, when they join these two cousins, as they continue to explore the old Victorian House (they live in) which reveals many secrets and ghosts from the past. The discovery of a hidden stairway, that allows the girls to travel back in time, will keep readers’ turning the page.
As a grandmother I can say, this book has a mystery, suspense driven adventure (equal if not better than Nancy Drew) with life lessons woven in, making this book and the Abby & Holly Series a perfect gift and summer reading for the Middle-Grades, Preteen, Teens and Young Adults.
Author Janice Spina and her husband, Dr. John Spina, make a great team. Dr. John Spina creates the book covers and story illustrations for all Janice Spina’s books. I am impressed with their attention to detail, as they work together to enhance the reading experience of all ages.
Books 5 and 6 in the Abby & Holly series is expected in late 2020 and 2021.
Warlord Of The Forgotten Age by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 15 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Gift Of Adult Fantasy Storytelling!
For those of us who entered Windemere, it has left a mark upon our souls. We thank Author Charles E. Yallowitz for his gift of adult fantasy storytelling and hope he will enthrall us again soon.
Careful not to spoil this conclusion to The Legends of Windemere series, I chose this quote as a sneak peek into Warlord of the Forgotten Age.
Quote from Chapter 17:
…“Having lost contact with his friends, Delvin struggles to crawl through the rubble and reach the last place he sensed them. The magical arrow is still protruding from his eye and the infectious tendrils continue to push against his powers. His vision is a blurry mess due to the injury and his rising exhaustion, which make every movement pure agony. With his fount powers focused entirely on healing, the warrior feels as defenseless as an infant and worries that he might get killed before he can face the Baron again. For the countless time, he stops to grip the arrow’s shaft and gives a small tug to see if it can be removed. The painful headache that rockets through his skull causes Delvin to collapse and slide down the smoky remains of a house, which he unknowingly scaled. Rolling over the eave, he hits the cobblestones with his face and screams when the projectile is driven a bit further into his eye socket. Unable to continue moving, he gets onto his back and watches the sky for signs of his friends. Putting his shield on his chest and drawing his sword, the warrior is unsure if he is trying to appear ready for battle or pose for his funeral.”
Be sure to read the Author’s Note at the end of this book as he explains how the series came about and evolved. He gives credit where credit is due and he appreciates those of us who invested our time in Windemere.
I encourage those of you who have never read one book in this series to jump in because Windemere will leave a mark on your soul. Note to movie directors and investors who are on the search for the next fantasy to light up the silver screen or create a cult like following for a TV series, look no further than Legend of Windemere. It will be worth your investment.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mariah has lost her memory. Will she remember what has transpired in her past? Can Mariah escape this deadly killer’s grasp? Will she finally be safe? Will the killer be apprehended? Jump right into this intense crime, mystery, thriller set in a suburb of New York as author J. E. Spina introduces the reader to the thought process of a serial killer.
“His senses were tingling with the sight, smell, and feel of blood. The silky texture of it and its coppery smell and even the intoxicating taste of it. Just the smell alone could cause desire to rush through his body causing a compelling urge to kill. He felt a thrill at the prospect of taking a life.”
Meet Mariah Michelle Hampton and Dr. Roberts as he begins the slow meticulous process of bringing her memories back while in a safe place at the Dr. Darin J. Roberts Memorial Hospital in Lindan, New York. Many people care about and are looking out for Mariah whether she fully realizes it or not.
There are so many unanswered questions like who was the mystery man that dropped Mariah off at the hospital? How did he know her taste in clothing and detail to sizes when he dropped items off for her? What happened to her and why is it that she can remember some of her childhood memories, but not the last few weeks?
Travel with Mariah on a psychic journey to recover her memories and live with the consequences surrounding her trauma and life with a maniac that might still be at large and want to finish what he started.
Hunting Mariah by J. E. Spina is the beginning of a great crime fiction series.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mariah’s Revenge is the thriller/suspense/crime fiction sequel to Author Janice (J. E.) Spina’s book titled ‘Hunting Mariah’. If you remember in book one, we traveled with Mariah on a psychic journey to recover her memories, as she lived with the consequences of living life with a maniac.
Jump right into book two as we get a better
understanding of Sage’s killing spree across New Hampshire, Vermont and New
York. While police officers, FBI agents and others are looking for Sage, Mariah
buried herself in her studies, as she is determined to move forward.
Sage has encountered an enemy of his own, beyond
his wildest imagination. While he is dealing with injuries of his own, he is
unaware that someone is watching Mariah and ready to “take over where he left
off”. When a body of an old woman, a dog
and then another body at Tambor Lake is discovered, the authorities know they
are dealing with a psychopath and the body count is sure to rise.
Author Janice (J. E.) Spina uses a full case of
supporting characters in this suspenseful, action-driven drama where Mariah
finds the courage to take things into her own hands. Mariah is not one to give
up. Her heart is open for lasting love when her grandmother shows support for
her and Tony.
Mariah showed her courage and determination to
handle any situation and I quote. “Mariah pushed open the door and moved her
light back and forth. She saw a mess of broken down furniture piled up in one
corner of the room and a bed in the other. The covers appeared to be piled up
under the bed. She moved closer to look under the pile. She kept her gun out in
front of her and the light sweeping back and forth. Mariah wasn’t prepared for
what happened next.”
This is a must read if you believe in the kind of
fortitude that Mariah uses to work through her tragedies and the kidnapping to
forge a friendship and embrace whatever life has next in store.
Mariah’s Revenge by Janice (J. E.) Spina is an
adventure that is not over. I now wait for the third book in this series to
find out what life has in store for Mariah.
Book 11 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Jungles of Windemere!
Welcome to the jungles of Windemere where Delvin and Sari have gone missing.
Escape reality and enter into this mystical world where the author’s story telling will draw you into a fantasy world that you will never want to step out of.
The story opens with Baron Kernaghan surveying his kingdom from his balcony expecting visitors with gifts for his infant noble son.
Join Nyx in the jungle where the champions execute a plan to rescue Delvin and Sari. Without spoiling the story, let me draw you in with this quote.
…“With Dariana meditating on a log and the others sleeping in a sealed tent, Luke keeps watch from the branches. The end of summer heat has forced him to shed his shirt and boots, the damp clothes left on the ground with his friends. Unlike the trees of his homeland’s forests, the jungle flora is denser and their levels are much more distinct. At first, the half-elf tried to stay in the highest branches, but he quickly realized that he could not react to any danger below. Now Luke remains hidden among the leaves of the lower canopy, his sound sight and Stiletto’s borrowed sense of smell working hard to decipher every noise. The warrior’s eyes are practically useless in the thick darkness, which puts his nerves on edge. Only a single shaft of red and yellow moonlight is coming through the trees due to a hole in the network of branches that will be closed within a week. Even with the constant threat of an attack, Luke is in awe of the jungle’s natural beauty. The vivid noises and scents of life are intoxicating, every piece of the tapestry making him want to wander blindly into the wilderness. His excitement sours when he senses a fist-sized spider that has snared a bat only a few feet above his head.
…“So much for spending more time here,” Luke whispers, his dry throat quenched by a sip of water. Movement in the lower branches causes him to freeze, but he relaxes when a familiar voice curses under her breath. “Do I have to ask why you’re climbing a tree in the dark, big sister? You’re going to hurt yourself.”
…“I can see in the dark,” Nyx declares as she inches around the vine-covered trunk. The channeler’s eyes have become yellow and cat-like, which matches the retractable claws that help her cling to the tree. “Transformation isn’t something I do a lot, but small things are easy. I decided to imitate a calico, which wasn’t a great idea. I went too far and gave myself a tail that keeps tickling my leg. Makes me think those fuzzy caterpillars we keep seeing are crawling up my skirt, but I’m too tired to fix it. Anyway, I couldn’t sleep and you’re the only one awake. Do you want to talk or sit quietly?”
Important questions to answer:
Will they find Delvin and Sari?
What surprises will they encounter?
What threats do the Champions face?
I invite you to read ‘Charms of the Feykin’. Each book in the Legends of Windemere series stands alone, so I invite you to read book one through book 11 so you will be ready for book twelve where the final temple will be challenged in ‘The Spirit Well’. This 5-star book series is worthy of the silver screen.
Sleeper of the Wildwood Fugue by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 7 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Captures Your Imagination!
Experience for the first time or continue reading as the ‘Legends of Windemere’ captures your imagination as ‘Sleeper of the Wildwood Fugue’ continues this epic fantasy with book 7 by Charles E. Yallowitz.
If you were mesmerized by the game ‘Dungeons and Dragons’ or enjoyed reading ‘The Hobbit’ series you will not want to miss the mystical inhabitants of Windemere! Author Charles E. Yallowitz weaves an intriguing tale in a world where good and evil collide and is quite often underestimated.
Well defined characters who add depth, personality and the ability to draw the reader into the fantasy world of Windemere will hold your attention as the drama unfolds in this mystical place. The creative thought process of the author brings Windemere to life with fast paced descriptive intrigue. I quote two sections below to show the author’s writing style without spoiling the story.
…“Several silent minutes after Gabriel disappears, Zaria lets out a musical sigh and merges with the mist. She weaves among the trees and cursed mortals, none of them noticing her presence. The goddess is near the edge of a clearing when a purple barrier appears and deflects her rapid approach. She returns to her solid form and gets as close to the powerful shield as she can. Sparks of magic burst from the glistening dome, leaving burn marks on her dress that she ignores. All of Zaria’s attention is on the canopy bed in the middle of the clearing where a cloaked form is sleeping.”
…“Only a matter of days now, Dariana,” the goddess whispers, wiping a pristine tear from her cheek. “Only a matter of days.”
I invite you to start reading the Legends of Windemere’ series today!
“Sleeper of the Wildwood Fugue” (Legends of Windemere Book 7) by Charles E. Yallowitz is an epic fantasy where the author’s imagination brings legends to life.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Warm, Romantic Tone!
Lynx sets a warm, romantic tone for book one in Connie Vines’ Rodeo Romance Series. This is short, easy, lazy afternoon read. With strong characters like Lynx, Rachel, Dan and Charlene the Rodeo small town country environment breeds friendships, excitement, danger, attraction, reluctance, and full-blown passion.
As a reviewer I read many genres, and this is my first Rodeo romance. To my surprise this short story and colorful characters kept me turning the pages and refilling my coffee cup.
The fact that Connie’s father is from Texas, and she spent summers in the Texas panhandle as a child is interesting. Her father rode broncs in amateur rodeo events while in high school. I’d like to imagine that the Texas setting is probably is some ways kin to the author’s real home environment set in the “quirky suburbs of Southern California” where she lives with her husband “in a butter-yellow house shaded by mimosa and magnolia trees”.
Lynx is a romance with a couple of Texas recipes thrown in for extra spice. This first book in the Rodeo Romance Series was selected as the H.O.L.T Medallion Finalist and the Orange Rose Finalist. Only time will tell us where the series will go and how many hearts will be won or lost.
Lynx (book one) in Connie Vines’ Rodeo Romance is for the romantic and young at heart.
About The Author: Connie Vines lives deep in the quirky suburbs of Southern California with her husband, grown sons and a playful poodle. Raised in a career Naval family, her writing reflects her diverse background, numerous occupations, and her love of animals.
Charlene The Star and Bentley Bulldog (Volume 3) by Deanie Humphrys-Dunne.
Charlene The Star Makes New Friends In This Exciting Adventure.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Children’s Adventure Book!
‘Charlene The Star and Bentley Bulldog’ by Deanie Humphrys-Dunne is the newest release in her children’s adventure books.
Among some of the characters in this enchanting adventure include Charlene The Star (a horse) from Jumping for Joy Farms who is a competitive jumper, Mary Harris who is Charlene’s owner and rider, Hattie the chicken who loves to wear bonnets, and Bentley the bulldog who learns a valuable lesson about bullying.
Charming animals with unique personalities teach children life lessons on having proper manners, the value of friendships, sportsmanship, accepting and owning our mistakes, apologizing and making amends when we have hurt someone, and even when winning there is always room for improvement.
Parents and teachers should know that at the end of the book there are 8 questions and answers that challenge the child to remember what they have read (enhancing reading comprehension) and congratulates them for what they do remember.
Delightful hand drawn illustrations by Holly Humphrys-Bajaj bring the story and characters to life.
Other adventures that are available include Charlene The Star, Charlie The Horse, Charlene The Star and Hattie’s Heroes and Tails Of Sweetbrier.
Charlene The Star and Bentley Bulldog and Deanie Humphrys-Dunne’s other books are educational tools with pure reading enjoyment for young impressionable minds.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Engaging The Tellurian Empire!
Those of us who turned the last page of ‘Amidst Alien Stars’ (book two) waited patiently to get our hands on the next deep space installment in the ‘Milijun’ series. ‘Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion’ is worth the wait. This captivating hard science fiction series continues to draw readers in with more suspense, as the battle for the fate of Earth and the entire universe hangs in the balance.
It is AD 2288. Laura Sinclair (mother of the First Seen) journeys to Earth from a secret base on Mars hoping to find out what happened to husband Dek a century ago. She also needs to collect her thoughts, ground herself, and regain her normal emotional state after the intergalactic Gliezan interlude. Her son, Jason, had warned her that the home planet was in dire straits: that it was in retrogression. What did that mean anyway? On the way to oblivion? Marked for human extinction?
Upon arriving, Laura is drawn into conflict. With the help of alien allies and the local Underground, she must find a way to defeat both renegade aliens and the overwhelming might of the tyrannical Tellurian Empire.
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 18 where Laura Sinclair is a part of a dedicated military team going to Earth’s moon to investigate the activities of the Tellurian Empire. Their mission is to negate any risk that the Tellurians pose to ACE (the Alien Collaboration Enterprise):
“She entertained no lofty ideals about the mission. It would be hazardous. Great stealth and cunning would be required. She had firsthand experience of how ruthless the Tellurian military could be. And that is why she had insisted on Nur (an advanced robotic alien) being with them…
…There were two contemporary editions of the Rbuzen sailships on board, sleek and shiny, their energy convertors now hidden within their glittering skins—maybe a design lesson learnt over the past century from study of the Rkem interplanetary craft. In all likelihood they would be sharing hangar space with a horde of dormant RNasia, which would be ready to play their part when the ship arrived at their destination.”
You will not want to miss the results of their mission.
If you love hard science authors like Alastair Reynolds, Sir Arthur Charles Clarke, and Frank Herbert, you will not want to miss Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion by Clayton Graham. Each book in this exceptional science fiction stands alone. I have enjoyed reading this series from the very beginning of ‘Milijun’.
‘Milijun’ (book one) explores our collective, deepest darkest fears. ‘Amidst Alien Stars’ (book two) will capture your imagination with its deep space intergalactic conflict. ‘Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion’ (book three) takes you further into the battle that threatens human existence as we know it. The characters are both human and alien, with a story so metaphysical, it almost defies fiction. I can’t wait to see what Author Clayton Graham comes up with next.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 1.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. With Powers Comes Responsibility!
‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’ is book one of six planned in the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’. Award-winning Author, Janice Spina, is writing this fantasy series for ages 13-17, but I can attest to the fact, adults will enjoy it too.
Serena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. With these powers comes responsibility.
Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The other villages are Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), Amora (Land of Faith & Love), and Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness).
I think to understand the story you must understand the ‘Votovians’. The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovian children were taught these five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. They used rhymes and simple language so that the youngest children could understand the rules.
Rule#1: Never use your powers to hurt anyone (not even to injure, move or hurt even flowers).
Rule#2: Help your fellow villagers out in any way you can.
Rule#3: Always band together for the common good.
Rule#4: Above all, protect the children. If danger comes, fast we will flee, and stay together using our powers only in an emergency.
Rule#5: Powers are to be used in emergency situations if agreed upon only by the governing council with final approval of the King and Queen of Votovia.
The Votovians were all hoping they would never have to use their powers. Their powers collectively were so strong they could destroy everyone in their path. They were a peace-loving people, and this did not come easy for them, but they would do whatever they had to do to protect their children and the children of their friends in Sovorotskina and any of the other neighboring villages.
I will let you discover on your own ‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’. I highly recommend Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1. Author Janice Spina always has valuable lessons in her storylines, which make her stories true ‘Jems’. Janice has written 19 children’s books and has multiple series, for ages 10 and up.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 2.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Equally Enchanting As The Harry Potter Series.
‘THE UNKNOWN TERRITORY’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 2) continues from ‘The Legend of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 1). The Gateskin Chronicles can be read out of succession, but you will not want to miss any of this exciting, magical, fantasy series.
I believe ages 13+ will enjoy this series, as Award-winning author, Janice Spina has an amazing way of telling the story and capturing the attention and imagination of her readers. ‘The Unknown Territory’ takes you to the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE, which is made up of six villages, with the Sea of Shakelle off the southern borders. New characters, new creatures, new dangers, and new spells abound.
This book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds. King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light), Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), and Amora (Land of Faith & Love), all had reason to fear Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness). I decided to share this quote so you will understand the true danger that exists for the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE.
…King Gateskin created a Channel Spell to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed. Once he had all the rulers of the villages virtually in his Meeting Room, he called the meeting to order.
…He explained what had happened in the Village of Parotovina and the dangers they faced from the roaming Catlings.
… “We need to help Parotovina. I know all of you have had unfavorable treatment by King Kaposkaran and his guards, and so have I. But we cannot let these people suffer like this. We have to do something.”
… “Will we have to use dark magic to take out these creatures, King Gateskin?” King Cavelan asked.
… “Never! We have to try something else. Please let’s use first names only here. We are all rulers and don’t need to use the pomp and circumstance in these serious times.”
… “I agree, Gateskin,” Cavelan said.
…Noderan of the Village of Amora asked, “Do you have something in mind, Gateskin?”
… “Well, I think I can come up with a few spells with the help of all of you and my Wizards. Please let me introduce you to the former Parotovinan Wizards.”
…Gateskin spread his hands across the table and pointed out the four Wizards to the rulers. They all nodded and waited for more information about what they would be doing.
It is up to you to discover. Who is the spy in Sovorotskina? Will the spy be discovered and somehow stopped from undermining the magic of King Gateskin and his family?
‘The Gateskin Chronicles’ will take you on a magical journey, equally enchanting as the Harry Potter series. Once you begin, you will anxiously wait for the next book to be released.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 3.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. The Search For The Medallion Puts Every Villager In Danger Of Dark Magic!
‘SEARCH FOR THE MEDALLION’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) continues in this exciting, magical, fantasy series for ages 13-17+. Readers will find the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’. The ‘Characters List’ in each book helps because the author brings in new characters.
Book three finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
“Gateskin rounded up every villager who had any kind of power and then stopped by to see Spindle and Mitteran to explain what needed to be done. “You are to oversee the digging and search for the Medallion. Meet the villagers who are coming from the other lands to help and get them started in plots assigned on the map.” Gateskin handed the map to them. “I will be meeting in my conference room with my Wizards and others who I will be sending your way soon.”
The two head guards nodded and flew to the site marked on the map.
The King then led the villagers with powers to his home and seated everyone before beginning his instructions. He had also summoned his Wizards to come right away. They were there in a split second after his summons and stood along the side of the conference room walls until needed.
Gateskin gazed at all the people who were gathered there and sighed. “There is much to be done. We must find the Medallion before a person from the island of Dragonaria finds it and uses it to increase her Dark Magic.”
Can King Gateskin and his search party find the Medallion?
Can enough magic be conjured up to save Sovorotskina and all the other villages?
Make sure to read Gateskin Chronicles Book One through Three of this series, so you will be ready for even more adventure, magic and fantasy coming in book four. Check out all the ‘Jems Books’ (for all ages) by Author Janice Spina.
Gateskin Chronicles Book 4.Fantasy Series For Ages 13-17+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.The Dragon Ladies Are Back and Danger Is Coming To Sovorotskina!
This fantasy series is written primarily for ages 13-17, but adults who are young are heart, are also enjoying the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’ by Janice Spina. I find this series to be equally, if not more enchanting, as the ‘Harry Potter’ series. Don’t forget to study the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’ and the ‘Characters List’ in each book, because the author brings in new characters.
Let’s recap and move forward: In ‘The Legend Of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book One) we meet Serena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovians were peace-loving people, but they had the power to do whatever they had to do to protect their children and neighboring villages. Because of their powers, their children were taught five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. These rules would guide their lives and teach them “with powers comes responsibility”.
In ‘The Unknown Territory’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book Two) the book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds. King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. King Gateskin created a ‘Channel Spell’ to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed.
In ‘Search For The Medallion’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
Now, the ‘Return Of The Dragons’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 4) is finally here, the adventures with dragons, creatures, and more magic continue. King Gateskin is on alert when Spindle (his head guard) sends him a message through his mind that the dragon ladies are back. That’s not all. Things are brewing in Parotovina and King Kaposkaran is up to no good. The Sprites gather high in the treetops and sing. Their songs ring through the forest as a warning to all that danger is coming to Sovorotskina. King Gateskin is preparing for the problems ahead. He knows his training of the dragons is in danger, but that is not all. Enjoy this book and stay tuned for book five in this series!
Family and Friends: Tales for Children by Janice Spina.
Chapter Book With Six Stories For Children Ages 5-8 Or Younger.
This is a children’s book with six stories for ages 5-8. Each story is a stand-alone story. Children will read about two little sisters, two young boys, a boy and a toad, rabbits, a bluebird, and a mouse and a piece of cheese.
They are feel-good stories that children will want to read again and again. One story will make children laugh out loud while others will teach them important life lessons about kindness to others, friends and family matter, believe in yourself, and you can do anything if you just try.
Editorial Reviews: Family and friends is a chapter book with six stories written in rhyme with life lessons for children ages 5-8 or younger. These stories will delight and engage children with the rhythmic verses and colorful illustrations. Children will learn important life lessons and the value of family and friends and want to read these stories again and again.
From The Author: This book is dedicated to two little girls I met while dining at a local restaurant. They captured my heart when I spoke with them. When I saw one crying I offered them a book mark. It stopped the tears as they listened to me tell them that I would write a story just for them if they like to read. They answered, ‘Yes.’ The first story is for them.
All the other stories are for children everywhere who have ever had trouble with bullies, needed a friend, wanted to be accepted, and those who wanted to succeed but were afraid to do so.
From The Back Cover: This is a children’s book with six stories for ages 5-8. Each story is a stand-alone story. Children will read about two little sisters, two young boys, a boy and a toad, rabbits, a bluebird, and a mouse and a piece of cheese.
They are feel-good stories that children will want to read again and again. One story will make children laugh out loud while others will teach them important life lessons about kindness to others, friends and family matter, believe in yourself, and you can do anything if you just try.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.
Award Winning Author Janice Spina shares the importance of family and friends for children of all ages. What impressed me was her dedication to the two little girls that she met, who love to read, so she promised to write them a new book about friends. She dedicates all her ‘Jembooks’ to children who love to read and the parents/grandparents who take the time to enjoy books with the children in their lives.
Beautiful Book Cover Design and one illustration at the beginning of each Chapter by John Spina (Illustrator). I encourage you to purchase this book and all the ‘Jembooks’ for your children, grandchildren, classrooms, libraries and all the places where children and parents gather.
I quote a snippet about each chapter:
AMELIA AND CASSANDRA: SISTERS AND FRIENDS: This story was dedicated to two little girls I met while dining at a local restaurant. They were so adorable when I interacted with them. I promised to write a story just for them to share since they told me they love to read. I hope they enjoy this story.
MATEO AND EIDEN: This story was written for all young boys who have ever been bullied. A true friend is someone who stands by you in good times and in bad. Stay strong and don’t let others put you down.
A BOY AND A TOAD: This was written for all young boys who love toads. Being kind to animals is what we all must do. Also, friends can be whatever you choose whether an animal or a human.
RABBITS IN THE WOODS: Family must always stick together in good times and in bad. Watch over your family and keep them safe.
THE SAD BLUEBIRD: This story was written for anyone who sees someone in need. It’s important to always be kind even to those who are not kind in return. They may become kinder in the end.
THE MOUSE AND THE TASTY BUT SMELLY CHEESE: This was written for anyone who has tried to succeed and failed. We must always pick ourselves up again and keep trying as this little mouse did even if the cheese is smelly. I hope readers had a good laugh over this as you read the cadence with tasty but smelly cheese. I did as I wrote it!
Janice Spina is a retired administrative secretary from a public school system in Massachusetts. This is the 48th book Janice has published. She also has two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls, even though both are enjoyed by either sex, and three books in a YA fantasy series. She has published 22 other books for young children. She also writes under J.E. Spina and has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
Review by Jjspina: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fun new book for children! Reviewed in the United States on March 4, 2025.Family and friends is a chapter book with six stories written in rhyme with life lessons for children ages 5-8 or younger. These stories will delight and engage children with the rhythmic verses and colorful illustrations. Children will learn important life lessons and the value of family and friends and want to read these stories again and again.
Product Details: Paperback: 72 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (March 4, 2025) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Age: 5-8 Years
An Epic Fantasy Romance Novel (Queenmakers Saga Series Book Six). Two unlikely lovers… the ocean their playground… saved by desire.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Unlikely Lovers, Saved by Desire!
Amazing story telling by Bernadette Rowley brings the reader into Lady Esta Aranati’s double life.
I think you will benefit from the meaning of these two terms upfront. Lenweri (the elven people, they have dark skin, pointed ears and are tall and elegant) and Sis Lenweri (the faction of dark elves that wishes to take over the kingdom of Thorius).
Chapter one opens with some suspense aboard the ‘Sea Sprite’ when captain, Lady Esta Aranti’s first mate wakes her up from deep sleep to inform her they have a visitor on board. I quote: “Esta drew a deep and heavy sigh, her heart kicking up a notch as she contemplated who the visitor might be. On a ship mile out to sea at night, there were few possibilities and none of them good.”
In chapter three the mood shifts and I quote:
…Esta moved to the bow and stood with the wind in her face, the black strands of her wig streaming behind her. It was chill but not wet and she reveled in the dance of her ship over the waves. Sea Sprite was one of the joys of her life and sailing one of her great loves. When she was on the ocean, she was free of earthly ties and a little of its wildness seeped into her, giving her strength for the trials of estate life. Lately, she had found it almost impossible to return to the estate without a nagging sense of dread.
…You seem almost happy tonight, sister,” Katrine said, joining her in the bow. Katrine was wildness personified, with a lithe body and long black hair that she rarely tied back. Not for her the wig as she had less need for a full disguise, shunning public life as she did. She wore leather breeches, flowing black shirts and a broad black satin mask decorated with stars. Her piercing blue eyes were now fixed on Esta.
…I am happy, Katrine,” Esta said. “What makes you think I am ever unhappy?
I invite you to join Katrine and Esta as they sail the sea with visions of finding treasure on their minds.
I hope the quotes above whet your appetite for strong female characters, rugged men, pirates, treasure maps, adventure, sword and sorcery and of course romance. All eight books in the Queenmakers series stands-alone, so jump right into the fantasy world of Author Bernadette Rowley.
Confrontation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J.A. Hunsinger.
Second Book In An Axe of Iron Series.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. This character driven, action packed historical fiction saga continues from ‘The Settlers: An Axe Of Iron Novel’ where 163 Greenlanders and 152 Icelanders (including men, women and children) set sail with horses, cows, pigs, chickens, dogs, cats, equipment (tents and parts to horse drawn carts) and supplies to explore areas of what they call Vinland (North America).
Confrontation – An Axe Of Iron Novel cover with the Viking battle axe reflecting warriors gives us the first clue regarding the brutal facts of survival and desperate measures taken by men to protect their women, children and settlement with blood sweat and tears. Author J. A. Hunsinger has provided an in-depth ‘Glossary of Norse Terms’ and ‘Native Terms’ to help readers understand the people and culture.
…Settling into a new land will prove challenging when the indigenous tribes who have a distaste for any fair skinned men due to those who cheated them in trade, abused them and killed their tribesmen in the past. Apart from expected interaction with the variety of native cultures, life in the new settlement is forced into daily and seasonal routines out of necessity.
…Halfdan Ingolfsson and Gudbjartur Einarsson (his second in command) walk the settlement commons overseeing the duties pertaining to survival like the grueling process of filling the Kiln (furnace) with dry birch wood, burning the wood until only charcoal is left and then storing this precious commodity under the shed roof to be used for heat and cooking during the harsh winter months.
…Children in the settlement (especially the boys) had to earn their place in their family and settlement by moving from boyhood into manhood by demonstrating skills taught and mirrored to them by their fathers, brothers, cousins and other men around them. Skills like hunting which was the core of survival. Unfortunately, dangers exist when dealing with wild animals like a Bull Moose protecting his territory, cow and calf. Death can be mercifully quick and brutal. The burial ceremony, reverence for even the youngest hunter/warrior, tradition and spirituality (Gods Will) play a role for the dead and those who remain.
…Seasons marked by the moon predict work, trade, play, marriage and birth. I quote Bjorn “as a pleasant smile curved his lips”. “Yes, it is time I thought of a mate. Another long winter comes and company in my bed would be welcome. Perhaps this is the one (as he recalls the tall blonde woman)”.
…Confrontation is inevitable, warriors’ attack, prisoners taken, injuries sustained, spoils of battles and questions about their ability to live in peace brings us to the anticipation of the third book in An Axe Of Iron Series titled “Assimilation”.
J. A. Hunsinger’s series ‘An Axe Of Iron’ has been exhaustively researched and parallel the actually events as close as a historical fiction can. I recommend this series to both men and women and suggest that the series be placed on a high school/college reading list.
This reviewer is looking forward to ‘Assimilation – An Axe Of Iron Novel’ which is the third book in the series.
Confrontation: An Axe of Iron Novel by J. A. Hunsinger’s book two is the fictional historical accounting of exploration and settlement of Vinland (North America).
Author Larry Witham! (Editor, Journalist & Artist)
The Art Crime Series: Former navy intel sleuth Julian Peale turns art-crime investigator. He left the battlefield for the artworld and found a different kind of war.
The Haunted Artist by Larry Witham.
2025-Release: Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery, No. 4.
The death of Sam Mason, a young painter, shakes a small New England town. Police say suicide. But his sister can’t believe he would do such a thing. She enlists the help of Castelli and Associates, which specializes in art crime, and Julian Peale is on the case. With Sam gone, his paintings-seemingly lost, hidden, or even a mirage–now stir a race to find out what happened, if not to cash in on his legacy. Art dealers see Sam as a “late, great artist” in the making. They’re all after whatever of Sam’s mysterious works they can find. Delving into the artist’s past, Peale traces the threads of Sam’s life across middle America, from Pittsburgh and Savannah to St. Louis and Atlanta. As a struggling artist, it seems Sam had fallen into bad company, beginning with a shady art dealer and then a small-time duo of Albanian crooks. Sam had also been dabbling in the dark arts. Peale’s investigation takes him to art schools, urban scenes, the high-end art market, and a migrant community trying to do good-except for a few gone bad. The missing paintings remain a puzzle until the end, a time when bigger mysteries-and darker forces-unfold when least expected.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network: This is the fourth book in the Julian Peale Art Crime Mystery Series by Larry Witham. This author’s work is new to me, but I can say with certainty that his mystery series will become as sought after as his character Sam Mason’s artwork has impacted the art world. I give 5 Stars for this book and entire mystery series.
The book opens unexpectedly as Colleen Mason is looking down into the open casket at an old Methodist Church in Lynn, MA (just north of Boston). She is now the sole survivor of the Mason family and is responsible for the funeral, memorial and burial of her older brother Samuel (Sam). In recent years, as an aspiring artist, Sam had little time for the family. Colleen had her head in another world as well. She was finishing her college degree at the very demanding Massachusetts Institute of Technology in Boston.
Questions started swirling in Collen’s mind at Pine Grove Cemetery where she expected a small gathering of local people. Complete strangers to Collen arrived to pay respect and offer condolences. First, there was a man with the Boston Art gallery, a woman named Monica Smithton and others. Their sentiments were similar in nature “we’ve lost a rising new star in the art world. Sam was a rare talent” What puzzled her more, they wanted to know if she had any of Sam’s painting.
Collen knows absolutely nothing about the art world and even less about the rushed police investigation that concluded that Sam’s death was ruled a suicide. She knew that Sam would never kill himself and this begins the first of many mysteries that will be revealed as you read ‘The Haunted Artist’.
It is at MIT; Collen gets the ear of twenty-two-year-old Nathan Peale. Nathan is also finishing his degree in computer science. Collen had heard that Nathan’s father was a former (now retired) navy intelligence officer that had worked for Castelli and Associates in Washington, DC. They are well known for their investigations into art crimes, like theft or smuggling or forgery.
The threads of Sam’s life will take many unexpected turns across middle America, from Pittsburgh and Savannah to St. Louis and Atlanta. With so many people looking for Sam’s artwork, had Sam fallen into bad company or did he get sucked up into dark under belly of the art world.
I invite you to follow Julian Peale’s crime investigation as he searches for the missing paintings, unravels deeper mysteries and is haunted by darker forces. I encourage you to read all of Julian Peale Art Crime Mystery Novels. Larry Witham is the author of nineteen books, an award-winning journalist and by avocation, a fine art painter. He lives in the Maryland suburbs of Washington D.C.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Kirkus Reviews: “An exceedingly intelligent private-eye tale that offers a peek into the darker corners of art-world commerce.”
BookLife/Publishers Weekly Review: “Smart, swift mystery of an art-world where painters are more profitable dead.”
BestThrilers.com Review: “. . . a taut, refreshing and fascinating work of detective fiction.”
SPR Review: “A captivating combination of art world intrigue, familial devotion, and the sinister price tag of fame.”
Review by Nikitabooktiquehub: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Highly recommended. Reviewed in India on July 4, 2025. Verified Purchase. The Haunted Artist is a gripping blend of mystery, art, and the shadows that linger behind creative genius. When young painter Sam Mason is found dead and quickly ruled a suicide, his sister refuses to accept the narrative. With the help of Julian Peale and Castelli and Associates, the truth begins to unravel—one brushstroke at a time. The suspense builds as the question lingers: Was Sam haunted… by something more than his art?
The story takes us across middle America—through Pittsburgh, Savannah, St. Louis, and Atlanta—revealing the complicated life Sam led. As Peale uncovers the trail of Sam’s elusive paintings, he also steps into a tangled world of shady dealers, urban decay, and Eastern European criminals. The way Larry Witham paints these gritty scenes with words is as atmospheric as the art world he’s exposing.
Witham doesn’t just serve a crime mystery—he explores the spiritual and even supernatural, suggesting Sam may have been toying with dark forces in his quest for meaning and fame. Each twist in the plot adds texture, leading readers deeper into a world where nothing is quite what it seems, and where art can either save—or destroy—you.
The final chapters pack a powerful punch, answering questions while still leaving a haunting impression. This book isn’t just a mystery—it’s a portrait of obsession, ambition, and how beauty and darkness often walk hand-in-hand. A must-read for fans of art noir, psychological thrillers, and twisty detective fiction.
Review by Nerdybibliophilee: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved it. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on April 22, 2025. Verified Purchase. In the dark underbelly of the art world, a young painter’s suspicious death sets off a chain of events that exposes a web of beauty, tragedy, and greed, and it’s up to art crime investigator Julian Peale to unravel the truth.
With a masterful blend of mystery, art, and noir, Larry Witham crafts a captivating narrative that follows Peale on a thrilling cross-country journey. As Peale delves into the dark world of corrupt art dealers and Sam’s troubled past, the story unfolds with a cinematic flair, rich in detail and suspense, making it impossible to put down.
What makes this novel particularly compelling is its exploration of the thin line between artistic brilliance and personal suffering, as evidenced by Sam’s life, which was marked by secrets, dubious alliances, and occult dabblings, raising powerful questions about legacy, exploitation, and the art world’s tendency to mythologize the dead.
Witham skillfully weaves a tight plot, maintaining a steady suspense and a strong emotional undercurrent. The Haunted Artist is a thought-provoking thriller that not only entertains but also comments on how tragedy can be exploited and how truth, like great art, often lies beneath the surface. If you enjoy intelligent thrillers with a unique twist, this book is a must-have.
On a beautiful June day, the famous performance artist Magnifica is set to jump from a helicopter and parachute down through the Red Rock Pinnacle monuments of Sedona, Arizona. What the large and excited crowd sees instead is the massive explosion and collapse of Devil’s Finger, a thousand-foot Red Rock pinnacle.
Art sleuth Julian Peale is on the case, looking where the authorities are not into the mysterious artworld ties to Magnifica. There’s a New York art patron, the Wall Street gambler, a cyberpunk hack, a Russian art dealer with mob ties, two rival tech millionaires, and a wealthy hippy still living in the Age of Aquarius. The artist Magnifica-Mary Saville by birth has retreated into the shadows with her copter pilot with plans to bolster her fame. She may be heir to a fortune gathered up by her ailing mother, the once-famous artist Sophia Saville.
In search for answers, Peale moves through the LA art scene, the tech world of San Francisco, the gamers conventions in Las Vegas, the underworld of art betting and Russian organized crime, and finally to the famed counter-cultural festival in the desert of Nevada, the Oracle of Fire-where Magnifica has audacious plans to crash the party. As the dust settles in a Chicago courtroom, all the motives in this art world menagerie are revealed-especially, who blew up Devil’s Finger?
5 Star Review: BookLife/Publishers Weekly. The prolific Witham’s gripping follow-up to the international art-world thriller The Silk Road Affair finds private investigator Julian Peale now navigating an explosive performance art project in the expansive American Southwest. Peale, tasked by his partner Joe Castelli, delves into just what the title promises, the incident at a monumental red rock near Sedona where the “flying artist” Magnifica, formerly known as Mary Saville, must abort her much-hyped performance, a parachute leap from helicopter through storied rock pinnacles near Sedona, when the colossal Devil’s Finger explodes before her eyes. Horrified and suspecting the involvement of the Russian mob, Katherine Grant, heiress and art collector from the east coast art establishment, hires Castelli to probe into the realm of Sophia Saville, the ailing-with-dementia artist mother of Magnifica, who is reported to have a substantial private trust.
The mystery that follows finds Witham weaving lively art-world insight with military expertise, hacker espionage, tech king rivalry, and more surprises. Castelli entrusts Peale to investigate who would inherit Sophia’s trust if Magnifica were to die, kicking off an investigation into numerous contenders including Sophia’s former flames, Shawn Byrne and Ethan Ratliff—self-made tech millionaires engaged in a long-standing feud playing out at events like the Oracle of Fire (reminiscent of Burning Man). Their battle over futurism and fantasy, druids versus space cadets, extends across games, festivals, art, and philosophies, building to a wild climax, while Magnifica, driven to surpass her mother’s artistic fame, orchestrates her most audacious stunt yet. The cast is further enriched by underworld figures Cyclops and Cyberpunk, adding layers of intrigue
Peale’s support networks with his wife Priscilla, her son Nathan, FBI agent Jerry Snow, and Las Vegas detective William Jackson—collaborate to uncover the dark underside of art in this twisting, of-its-moment thriller. Witham tells the tale with exquisite language allowing readers to visualize the captivating panoramas of the Southwest, plus persuasive, entertaining glimpses of these extravagant lives.
Greed and betrayal power this gripping Southwest art-world mystery.
5 Star Review: Pacific Book Review. Peale’s quest for answers takes the reader through a myriad of suspenseful landscapes and exciting situations … flawlessly blends different storylines to tie up a singular narrative. As the plot reveals, several characters are involved in the incident, starting with the people associated with Magnifica. The author strategically delves into each of their characters, from the cyberpunk hacker to the tech millionaire to the Russian art dealer, showcasing their integration into Magnifica’s life or their intersections with her. Throughout the narrative, the story vividly exposes the complex landscape of the art world, leading readers into obscure corners of art and performance revealing the intricate political dynamics at play. Packed with unexpected plot twists, exhilarating climaxes, engaging characters and a neat plotline, this novel is a delightful treat for mystery lovers.
5 Star Review: Kirkus Reviews. An art cop investigates a possible murder attempt in Witham’s crime novel, the second in a series. Performance artist Magnifica—real name Mary Saville—has forged a reputation by parachuting into dramatic landscapes. The audience that gathers in Sedona, Arizona in June expects to see just that: the artist in her swoop parachute, landing at the base of the Devil’s Finger, one of the region’s dramatic red rock pinnacles. Instead, they witness an explosion that destroys the Devil’s Finger just before Magnifica leaps from the helicopter. Among the audience members is Julian Peale, who happens to be vacationing in Arizona with his wife, Priscilla. The former United States Navy man has made a second career as an “art cop,” employed at a tiny security firm that specializes in solving the myriad crimes of the art world. . .. Peale will have to negotiate the hotel casinos of Las Vegas, the avant-garde art scene of Los Angeles, and the sharp-elbowed tech world of San Francisco. The trail leads to the Oracle of Fire, a Burning Man-like counterculture festival in the Nevada desert, where Magnifica plans to emerge from hiding to perform her greatest—and perhaps final—spectacle of all. Witham’s muscular prose reads like a series of raps on a locked door. . .. The characters are a bit too thin to sustain the webs of intrigue surrounding them, but Witham knows how to keep his story rolling through ever more arresting territory.
A gripping mystery set at the intersection of art, money, and power.
More than thirty years after a famed Boston art collection is stolen, Washington learns that it has turned up in the People’s Republic of China—just as Sino-American relations are at a tipping point. To retrieve the artifacts, a covert mission is handed to retired military sleuths Julian Peale and Chinese American Grace Ho, both art specialists. From Washington to China’s great western desert, and from Boston’s lofty art museums to modernist Shanghai, the search is on. Beijing has meanwhile launched an audacious plan to recover lost Chinese art stolen by the West a century earlier. Not only do Peale and Ho have to iron out their own cultural differences and approaches to espionage, but the highest circle of the Beijing government is also caught in a web of intrigue between the top leader and two powerful women vying for control of China’s cultural policy. From the annals of art history to China’s world ambitions through “soft power,” The Silk Road Affair travels a historic legacy up to the present, from the Han Dynasty to the Cultural Revolution and Tiananmen Square—and on to China Inc. Recovery of the stolen art, its return to the United States, and the political direction of the world’s largest country hang in the balance as Peale and Ho wind their way through the puzzle that is modern China.
5 Star Review: KIRKUS REVIEWS. A political thriller as engrossing as it is thoughtful. Two American agents are sent to China to investigate a major art theft in Witham’s international thriller.
When a Vermeer painting that was pilfered from the Gardner Museum in Boston 30 years ago suddenly resurfaces in China, the entire alphabet soup of American agencies takes notice. However, given the enormous stress the situation places on diplomatic detente, any attempt to recover the art must conducted with great stealth and delicacy, a complex predicament lucidly portrayed by the author in this scrupulously researched novel. The CIA sends two agents, Julian Peale and Grace Ho; the former is a military veteran who served in Afghanistan, the latter a first-generation Chinese American (she prefers American Chinese) who was trained by the Marines. Both have a deep knowledge of art history. Julian and Grace must manage the “interagency wrangle” they step into—the competitive jostling of various intelligence groups, American and otherwise—as well as the complexity of China’s own internecine disputes. Witham’s comprehension of Chinese culture and all of its entangled nuances is extraordinary—if nothing else, this novel is an impressive feat of scholarship. He demonstrates a similarly powerful command of art history, which is absolutely essential to the plot. The complexity of the characters is welcome—the author develops his principal players into fully realized human beings driven by multiple motivations. Art dealer Quang Daiyu, who runs the Silk Road Company, is marvelously dynamic—she is often moved by the simple pursuit of wealth, the means by which one can “buy freedom and privilege” in a China as godless as she is.
However, she also sees herself as belonging to a royal line that stretches back to the days of China’s cultural dominance, a position she desperately wants to restore. This is an intellectually subtle but highly readable thriller, one that entertains without resorting to cheap formula or authorial condescension.
A political thriller as engrossing as it is thoughtful.
5 Star Review: BOOKLIFE/PUBLISHERS WEEKLY. Witham’s international thriller (after Gallery Pieces) pits Chinese and American teams against each other as they vie for dominance in the art world. When a piece from a missing American art collection is discovered en route to China, Washington assigns U.S. agents Grace Ho and Julian Peale the task of recovery. Meanwhile, in China, Quang Daiyu, an entrepreneur and niece of the general secretary, Ren Jinuah, schemes for power; she has her own art ambitions, alongside her deadly rival, Soong Wei, an equally politically connected adversary. The parties—and their high stakes missions—maneuver from Shanghai to sparsely populated regions near the old Silk Road in their efforts to secure valuable artifacts.
Witham does a masterful job covering the dirty dealing in artwork through the eyes of Quang and Soong, and even better is his deft portrayal of modern China. He navigates readers through a China still reflecting on its imperial era, even after communism and recent forays into capitalism, where soldiers can sing Bee Gees songs, but to Quang, the last imperial ruler, Empress Cixi, is “still present.” Even the Cultural Revolution seemingly didn’t erase all vestiges of the royal family, at least in spirit, and Witham’s lovingly penned descriptions of the country hold attention, even when the plot meanders.
Though the focus is mostly on China itself, Witham capably develops agents Ho and Peale as well; they’re an engaging pair, and their sleuthing in China is buoyed by their comfortable rapport. For action fans, there’s plenty of martial arts fighting and a particularly well-staged army helicopter extraction scene, and Witham deserves full marks for the offbeat but exciting wind-up. The novel delves into the concept of cultural property, a background against which Witham weaves a plausible and gripping denouement centered on artwork, museum building contractors, and a mysterious drink called Gold Tea. This lands well for fans of impassioned political thrillers.
5 Star Review: PACIFIC BOOK REVIEW. An impressive job unfolding an utterly convincing scenario of international relations and domination of the art world . . . the intelligence game of cat and mouse and a complex tug of war play out brilliantly even as the book wraps up to a satisfying close. Witham is a sobering read which defies quick solutions and one that fans of political thrillers will enjoy poring over.
Former Navy intelligence man Julian Peale enters the art world for the love of painting but finds its underbelly of crime just as fascinating–and decidedly dangerous. In his forties, Julian Peale is getting a fresh start. Formerly in the Navy intelligence, he’s cast his lot in the New York art world. He’s landed a job with the venerable Medici Studios, which also contracts with the NYPD and FBI. On a winter morning, they’ve run a sting operation to track Russian art smugglers. The caper goes awry, but an odd bit of evidence remains: four art catalogs with graffiti markings.
So begins Gallery Pieces, a story that will keep readers guessing until the end. Peale follows the clues where they lead. He meets a heavy at the Miami Art Fair, chases a mystery bidder at Merriweather’s auction in Manhattan, and crosses paths with a Brooklyn performance artist whose pranks are dangerously entangled in the Russian intrigues. Step by step, Peale enters an art world permeated not only by the avant-garde, but by the Russian mob, hackers, forgers, hipsters, and the history of art looting in Europe during WWII.
When Peale least expects it, the catalogs lead him on another trail. He is drawn into a long-forgotten mystery surrounding his grandfather, Maxwell Peale, who had been a “monuments man,” a soldier who helped reclaim art looted by the Nazis. Peale is on his way to discovering paintings stolen in postwar Europe. Finding the culprits, however, brings him closer to home than he’d imagined.
Reviews:
…”A deftly crafted masterpiece of mystery and suspense from first page to last . . . Very highly recommended for community library collections [and] personal reading lists of all mystery buffs.” Midwest Book Review
…”A fast-paced mystery that’s bolstered by excellent characterizations, a deft back story, and insider knowledge . . . A thoughtful, well-written, and well-developed novel about the art world that’s an exuberant, satisfying read.” Kirkus Reviews
…”A thoroughly absorbing and masterfully crafted mystery about stolen art, family and greed. . .. a master class in pacing and style …. with prose that is both vivid and mesmerizing.” Best Thrillers Book Reviews
…”Vivid, atmospheric, and completely believable. . . . Intelligent and unpredictable.” Indie Book Reviews
About The Author: Larry Witham is the author of nineteen books, an award-winning journalist and by avocation a fine art painter. He lives with his wife in the Maryland suburbs of Washington D.C.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 4 Released in 2025: The Haunted Artist.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 3 Released In 2023: Incident at Devil’s Finger.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 2 Release In 2023: The Silk Road Affair.
Julian Peale Art-Crime Mystery Series Book 1 Release 2015: Gallery Pieces.
Larry Witham is an author, editor, journalist, and artist. His fourth novel, The Silk Road Affair was released (Sept. 2023) by Archway Publishing. Witham has written seventeen books, mainly nonfiction. He was a finalist in the 2015 Pen Literary Awards for biography. He began his writing career as a daily newspaper reporter in Washington D.C., a job he held for twenty-one years. He went on to write and edit books full-time. Witham has received several national awards for his newspaper work and books and was nominated for the Pulitzer Prize for a series he co-wrote on the clergy in America. He was Project Editor for the ten-volume Templeton Press science-and-religion series and was editor of Science and Spirit magazine in 2007. A painter by avocation, Witham, is currently exploring new art and writing projects. He has a bachelor’s degree in painting from San Jose State University (1974).
Pixie, the Philosopher’s Cat by Maria daVenza Tillmanns.
In Pixie, the Philosopher’s Cat, our Philosopher dialogues with her precious cat about one of her favorite books, which she has decided to read again to help enhance her own understanding of our complicated world. This little book explores issues of trust and integrity, love and friendship, but also blind loyalty and cowardice. Communicating with her cat, the Philosopher escapes the need for words, which so often get tangled and misused. Through this dialogue, Maria daVenza Tillmanns explores the disconnect between our increasing dependence on words and how our use of words often leads us astray and leaves us confused. She worries that meaningful communication has, in fact, broken down. However, in the Philosopher’s exploration of what gives life real value, we discover that other forms of communication based on trust, integrity and truthfulness can once again give our exchange of ideas a North Star.
About The Author: Author of the collection From Tails to Tales, Maria daVenza Tillmanns loves philosophy. Her multicultural background set the stage for her interest in the discipline, which has helped her navigate the contradictory values she grew up with. She has a PhD in philosophy of education and her passion is philosophizing with children, adults and, especially, Pixie Cat, who was the inspiration for this book. She lives in San Diego with her husband, Willy.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. If you are or have shared your life with a cat, enjoy art (photos of paintings) and find that life gives you more questions than answers, I encourage you to read “Pixie, the Philosopher’s Cat” by Maria daVenza Tillmanns.
This book is dedicated to Rachel’s 16-year-old calico cat named “Pixie”. Author Maria daVenza Tillmanns expertly uses each exquisite photo to illustrate the story. The Philosopher in this tale shares “the same inquisitive and curious spirit” as Pixie. Her apartment is a sanctuary for her books, art and plants. Her love for art comes from her grandfather, who she never knew. One of her favorite keepsakes is a beautiful review of her grandfather’s art written by well- respected art critic Marcel Sauvage.
Like so many of us, the Philosopher ponders life and contemplates, “Why do so many people yearn for purpose or meaning in their lives, when — it seemed to her, at least — life itself was inherently meaningful? And truly, would Pixie yearn to be something other than the cat she was? The Philosopher gently stroked Pixie’s back and considered. No, she thought, Pixie wouldn’t want to be anything other than Pixie.”
The Philosopher spends her time reading. One of her favorite books is “The Real Thief”, written and illustrated by William Steig. She looks at the cover, then flipped through the book, pausing on each illustration. She loves Steig’s visual interpretation of the story. The drawings are so expressive of the deep feelings the characters experienced — their pride, their joy, their pain and their sorrow.
This tale goes on to share the Philosopher’s thoughts and questions as she reads. The depth of her thought process and questions not only pertain to characters and situations in the book, but to the world, life and people around her. She is left “to ponder about the power of uncertainty”.
As you read, you will form your own questions and opinions. I will let you discover the Philosopher’s conclusion about the state of uncertainty. After you read this book. I invite you to enjoy the whole “Huk and Tuk” (Social Philosophy) series.
Maria daVenza Tillmanns used to teach a “Philosophy with Children” program in underserved San Diego schools in partnership with the University of California, San Diego. In 1980, she attended Dr. Matthew Lipman’s workshop on philosophy for children and later wrote her dissertation on philosophical counseling and teaching under the direction of Martin Buber scholar Dr. Maurice Friedman. She has publications in a number of inter-national journals. For Maria, philosophy is an art form, and she enjoys painting with ideas. Philosophy has helped her navigate the world in all its complexity, including having a multicultural background and having been raised in the US as well as in the Netherlands. She came back to the US to study and moved across the Atlantic multiple times.
Book 13 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Restless Windemere Soul!
Let me begin where Author Charles E. Yallowitz starts and I quote: “The gods and goddesses of Windemere begin the unexpected council meeting with a flurry of heated arguments. It is no different than their normal gatherings, but they soon realize there is a blossoming strangeness to their surroundings. For some, it is merely that Ram the War God is not on his metallic throne, the stallion-headed primordial nowhere to be found on Ambervale.”
That quote should have stirred your restless Windemere soul as you have no doubt been waiting for book thirteen in this Legends If Windemere series titled ‘Ritual of the Lost Lamb’. I am so careful not to spoil the story for those of you who follow this series, but feel it is my task to bring your mind back to Windemere with the writing that you have come to appreciate and the main character that you know so well. I quote from chapter three.
…“Delvin stares out the window at the bizarre landscape that has become a combination of the Chaos Void and an evergreen forest. He can hear the others snoring from wherever they decided to sleep since Nyx and Zephyr have been given the bed. All attempts to get out of the pocket cabin have been met with failure, but the warrior considers it a good sign that there have been no violent outbursts from the magic that has them trapped. The worst they have seen is a spell getting reflected off the door and bursting into a swarm of butterflies. He still sees one of the insects fluttering around the ceiling, the others having left through a crack in the window that is no longer there. Delvin takes a sip of his drink before attempting to use a fraction of his fount powers to probe the trap. As with the previous times, his energy is redirected to another target, which turns out to be Kira. The heiress shifts against the wall as the crimson line along her spine heats up and leaves a temporary burn mark on the wood.
…“I do not believe we need to keep watch in here, but I assume it helps when one cannot sleep,” Timoran says as he joins his friend. The barbarian stands with his back to the window, his eyes locked on Nyx. “I am sure she is the key to getting out of here. Again, the fire sprite takes everything on her shoulders and leaves little for the rest of us. This worries me because it is becoming more common.
…The author’s cover creator creates these amazing the book covers where each one is its own snapshot of a legend theme within Windemere.
Besides reading, I have been noticing the movies scheduled to be released this summer and yawn. So many lack originality as film makers re-make old movies at great expense and try to motivate us to pay money to watch.
I challenge movie directors and investors to look at this Legend of Windemere series as it is an original adult fantasy series that would garner global interest. I can assure you that it would be worth your time and money.
Each book in the Legends of Windemere series stands alone, so I invite you to read book one through book 13 so you will be ready for when book fourteen titled ‘Path of the Traitors’ comes out.
Family and Friends: Tales for Children by Janice Spina.
Chapter Book With Six Stories For Children Ages 5-8 Or Younger.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.
Award Winning Author Janice Spina shares the importance of family and friends for children of all ages. What impressed me was her dedication to the two little girls that she met, who love to read, so she promised to write them a new book about friends. She dedicates all her ‘Jembooks’ to children who love to read and the parents/grandparents who take the time to enjoy books with the children in their lives.
Beautiful Book Cover Design and one illustration at the beginning of each Chapter by John Spina (Illustrator). I encourage you to purchase this book and all the ‘Jembooks’ for your children, grandchildren, classrooms, libraries and all the places where children and parents gather.
I quote a snippet about each chapter:
AMELIA AND CASSANDRA: SISTERS AND FRIENDS: This story was dedicated to two little girls I met while dining at a local restaurant. They were so adorable when I interacted with them. I promised to write a story just for them to share since they told me they love to read. I hope they enjoy this story.
MATEO AND EIDEN: This story was written for all young boys who have ever been bullied. A true friend is someone who stands by you in good times and in bad. Stay strong and don’t let others put you down.
A BOY AND A TOAD: This was written for all young boys who love toads. Being kind to animals is what we all must do. Also, friends can be whatever you choose whether an animal or a human.
RABBITS IN THE WOODS: Family must always stick together in good times and in bad. Watch over your family and keep them safe.
THE SAD BLUEBIRD: This story was written for anyone who sees someone in need. It’s important to always be kind even to those who are not kind in return. They may become kinder in the end.
THE MOUSE AND THE TASTY BUT SMELLY CHEESE: This was written for anyone who has tried to succeed and failed. We must always pick ourselves up again and keep trying as this little mouse did even if the cheese is smelly. I hope readers had a good laugh over this as you read the cadence with tasty but smelly cheese. I did as I wrote it!
Janice Spina is a retired administrative secretary from a public school system in Massachusetts. This is the 48th book Janice has published. She also has two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls, even though both are enjoyed by either sex, and three books in a YA fantasy series. She has published 22 other books for young children. She also writes under J.E. Spina and has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. I awarded 5 Stars to Janice (J.E.) Spina for ‘Wishes’. I loved this short story collection. This book will cause you to be more mindful when making a wish. Each short story gave me the opportunity to reflect on life, friendships, relationships, the world around us and the supernatural. Let me share my impressions:
THE HOMESTEAD: After 30 + years, Calvin and Amelia had earned the right to retire. They longed to leave the big city and find a peaceful place to live out their lives in safety on a land they could call their own. They didn’t expect this!
A TEEN’S LIFE: Marcus was on a downward spiral. His life, his school, and saw no hope for his future. Everything would change when he met Zeus. A wish can be granted in the strangest of ways.
THE MAGICAL PEBBLE: Shiloh was the oldest at sixteen. Her twin brothers were ten and her sister was eight. Circumstances had forced Shiloh to become the sole bread winner of the family. One day, while walking to work, a pebble got lodged in a hole in one of her worn-out shoes. Sometimes hardship can spring with unexpected blessings.
ONE MORE CHANCE: Gregory had been in the Army and served in Afghanistan. Homeless, dirty, and bedraggled, he secretly wondered if someone would give him one more chance. Sometimes things happen in life that can’t be explained but they give you the chance to begin again.
THE ROAD TO NOWHERE: Newlyweds, Roman and Meara left their unexpected, broken-down car and started walking. The more they walked, the more things changed. This is what they had always wished for – an adventure before beginning a life together. They promised to be together always no matter what happened. They never expected this!
ONE MISTAKE: Hope had to put her big news on the back burner as she and her mother spent the rest of the afternoon preparing for her sister Esme’s surprise birthday party. Esme was staying at her best friend’s house until her mother called and told her to come home. An unexpected call changed the course of their day. Sometimes we make one mistake in life that can change everything!
This is Janice (J.E.) Spina’s 50th book. She has published two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls which is enjoyed by both boys and girls, and a fantasy series for young adults. She has published twenty-three stories for young children. I encourage you to purchase Janice Spina’s books for Young Adults (18 and Up), teens and children of all ages.
Book 12 of 15: Legends of Windemere.Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up).
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mystical World!
Welcome back to the mystical world of Windemere where author Charles E. Yallowitz does an outstanding job transporting his readers from reality back into the story that in conjunction with all his stories will make the Legends of Windemere famous.
Let’s begin where “Arthuru claims he will conquer Windemere and contain us on Ambervale unless the Law of Influence is revoked.”
The story opens with a barrage of questions and accusations has brought the raven-haired Nyx to the edge of her temper.
Join the champions in a city of criminals as they approach Pazel Laufeia (Mayor of Rodillen). Follow the clues that left centuries before. With Dariana’s memories Gone, Can Friendship Prevail?
Careful not to spoil the story for all your fans, let me quote one passage and like a puzzle piece, I will let you read and find out how and when it fits into the story.
…“With a wide yawn, Delvin whistles and waves for his friends to join him near a mushroom- covered tree. He crosses his arms and leans against the old oak, making it clear that he is not moving until he gets to speak his mind. Kira grumbles and kicks at whatever is in front of her as she trudges back to the warrior, the impatient woman spinning her sabers. She is already starting to complain about the delay, but her venomous words are stopped when the brown-haired man tosses her the last of the cupcakes that Sari packed. The treat is skewered on the end of her blade and she quietly eats it, her lips and tongue coming dangerously close to the keen edge. Timoran is more appreciative of the break since the trio has been fruitlessly scouring the forest for the last five hours. The barbarian’s knees pop and his lower back aches as he stretches, which makes him consider that he is getting too old for the tedious part of adventuring. When they are all gathered around the tree, Delvin gestures for them to kneel and sit into an awkward huddle. With the warriors sweating in the unseasonal heat all day, the smell is distracting so they separate and give each other some space.
…“Being the least skilled tracker here, I have a few questions,” Delvin says, picking at the leaves on a small branch. He plucks one that is covered in ants, the insects crawling around his hand until they drop to the ground. “Do ghosts make any noise when walking? Do they create tracks in the dirt? Can they break branches or scuff trees when they pass? Do ghosts leave any evidence that they have come through an area?”
…“No,” his companions sheepishly answer in unison.
…“Then how in all of Windemere are we tracking Luke?”
I invite you to read The Spirit Well (Legends of Windemere Book 12) by Charles E. Yallowitz. Each book in the Legends of Windemere series stands alone, so I invite you to read book one through book 12 so you will be ready for when book thirteen titled ‘Ritual of the Lost Lamb’ comes out.
Bob Morgan, sometime rangeland detective and sometime bounty hunter is prepared for a quiet summer training and selling some of his horses. When that pleasant, relaxing time is attacked by a crime boss and his daughter, then complicate further by an ungrateful neighbor, he changes his plans to avoid exciting a temper that might be fatal for someone.
Call him a bounty hunter, a rangeland detective, an actor, a chameleon, a puzzle solver; whatever title you choose, Bob Morgan will find a way to reshape depravity, corruption and destruction into the manageable and acceptable. All that is necessary is to not expect too much, appreciate whatever improvement may be realized, and don’t look too closely at Morgan’s past.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
Nine short pieces of fiction constructed around 170 years of North American history and interspersed at intervals by fourteen poems.
The first story is a fictional accounting of the first European to reach the Pacific coast of Canada. Following are fictional pictures of the winners and losers who became builders of North America and thus, eventually, all winners and though they didn’t know it or want it, builders of what exists today.
Thomas Brash is trying to escape but knows he never will. No thinking person can escape from their past. Pursuing him is the memory of the family he lost to cholera. Perhaps he believes that traveling alone in a wild, dangerous land will end all his memories; there is no doubt he wishes to be alone. Whatever his intentions the appearance of Frank Clement and the circumstances of that meeting upset those plans. Brash views Clement as an uneducated child who requires fatherly protection and guidance. Clement views Brash as a tenderfoot and can not understand how anyone who knows so little could live so long. These two loners are joined by others and they all become partners. Having achieved relative sanctuary and surrounded by civilization their wilderness past comes back to haunt them.
Claiming your share of the so called “free” land in the rugged and wide Canadian frontier in the 1880s was a difficult, demanding task. When someone tries to run roughshod over the “nesters” increasing the workload and demands, its time to take a stand.
There is more than bad weather for Hank James to contend with as he rides in search of the land of his dreams and the woman of his heart. Portis Martin, manager of a large cattle company, has no use for the small homesteaders that have begun to pepper the area…and he isn’t afraid of using every dirty trick he knows to run them out.
And Portis had been doing a pretty good job of it until what he decides are two saddle tramps, Hank James and his partner, Harry Gilmore arrive in the area.
Hank James wants equality. Hank James wants a life-time partner.
The year is 1885. Hank James has been in Canada several months panning gold from a stream near Roswell, British Columbia. When he hears a prizefight will be held in town, he attends along with everyone for miles around. With a little help from the fight referee, he wins big betting on the fight. Having realized that the life of a miner isn’t nearly as romantic or rewarding as he expected, and with advice from the policeman who helped him win money on the fight, Hank goes to Farwell to haul freight with pack horses for contractors building the transcontinental railroad.
The railroad’s security, a detachment of North West Mounted Police, have maintained across the West that no liquor be allowed one mile on either side of the rail bed. Provincial authorities disagree. Hank James believes in honoring and repaying his debts, but that doesn’t mean he should be involved in a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted.
He and his partners have trouble enough running their freight business, they don’t need to be caught between competing policemen. They are already stuck between Canada’s transcontinental railroad people and the contractors doing the actual construction. While the police are fighting one another, who is looking for criminals, particularly those stealing Hank’s horses? Despite a variety of jobs, D.M. McGowan now works as a commercial driver and lives near Mile “0” of the world-famous Alaska Highway.
His stories bring Canadian history to life. “I believe in seeing morality and societal responsibility rewarded. Too much of today’s fiction seems to lead into the dark instead of the light.”
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. US and Canadian History Combined With Legends From The 1800’s!
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan is a western pioneering era saga that combines great story telling, true-to-life cowboy experience with US and Canadian history combined with legends from the 1800’s.
The main character Hank James was born in Canada and migrated south into the US with his family after the Civil War. Hank’s father headed towards Oregon in search of a farmstead while protecting his family from raids by outlaws and Indians. They made it as far as Kansas to find that the land was too dry to farm so pushed on to Oregon to find the land was too wet. With Mother Nature as their biggest obstacle and many mouths to feed young Hank James set out on his own. He settled down with his own gold mine claim near Rossland, British Columbia in 1984.
Hank wasn’t afraid of hard work, but he wanted more out of life than to eke out a living on his claim. With tenacity Hank took advantage of the Transcanada Railroad, found some partners, and started his own freight business. Life should be good, but where there is industry, technology, commerce and economy, there are criminals.
Quote from page 37.
… “It didn’t take a detective to know that the horse thief had played a little joke on the Provincial Police. Constable Art Hubbard was over six feet tall and probably ten pounds lighter than the one eighty mentioned in the description. Not only was he a long way from round, he was also clean shaven.
…I gave Constable Hubbard my story, ending with the recovery of the bay gelding and the description I had from Miller. “An’ the fella called himself Art Hubbard,” I added.
…The Constable’s expression didn’t change. He worked his chew around into one cheek and sent a stream of tobacco juice into the waste basket. “Feller with a sense o’ humor,” he noted, and then added. “It’ll be one ‘o Bulldog Kelley’s outfit. They work out o’ some of the illegal saloons t’ be found back in the bush. We catch one or two of ‘em every now an’ then, but we can’t get Kelley, an’ he’s the head o’ the snake. I can think of one or two that might fit your description, but not a one that had a full beard. An’ this fella’s probably shaved by now.”
…I wrote out my story, signed it, and returned to work.”
Between the horse thieves, authority over liquor sales and a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted Hank is he in over his head? Only time will tell if he makes the right choices and will he win the heart and loyalty of Sharon Dalton?
Saddle up your horse, holster your gun and join a rugged western cast of characters that will take you back to the reality and the legends of the Wild West.
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan shares nuggets of history told within a great story of human experience in the Wild West.
Product Details: Print Length: 199 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (September 29, 2015)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Synopsis: In the west of the 1890s, Jake’s wife is raped and murdered, an image from which he attempts to escape and hide. When two thieves try to take what little he has left, Jake realizes he must face the past and solve his wife’s murder to truly escape the images in his head. But to find the killer, he discovers even more surprises …
Jake McTavish left his home in central Canada when he was in his early teens. After working ships on the Great Lakes, fishing Lake Winnipeg, feeding cattle south of Fort Garry, and shooting wolves on the prairies, he starts his own cattle operation in the foothills of the western mountains. Then he meets his life-long partner, Anna.
Jake and Anna were married three years when it all came crashing down. He came home to find his beautiful wife raped and murdered.
In an attempt to escape the vision of his butchered wife and all that he lost, Jake runs deep into the mountains, where he spends three years trapping and panning gold. When two outlaws attempt to rob him and leave him for dead, Jake finally comes out of the stupor he has lived in and begins to fight back.
First, he deals with the two thugs. Next, he returns to his homestead to find his wife’s killer. Solving a murder after several years is no easy task, especially when it includes surprises he didn’t want to find.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. 1800’s Western Pioneering Era Saga!
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan is an 1800’s western pioneering era saga that combines exceptional story telling with an historical tale told by Peace Country pioneer John Brown.
Well-developed characters and true to life settings with descriptive writing put the reader into the story. The main character Jake McTavish stands alone in his empty cabin with his thoughts that he voiced to his blue tick hound, “Maybe I’ll just have t’shoot somebody. That way the government will have t’ feed us ‘til they punch my ticket and bury me.”
Life had been especially hard since the murder of his wife. For the fourth year he must continue his Peace River trek in British Columbia (1898) to take the furs that he had collected by canoe down to Ft. St John. This is an important ritual as Jake trades bails of skins for cash to pay for supplies and to repair equipment heading into the new season. Times were hard enough without the ambush that knocked him out cold and took most of everything that he had in his camp.
Just 11 years ago “in the spring of 1887 Jake became a wealthy saddle tramp. He only had fourteen Canadian dollars, two U.S. dollars and eighty-six cents, but he was rich in other goods. He had four horses, a fine, double rigged saddle, a short-barrelled Colt pistol, a Colt Navy .36 and a Winchester rifle. He also had a serviceable pack saddle, bed roll, enough food to last a month and the pack covered with two tarps.”
By 1889 Jake had spent two years with the Cambridge Cattle Company and had accumulated some money. With a deep yearning for something more and the passing of the Canadian Homestead Act, Jake chose three hundred and twenty isolated acres in the foothills north of the Rocky Mountains. In the fall of 1891 with 15 yearlings to sell he met Anna Porenski. When she married him, he no longer felt driven, because he had it all. Anna was raised on a farm, so ranch life came easy to her and she enjoyed gardening. The only thing missing are children for fate has refused to grant Jake and wife Anna a baby. To end such dreams Anna is murdered and the responding Mounted Policeman comes close to accusing Jake.”
Travel with Jake McTavish on a journey to find Anna’s killer or killers.
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan for the author’s incredible story telling of Jake McTavish. I invite you to also read: The Great Liquor War, Homesteader: Finding Sharon and Partners. D. M. McGowan tells us that Cattle Business is coming soon.
Product Details: Print Length: 242 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (December 19, 2015) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen by David Milton McGowan.
Sully Wheeler doesn’t care why his cattle are disappearing. He doesn’t care why but it has to stop. Perhaps it’s part of the cost of hiding from his past, but who would steal from a one-time gunfighter? The North West Mounted Policeman that Sully contacted appeared more intent on stopping vigilante action than in stopping theft. If that proves to be the case, Sully will recover his own property, even if it takes gunfire to do it. Who is this Mountie, anyway? Is he a cop or something else entirely? Is he working to support the crown, leave the crown or actually do something for the settlers? And while we’re talking about that Mountie, isn’t he spending too much time with that newspaper lady from the Bulletin?
From The Author: Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen was an opportunity to extend a character first introduces in “Homesteader: Finding Sharon” and the months long chase of the fugitive “Almighty Voice” and his eventual death. I had just barely started and realized it was also a chance to mention some of the changes in the North West Mounted Police during the first thirteen years of their existence.
I forced myself into a slight change of direction and tension and to introduce a break to the narrative I introduced a “Dominion Day” parade. This gave me a chance to introduce some of the farming equipment of the day.
About The Author: David M, McGowan (Dave) has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician, businessman and commercial driver. He is also a Great-Grandfather, husband, Freemason and Shriner. He is now retired and lives and writes in Northern British Columbia.
Product Details: Paperback: 414 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Independently Published (July 27, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Lucky: He is a former Confederate officer who has become far less than an “officer and a gentleman”. When he realizes what he has become he tries to see a new future and a new him.
#thief #enlightenment
Stealing Janet’s Cattle: A young mother and rancher discovers cattle missing. She is alone and, according to the tracks outnumbered, but she is armed and she and her family need those cattle. Is this young female rancher as tough as she thinks she is? Tough enough to defeat the more powerful?
#woman #pioneer #planning
A Voice From Beyond: It’s the Great Depression and people will do almost anything to survive. Having been somewhat successful in his search for work, a hobo stops to thank those who helped him rise up from destruction. A simple “thank you” becomes something else entirely.
Product Details: Print Length: 81 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publication Date: October 17, 2020 Western (Anthologies) Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
How do you save your family when they are faced with hate and racism on all sides? How do you avoid fear every minute of every day?
In the years following the North West Rebellion of 1885 many Métis “disappeared” as many went into hiding to avoid racism and mistreatment. Admittedly, some like Gabriel Dumont went south of the 49th parallel into the US. What happened to the rest?
Almost a century later Métis suddenly appeared as individuals and communities throughout the West. Perhaps “Into the Mountains”, fiction though it is, supplies some explanation.
Product Details: Print Length: 24 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, British Columbia, Canada (July 9, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Marker of Stone; A fictional recounting of the first European to reach the Pacific Ocean north of Mexico. Was his reception by the local population as he described it in his journal. Perhaps they put up with him hoping he would leave? Another possibility is that they controlled their desire to ensure the strange men left their land.
#communication #control #protection
Deacon; A young Canadian and several young American southerners, all fighter pilots and their experiences in 1940 during the Battle of Britain.
#WWII #fear #bombs #English pubs
Includes three rhymes about history, interaction with others and the molding of youth
Product Details: Print Length: 27 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada V1G 4K8 (August 9, 2020 Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Sometimes you might say something to a friend that you regret, however it seemed like a good idea at the time. Perhaps it was funny, true and had to be said, or just your effort to lighten the mood and explain that it wasn’t a life and death matter but could be if present efforts continue.
Yes, you regret it, but now it is your turn to relax and stop worrying about it. If this other person was a true friend, they should look back on it all, realize eventually the humour in the situation and laugh along with you.
Product Details: Print Length: 10 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada, V1G 4K8 (July 11, 2020) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Humorous Fiction) Humor
They lived “off the grid” because in those days and in that area, there was no “grid” to be on. They were homesteaders, farmers, and trappers who might find a dozen people within a day’s walk in any direction.
Suddenly they were surrounded by10, 000 strangers, almost all men and trading for goods they had not known existed.
It was 1942 and the Alaska Highway was being built through 1200 miles of wilderness.
Their system of life, the society they knew was gone with the arrival of one train in Dawson Creek. There were hundreds of more loaded freights scheduled to arrive in a town that might see half a dozen during the fall harvest.
Product Details: Print Length: 39 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC (August 30, 2020)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
About The Author: Author Dave McGowan has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician and businessman. He now writes, and works as a commercial driver, in Northern British Columbia.
The forgoing is the bio from the back of my novels and one might conclude from this information that I was a poor employee … either lazy or didn’t know what I was doing … and was kicked off a lot of jobs. You would be partially correct, at least in surmising that I don’t know what I am doing. As for my being a poor employee, you would have to ask my bosses … although I think I’ve managed to trick the one I have now.
Of course, when I had my own business, my boss thought I was marvelous.
Truthfully, I’ve managed over the years to find employment regardless of my location or the problems that might exist with the economy. I enjoyed much of that experience at the time and am glad that I attained it.
I’ve also visited a good portion of North America and lived in several areas of Canada where I met some great people and enjoyed some wonderful country.
Speaking of great people, Karen and I are parents to four great people who have supplied eight grandchildren who show that improvements can be possible in each generation. One of those has added a great-grand daughter to the line.
Note From Author: The podcast / interview I did last summer (2024) was posted yesterday on Optic TV so it is now free to stream. It was recorded on the “main street” of Dawson Creek’s “Walter Wright Pioneer Village” on a very warm day in the Peace Country by MacWood Productions. It is on MacWood’s YouTube channel, and I wouldn’t mind having it on mine. Link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C97BR1qaoLw
This is a universal link for 4 digital novels and 4 digital collections which also include links to audio versions where they are offered. Simply click on the logo for the platform you prefer.
Adam Kincaid never expected to become a single father overnight. When his infant daughter, Lilly, is left in his care, Adam turns to his best friend, Bree Taylor, for help. Bree, still grieving the loss of her fiancé, agrees to a marriage of convenience to give Lilly the family she deserves.
But as Adam and Bree navigate their unexpected roles, sparks of something deeper ignite between them. Just as they begin to hope for a future together, a ruthless rival sets their sights on Adam, threatening not only his business but the fragile new bond they’re building. With love and their family at stake, Adam and Bree must confront the danger—and their own fears—before they lose everything.
Tropes are: Billionaire, Friends to Lovers, Kidnapped, Marriage of Convenience, Secret baby, Single parent, Sudden baby.
When veterinarian Lyris Jennings accepts a position at Whispering Winds Ranch, she’s looking for a fresh start—a place where she can focus on healing animals and leave her painful past behind. What she doesn’t expect is an irresistible connection with her new boss, billionaire horse breeder Ray Kincaid. Brooding yet fiercely protective, Ray is finally ready to open his heart again after the tragic loss of his wife. But Lyris, who has spent years guarding her own, isn’t sure she’s ready to take that leap.
As she earns the trust of both Ray and his spirited teenage daughter, Maddy, Lyris starts to believe she’s found where she truly belongs. But just as her walls begin to crumble, Ray’s manipulative ex-fiancée, Marissa Holloway, storms back into his life. Armed with lies and deception, Marissa is determined to reclaim what she believes is hers—no matter the cost.
With betrayal threatening everything they’ve built, Lyris and Ray must fight for the love neither of them expected. But can they overcome the shadows of the past, or will Whispering Winds Ranch become yet another broken dream?
Dr. Rachel Bennett thought she’d escaped her past—until her relentless ex-husband tracks her down, threatening not just her, but her young son. She turns to her childhood best friend, billionaire tech genius Nick Kincaid. Determined to keep Rachel and her son safe, Nick whisks them away to his secluded Colorado ranch.
As the danger escalates, so does the tension between Rachel and Nick. Their friendship has always been unshakable, but the growing attraction between them is something neither expected.
But as danger closes in, will they finally admit the feelings they’ve always fought? Or will their chance at love be lost forever?
A gripping romantic suspense novel about love, friendship, and the fight for a future worth risking everything for.
Cole Kincaid built his oil empire through sheer grit and ambition—but after a catastrophic spill on one of his Gulf platforms, he’s become the target of a relentless enemy who wants to destroy him. With danger closing in, he hires Regan Phillips, a former Army Ranger turned elite bodyguard. She’s tough, disciplined, and completely off-limits—but the more time they spend together, the harder it is to ignore the heat between them.
Regan is as sharp as she is fearless. Her rule is simple—protect the client, never get personal. But Cole Kincaid isn’t just another high-profile assignment. He’s commanding, loyal, handsome and far too tempting for her peace of mind.
As the threats close in and the attacks grow bolder, the line between duty and desire begins to blur. Regan’s instincts scream to keep her distance—but her heart has other plans. And when the enemy strikes close to home, it’s not just Cole’s life at risk…but everything they’re beginning to feel for each other.
The Tycoon is a gripping romantic suspense about trust, betrayal, and a love strong enough to weather any storm—even the ones closing in from the shadows.
When Peter Kincaid disappears from the public eye, the world assumes he’s hiding from fame—but the truth is far more complicated. Stranded during a deadly storm, he finds unexpected refuge in the remote mountain cabin of Alexis Armstrong, a gallery owner fighting to save her business from a ruthless rival.
As passion sparks and danger closes in, Peter and Alexis must face their secrets, their fears, and a powerful enemy determined to destroy them both.
In a world where trust is fragile and danger lurks in the shadows, will love be their greatest masterpiece—or their downfall?
About The Author: Cynthia Woolf is the USA Today Bestselling and award-winning author of eighty-four novels and novellas consisting of sixty-seven historical western romances, eleven contemporary romances and six sci-fi, space opera romances, which she calls westerns in space. Along with these books, she has twelve boxed sets of her books. Her eighty-fifth novel, THE MAVERICK, will be published on April 24, 2025.
Cynthia loves writing and reading romance. Her first western romance, Tame A Wild Heart, was inspired by the story her mother told her of meeting Cynthia’s father on a ranch in Creede, Colorado. Although Tame A Wild Heart takes place in Creede, that is the only similarity between the stories. Her father was a real cowboy, not a bounty hunter, and her mother was a nursemaid (called a nanny now), not the ranch owner.
Cynthia credits her wonderfully supportive husband Jim and her great critique partners for saving her sanity and allowing her to explore her creativity.
Bell, Book & Gargoyle A Sassy & Fun Fantasy. Coming 2026.
‘12 Scents Of Christmas’ Coming 2026.
Lynx (Rodeo Romance) by Connie Vines.
Romance (Western & Frontier).
With a dangerous reputation for taking chances and tempting fate, rugged cowboy Lynx Maddox had one goal in life—to win the coveted Silver Buckle rodeo championship. But when he sets eyes on lovely Rachel Scott, he becomes determined to capture her as well. Rachel traveled the circuit with her famous rodeo rider dad until his fatal accident in the arena. Now, she wants nothing to do with that world—or the men who risk their lives for one brief moment of glory. But her attraction to Lynx becomes too powerful to deny. . . and his unexpected gentleness too seductive to resist. . . H.O.L.T. Medallion Finalist, Orange Rose Finalist, Colorado Gold 2nd Place, Fool for Love 2nd Place, and Award of Excellence Winner. Previously published as “Ride a Wild Heart” Reviews: “Connie has a wonderful gift for making her characters come alive for her readers. A must read!” 4 ½ Roses –romance.com Highly Recommended. Written by a gifted writer—a worthy addition to anyone’s book collection.” Under the Cover Reviews. “Kiss-Ass heroine!” Reader’s Review @ Author’s Den “Instant action/Sizzling attraction! This book kept the pages turning, and a box of tissues close at hand.” “A rare find. A must read!” Word Museum.
Trouble is something hard-edged rancher, Brede Kristensen, knows all about. A widower with a rambunctious young daughter, a ranch to run and an ornery cook who has just runoff, Brede doesn’t need another problem. Yet in the midst of a violent storm, he finds an injured woman. The beautiful woman can’t recall her name or her past, but Brede vows to protect her from harm. What he hadn’t bargained for was her laughter and gentleness finding a way into the lonely corners of his heart. If you enjoy the Caroline Fyffe Colorado Hearts series you’re going to fall in love with Brede. Beaten and left for dead, Amberlynn Maddox has no memory of her past. Accepting Brede’s offer as temporary ranch cook, the woman, now called Kate, discovers the sexy rancher with his protective nature and sizzling kisses has claimed her heart. When a madman discovers Amberlynn’s hiding place, no one is safe from harm: not Brede, his young daughter—or Amberlynn herself! “Ms. Vines has written a suspenseful romantic tale. Brede and Amberlynn are very strong and likeable characters. Brede’s daughter, Gretchen, adds a lot to the story. The ranch hands are very colorful and fun, especially Caldwell, the ornery cook. His elopement had me laughing out loud! This is a very entertaining story. Rating: 4 cups for “Brede” Rodeo Romance, Book 2 Maura, Coffee Time Romance and Find Out About New Books “. ‘Brede’ is an emotionally involving thrilling suspense filled with passion and romance. The characters a fully developed and will have the reader caring about the outcome. . .A wonderful heartfelt story that will thrill the readers.5 HeartsAnita, The Romance Studio4 Quills! A must read, Novelspot.com
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Warm, Romantic Tone!
Lynx sets a warm, romantic tone for book one in Connie Vines’ Rodeo Romance Series. This is short, easy, lazy afternoon read. With strong characters like Lynx, Rachel, Dan and Charlene the Rodeo small town country environment breeds friendships, excitement, danger, attraction, reluctance, and full-blown passion.
As a reviewer I read many genres, and this is my first Rodeo romance. To my surprise this short story and colorful characters kept me turning the pages and refilling my coffee cup.
The fact that Connie’s father is from Texas, and she spent summers in the Texas panhandle as a child is interesting. Her father rode broncs in amateur rodeo events while in high school. I’d like to imagine that the Texas setting is probably is some ways kin to the author’s real home environment set in the “quirky suburbs of Southern California” where she lives with her husband “in a butter-yellow house shaded by mimosa and magnolia trees”.
Lynx is a romance with a couple of Texas recipes thrown in for extra spice. This first book in the Rodeo Romance Series was selected as the H.O.L.T Medallion Finalist and the Orange Rose Finalist. Only time will tell us where the series will go and how many hearts will be won or lost.
Lynx (book one) in Connie Vines’ Rodeo Romance is for the romantic and young at heart.
“Marrying off Murphy” – (Light-hearted Romance). Like all Cajun fairy tales, it began harmlessly enough. A match-making columnist promises to turn a stuffy professor into a charming prince. So, why does this confirmed bachelorette suddenly wish she was dressed for the Ball?
“Love Potion #9” – (Contemporary Romance). Watch what happens when you mix a traditional Creole women with a fun-loving Cajun man and throw in a Voodoo Love Potion—stand back! The Louisiana Bayou ain’t never gonna be the same!
“A Slice of Scandal” – (Mystery/Suspense). A producer finds herself embroiled in a mystery as hot as her Bayou Cooking Show. When an undercover cop, turned chef shows up and dishes up more heat than a bottle of Louisiana hot peppers. Can she prove her innocence before the real killer finds her? Or, will she become the main-course in a murder trial?
“1-800- FORTUNE” – (Paranormal). Garlic hangs for the rafters, but this sexy Loupe Garou isn’t looking for trouble, or a cure for what ails him. What’s a law-abiding werewolf to do when a gypsy woman shows up with mischief on her mind? T.A.R.A. , 2nd place Winner, Paranormal Romance.
CONNIE VINES lives deep in the quirky suburbs of Southern California with family and a playful poodle. Raised in a career Naval family, her writing reflects her diverse background, numerous occupations, and her love of animals.
Often giving a nod to an artistic family member (Louisiana 5/ Hollywood composer), Anton (Tony) Lada; novelist, Clarence “Clancy” Carlisle; Playwright/ songstress, Jackie Marx) in her stories, Connie admits her writing is greatly influenced by the summers she spent with her grandparents in the panhandle of Texas.
Connie has published over one hundred fiction and nonfiction articles, fifteen genre novels, educational student activity books, and has ghost-written two literary novels and one screenplay. Under a pseudonym, Connie published with Kensington/Zebra and is currently contracted with BWL Publishing, Inc.
Awards: Award of Excellence, H.O.L.T. Medallion (Honoring Outstanding Talent in Literary Fiction),, The Orange Rose, Independent e-Book Award, Dream Realm Award. T.A.R.A Fool for Love, Colorado Gold Award for fiction writing, and her YA novel, Tanayia–Whisper upon the Water, was a National Book Award nominee.
Alive, Steampunk novelist Meredith Misso worked hard at living the perfect SoCal celeb life. Now that she is a Zombie, it’s all about the make-up, non-vegan lifestyle, and her soon-to-be ex, who somehow managed to Velcro himself back into her life. Novella length: “Quirky, Sassy, and Fun! ~Authors Den Review
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Zombie Walk Festival!
Meredith Misso, best-selling author of Steampunk romance novels and an unwilling sponsor of the annual Zombie Walk Festival in Long Beach realizes the event has gone terribly wrong when she wakes up in a body bag.
Meredith withdraws to a cabin in the small mountain town of Forest Falls to complete her novel before Valentine’s Day. Becoming a zombie and dealing with the entire raised from the dead issues isn’t easy for her. Pippa, her sister, soon-to-be-ex-husband Viktor, cute teddy bear hamster along with a small circle of friends consume her days.
Victor, who is intense and undeniably sexy knocks on her door and infuses himself right back into her life. Meredith senses that while still driven by his work, he seems more intense than he had been in the past. Puzzled by his behavior, she searches for a way to tell him her secret.
I invite you to come follow Connie Vines’ sassy, fun fantasy series which is packed with adventure and romance in another realm. Whether you are a zombie groupie or this is your first introduction to the zombie world like it was for me, you will get caught up in the fun characters and interesting story of the undead.
“Here Today, Zombie Tomorrow” by Connie Vines is a fun new series, novella in length, easy to read and entertaining.
Product Details: Print Length: 61 Pages Publisher: Books We Love Ltd. Publication Date: October 7, 2014 Language: English Fiction (Holiday)
Apacheria, 1880.Tanayia is alone in the world. Her village was destroyed and her people murdered by a group of revolutionaries who now hold her hostage. A daring escape on the edge of Cochise’s stronghold saves Tanayia’s life, but she discovers her ordeal is only beginning. Forced to live in a government run boarding school, Tanayia is stripped of her identity. The headmistress is bent on destroying Tay, but Jacob Five-Wounds stands in her way. Jacob urges Tay to run away with him—but diphtheria strikes the school. Now, Tanayia must make a choice, a choice she knows may cost her both, Jacob and his love.
Tanayia Un Murmullo Sobre el Agua (Spanish Edition) by Connie Vines.
Tanayia esta sola en el mundo. Su alde a sido destruida y su gente asesinada por un grupo de revolucionarios los cuales la llevan como rehen. Una atrevida escapapatoria por el suelo de los Cochise salva la vida de Tanauia, pero pronto descubre que sus penas apenas comienza.
Forzada a vivir en una escuela de gobierno, Tanayia pierde su identidad. La directora del luga esta aferrada a destruir a Tanayia, pero Jacobo Cinco Heridas se interpone en suvida. Jacobo le pide a Tanayia que huya con elpero la enfermedad de la difteria llega fuerte a la escuela. Ahora Tanayia tiene que tomar un decision, una descision en la que podria perder a Jacobo y su amor.
About The Author: Connie Vines lives deep in the quirky suburbs of Southern California with her husband, grown sons and a playful poodle. Raised in a career Naval family, her writing reflects her diverse background, numerous occupations, and her love of animals.
Often giving a nod to an artistic family member (Band member of Louisiana 5/ Hollywood composer, Anton Lada; novelist, Clarence “Clancy” Carlisle; Playwright/ songstress, Jackie Marx) in her books, Connie admits her writing is greatly influenced by the summers she spent with her grandparents in the panhandle of Texas.
Her interests are varied: a kitchen decorated with a ‘gingerbread boy and girl” theme; her paring of a Pioneer Woman teapot and her Royal Albert teal poke-a-dot china cups and saucers. Her cinematic tastes, unique: mashed-together cross-genre 2- and 3-star movies; and her most fav Canadian sleeper-movie,” Powwow Highway” and the “Moose TV” sitcom.
Connie has published over one hundred fiction and nonfiction articles, twelve genre novels, educational student activity books, and has ghost-written two literary novels and one screenplay. Under a pseudonym, Connie published with Kensington/Zebra and is currently contracted with BWL Publishing, Inc.
Tanayia–Whisper upon the Water, is available in the Spanish Tanayia–Un Murmullo Sobre el Agua.
2025 Release: Bell, Book & Gargoyle, #2 Fun & Sassy Supernatural Series, Perfume Paradise, Book #2 Fragrance for Love Series.
Awards: Award of Excellence, H.O.L.T. Medallion, The Orange Rose, Independent E-Book Award, Dream Realm Award. T.A.R.A Fool for Love, and Colorado Gold Award for fiction writing.
Jay Dubya’s Twenty-Third Story Collection To Date.
5 Stars: Author Jay Dubya has a unique way of telling his short stories with psychological twists that make this collection a must have in your library of short stories. I am from the ‘Twilight Zone’ generation, so I love Jay’s short tales.
Let me share a quick thought from each story.
In the “Holiday Hooligans” Chief FBI Inspector Joe Giralo and his men are confronted with some really bizarre holiday masqueraders. What will their mystery unfold?
In “The Piano and The Organ” this story brings energy implanting to a whole new level; mystery of the haunted piano and phantom concert.
In “Contemporary Illuminati” an heir’s lost inheritance turns-out to be an amazing surprise.
In “Realty Reality” we see if the sins of the forefathers (or mothers) carry forward into the next generations.
In “Doing Bristol” we go on a journey back to the character’s hometown in Hammonton. In this story time and space are altered as memories flood to the surface.
In “A Photo’ Finish” here is a case that might be the trial of the century, or perhaps eternity.
In “Sleep Paralysis” we get a glimpse into the mind’s reaction to sleep paralysis. Worse than a nightmare, a daymare, or even Transcendentalism.
In “Rich Man, Poor Soul” the story presents an interesting concept; if you received a decree from heaven’s archangel allowing you to go all the way back to your childhood and start over, to correct the wrongs of your life, would you?
In “Lost Identity” the predicament is compelling. Was the memory loss due to a violent crime or something else?
In “Family Resentment” the tale reminds us that family ties don’t always bind.
In “Growing Young” we learn that nature’s secrets can be held among many; now even including you.
In “Corporal Teleportation” we learn about a personal time/space travel experience, now referred to as ‘Corporal Teleportation’ as opposed to ‘Time Travel’.
In “A Ride Through the Wharton Forest” the question comes to mind. What if Mr. Wharton’s scheme had become reality?
I would have to say that out of the thirteen stories, The Piano and The Organ story was my favorite. Let me share just a little.
…..“I must admonish myself for being a snobbish elitist and a hypocritical religious anarchist for the past forty years of my morally-prejudiced life. From relevant circumstances that would evolve upon Joanne returning from choir practice on the following Thursday night, my defective soul would miraculously undergo a marvelous transformation that could best be described as a cathartic, spiritual Renaissance. As a result of my interactions with the living room piano, I now passionately espouse the rigid mandates of St. Peter and his edict-oriented papal descendants. I eagerly attend Catholic Mass each and every Sunday and have absolutely astounded my wife by voluntarily joining the St. Joseph church choir as an inspired baritone. Without further digression, here is how my whole unbelievable ‘soul metamorphosis’ synthesized with my heart switching from sin to grace.
…..On Thursday night, April 23rd, I was waiting for Joanne to arrive home from her standard choral routine. My wife parked her Ford Fairlane inside the two-car garage, and soon I heard the right-side electronic door descend to the cement floor. After entering the house through the laundry room portal, Ginger appeared exceedingly exhausted, and my beloved spouse presented herself to me in a heightened, upset and agitated state of mind.
…..“What’s the matter? Did one of your choir members pass away?” I bonded with my spouse in a low, respectful, reverent tone of voice. “Clearly something bad has happened.”
…..“I have a very important matter to tell you about that I’ve been withholding for several months,” Joanne uttered, almost crying. “John, I’m actually scared to death.”
…..“Okay, I’m a good listener. Take ten deep breaths and then say what’s bothering you,” I wisely advised. “That’s what I always do when a hostile, antagonistic client screams and yells at me on the phone over a major stock market loss.”
…..Joanne heeded my recommendation and went on to inform me that the organ in the larger elevated den was the principle source of her becoming overly distraught. According to Ginger’s account, one Tuesday in March when I had been at Joe’s Maplewood for a weekly Rotary Club meeting, the organ commenced playing the radio ballad “Devil or Angel” without skipping a note.
I hope that I have intrigued you enough to pick up a copy of this book, so you can find out what is going on with this organ.
I love this author’s imagination. I encourage you to read this book and all his many genres.
“Jay Dubya is author John Wiessner’s pen name and also his initials (J.W.) John is a retired New Jersey public school English teacher and he had taught the subject for thirty-four years. John lives in southern New Jersey with wife Joanne and the couple has three grown sons. John is the creator of fifty-two books.”
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Psychic Dimension (Part One) is a group of very well written short stories that deal with fictional psychic and paranormal experiences.
Author John Dubya has divided this book into 26 novellas. Let me briefly describe five of them.
Corporate Sabotage: “Three government men were casually discussing the amusing theory that their boss Chief Inspector Joe Giralo was indeed one hundred percent psychic, or perhaps one hundred percent “psycho.” But as the trio would soon discover, the astonishing case of “Corporate Sabotage” virtually confirmed their suspicions about their boss’s seemingly paranormal cerebrum.”
Music Psyche: “It has often been said that music soothes the soul, but Dr. Thaddeus Gilmore, eminent professor of Psychology/Psychiatry at the University of Pennsylvania, recently found-out through a revolutionary research breakthrough
The Table Drawer: “Where did you get that weird table that’s now up in the computer room? It looks like it was obsolete decades before John Wilkes Booth had entered Fords Theater and evilly assassinated President Lincoln!”
A Day to Forget: “A Day to Forget: Ever since adolescence, Jack Cooper hated anything associated with frivolity and revelry. The shy man didn’t like football games because of boisterous crowds, deplored raucous celebrating, and despised rock and roll along with rap music, and the man vastly abhorred obnoxious, irritating behavior at New Year’s Eve parties. Anything noisy from Fourth of July and Halloween parades to carnival and circus atmospheres greatly disturbed Jack’s super-sensitive psyche and sent his volatile emotions completely out of kilter. The only things that the “mercurial man” really dearly loved were peace and quiet.”
Each story is independent from each other which makes this the perfect book to carry with you to read on the go. For the sake of this review, let me focus on two stories.
In the story of Triple Jeopardy, Inspector Joe Giralo and his wife Gina go on a senior citizen’s bus tour. Their first stop is at the Michigan Grand Hotel, where their vacation takes an unexpected turn. Let me quote:
…At nine-thirty a loud frantic rapping upon Room 132’s door rudely interrupted Joe Giralo’s peaceful coffee consumption. The FBI man opened the portal and the occupant was somewhat astonished to perceive the normally debonair suit-and-tie head hotel manager impatiently standing in the hallway.
…“Mr. Giralo,” the exasperated hotel executive exclaimed all out of breath. “I’m Giles Martin, the Grand Michigan’s chief operating officer. May I come in?”
…“Why of course!” the surprised Inspector replied, closing the door behind the unexpected visitor’s hasty entrance. “Is everything okay? You do appear to be more than a trifle alarmed!”
…“I understand that you’re an experienced inspector with the FBI. Our dependable desk records indicate that much, Inspector Giralo, and I’ve already verified that formerly confidential information through our local island police department, which incidentally also drastically needs your immediate assistance.”
…“Mr. Martin, in all due respect, exactly what is wrong?” the now thoroughly interested hotel guest asked. “What’s of so much paramount importance and concern?”
…“A most serious epidemic of colossal proportion has broken-out among the horse population here on Mackinac Island,” panic-stricken Giles Martin boisterously disclosed. “Just about all of our six hundred horses are terribly sick with colic and influenza symptoms, and our town veterinarians are going crazy attending to all of the afflicted animals. And besides that,” the agitated and worried hotel manager impulsively expounded, “the entire transportation system on the island has been shut-down. This is a colossal nightmare dilemma in progress Inspector Giralo; an unimaginable worst-case scenario and its basic origin, or should I say ‘its real cause,’ we certainly find exceptionally baffling. That’s why I’m here to both request and solicit your skilled expertise.”
Inspector Giralo’s experience and instincts are aroused and it looks like their vacation might be interrupted. To see what happens, pick up this book.
Now let me share a small portion of the short story Contemporary Illuminati.
…..Aunt Genevieve had revealed to my mother on several occasions that I had been her favorite nephew, and so I always believed that I was in competition for a massive inheritance with my adversarial cousins David and Stephen Wilson, who both perceptibly appeared to be artificially cordial towards me at venerable Aunt Jenny’s Baltimore wake and funeral that had been held in early May of 1992. A full month later, I received a legal letter from Otto Hernandez, Esquire, informing me that I was to attend a meeting for the purpose of the “Disposition of Mrs. Genevieve Curtis’s Will”, and the family conference was scheduled to occur in downtown Baltimore at 11 a.m. sharp on Wednesday, July 1st. Naturally, from previous conversations with my mother, I was quite excited about the prospect of being the principal heir to Aunt Genevieve’s rather lucrative estate.
…..Flash forward: The lawyer next opened the louvered brown door and removed a five-foot-high, antique-looking, standing lamp from inside the dark enclosure, which he then gracefully carried with both hands over to his huge mahogany desk. “This Sir is what your deceased Aunt Genevieve wishes for you to have,” the suave-but-encumbered estates’ lawyer quite diplomatically and almost-apologetically communicated. “Mrs. Curtis declares and directs in her last will and testament that you should amply admire and appreciate this marvelous, extraordinary lamp of Egyptian design, especially the unique brass head of Queen Nerfertiti that’s now conspicuously ornamenting the lamp’s exquisite canopy.” I momentarily glanced to my left and incidentally observed that my three cousin companions were alternately snickering and chuckling at my rather peculiar inheritance, and even Mr. Otto Hernandez seemed quite out-of-character being amused at my unexpected gift that I had traveled 110 miles from Hammonton, New Jersey to gratefully acquire.
…..Why did Aunt Genevieve leave John this ornate lamp? Was the gesture a cruel joke or was it something more? If you always wanted your long-lost great aunt to leave you something in her Last Will and Testimony, this story may or may not change your mind.
With each story comes an internal struggle where there are decisions to made and consequences. Each one of these stories could be their own book in their own rights. I hope you find these Novellas as interesting a read as I did.
Product Details: Paperback: 564 Pages Publisher: Bookstand Publishing (January 10, 2013) Language: English First Person Short Stories
The Arcane Arcade by Leonard Streitfeld and Jay Dubya.
Short Story Collection.
Introduction: The Arcane Arcade is a collection of sixteen short fiction stories. The general theme of the book is paranormal experience and the tales are presented as short stories, novellas and novelettes. The stories have been rewritten and edited many times until they have evolved into their finished form.
The characters and events depicted in The Arcane Arcade are strictly the products of the authors’ imaginations. Any resemblance to any real person or persons is absolutely coincidental, and it is the hope of the authors that readers will appreciate the pure fantasy identities, personalities and plots presented in the sixteen-fictional works.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. It takes advanced and gifted writing skills to successfully write a short story collection that will capture the imagination of the readers and hold their interest to the end. Two authors skilled at their craft have teamed up to bring you ‘The Arcane Arcade’.
Dr. Leonard Streitfeld had been John Wiessner’s eye doctor for many years. Len Streitfeld and Jay Dubya have written and rewritten the stories “The Chess Set,” “The Cups,” “The Incense Burner,” “Reflections,” “Stained Glass” and “The Black Magic Pen” many times until all sixteen tales appearing in The Arcane Arcade have evolved into their present quality literature form.
The Arcane Arcade collection is book crafted in the paranormal experience and have evolved into this great example of short story literature.
Here are my short descriptions, of each story in ‘The Arcane Arcade’.
In “The Chess Set” the wealthy chess master is confronted by the Black Knight.
In “The Cups “a snow globe scene pales in comparison to this coffee mug collection.
In “A Christmas Doll “it is the gift of a ballerina doll that changes everything.
In “Reflections “we are reminded that charity begins in the heart.
In “The Dark Side “we witness “One perpetual nightmare that’s been moving in perpetual motion.”
In “Photographs “we are reminded that a picture is worth a thousand words.
In “Premonitions “is it a chance encounter, coincidence or something much more.
In “The Combat Mission That Never Was” we learn “Heaven Can Wait but Hell Cannot”.
In “The Skull “we read what happens to an unclaimed corpse that might surprise you.
In “Stained Glass “it is the mystery surrounding the broken heavenly stained-glass window.
In “The Image “conjures up the question is it “animal, vegetable, mineral, or strange thing”.
In “An Incense Burner “New Orleans Mardi Gras turns into a veritable nightmare.
In “The Dye Is Cast “as the song titled “16 men on a dead man’s chest, yo-ho, ho and a bottle of rum” pierces through the Bermuda Triangle fog.
In “The Talismans “we examine the actions of one persistent seeker of wisdom.
In “The Tattoo “finds Dennis in the throws of an inebriated ink nightmare.
In “The Black Magic Pen “a writer’s dream of literary perfection and international fame makes the tools of his trade a necessary phenomenon.
I would have to say that the short story titled “An Incense Burner” is my favorite out of this well written collection. Let me bring you into the story here:
…..At 11:55 p.m., the New Age black magic medium prepared the ‘spiritual laboratory operational card table’, the very essential incense burner, the vital red votive candles, and the male voodoo doll was then dressed in similar white shirt and black pants, just as Jason’s principal adversary had been wearing at the coin club meeting. Newman then spread Rosco Scola’s former note scraps over the male doll’s body. The obnoxious, loudmouthed Coin Organization President had never conceived or realized that he had made an immense blunder by inadvertently leaving behind the hand-shredded documentation with his indecipherable, crude handwriting scribbled upon it.
…..As the den’s grandfather clock pendulum signaled the stroke of midnight, Jason snickered as the black arts’ prestidigitator began performing his ‘other world methodology’. The devil’s new metaphysical priest then roughly thrust the red-hot pin into the doll’s throat and next, the hex practitioner meanly and spitefully twisted the pin back and forth several times to dramatically emphasize his great enmity for his avowed enemy. Four more pins were soon viciously inserted, a separate representative one shoved into each of the doll’s arms and legs.
…..The incense burner was then wildly smoking-out dense fumes and billows, and a moment later a ghost-like cloud rose and wafted, and then the dark gaseous mass hovered above the voodoo operating card table. The fog formation slowly drifted towards the targeted doll, and when the fumes encountered the lying figure’s throat, the thick, hazy mass mystically swished into the doll’s voice box, and then the visible gas phenomenon suddenly disappeared from visual existence.
…..The unearthly ceremony was over at precisely 1:00 a.m. and the vital items that had been used for the “spiritual retribution communication” were again stealthily placed and concealed inside their respective storage hiding compartments. However, the five malignant pins still remained implanted in the doll’s anatomy.
…..“Languish in your anguish,” laughed the contemporary warlock to the tiny representation of corpulent Rosco Scola. “Your pain is my gain!” Jason Newman humorously rhymed. “Let’s see what happens to your throat and to your four doomed appendages. Ha, ha, ha!”
Did this voodoo from this self-learned witch-doctor work? I will let you discover for yourself.
First Person Short Stories. The thirty-five novellas presented in Prime-Time Crime Time are works of pure fiction.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Enjoyable Crime Theme Novellas.
If you enjoy the wonderful pace of short story collections, this should be your next purchase. These thirty-five ‘Prime-Time Crime Time’ novellas are works of pure fiction. Author John Wiessner writes interesting stories dealing with various types of crime and criminal motivation. This is not the first collection of novellas that I have read, and it certainly won’t be the last. This is a perfect collection of short stores to take anywhere and enjoy.
Here are my favorite short tag lines from 10 of these 35 very enjoyable novellas.
The Bounty Hunter: “Trevor Crawford’s fertile-but-sinister imagination had always fantasized devising and committing “the perfect crime.”
A Small World: “Eugene held huge personal grudges against twelve people from his academic past who he believed had excessively offended and grieved him.”
Missions Accomplished: “Only if we’re able to first solve this abominable series of horrendous church bombings,” Chief Giralo bluntly answered.
The Duck Pond: “The sly Sicilian culprit and his burly bodyguard lieutenants had never been convicted of engaging in criminal activity, even though “the Duke” was constantly under intense police scrutiny.”
The Trespassers: “Farmin’ is such a big gamble with the unpredictable weather that we’re all sick and tired of gamblin’ when the harvest season’s finally over.”
Too Much Monkey Business: “Are you inherently psychic or clairvoyant; a true crime-solving wizard, or what?”
Double Trouble: Little honor exists between ignominious human beings, and this graphic story confirms that very valid social/ethical axiom.
Swarming Killer Bees: Of all the baffling crime scenarios that have both challenged and intrigued FBI Inspector Joe Giralo, none has ever been more mysterious and bewildering than the difficult case of the “Swarming Killer Bees”.
What Goes Around Comes Around: “I’d rather commit hara-kiri than put myself through the nasty torture of again teaching kindergarten,” Carol admitted.
City Councilmen: A major obstacle stood in Clint’s political path: his Atlantis Coastal Hotel landlord Thomas Theodore Wallace was already a prominent member of the city council.
I highly recommend you pick up all of Jay Dubya’s books. His books are entertaining and educational. His books are easy to read and make marvelous gifts for teens through adults.
Jay Dubya is author John Wiessner’s pen name. John is a retired New Jersey public school English teacher and he had taught the subject for thirty-four years. After retiring from teaching in 1999, John Wiessner became the author of 55+ books in the genre Action/Adventure Novels, Sci-Fi/Paranormal Story Collections, Adult Satire, Young Adult Fantasy Novels and Non-Fiction Books. His books exist in hardcover, in paperback and in popular Kindle and Nook e-book formats.
First Person Short Stories Presented In Thirty-Four Novellas.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Psychic Dimension (Part Two) is a group of very well written short stories that deal with fictional psychic and paranormal experiences.
Each story is independent from each other which makes this the perfect book to carry with you to read on the go. I find short story the hardest books to review because the content is broad.
I am going to attempt to share a tidbit from each story in order to show you the unique quality of each complex story lines. With each story comes an internal struggle where there are decisions to made and consequences. Each one of these stories could be their own book in their own rights.
The thirty-four novellas presented in The Psychic Dimension; Part II are works of pure fiction. The stories’ themes deal with paranormal and psychic experiences.
Let me share a synopsis of the novellas in this book. I enjoyed reading them all, but some of my favorites are: “The Attic Television”, “The Music Portal”, “The Rip Van Winkle Club”, “Like Clockwork” and “A Photo’ Finish”. Let the author know your favorite selections once you are finished reading.
Multiple Choice: Some quizzes are design to test one’s memory, others are of a competitor nature, while some have a hidden message. Intro to the short story: “As veteran Agents Salvatore Velardi, Arthur Orsi and Dan Blachford entered Philadelphia FBI headquarters at 600 Arch Street, the three black-suited government detectives had been casually discussing the amusing notion that their distinguished boss Chief Inspector Joe Giralo was indeed one hundred percent psychic. But as the chatty trio would soon discover, the astonishing and confounding “Multiple Choice Case” would become a perplexing development that would virtually confirm their speculative suspicions about their boss’s seemingly uncanny paranormal abilities.”
The Attic Television: Some antiques bring us joy, others bring back memories, but could an attic TV bring back history right before our eyes? Intro to the short story: “John P. Walker was a self-confirmed recluse. He shied away from having close friends, thinking that they Intro to the short story: would be more interested in his prolific Merrill Lynch Cash Management Account than in the distrustful man’s true companionship. There were hundreds of acquaintances in his computer e-mail address book, but his dependable friends could be counted twice on a thumb-less hand. ‘A secret is only a secret when it belongs to me,’ the slightly paranoid man reckoned. ‘As soon as it is shared with one other person it’s a secret in jeopardy.’”
The Timeless Sports Car: Sometimes we wish for frivolous things, other times we wish for extravagate things, and then there are times when we wish for the impossible. Intro to the short story: “Henry Johnson was very content with his station in life. The man was a successful lawyer in his hometown of Hammonton, New Jersey and was looking forward to early retirement. Johnson had married his high school sweetheart Lois and the couple had three grown sons, Howard, Harry and Hugh. ‘Howard is now ready to take over the family law firm,’ Henry Johnson thought as he stepped out onto the Bellevue Avenue/Horton Street pavement from his Attorney Office, ‘and Harry is a prominent doctor at Jefferson University Hospital in Philly. And young Hugh is a prominent real estate developer in Saddle Brook up in North Jersey. What more could a 59-year-old man wish for?’”
Parallel Developments: Twins typically have a unique psych super power that the rest of us with siblings didn’t inherit. Frank and Fred Davies will stretch the limits of parallel developments. Intro to the short story: “Twin brothers Frank and Fred Davies were 1981 graduates of Hammonton High School, North Liberty Street, Hammonton, New Jersey 08037. From their early youth the twins were complete opposites both in demeanor and in physical prowess. Fred Davies was always an extrovert and a competitive athlete while his twin facsimile Frank had a shy personality genuinely punctuated with humility and modesty.
In June of 1987 Fred graduated from Philadelphia’s Temple University with a law degree and Frank evolved out of New Brunswick’s Rutgers University with a master’s degree in biology research. In the fall of 1991 during a dual ceremony Frank and Fred ironically married twin sisters Lois and Eleanor Cataldi of Bridgeton, a large town situated twenty-four miles southwest of Hammonton.”
Window of Opportunity: They say that opportunity only knocks once, but I dare say it is more often if we live with an open mind to the possibilities. Intro to the short story: “The May Installation Meeting assigning new officers for the Hammonton, New Jersey Lions Club had just adjourned and afterwards, two recently appointed minor functionaries were discussing their basic roles with an elderly club member in the upstairs bar of Rocco’s Town House on North Third Street. The all-too-garrulous District 16-C Governor had already departed the premises and Liontamer Mitchell Spencer, Tailtwister Michael Giberson and feeble Past President Julius Stetson were standing at the tavern’s bar casually engaged in a genial conversation over their after-meeting cocktails.
“It’s good to see new blood coming into the club and accepting active roles,” eighty-two-year-old Julius Stetson praised the local Lions Club’s two new energized recruits. “I was a charter member of the club way back in 1963,” Julius informed his respectful listeners before sipping his cold Southern Comfort on the rocks, “and we had only a dozen members when John F. Kennedy was the country’s President, mostly businessmen owning stores and properties up on Route 30.”
The Music Portal: Ones occupation doesn’t always coincide with one’s aptitudes, abilities and creative side. Intro to the short story: “Up until four months ago I had regarded my very ordinary life as being a dismal failure. My mediocre occupation ever since I was fresh out of high school has been that of a dissatisfied shoe salesman at Brock Shoes Outlet in Berlin, New Jersey. For thirty-one miserable years I would loyally commute each working day from my French Street home in nearby Hammonton, a flourishing agricultural community located twelve miles east of Berlin and also conveniently situated midway between vacation destination Atlantic City and bustling Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the distances being thirty miles in either direction from my house to the East Coast gambling Mecca and to Benjamin Franklin’s City of Brotherly Love.
Soldier of Misfortune: Soldiers endure physical, emotional and mental fatigue on and off the battle field so the rest of us can enjoy the freedoms their service provides. Intro to the short story: “Dr. Angelo DeMarco had recently retired as the head psychiatrist at New Jersey’s Ancora State Hospital so that he could devote his full time to expanding his private practice, which was located inside a second-floor office suite at the southeast corner of 2nd Street and Bellevue Avenue, Hammonton, New Jersey. The psych’ physician was perusing a letter received from Noreen Pearson, the wife of a twenty-five-year-old Army Corporal, and the distraught enlisted soldier had been complaining to his spouse of severe migraine headaches, of terrible repetitious nightmares, and also the afflicted young serviceman was often heard uttering “indiscernible gibberish” during his erratic nightly sleeps.”
The Rip Van Winkle Club: Who ever said marriage is work, was not joking. Couples can live in denial, disillusionment and even delusion. It is important that we are careful for what we wish for. Intro to the short story: “William R. Stuyvesant unhappily lived with his domineering wife Gertrude in a magnificent Tarrytown, New York manor house situated on a palisade overlooking the majestic Hudson River. William often confidentially compared Gertrude (to male associates) to Dame Van Winkle, Rip Van Winkle’s shrew of a wife who lambasted, browbeat and belittled the poor lethargic farmer every day from dawn until midnight. That is where the comparison between Gertrude Stuyvesant and Dame Van Winkle ends. William R. Stuyvesant was filthy rich and neither he nor Gertrude had to work another day in their lives to maintain their expensive tastes, selfish hobbies and extravagant lifestyles.”
Fantasy Book Land: Vacation is a time of renewal and relaxation. Although some turn out better than others. Intro to the short story: “Frank and Betsy Lanier were glad that the busy and hectic summer season was over at their well-established sixty-year-old South Jersey family business going by the all-too-familiar trade name of Fantasy Book Land. Finally, it was time for the couple to enjoy a well- deserved and relaxing fall hiatus, a getaway Columbus Day weekend. In South Jersey, the deciduous tree leaves were resplendently beginning to transform into their autumnal hues and to the needed-to-be-rejuvenated Laniers, a much-anticipated tour bus trip up to New Hampshire’s White Mountains represented a most welcome departure from the continuous daily grind of adult responsibility.
“I’m glad we’re again going with Ralph’s Bus Tours up to New England,” Betsy said to Frank as the husband pulled his black Mercedes into the Cape May Senior Citizens’ Tour Bus Terminal parking lot. “The change in scenery will be most appreciated. We’ll be able to forget our identities and duties for the next four days and be just two ordinary anonymous vacationers seeking asylum from grueling drudgery and accountability.”
Superstitions: Superstitions can be used as a tool to guide, avoid pitfalls or just amuse us. Intro to the short story: “Real estate broker James Brewster was elated, not because he had just completed reading Dale Carnegie’s best-selling book How to Win Friends and Influence People for the fifth time, but because in March of 2009 the wheeler-dealer had shrewdly purchased a three-year-old beachfront three-story home (with an elevator servicing each suite) on the Boardwalk and 16th Street in Ocean City, New Jersey for the ridiculously-low sum of 1.5 million dollars, acquiring the residence as a vacation home but more importantly, owning and leveraging the dwelling principally as a seasonal investment-return rental property.
‘I didn’t even need Dale Carnegie’s sound advice to negotiate this handsome bargain!’ Brewster joyfully reasoned. Being a born-opportunist, the risk-taking entrepreneur wanted to take full advantage of the in-progress economic recession and then in three years, capitalize on the presumed 2.25-million-dollar value of the three-year-old beach home should the country’s money cash-flow scenario improve back to normal.”
Trestles, Overpasses & Blue Skies: A change of scenery may be good for the soul but it can come with its own peculiarities. Intro to the short story: “Inspector Ned Carson sat at his office desk on the third floor of Philadelphia’s Race Street “Round House,” casually watching vehicular traffic flowing in both directions across the Ben Franklin Bridge connecting Pennsylvania with New Jersey, the span being a mile-long distance across the historic Delaware River. Carson’s reverie was instantly broken when his office partner Detective Timothy Ransom entered the room carrying two fresh cups of coffee and then respectfully handed one of the steaming Styrofoam containers to his thirty-year-veteran colleague.
“Tim, every March right before spring arrives on the calendar, I get the strong urge to get out of the congested city and use a week of my treasured vacation time to go either hunting or fishing with you,” Inspector Ned Carson mused and said, “But I gotta’ confess that our good wives have been quite understanding in allowing us to participate in some valued male bonding at suburban bars, and Jenny trusts me when I’m away from town at a distant convention with you for a week or so.”
The Evil Force: Conventional wisdom regarding the forces of good and evil might not extend beyond our Galaxy. Intro to the short story: “I, Colonel Cliff Dawson am accurately recording this incredible account into my personal electronic journal and not into the official ship’s log for reasons that will obviously be self-explanatory later on in this narrative. Captain Jeremy Parker and I have been on a courageous ten-year space mission exploring outer space and methodically charting our landmark discoveries for the International World Coalition. Our well-publicized mission was described in the world’s media as “an awesome enterprise” and quite basically, I’ve always been attracted to the prospect of being one of the first ‘daring humans’ to find intelligent human-like life thriving elsewhere in the nearby Milky Way Galaxy.
Our lengthy expedition started out from Earth in the year 2534 A.D. and it is now, according to our ship’s reliable instrument panel May 5th of 2542. The Newton III is now ready to lift off and leave the planet that Captain Parker and I have labeled EL-741, which is an Earth-Like sphere rotating around a Sun-Like star that my cohort and I have named Mater Seven.”
Rapid Crystals: Technically from any age, is only as good as the inventor, installer and the user. Intro to the short story: “Harry DeLareto sat erect upon his black leather swivel chair behind his desk in his walnut-paneled Elwood, New Jersey insurance office. The broker was preoccupied making a ten percent depreciation adjustment to the ‘inflated claim’ submitted by the Nesco Volunteer Fire Department that had recently and ironically burned to the ground in a raging inferno.
On Harry’s desk were random additional claims from Mrs. Rhonda Leonetti of Atsion, who had just been involved in an automobile accident, Arthur Noto of Hamilton Township, who had recently collided his motorboat with a Mullica River marina dock and another one from Jennifer Friel, a Sweetwater resident who had experienced severe flooding into her house when the normally tranquil Mullica River had overflowed its banks during a torrential three-day downpour. As DeLareto was fumbling through the assorted bureaucratic paperwork that was frustrating his mental health, the gentleman’s very capable secretary Nancy Davenport suddenly buzzed his desk from the adjoining room.
“Harry, Mr. And Mrs. David DeLaurentis had to cancel this afternoon’s appointment because their son Alfred has crashed his motorbike into a barn on a blueberry farmer’s property over in Hammonton and they’re now at Atlantic Care Hospital in Pomona. The boy’s all right but that’ll definitely be another injury insurance claim appearing on your desk within the next few weeks,”
Dream-On: Night dreams inhabit our subconscious but their effects can bleed through into our daily lives. Intro to the short story: “Hammonton, New Jersey resident Samuel Charles Dexter was both depressed and despondent. His recent divorce from his ultra-dominant wife Sharon left the man’s mind in an emotional state of shambles. Sam’s friends at the Vineland, New Jersey plastics manufacturing company where Dexter was employed as an accountant suggested that the numbers guru should seek professional therapy counseling. One of his fellow co-workers had highly recommended Dr. Adam Neville, a reputable psychiatrist whose practice was at the corner of Landis Avenue and Third Street in downtown Vineland. Samuel Charles Dexter honored his June 7th, 2010 “get acquainted appointment” and was cheerfully escorted into Dr. Neville’s office by Miss Emily Jensen, the psychiatrist’s secretary and bookkeeper.
“Mr. Dexter, you say in your letter of introduction you’ve been having peculiar dreams lately that seem to be compounding your mercurial emotional instability,” Dr. Adam Neville diplomatically commenced his narrative.”
Ship of Fool: In some cultures, photography has always associated with the interruption of and thus mirror into our soul. Intro to the short story: “Philip Greco was born and raised in Hammonton, New Jersey but in the 1970s the elderly gentleman absolutely loved vacationing for a full week every August in sun-kissed Ocean City, Maryland. Phil Greco had memorized every commercial retail business in the inlet’s five-block section of the boardwalk starting from South First Street right up to North Division where the Route 50 Bridge over the bay channeled automobile traffic into town. Trimper’s Rides, the Red Apple Treats Stand, Dayton’s Chicken, Marty’s Playland Arcade, Sportland Arcade, Dumser’s Ice Cream, The Purple Moose Saloon, Thrashers French Fries, the Alaska Hot Dog Stand, Dollie’s Popcorn, Bull on the Beach Roast Beef Sandwiches, the Atlantic Hotel, the Glassblowers Shop, Fisher’s Caramel Popcorn, Lombardi’s Tower of Pizza, Dealers Choice Poker Game Arcade, the Candy Kitchen Shop, the Psychedelic Shop, The Sea Shell Emporium, The Dutch Bar, Telescope Beach Pictures and the Courtesy Gift Shop all held dear spots in the visiting South Jersey man’s heart. And during his annual week-long hiatus Greco loyally patronized all of the mentioned popular boardwalk establishments.”
Stairway to Heaven: I have often wondered if the details of heaven is in the eye of the beholder. Intro to the short story: “I had suddenly died in my home’s master bedroom’s bathroom while I had been staring into the vanity mirror after finishing shaving. A sudden pain spread from my left arm to my chest and the last thing I remembered as a human being was collapsing upon the brown-tiled floor. There is no doubt in my mind that my body had ceased functioning and that my awareness had slowly exited my form and then transferred into a strange energy-spirit state. I don’t remember any spectacular catharsis when my soul had been ejected from its human shell.
Next, I can remember, I was somehow cognizant of hovering over my lifeless corpse and a moment later my senses were aware of my wife’s delirious screams as she frightfully bent over to touch my neck feeling for a pulse. ‘So much for her being a veteran R.N.,’ my still intact consciousness sarcastically thought. ‘She does really love me after all!”
The Better of Two Lives: We all encounter crossroads in our lives where the choice we make enhance our lives or causes ripples of regret. Intro to the short story: “People make many crucial decisions from several years after exiting their mothers’ wombs right up to entering their cemetery tombs. Men and women usually encounter at least a dozen crossroad events in their lifetimes where important choices are made, some good, and perhaps some not so fortuitous as originally planned and hoped for. Major decisions about marriage, who to marry, career choice, real estate acquisitions and investments complement a person’s numerous minor preferences such as which high school sports to play, who to ask to the senior prom, which college to attend, and what kind of house should be purchased. Such a plethora of mental challenges affect millions of Americans daily and continue to reap rewards and consequences throughout their mortal lives.
Richard Henderson was no exception to the law of human choices. The jack-of-all-trades and master of none had always desired to become a successful businessman, be a renowned author, and finally, thrive as a loving husband to a devoted wife who fully believed in emotional reciprocity. Those very noble aspirations represented Henderson’s wishful goals and lofty ambitions, but quite often, obtained results seldom match the sincerity of initial intent. Richard Henderson’s youthful fantasy and excessive idealism rapidly deteriorated into shattered hopes and crushed dreams.”
Youth Revisited: As we age, we encounter youth all around us. Stark reminders of distance experiences and a shorter road before us. Intro to the short story. “One August 2001 Monday morning Frederick Richard Barker drove his sky-blue Buick LeSabre east on busy Route 30 to the Blueberry Crossing Shopping Center. The retired Hammonton, New Jersey brick and stone mason was a seventy-year-old health fanatic who was fighting a valiant battle against the onslaught of everyone’s eventual common nemesis, old age. Fred parked his recently washed automobile in a convenient space and then strolled from the asphalt onto the pavement and ambled into the Health Tree Nutrition Store to purchase a re-supply of Vitamin E and a new bottle of potent Multi-Vitamins and Minerals.
“Hi,” Fred politely addressed the preoccupied young girl standing behind the counter presently attending to the needs of a demanding customer. “Where’s Sharon? She usually takes good care of me.”
“Mrs. Bertino is in New York attending a health products trade show,” the conscientious girl answered before ringing-up the fastidious customer’s acquisitions on the cash register. “She’ll be back in town on Wednesday unless my boss begins that Pocono Mountains vacation she’s been talking about.”
The Hotel Delaware: Leap Year holds luck for the few and mystery for the masses. Intro to the short story. “Superstitious people believe and attest that strange incidents often occur on February 29 of every Leap Year. I had never placed too much credence in that unscientific claim until Tuesday, February 29, 2004, which unfortunately is a date I will certainly remember forever. Let me fully explain my accursed dilemma so that all will comprehend the true nature of my misery. The courtesy of another person’s sympathy and understanding will be greatly appreciated. I realize that my tale will seem both illogical and incredible to anyone interpreting it, yet I believe I must share its veracity.
A Leap Year has three hundred and sixty-six days on the annual calendar, one more twenty-four-hour interval than that which exists in a normal year. Greenwich, England scientists and concerned astronomers have adjusted the mechanics of the moon and months to interface with the Earth’s revolution around the sun because a quarter of a day is lost each normal year when coordinating those particular solar system relationships. To accurately adjust for the quarter-day time discrepancy in the Earth’s elliptical orbit around the sun, February 29 was created on the post medieval Gregorian Calendar (developed in the 1580s by Pope Gregory), which we still honor today after the old Julian Calendar (developed in 46 B.C. under the reign of Julius Caesar) had been discarded.”
The Bad Old Days: Farming takes knowledge, decision and hard work. Some work the fields, cranberry bogs and then there are those who provide the world with fresh blueberries. Intro to the short story. “Last September was very stressful for Hammonton, New Jersey peach and blueberry farmer Richard Jacobs. An irrigation pump caught on fire and the first responder to arrive on the scene was his brother-in-law, Charles Garrison. The fireman attempted entering the pit where the pump was situated but the mechanism exploded. Charles Garrison suffered massive burns all over his body and died at a local hospital hours later.
The dead man’s family hired an uncompromising high-profile lawyer who immediately sued Richard Jacobs for three million dollars. The plaintiffs easily won the legal case on the grounds that the irrigation pump should have been fenced in so that access to it by the now-deceased Charles Garrison could have been prevented. Richard Jacobs’ insurance covered only half of the exorbitant settlement and to make matters worse, the grower could no longer obtain insurance coverage because of his deteriorating credit and poor financial predicament. The result of the expensive litigation had caused additional friction to surface between the bad-luck farmer and his disconsolate wife.”
A Grave Undertaking: Missing person investigations sends shockwaves through any community that has the misfortune of mysterious disappearances. Intro to the short story. “The Hammonton Police Department and the New Jersey State Police were baffled by a wave of a dozen missing persons disappearing from the somnolent South Jersey agricultural community, a town noted for being “The Blueberry Capital of the World.” Chief-of-Police Michael Falcone had summoned Detective Fred Arico and Patrolman Samuel Galletta to his downstairs office in the newly constructed Hammonton Town Hall on the corner of Central Avenue and Vine Street. The recent “missing persons’ phenomenon” had become a popular topic reported and discussed on Philadelphia and Atlantic City television news broadcasts. Chief Falcone felt personally embarrassed at his department having to solicit outside professional help to engage in solving the complex case currently under investigation.”
The Steel Pier: Tourists still flock to the Atlantic City famous Steel Pier in New Jersey. Intro to the short story. “Atlantic City, New Jersey’s famous Steel Pier was the Queen of Resorts premier showplace for entertainment from its original construction in 1898 (as a Quaker repose) through its heyday during and after World War II, leading up to the fabulous “Golden Years” of rock and roll music. In fact, the unique extension into the Atlantic was a favorite destination for vacationers right through the era of popular variety shows that were prevalent during ‘50s and ‘60s pioneering television programming. The revered structure that jutted out over a quarter mile into the ocean had obtained its classic name from the “steel framework” upon which the Pier had been erected. Over the decades many big-name stars had performed live shows at the landmark building including the legendary John Philip Sousa, Frank Sinatra, Benny Goodman, Ed Sullivan, Bing Crosby, Jackie Gleason, Dean Martin, Perry Como and comedian Eddie Cantor.”
Live Free or Die: Although the motto of New Hampshire, this story is not there but it is perhaps a story about a soul caught between heaven and hell. Intro to the short story. Frederick Allen Griffith shuffled into Dr. Augustus Pietropaolo’s office at 1237 Paradise Road, Hammonton, New Jersey feeling despondent, sluggish and quite lethargic. Mrs. Elysia Fields, the office receptionist, greeted the new patient and checked his name off her long list. Fred felt a tad insecure in that he was the only person sitting in the large waiting room. The fact that there were no magazines, newspapers or pamphlets on the end tables for him to scrutinize made Griffith feel even more uncomfortable.
“You’re a little early for your scheduled appointment,” Mrs. Fields stated with a forced smile. “Dr. Pietropaolo will be available to analyze your issues shortly. Nobody has problems any more. If I may use the euphemism, everyone who comes here has issues! Anyway, the Dr.’s presently reviewing the records of another eccentric client, or should I say ‘unique patient.’ Now Mr. Griffith,” Mrs. Fields added as she took a glimpse inside Frederick’s confidential folder, “you’re here to discuss your recent four-day bus trip up to New Hampshire, is that correct?”
Ignorance Is Bliss: The statement Ignorance is bliss is far removed from reality. Intro to the short story: “Ever since his wife Eleanor had died of Lou Gehrig’s Disease in March of 2006, James Jefferson Gillespie has been extremely despondent and has gone through the motions of everyday life as a pathetic loner. The twenty-eight-year-old chemist thought that a change of scenery would certainly diminish his great melancholy, so he visited his Hammonton, New Jersey Bellevue Avenue travel agent and booked a two-week autumn vacation to Athens, Greece. James felt that he needed some fresh stimuli to regenerate his sagging spirit. A stay at the luxurious Grande Bretagne Hotel, conveniently situated in central Athens, was sure to alleviate Gillespie’s recent chronic introverted disposition.
‘Eleanor’s been gone for nearly two whole years now,’ James sadly reflected on his tragic loss, ‘so perhaps it’s time for me to meet and date someone new! I haven’t had much luck doing that around Hammonton since everyone’ in town knows me or knows about me at the bowling alley, at the restaurants and at the all-too-false singles’ bars. Yes, October seems like a terrific month to be touring the sights of Athens,’ the self-pitying fellow reckoned. ‘Maybe my two-week hiatus in Greece will miraculously alter my lousy success at romance. And Room 610 at the Grande Bretagne Hotel seems to be a good luck omen. My three best bowling game scores added together equal that number!’”
The Cruisers: Ship Cruises tend to a tantalizing idea until reality sets in. Intro to the short story. “Frederick and Amy Pearl loved to travel internationally, especially enjoying leisurely sea cruises throughout the Mediterranean and the Caribbean. The residents of 227 Tilton Street, Hammonton, New Jersey preferred taking weeklong ocean and sea voyages to partaking of exotic winter vacations flying to tropical destinations. The medical doctor and his nurse wife believed in working hard and playing hard when not preoccupied with their demanding professions or being busy babysitting their four energetic pre-teen grandchildren, Dan, Karly, Sierra and Lindsey. On December 28th, 2008 the Pearls’ oldest son Joseph, a South Jersey insurance and real estate agent, drove the general practitioner and his devoted wife to Philadelphia International Airport.
After checking through Terminal C’s tight airport security without too much inconvenience, Fred and Amy boarded their American Airlines jet bound for sunny San Juan, Puerto Rico, where a seven-day cruise on the luxurious and well-appointed state-of-the-art liner The Winds of Fate had been booked in early May. Six hours later the delighted sea odyssey tourists were sipping delicious pina coladas aboard the ship’s top deck and partaking in the standard gala “bon voyage celebration.”
Ice Ages: Impressionable young minds are the engines that drive our future. Intro to the short story. “In early December of 1975 Jeremy Ingram had been an impressionable seventh grader at the Hammonton Middle School where he was greatly influenced by his effervescent social studies teacher Mr. Charles Galinas. The New Jersey history instructor had mentioned to his usually lethargic fifth period students the amazing story of Heinrich Schliemann (1822-1890), a German entrepreneur that had become exceptionally wealthy making lucrative business investments in Russia during the Crimean War.
Schliemann had accumulated sufficient expendable wealth to enable the industrious businessman to retire and then energetically pursue his greatest childhood ambition: to prove to the world once and for all that Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey had been actual historical events and not mere myths as had been widely believed throughout the Nineteenth Century civilized world. Soon his scientific archeological expeditions confirmed to cynics that Level VII-a in Asia Minor was “the Troy of Priam” (that he had against all odds) discovered.”
Like Clockwork: A skeptical heart along with a cynical attitude can close the door to the improbable. Intro to the short story. “My spirit has been petrified ever since I had experienced what my senses have perceived as a supernatural phenomenon! My consciousness has never been so paranoid in my entire life as it is right this very minute. After I regain a degree of confidence, I plan to seek professional counseling to help my desperate soul grapple with my current unbearable mental predicament. Let me explain the entire dilemma in detail. I promise to be completely thorough in rendering my accurate description of certain events that seemingly defy scientific explanation.
During my very smooth and comfortable United Airlines cross-country flight from Philadelphia to Los Angeles International Airport, my alert mind could not stop thinking about the one-year anniversary of my twin brother Richard Sullivan’s unexpected cardiac arrest death on April 14th, 2008. Richard had been an extremely successful lawyer back in Hammonton, New Jersey and both his devoted wife Karen and myself greatly miss his companionship. Besides my wife Susan, Rich had been my trusted confidante, friend, loyal supporter and expert financial adviser. My only brother’s keen insight into evolving stock market trends was uncanny, and his shrewd decisions about often-speculative investments were accurate at least eighty percent of the times he had shared his terrific Wall Street recommendations with me.”
Chiropractic Dreaming: With the chaos behind, relaxation comes in the form of the invigorating therapeutic aqua-bed. Intro to the short story. “Every calendar year the time period of February to mid-April is very demanding and stressful for middle-aged Harold DeFelice of 763 Fairview Avenue, Hammonton, NJ. The very thorough and efficient Certified Public Accountant had just mailed the last of his clients’ 2008 Federal Income Tax returns at the Third Street Post Office on Wednesday morning, April 15th and now it was time to drive his brand new tuscan red Nissan Maxima to has scheduled appointment at Advanced Chiropractic, 425 White Horse Pike, Atco. Harold preferred patronizing Advanced Chiropractic over its Hammonton counterpart because the Atco office had the latest and most modern professional equipment, so in DeFelice’s sage estimation, the seven-mile west drive on four-lane Route 30 was indeed well-worth the additional time and effort.
‘Most of my five hundred customers really go crazy in the six weeks prior to the April 15th tax deadline,’ Harold thought as he passed a tractor-trailer while ascending the Route 30 Ancora Railroad Bridge. ‘They persistently call me about deduction trivialities and about every complicated minor change in the tax code as it specifically pertains to them. But now I can relax, get my back and hips adjusted and be pampered by some excellent electrical stimulation, be massaged by the very satisfying roller bed experience and of course babied by my favorite chiropractic indulgence, the invigorating therapeutic aqua-bed.’”
Animal Music: Music is all around us and influences in unusual ways. Intro to the short story: “Any fiction writer aptly knows that the absolute ultimate in creativity that the human mind can produce occurs when the dynamic subconscious engages in dreaming and in imagining totally surreal situations during dreadful nightmares. But when ambitious short story and novel authors attempt organizing eccentric tales (that are analogous to capturing fantastic dreams on paper), the writers’ manuscripts almost always fall pathetically short of the authors’ noble aspirations. Unfortunately, most dreams and nightmares are not fully recollected, but if they could be, then there would exist thousands of additional excellent “soul-inspired” works available for readers’ consumption in both World and American literature.”
Ten Options: Is the option worth the outcome? Intro to the short story. “Ever since first grade back in 1949 Ken Keller had aspired to be a Major League pitcher. His father Karl had instilled that unrealistic dream in Ken’s head. In 1973 Ken Keller had effectively passed-on the love of baseball in general and of pitching in particular to his son Kyle, who in turn in 2009 had effectively conveyed the “family infatuation with baseball” to his eleven-year-old son Keith. But the sixty-seven-year-old retired plumber Ken Keller had never told his son Kyle or his grandson Keith why he and his deceased dad Karl had a certain fondness for alliteration using the letter K.
In 1974 Ken Keller inherited his small King Lane Hammonton, New Jersey ranch home a month after his father Karl had passed away. In 1977 Ken’s second wife Katherine had also died, leaving the lonely man feeling very disconsolate. But the melancholy widower always kept his well-fertilized lawn properly maintained and Ken was especially proud of the many splendid ewe, rhododendron, rose and hydrangea bushes nestled around his home that were meticulously kept trimmed and looking healthy all summer long. Just the day before Ken had heard an envious neighbor bending the mailman’s ear, “Keller’s mulch right down to the last black bark chip always appears to be in the exact ideal spot where the little chunk had first been placed. That guy’s too much of a perfectionist to suit me!”
Landscapes and Photographs: One man’s masterpiece is another man’s craft. Intro to the short story. “On Monday morning September 21st, 2009, the last day of summer, George Rodio had been a bit lucky at Harrah’s Casino in Atlantic City. The Hammonton, New Jersey pharmacy owner had just gotten three sevens on a fifty-cent slot machine and had merrily won three thousand dollars cash. After leaving the gambling establishment’s high-rise parking garage, the perfectly contented slot machine player drove his dark blue Lexus south on Brigantine Boulevard heading towards Route 30, the White Horse Pike. The recipient of the ‘found money’ was thinking about how he was going to merrily dispose of his recent ‘good fortune bonanza.’
‘It’s a good thing I honored my hunch and drove to Harrah’s to try my luck,’ the happy fellow thought. ‘I’ll call my dependable manager Bill Dawkins after I get home and see if all my help came in to work this morning. But first I’ll stop at that new art gallery in Absecon that features impressive works by aspiring South Jersey artists,’ George instantly decided. ‘If I see a suitable painting that captures my fancy, I’ll purchase the Picasso and hang it above the upright piano in the den and then I’ll move the ancient collage of the nine family photos’ that’s now over the piano from the den to the upstairs computer room’s blank wall. I think that Barbara will be both surprised and thrilled with the new acquisition, if I ever decide to buy it.’”
The Pinelands Theatre: Theaters will be our time capsules. Intro to the short story. “Originally completed and opened in 1914, Hammonton, New Jersey’s Pinelands Theatre has had a very long and interesting history. At first the structure functioned as an entertainment venue presenting live vaudeville and variety acts to entertain the local public. Twenty years after its pre-WWI inception, out of sheer economic necessity the landmark Pinelands Theatre switched from showing silent films to innovative “talking movies” in 1930, but in later years competition from the much larger and more elegant Rivoli Theater (at the corner of Bellevue Avenue and Third Street) eventually put the town’s first movie house into extinction, forcing the out-of-date building to eventually close its doors in December of 1943, exactly two years after Pearl Harbor.
After the Golden Age of Hollywood had passed into posterity, the vacant Second and Vine edifice, located a block east of Bellevue (the town’s main thoroughfare), later became a residence in 1951, but then the structure was gutted and converted into a merchants’ warehouse in 1957, but in the early 1960s Kennedy-Johnson era, the aged in-need-of-repair skeleton became a convenient storage facility for a Bellevue Avenue department store. Things were looking rather bleak for the once-revered Pinelands Theatre building with the approach of the twenty-first century and its attendant technologies.”
A Second Chance: Youth feel invisible with lack of wisdom and self-control. Intro to the short story. “Ever since I became an acne-faced teenager back in the mid-1950s, I have always loved fast automobiles, especially ones with chrome-plated flat-head engines. When my family had lived in Bucks County, Pennsylvania from 1953-‘59, my tough-guy friends and I would often hitchhike to the Langhorne Speedway on Route 1 just above Fairless Hills and pay the dollar grandstand admission we had been diligently saving-up for just to sit in the bleachers and watch exciting motorcycle and stock car races. Then my family moved to Hammonton, New Jersey where my addiction to excessive speed persisted right into my junior and senior high school years.
And when I was old enough to drive my father’s ‘55 green and white Chevy, I did surrender to temptation and drag race it on at least a dozen occasions, nearly smashing-up the old jalopy during four separate dangerous racing situations. Because of obstinate pride during those foolish escapades, I never fully comprehended that I had been recklessly putting my own life and the well-being of others in jeopardy.”
Wolverton Mountain: What the junior sleuths and seasoned pros might have in common. Intro to the short story. “Veteran Agents Salvatore Velardi, Arthur Orsi and Dan Blachford stepped into FBI Inspector Joe Giralo’s office, loftily situated on the eighth floor of 600 Arch Street, Philadelphia. Each of the conscientious trio was wondering exactly what new investigative matter was of such “urgent and strategic importance,” the precise terminology that their reputable Boss had dramatically characterized their very next challenging government assignment. As usual, “the Chief” was sitting behind his enormous Canadian oak desk and his brown eyes were carefully examining the front-page articles of the Philadelphia Inquirer appearing “above the fold”.
I’m glad that you three easily distracted-but-ambitious junior sleuths have gotten here on time for your scheduled noon appointment, and I’m personally delighted that you’re not now eating pizza or hoagies down at the crowded Reading Terminal Food Market,” the Boss gruffly greeted his loyal subordinates. “I’m also happy to note in my latest report to Matt Riley that you three remarkable gumshoes had easily solved the rather preposterous “Treasure Map Caper” that had been annoying various local police departments in the Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware tri-state area, which had warranted the indispensable services and intervention of the local FBI. Now Men,” Inspector Giralo rambled on, “DC headquarters has acknowledged your crucial participation in swiftly solving that particular regional dilemma.”
Poetic Justice: “Imitation is the sincerest form of flattery, isn’t it?” Intro to the short story. “Every December 1st, FBI Inspector Joe Giralo proudly invites his three loyal agents Salvatore Velardi, Arthur Orsi and Daniel Blachford over to Orchard Street and into his cozy downtown Hammonton, New Jersey home to admire his extensive train display and accompanying elaborate village, all spectacularly exhibited on an enormous platform that virtually encompassed the man’s entire downstairs “second den.”
“I see that you’ve added several new buildings to complement your intricate Christmas hometown extravaganza,” Agent Velardi noted and expressed. “I don’t remember that dress shop and that yogurt and ice cream parlor on the corner ever being in the village last year. You’ve managed to re-create a miniature scale model of downtown Hammonton! Quite impressive indeed!”
“Thanks for the rather exaggerated kudos Salvatore!” Inspector Giralo genially replied. “Ever since I was a curious toddler, I’ve been infatuated with model trains. This entire project has taken me seven years to complete, and all of the stores and buildings along Bellevue Avenue, Central Avenue, Horton Street along with Second and Third Street I’ve diligently assembled with my own two hands. The tedious labor was done right here on the premises, with all the items being assiduously built down in my workshop basement.”
A Photo Finish: Family secrets divulged. Intro to the short story. “At 8 pm sharp a black 2018 Mercedes luxury S 560 sedan entered the secluded U-shaped asphalt driveway enveloping a well-manicured lawn on East First Road, Hammonton NJ. The recently constructed three-million-dollar brick and stone mansion belonged to local wealthy business mogul James Dante Carlino, who that evening was scheduled to meet with the arriving prestigious South-Jersey Central Bank President, Thomas Monastra. In response to recent phone exchanges, the visiting financial executive and the resident real estate guru were slated to discuss an imminent shopping center development project planned for erection just outside Somers Point, across the bay from scenic Ocean City, New Jersey.
“Hello Mr. Monastra,” James Carlino warmly greeted. “It’s too bad we couldn’t meet at the Blue Heron Country Club yesterday for a round of golf. But Mother Nature isn’t always cooperative with desired business consultations.”
“Very well put!” the bank official aptly answered. “Egg Harbor Township isn’t exactly located in Southern California where it seldom rains in the early summer. Living on the West Coast does have its climate advantages. I must admit Mr. Carlino, it’s quite a beautiful estate you’ve imaginatively built here, neatly tucked into the Jersey pines.”
The Psychic Dimension, Part II (34 sci-fi/paranormal novellas, 567 pages) is one of author Jay Dubya’s 56 published books existing in hardcover, in paperback and in Amazon Kindle, Barnes and Noble Nook and Smashwords e-book formats. The Psychic Dimension, Part II is the companion book to The Psychic Dimension.
I have had the pleasure of reading The Psychic Dimension Book One and Book Two by Jay Dubya (John Wiessner). I highly recommend this book along with all this author’s books. Author Jay Dubya is a prolific writer with over 59 published works to his credit. He writes short story collections, trilogies, and novels in all the genres. The Psychic Dimension (Part One and Part Two) is a great way to get to know the author’s thought process.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. ‘The Ack Ack Girl’ by Chris Karlsen: A Compelling Story!
‘The Ack Ack Girl’ is a World War II Historical Romance by Author Chris Karlsen. This book to be very educational, with a compelling story. We should all respect the bravery of these The Ack Ack Teams. They shot down enemy planes from the ground. England did use female teams to ferry planes, cargo, fighters, and bombers from the factories to the airfields. That is a different unit entirely and they did not engage enemy planes or participate in combat.
If you love danger, romance, and suspense, you will love this first book in the “Love and War’ series by Author Chris Karlsen. I wrestled over what passage of the book to share with you. At first, I thought I would share a wonderful romantic scene, but instead I decided to bring you into the war. I quote from Chapter Twelve: December 7, 1941:
…Team members not on duty huddled around the radio in the women’s barracks, listening to the Spike
Milligan comedy hour.
…As many women as could fit lounged on the nearest cots, the others sat on the floor with the gunners. Ava adjusted the pillow from her bed against the iron leg of Vera’s cot to cushion the middle of her spine. She’d just got it fixed when the BBC announcer came on.
… “We interrupt this program with an important announcement. The United States and Britain are now at war with the Japanese Empire.”
…All the team members exchanged looks of shock.
… “No, it can’t be,” Vera said, staring at the radio while the announcer continued.
… “At 7:55 this morning, Japan’s long threatened aggression in the Far East began with an air attack on
U.S. Naval bases in the Pacific.
…Fresh reports are coming in every minute from Tokyo that Japan has announced a formal declaration of
war against both the U.S. and Britain.”
…Fear, deep and soul-crushing gripped, Ava that they might lose the war. Then despair hit her. That brought tears she fought to keep from shedding. She’d fought any acknowledgement that England might lose to Germany. But a war with Japan meant they’d have to defend the British colonies in the East. How? Every able-bodied man not an old-age-pensioner was already serving. Manpower was stretched from Europe to the North Atlantic all the way to Northern Africa.
… “How can we fight on four fronts? We can’t,” Vera asked Tommy.
…Tommy was the oldest and most senior team member. All the others naturally went to him for war advice and analysis.
…Ava wasn’t the only one worried about manpower, which was no relief to her at the moment.
… “Steady on, Vera,” Tommy said. “The Canadians and Aussies have been fighting cheek-to-jowl with us from the start. They’re not going anywhere.”
…Ava thought Tommy’s theory wrong this time. Either the Aussies pull their division from Singapore, leaving the British alone to defend it or they pull divisions from the west. “Their forces aren’t that big. They’ll have to split some off. With this attack on Pearl, the Aussies have to be damned twitchy over a possible invasion by Japan.
…I wouldn’t blame them for leaving to protect their homeland.”
It is up to you to read this book “Ack Ack Girl” to find out how everything turns out for the Ack Ack Teams. The characters come to live in your hands, and they are heroic. The Author’s Note at the end of this book is very interesting and the author shares a couple of chapters from her other romance series at the end of this book.
Enjoy all Author Chris Karlsen’s Historical Romance and Historical Romance Suspense Thrillers: Dark Water Series, Knights in Time Series, The Bloodstone Series, and a new single Historical Romance title Choosing Heart or Home (warm-hearted holiday novella). Many of Chris Karlsen’s books have a Spanish and/or Portuguese Edition.
I am looking forward to reading Chris Karlsen’s second book in this Love and War Series.
About The Author: Chris Karlsen is a retired police detective. She spent twenty-five years in law enforcement with two different agencies. The daughter of a history professor and a voracious reader, she grew up with a love of history and books. An internationally published author, Chris, has traveled extensively throughout Europe, the Near East, and North Africa satisfying her need to visit the places she read about. Having spent a great deal of time in England and Turkey, she has used her love of both places as settings for her books.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. From Predictable To Well Researched Medieval Drama!
After Enjoying Heroes Live Forever (Knights in Time Book 1), I naturally turned to Journey in Time (Knights in Time Book 2). In book two we meet Shakira Constantine, beautiful, independent, successful London attorney. When Shakira meets Alex Lancaster (music producer and playboy), their destiny is intertwined when she accepts him as a client, goes against her own ethics, joining him for a weekend at his cottage in the Gloucestershire countryside.
Nothing could prepare these two for the time travel adventure that carries them back to the medieval 13th century. Twists, Turns, humor, danger, romance, and your own emotions will keep you turning the pages, until they return to the 21st century.
Let me bring you into the story (Chapter 18):
…Shakira cracked open one eye. If she was very, very lucky, this would be Alex’s cottage. If she was very, very unlucky, she’d see the walls of an old Keep. Rough cut, honey colored stone confirmed the worst. She closed her eyes and tried to convince herself she still slept, and this was part of a horrible nightmare. She refused to acknowledge the noises that drifted up sounded too authentic for a dream.
…Gates creaked, doors slammed, dogs barked, horses whinnied, geese honked, one after another. Women shouted orders. Young voices answered, followed by the sound of running feet. The sun hadn’t fully appeared on the horizon yet, but castle folk see no reason to be quiet. Their daily life begins when the first bright streaks show themselves.
… “Rocky?” Alex patted her shoulder. “Rocky, we need to get up.”
…Torn, she lay curled and silent. She didn’t want to face waking in 1355, but she definitely didn’t want to believe she dreamt making love to Alex either.”
I invite you to join Shakira (nickname rocky) and Alex (known as Baron Guy Guisard) as they discover how to survive in the 13th medieval century and find their way home. I love this author’s characters and story.
Author Chris Karlsen will frustrate you at times with her flawed human characters. Your emotions will fluctuate, but in the end, Chris knows what is best. There is a must-read Epilogue.
Each book in the series is stand-alone, so you can jump in anytime. The five-book series ‘Knights in Time’ includes Heroes Live Forever (Book 1), Journey in Time (Book 2), Knight Blindness (Book 3), In Time for You (Book 4) and Losing Time Book 5).
Never fear, there are more paranormal, romance, time travel series written by Chris Karlsen (internationally published author). Chris has traveled extensively throughout Europe, the Near East, and North Africa, satisfying her need to visit places she read about. Having spent a great deal of time in England and France, she used her love of both places as settings for her Knights in Time series.
About The Author: Chris Karlsen is a retired police detective. She spent twenty-five years in law enforcement with two different agencies. The daughter of a history professor and a voracious reader, she grew up with a love of history and books. An internationally published author, Chris has traveled extensively throughout Europe, the Near East, and North Africa satisfying her need to visit the places she read about. Having spent a great deal of time in England and Turkey, she has used her love of both places as settings for her books.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Romantic dilemma between a young woman and ghost from the 1300’s.
Author Chris Karlsen is one of my favorite story tellers. Her creative mind takes history, time, characters, and story line to a place few have travelled. As a fan of the paranormal, Chris captures my imagination and leaves me wanting more.
In Heroes Live Forever (Knights in Time series book 1), we meet Elinor Hawthorne, a remarkable young schoolteacher. She has who has just inherited Badger Hollow Manor in Norfolk, England (1980), from her grandmother. Elinor has a no-nonsense attitude about ghosts; when she meets and has to share living space with two medieval knights killed in the 1300’s.
Ladies: If you were to fall in your home, would you prefer to fall into the strong arms of a strong, handsome, ghost knight, or just hit the floor? Elinor’s experience begins an amazing friendship, love story, fantasy, and time travel adventure, you will not want to miss.
The first part of this story will touch your heart and even bring you sadness. The second part of this book will give you a renewed sense of destiny and timeless love.
The dilemma is between flesh and spirit. Let me bring you into a conversation these two medieval ghost knights, Basil Mandeville and Guy Guiscard are having in Chapter 15.
…After Elinor left that evening, the knights rode to the castle ruins. Neither spoke until they reached the parapet.
…Guy propped himself against the wall and stretched his long legs out in front of him. The night breeze blew leaves over the stones and across where he lay.
…Basil stood, elbows on a crenel and where he had a view of Elinor’s house bathed in the moonlight.
…Guy tilted his head back and closed his eyes. “Do you want to talk about that scene you made over the butcher’s flowers?”
… “I have no idea what you’re talking about.”
… “Don’t be evasive. It ill suits you. You’re jealous, although, I cannot fathom why you’d be so upset over
a silly gift from some tradesman.”
… “That is ridiculous. I have never been jealous in my life.”
… “If you were cut right now, you’d bleed green. It certainly wasn’t your aesthetic sense that was offended by her display of roses. Admit it, you’re smitten with her.” Guy cracked one eye open and peered at Basil.
… “You’re trying to irritate me.”
…True, he was fond of Elinor, too fond. He enjoyed being with her more than he cared to say, even to Guy.
…However, jealousy was too preposterous to entertain seriously.
… “I will grant I like her very much, but so do you, do you not?” Basil said.
…Guy shifted so they faced each other. “Yes, I like her, enough to wish I’d met her a long, long time ago.” The unexpected confession got Basil’s attention. “Elinor has none of the brittleness I’ve known in many women. She’s a warm, witty, comely lady. She’s also flesh and blood.”
…Uncomfortable under his friend’s scrutiny, Basil turned away and focused on the house again. “Is there a point to this discussion?”
… “She’s a flesh and blood woman with visions for her future.” Guy rose and joined Basil. “You are but a vision of a past flesh and blood man.” He laid his hand on Basil’s shoulder, “Make sure it’s enough for her my friend.” Guy walked away, leaving Basil alone with his thoughts.
Can Basil Manneville compete with Elinor’s human admirer?
I invite you to read Heroes Live Forever (Knights in Time series book 1), then turn your attention as I will, to Journey in Time (Knights in Time series book 2) by Chris Karlsen. An internationally published author, Chris has traveled extensively throughout Europe, the Near East, and North Africa, satisfying her need to visit places she read about. Having spent a great deal of time in England and France, she used her love of both places as settings for her Knights in Time (5 book) series.
About The Author: Chris Karlsen is a retired police detective. She spent twenty-five years in law enforcement with two different agencies. The daughter of a history professor and a voracious reader, she grew up with a love of history and books.
An internationally published author, Chris, has traveled extensively throughout Europe, the Near East, and North Africa satisfying her need to visit the places she read about. Having spent a great deal of time in England and Turkey, she has used her love of both places as settings for her books. “Heroes Live Forever,” which is her debut book, is set in England as is the sequel, “Journey in Time,” the third is “Knight Blindness.” They are part of her Knights in Time series. All three are available as a boxed set on Kindle. She is currently working on the fourth in the “Knights in Time,” series.
Her Bloodstone Series includes Silk, Snifter of Death, A Venomous Love, and now Killer Friends. Choosing Heart or Home is Christmas novella Holiday Selection: Choosing Home or Heart (this is a Christmas story where my Victorian detective from the series, Rudyard Bloodstone, goes home to Wales for the holidays and to introduce his lady love to his family. No murder, just a warm-hearted holiday novella).
The second instalment in the fun and exciting Magic Islands fantasy-adventure series for younger children picks up where A Spooky Wish left off – and an even more important environmental message.
Far off the coast of Wales are the mysterious, legendary Magic Islands. Once hidden and inaccessible by the treacherous seas surrounding them, the curse of the Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monsters has now been lifted by Ambrosious, Wizard of the Magic Forest. Now Cyclops leader Domadron is worried that people will come; they will bring their pollution and ruin the beautiful seas he calls home.
But an even bigger threat is brewing, out in the cosmos!
For, exiled into space for their wicked deeds on the Magic Islands, the evil Purple Wizards, and their boss Izzy Odorous are up to their usual evil scheming. And this time their actions threaten the whole of Planet Earth! Because, in their vengeance against Ambrosious and his friends Megan and Stefan, they’ve ended up creating an environmental catastrophe! Can enemies and friends alike put differences aside to stop them?
Chaos in the Cosmos is a fantasy narrative for children aged between 8 to 12 years.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Fun, Educational Action Adventure for Kids 8-12!
Chaos In The Cosmos (Magic Island Story) is book two in the Magic Island series. In this wonderful learning adventure, Author Irene Edwards uses the fun and games of the Purple Wizard to bring children back to the Magic Islands. As we learned in book one Magic Island, somewhere along the coast of Wales, there once existed a small group of islands. They were mysterious islands, often believed to be magical islands.
Your child will enjoy the familiar characters Stefan and Megan, if he or she has read Magic Islands. Some of the chapter titles include Hook Eyed Monsters, The Spacecraft, Landing on Mars, Morning on the Red Planet, Volcano Olympus Mons, Let’s Explore the Underworld, Domadron, and the Cyclops, The Golden Puddle, Merlin’s Cave, The Red Wizards Tower, A Hiding Place, and Believe It or Not to name a few.
The Story Begins:” The story begins when the “Magic” happens, and the Purple Wizards are sent spinning from the Magic Islands to the Red Planet, Mars, where they experience a Space adventure on the mystic planet and its hidden Underworld.
…In order to escape from the Underworld and from Planet Mars, Izzy Odorous and his gang of Purple Wizards are faced with having to regain their own powerful magical strengths. With newly regained powers, they mischievously venture out on a magical mystery tour and later threaten danger to the well-being of the entire Planet Earth.
…Scratchit is the much feared, adorable, baby Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monster, who creates havoc by way of his very own busy magical mischief, as he whisks the children, Stefan, and Megan, on a terrifying journey to the Magic Islands.
…But when the children are confronted with the impending perils of global warming, they are also faced with having to help the magical inhabitants of the Magic Islands in their fight for survival during a rapidly changing climatic crisis.
Let me bring you into the story here:
… “Cheer up, Megan. Let’s get away from these sand dunes and shelter somewhere cool, such as the caves,” Stefan said briskly.
…How could she feel cheerful? She stood up and trailed after Stefan as he headed for the caves at the Land of Rocks.
… “Do you think the caves will be a safe place for us?” Megan frowned. “They can’t be. Some of the rocks on the coast are tumbling into the sea?”
… “Perhaps they may be safe enough, but I’m not really sure. At least the caves will offer shelter from the sun. I feel so cross with Scratchit today. The silly little Cyclops has brought us here and dumped us on these islands,” Stefan mumbled in annoyance.
… “But, I’m seriously worried, Stefan.” Megan sighed in despair, “What if…we really are alone on these Magic Islands, and there is no one here, to help magic us back to Wales? What if…there is no food for us to eat… or fresh water to drink, and we dehydrate?
…What if…the Magic Islands flood over?
…What if…?”
My Thoughts: Author Irene Edwards teaches children about planet earth and the cosmos in this fun, adventurous, action-adventure, using words and beautiful hand-drawn illustrations.
Children eight to twelve will enjoy reading with an adult or alone. This book will make a great gift, bed-time story, library book, or a summer reading adventure.
The author’s desire to educate children and adults about the preservation of our planet shines through in her books. Irene provides educational guides, free worksheets for classroom and group discussions. (cgofwales.co.uk)
About Irene Edwards: Irene Edwards is a retired teacher who now writes fantasy fiction for children. As an educator, she taught Primary level in many parts of the UK; London, Essex, Coventry, Midlands, Cardiff, Port Talbot, Swansea and Carmarthenshire. She then qualified as a Teacher of the Deaf at The Lady Spencer Churchill College, Oxford, working at first within unit settings and later moving to peripatetic, for schools and clinics. Knowing how important literature and language was to the structure of speech and language development, on retirement she began to research into the imaginary minds of children and their world of literature and writing. To find out more visit: https://cgofwales.co.uk/
Nikki Garcia, a private investigator, escapes to Spain with Eduardo, her fiancé, after a death threat on her last assignment. She puts the past behind her and turns the trip to Barcelona into her destination wedding.
A week later, Nikki and the love of her life find themselves caught up in a terrorist attack at one of the city’s major tourist attractions. As events unravel, Nikki discovers she is being stalked. Worse yet, she may have been the target of the deadly bombing.
The newlyweds must navigate behind Spain’s legal and law enforcement systems to uncover the sinister person threatening Nikki.
Weaving their way through Barcelona to get facts, Nikki and Eduardo further endanger their lives upon discovering a series of suspects, from flamenco dancers to foreign nationals. Will they be able to locate the would-be assassin and outsmart him before it’s too late?
Awards: Revenge in Barcelona – Silver Winner, Mystery/Thriller, Reader Views, 2019-2020. Finalist in the 2020 Eric Hoffer Book Awards. Finalist in the Next Generation Book Awards for 2020. Also, recently announced as a finalist in the Latino Books into Movies Latino Themed TV Series 2021.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor at Book Marketing Global Network: Exciting Mystery Crime Thriller!
I am positive that Author Kathryn Lane’s career as an International Finance Executive and her extensive knowledge with Latin American culture, brought Nikki Garcia (main character) to life in this exciting mystery crime thriller.
Kathryn educates her readers in the regular and famous places in Barcelona, Arabic words and phrases, Romani words, and Spanish/Catalan words and phrases. Her extensive list of characters (in the beginning of the novel) will help you relate early as the story unfolds.
Once you begin, you will not put this well written, fast paced mystery down. Chapter one begins at the airport baggage claim in Barcelona Spain. From the start, Nikki Garcia draws you into her situation and her romantic relationship with her fiancé, Eduardo Duarte, who is a Colombian citizen and medical doctor.
Let me bring you into Nikki’s secret investigation in Chapter 30. Nikki is at the Barcelona Majestic Hotel.
… “Attired in a housekeeper’s uniform and long black wig, Nikki looked in the mirror to make certain she had not left telltale streaks in the makeup that darkened her face and arms. Slipping on a set of glasses with heavy dark frames and lightly shaded lenses Floyd had provided as part of her disguise, she found they sat heavy on the bridge of her nose. Yet they further transformed her appearance, so she kept them on. Her last step included tucking the special mobile phone Floyd had provided into her apron pocket.
…Eduardo, in his maintenance coverall, had been watching Nikki. He called Floyd. “We’re ready.”
… “All clear.” Nikki could just make out Floyd’s voice over the phone. “I’ll meet you at the service elevator.”
… “Roger, roger,” Eduardo responded.
… “Roger?” Nikki repeated, chuckling as they walked toward the service elevator in the hallway where the emergency stairwell was also located.
… “Where did you learn that?”
… “Floyd. He said pilots and short-wave radio operators use it.”
… “Your accent makes it sound sexy,” Nikki said.
…They stepped out of the elevator into the plain service hallway, Nikki pushing the housekeeping cart. Floyd opened the door to the richly carpeted hall that guests used and checked for people. When he saw no one, he motioned them through. He would serve as lookout in the hallway near the door to the emergency stairs.
…Nikki used the passkey to open the door. With trepidation, she stepped into a dim foyer and pulled the cart in behind her. Without turning a light on, she continued into a living room. She stopped cold when she heard shrieking.
…An angry cat?”
…It is at this point that I will let you discover for yourself, what is making that awful sound and how much danger they might be in?
Author Kathryn Lane has also written ‘Waking Up in Medellin’ (Book One In The Nikki Garcia Thriller Series), ‘Coyote Zone’ (Book Two In The Nikki Garcia Thriller Series), ‘Revenge In Barcelona’ (Book Three In The Nikki Garcia Thriller Series) and a short story collection titled ‘Backyard Volcano: And Other Mysteries Of The Heart’.
Author Kathryn Lane: Located In Texas & The Mountains Of Northern New Mexico.
About The Author: Kathryn Lane, award-winning author of the Nikki Garcia Mystery Series, sets her novels and short stories in foreign countries and exotic places.
Kathryn credits her imagination to growing up in Mexico, a country which was rich in storytelling and steeped in cultural traditions. Her creativity was first expressed by painting in oils and when reality of earning a living set in, she studied accounting and finance, and joined a multinational corporation where she attained her dream job of traveling abroad.
After two decades in the corporate world and having visited over 90 countries, Kathryn left to fulfill a second dream – writing mystery and suspense novels.
Fans of strong female protagonists and suspenseful stories are likely to enjoy Kathryn’s work. The Nikki Garcia thrillers include:
Waking Up in Medellin – named Best Fiction Book of the Year 2017 by Killer Nashville. Also available in Spanish edition “Despertando en Medellin”. Recently announced as a finalist in the Latino Books into Movies Latino Themed TV Series 2021. Also available in Audio.
Danger in the Coyote Zone – first place winner in the Action/Adventure category in Latino Books into Movies 2018. It was also a finalist in the Thriller category at Killer Nashville 2018.
Revenge in Barcelona – Silver Winner, Mystery/Thriller, Reader Views, 2019-2020. Finalist in the 2020 Eric Hoffer Book Awards. Finalist in the Next Generation Book Awards for 2020. Also, recently announced as a finalist in the Latino Books into Movies Latino Themed TV Series 2021.
Missing in Miami – Winner, 2022 International Latino Book Awards, Best eBook Fiction.
Stolen Diary – is Kathryn’s the latest release. A stand-alone novel, explores the challenges a gifted child, who is also on the autism spectrum, must face growing up with a disengaged mother who cannot relate to her, and a doting grandfather who encourages her genius.
Kathryn’s short story collection, Backyard Volcano and Other Mysteries of the Heart, was named Best Short Story Collection 2018 by Killer Nashville.
Kathryn and her husband, Bob Hurt, split their time between Texas and the mountains of northern New Mexico.
This is an eclectic short story collection of six stories.
Sometimes the things we wish for in life are not always what they seem. We have good times and bad but try to make the best of it all. There are occasions when we make wishes without thinking.
Like the saying goes, ‘Be careful what you wish for.’ While other times, things work out for the better, much to our surprise.
This collection will make you think about the next time you make a wish.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. I loved this short story collection. This book will cause you to be more mindful when making a wish. Each short story gave me the opportunity to reflect on life, friendships, relationships, the world around us and the supernatural. Let me share my impressions:
THE HOMESTEAD: After 30 + years, Calvin and Amelia had earned the right to retire. They longed to leave the big city and find a peaceful place to live out their lives in safety on a land they could call their own. They didn’t expect this!
A TEEN’S LIFE: Marcus was on a downward spiral. His life, his school, and saw no hope for his future. Everything would change when he met Zeus. A wish can be granted in the strangest of ways.
THE MAGICAL PEBBLE: Shiloh was the oldest at sixteen. Her twin brothers were ten and her sister was eight. Circumstances had forced Shiloh to become the sole bread winner of the family. One day, while walking to work, a pebble got lodged in a hole in one of her worn-out shoes. Sometimes hardship can spring with unexpected blessings.
ONE MORE CHANCE: Gregory had been in the Army and served in Afghanistan. Homeless, dirty, and bedraggled, he secretly wondered if someone would give him one more chance. Sometimes things happen in life that can’t be explained but they give you the chance to begin again.
THE ROAD TO NOWHERE: Newlyweds, Roman and Meara left their unexpected, broken-down car and started walking. The more they walked, the more things changed. This is what they had always wished for – an adventure before beginning a life together. They promised to be together always no matter what happened. They never expected this!
ONE MISTAKE: Hope had to put her big news on the back burner as she and her mother spent the rest of the afternoon preparing for her sister Esme’s surprise birthday party. Esme was staying at her best friend’s house until her mother called and told her to come home. An unexpected call changed the course of their day. Sometimes we make one mistake in life that can change everything!
This is Janice (J.E.) Spina’s 50th book. She has published two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls which is enjoyed by both boys and girls, and a fantasy series for young adults. She has published twenty-three stories for young children. I encourage you to purchase Janice Spina’s books for Young Adults (18 and Up), teens and children of all ages.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. HMM I Wonder… Reviewed in the United States on September 21, 2025. These Wishes stories really make you go, “What just happened?” After reading these stories you will really be careful about what you wish for. Janice really knows how to get in your head & make you think about what you wish for.
Product Details: Print Length: 91 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina Publication Date: September 18, 2025 Language: English ISBN-13: 979-8987464670 Fiction: Religious Short Stories Fiction: Short Stories Anthologies Fiction: Short Stories (Books)
This is Book 1 of a fantasy series that will have six books in all. In this book, learn about the three children of King Gateskin and his wife, Queen Solinara. The children have had powers since they were quite young.
Serena was three years old when she learned of her power to move objects with her mind. Her brother, Simon, can fly and their sister, Catalina, can become invisible or blend into her surroundings. They live with their parents in Sovorotskina, the Land of Light.
With these powers comes responsibility. The children must try to use their powers for the common good and responsibly to help others. The three children befriend a Sprite named Spindle who accompanies them on their adventure. Along the way they meet up with their aunt and uncle, their mother’s brother and his wife, Wizard Hotenfaran and Fairy Procelina. The group must travel into the evil land of Parotovina, Land of Darkness, to save King Gateskin, who was kidnapped, and rescue some of the descendants of their friends and fellow Sovorotskinans who were captured and taken by the Evil Ones. These descendants have been waiting a long time to be free to return to the villages of their ancestors.
The children have many trials and adventures along the way. Will they be able to rescue their father and fellow Sovorotskinans without endangering their own lives? Will the evil King Kaposkaran and his Queen Beregina stop Serena and her siblings from being successful or will they turn Serena and her siblings to their dark ways?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. With Powers Comes Responsibility!
‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’ is book one of six planned in the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’. Award-winning Author, Janice Spina, is writing this fantasy series for ages 13-17, but I can attest to the fact, adults will enjoy it too.
Serena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. With these powers comes responsibility.
Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The other villages are Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), Amora (Land of Faith & Love), and Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness).
I think to understand the story you must understand the ‘Votovians’. The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovian children were taught these five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. They used rhymes and simple language so that the youngest children could understand the rules.
Rule#1: Never use your powers to hurt anyone (not even to injure, move or hurt even flowers).
Rule#2: Help your fellow villagers out in any way you can.
Rule#3: Always band together for the common good.
Rule#4: Above all, protect the children. If danger comes, fast we will flee, and stay together using our powers only in an emergency.
Rule#5: Powers are to be used in emergency situations if agreed upon only by the governing council with final approval of the King and Queen of Votovia.
The Votovians were all hoping they would never have to use their powers. Their powers collectively were so strong they could destroy everyone in their path. They were a peace-loving people, and this did not come easy for them, but they would do whatever they had to do to protect their children and the children of their friends in Sovorotskina and any of the other neighboring villages.
I will let you discover on your own ‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’. I highly recommend Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1. Author Janice Spina always has valuable lessons in her storylines, which make her stories true ‘Jems’. Janice has written 19 children’s books and has multiple series, for ages 10 and up.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars: Pure magic! Reviewed in the United States on December 29, 2021. Kings and Queens, Fairies and Sprites! This story has it all. Follow the King and Queen of the Land of Goodness and Light along with their amazing children, who are coming into powers of their own. They set out with their followers and some tenacious little sprites determined to rescue the Taken Ones from the land of Parotovina and it’s evil king. Their skills and powers come into action during their difficult quest. The author left us with a cliff hanger for the much-anticipated book 2! An enjoyable read for all ages.
Reviews by Canadian Reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved the story. Reviewed in the United States on September 27, 2021. I loved The Legend of the Taken Ones by Janice Spina. It is the first book in the Gateskin Chronicles and follows the adventures of the three children of King Gateskin and his wife, Queen Solinara. This is a fantasy book so of course one of the children can fly while another has what was once known as a cloak of invisibility. Not to be outdone the third child can move objects with her mind with some form of telekinesis.
I haven’t read a fantasy book since I was a child myself, which feels like a very long time ago. But I was pleasantly surprised by how easily Spina’s writing brought me into her fantasy world. And how much I enjoyed being there. I am looking forward to more adventures in this series as I travel along with the children through Sovorotskina, the Land of Light and other magical places.
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, Fairies, Sprites, and Adventure. Reviewed in the United States on September 11, 2021. The Taken are the children of the Provence of Noella who have been missing from their homes for many, many years. They were captured by the Parotovinans to be raised under the evil king wizard. Now, King Gateskin of Sovorotskina, Land of Goodness and Light, through his wizardry learns that the Evil Ones are planning to capture the children of the Provence of Noella once again. With the help of his children, a tree sprite named Spindle, wizards, and fairies, King Gateskin goes to Parotovina to gain release of the Taken Ones. Along the way they will encounter dangerous situations.
Those who enjoy stories of wizards, fairies, sprites, and adventure will find this un-put-downable! This is not my normal genre, but I was mesmerized. The characters are beautifully detailed, and the plot is captivating. The Legend of the Taken Ones: Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1 is a five-star book! The author gave me an ARC and I have given my honest review.
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, fairies, and sprites, oh my! Reviewed in the United States on September 5, 2021. If you are fascinated by the wizards, fairies, and little creatures who engage in battles of good versus evil, you will LOVE The Legend of the Taken Ones (Gateskin chronicles, Book 1). It has all of these and more. I quickly became engrossed in this enchanting story about King Gateskin, his family, and subjects, as they set out to rescue children who had previously been kidnapped by the evil king of Pantovina. The book is filled with memorable characters and suspenseful situations. It definitely cast a “spell” on me that kept me absorbed until the very last page! Can’t wait for the next episode of the Gateskin Chronicles!
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Very fun Wizard & Fairy book. Reviewed in the United States on September 6, 2021. An awesome series starter that introduces King Gateskin, Queen Solinara & their 3 children: Serena, Simon & Catalina. They All are very powerful Wizards & Fairies in their own right & must help their parents defend their home & surrounding lands from evil King Kaposkaran and his Queen Beregina. The cliffhanger at the end leads perfectly into book #2.
Product Details: Print Length: 500 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina; 1st Edition (August 28, 2021) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
The adventures continue in this edition of Gateskin Chronicles. Many new characters and creatures are introduced. Spells abound with magic all around. Many visitors come to Sovorotskina looking for asylum from the evil King Kaposkaran of Parotovina. Will King Gateskin accept them all or even be able to trust them not to be spies for the evil King?
Serena uses her powers to assist when wolves come their way. Other creatures are also about and threaten the safety of the village.
Kaposkaran finds himself in trouble when his village is attacked by creatures. Will he turn to Gateskin for help? If he does, what will Gateskin do?
There is a spy about in Sovorotskina. Will the spy be discovered and somehow stopped from undermining the magic of King Gateskin and his family?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Equally Enchanting As The Harry Potter Series.
‘THE UNKNOWN TERRITORY’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 2) continues from ‘The Legend of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 1). The Gateskin Chronicles can be read out of succession, but you will not want to miss any of this exciting, magical, fantasy series.
I believe ages 13+ will enjoy this series, as Award-winning author, Janice Spina has an amazing way of telling the story and capturing the attention and imagination of her readers. ‘The Unknown Territory’ takes you to the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE, which is made up of six villages, with the Sea of Shakelle off the southern borders. New characters, new creatures, new dangers, and new spells abound.
This book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds.King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light), Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), and Amora (Land of Faith & Love), all had reason to fear Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness). I decided to share this quote so you will understand the true danger that exists for the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE.
…King Gateskin created a Channel Spell to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed. Once he had all the rulers of the villages virtually in his Meeting Room, he called the meeting to order.
…He explained what had happened in the Village of Parotovina and the dangers they faced from the roaming Catlings.
… “We need to help Parotovina. I know all of you have had unfavorable treatment by King Kaposkaran and his guards, and so have I. But we cannot let these people suffer like this. We have to do something.”
… “Will we have to use dark magic to take out these creatures, King Gateskin?” King Cavelan asked.
… “Never! We have to try something else. Please let’s use first names only here. We are all rulers and don’t need to use the pomp and circumstance in these serious times.”
… “I agree, Gateskin,” Cavelan said.
…Noderan of the Village of Amora asked, “Do you have something in mind, Gateskin?”
… “Well, I think I can come up with a few spells with the help of all of you and my Wizards. Please let me introduce you to the former Parotovinan Wizards.”
…Gateskin spread his hands across the table and pointed out the four Wizards to the rulers. They all nodded and waited for more information about what they would be doing.
It is up to you to discover. Who is the spy in Sovorotskina? Will the spy be discovered and somehow stopped from undermining the magic of King Gateskin and his family?
‘The Gateskin Chronicles’ will take you on a magical journey, equally enchanting as the Harry Potter series. Once you begin, you will anxiously wait for the next book to be released.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Pure magic! Reviewed in the United States on December 29, 2021. Kings and Queens, Fairies and Sprites! This story has it all. Follow the King and Queen of the Land of Goodness and Light along with their amazing children, who are coming into powers of their own. They set out with their followers and some tenacious little sprites determined to rescue the Taken Ones from the land of Parotovina and its evil king. Their skills and powers come into action during their difficult quest. The author left us with a cliff hanger for the much-anticipated book 2! An enjoyable read for all ages.
Review by Canadian Reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved the story. Reviewed in the United States on September 27, 2021. I loved The Legend of the Taken Ones by Janice Spina. It is the first book in the Gateskin Chronicles and follows the adventures of the three children of King Gateskin and his wife, Queen Solinara. This is a fantasy book so of course one of the children can fly while another has what was once known as a cloak of invisibility. Not to be outdone the third child can move objects with her mind with some form of telekinesis.
I haven’t read a fantasy book since I was a child myself, which feels like a very long time ago. But I was pleasantly surprised by how easily Spina’s writing brought me into her fantasy world. And how much I enjoyed being there. I am looking forward to more adventures in this series as I travel along with the children through Sovorotskina, the Land of Light and other magical places.
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, Fairies, Sprites, and Adventure. Reviewed in the United States on September 11, 2021. The Taken are the children of the Provence of Noella who have been missing from their homes for many, many years. They were captured by the Parotovinans to be raised under the evil king wizard. Now, King Gateskin of Sovorotskina, Land of Goodness and Light, through his wizardry learns that the Evil Ones are planning to capture the children of the Provence of Noella once again. With the help of his children, a tree sprite named Spindle, wizards, and fairies, King Gateskin goes to Parotovina to gain release of the Taken Ones. Along the way they will encounter dangerous situations.
Those who enjoy stories of wizards, fairies, sprites, and adventure will find this un-put-downable! This is not my normal genre, but I was mesmerized. The characters are beautifully detailed, and the plot is captivating. The Legend of the Taken Ones: Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1 is a five-star book! The author gave me an ARC and I have given my honest review.
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, fairies, and sprites, oh my! Reviewed in the United States on September 5, 2021. If you are fascinated by the wizards, fairies, and little creatures who engage in battles of good versus evil, you will LOVE The Legend of the Taken Ones (Gateskin chronicles, Book 1). It has all of these and more. I quickly became engrossed in this enchanting story about King Gateskin, his family, and subjects, as they set out to rescue children who had previously been kidnapped by the evil king of Pantovina. The book is filled with memorable characters and suspenseful situations. It definitely cast a “spell” on me that kept me absorbed until the very last page! Can’t wait for the next episode of the Gateskin Chronicles!
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Very fun Wizard & Fairy book. Reviewed in the United States on September 6, 2021. An awesome series starter that introduces King Gateskin, Queen Solinara & their 3 children: Serena, Simon & Catalina. They All are very powerful Wizards & Fairies in their own right & must help their parents defend their home & surrounding lands from evil King Kaposkaran and his Queen Beregina. The cliffhanger at the end leads perfectly into book #2.
From The Author: This series began many years ago in 2009. A spark was created, and my muse worked overtime to create two books simultaneously – historical fiction and this fantasy series book 1. Once I began writing the story flowed and continued into book 2.
This isn’t my favorite genre, but my muse seems to like it and keeps coming up with new ideas for the next book. It was fun coming up with strange and complicated names for these characters, creatures, lands, and spells. Sometimes I have no idea where they come from. All I know is that they pop into my head when I need one.
Watch for books 3-6 coming over the next few years. They are epic stories with hundreds of pages. Each book grows larger than the previous one. I hope you enjoy this fantasy series and forget your troubles and fly away with Gateskin Chronicles.
Product Details: Paperback: 615 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (July 1, 2022) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
King Gateskin must be vigilant to protect his land and people when another creature threatens to cause harm. He fears for his land when visitors come asking about the lost Medallion which he knows is still buried somewhere in his village of Sovorotskina.
Some of these visitors from a far-off island come in peace while another threatens the safety of Noella Province with her Dark Magic. The King must enlist all the help he can muster to protect not only his village but all of Noella Province from peril.
King Kaposkaran of Parotovina once again is a nuisance rather than a help to the other rulers of the lands in the province. He is only concerned about his own problems. Will King Kaposkaran be a hindrance or a way for the evil to enter Noella Province once again? Will King Gateskin be able to conjure up enough magic to save them all?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. The Search For The Medallion Puts Every Villager In Danger Of Dark Magic!
‘SEARCH FOR THE MEDALLION’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) continues in this exciting, magical, fantasy series for ages 13-17+. Readers will find the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’. The ‘Characters List’ in each book helps because the author brings in new characters.
Book three finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
“Gateskin rounded up every villager who had any kind of power and then stopped by to see Spindle and Mitteran to explain what needed to be done. “You are to oversee the digging and search for the Medallion. Meet the villagers who are coming from the other lands to help and get them started in plots assigned on the map.” Gateskin handed the map to them. “I will be meeting in my conference room with my Wizards and others who I will be sending your way soon.”
The two head guards nodded and flew to the site marked on the map.
The King then led the villagers with powers to his home and seated everyone before beginning his instructions. He had also summoned his Wizards to come right away. They were there in a split second after his summons and stood along the side of the conference room walls until needed.
Gateskin gazed at all the people who were gathered there and sighed. “There is much to be done. We must find the Medallion before a person from the island of Dragonaria finds it and uses it to increase her Dark Magic.”
Can King Gateskin and his search party find the Medallion?
Can enough magic be conjured up to save Sovorotskina and all the other villages?
Make sure to read Gateskin Chronicles Book One through Three of this series, so you will be ready for even more adventure, magic and fantasy coming in book four. Check out all the ‘Jems Books’ (for all ages) by Author Janice Spina.
Review by Jjspina: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A fantasy adventure that is an epic tale! Reviewed in the United States on May 25, 2024. Verified Purchase. This epic series is a fantasy adventure that will keep readers engrossed as new characters, unusual creatures especially colorful dragons are introduced with plenty of magic, mayhem and surprises. Will the evil forces be able to overtake the powerful King Wizard Gateskin in Noella Province? Gateskin is continually tested in this book.
I thoroughly enjoyed the addition of the dragons to this series. I look forward to more exciting adventures to come!
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Mysteries Abound in Sovorotskina. Reviewed in the United States on May 16, 2024. I’ve read many books by Janice Spina, and though I’m not usually a fan of series and prefer stand-alone books, the Gateskin Chronicles have me hooked. I anxiously await each book in the series to discover what mysterious happenings are in store for King Gateskin, his wife, Queen Solinara, and their three children in the Land of Goodness and Light, otherwise known as Sovorotskina in Noella Province.
All the characters have very unusual names, just as the various Kingdoms do. What I loved about Search For the Medallion, as well as the other books in the series, are the imaginative names for everyone and everything, the conjuring up of creatures, and fantastic talking dragons, and the spells that are cast. Even the children have powers. There are both good and evil characters and creatures with powers to do harm or good. The author’s creativity is nothing short of amazing.
Though the Gateskin Chronicles are intended for the 13-17-year-old audience, I can attest that adults will also enjoy them.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. New visitors to the village of Sovorotskina. Reviewed in the United States on May 14, 2024. Once again King Kaposkaran of Parotovina & his wife are being nuisances again to King Gateskin & his village. While King Gateskin tries to deal with this, new visitors come to Gateskin’s village out of curiosity. They became a big help when the Catkins were getting out of control. Toss in someone with Dark Magic trying to get her hands on the Medallion, & poor King Gateskin & his family really have their hands full trying to restore order. The cliffhanger at the end makes a great lead-in for the next Book! What a wonderful, fun book! Exited for the next book in this series.
Product Details: Paperback: 600 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (May 15, 2024) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
The adventures continue with dragons, creatures, and more magic. The Medallion is uncovered and something else is discovered that may have escaped from this box.
There will be more difficulties with the Quintaroons who plan something unexpected. Spindle, King Gateskin’s Head Guard, has his work cut out for him when he must keep an eye on not only the Quintaroons but also King Kaposkaran who is up to his usual evil deeds. Also, the dragons and their mistresses have returned with problems of their own on Dragonaria that will test even the power of King Gateskin.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.The Dragon Ladies Are Back and Danger Is Coming To Sovorotskina!
This fantasy series is written primarily for ages 13-17, but adults who are young are heart, are also enjoying the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’ by Janice Spina. I find this series to be equally, if not more enchanting, as the ‘Harry Potter’ series. Don’t forget to study the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’ and the ‘Characters List’ in each book, because the author brings in new characters.
Let’s recap and move forward: In ‘The Legend Of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book One) we meetSerena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovians were peace-loving people, but they had the power to do whatever they had to do to protect their children and neighboring villages. Because of their powers, their children were taught five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. These rules would guide their lives and teach them “with powers comes responsibility”.
In ‘The Unknown Territory’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book Two) the book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds.King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. King Gateskin created a ‘Channel Spell’ to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed.
In ‘Search For The Medallion’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
Now, the ‘Return Of The Dragons’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 4) is finally here, the adventures with dragons, creatures, and more magic continue. King Gateskin is on alert when Spindle (his head guard) sends him a message through his mind that the dragon ladies are back. That’s not all. Things are brewing in Parotovina and King Kaposkaran is up to no good. The Sprites gather high in the treetops and sing. Their songs ring through the forest as a warning to all that danger is coming to Sovorotskina. King Gateskin is preparing for the problems ahead. He knows his training of the dragons is in danger, but that is not all. Enjoy this book and stay tuned for book five in this series!
Product Details: Book 4 of 4: Gateskin Chronicles Print Length: 492 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina Publication Date: July 25, 2025 John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
Family and Friends: Tales for Children by Janice Spina.
Chapter Book With Six Stories For Children Ages 5-8 Or Younger.
This is a children’s book with six stories for ages 5-8. Each story is a stand-alone story. Children will read about two little sisters, two young boys, a boy and a toad, rabbits, a bluebird, and a mouse and a piece of cheese.
They are feel-good stories that children will want to read again and again. One story will make children laugh out loud while others will teach them important life lessons about kindness to others, friends and family matter, believe in yourself, and you can do anything if you just try.
Editorial Reviews: Family and friends is a chapter book with six stories written in rhyme with life lessons for children ages 5-8 or younger. These stories will delight and engage children with the rhythmic verses and colorful illustrations. Children will learn important life lessons and the value of family and friends and want to read these stories again and again.
From The Author: This book is dedicated to two little girls I met while dining at a local restaurant. They captured my heart when I spoke with them. When I saw one crying I offered them a book mark. It stopped the tears as they listened to me tell them that I would write a story just for them if they like to read. They answered, ‘Yes.’ The first story is for them.
All the other stories are for children everywhere who have ever had trouble with bullies, needed a friend, wanted to be accepted, and those who wanted to succeed but were afraid to do so.
From The Back Cover: This is a children’s book with six stories for ages 5-8. Each story is a stand-alone story. Children will read about two little sisters, two young boys, a boy and a toad, rabbits, a bluebird, and a mouse and a piece of cheese.
They are feel-good stories that children will want to read again and again. One story will make children laugh out loud while others will teach them important life lessons about kindness to others, friends and family matter, believe in yourself, and you can do anything if you just try.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.
Award Winning Author Janice Spina shares the importance of family and friends for children of all ages. What impressed me was her dedication to the two little girls that she met, who love to read, so she promised to write them a new book about friends. She dedicates all her ‘Jembooks’ to children who love to read and the parents/grandparents who take the time to enjoy books with the children in their lives.
Beautiful Book Cover Design and one illustration at the beginning of each Chapter by John Spina (Illustrator). I encourage you to purchase this book and all the ‘Jembooks’ for your children, grandchildren, classrooms, libraries and all the places where children and parents gather.
I quote a snippet about each chapter:
AMELIA AND CASSANDRA: SISTERS AND FRIENDS: This story was dedicated to two little girls I met while dining at a local restaurant. They were so adorable when I interacted with them. I promised to write a story just for them to share since they told me they love to read. I hope they enjoy this story.
MATEO AND EIDEN: This story was written for all young boys who have ever been bullied. A true friend is someone who stands by you in good times and in bad. Stay strong and don’t let others put you down.
A BOY AND A TOAD: This was written for all young boys who love toads. Being kind to animals is what we all must do. Also, friends can be whatever you choose whether an animal or a human.
RABBITS IN THE WOODS: Family must always stick together in good times and in bad. Watch over your family and keep them safe.
THE SAD BLUEBIRD: This story was written for anyone who sees someone in need. It’s important to always be kind even to those who are not kind in return. They may become kinder in the end.
THE MOUSE AND THE TASTY BUT SMELLY CHEESE: This was written for anyone who has tried to succeed and failed. We must always pick ourselves up again and keep trying as this little mouse did even if the cheese is smelly. I hope readers had a good laugh over this as you read the cadence with tasty but smelly cheese. I did as I wrote it!
Janice Spina is a retired administrative secretary from a public school system in Massachusetts. This is the 48th book Janice has published. She also has two mystery series of six books each, one for boys and the other for girls, even though both are enjoyed by either sex, and three books in a YA fantasy series. She has published 22 other books for young children. She also writes under J.E. Spina and has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
Review by Jjspina: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fun new book for children! Reviewed in the United States on March 4, 2025.Family and friends is a chapter book with six stories written in rhyme with life lessons for children ages 5-8 or younger. These stories will delight and engage children with the rhythmic verses and colorful illustrations. Children will learn important life lessons and the value of family and friends and want to read these stories again and again.
Product Details: Paperback: 72 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (March 4, 2025) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Age: 5-8 Years
Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has a difficult time being understood because of her habit of getting into all kinds of trouble and for her unacceptable language. Angels are not supposed to swear.
This angel must earn levels to be accepted by the LORD. She is presently at Angel Fourth Class and must ascend to Angel First Class in order to be given a mission to travel to Earth to help a human in trouble.
Once she reaches Angel First Class, she is given a mission and travels to Earth to help a battered woman and her child. Since she is so new to the ways on Earth, Branyrd is accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her.
Branyrd doesn’t know what she will do or how she will complete this mission. She must show her strengths and succeed, or she may be demoted. What she finds on Earth is not what she expected. It certainly is nothing like Heaven. There are dangerous people but also those who she will miss dearly when she must leave.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Endearing Story, About A Misunderstood Angel On A Mission.
Branyrd is Angel Fourth Class, working to advance levels needed, to be acknowledged by the Lord.
Benedicto, is Guardian Angel First Class. He is assigned to accompany and mentor Branyrd, when she is finally given her first assignment to Earth.
Branyrd finds Earth to be a strange place, filled with unusual customs, and dangerous people. Branyrd’s mission is to help Maggie Preston and her young daughter, Annie. When Maggie’s husband Nate, becomes involved with the White Stag Gang, he and his family are in grave danger. Can Branyrd overcome her own issues to complete her earthy mission?
Here is what Maggie is thinking while she clears tables at the diner where she works (Chapter 27): “She was grateful for her new friend’s help. Branyrd was truly sent from Heaven, she mused and chuckled to herself. Annie kept telling her that Branyrd was a real angel who didn’t have wings yet. Her daughter had such an imagination.”
As someone who has seen two angels here on earth, I found this story captivating.
Author J. E. Spina shares this: “This is the first book in this series about an angel. I infused some comedy into this sometimes-serious story. It deals with many issues that are evident in our world today. I dedicate this book to all who believe in angels around us. I think at the conclusion of this book those unbelievers may become believers too.”
This new ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is paranormal fiction. This series is written for young adults ages 18+. Watch for more books in this series coming over the new few years. All J. E. (Janice) Spina’s books are available on Amazon and Barnes & Noble.
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Inspiring and motivating. Reviewed in the United States on December 5, 2023. Verified Purchase. A fantastic story about a misunderstood Angle, Branyrd.
Branyrd, Angle of 3rd Class, has difficulty to hold her tongue with bad words. But she is longing to become a First-Class Angle to get missions to go to Earth to help people.
She tried hard and finally, HE made her First-Class angle and send her to earth for a special mission.
Earth was different than Haven. But her guardian Angle, Benedicto, an Angle First Class on High, is helping her and guides her in the ways of Earth, when she meets Maggie and Annie, her assignment. Maggie’s husband went astray and got involved with a gang selling drugs. She faces difficulty and danger.
Will she with her love and the help of her guarding Angle bring that family together again?
Review by Mrs. D.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A special assignment! Reviewed in the United States on October 4, 2023. “The Misunderstood Angel” is the first book in the series Branyrd the Angel, who was sent to Earth for her first mission. It is an intriguing story, full of excitement and life.
The forces of good to combat evil. The protection of a family in need and today’s social issues. A good humor and serious, dangerous situations await readers as they take a risky journey with the Angel, who was not sure of herself.
Sent to Earth by God to help a young mother and her daughter, the new angel is facing many obstacles, but her determination to carry out her duty made her a guide that protects, loves, and keeps growing to be her best. She learns how to be kind, compassionate and true to herself.
It is a heartwarming book with well-developed characters, showing readers that there is always a way to grow and climb one mountain after another. I am looking forward to Book 2.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great character! Reviewed in the United States on April 17, 2023. We are introduced to a wonderful new character in this story by J E Spina. Branyrd, who is new at being an angel, is sent to earth by God to help a young mother and her daughter who are having a difficult time. She is quite unsure of herself but determined to fulfill her task so she can move up to Angel First Class. Her love and compassion help her guide and protect her new friends and complete her mission on Earth. This was such an enjoyable story! So glad this looks like it will be a series! Looking forward to Branyrd’s next adventure.
Review by Canadian reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved This Story!! Reviewed in the United States on April 11, 2023. I loved this story about angels who are both trying in their own ways to find their true mission in this incarnation. There is the amazing Benedicto, a Guardian Angel First Class who despite their experience is still trying to prove themselves. Then, there is the novice angel, Branyrd an Angel Fourth Class who is keen to learn and grow in her new mission.
Come along as these two beautiful angels help each other to grow and assist Maggie and her daughter Annie to believe in hope and magic again. Whether you believe in angels or not you will be rooting for this pair to succeed in their goals. It will make better angels of us all.
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved Branyrd! Reviewed in the United States on November 8, 2022. “The Misunderstood Angel” is the story of Branyrd, who has just been promoted to Angel First Class. She is sent to Earth for her first mission: to use the forces of good to combat evil and to protect those in need of protection, like the family she is assigned to help in this book. As the plot unfolds, it touches on some of today’s societal issues, such as spousal abuse, homelessness, and alcoholism in a non-threatening way. I really appreciated how the author interjected a good amount of humor amid some serious and dangerous situations. “The Misunderstood Angel” is well written and compelling. It is not overly religious, didactic, or judgmental. I found it hard to put down, and hope there are more adventures for Branyrd as she completes her time on earth. As Ms. Spina comments in her Preface, we all will need help at some point in our lives. For me, that time is now, and I can say that my load has been lightened and my spirits lifted after reading The Misunderstood Angel’.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Poor Branyrd. Reviewed in the United States on November 8, 2022. Branyrd wants so badly to move up the ranks, but her saucy mouth always gets her in trouble & higher-ranking Angels aren’t allowed to befriend her. Finally, God gives her a special assignment, but she thinks she messed it up, too. It is heartwarming to see how she “grows up” & how forgiving God is!For a different genre from Janice, it is very good!
About the Author: J.E. Spina aka Janice Spina is an award-winning author of books for all ages ranging from children to 18+. She has 40 published books at this writing and has quite a few ideas waiting on the back burner. She has been writing since the age of nine years old. J.E. Spina’s husband, John, is her illustrator and cover creator.
Janice’s goal is to encourage all ages to read to help enhance their health and wellbeing. She plans to continue to write for all ages as long as her muse is there to encourage her along. Her motto is Reading Gives You Wings to Fly! Soar with Jemsbooks.com all year round. She is also a blogger, copy editor, avid reader and reviewer, and supporter of her fellow authors. She loves to hear from readers and welcomes reviews.
She lives in New Hampshire with her husband and two tanks of fish.
Product Details: Paperback: 219 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 18+ Publisher: Janice Spina (October 13, 2022) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Branyrd goes on another mission to Earth, this time she has been enlisted to help a homeless vet and his young son. The Angel goes out of her way to put things right for Lucas and his son, Ezra. She finds it difficult through with the influx of empathic messages and feelings that threaten to overload her. Will she be able to help Lucas get his family back together and find his way to recovery after suffering from PTSD?
Branyrd is a funny, sweet, strong, resilient, and capable Angel who is not afraid to take on the toughest tasks, who strives to pave the way for those in need, who creates change and makes a difference in the lives of others that enables them to find their way forward to a good life.
When Branyrd visits a homeless community, she meets with the mayor to work out a plan to solve the problems the homeless have there. Will others stop her from helping those in need? Will Benedicto be there in case she needs his intervention? Will Branyrd be able to break free from the connections she has made when it is time for her to leave Earth and return to Heaven?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Mission Of Mercy, Book Two In Branyrd The Angel Series.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
As the story unfolds, it is fascinating to see what solutions Branyrd comes up with to solve a very serious homeless crisis. Branyrd must convince the community and those in authority, that homelessness can be solved. She must get the businesses in the vicinity to buy into her plan. At the same time, she needs to convince the homeless population, they are not powerless.
One of her first tasks is the meet with the city mayor. Each step forward, is met with resistance from others. Her determination is fierce, and her Guardian Angel Benedicto is not far away, in case she needs his intervention. Will she be able to complete her task on time?
In both books, I am touched by Branyrd’s ability to form a special bond with humans. In heaven angels are unable to cry, but on earth they discover intense emotions. In book one it was hard from Branyrd to leave the humans she helped. Will her bond to Lucas, especially young Ezra, make it more difficult for her to leave earth when her mission is complete?
I encourage older teens and adults to read both books in this paranormal fantasy. Author J.E. (Janice) Spina is an amazing storyteller. Elements of each story is serious with real life scenarios, yet Janice weaves in a little humor and makes it easy to connect with all the characters. I am looking forward to the next installment in this series.
Author J.E. Spina aka Janice Spina is an award-winning author of books for all ages ranging from children to adults. She has 40+ published books and her husband John, is her illustrator and cover creator.
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars Real life scenario. Reviewed in the United States on April 6, 2024. Verified Purchase. Book 2 of ‘The misunderstood Angle’ series “Mission of Mercy” Branyrd, the Angel is going on a different mission to Earth, to help homeless people. A near impossible task. But no for Branyrd. It is fascinating how she comes up with solutions, she herself thought it wouldn’t work, to solve a very serious problem. And it worked wonders. It’s a series with real life scenarios, yet Janice is weaving a little humour and it’s easy to connect with all the characters. Book 1 and 2 really touched my heart.
Review by Canadian reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An Adorable Angel. Reviewed in the United States on October 23, 2023. Mission of Mercy, Book 2 in the Branyrd the Angel Series is another highly entertaining read by author Janice Spina. Once again, our heroine has been entrusted to help another poor soul on earth. This time, it’s a very deserving homeless vet who is struggling to get by with his young son.
Branyrd is a sweet and adorable creature. She is an Angel, after all. But dealing with homelessness and trying to find solutions to real life problems down here is very hard. But, of course, she finds a way. The only real challenge that she has is how to go back to heaven when she makes so many good friends here on earth. Whether you believe in Angels or not, you will believe in Branyrd. If you enjoy this story, don’t forget to go back and check out Book 1 The Misunderstood Angel, in this heartwarming series.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Another Mission to earth for Branyrd. Reviewed in the United States on April 16, 2023. Branyrd heads back to earth on a new Mission to help a homeless Vet & his young son who have been abandoned by his drunkard wife. Branyrd is a sweet angel with a few faults, who feels more like a human the longer she is on earth. She meets with a crooked Mayor to try to help the homeless community & with a little help from her friends, she works through lots of obstacles. She surprises herself once again how well she completes her Mission without realizing it. Janice has done another outstanding job!
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Enjoyable read! Reviewed in the United States on April 6, 2023. This is the second wonderful and heartfelt story in this series. Branyrd is learning to be an angel. She is compassionate and kind, but not without flaws. These stories remind us how coming together and giving of ourselves not only benefits those in need but is also truly rewarding to oneself. I hope there are many more stories in this series!
Product Details: Paperback: 288 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 15-18+ Years Publisher: Janice Spina (March 31, 2023) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Mission of Love: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 3 by J.E. Spina.
Book 3 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.
This is not a children’s book.
Branyrd is on another mission which may be the toughest one so far. She has been sent to a troubled island in the South Pacific that is being attacked by the fellow islands in the archipelago. Her mission is to rescue some children from an orphanage during the attacks.
She is escorted, once again, by her Guardian Angel, Benedicto, who is there as counsel and aide as she completes her mission. What Branyrd finds there is devastation and heartbreak as she tackles the mission, this time one of love for the children and the rest of the islanders who have lost family and homes.
There are many obstacles that stand in her way and danger for the children and others as she must rescue not only them, but also another island that is in danger of sinking.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Divinely Inspired For Such Times As These!
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
Now in book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
I am convinced that this fiction ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is divinely inspired for such times as these! Whether you believe in angels or question their existence, Branyrd Angel First Class will cut to your core, send chills up your spine and cause you to think with your mind, heart and soul.
I encourage you to read Janice (J. E.) Spina’s ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’. Pass it alone to others and put this series on your year-round gift giving book list.
Janice Spina is a multi-award-winning author with 46 books of which there are 22 children’s books,12 MG/PT books and three books in a YA series with three more coming over the next few years, eight novels and a short story collection for 18+ written under J.E. Spina. She is also a copy editor, blogger, book reviewer and supporter of fellow authors. Her husband, John, is her illustrator and cover creator. Watch for more books to come over the next few years.
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Heartwarming Story of Branyrd the Angel’s Third Mission. Reviewed in the United States on November 6, 2023. Branyrd is sent on another mission to help the people whose lives and homes have been disrupted by attacks by others in their island chain, but most especially the children who live in the orphanage.
To complicate matters, another island is sinking and Branyrd must rescue those who remain and take them to the island that was hit by the bombings.
As in her other two missions, she is accompanied by Benedicto, her Guardian Angel, whose job is to guide Branyrd.
The story is touching even though it is a fictitious pair of angels send on this mission by the Lord.
Happy reading!
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A good read. Reviewed in the United States on October 22, 2023. Another tale of angels, Branyrd and Benedicto as they take on a mission to help a chain of small islands that are at war with each other. These stories are very entertaining and might make you a believer in the possibility of angels helping us throughout our lives.
J.E. Spina brings adventure, suspense, and excitement in this bittersweet series. Well worth the read!
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Branyrd Does It Again. Reviewed in the United States on October 20, 2023. Branyrd & Benedicto help children from an orphanage & hospital in a war-torn Island in the South Pacific by people from another Island who are losing their Island to sinking. Branyrd has many obstacles to conquer to complete her mission. There is heartbreak as well as joy. I LOVE how J.E. Spina has even given the LORD a sense of humor the way HE communicates with Branyrd! This is another wonderful book that will have you believing in Angels, too!!
From The Author: This series came to me after watching the news one night about the problems caused by many different forms of social abuse, homelessness, etc. Though I don’t have a magic solution to fix the problems, I created a character that possibly could.
Branyrd came to life in this story and worked her magic on everyone she came into contact with besides solving the problems that no one else wanted to tackle. She never gave up until she came up with a solution to make life better for all those concerned.
There will be four books in this series unless Branyrd insists on sharing more. I hope you enjoy these stories and believe that there is a solution to every problem in our world today if we only had an Angel like Branyrd who cared enough to try.
About The Author: J.E. Spina has been writing since she was a young girl beginning with children’s stories under Janice Spina. She loves to write for all ages in multi-genres and encourages all ages to read daily to help enhance their health and well-being. At this writing J.E. Has published 8 novels and a short story collection under J.E. Spina and under Janice Spina, 22 children’s books, 12 books for MG/PT and 3 for YA. She lives in New Hampshire with her husband who is her illustrator and cover creator.
Product Details: Paperback: 251 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 15-18+ Years Publisher: Janice Spina (October 18, 2023) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Branyrd must face evil on Earth in this latest book. The LORD instructs her to give Hope to the people who are suffering from injustice, persecution, and evil factions that force them from their homes. The Angel must help those who are preyed upon, others who are straying from good, and still others who are lost.
Benedicto, her Guardian Angel, will be her constant companion during this tough mission and support her on her path of leading all peoples to GOD.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Hope Is The Expectation And Desire For What Comes Next!
When I started reading ‘Branyrd The Angel’ Series, I had no idea it would capture my heart in the way that it has. I invite you to purchase this series if you haven’t already, read ‘Mission of Hope’ as each book in this series stands alone. I encourage you to give this series as a gift to someone who needs hope.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
In book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
Now in book four (Mission of Hope), First Class Angel Branyrd with Benedicto (Guardian Angel on High) are sent to earth on a multi-layered mission, as the earth erupts in unrest, criminal factions and wars that threaten all of humanity. Even repentant fallen angels are given assignments in hopes of gaining entry back into heaven. You will see that many events in ‘Mission of Hope, mirror current events. That is the genius of Author J. E. Spina. She writes with compelling details and weaves comedy into the story line to lighten the reader’s load. If Author J. E. Spina can’t become a superhero herself and solve the world’s crushing injustices, she can send in a fictional Angel with God’s blessing to heal our people, unite our leaders, bring peace and restoration to our world.
The author states “things in this book that cannot be explained to younger children, making this suitable for ages 15+.” The author dedicates this series “to all who believe in Angels around us”. I am counting the days until this unforgettable Angel, with golden wings, is given her next earthly mission.
Janice Spina, who also writes under the name J. E. Spina, has 47 published books. Her ‘Jems Books’ include 22 children’s stories for young children, two mystery series for middle-graders and preteens. She has written a fantasy series with more to come for YA. Janice has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
Book Details: Print Length: 204 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 15-18+ Years Publisher: J.E. Spina; 1st Edition (November 24, 2024) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Abby & Holly Book Series by Janice Spina. (Tweens, Teens and YA). OPEN PAGE HERE
Children’s Classic Literature by Janice (J. E.) Spina. Pre-School to Grade Three. OPEN PAGE HERE
Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Series Janice Spina. Middle-Grade/Preteen/Teens/Young Adults. OPEN PAGE HERE
Drystan The Dragon and Friends Book Series by Janice Spina. Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 OPEN PAGE HERE
Make Believe Is Fun Bedtime Series by Janice Spina. Bedtime Stories for Children (Age 5-8). OPEN PAGE HERE
Hunting Mariah Crime Mystery Series by Janice (J. E.) Spina. Young Adult+ OPEN PAGE HERE
Book Collections For Ages 18+ by Janice (J.E.) Spina
‘An Angel Among Us’: Short Story Collection. ‘How Far Is Heaven’: Full-Length Novel (Paranormal/Mystery/Suspense)/ ‘In A Second’: Full-Length Novel (Clairvoyant/Mystery/Romance). ‘Lubelia Alycea’: Full-Length Novel (Historical Fiction/Romance).
The First Star by Janice Spina Children’s Book OPEN PAGE HERE
About The Author: Janice Spina is a multi-award-winning author with 48 books of which there are 23 children’s books, 12 MG/PT books and three books in a YA series with three more coming over the next few years, nine novels and a short story collection for 18+ written under J.E. Spina. She is also a copy editor, blogger, book reviewer and supporter of fellow authors. Her husband, John, is her illustrator and cover creator. Watch for more books to come over the next few years.
Her logo is ‘Jemsbooks’ – books for all ages! Her motto is – Reading Gives You Wings to Fly! Come soar with ‘Jemsbooks’! Happy reading!
Janice loves to hear from readers and appreciates and happily welcomes reviews.
NEW BOOK LIST FOR JANICE SPINA-09-22-2025
September 2025 Book Release: Wishes: A Short Story Collection (Ages 18+). ‘Silver from Mom’s Choice Awards’!
March 2025-Book Release: Family and Friends (Tales For Children)
CHILDREN’S BOOKS-PS-GRADE 3 BY JANICE (J.E.) SPINA (PRE-SCHOOL TO GRADE THREE).
…Louey the Lazy Elephant: (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Ricky the Rambunctious Raccoon: (Mom’s Choice Award – Silver Medal). …Jerry the Crabby Crayfish: (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Lamby the Lonely Lamb: (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Jesse the Precocious Polar Bear: (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Broose the Moose on the Loose: (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Sebastian Meets Marvin the Monkey: (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Colby the Courageous Cat: (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Jeffrey the Jittery Giraffe: (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Clarence Henry the Hermit Crab: (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Lucy the Talented Toy Terrier: (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …The First Star: (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 1: Drystan and Durward Save the Day (Pinnacle Book Achievement Awards Top Shelf Awards – Runners-up). …Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 2: Damara Helps Drystan Find His Roar (Pinnacle Book Achievement Awards). …Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 3: Delbert Finds Himself (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 4: Delfina Solves a Problem (Pinnacle Book Achievement Awards). …Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 5: Drago Does a Good Deed (Pinnacle Book Achievement Awards). …Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 6: Dragana Helps a Fairy (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal).
************
BOOKS FOR CHILDREN AGES 5-8 BY JANICE SPINA.
…Make Believe: Bedtime Stories for Children Book 1 (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Make Believe is Fun: Bedtime Stories for Children Book 2 (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Make Believe Again: Bedtime Stories for Children Book 3 (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal). …Makie Believe Once Again: Bedtime Stories for Children Book 4 (Mom’s Choice Awards – Silver Medal).
************
MIDDLE-GRADE/PRETEEN BOOKS – 10+ BY JANICE SPINA (Middle-Grade/Preteen/Young Adult).
…Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Book 1: The Case of the Missing Cell Phone (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award & Honorable Mention- Readers’ Favorite Book Award). …Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Book 2: The Case of the Mysterious Black Cat (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Book 3: The Case of the Magical Ivory Elephant (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award & Reader’s Favorite Book Awards – Silver Medal). …Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Book 4: The Case of the Brown Scraggly Dog (Top Shelf Awards – First Place & Finalist in Red City Review Awards & 5-Star Book Review – Readers’ Favorite Book Awards). …Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Book 5: The Case of the Sad Mischievous Ghost (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award & Authorsdb Cover Contest – Silver Medal). …Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Book 6: The Case of the Mystery of the Bells (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award & Finalist – Readers’ Favorite Book Awards & Finalist – Book Excellence Awards). …Abby & Holly School Dance (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award & Bronze Medal from Readers’ Favorite Book Awards). …Abby & Holly Series Book 2: Unfortunate Events (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award & Readers’ Favorite Book Awards – Honorable Mention). …Abby & Holly Series, Book 3: Secrets of the Trunk (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Abby & Holly Series, Book 4: The Hidden Stairway (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Abby & Holly Series, Book 5: The Copper Key (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award). …Abby & Holly Series, Book 6: Faulty Timeline (Pinnacle Book Achievement Award).
************
BOOKS FOR YOUNG ADULTS (13+) BY JANICE (J.E.) SPINA.
…The Legend of the Taken Ones: Gateskin Chronicles Book 1 (Book Excellence Award & Mom’s Choice Awards – Gold Medal). …The Unknown Territory: Gateskin Chronicles Book 2 (Mom’s Choice Awards – Gold Medal & Maincrest Media Book Award). …Search for the Medallion: Gateskin Chronicles Book 3 (Mom’s Choice Awards – Gold Medal). …Return of the Dragons: Gateskin Chronicles Book 4 (Mom’s Choice Awards-Gold Medal).
************
BOOKS BY J.E. SPINA FOR 18+.
…Hunting Mariah-Maincrest Media Award-2024 …Mariah’s Revenge …How Far is Heaven …An Angel Among Us: A Short Story Collection …In A Second …Lubelia Alycea: One Hundred Years …The Misunderstood Angel: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 1 …Mission of Mercy: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 2 …Mission of Love: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 3. …Mission of Hope: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 4. …Wishes: A Short Story Collection. ‘Silver from Mom’s Choice Awards’!
Her logo is ‘Jemsbooks’ – books for all ages! Her motto is – Reading Gives You Wings to Fly! Come soar with ‘Jemsbooks’! Happy reading!
Janice’s hobbies besides writing are crocheting, exercising to keep in shape, going to the movies with her husband or out to lunch or dinner, reading, book reviewing, blogging, and spending time with her five grandchildren who are her writing inspiration.
Janice loves to hear from readers and appreciates and happily welcomes reviews.
Janice Spina aka J.E. Spina: Multi-Award-Winning Author ‘Jemsbooks’ for All Ages! Mom’s Choice Award Winner!
I spent nineteen of my twenty-five years in law enforcement as a detective. Long before I became a police officer, I wanted to be a writer. But I feared it wasn’t a practical profession and lacked the confidence to an attempt at it. Shortly after I retired from law enforcement, I found the courage to try my hand writing a story that I had floated around in my imagination for years. I started taking classes to learn the craft and began my first book at the same time.
When I went to conferences and seminars the same question was asked: why don’t I write a cop story? I never had the desire to write a contemporary one murder/suspense. I enjoy a good police story as much as anyone. My favorite authors in the genre are Mike Connelly and Joe Wambaugh. I just didn’t want to take that road.
I love history and began a series of historical romances involving time travel. While writing that series I got the idea for an old-fashioned detective. I’d visited England and London many times. I knew he’d work in London and I couldn’t think of a better setting for murder/suspense than Victorian England. From that idea, Detective Rudyard Bloodstone (Ruddy) was created.
When I started the Bloodstone series, it hadn’t occurred to me how much of my personal experience as a detective would influence the stories. I used my years of interviewing suspects to enhance the mindset(s) of the killers. I found including the POV of the antagonists added a lot of interesting aspects to their characters. They remained villains, but they weren’t flat, black and white ones.
In the first book, Silk, Detective Bloodstone must battle politics and the class structure while pursuing his suspect. In Snifter of Death, the second book, he and his partner find themselves investigating a killer that is the last person anyone would suspect. In my latest book, A Venomous Love, there are two villains. An added twist to the case is the murderer’s use of a most unusual weapon.
My detective experience became important in the execution of Ruddy’s investigations. Silk is set in 1888, Snifter of Death in 1889 and A Venomous Love in 1890. He literally has no forensic science to help him. With each murder, I had to walk the scene with him, observe with him, and consider what could possibly serve as a clue. To stay true to the period, I had to strip away everything I knew from modern investigations and fall back on old fashioned police work.
Detectives everywhere, and over time, have all handled the occasional bizarre case. One of the main elements of A Venomous Love is the weapon used. It is based on an actual event related to me years ago by a London police officer friend of mine. The setting, the time period of the story, and the weapon add a colorful angle.
I found the challenge of writing a cop story with a Victorian setting surprisingly fun. Detective Bloodstone has become my favorite character to write. I love filling his world with people from all walks of life in that period. He definitely will get more cases to solve in the near future.
I am currently working on a fourth book in the Bloodstone series called, Killer Friends. It should be ready for publication sometime the middle or fall of next year.
Bob Morgan, sometime rangeland detective and sometime bounty hunter is prepared for a quiet summer training and selling some of his horses. When that pleasant, relaxing time is attacked by a crime boss and his daughter, then complicate further by an ungrateful neighbor, he changes his plans to avoid exciting a temper that might be fatal for someone.
Call him a bounty hunter, a rangeland detective, an actor, a chameleon, a puzzle solver; whatever title you choose, Bob Morgan will find a way to reshape depravity, corruption and destruction into the manageable and acceptable. All that is necessary is to not expect too much, appreciate whatever improvement may be realized, and don’t look too closely at Morgan’s past.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
Nine short pieces of fiction constructed around 170 years of North American history and interspersed at intervals by fourteen poems.
The first story is a fictional accounting of the first European to reach the Pacific coast of Canada. Following are fictional pictures of the winners and losers who became builders of North America and thus, eventually, all winners and though they didn’t know it or want it, builders of what exists today.
Thomas Brash is trying to escape but knows he never will. No thinking person can escape from their past. Pursuing him is the memory of the family he lost to cholera. Perhaps he believes that traveling alone in a wild, dangerous land will end all his memories; there is no doubt he wishes to be alone. Whatever his intentions the appearance of Frank Clement and the circumstances of that meeting upset those plans. Brash views Clement as an uneducated child who requires fatherly protection and guidance. Clement views Brash as a tenderfoot and can not understand how anyone who knows so little could live so long. These two loners are joined by others and they all become partners. Having achieved relative sanctuary and surrounded by civilization their wilderness past comes back to haunt them.
Claiming your share of the so called “free” land in the rugged and wide Canadian frontier in the 1880s was a difficult, demanding task. When someone tries to run roughshod over the “nesters” increasing the workload and demands, its time to take a stand.
There is more than bad weather for Hank James to contend with as he rides in search of the land of his dreams and the woman of his heart. Portis Martin, manager of a large cattle company, has no use for the small homesteaders that have begun to pepper the area…and he isn’t afraid of using every dirty trick he knows to run them out.
And Portis had been doing a pretty good job of it until what he decides are two saddle tramps, Hank James and his partner, Harry Gilmore arrive in the area.
Hank James wants equality. Hank James wants a life-time partner.
The year is 1885. Hank James has been in Canada several months panning gold from a stream near Roswell, British Columbia. When he hears a prizefight will be held in town, he attends along with everyone for miles around. With a little help from the fight referee, he wins big betting on the fight. Having realized that the life of a miner isn’t nearly as romantic or rewarding as he expected, and with advice from the policeman who helped him win money on the fight, Hank goes to Farwell to haul freight with pack horses for contractors building the transcontinental railroad.
The railroad’s security, a detachment of North West Mounted Police, have maintained across the West that no liquor be allowed one mile on either side of the rail bed. Provincial authorities disagree. Hank James believes in honoring and repaying his debts, but that doesn’t mean he should be involved in a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted.
He and his partners have trouble enough running their freight business, they don’t need to be caught between competing policemen. They are already stuck between Canada’s transcontinental railroad people and the contractors doing the actual construction. While the police are fighting one another, who is looking for criminals, particularly those stealing Hank’s horses? Despite a variety of jobs, D.M. McGowan now works as a commercial driver and lives near Mile “0” of the world-famous Alaska Highway.
His stories bring Canadian history to life. “I believe in seeing morality and societal responsibility rewarded. Too much of today’s fiction seems to lead into the dark instead of the light.”
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. US and Canadian History Combined With Legends From The 1800’s!
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan is a western pioneering era saga that combines great story telling, true-to-life cowboy experience with US and Canadian history combined with legends from the 1800’s.
The main character Hank James was born in Canada and migrated south into the US with his family after the Civil War. Hank’s father headed towards Oregon in search of a farmstead while protecting his family from raids by outlaws and Indians. They made it as far as Kansas to find that the land was too dry to farm so pushed on to Oregon to find the land was too wet. With Mother Nature as their biggest obstacle and many mouths to feed young Hank James set out on his own. He settled down with his own gold mine claim near Rossland, British Columbia in 1984.
Hank wasn’t afraid of hard work, but he wanted more out of life than to eke out a living on his claim. With tenacity Hank took advantage of the Transcanada Railroad, found some partners, and started his own freight business. Life should be good, but where there is industry, technology, commerce and economy, there are criminals.
Quote from page 37.
… “It didn’t take a detective to know that the horse thief had played a little joke on the Provincial Police. Constable Art Hubbard was over six feet tall and probably ten pounds lighter than the one eighty mentioned in the description. Not only was he a long way from round, he was also clean shaven.
…I gave Constable Hubbard my story, ending with the recovery of the bay gelding and the description I had from Miller. “An’ the fella called himself Art Hubbard,” I added.
…The Constable’s expression didn’t change. He worked his chew around into one cheek and sent a stream of tobacco juice into the waste basket. “Feller with a sense o’ humor,” he noted, and then added. “It’ll be one ‘o Bulldog Kelley’s outfit. They work out o’ some of the illegal saloons t’ be found back in the bush. We catch one or two of ‘em every now an’ then, but we can’t get Kelley, an’ he’s the head o’ the snake. I can think of one or two that might fit your description, but not a one that had a full beard. An’ this fella’s probably shaved by now.”
…I wrote out my story, signed it, and returned to work.”
Between the horse thieves, authority over liquor sales and a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted Hank is he in over his head? Only time will tell if he makes the right choices and will he win the heart and loyalty of Sharon Dalton?
Saddle up your horse, holster your gun and join a rugged western cast of characters that will take you back to the reality and the legends of the Wild West.
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan shares nuggets of history told within a great story of human experience in the Wild West.
Product Details: Print Length: 199 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (September 29, 2015)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Synopsis: In the west of the 1890s, Jake’s wife is raped and murdered, an image from which he attempts to escape and hide. When two thieves try to take what little he has left, Jake realizes he must face the past and solve his wife’s murder to truly escape the images in his head. But to find the killer, he discovers even more surprises …
Jake McTavish left his home in central Canada when he was in his early teens. After working ships on the Great Lakes, fishing Lake Winnipeg, feeding cattle south of Fort Garry, and shooting wolves on the prairies, he starts his own cattle operation in the foothills of the western mountains. Then he meets his life-long partner, Anna.
Jake and Anna were married three years when it all came crashing down. He came home to find his beautiful wife raped and murdered.
In an attempt to escape the vision of his butchered wife and all that he lost, Jake runs deep into the mountains, where he spends three years trapping and panning gold. When two outlaws attempt to rob him and leave him for dead, Jake finally comes out of the stupor he has lived in and begins to fight back.
First, he deals with the two thugs. Next, he returns to his homestead to find his wife’s killer. Solving a murder after several years is no easy task, especially when it includes surprises he didn’t want to find.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. 1800’s Western Pioneering Era Saga!
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan is an 1800’s western pioneering era saga that combines exceptional story telling with an historical tale told by Peace Country pioneer John Brown.
Well-developed characters and true to life settings with descriptive writing put the reader into the story. The main character Jake McTavish stands alone in his empty cabin with his thoughts that he voiced to his blue tick hound, “Maybe I’ll just have t’shoot somebody. That way the government will have t’ feed us ‘til they punch my ticket and bury me.”
Life had been especially hard since the murder of his wife. For the fourth year he must continue his Peace River trek in British Columbia (1898) to take the furs that he had collected by canoe down to Ft. St John. This is an important ritual as Jake trades bails of skins for cash to pay for supplies and to repair equipment heading into the new season. Times were hard enough without the ambush that knocked him out cold and took most of everything that he had in his camp.
Just 11 years ago “in the spring of 1887 Jake became a wealthy saddle tramp. He only had fourteen Canadian dollars, two U.S. dollars and eighty-six cents, but he was rich in other goods. He had four horses, a fine, double rigged saddle, a short-barrelled Colt pistol, a Colt Navy .36 and a Winchester rifle. He also had a serviceable pack saddle, bed roll, enough food to last a month and the pack covered with two tarps.”
By 1889 Jake had spent two years with the Cambridge Cattle Company and had accumulated some money. With a deep yearning for something more and the passing of the Canadian Homestead Act, Jake chose three hundred and twenty isolated acres in the foothills north of the Rocky Mountains. In the fall of 1891 with 15 yearlings to sell he met Anna Porenski. When she married him, he no longer felt driven, because he had it all. Anna was raised on a farm, so ranch life came easy to her and she enjoyed gardening. The only thing missing are children for fate has refused to grant Jake and wife Anna a baby. To end such dreams Anna is murdered and the responding Mounted Policeman comes close to accusing Jake.”
Travel with Jake McTavish on a journey to find Anna’s killer or killers.
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan for the author’s incredible story telling of Jake McTavish. I invite you to also read: The Great Liquor War, Homesteader: Finding Sharon and Partners. D. M. McGowan tells us that Cattle Business is coming soon.
Product Details: Print Length: 242 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (December 19, 2015) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen by David Milton McGowan.
Sully Wheeler doesn’t care why his cattle are disappearing. He doesn’t care why but it has to stop. Perhaps it’s part of the cost of hiding from his past, but who would steal from a one-time gunfighter? The North West Mounted Policeman that Sully contacted appeared more intent on stopping vigilante action than in stopping theft. If that proves to be the case, Sully will recover his own property, even if it takes gunfire to do it. Who is this Mountie, anyway? Is he a cop or something else entirely? Is he working to support the crown, leave the crown or actually do something for the settlers? And while we’re talking about that Mountie, isn’t he spending too much time with that newspaper lady from the Bulletin?
From The Author: Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen was an opportunity to extend a character first introduces in “Homesteader: Finding Sharon” and the months long chase of the fugitive “Almighty Voice” and his eventual death. I had just barely started and realized it was also a chance to mention some of the changes in the North West Mounted Police during the first thirteen years of their existence.
I forced myself into a slight change of direction and tension and to introduce a break to the narrative I introduced a “Dominion Day” parade. This gave me a chance to introduce some of the farming equipment of the day.
About The Author: David M, McGowan (Dave) has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician, businessman and commercial driver. He is also a Great-Grandfather, husband, Freemason and Shriner. He is now retired and lives and writes in Northern British Columbia.
Product Details: Paperback: 414 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Independently Published (July 27, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Lucky: He is a former Confederate officer who has become far less than an “officer and a gentleman”. When he realizes what he has become he tries to see a new future and a new him.
#thief #enlightenment
Stealing Janet’s Cattle: A young mother and rancher discovers cattle missing. She is alone and, according to the tracks outnumbered, but she is armed and she and her family need those cattle. Is this young female rancher as tough as she thinks she is? Tough enough to defeat the more powerful?
#woman #pioneer #planning
A Voice From Beyond: It’s the Great Depression and people will do almost anything to survive. Having been somewhat successful in his search for work, a hobo stops to thank those who helped him rise up from destruction. A simple “thank you” becomes something else entirely.
Product Details: Print Length: 81 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publication Date: October 17, 2020 Western (Anthologies) Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
How do you save your family when they are faced with hate and racism on all sides? How do you avoid fear every minute of every day?
In the years following the North West Rebellion of 1885 many Métis “disappeared” as many went into hiding to avoid racism and mistreatment. Admittedly, some like Gabriel Dumont went south of the 49th parallel into the US. What happened to the rest?
Almost a century later Métis suddenly appeared as individuals and communities throughout the West. Perhaps “Into the Mountains”, fiction though it is, supplies some explanation.
Product Details: Print Length: 24 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, British Columbia, Canada (July 9, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Marker of Stone; A fictional recounting of the first European to reach the Pacific Ocean north of Mexico. Was his reception by the local population as he described it in his journal. Perhaps they put up with him hoping he would leave? Another possibility is that they controlled their desire to ensure the strange men left their land.
#communication #control #protection
Deacon; A young Canadian and several young American southerners, all fighter pilots and their experiences in 1940 during the Battle of Britain.
#WWII #fear #bombs #English pubs
Includes three rhymes about history, interaction with others and the molding of youth
Product Details: Print Length: 27 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada V1G 4K8 (August 9, 2020 Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Sometimes you might say something to a friend that you regret, however it seemed like a good idea at the time. Perhaps it was funny, true and had to be said, or just your effort to lighten the mood and explain that it wasn’t a life and death matter but could be if present efforts continue.
Yes, you regret it, but now it is your turn to relax and stop worrying about it. If this other person was a true friend, they should look back on it all, realize eventually the humour in the situation and laugh along with you.
Product Details: Print Length: 10 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada, V1G 4K8 (July 11, 2020) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Humorous Fiction) Humor
They lived “off the grid” because in those days and in that area, there was no “grid” to be on. They were homesteaders, farmers, and trappers who might find a dozen people within a day’s walk in any direction.
Suddenly they were surrounded by10, 000 strangers, almost all men and trading for goods they had not known existed.
It was 1942 and the Alaska Highway was being built through 1200 miles of wilderness.
Their system of life, the society they knew was gone with the arrival of one train in Dawson Creek. There were hundreds of more loaded freights scheduled to arrive in a town that might see half a dozen during the fall harvest.
Product Details: Print Length: 39 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC (August 30, 2020)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
About The Author: Author Dave McGowan has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician and businessman. He now writes, and works as a commercial driver, in Northern British Columbia.
The forgoing is the bio from the back of my novels and one might conclude from this information that I was a poor employee … either lazy or didn’t know what I was doing … and was kicked off a lot of jobs. You would be partially correct, at least in surmising that I don’t know what I am doing. As for my being a poor employee, you would have to ask my bosses … although I think I’ve managed to trick the one I have now.
Of course, when I had my own business, my boss thought I was marvelous.
Truthfully, I’ve managed over the years to find employment regardless of my location or the problems that might exist with the economy. I enjoyed much of that experience at the time and am glad that I attained it.
I’ve also visited a good portion of North America and lived in several areas of Canada where I met some great people and enjoyed some wonderful country.
Speaking of great people, Karen and I are parents to four great people who have supplied eight grandchildren who show that improvements can be possible in each generation. One of those has added a great-grand daughter to the line.
Note From Author: The podcast / interview I did last summer (2024) was posted yesterday on Optic TV so it is now free to stream. It was recorded on the “main street” of Dawson Creek’s “Walter Wright Pioneer Village” on a very warm day in the Peace Country by MacWood Productions. It is on MacWood’s YouTube channel, and I wouldn’t mind having it on mine. Link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C97BR1qaoLw
This is a universal link for 4 digital novels and 4 digital collections which also include links to audio versions where they are offered. Simply click on the logo for the platform you prefer.
Children’s Fantasy Fiction. Each Book Enjoyed Separately. Reading Age: 7-12.
2025 Book Release. ‘Scruffie and The Battle Of The Clerihews’ by Irene Edwards. Reading Age: 7-10 Years.
Scruffie is a scruffy, smelly boy who never cleans up and seems to be going nowhere… until one amazing adventure changes everything!
When Scruffie stumbles upon a band of sneaky pirates and the mischievous, magical Clerihews, he finds himself in the middle of an unexpected adventure. With treasure, trouble and a crab with a glassy eye, Scruffie’s world is about to turn upside down!
Can a boy like Scruffie outsmart a gang of pirates? And what surprises do the Clerihews have in store?
A fun rhyming story bursting with mischief, magic and a heartwarming twist, from the author of the beloved Magic Island series – perfect for sharing at bedtime… or anytime!
Matt McAvoy (Editor), Gareth Edwards (Illustrator), & 2 more.
Product Details: Print Length: 92 Pages Reading Age: 7-10 Years Publisher: Independently Published Publication Date: July 22, 2025 Matt McAvoy (Editor) Gareth Edwards (Illustrator), & 2 more. Language English Children’s Books Children’s Literature Fiction (Children’s Poetry) Fiction (Children’s Humorous)
‘A Magic Islands Series’ by Irene Edwards. Each Book Enjoyed Separately. Reading Age: 7-12.
A Spooky Wish by Irene Edwards.
Book 1 of 3: ‘Magic Islands’ Series.
Centuries ago, there were a group of mysterious, some say magical islands, which fell victim to a monsters’ curse, making them unreachable by sea. The islands were all but forgotten.
But now a group of wicked, exiled Purple Wizards, led by the horrid Izzy Odorous, have found their way to the Magic Islands, and immediately make their evil plans to rule it and its people.
Meanwhile, on a beach in Wales, two friends on a school project have found some very strange items, including a Book of Spells and a magic shell. Wishing they could learn where the items came from, Megan and Stefan are suddenly themselves whisked away to the Magic Islands, where they meet a collection of bizarre characters, including a silly jester, a pair of mean witches, a friendly dragon, a kidnapped king and a powerful, ancient magician. Soon they are all joining forces to stop the Purple Wizards’ wicked plan and lift the islands’ curse forever – and hopefully get the children back home!
A fun and exciting magical adventure for 8-12-year-olds, with an important environmental message.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Magical Read For Children 8-12 Years!
Prologue: Magic Islands (Book One):“Somewhere along the coast of Wales, there once existed a small group of islands. They were mysterious islands, often believed to be magical islands. Some were mountainous and craggy, others only undulated from high to low levels, from hillside to valley.
…The islands had few visitors, for the journeys across the seas to these islands were often treacherous, the seas around them being moody and the pathways unclear.
…It is said many ships had vanished in the rough waters and never returned home to Wales. When ships returned homewards, their sailors refrained from venturing again to the islands for they feared the mighty waves and great anger of the choppy seas.
…Ancient mariners often returned telling mystical and magical tales of having spied from a distance a curious clan of magical dwellers on the islands.
…But there was never any proof of such tales.
…As time went by the islands faded and vanished and the tales of the magical islands were soon forgotten, seemingly forever…”
Forgotten until now! Author Irene Edward unlocks the mysteries of these fictitious Islands.
Let me quote from Part 11- ‘A Call for Help’:
… “Come on, Megan, let’s become invisible.”
… “This Magical Enchanted Forest is the strangest of places,” Megan glanced through the trees as she spoke. Hundreds of cuckoos called out their cuckoo songs tunefully. The woodpeckers were hammering at branches with their sharp beaks.”
…” Rata-tat! Rata-tat! Rata-tat!”
…Above the children’s heads, hawks and eagles squawked eerily. But although the forest was oddly noisy, the children became alarmed by the trees, for they were not standing still and rooted, but were moving around in the forest, hovering and swaying, pushing, and shoving, falling, or rushing around in all directions.”
… “It would help us if the trees stayed in one place,” Stefan said nervously. “How on earth can we keep away from the paths, when the paths keep moving around everywhere?”
My Thoughts: This is a fun read, where character Stefan and Megan make a wish on a Conch shell found on the Welsh coastline. Transported to the ‘Magic Islands’ by their wish, the story-line and beautiful hand-drawn illustrations come to life on the pages.
Never a dull moment as wizards, witches, elves, dragons, castles, and a magical enchanted forest fills the readers imagination.
Children eight to twelve will enjoy reading with an adult or alone. This book will make a great gift, bed-time story, library book, or a summer reading adventure.
The author’s desire to educate children and adults about the preservation of our planet shines through in her books. Irene provides educational guides, free worksheets for classroom and group discussions. (https://cgofwales.co.uk)
Review by: Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. What an amazing magical read. I have read other magical books before, but that one tops them all. It is very different but just fantastic. With great illustrations. loved them to see all now then, as they pop up between.
Review by Elizabeth Rees: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Lovely read. Bought this book for my Grandsons, they loved it and can’t wait for grandma to buy them the next 2 books. Well done Irene Edwards look forward to reading more of your lovely easy to read books to my grandsons.
The second instalment in the fun and exciting Magic Islands fantasy-adventure series for younger children picks up where A Spooky Wish left off – and an even more important environmental message.
Far off the coast of Wales are the mysterious, legendary Magic Islands. Once hidden and inaccessible by the treacherous seas surrounding them, the curse of the Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monsters has now been lifted by Ambrosious, Wizard of the Magic Forest. Now Cyclops leader Domadron is worried that people will come; they will bring their pollution and ruin the beautiful seas he calls home.
But an even bigger threat is brewing, out in the cosmos!
For, exiled into space for their wicked deeds on the Magic Islands, the evil Purple Wizards, and their boss Izzy Odorous are up to their usual evil scheming. And this time their actions threaten the whole of Planet Earth! Because, in their vengeance against Ambrosious and his friends Megan and Stefan, they’ve ended up creating an environmental catastrophe! Can enemies and friends alike put differences aside to stop them?
Chaos in the Cosmos is a fantasy narrative for children aged between 8 to 12 years.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Fun, Educational Action Adventure for Kids 8-12!
Chaos In The Cosmos (Magic Island Story) is book two in the Magic Island series. In this wonderful learning adventure, Author Irene Edwards uses the fun and games of the Purple Wizard to bring children back to the Magic Islands. As we learned in book one Magic Island, somewhere along the coast of Wales, there once existed a small group of islands. They were mysterious islands, often believed to be magical islands.
Your child will enjoy the familiar characters Stefan and Megan, if he or she has read Magic Islands. Some of the chapter titles include Hook Eyed Monsters, The Spacecraft, Landing on Mars, Morning on the Red Planet, Volcano Olympus Mons, Let’s Explore the Underworld, Domadron, and the Cyclops, The Golden Puddle, Merlin’s Cave, The Red Wizards Tower, A Hiding Place, and Believe It or Not to name a few.
The Story Begins:” The story begins when the “Magic” happens, and the Purple Wizards are sent spinning from the Magic Islands to the Red Planet, Mars, where they experience a Space adventure on the mystic planet and its hidden Underworld.
…In order to escape from the Underworld and from Planet Mars, Izzy Odorous and his gang of Purple Wizards are faced with having to regain their own powerful magical strengths. With newly regained powers, they mischievously venture out on a magical mystery tour and later threaten danger to the well-being of the entire Planet Earth.
…Scratchit is the much feared, adorable, baby Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monster, who creates havoc by way of his very own busy magical mischief, as he whisks the children, Stefan, and Megan, on a terrifying journey to the Magic Islands.
…But when the children are confronted with the impending perils of global warming, they are also faced with having to help the magical inhabitants of the Magic Islands in their fight for survival during a rapidly changing climatic crisis.
Let me bring you into the story here:
… “Cheer up, Megan. Let’s get away from these sand dunes and shelter somewhere cool, such as the caves,” Stefan said briskly.
…How could she feel cheerful? She stood up and trailed after Stefan as he headed for the caves at the Land of Rocks.
… “Do you think the caves will be a safe place for us?” Megan frowned. “They can’t be. Some of the rocks on the coast are tumbling into the sea?”
… “Perhaps they may be safe enough, but I’m not really sure. At least the caves will offer shelter from the sun. I feel so cross with Scratchit today. The silly little Cyclops has brought us here and dumped us on these islands,” Stefan mumbled in annoyance.
… “But, I’m seriously worried, Stefan.” Megan sighed in despair, “What if…we really are alone on these Magic Islands, and there is no one here, to help magic us back to Wales? What if…there is no food for us to eat… or fresh water to drink, and we dehydrate?
…What if…the Magic Islands flood over?
…What if…?”
My Thoughts: Author Irene Edwards teaches children about planet earth and the cosmos in this fun, adventurous, action-adventure, using words and beautiful hand-drawn illustrations.
Children eight to twelve will enjoy reading with an adult or alone. This book will make a great gift, bed-time story, library book, or a summer reading adventure.
The author’s desire to educate children and adults about the preservation of our planet shines through in her books. Irene provides educational guides, free worksheets for classroom and group discussions. (cgofwales.co.uk)
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Believe it or not, you only have to say: “Fuzzy-Pickles! Wiggly-Jiggly! Itty-Bitty-Magic-Bits” and all you want is happening. Or is it? A wonderful story, not only for the young. Magic Island, Purple and red Wizards, Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monsters. And Steven and Megan, who was magically wished away from their school outing visiting Merlin’s Cave, by the baby Scratch it. But that is not all. You have to get the book to get the full story. Wonderfully written, easy to read. Great for children. Hi prices for it. I have started with the second book, but now I have to get the first and will see, how all started.
‘The Land Of Now And Then’ is book 3 in the ‘Magic Islands’ series.
Step into the wonderful world of the ‘Magic Islands’ for the third time, as the magical, mystical, educational series continues…
Still too much of a handful, even when captive, the naughty Purple Wizards are once again exiled for their environmental crimes – this time to a mythical land which shouldn’t exist, a land of extinct animals and ancient fictional beasts. A land where time has suddenly stood still, caused by the same lunar eclipse which brought them there…
Wizard Ambrosious needs help to start time up again – or half the Land of Now and Then will be in perpetual darkness, the other half perpetual light, and nothing will grow or thrive. He again needs the help of a particular group of schoolchildren, from a particular school in White Stone Town, Wales…
So, Stefan and Megan, this time with their friend Trevor, are called on once more to save the Magic Islands from climate catastrophe, by helping to find a missing magical Box of Secrets and its Golden Key. Their investigation will introduce them to a host of long-extinct animals of Planet Earth: a Gigantopithecus, a Dodo, a Parasaulophus, and the inhabitants – both terrifying and friendly – of fearsome Dinosaur Country. Join them as both they and the Purple Wizards learn all about these real and legendary creatures, finding friendship and purpose along the way – and perhaps saving the Land of Now and Then from its inevitable end…
A fun and exciting magical adventure for 8-12-year-olds, with an important environmental message…
Review by Réal Laplaine: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An entertaining and educational story for children. Reviewed in the United States on June 19, 2024. Verified Purchase. The Land of Now and Then, Book 3 in The Magic Islands children’s fantasy and adventure series, is just that – a magical adventure, where a group of children find themselves inexplicably transported to a land where creatures, both fantastical and either extinct or nearly so, have been saved from extinction and are protected by a powerful wizard. In their encounters, and their mission, they, and the reader, learn about these creatures; about dinosaurs which once roamed the Earth in abundance, now only a handful remain on the Magic Island. In addition to being an imaginative adventure, the book teaches a lesson about life, about the value of all creatures large or small, about the importance of maintaining an eco-system where the balance of the world is not disrupted to the detriment of any living thing. I recommend this book for children as both entertaining and educational – raising awareness on an important issue in our times – protecting the balance of life.
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. It’s Magic! Believe it or not! Reviewed in the United States on January 18, 2024. Verified Purchase. Reading that book, you will be transported into the magical world of purple Wizards and other worldly creatures and even to extinct creatures, like the dinosaurs. (they all kept alive there by the wizard Ambrosious).Three friends, Megan, Stefan and Trevor are once more being transported into the magical world of The Land of Now and Then to help the creatures to get their clock running again, so the darkness, that was creeping into their land, will stop and they can go on living. Very well written and I enjoyed reading it.
Review by James Stokes. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on June 7, 2024. Verified Purchase. Magic Islands is a well written story which will captivate and immerse children in the story’s magical elements. At the same time they will become aware of the serious message portrayed by the book. Our world is a fragile environment which needs to be cared for in an appropriate manner. Human beings are the stewards of this planet who need to take this responsibility seriously. As a teacher for nearly forty years Irene Edwards book is a must read for older primary school pupils.
Review by Amazon Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great children’s book. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on April 7, 2024. Verified Purchase. The third in the series of Magic Island books, again touches on themes of the environmental issues. This time set in the mythical land of now and then ,with some familiar characters from the previous two books. This was a joy to read from beginning to end, and perhaps the best of the three novels. Suitable bed time reading for any children, it’s sure to fire their imagination within the world of Magic Islands.
Review by Claire. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fantastic third book of the trilogy. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on April 1, 2024. Verified Purchase. This is my favourite of the trilogy. Fantastic plot and characters. I also bought copies for children in the family who are eager to discover what happens next. Highly recommended for children 8-12 years who will love this series.
Review by Topsy: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wonderful book to capture children’s imagination. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on March 27, 2024. Verified Purchase. I purchased this book to read with my 9 year old son. He has a huge interest in prehistoric animals and dinosaurs and this story weaves together magic, dinosaurs and an important message about climate change. A must read for children (and adults).
About Irene Edwards: Irene Edwards is a retired teacher who now writes fantasy fiction for children. As an educator, she taught Primary level in many parts of the UK; London, Essex, Coventry, Midlands, Cardiff, Port Talbot, Swansea and Carmarthenshire. She then qualified as a Teacher of the Deaf at The Lady Spencer Churchill College, Oxford, working at first within unit settings and later moving to peripatetic, for schools and clinics. Knowing how important literature and language was to the structure of speech and language development, on retirement she began to research into the imaginary minds of children and their world of literature and writing. To find out more visit: https://cgofwales.co.uk/
Popular And Highly Acclaimed Finding Billy Battles Trilogy.
Finding Billy Battles by Ronald E. Yates.
Finding Billy Battles Trilogy Book 1.
When
a great-grandson inherits two aging trunks and a stack of meticulously detailed
journals penned by his great-grandfather, he sets out to fulfill his
great-grandfather’s last request: to tell the story of an incredible life
replete with adventure, violence, and tragedy. The great-grandfather’s name is
Billy Battles–a man often trapped and overwhelmed by circumstances beyond his
control.
For
much of his 100-year-long life Billy is a man missing and largely unknown to
his descendants. His great-grandson is about to change that. As he works his
way through the aging journals and the other possessions he finds in the
battered trunks he uncovers the truth about his mysterious great-grandfather–a
man whose deeds and misdeeds propelled him on an extraordinary and perilous
journey from the untamed American West to the inscrutable Far East, Latin
America and Europe.
As he flips through the pages of the handwritten journals he learns of Billy’s surprising connections to the Spanish-American War, French Indochina, and revolutions in Mexico and other Latin American countries. But most of all he learns that in finding Billy Battles he has also found a long lost and astonishing link to the past.
One Special Book Review: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fantastic Historical Fiction.
Most
of my relatives are normal, boring people. They have interesting anecdotes and
some cool experiences, but overall there is nothing that will make me sit back
and listen to them for hours on end. Billy Battles is nothing like these
people.
Apparently
taken partially from a real-life person, this tale is told through the great
grandson of Billy Battles reading through the personal journals of his life as
a young man, exploring the world and discovering himself.
Having
studied history, the research involved in this book is striking and very
thorough. The language, the details, the people and cultures, are very true to
life, and I have to take my hat off to Ronald Yates. Yet the book doesn’t just
rest on being factual. Through the journals, I got a very close look at Billy,
and the people he met, which humanized several actual historical characters,
without taking any undue liberties to make them fit a certain mold.
I read this book in a day and half the night, and I don’t regret the lost sleep. Reviewed by Dan Clarke.
Review by RoxB: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Old West Life and Times. Reviewed in the United States on November 19, 2020. Verified Purchase. Author Ronald Yates creates a gripping historical fiction using Billy’s journals that tracked his life, people he met, and events he witnessed from the mid-1800s. Tracing the history and fact-checking started with Billy’s introduction in 1958 to his great-grandson, Theodore Remington Sayles. Billy was in a veteran’s home and ninety-eight years old. Old but not senile.
Ted, as he preferred being called, was a Kansas lad who became an investigative newspaperman. He received the twelve journals his grandmother saved in 1998. The memoirs revealed the fascinating story of Billy’s life in ways most of us have only viewed from the slanted perspective of television. Ted reflected upon how he related to Billy because they traveled similar career paths.
Billy’s worked as a journalist for multiple newspapers causing him to travel across the old west. He lived during, what is commonly called Old West, times of lawlessness, bank robbers, and marshals rode horses or railroad with their Colt’s handy. During his travels, his path crossed with notables like Wyatt Earp, Bat Masterson, Doc Holliday, Diamond Jim Brady, and Billy the Kid.
The stories of his travels are shared in a way that worked for me. I enjoyed the writing, especially with the authentic vernacular of the times. I highlighted the area below where Billy hooks back up with Doc Holliday after several years. Doc is fighting his TB at that point.
“I filled him in on my career at the Denver Sun, my marriage to Mallie, and my last run-in with the Bledsoes in Lawrence.
“I am pleased to see that a woman has made an honest man of you. That’s more than can be said for me,”
Doc said. “Seems like when it came to women, all I did was put a spoke in the wheel.”
“I just got lucky, I guess.”
With that, Doc pulled a small silver flask from under his blanket and took a short swig. It wasn’t whiskey, but laudanum often used to ease the symptoms and pain of TB. “This stuff used to help, but now it just seems to be a damned bad habit,” he said, returning the flask to its hiding place.
We talked a while longer. I asked him if he had seen Wyatt recently.
“He and Josie stopped by in Gunnison maybe four years ago, on their way to Denver to get hitched—at least that’s what they told me,” Doc rasped.
He fell into a short coughing fit, and I felt guilty that by making him talk so much, I had brought it on. “Sorry, Doc… I don’t mean to make things worse.”
“Don’t worry… they can’t get any worse than they already are. I’m about played out.”
Then holding up the book he had been reading, he asked, “Have you read Homer?”
I explained that I had as part of an assignment at the University of Kansas.
“In that case, you might recall this line.” Then picking up the book, he read, “Let me not then die ingloriously and without a struggle, but let me first do some great things that shall be told among men hereafter.”
He coughed again and took another swig from his small flask. “I think I failed Homer on all counts,” Doc rasped.”
I enjoy western historical fictions, especially with the action/adventure related in this book. With Author Yates using the journals, the woven history of Billy Battles becomes so personal. I recommend this to readers who like to feel they are a part of the story. The characters are well-developed, and the memories will remain with me. I enjoy this writing style. I now have my sights on book 2 and book 3.
Review by John W. Howell-VINE VOICE: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. What a great story of struggles and triumph in the early west. Reviewed in the United States on July 27, 2014. Verified Purchase. Ron Yates has put together a fascinating story with the backdrop of accurate historical events which serve as a stage for this wonderful tale. Billy Battles is an intriguing character whom we meet as an old man. He has left his grandson a treasure of information in the form of extensive documentation of Young Billy’s life from the time he has left college until he begins a life-altering adventure in the Far East. This book is part one of a presumed series. I say presumed because the book ends with the word, “End of part 1 (to be continued)” I for one did not want this book to end. I was looking forward to the continued adventures of Billy who had just set sail for an ocean voyage which would take him to several ports of call to the final destination in Vietnam. This was the Vietnam of the late 1800s so if the first part of the book is any indication, many interesting circumstances will be served up very capably by Ron. So enough of what is to come.
The first part of this story was told with a ring of authenticity that could only be brought about by attention to research detail. It was very pleasing to have footnotes giving the reader money conversion rates so that the magnitude of some of the bills which needed to be paid were fully understood. For instance, Billy tipped his cabin steward $1 which in effect was a thirty-dollar tip in today’s dollars. Knowing this gives the reader some idea as to why the tip produced such great service.
The story has all the ingredients for a pleasing read; the plot is great; the pace is superb and the character development highly sophisticated. Billy is an individual who has been traumatized by a central event and goes on through the story being influenced by this trauma. Ron has taken the time to fully develop Billy into a thoughtful and caring person in spite of the forces driving him to a potentially darker side of his personality. Since we already met the old Billy in the first chapter, we know Billy never dies in his adventures. What we don’t know and Ron effectively manages this information is the effect these adventures have on Billy to the future.
The story is being told from the diary of Billy Battles and as such is primarily in the first-person past tense. Ron handles this narrator point of view very well and makes the reader very comfortable in following along on the adventure actually led by Billy. I would recommend this book to anyone who likes spot on dialog, excellent dialect, and skillful handling of an important story.
Review by Richard Schwindt: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Terrific historical fiction. Reviewed in Canada on November 22, 2020. Verified Purchase. Billy Battles survives a long and eventful life, while remaining something of an enigma to his family; until his great grandson inherits a chest filled with journals and begins to realize what a remarkable man he was. Billy rode with, fought with and engaged with some of the most mythologized characters of his era; including the likes of Wyatt Earp and Bat Masterson, and unknowns like the nasty Nate Bledsoe. Finding Billy Battles is the first in a trilogy, which based on book one is worth reading. The prose style is clean and engaging and the story never lags. The emotions associated with violence and tragedy seem true and congruent with the events. Historical novels are tricky for all kinds of reasons but author Ronald E. Yates nails it, capturing the detail and tenor of the times. Highly recommended with salt beef and whiskey.
Review by SusiQ: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A train ride across America. Reviewed in Germany on July 18, 2018. Verified Purchase. I really enjoyed this story. Just the idea that someone is left with a trunk full of memorabilia, journals and a manuscript describing a great grandfather’s life is so intriguing. And so, begins the recount of the life of Billy Battles. This is historical fiction the way I like to read it. Set in the late 19th century, it’s a train ride across America. I know very little about this time period and it was a real pleasure to learn something about it in such an entertaining way. I’m looking forward to continuing with the series.
The Improbable Journeys Of Billy Battles by Ronald E. Yates.
Finding Billy Battles Trilogy Book 2.
Billy Battles is definitely not in Kansas anymore.
As Book 2 of the Finding Billy Battles trilogy opens, Billy is far from his Kansas roots and his improbable journeys are just starting.
The year is 1894 and Billy is aboard the S S China sailing to the inscrutable Far East. Trouble is not far behind. He has met a mysterious and possibly dangerous German Baroness. He has locked horns with malevolent agents of the German government and battled ferocious Chinese and Malay pirates in the South China Sea.
Later, he is embroiled in the bloody anti-French insurgency in Indochina–which quite possibly makes him the first American combatant in a country that eventually will become Vietnam. Then, in the Philippines, he is thrust into the Spanish-American War and the brutal anti-American insurgency that follows. But Billy’s troubles are only beginning.
As the 19th century ends and the 20th century begins, he finds himself entangled with political opportunists, spies, revolutionaries, and an assortment of vindictive and dubious characters of both sexes. How will Billy handle those people and the challenges they present? The answers are just ahead.
One Special Book Review: You can’t help but be intrigued and fascinated by the intrepid, larger-than-life protagonist in Ronald Yates’ entertaining and thoughtful second book of his Finding Billy Battles trilogy. This time, you see how Billy’s tumultuous life begins to impact him in middle age as he seeks his next adventures to distract him from past grief and guilt. Yates has an effective way of revealing interesting details of exotic places during historic periods–this time primarily in the Orient of the late 19th and early 20th centuries–while weaving in a fascinating tale of a man in perpetual motion. One can’t help but find interesting parallels at Yates’ deft hand between Billy’s unrest and that of French Indochina and the Philippines during a time of conflict and pushback over European colonization. Ray Elliott, Author of, With the Silent Knowledge, Iwo Blasted Again, and Wild Hands Toward the Sky
Awards: Three Pulitzer Prize nominations by the Chicago Tribune, The Peter Lisagor Award from the Society of Professional Journalists, The Inter-American Press Association Tom Wallace Award for coverage of South America, Three Edward Scott Beck Awards for international reporting.
5 Stars: Compelling Story Based On Fact!
The Improbable Journeys of Billy Battles is the sequel to Finding Billy Battles. I jumped right into this book without reading the first in this trilogy and found it to be a compelling story based on fact and expanded by narrative fiction.
Ted Sayles who is the great-grandson of Billy Battles inherits Billy’s journals and while writing this trilogy he stays very true to the language of the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. While this book opens in 1894 with William (Billy) Battles heading for the Orient aboard the SS China it covers his time in the Far East, Latin America, and Europe.
It is aboard the SS China that Billy meets German Baroness Katharina von Schreiber. She is gorgeous and regal, far out of reach of a Kansas scribbler (journalist). Since you have probably read the book’s description, I wrestle with what to share with you from this amazing story and journey that Billy Battles is about to embark on. I have decided to quote this passage to whet your appetite. I quote:
…“Katharina’s cabin was a bit larger than mine was, and like mine, its walls were covered with dark mahogany panels. In addition to the two overstuffed chairs and writing table, she also had a small dining table. That is where we settled, she on one side and me on the other.
…“I’m sorry, I have nothing to offer you to drink.” Then she paused, stood up, and walked to her wardrobe where she produced a tear-shaped bottle of Glenglassaugh single malt Scotch whiskey and two heavy cut crystal glasses. “Except for this.”
…She returned and placed the glasses on the table in front of us. “May I?” she asked, and then uncorking the bottle, she poured two fingers in each glass. “This was my late husband’s favorite.”
…I shuddered imperceptibly at that remark but pulled the glass toward me anyway. Images of Katharina pushing Baron von Schreiber over a cliff or poisoning him with arsenic-laced Wiener schnitzel flooded my mind.
…I forced those macabre thoughts out of my mind by focusing on the rich amber hue of the whiskey as I uneasily swirled the glass around and around in front of me.
…What was I doing? I found myself thinking. Why was I in Katharina Schreiber’s cabin about to drink expensive single malt Scotch whiskey with a woman who had just admitted she had killed, but not murdered, her husband?”
Murder, mystery, intrigue, people, places and events that were intended to divert Billy’s attention from his past soon gets him embroiled in Katharina’s past, with the German government, not to mention Chinese and Malay pirates. Later on, he finds himself perhaps the first American to be involved in the Anti-French insurgency in Indochina which will later be called Vietnam and involve America. War will not end there as he is forced into the Spanish-American War while in the Philippines.
Just as life takes many unexpected turns for Billy Battles so will your desire to keep turning the pages of this book to find out what is it about Billy Battles that causes him to try to escape his past, endure his new reality and find measured peace as he heads into the twilight of his life.
I invite you to read The Improbable Journeys of Billy Battles as it is a journey worth your time. Be sure to read Finding Billy Battles (book one in this trilogy) while waiting for the author to write the final book in this amazing trilogy.
Author Ronald E. Yates life experience as a foreign correspondent for the Chicago Tribune in Japan, China, Southeast Asia, and Central and South America gives him the authority with which he writes. It is important to point out he won “three Pulitzer Prize nominations and several other awards, including the Peter Lisagor Award from the Society of Professional Journalists; The Inter-American Press Association Award for coverage of South America; and three Edward Scott Beck Awards for international reporting. He is a graduate of the William Allen White School of Journalism at the University of Kansas. He lives in Murrieta, California.”
I really enjoyed “The Improbable Journeys of Billy Battles” (Trilogy Book Two) by Ronald E. Yates. Ronald E. Yates is the author of the “Finding Billy Battles” (book one in this trilogy) and “The Kikkoman Chronicles”: A Global Company with A Japanese Soul, Aboard The Tokyo Express: A Foreign Correspondent’s Journey Through Japan as well as three journalism textbooks: The Journalist’s Handbook, International Reporting and Foreign Correspondents, and Business and Financial Reporting in a global Economy.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
5X Space Cadet: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A great story that serves up a palatable and thought-provoking history lesson. Reviewed in the United States on December 7, 2017. Verified Purchase. I learned so much from this well-written and meticulously researched book. I’m not usually that much of a fan of historical fiction, but in this case, it was a welcome educational experience. As Billy’s journeys take him to Saigon, the Philippines, and even turn-of-the-20th-century Germany, this story is richly imbued with cultural and historical facts I previously did not know. This included something as simple as where white pepper comes from, but most especially the dark history of colonialism. I had heard of the Spanish-American War, but had no idea it was fought in the Philippines, much less why.
I have grown up simply accepting the fact that the British, French, and Spanish did a considerable amount of exploring, which also constituted conquests for more land and resources. This is apparent by the languages spoken in diverse parts of the world, far from where they originated. Getting a glimpse into the climate and attitudes of the 19th century, especially how indigenous people were trampled and exploited, brought up multiple considerations that had previously been entirely off my radar.
While colonialism’s defenders note that it brings a higher standard of living to these areas, it is also at a high price to the cultural norms and freedom of those unfortunate enough to live in such a place. Insights into Saigon in the late 1800s provided a new understanding into the Vietnam War and guerilla warfare. While in some cases, America has helped defend these countries, in others it has been just as guilty as the European conquests. Ironically, American is the prime example of a country that rebelled successfully against colonialism, yet then went on to force it on others, for example Native Americans. We are no better than anyone else and it’s easy for me to understand why other countries hate us.
The best part of this story is that all these fascinating details were woven into the plot of a story with believable characters caught up in this historical drama, from the Old West, to pre-WWI Europe, and overseas in the Far East. I recommend it highly to anyone who enjoys a meaty, well-researched read that serves up more than an interesting story. History buffs will love it. While it is the second book in a trilogy, I thoroughly enjoyed it and had no trouble following it without the benefit of reading the first.
Review by Richard Schwindt: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. High adventure in the late nineteenth century. Reviewed in Canada on March 29, 2021. Verified Purchase. I have always found the late nineteenth century to be fascinating, and sought out fiction set in that period. So it is with great satisfaction that I have been reading the Billy Battles trilogy by Ron Yates. If you take a great story line, rousing adventure, impeccable history and well-drawn characters this is what you get. The first book in the series is a well told novel of a young man coming of age in the wild corners of Kansas. The second book now takes you, along with the protagonist – a little older and wiser – to the Far East. If you enjoy high quality escapism, I cannot recommend this series enough. Enjoy with spicy food on a humid afternoon.
Review by Marjorie Mallon: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fascinating journey – well worth a read. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on October 27, 2018. Verified Purchase. This novel is part historical fiction, part based on fact and celebrates the fascinating life of Billy Battles. Who has a life like this? My goodness! What a guy… I have not read the first in the series but I didn’t find that this hampered my enjoyment in any way. Billy’s journeys take him to Saigon, the Philippines, and even to Germany. This story is packed full of exciting events. What a Smorgasbord of reading delight!
It is an well-researched and well-written novel with the benefit of pain-staking detail which makes the reader feel as if he or she is immediately immersed in the narrative. I enjoyed this so much. I was initially attracted to reading this book by the mention of the mysterious East. My father, (who is also a Ronald,) has often spoken of his travels to the Far East and I hope one day to write his memoirs so this piqued my interest. The author Ronald E Yates did a great job in creating wonderful characters and a fascinating plot that kept you intrigued throughout.
I particularly enjoyed the section in the Far East and the ending kept me on the edge of my seat. I would definitely recommend this author.
Review by Raymond and Mary Berry: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Adventure! Action! Reviewed in Canada on August 24, 2018. Verified Purchase. I love this story, is one of the best books I’ve read this year! Riveting introduction! Ted meets his great grandfather William “Billy” Battles for the first time when he was 12….during the next couple of years Billy tells him about his life, to Ted, some of his great grandads stories are fantastical, but based on historical fact, Billy Battles’ stories about the famous people he meets and rides with Wyatt Earp, and his brothers, and the great Bat Masterson, who didn’t always write sports stories… Billy Battles life was far from boring as his story starts in the desolate Kansas frontier where he started life and where a shoot-out on Battles Gap takes Billy everywhere in pursuit of the bad guys…full of action the story takes us to Chicago then off to Asia.
Billy’s stories are rich in detail, an interesting diary of the late 1800’s to the First World War….the Billy Battles story continues in a further two books, and I’m halfway finished the second book. I love this story because it’s set in a young America, a time we don’t often hear about when the telegraph was new, telephones were coming and indoor plumbing was still a dream in the future! A Must read!
Review by Bill: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fantastic book! Reviewed in the United Kingdom on August 14, 2018. Verified Purchase. This is a simply fantastic book! I loved reading about the adventures of Billy Battles and have already purchased and read the next in the series without hardly drawing breath. It is an action-packed adventure with romance and wide-ranging emotions but is also full of interesting historical insights and facts. The storytelling is epic in scale with Battles engaging in various wars as well as fighting pirates and secret agents. It was like reading three novels packed into one and there was never a dull moment. I couldn’t put the book down and fortunately was on holiday while I was reading so had to suffer few interruptions. I was recommended the book and didn’t know the author but after finishing I checked the author out and was not surprised to find he was an award-winning journalist who had been Pulitzer Prize nominated. I highly recommend this book and the author deserves great success.
The Lost Years Of Billy Battles by Ronald E. Yates.
Finding Billy Battles Trilogy Book 3.
Where in the world is Billy Battles?
As Book Three of the Finding Billy Battles trilogy begins, we know where Billy is. He is in Chicago with his wife, the former Baroness Katharina von Schreiber living a sedate and comfortable life after years of adventure and tragedy. That changes with a single telephone call that yanks Billy and Katharina back into a life of havoc and peril.
Persuaded by a powerful old friend to go undercover for the U.S. government the two find themselves in Mexico during the height of the violent 1910-1920 revolution. There they encounter assorted German spies, Mexican revolutionaries, devious political operatives, and other malefactors. Caught in the middle of the 1914 American invasion of Veracruz, they must find a way out while keeping their real identities secret.
Later on, disaster strikes. It is a tragedy Billy is all too familiar with and one that will send him plummeting into a chasm of despair and agony. Then, Billy vanishes leaving family and friends to wonder what happened to him. Where is he? Is he dead or alive? What provoked his disappearance?
In Book 3 of the Finding Billy Battles Trilogy, those questions are answered, and the mystery behind Billy’s disappearance is ultimately revealed.
5 Stars: Remarkable Job Producing This Trilogy!
Saying goodbye to an old friend is always hard and that is how I feel as the “Finding Billy Battles Trilogy” comes to a close with book three titled “The Lost Years of Billy Battles”. The fictional Ted Sayles has done a remarkable job reading and producing this trilogy from more than a dozen journals written by his great grandfather Billy Battles. It is the historical significance woven skillfully within the element of fiction that makes this trilogy a must read for history buffs and fans of action and adventure novels.
After years of travel, relationships with foreign governments, wars of American making and wars forced upon us, not to mention the Chinese and Malay pirates; Billy and Katharina finally enjoy a few peaceful years where Billy is an editor for the Chicago Record-Herald and Katharina a successful author. It is inevitable that this serene period wouldn’t last forever. One phone call to go undercover will find them “caught in the middle of the 1914 American invasion of Veracruz”.
Just when danger subsides, I found myself holding my breath when the unthinkable happens. “Katharina wasn’t the one the five men were after. It was me. But when they couldn’t find me, they decided to take Katharina to use as bait. That was the first revelation. Next was who the men were. The man who had dragged Katharina out of the house was Mason Bledsoe, son of Nate Bledsoe, the man I had killed in 1889 on my family’s homestead in Western Kansas. When I heard the name, my knees buckled and my heart raced for a moment.” It was the ransom note that made Billy’s heart sink.
Of all the dangers Billy and Katharina had been exposed to in their life together, how will this one match up? When Billy is nowhere to be found, what reason will be uncovered? How will Billy Battle close the final chapter in his journal? Will Ted Sayles effort to canonize the legacy of his Great Grandfather Billy Battle live on for future generations?
There is no doubt in my mind that Author Ronald E. Yates’ extensive historical research, skilled character development and impeccable story telling has brought the reader to a successful conclusion in this thought-provoking trilogy. I invite you to read the entire “Finding Billy Battles Trilogy” as it portrays, as much a glimpse into history, as it does into one man’s life.
I loved The Lost Years Of Billy Battles (Finding Billy Battles Trilogy Book 3) by Ronald Yates as a final testimony to the life and times of Billy Battle.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by A. William Benitez: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Like Walking Through History With A Good Friend. Reviewed in the United States on September 14, 2020. Verified Purchase. My only regret with this trilogy is that it ended. The concise and down to earth first-person narrative captured me from the beginning of the first book, which I loved for its real characterization of Bat Masterson and Wyatt Earp. Every book in the trilogy was like traveling through history with a good friend. I will definitely be checking out Yates other books.
Review by Heidi Mastrogiovanni: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. I loved all three of Ronald Yates’ books. Reviewed in the United States on June 8, 2018. Verified Purchase. Why does a trilogy only have three books! I was absolutely heartbroken to see Billy Battles’ story end. I loved all three of Ronald Yates’ books. His prose is exquisite. He transports the reader to so many different times and places; it’s a cliché, but you really do feel as though you are there in all these distant places with the characters. The characters will stay with me always, especially Billy. The books in this trilogy are epic and absorbing. They are all page-turners. I never wanted any of them to end.
Review by CHERYL A. ADAMS: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Awesome!!! Reviewed in the United States on June 21, 2018. Verified Purchase. These are great books that should be made into a movie! I see Tom Selleck in the title role! Wonderful history books!
Review by Helga Richards: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Five Stars! Reviewed in the United States on July 3, 2018. Verified Purchase. A wonderful finish to this trilogy. Enjoyed all 3 Books.
Review by 5X Space Cadet: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Another Outstanding Glimpse of History and Our Checkered Past. Reviewed in the United States on June 7, 2018. This well-written conclusion to the Billy Battles trilogy is its crown jewel. This series’ characters are so vivid and compelling it’s hard to believe that this is a work of fiction. Their involvement in the events of the late 19th and early 20th century brings history alive as well. The author has outdone himself in researching that era and many of the events of which only true history buffs would be aware. In doing so, he has performed a great service bringing them to readers’ attention because these various international skirmishes laid the foundation for much of the contention seen in today’s world.
As they say, victors are the ones who write history. It’s also true that what you hear in history class is based on what higher powers want people to believe and incorporate into their view of the world. There is nothing more enlightening than to see familiar situations from the other side of the fence. Through these novels, Ron Yates has done a stellar job of placing the reader in the middle of various international situations and, in the true spirit of journalism, objectively presenting both sides. Sadly, today there is so much bias in the news media that true journalism has virtually disappeared. But even before they stooped to fake news and blatant lies, the stories presented by the media were designed to maintain a certain mindset that fueled nationalism at its worst.
When the U.S.A. entered World War II, they were definitely invited. Western European countries still appreciate us for the victory made possible by our intervention. For example, to this day Luxembourg places a wreath every Veterans Day on George S. Patton’s grave, which is in a U.S. Military Cemetery within that country. However, there have been times when our actions were nothing less than intrusive, albeit based on self-protection. That is justifiable to a point, but once that goal is achieved, hanging around terrorizing other country’s native populations is flat-out wrong. If you’ve ever wondered why Mexico hates us, this book will provide some answers.
European colonialism, which we supported, is another thorn in the side of many countries, especially in Far East countries like Korea and Vietnam. Bringing our version of civilization to these foreign shores, which we were convinced to consider a favor, in many cases wasn’t. How we’ve treated indigenous populations in other lands is shameful and even persists to this day with regard to Native Americans.
Of course, America did not start this practice, which originated millennia ago. Not that long ago, we were a colony ourselves, who were being oppressed, which ultimately resulted in the American Revolutionary War. So, what did we do, but turn around and support colonization by those who had once been our enemy. When our borders or way of life are threatened, that’s one thing. If someone attacks us, we have the right to defend ourselves, but our intrusion into these other battles has often made us the invader. It’s no wonder that other countries fear us, and it spirals down from there. However, the world is now entangled in the unfortunate consequences of thousands of years’ worth of conquests. Cliché though it may be, it’s true that those who fail to learn from history are indeed doomed to repeat it.
I didn’t intend for this review to turn into a political essay. However, it demonstrates how effective this novel and its predecessor, “The Improbable Journeys of Billy Battles”, have been in enlightening me to some of the less than savory facts embedded in U.S. history, thanks to the exploits of Yates’s amazing characters. Their interaction with actual historical figures makes it all the more interesting and convincing. Astounding imagery puts you right in the thick of things, whether geographically or via the use of the conversational vernacular of the time. In more ways than I can count, this book is a masterpiece. Do yourself a favor and get started on this series today. You’ll not only be entertained but see the world in an entirely different way. Isn’t that what great fiction is all about?
Review by Raymond and Mary Berry: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Action! Adventure! National Secrets! Reviewed in Canada on September 5, 2018. Verified Purchase. I have now read the entire trilogy of Billy Battles adventures, I was riveted! I couldn’t put any of the books down, I read them one after another like a guilty pleasure! Billy Battles adventures included civil war in Viet Nam, then known as Con Chine/Indochina war with France, Spanish/America War, Philippines/American war, Mexican American skirmish-1917-1921 and a few other interesting points in history that I haven’t had the pleasure of reading about in this way…Ronald Yates, the author of this trilogy did quite a bit of research and used newspaper accounts of these moments in history to write about Billy Battles adventures based on true events. In recent times many readers I know have spent time reading about World War I, and the events surrounding the Great War, so it’s a nice to read about other world events that occurred a little closer to home, at the same time.
I would say to Ronald Yates. It would be great if you wrote about Battles great grandson, also a journalist, to find out what he did with the secrets Billy Battles left behind.
Review by Bill: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Brilliant! Reviewed in the United Kingdom on August 14, 2018. Verified Purchase. Another fabulous episode in the story of Billy Battles! As with the previous book I read, I was quickly gripped and hated finishing the book because I wanted to read more. The action is sometimes bloody and violent but always exciting. this time he gets caught up in Mexico with revolutionaries as well as German spies. The author does a wonderful job of blending history with fiction. Back home, Battles’ family life is far from smooth, which gives balance to the book so he is not a one-dimensional action hero. A great end to a brilliant series.
Product Details: Paperback: 412 Pages Publisher: Mill City Press, Inc. (May 29, 2018) Language: English Historical Fiction Action and Adventure
Combining
ancient craftsmanship with modern technology and marketing innovations, Japan’s
Kikkoman Corporation has quietly become a $2 billion market leader. This book
tells the fascinating story of how
Kikkoman
changed the course of international marketing, shrewdly adapting to
20th-century realities while never turning its back on centuries of tradition.
Product Details: Hardcover: 224 Pages Publisher: McGraw-Hill; 2nd Edition (October 31, 1998) Language: English Business Infrastructure International Business & Investing
About Ronald E. Yates: Ronald E. Yates is an award-winning author
of historical fiction and action/adventure novels, including the popular and
highly-acclaimed Finding Billy Battles trilogy. His extraordinarily accurate
books have captivated fans around the world who applaud his ability to blend
fact and fiction.
Ron
is a former foreign correspondent for the Chicago Tribune and Professor
Emeritus of Journalism at the University of Illinois where he was also the Dean
of the College of Media.
His
award-winning book, “The Improbable Journeys of Billy Battles,” is
the second in his Finding Billy Battles trilogy of novels and was published in
June 2016. The first book in the trilogy, “Finding Billy Battles,”
was published in 2014. His latest book is entitled The Lost Years of Billy
Battles. It is book #3 of the trilogy and will be released in May 2018.
Ron
has been a presenting author at the Kansas Book Festival and the Los Angeles
Times Festival of Books, among other venues. He is also the author of The
Kikkoman Chronicles: A Global Company with A Japanese Soul, published by
McGraw-Hill. Other books include Aboard the Tokyo Express: A Foreign
Correspondent’s Journey through Japan, a collection of columns translated into
Japanese, as well as three journalism textbooks: The Journalist’s Handbook,
International Reporting and Foreign Correspondents, and Business and Financial
Reporting in a Global Economy.
Before
leaving the world of professional journalism where he toiled 27 years, Ron
lived and worked in Japan, Southeast Asia, and both Central and South America
where he covered several history-making events including the fall of South
Vietnam and Cambodia; the Tiananmen Square massacre in Beijing; and wars and
revolutions in Afghanistan, the Philippines, Nicaragua, El Salvador and
Guatemala, among other places.
His
work as a war correspondent resulted in several awards, including the
Inter-American Press Association’s Tom Wallace Award for coverage of Central
and South America; the Peter Lisagor Award from the Society of Professional
Journalists; three Edward Scott Beck Awards for International Reporting, and
three Pulitzer nominations.
Ron is a proud graduate of the William Allen White School of Journalism at the University of Kansas and a veteran of the U.S. Army where he served in the Army Security Agency.
Available Books:
Finding
Billy Battles: An Account of Peril, Transgression and Redemption
The
Improbable Journeys of Billy Battles (Finding Billy Battles Trilogy Book 2)
The
Lost Years Of Billy Battles (Finding Billy Battles Trilogy Book 1)
The
Kikkoman Chronicles
The
Reporter’s Handbook
International
Reporting and Foreign Correspondents
Business
& Financial Reporting in a Global Economy
Aboard
the Tokyo Express (a collection of columns translated into Japanese)
The thirty-five novellas presented in Prime-Time Crime Time are works of pure fiction.
The stories’ themes deal with various types of crime and criminal motivation. Any character resemblance to anyone living on Planet Earth is positively coincidental. In addition, any fictional setting scenario is also coincidental.
Prime-Time Crime Time is author Jay Dubya’s 42nd published hardcover/paperback book. Other story collections by this prolific author are Snake Eyes and Boxcars, Snake Eyes and Boxcars, Part II, Suite 16, One Baker’s Dozen, Two Baker’s Dozen, RAM: Random Articles and Manuscripts, Pieces of Eight, Pieces of Eight, Part II, Pieces of Eight, Part III, Pieces of Eight, Part IV, Nine New Novellas, Nine New Novellas, Part II, Nine New Novellas, Part III and Nine New Novellas, Part IV.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Enjoyable Crime Theme Novellas.
If you enjoy the wonderful pace of short story collections, this should be your next purchase. These thirty-five ‘Prime-Time Crime Time’ novellas are works of pure fiction. Author John Wiessner writes interesting stories dealing with various types of crime and criminal motivation. This is not the first collection of novellas that I have read, and it certainly won’t be the last. This is a perfect collection of short stores to take anywhere and enjoy.
Here are my favorite short tag lines from 10 of these 35 very enjoyable novellas.
The Bounty Hunter: “Trevor Crawford’s fertile-but-sinister imagination had always fantasized devising and committing “the perfect crime.”
A Small World: “Eugene held huge personal grudges against twelve people from his academic past who he believed had excessively offended and grieved him.”
Missions Accomplished: “Only if we’re able to first solve this abominable series of horrendous church bombings,” Chief Giralo bluntly answered.
The Duck Pond: “The sly Sicilian culprit and his burly bodyguard lieutenants had never been convicted of engaging in criminal activity, even though “the Duke” was constantly under intense police scrutiny.”
The Trespassers: “Farmin’ is such a big gamble with the unpredictable weather that we’re all sick and tired of gamblin’ when the harvest season’s finally over.”
Too Much Monkey Business: “Are you inherently psychic or clairvoyant; a true crime-solving wizard, or what?”
Double Trouble: Little honor exists between ignominious human beings, and this graphic story confirms that very valid social/ethical axiom.
Swarming Killer Bees: Of all the baffling crime scenarios that have both challenged and intrigued FBI Inspector Joe Giralo, none has ever been more mysterious and bewildering than the difficult case of the “Swarming Killer Bees”.
What Goes Around Comes Around: “I’d rather commit hara-kiri than put myself through the nasty torture of again teaching kindergarten,” Carol admitted.
City Councilmen: A major obstacle stood in Clint’s political path: his Atlantis Coastal Hotel landlord Thomas Theodore Wallace was already a prominent member of the city council.
I highly recommend you pick up all of Jay Dubya’s books. His books are entertaining and educational. His books are easy to read and make marvelous gifts for teens through adults.
Jay Dubya is author John Wiessner’s pen name. John is a retired New Jersey public school English teacher and he had taught the subject for thirty-four years. After retiring from teaching in 1999, John Wiessner became the author of 55+ books in the genre Action/Adventure Novels, Sci-Fi/Paranormal Story Collections, Adult Satire, Young Adult Fantasy Novels and Non-Fiction Books. His books exist in hardcover, in paperback and in popular Kindle and Nook e-book formats.
Product Details: Paperback: 600 Pages Publisher: Bookstand Publishing (May 1, 2013) Language: English First Person Short Stories
‘So Ya’ Wanna’ Be A Teacher!’ by Jay Dubya Is Now Available In This New Revised Edition.
So Ya’ Wanna’ Be A Teacher tells the whole amazing true story of what really goes on in the typical American public school. The author was an English teacher for thirty-four years in a middle, junior-high and high school and knows all about the problem student, problem classes, crazy’ problem parents, student fighting, cheating, the Educational Aristocracy, nutty field trips, administrivia and bizarre assembly programs. The teacher in his career had taught over four thousand students, broken up over two-hundred and fifty fist fights, participated in over seven hundred fire drills and listened to loud school bells ring over a hundred and fifty thousand times.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Insider Information!
Introduction: Author Jay Dubya and middle grade school teacher for thirty-four years is providing insider information of what typically goes on in an American public school system.Each chapter shines a light on the US Educational System. Reading one of Author Jay Dubya’s books is an exercise in self-enlightenment and ‘So Ya’ Wanna’ Be A Teacher!’ is no exception. This book is filled with life experiences, historical analogies, truthful insights and enviable conclusions. My goal is to show you a synopsis of 19 of the chapters. Author Jay Dubya has presentenced with the perfect tool for understanding our educational system. The rest is up to you!
Chapter 1- “Generally Speaking”: This literary endeavor will identify and elaborate upon the factors that prevent teachers from reaching the designation “professionals.”
Chapter 2- “The Teacher as a Vital Non-Entity”: Teachers are the glue that holds the system together, but the Administration equals power. Teaching equals obedience and subservience to arbitrary, bureaucratic authority.
Chapter 3- “Role Reinforcement”: Role reinforcement is one way that administrators and supervisors establish who they are in the pecking order and who teachers are in the pecking order beneath them.
Chapter 4- “The Concept of Office”: Students believe that “the office” is the ultimate authority in the school. The office represents power, a power that transcends teacher authority.
Chapter 5- “Little Things Add’ Up”: Let’s examine some reasons why dedicated teachers lose their enthusiasm (and become cynical) but stay in the profession.
Chapter 17- “Educational Socialism”: Democratic education (as interpreted by educational psychology) has led to a very dangerous notion that “students should be equal.” Student differences are minimized in today’s public schools regardless of individual ability. Excellence is sacrificed and mediocrity results when both ends of the educational spectrum (A and F students) are forced to gravitate toward a sociological median.
Chapter 21- “The Need for Competition”: Everyone involved in education has to get back to the idea that competition is a worthwhile pursuit that is consistent with our great free enterprise system of economics.
Chapter 22- “The Problem Child”: During the 1970-’71 school year, I had an incredible nightmarish one-hundred- and-eighty-day adventure with a certain immature deputy of destruction. I shall codename him Joe Dodge, a student that could expand any teacher’s ulcer, shatter any nerve cluster or harden the heartiest artery.
Chapter 27- “The Problem Class”: The second period 8-6 “holy terror” class was at its finest moment, organized chaos. ‘Thank heaven I don’t have this asylum eighth period!’ I often gratefully acknowledged. ‘I wouldn’t wish this class on Lucifer!’
Chapter 32- “Why Jimmy Brown Doesn’t Write”: Two things are now quite evident: why good teachers leave the profession or evolve into guidance, college-professoring or administration and why little Jimmy Brown only wrote eight compositions in his general eighth grade English class.
Chapter 35- “Minor Duties”: The Teachers Handbook is over several hundred pages thick and it is the Koran that outlines the district’s rules for instructors and it also contains duty rosters for Office Detention, In-School Suspension, cafeteria duty, bus duty, chaperone duty, hall duty, lavatory duty and study hall duty. It was and is each teacher’s duty to perform all those “Howdy duties” in addition to diligently engaging in both the art and the science of teaching students.
Chapter 36- “Degrading Grading”: The infallible Teachers Handbook decreed, “Homework should be carefully planned to meet the ability levels and resources of the students.”
Chapter 39- “The Overprotective Parent”: As I begin this chapter, my wife (a third-grade teacher in another district) is having difficulty with a distrustful “too involved parent” that happens to be on her district’s board of education. I told my wife that school board members should only be school board members in the boardroom and not act as a school board member/parent of a child in regard to a teacher’s class. I said to my spouse, “He’s only another parent and nothing more.”
Chapter 40- “Democracy and Education”: Can a highly complicated function like American education be entrusted to the expertise of amateur school board members based on the presumption that the general will’ of the community should prevail? Should education be tailored after politics in an age where government teems with corruption, coercion, payoffs, kickbacks, pork barrel contracts, endorsements and political subterfuge?
Chapter 41- “Crazy Things Happen”: I was without an automobile for an entire week; all because I had been a conscientious dedicated teacher at work a full hour before I was supposed to be there. That’s when I acknowledged the great degree of wisdom in the statement, “In American education, sometimes doing less is best!”
Chapter 46- “Problem Students, Problem Parents”: Crazy students run rampant in public schools today because those crazy students usually have crazy parents or crazy guardians or crazy grandparents acting as crazy guardians. These crazy parents and crazy guardians are really crazy children that never grew up and that are now residing in adult bodies.
Chapter 48- “Fighting in Schools”: The sacred Teachers Handbook states in regard to student discipline: “Since the success of a democratic nation relies on the ability of its citizens to exercise self-discipline, it is the purpose of the school to teach boys and girls our main objective, which is the philosophy of self-control.” Everything looks good on paper where democratic education in the comprehensive school is concerned, but a tremendous Grand Canyon exists between educational theory and everyday public-school reality.
Chapter 50- “Multicultural Education”: There is no doubt in my mind that Multicultural Education is contributing to socialistically “dumbing-down” American public schools. Many of the obscure “authors” being presented to American students in the name of “cultural diversity” have produced works that have weak vocabulary, shallow plots, lackluster characters, non-intellectual subject matter and demonstrably unsophisticated writing skills.
Chapter 51- “The End of a Career”: I knew that the end of my teaching career was near when instructional methods gradually changed to promoting sociological activity-oriented classrooms as opposed to the traditional academic structured teacher-guided teacher-centered approach. Hostile parent conferences increased in frequency from around four a year to eight. I had taught over four thousand students in thirty-four years, and I began thinking that I should go out with dignity while I was still on top of my game and remarkably still had most of my marbles.
Addendum- “Darwin, Einstein and John Dewey”: On the average, Democracies usually last for up to two-hundred-and-fifty years (Republics last much longer). That historical pattern gives the United States of America around three more decades until we’re put on artificial life support, our systemic malady principally caused by moral decay, by legal and political corruption, by the cost of our U.S. military defending the entire free world, and by widespread economic (educational and welfare) inefficiency.
Other Chapter Titles In This Book To Explore:
…..Chapter 6- “A Teacher Mentor” …..Chapter 7- “The College Academic Experience” …..Chapter 8- “College Cheating” …..Chapter 9- “Becoming a Teacher” …..Chapter 10- “The Copernicus Play” …..Chapter 11- “Other Members of the Class” …..Chapter 12- “Bureaucracy, Teachers and Parents” …..Chapter 13- “A Mistake in Judgment” …..Chapter 14- “Summer Employment” …..Chapter 15- “High School Permanent Sub” …..Chapter 16- “Bill and I Get It Done” …..Chapter 18- “The High School Faculty” …..Chapter 19- “The MEATs” …..Chapter 20- “A Nightmare Vacation Trip” …..Chapter 23- “The Parent Conference” …..Chapter 24- “My Way” …..Chapter 25- “Joe Dodge Graduates” …..Chapter 26- “Homogeneous Grouping” …..Chapter 28- “Group Un-therapy” …..Chapter 29- “The Teacher’s Lowly Legacy” …..Chapter 30- “The Teacher in the Community” …..Chapter 31- “Proud Parents” …..Chapter 33- “School Assemblies” …..Chapter 34- “The Educational Aristocracy” …..Chapter 37- “The Williamsburg Field Trips” …..Chapter 38- “The Guidance Game” …..Chapter 42* “The Board of Education” …..Chapter 43- “A Tale of Four Professionals” …..Chapter 44- “Contract Negotiations” …..Chapter 45- “School Board Proposals” …..Chapter 47- “Inefficient Schools” …..Chapter 49- “Teachers and Administrators”
It is my sincere belief that college students, educators, administrators, parents, and all those who want our US Educational System to survive start with ‘So Ya’ Wanna’ Be A Teacher!’ by Author Jay Dubya. Mr. Dubya has taken the time to give us insider information. The challenge ahead of us is worth the time and mental energy to explore.
The Arcane Arcade by Leonard Streitfeld and Jay Dubya.
Introduction: The Arcane Arcade is a collection of sixteen short fiction stories. The general theme of the book is paranormal experience and the tales are presented as short stories, novellas and novelettes. The stories have been rewritten and edited many times until they have evolved into their finished form.
The characters and events depicted in The Arcane Arcade are strictly the products of the authors’ imaginations. Any resemblance to any real person or persons is absolutely coincidental, and it is the hope of the authors that readers will appreciate the pure fantasy identities, personalities and plots presented in the sixteen-fictional works.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. It takes advanced and gifted writing skills to successfully write a short story collection that will capture the imagination of the readers and hold their interest to the end. Two authors skilled at their craft have teamed up to bring you ‘The Arcane Arcade’.
Dr. Leonard Streitfeld had been John Wiessner’s eye doctor for many years. Len Streitfeld and Jay Dubya have written and rewritten the stories “The Chess Set,” “The Cups,” “The Incense Burner,” “Reflections,” “Stained Glass” and “The Black Magic Pen” many times until all sixteen tales appearing in The Arcane Arcade have evolved into their present quality literature form.
The Arcane Arcade collection is book crafted in the paranormal experience and have evolved into this great example of short story literature.
Here are my short descriptions, of each story in ‘The Arcane Arcade’.
In “The Chess Set” the wealthy chess master is confronted by the Black Knight.
In “The Cups “a snow globe scene pales in comparison to this coffee mug collection.
In “A Christmas Doll “it is the gift of a ballerina doll that changes everything.
In “Reflections “we are reminded that charity begins in the heart.
In “The Dark Side “we witness “One perpetual nightmare that’s been moving in perpetual motion.”
In “Photographs “we are reminded that a picture is worth a thousand words.
In “Premonitions “is it a chance encounter, coincidence or something much more.
In “The Combat Mission That Never Was” we learn “Heaven Can Wait but Hell Cannot”.
In “The Skull “we read what happens to an unclaimed corpse that might surprise you.
In “Stained Glass “it is the mystery surrounding the broken heavenly stained-glass window.
In “The Image “conjures up the question is it “animal, vegetable, mineral, or strange thing”.
In “An Incense Burner “New Orleans Mardi Gras turns into a veritable nightmare.
In “The Dye Is Cast “as the song titled “16 men on a dead man’s chest, yo-ho, ho and a bottle of rum” pierces through the Bermuda Triangle fog.
In “The Talismans “we examine the actions of one persistent seeker of wisdom.
In “The Tattoo “finds Dennis in the throws of an inebriated ink nightmare.
In “The Black Magic Pen “a writer’s dream of literary perfection and international fame makes the tools of his trade a necessary phenomenon.
I would have to say that the short story titled “An Incense Burner” is my favorite out of this well written collection. Let me bring you into the story here:
…..At 11:55 p.m., the New Age black magic medium prepared the ‘spiritual laboratory operational card table’, the very essential incense burner, the vital red votive candles, and the male voodoo doll was then dressed in similar white shirt and black pants, just as Jason’s principal adversary had been wearing at the coin club meeting. Newman then spread Rosco Scola’s former note scraps over the male doll’s body. The obnoxious, loudmouthed Coin Organization President had never conceived or realized that he had made an immense blunder by inadvertently leaving behind the hand-shredded documentation with his indecipherable, crude handwriting scribbled upon it.
…..As the den’s grandfather clock pendulum signaled the stroke of midnight, Jason snickered as the black arts’ prestidigitator began performing his ‘other world methodology’. The devil’s new metaphysical priest then roughly thrust the red-hot pin into the doll’s throat and next, the hex practitioner meanly and spitefully twisted the pin back and forth several times to dramatically emphasize his great enmity for his avowed enemy. Four more pins were soon viciously inserted, a separate representative one shoved into each of the doll’s arms and legs.
…..The incense burner was then wildly smoking-out dense fumes and billows, and a moment later a ghost-like cloud rose and wafted, and then the dark gaseous mass hovered above the voodoo operating card table. The fog formation slowly drifted towards the targeted doll, and when the fumes encountered the lying figure’s throat, the thick, hazy mass mystically swished into the doll’s voice box, and then the visible gas phenomenon suddenly disappeared from visual existence.
…..The unearthly ceremony was over at precisely 1:00 a.m. and the vital items that had been used for the “spiritual retribution communication” were again stealthily placed and concealed inside their respective storage hiding compartments. However, the five malignant pins still remained implanted in the doll’s anatomy.
…..“Languish in your anguish,” laughed the contemporary warlock to the tiny representation of corpulent Rosco Scola. “Your pain is my gain!” Jason Newman humorously rhymed. “Let’s see what happens to your throat and to your four doomed appendages. Ha, ha, ha!”
Did this voodoo from this self-learned witch-doctor work? I will let you discover for yourself.
Product Details: Paperback: 358 Pages Publisher: Bookstand Publishing (February 11, 2020) Language: English Short Story Collection
Thirteen Tantalizing Tales is author Jay Dubya’s twenty-third story collection.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Author Jay Dubya has a unique way of telling his short stories with psychological twists that make this collection a must have in your library of short stories. I am from the ‘Twilight Zone’ generation, so I love Jay’s short tales.
Let me share a quick thought from each story.
In the “Holiday Hooligans” Chief FBI Inspector Joe Giralo and his men are confronted with some really bizarre holiday masqueraders. What will their mystery unfold?
In “The Piano and The Organ” this story brings energy implanting to a whole new level; mystery of the haunted piano and phantom concert.
In “Contemporary Illuminati” an heir’s lost inheritance turns-out to be an amazing surprise.
In “Realty Reality” we see if the sins of the forefathers (or mothers) carry forward into the next generations.
In “Doing Bristol” we go on a journey back to the character’s hometown in Hammonton. In this story time and space are altered as memories flood to the surface.
In “A Photo’ Finish” here is a case that might be the trial of the century, or perhaps eternity.
In “Sleep Paralysis” we get a glimpse into the mind’s reaction to sleep paralysis. Worse than a nightmare, a daymare, or even Transcendentalism.
In “Rich Man, Poor Soul” the story presents an interesting concept; if you received a decree from heaven’s archangel allowing you to go all the way back to your childhood and start over, to correct the wrongs of your life, would you?
In “Lost Identity” the predicament is compelling. Was the memory loss due to a violent crime or something else?
In “Family Resentment” the tale reminds us that family ties don’t always bind.
In “Growing Young” we learn that nature’s secrets can be held among many; now even including you.
In “Corporal Teleportation” we learn about a personal time/space travel experience, now referred to as ‘Corporal Teleportation’ as opposed to ‘Time Travel’.
In “A Ride Through the Wharton Forest” the question comes to mind. What if Mr. Wharton’s scheme had become reality?
I would have to say that out of the thirteen stories, The Piano and The Organ story was my favorite. Let me share just a little.
…..“I must admonish myself for being a snobbish elitist and a hypocritical religious anarchist for the past forty years of my morally-prejudiced life. From relevant circumstances that would evolve upon Joanne returning from choir practice on the following Thursday night, my defective soul would miraculously undergo a marvelous transformation that could best be described as a cathartic, spiritual Renaissance. As a result of my interactions with the living room piano, I now passionately espouse the rigid mandates of St. Peter and his edict-oriented papal descendants. I eagerly attend Catholic Mass each and every Sunday and have absolutely astounded my wife by voluntarily joining the St. Joseph church choir as an inspired baritone. Without further digression, here is how my whole unbelievable ‘soul metamorphosis’ synthesized with my heart switching from sin to grace.
…..On Thursday night, April 23rd, I was waiting for Joanne to arrive home from her standard choral routine. My wife parked her Ford Fairlane inside the two-car garage, and soon I heard the right-side electronic door descend to the cement floor. After entering the house through the laundry room portal, Ginger appeared exceedingly exhausted, and my beloved spouse presented herself to me in a heightened, upset and agitated state of mind.
…..“What’s the matter? Did one of your choir members pass away?” I bonded with my spouse in a low, respectful, reverent tone of voice. “Clearly something bad has happened.”
…..“I have a very important matter to tell you about that I’ve been withholding for several months,” Joanne uttered, almost crying. “John, I’m actually scared to death.”
…..“Okay, I’m a good listener. Take ten deep breaths and then say what’s bothering you,” I wisely advised. “That’s what I always do when a hostile, antagonistic client screams and yells at me on the phone over a major stock market loss.”
…..Joanne heeded my recommendation and went on to inform me that the organ in the larger elevated den was the principle source of her becoming overly distraught. According to Ginger’s account, one Tuesday in March when I had been at Joe’s Maplewood for a weekly Rotary Club meeting, the organ commenced playing the radio ballad “Devil or Angel” without skipping a note.
I hope that I have intrigued you enough to pick up a copy of this book, so you can find out what is going on with this organ.
I love this author’s imagination. I encourage you to read this book and all his many genres.
“Jay Dubya is author John Wiessner’s pen name and also his initials (J.W.) John is a retired New Jersey public school English teacher and he had taught the subject for thirty-four years. John lives in southern New Jersey with wife Joanne and the couple has three grown sons. John is the creator of fifty-two books.”
Product Details: Paperback: 192 Pages Publisher: Bookstand Publishing (November 26, 2019) Language: English Short Story Collection
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Psychic Dimension (Part One) is a group of very well written short stories that deal with fictional psychic and paranormal experiences.
Author John Dubya has divided this book into 26 novellas. Let me briefly describe five of them.
Corporate Sabotage: “Three government men were casually discussing the amusing theory that their boss Chief Inspector Joe Giralo was indeed one hundred percent psychic, or perhaps one hundred percent “psycho.” But as the trio would soon discover, the astonishing case of “Corporate Sabotage” virtually confirmed their suspicions about their boss’s seemingly paranormal cerebrum.”
Music Psyche: “It has often been said that music soothes the soul, but Dr. Thaddeus Gilmore, eminent professor of Psychology/Psychiatry at the University of Pennsylvania, recently found-out through a revolutionary research breakthrough
The Table Drawer: “Where did you get that weird table that’s now up in the computer room? It looks like it was obsolete decades before John Wilkes Booth had entered Fords Theater and evilly assassinated President Lincoln!”
A Day to Forget: “A Day to Forget: Ever since adolescence, Jack Cooper hated anything associated with frivolity and revelry. The shy man didn’t like football games because of boisterous crowds, deplored raucous celebrating, and despised rock and roll along with rap music, and the man vastly abhorred obnoxious, irritating behavior at New Year’s Eve parties. Anything noisy from Fourth of July and Halloween parades to carnival and circus atmospheres greatly disturbed Jack’s super-sensitive psyche and sent his volatile emotions completely out of kilter. The only things that the “mercurial man” really dearly loved were peace and quiet.”
Each story is independent from each other which makes this the perfect book to carry with you to read on the go. For the sake of this review, let me focus on two stories.
In the story of Triple Jeopardy, Inspector Joe Giralo and his wife Gina go on a senior citizen’s bus tour. Their first stop is at the Michigan Grand Hotel, where their vacation takes an unexpected turn. Let me quote:
…At nine-thirty a loud frantic rapping upon Room 132’s door rudely interrupted Joe Giralo’s peaceful coffee consumption. The FBI man opened the portal and the occupant was somewhat astonished to perceive the normally debonair suit-and-tie head hotel manager impatiently standing in the hallway.
…“Mr. Giralo,” the exasperated hotel executive exclaimed all out of breath. “I’m Giles Martin, the Grand Michigan’s chief operating officer. May I come in?”
…“Why of course!” the surprised Inspector replied, closing the door behind the unexpected visitor’s hasty entrance. “Is everything okay? You do appear to be more than a trifle alarmed!”
…“I understand that you’re an experienced inspector with the FBI. Our dependable desk records indicate that much, Inspector Giralo, and I’ve already verified that formerly confidential information through our local island police department, which incidentally also drastically needs your immediate assistance.”
…“Mr. Martin, in all due respect, exactly what is wrong?” the now thoroughly interested hotel guest asked. “What’s of so much paramount importance and concern?”
…“A most serious epidemic of colossal proportion has broken-out among the horse population here on Mackinac Island,” panic-stricken Giles Martin boisterously disclosed. “Just about all of our six hundred horses are terribly sick with colic and influenza symptoms, and our town veterinarians are going crazy attending to all of the afflicted animals. And besides that,” the agitated and worried hotel manager impulsively expounded, “the entire transportation system on the island has been shut-down. This is a colossal nightmare dilemma in progress Inspector Giralo; an unimaginable worst-case scenario and its basic origin, or should I say ‘its real cause,’ we certainly find exceptionally baffling. That’s why I’m here to both request and solicit your skilled expertise.”
Inspector Giralo’s experience and instincts are aroused and it looks like their vacation might be interrupted. To see what happens, pick up this book.
Now let me share a small portion of the short story Contemporary Illuminati.
…..Aunt Genevieve had revealed to my mother on several occasions that I had been her favorite nephew, and so I always believed that I was in competition for a massive inheritance with my adversarial cousins David and Stephen Wilson, who both perceptibly appeared to be artificially cordial towards me at venerable Aunt Jenny’s Baltimore wake and funeral that had been held in early May of 1992. A full month later, I received a legal letter from Otto Hernandez, Esquire, informing me that I was to attend a meeting for the purpose of the “Disposition of Mrs. Genevieve Curtis’s Will”, and the family conference was scheduled to occur in downtown Baltimore at 11 a.m. sharp on Wednesday, July 1st. Naturally, from previous conversations with my mother, I was quite excited about the prospect of being the principal heir to Aunt Genevieve’s rather lucrative estate.
…..Flash forward: The lawyer next opened the louvered brown door and removed a five-foot-high, antique-looking, standing lamp from inside the dark enclosure, which he then gracefully carried with both hands over to his huge mahogany desk. “This Sir is what your deceased Aunt Genevieve wishes for you to have,” the suave-but-encumbered estates’ lawyer quite diplomatically and almost-apologetically communicated. “Mrs. Curtis declares and directs in her last will and testament that you should amply admire and appreciate this marvelous, extraordinary lamp of Egyptian design, especially the unique brass head of Queen Nerfertiti that’s now conspicuously ornamenting the lamp’s exquisite canopy.” I momentarily glanced to my left and incidentally observed that my three cousin companions were alternately snickering and chuckling at my rather peculiar inheritance, and even Mr. Otto Hernandez seemed quite out-of-character being amused at my unexpected gift that I had traveled 110 miles from Hammonton, New Jersey to gratefully acquire.
…..Why did Aunt Genevieve leave John this ornate lamp? Was the gesture a cruel joke or was it something more? If you always wanted your long-lost great aunt to leave you something in her Last Will and Testimony, this story may or may not change your mind.
With each story comes an internal struggle where there are decisions to made and consequences. Each one of these stories could be their own book in their own rights. I hope you find these Novellas as interesting a read as I did.
Product Details: Paperback: 564 Pages Publisher: Bookstand Publishing (January 10, 2013) Language: English First Person Short Stories
he thirty-four novellas presented in The Psychic Dimension; Part II are works of pure fiction.
The stories’ themes deal with various types of psychic and paranormal experiences. Any character resemblance to anyone living on Planet Earth is positively coincidental. In addition, any fictional setting scenario is also coincidental.
The Psychic Dimension, Part II is author Jay Dubya’s 45th published hardcover/paperback book. Other story collections by this prolific author are The Psychic Dimension; The FBI Inspector; First Person Stories; Modern Mythology; Prime-Time Crime Time; UFO: Utterly Fantastic Occurrences; Snake Eyes and Boxcars; Snake Eyes and Boxcars, Part II; Time Travel Tales; Suite 16; One Baker’s Dozen; Two Baker’s Dozen; RAM: Random Articles and Manuscripts; Pieces of Eight; Pieces of Eight, Part II; Pieces of Eight, Part III; Pieces of Eight, Part IV; Nine New Novellas; Nine New Novellas, Part II; Nine New Novellas, Part III; and Nine New Novellas, Part IV.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. The Psychic Dimension (Part Two) is a group of very well written short stories that deal with fictional psychic and paranormal experiences.
Each story is independent from each other which makes this the perfect book to carry with you to read on the go. I find short story the hardest books to review because the content is broad.
I am going to attempt to share a tidbit from each story in order to show you the unique quality of each complex story lines. With each story comes an internal struggle where there are decisions to made and consequences. Each one of these stories could be their own book in their own rights.
The thirty-four novellas presented in The Psychic Dimension; Part II are works of pure fiction. The stories’ themes deal with paranormal and psychic experiences.
Let me share a synopsis of the novellas in this book. I enjoyed reading them all, but some of my favorites are: “The Attic Television”, “The Music Portal”, “The Rip Van Winkle Club”, “Like Clockwork” and “A Photo’ Finish”. Let the author know your favorite selections once you are finished reading.
Multiple Choice: Some quizzes are design to test one’s memory, others are of a competitor nature, while some have a hidden message. Intro to the short story: “As veteran Agents Salvatore Velardi, Arthur Orsi and Dan Blachford entered Philadelphia FBI headquarters at 600 Arch Street, the three black-suited government detectives had been casually discussing the amusing notion that their distinguished boss Chief Inspector Joe Giralo was indeed one hundred percent psychic. But as the chatty trio would soon discover, the astonishing and confounding “Multiple Choice Case” would become a perplexing development that would virtually confirm their speculative suspicions about their boss’s seemingly uncanny paranormal abilities.”
The Attic Television: Some antiques bring us joy, others bring back memories, but could an attic TV bring back history right before our eyes? Intro to the short story: “John P. Walker was a self-confirmed recluse. He shied away from having close friends, thinking that they Intro to the short story: would be more interested in his prolific Merrill Lynch Cash Management Account than in the distrustful man’s true companionship. There were hundreds of acquaintances in his computer e-mail address book, but his dependable friends could be counted twice on a thumb-less hand. ‘A secret is only a secret when it belongs to me,’ the slightly paranoid man reckoned. ‘As soon as it is shared with one other person it’s a secret in jeopardy.’”
The Timeless Sports Car: Sometimes we wish for frivolous things, other times we wish for extravagate things, and then there are times when we wish for the impossible. Intro to the short story: “Henry Johnson was very content with his station in life. The man was a successful lawyer in his hometown of Hammonton, New Jersey and was looking forward to early retirement. Johnson had married his high school sweetheart Lois and the couple had three grown sons, Howard, Harry and Hugh. ‘Howard is now ready to take over the family law firm,’ Henry Johnson thought as he stepped out onto the Bellevue Avenue/Horton Street pavement from his Attorney Office, ‘and Harry is a prominent doctor at Jefferson University Hospital in Philly. And young Hugh is a prominent real estate developer in Saddle Brook up in North Jersey. What more could a 59-year-old man wish for?’”
Parallel Developments: Twins typically have a unique psych super power that the rest of us with siblings didn’t inherit. Frank and Fred Davies will stretch the limits of parallel developments. Intro to the short story: “Twin brothers Frank and Fred Davies were 1981 graduates of Hammonton High School, North Liberty Street, Hammonton, New Jersey 08037. From their early youth the twins were complete opposites both in demeanor and in physical prowess. Fred Davies was always an extrovert and a competitive athlete while his twin facsimile Frank had a shy personality genuinely punctuated with humility and modesty.
In June of 1987 Fred graduated from Philadelphia’s Temple University with a law degree and Frank evolved out of New Brunswick’s Rutgers University with a master’s degree in biology research. In the fall of 1991 during a dual ceremony Frank and Fred ironically married twin sisters Lois and Eleanor Cataldi of Bridgeton, a large town situated twenty-four miles southwest of Hammonton.”
Window of Opportunity: They say that opportunity only knocks once, but I dare say it is more often if we live with an open mind to the possibilities. Intro to the short story: “The May Installation Meeting assigning new officers for the Hammonton, New Jersey Lions Club had just adjourned and afterwards, two recently appointed minor functionaries were discussing their basic roles with an elderly club member in the upstairs bar of Rocco’s Town House on North Third Street. The all-too-garrulous District 16-C Governor had already departed the premises and Liontamer Mitchell Spencer, Tailtwister Michael Giberson and feeble Past President Julius Stetson were standing at the tavern’s bar casually engaged in a genial conversation over their after-meeting cocktails.
“It’s good to see new blood coming into the club and accepting active roles,” eighty-two-year-old Julius Stetson praised the local Lions Club’s two new energized recruits. “I was a charter member of the club way back in 1963,” Julius informed his respectful listeners before sipping his cold Southern Comfort on the rocks, “and we had only a dozen members when John F. Kennedy was the country’s President, mostly businessmen owning stores and properties up on Route 30.”
The Music Portal: Ones occupation doesn’t always coincide with one’s aptitudes, abilities and creative side. Intro to the short story: “Up until four months ago I had regarded my very ordinary life as being a dismal failure. My mediocre occupation ever since I was fresh out of high school has been that of a dissatisfied shoe salesman at Brock Shoes Outlet in Berlin, New Jersey. For thirty-one miserable years I would loyally commute each working day from my French Street home in nearby Hammonton, a flourishing agricultural community located twelve miles east of Berlin and also conveniently situated midway between vacation destination Atlantic City and bustling Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, the distances being thirty miles in either direction from my house to the East Coast gambling Mecca and to Benjamin Franklin’s City of Brotherly Love.
Soldier of Misfortune: Soldiers endure physical, emotional and mental fatigue on and off the battle field so the rest of us can enjoy the freedoms their service provides. Intro to the short story: “Dr. Angelo DeMarco had recently retired as the head psychiatrist at New Jersey’s Ancora State Hospital so that he could devote his full time to expanding his private practice, which was located inside a second-floor office suite at the southeast corner of 2nd Street and Bellevue Avenue, Hammonton, New Jersey. The psych’ physician was perusing a letter received from Noreen Pearson, the wife of a twenty-five-year-old Army Corporal, and the distraught enlisted soldier had been complaining to his spouse of severe migraine headaches, of terrible repetitious nightmares, and also the afflicted young serviceman was often heard uttering “indiscernible gibberish” during his erratic nightly sleeps.”
The Rip Van Winkle Club: Who ever said marriage is work, was not joking. Couples can live in denial, disillusionment and even delusion. It is important that we are careful for what we wish for. Intro to the short story: “William R. Stuyvesant unhappily lived with his domineering wife Gertrude in a magnificent Tarrytown, New York manor house situated on a palisade overlooking the majestic Hudson River. William often confidentially compared Gertrude (to male associates) to Dame Van Winkle, Rip Van Winkle’s shrew of a wife who lambasted, browbeat and belittled the poor lethargic farmer every day from dawn until midnight. That is where the comparison between Gertrude Stuyvesant and Dame Van Winkle ends. William R. Stuyvesant was filthy rich and neither he nor Gertrude had to work another day in their lives to maintain their expensive tastes, selfish hobbies and extravagant lifestyles.”
Fantasy Book Land: Vacation is a time of renewal and relaxation. Although some turn out better than others. Intro to the short story: “Frank and Betsy Lanier were glad that the busy and hectic summer season was over at their well-established sixty-year-old South Jersey family business going by the all-too-familiar trade name of Fantasy Book Land. Finally, it was time for the couple to enjoy a well- deserved and relaxing fall hiatus, a getaway Columbus Day weekend. In South Jersey, the deciduous tree leaves were resplendently beginning to transform into their autumnal hues and to the needed-to-be-rejuvenated Laniers, a much-anticipated tour bus trip up to New Hampshire’s White Mountains represented a most welcome departure from the continuous daily grind of adult responsibility.
“I’m glad we’re again going with Ralph’s Bus Tours up to New England,” Betsy said to Frank as the husband pulled his black Mercedes into the Cape May Senior Citizens’ Tour Bus Terminal parking lot. “The change in scenery will be most appreciated. We’ll be able to forget our identities and duties for the next four days and be just two ordinary anonymous vacationers seeking asylum from grueling drudgery and accountability.”
Superstitions: Superstitions can be used as a tool to guide, avoid pitfalls or just amuse us. Intro to the short story: “Real estate broker James Brewster was elated, not because he had just completed reading Dale Carnegie’s best-selling book How to Win Friends and Influence People for the fifth time, but because in March of 2009 the wheeler-dealer had shrewdly purchased a three-year-old beachfront three-story home (with an elevator servicing each suite) on the Boardwalk and 16th Street in Ocean City, New Jersey for the ridiculously-low sum of 1.5 million dollars, acquiring the residence as a vacation home but more importantly, owning and leveraging the dwelling principally as a seasonal investment-return rental property.
‘I didn’t even need Dale Carnegie’s sound advice to negotiate this handsome bargain!’ Brewster joyfully reasoned. Being a born-opportunist, the risk-taking entrepreneur wanted to take full advantage of the in-progress economic recession and then in three years, capitalize on the presumed 2.25-million-dollar value of the three-year-old beach home should the country’s money cash-flow scenario improve back to normal.”
Trestles, Overpasses & Blue Skies: A change of scenery may be good for the soul but it can come with its own peculiarities. Intro to the short story: “Inspector Ned Carson sat at his office desk on the third floor of Philadelphia’s Race Street “Round House,” casually watching vehicular traffic flowing in both directions across the Ben Franklin Bridge connecting Pennsylvania with New Jersey, the span being a mile-long distance across the historic Delaware River. Carson’s reverie was instantly broken when his office partner Detective Timothy Ransom entered the room carrying two fresh cups of coffee and then respectfully handed one of the steaming Styrofoam containers to his thirty-year-veteran colleague.
“Tim, every March right before spring arrives on the calendar, I get the strong urge to get out of the congested city and use a week of my treasured vacation time to go either hunting or fishing with you,” Inspector Ned Carson mused and said, “But I gotta’ confess that our good wives have been quite understanding in allowing us to participate in some valued male bonding at suburban bars, and Jenny trusts me when I’m away from town at a distant convention with you for a week or so.”
The Evil Force: Conventional wisdom regarding the forces of good and evil might not extend beyond our Galaxy. Intro to the short story: “I, Colonel Cliff Dawson am accurately recording this incredible account into my personal electronic journal and not into the official ship’s log for reasons that will obviously be self-explanatory later on in this narrative. Captain Jeremy Parker and I have been on a courageous ten-year space mission exploring outer space and methodically charting our landmark discoveries for the International World Coalition. Our well-publicized mission was described in the world’s media as “an awesome enterprise” and quite basically, I’ve always been attracted to the prospect of being one of the first ‘daring humans’ to find intelligent human-like life thriving elsewhere in the nearby Milky Way Galaxy.
Our lengthy expedition started out from Earth in the year 2534 A.D. and it is now, according to our ship’s reliable instrument panel May 5th of 2542. The Newton III is now ready to lift off and leave the planet that Captain Parker and I have labeled EL-741, which is an Earth-Like sphere rotating around a Sun-Like star that my cohort and I have named Mater Seven.”
Rapid Crystals: Technically from any age, is only as good as the inventor, installer and the user. Intro to the short story: “Harry DeLareto sat erect upon his black leather swivel chair behind his desk in his walnut-paneled Elwood, New Jersey insurance office. The broker was preoccupied making a ten percent depreciation adjustment to the ‘inflated claim’ submitted by the Nesco Volunteer Fire Department that had recently and ironically burned to the ground in a raging inferno.
On Harry’s desk were random additional claims from Mrs. Rhonda Leonetti of Atsion, who had just been involved in an automobile accident, Arthur Noto of Hamilton Township, who had recently collided his motorboat with a Mullica River marina dock and another one from Jennifer Friel, a Sweetwater resident who had experienced severe flooding into her house when the normally tranquil Mullica River had overflowed its banks during a torrential three-day downpour. As DeLareto was fumbling through the assorted bureaucratic paperwork that was frustrating his mental health, the gentleman’s very capable secretary Nancy Davenport suddenly buzzed his desk from the adjoining room.
“Harry, Mr. And Mrs. David DeLaurentis had to cancel this afternoon’s appointment because their son Alfred has crashed his motorbike into a barn on a blueberry farmer’s property over in Hammonton and they’re now at Atlantic Care Hospital in Pomona. The boy’s all right but that’ll definitely be another injury insurance claim appearing on your desk within the next few weeks,”
Dream-On: Night dreams inhabit our subconscious but their effects can bleed through into our daily lives. Intro to the short story: “Hammonton, New Jersey resident Samuel Charles Dexter was both depressed and despondent. His recent divorce from his ultra-dominant wife Sharon left the man’s mind in an emotional state of shambles. Sam’s friends at the Vineland, New Jersey plastics manufacturing company where Dexter was employed as an accountant suggested that the numbers guru should seek professional therapy counseling. One of his fellow co-workers had highly recommended Dr. Adam Neville, a reputable psychiatrist whose practice was at the corner of Landis Avenue and Third Street in downtown Vineland. Samuel Charles Dexter honored his June 7th, 2010 “get acquainted appointment” and was cheerfully escorted into Dr. Neville’s office by Miss Emily Jensen, the psychiatrist’s secretary and bookkeeper.
“Mr. Dexter, you say in your letter of introduction you’ve been having peculiar dreams lately that seem to be compounding your mercurial emotional instability,” Dr. Adam Neville diplomatically commenced his narrative.”
Ship of Fool: In some cultures, photography has always associated with the interruption of and thus mirror into our soul. Intro to the short story: “Philip Greco was born and raised in Hammonton, New Jersey but in the 1970s the elderly gentleman absolutely loved vacationing for a full week every August in sun-kissed Ocean City, Maryland. Phil Greco had memorized every commercial retail business in the inlet’s five-block section of the boardwalk starting from South First Street right up to North Division where the Route 50 Bridge over the bay channeled automobile traffic into town. Trimper’s Rides, the Red Apple Treats Stand, Dayton’s Chicken, Marty’s Playland Arcade, Sportland Arcade, Dumser’s Ice Cream, The Purple Moose Saloon, Thrashers French Fries, the Alaska Hot Dog Stand, Dollie’s Popcorn, Bull on the Beach Roast Beef Sandwiches, the Atlantic Hotel, the Glassblowers Shop, Fisher’s Caramel Popcorn, Lombardi’s Tower of Pizza, Dealers Choice Poker Game Arcade, the Candy Kitchen Shop, the Psychedelic Shop, The Sea Shell Emporium, The Dutch Bar, Telescope Beach Pictures and the Courtesy Gift Shop all held dear spots in the visiting South Jersey man’s heart. And during his annual week-long hiatus Greco loyally patronized all of the mentioned popular boardwalk establishments.”
Stairway to Heaven: I have often wondered if the details of heaven is in the eye of the beholder. Intro to the short story: “I had suddenly died in my home’s master bedroom’s bathroom while I had been staring into the vanity mirror after finishing shaving. A sudden pain spread from my left arm to my chest and the last thing I remembered as a human being was collapsing upon the brown-tiled floor. There is no doubt in my mind that my body had ceased functioning and that my awareness had slowly exited my form and then transferred into a strange energy-spirit state. I don’t remember any spectacular catharsis when my soul had been ejected from its human shell.
Next, I can remember, I was somehow cognizant of hovering over my lifeless corpse and a moment later my senses were aware of my wife’s delirious screams as she frightfully bent over to touch my neck feeling for a pulse. ‘So much for her being a veteran R.N.,’ my still intact consciousness sarcastically thought. ‘She does really love me after all!”
The Better of Two Lives: We all encounter crossroads in our lives where the choice we make enhance our lives or causes ripples of regret. Intro to the short story: “People make many crucial decisions from several years after exiting their mothers’ wombs right up to entering their cemetery tombs. Men and women usually encounter at least a dozen crossroad events in their lifetimes where important choices are made, some good, and perhaps some not so fortuitous as originally planned and hoped for. Major decisions about marriage, who to marry, career choice, real estate acquisitions and investments complement a person’s numerous minor preferences such as which high school sports to play, who to ask to the senior prom, which college to attend, and what kind of house should be purchased. Such a plethora of mental challenges affect millions of Americans daily and continue to reap rewards and consequences throughout their mortal lives.
Richard Henderson was no exception to the law of human choices. The jack-of-all-trades and master of none had always desired to become a successful businessman, be a renowned author, and finally, thrive as a loving husband to a devoted wife who fully believed in emotional reciprocity. Those very noble aspirations represented Henderson’s wishful goals and lofty ambitions, but quite often, obtained results seldom match the sincerity of initial intent. Richard Henderson’s youthful fantasy and excessive idealism rapidly deteriorated into shattered hopes and crushed dreams.”
Youth Revisited: As we age, we encounter youth all around us. Stark reminders of distance experiences and a shorter road before us. Intro to the short story. “One August 2001 Monday morning Frederick Richard Barker drove his sky-blue Buick LeSabre east on busy Route 30 to the Blueberry Crossing Shopping Center. The retired Hammonton, New Jersey brick and stone mason was a seventy-year-old health fanatic who was fighting a valiant battle against the onslaught of everyone’s eventual common nemesis, old age. Fred parked his recently washed automobile in a convenient space and then strolled from the asphalt onto the pavement and ambled into the Health Tree Nutrition Store to purchase a re-supply of Vitamin E and a new bottle of potent Multi-Vitamins and Minerals.
“Hi,” Fred politely addressed the preoccupied young girl standing behind the counter presently attending to the needs of a demanding customer. “Where’s Sharon? She usually takes good care of me.”
“Mrs. Bertino is in New York attending a health products trade show,” the conscientious girl answered before ringing-up the fastidious customer’s acquisitions on the cash register. “She’ll be back in town on Wednesday unless my boss begins that Pocono Mountains vacation she’s been talking about.”
The Hotel Delaware: Leap Year holds luck for the few and mystery for the masses. Intro to the short story. “Superstitious people believe and attest that strange incidents often occur on February 29 of every Leap Year. I had never placed too much credence in that unscientific claim until Tuesday, February 29, 2004, which unfortunately is a date I will certainly remember forever. Let me fully explain my accursed dilemma so that all will comprehend the true nature of my misery. The courtesy of another person’s sympathy and understanding will be greatly appreciated. I realize that my tale will seem both illogical and incredible to anyone interpreting it, yet I believe I must share its veracity.
A Leap Year has three hundred and sixty-six days on the annual calendar, one more twenty-four-hour interval than that which exists in a normal year. Greenwich, England scientists and concerned astronomers have adjusted the mechanics of the moon and months to interface with the Earth’s revolution around the sun because a quarter of a day is lost each normal year when coordinating those particular solar system relationships. To accurately adjust for the quarter-day time discrepancy in the Earth’s elliptical orbit around the sun, February 29 was created on the post medieval Gregorian Calendar (developed in the 1580s by Pope Gregory), which we still honor today after the old Julian Calendar (developed in 46 B.C. under the reign of Julius Caesar) had been discarded.”
The Bad Old Days: Farming takes knowledge, decision and hard work. Some work the fields, cranberry bogs and then there are those who provide the world with fresh blueberries. Intro to the short story. “Last September was very stressful for Hammonton, New Jersey peach and blueberry farmer Richard Jacobs. An irrigation pump caught on fire and the first responder to arrive on the scene was his brother-in-law, Charles Garrison. The fireman attempted entering the pit where the pump was situated but the mechanism exploded. Charles Garrison suffered massive burns all over his body and died at a local hospital hours later.
The dead man’s family hired an uncompromising high-profile lawyer who immediately sued Richard Jacobs for three million dollars. The plaintiffs easily won the legal case on the grounds that the irrigation pump should have been fenced in so that access to it by the now-deceased Charles Garrison could have been prevented. Richard Jacobs’ insurance covered only half of the exorbitant settlement and to make matters worse, the grower could no longer obtain insurance coverage because of his deteriorating credit and poor financial predicament. The result of the expensive litigation had caused additional friction to surface between the bad-luck farmer and his disconsolate wife.”
A Grave Undertaking: Missing person investigations sends shockwaves through any community that has the misfortune of mysterious disappearances. Intro to the short story. “The Hammonton Police Department and the New Jersey State Police were baffled by a wave of a dozen missing persons disappearing from the somnolent South Jersey agricultural community, a town noted for being “The Blueberry Capital of the World.” Chief-of-Police Michael Falcone had summoned Detective Fred Arico and Patrolman Samuel Galletta to his downstairs office in the newly constructed Hammonton Town Hall on the corner of Central Avenue and Vine Street. The recent “missing persons’ phenomenon” had become a popular topic reported and discussed on Philadelphia and Atlantic City television news broadcasts. Chief Falcone felt personally embarrassed at his department having to solicit outside professional help to engage in solving the complex case currently under investigation.”
The Steel Pier: Tourists still flock to the Atlantic City famous Steel Pier in New Jersey. Intro to the short story. “Atlantic City, New Jersey’s famous Steel Pier was the Queen of Resorts premier showplace for entertainment from its original construction in 1898 (as a Quaker repose) through its heyday during and after World War II, leading up to the fabulous “Golden Years” of rock and roll music. In fact, the unique extension into the Atlantic was a favorite destination for vacationers right through the era of popular variety shows that were prevalent during ‘50s and ‘60s pioneering television programming. The revered structure that jutted out over a quarter mile into the ocean had obtained its classic name from the “steel framework” upon which the Pier had been erected. Over the decades many big-name stars had performed live shows at the landmark building including the legendary John Philip Sousa, Frank Sinatra, Benny Goodman, Ed Sullivan, Bing Crosby, Jackie Gleason, Dean Martin, Perry Como and comedian Eddie Cantor.”
Live Free or Die: Although the motto of New Hampshire, this story is not there but it is perhaps a story about a soul caught between heaven and hell. Intro to the short story. Frederick Allen Griffith shuffled into Dr. Augustus Pietropaolo’s office at 1237 Paradise Road, Hammonton, New Jersey feeling despondent, sluggish and quite lethargic. Mrs. Elysia Fields, the office receptionist, greeted the new patient and checked his name off her long list. Fred felt a tad insecure in that he was the only person sitting in the large waiting room. The fact that there were no magazines, newspapers or pamphlets on the end tables for him to scrutinize made Griffith feel even more uncomfortable.
“You’re a little early for your scheduled appointment,” Mrs. Fields stated with a forced smile. “Dr. Pietropaolo will be available to analyze your issues shortly. Nobody has problems any more. If I may use the euphemism, everyone who comes here has issues! Anyway, the Dr.’s presently reviewing the records of another eccentric client, or should I say ‘unique patient.’ Now Mr. Griffith,” Mrs. Fields added as she took a glimpse inside Frederick’s confidential folder, “you’re here to discuss your recent four-day bus trip up to New Hampshire, is that correct?”
Ignorance Is Bliss: The statement Ignorance is bliss is far removed from reality. Intro to the short story: “Ever since his wife Eleanor had died of Lou Gehrig’s Disease in March of 2006, James Jefferson Gillespie has been extremely despondent and has gone through the motions of everyday life as a pathetic loner. The twenty-eight-year-old chemist thought that a change of scenery would certainly diminish his great melancholy, so he visited his Hammonton, New Jersey Bellevue Avenue travel agent and booked a two-week autumn vacation to Athens, Greece. James felt that he needed some fresh stimuli to regenerate his sagging spirit. A stay at the luxurious Grande Bretagne Hotel, conveniently situated in central Athens, was sure to alleviate Gillespie’s recent chronic introverted disposition.
‘Eleanor’s been gone for nearly two whole years now,’ James sadly reflected on his tragic loss, ‘so perhaps it’s time for me to meet and date someone new! I haven’t had much luck doing that around Hammonton since everyone’ in town knows me or knows about me at the bowling alley, at the restaurants and at the all-too-false singles’ bars. Yes, October seems like a terrific month to be touring the sights of Athens,’ the self-pitying fellow reckoned. ‘Maybe my two-week hiatus in Greece will miraculously alter my lousy success at romance. And Room 610 at the Grande Bretagne Hotel seems to be a good luck omen. My three best bowling game scores added together equal that number!’”
The Cruisers: Ship Cruises tend to a tantalizing idea until reality sets in. Intro to the short story. “Frederick and Amy Pearl loved to travel internationally, especially enjoying leisurely sea cruises throughout the Mediterranean and the Caribbean. The residents of 227 Tilton Street, Hammonton, New Jersey preferred taking weeklong ocean and sea voyages to partaking of exotic winter vacations flying to tropical destinations. The medical doctor and his nurse wife believed in working hard and playing hard when not preoccupied with their demanding professions or being busy babysitting their four energetic pre-teen grandchildren, Dan, Karly, Sierra and Lindsey. On December 28th, 2008 the Pearls’ oldest son Joseph, a South Jersey insurance and real estate agent, drove the general practitioner and his devoted wife to Philadelphia International Airport.
After checking through Terminal C’s tight airport security without too much inconvenience, Fred and Amy boarded their American Airlines jet bound for sunny San Juan, Puerto Rico, where a seven-day cruise on the luxurious and well-appointed state-of-the-art liner The Winds of Fate had been booked in early May. Six hours later the delighted sea odyssey tourists were sipping delicious pina coladas aboard the ship’s top deck and partaking in the standard gala “bon voyage celebration.”
Ice Ages: Impressionable young minds are the engines that drive our future. Intro to the short story. “In early December of 1975 Jeremy Ingram had been an impressionable seventh grader at the Hammonton Middle School where he was greatly influenced by his effervescent social studies teacher Mr. Charles Galinas. The New Jersey history instructor had mentioned to his usually lethargic fifth period students the amazing story of Heinrich Schliemann (1822-1890), a German entrepreneur that had become exceptionally wealthy making lucrative business investments in Russia during the Crimean War.
Schliemann had accumulated sufficient expendable wealth to enable the industrious businessman to retire and then energetically pursue his greatest childhood ambition: to prove to the world once and for all that Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey had been actual historical events and not mere myths as had been widely believed throughout the Nineteenth Century civilized world. Soon his scientific archeological expeditions confirmed to cynics that Level VII-a in Asia Minor was “the Troy of Priam” (that he had against all odds) discovered.”
Like Clockwork: A skeptical heart along with a cynical attitude can close the door to the improbable. Intro to the short story. “My spirit has been petrified ever since I had experienced what my senses have perceived as a supernatural phenomenon! My consciousness has never been so paranoid in my entire life as it is right this very minute. After I regain a degree of confidence, I plan to seek professional counseling to help my desperate soul grapple with my current unbearable mental predicament. Let me explain the entire dilemma in detail. I promise to be completely thorough in rendering my accurate description of certain events that seemingly defy scientific explanation.
During my very smooth and comfortable United Airlines cross-country flight from Philadelphia to Los Angeles International Airport, my alert mind could not stop thinking about the one-year anniversary of my twin brother Richard Sullivan’s unexpected cardiac arrest death on April 14th, 2008. Richard had been an extremely successful lawyer back in Hammonton, New Jersey and both his devoted wife Karen and myself greatly miss his companionship. Besides my wife Susan, Rich had been my trusted confidante, friend, loyal supporter and expert financial adviser. My only brother’s keen insight into evolving stock market trends was uncanny, and his shrewd decisions about often-speculative investments were accurate at least eighty percent of the times he had shared his terrific Wall Street recommendations with me.”
Chiropractic Dreaming: With the chaos behind, relaxation comes in the form of the invigorating therapeutic aqua-bed. Intro to the short story. “Every calendar year the time period of February to mid-April is very demanding and stressful for middle-aged Harold DeFelice of 763 Fairview Avenue, Hammonton, NJ. The very thorough and efficient Certified Public Accountant had just mailed the last of his clients’ 2008 Federal Income Tax returns at the Third Street Post Office on Wednesday morning, April 15th and now it was time to drive his brand new tuscan red Nissan Maxima to has scheduled appointment at Advanced Chiropractic, 425 White Horse Pike, Atco. Harold preferred patronizing Advanced Chiropractic over its Hammonton counterpart because the Atco office had the latest and most modern professional equipment, so in DeFelice’s sage estimation, the seven-mile west drive on four-lane Route 30 was indeed well-worth the additional time and effort.
‘Most of my five hundred customers really go crazy in the six weeks prior to the April 15th tax deadline,’ Harold thought as he passed a tractor-trailer while ascending the Route 30 Ancora Railroad Bridge. ‘They persistently call me about deduction trivialities and about every complicated minor change in the tax code as it specifically pertains to them. But now I can relax, get my back and hips adjusted and be pampered by some excellent electrical stimulation, be massaged by the very satisfying roller bed experience and of course babied by my favorite chiropractic indulgence, the invigorating therapeutic aqua-bed.’”
Animal Music: Music is all around us and influences in unusual ways. Intro to the short story: “Any fiction writer aptly knows that the absolute ultimate in creativity that the human mind can produce occurs when the dynamic subconscious engages in dreaming and in imagining totally surreal situations during dreadful nightmares. But when ambitious short story and novel authors attempt organizing eccentric tales (that are analogous to capturing fantastic dreams on paper), the writers’ manuscripts almost always fall pathetically short of the authors’ noble aspirations. Unfortunately, most dreams and nightmares are not fully recollected, but if they could be, then there would exist thousands of additional excellent “soul-inspired” works available for readers’ consumption in both World and American literature.”
Ten Options: Is the option worth the outcome? Intro to the short story. “Ever since first grade back in 1949 Ken Keller had aspired to be a Major League pitcher. His father Karl had instilled that unrealistic dream in Ken’s head. In 1973 Ken Keller had effectively passed-on the love of baseball in general and of pitching in particular to his son Kyle, who in turn in 2009 had effectively conveyed the “family infatuation with baseball” to his eleven-year-old son Keith. But the sixty-seven-year-old retired plumber Ken Keller had never told his son Kyle or his grandson Keith why he and his deceased dad Karl had a certain fondness for alliteration using the letter K.
In 1974 Ken Keller inherited his small King Lane Hammonton, New Jersey ranch home a month after his father Karl had passed away. In 1977 Ken’s second wife Katherine had also died, leaving the lonely man feeling very disconsolate. But the melancholy widower always kept his well-fertilized lawn properly maintained and Ken was especially proud of the many splendid ewe, rhododendron, rose and hydrangea bushes nestled around his home that were meticulously kept trimmed and looking healthy all summer long. Just the day before Ken had heard an envious neighbor bending the mailman’s ear, “Keller’s mulch right down to the last black bark chip always appears to be in the exact ideal spot where the little chunk had first been placed. That guy’s too much of a perfectionist to suit me!”
Landscapes and Photographs: One man’s masterpiece is another man’s craft. Intro to the short story. “On Monday morning September 21st, 2009, the last day of summer, George Rodio had been a bit lucky at Harrah’s Casino in Atlantic City. The Hammonton, New Jersey pharmacy owner had just gotten three sevens on a fifty-cent slot machine and had merrily won three thousand dollars cash. After leaving the gambling establishment’s high-rise parking garage, the perfectly contented slot machine player drove his dark blue Lexus south on Brigantine Boulevard heading towards Route 30, the White Horse Pike. The recipient of the ‘found money’ was thinking about how he was going to merrily dispose of his recent ‘good fortune bonanza.’
‘It’s a good thing I honored my hunch and drove to Harrah’s to try my luck,’ the happy fellow thought. ‘I’ll call my dependable manager Bill Dawkins after I get home and see if all my help came in to work this morning. But first I’ll stop at that new art gallery in Absecon that features impressive works by aspiring South Jersey artists,’ George instantly decided. ‘If I see a suitable painting that captures my fancy, I’ll purchase the Picasso and hang it above the upright piano in the den and then I’ll move the ancient collage of the nine family photos’ that’s now over the piano from the den to the upstairs computer room’s blank wall. I think that Barbara will be both surprised and thrilled with the new acquisition, if I ever decide to buy it.’”
The Pinelands Theatre: Theaters will be our time capsules. Intro to the short story. “Originally completed and opened in 1914, Hammonton, New Jersey’s Pinelands Theatre has had a very long and interesting history. At first the structure functioned as an entertainment venue presenting live vaudeville and variety acts to entertain the local public. Twenty years after its pre-WWI inception, out of sheer economic necessity the landmark Pinelands Theatre switched from showing silent films to innovative “talking movies” in 1930, but in later years competition from the much larger and more elegant Rivoli Theater (at the corner of Bellevue Avenue and Third Street) eventually put the town’s first movie house into extinction, forcing the out-of-date building to eventually close its doors in December of 1943, exactly two years after Pearl Harbor.
After the Golden Age of Hollywood had passed into posterity, the vacant Second and Vine edifice, located a block east of Bellevue (the town’s main thoroughfare), later became a residence in 1951, but then the structure was gutted and converted into a merchants’ warehouse in 1957, but in the early 1960s Kennedy-Johnson era, the aged in-need-of-repair skeleton became a convenient storage facility for a Bellevue Avenue department store. Things were looking rather bleak for the once-revered Pinelands Theatre building with the approach of the twenty-first century and its attendant technologies.”
A Second Chance: Youth feel invisible with lack of wisdom and self-control. Intro to the short story. “Ever since I became an acne-faced teenager back in the mid-1950s, I have always loved fast automobiles, especially ones with chrome-plated flat-head engines. When my family had lived in Bucks County, Pennsylvania from 1953-‘59, my tough-guy friends and I would often hitchhike to the Langhorne Speedway on Route 1 just above Fairless Hills and pay the dollar grandstand admission we had been diligently saving-up for just to sit in the bleachers and watch exciting motorcycle and stock car races. Then my family moved to Hammonton, New Jersey where my addiction to excessive speed persisted right into my junior and senior high school years.
And when I was old enough to drive my father’s ‘55 green and white Chevy, I did surrender to temptation and drag race it on at least a dozen occasions, nearly smashing-up the old jalopy during four separate dangerous racing situations. Because of obstinate pride during those foolish escapades, I never fully comprehended that I had been recklessly putting my own life and the well-being of others in jeopardy.”
Wolverton Mountain: What the junior sleuths and seasoned pros might have in common. Intro to the short story. “Veteran Agents Salvatore Velardi, Arthur Orsi and Dan Blachford stepped into FBI Inspector Joe Giralo’s office, loftily situated on the eighth floor of 600 Arch Street, Philadelphia. Each of the conscientious trio was wondering exactly what new investigative matter was of such “urgent and strategic importance,” the precise terminology that their reputable Boss had dramatically characterized their very next challenging government assignment. As usual, “the Chief” was sitting behind his enormous Canadian oak desk and his brown eyes were carefully examining the front-page articles of the Philadelphia Inquirer appearing “above the fold”.
I’m glad that you three easily distracted-but-ambitious junior sleuths have gotten here on time for your scheduled noon appointment, and I’m personally delighted that you’re not now eating pizza or hoagies down at the crowded Reading Terminal Food Market,” the Boss gruffly greeted his loyal subordinates. “I’m also happy to note in my latest report to Matt Riley that you three remarkable gumshoes had easily solved the rather preposterous “Treasure Map Caper” that had been annoying various local police departments in the Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware tri-state area, which had warranted the indispensable services and intervention of the local FBI. Now Men,” Inspector Giralo rambled on, “DC headquarters has acknowledged your crucial participation in swiftly solving that particular regional dilemma.”
Poetic Justice: “Imitation is the sincerest form of flattery, isn’t it?” Intro to the short story. “Every December 1st, FBI Inspector Joe Giralo proudly invites his three loyal agents Salvatore Velardi, Arthur Orsi and Daniel Blachford over to Orchard Street and into his cozy downtown Hammonton, New Jersey home to admire his extensive train display and accompanying elaborate village, all spectacularly exhibited on an enormous platform that virtually encompassed the man’s entire downstairs “second den.”
“I see that you’ve added several new buildings to complement your intricate Christmas hometown extravaganza,” Agent Velardi noted and expressed. “I don’t remember that dress shop and that yogurt and ice cream parlor on the corner ever being in the village last year. You’ve managed to re-create a miniature scale model of downtown Hammonton! Quite impressive indeed!”
“Thanks for the rather exaggerated kudos Salvatore!” Inspector Giralo genially replied. “Ever since I was a curious toddler, I’ve been infatuated with model trains. This entire project has taken me seven years to complete, and all of the stores and buildings along Bellevue Avenue, Central Avenue, Horton Street along with Second and Third Street I’ve diligently assembled with my own two hands. The tedious labor was done right here on the premises, with all the items being assiduously built down in my workshop basement.”
A Photo Finish: Family secrets divulged. Intro to the short story. “At 8 pm sharp a black 2018 Mercedes luxury S 560 sedan entered the secluded U-shaped asphalt driveway enveloping a well-manicured lawn on East First Road, Hammonton NJ. The recently constructed three-million-dollar brick and stone mansion belonged to local wealthy business mogul James Dante Carlino, who that evening was scheduled to meet with the arriving prestigious South-Jersey Central Bank President, Thomas Monastra. In response to recent phone exchanges, the visiting financial executive and the resident real estate guru were slated to discuss an imminent shopping center development project planned for erection just outside Somers Point, across the bay from scenic Ocean City, New Jersey.
“Hello Mr. Monastra,” James Carlino warmly greeted. “It’s too bad we couldn’t meet at the Blue Heron Country Club yesterday for a round of golf. But Mother Nature isn’t always cooperative with desired business consultations.”
“Very well put!” the bank official aptly answered. “Egg Harbor Township isn’t exactly located in Southern California where it seldom rains in the early summer. Living on the West Coast does have its climate advantages. I must admit Mr. Carlino, it’s quite a beautiful estate you’ve imaginatively built here, neatly tucked into the Jersey pines.”
The Psychic Dimension, Part II (34 sci-fi/paranormal novellas, 567 pages) is one of author Jay Dubya’s 56 published books existing in hardcover, in paperback and in Amazon Kindle, Barnes and Noble Nook and Smashwords e-book formats. The Psychic Dimension, Part II is the companion book to The Psychic Dimension.
I have had the pleasure of reading The Psychic Dimension Book One and Book Two by Jay Dubya (John Wiessner). I highly recommend this book along with all this author’s books. Author Jay Dubya is a prolific writer with over 59 published works to his credit. He writes short story collections, trilogies, and novels in all the genres. The Psychic Dimension (Part One and Part Two) is a great way to get to know the author’s thought process.
Product Details: Language: English Paperback: 580 Pages Publisher: Bookstand Publishing (June 23, 2014) First Person Short Stories
Enjoy The ‘Legends of Windemere’ (Epic Fantasy Series)!
Beginning Of A Hero by Charles E. Yallowitz
Book 1 of 15: Legends of Windemere.
Luke Callindor was born into Windemere’s most decorated family of adventurers. Since his birth, he has been treated with the greatest amount of respect and awe. Now, with a lifetime of training and the reckless cockiness of youth, Luke has set out to prove that he deserves the admiration that comes from being a Callindor. Luke gets his chance when he convinces a royal messenger to hire him to protect the heir of Duke Solomon. This future leader is secretly attending Hamilton Military Academy, an esteemed school run by the former mercenary, Selenia Hamilton.
It is a dangerous secret mission requiring that Luke pretend to be an average student while keeping an eye out for any sign of danger. Unfortunately, Luke has no idea which student the heir is and a demonic assassin is already several steps ahead of him. Finding himself in over his head and constantly in trouble, the young warrior realizes that the only things he has on his side are some new friends and his unwavering courage. Can Luke find and protect the heir while keeping his own head attached to his neck? And, can he avoid being suspended long enough to see his mission through to the end?
Product Details: Print Length: 309 Pages Publication Date: February 24, 2013 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Luke Callindor and his friends are about to learn that the life of an adventurer can be brutally unforgiving.
Hungering for another adventure, Luke agrees to escort the heir of Serab along the L’dandrin River and into the safety of Gods’ Voice. A deadly gauntlet of cunning traps and savage creatures lay before the young warrior and his companions. Lacking the powerful magic needed to combat his enemies, Luke’s survival and victory may be in the hands of his newest ally. That’s if the temperamental Nyx doesn’t set him on fire first.
Luke will bravely face everything that is thrown at him, but how can he defend himself when he’s ignorant of the truth behind his mission?
Product Details: Print Length: 376 Pages Publication Date: July 30, 2013 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
The epic adventures of Luke Callindor and Nyx continue after their journey down the L’Dandrin River in Legends of Windemere: Prodigy of Rainbow Tower. Reeling from his failures in their previous adventure, Luke leads his surviving friends to his hometown. With his mind frayed and his confidence fractured, Luke must face the family and fiancée he left behind.
It is a brief homecoming when the vampire Kalam attacks the village, forcing Luke and Nyx to break into his lair for the key to resurrecting a fallen warrior. It is a quest that will force both young heroes to reach new heights of strength and power that they never knew they had. Can Luke and Nyx escape the lair of Kalam? And, what role will the orphaned gypsy Sari play in their looming destiny?
Product Details: Print Length: 553 Pages Publication Date: January 4, 2014 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
The magical adventure continues after Luke Callindor and his friends recover from their battles in Haven. Nyx still has nightmares about casting the genocide spell in Hero’s Gate. Every night her heart is gripped by the sensation of hundreds of goblins dying by her magic. By the request of Lord Highrider and Duke Solomon, she is returning to fix the damage she caused.
With Luke Callindor and Sari by her side, Nyx is ready to face the vengeful goblins and opportunistic thieves that plague Hero’s Gate. Yet, there is a darker threat that was born from her violated magic: The Krypters. It is another action-packed, character driven story that will reveal one of our heroes has been lied to for their entire life.
Product Details: Print Length: 547 Pages Publication Date: March 15, 2014 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Swords will clash and spells will fly in the newest adventure of young warrior Luke Callindor, Nyx the magic-flinging caster, and their friends. With Sari captured by their enemies, the champions of Windemere are determined to get her back and destroy the Lich’s castle. Little do they realize, their battles in the Caster Swamp are only the beginning of this adventure.
Trinity and her Chaos Elves have invaded the city of Gaia in search of a relic called the Compass Key. Rumored to be the key to rescuing Sari from a magical island, our heroes are in a race to find the mysterious artifact. Which side will claim the Compass Key? And, what will our heroes do when they’re faced with an enemy whose evil power overshadows anything they have ever faced?
Product Details: Print Length: 378 Pages Publication Date: August 7, 2014 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
After their battles in Gaia and surviving the Island of Pallice, the champions of Windemere are off on their next adventure. In his quest to be a hero and help others, Luke Callindor has jumped into danger countless times and would do so again without hesitation. So when he is infected by the toxic Dark Wind, it is up to his friends to find a cure and keep his courage alive.
With time running out and their enemies in the shadows, one ally will make the decision to share in Luke’s suffering and forge a bond that runs thicker than blood. Such a sacrifice might not be enough when the truth behind this living curse comes to light. Will Luke find the strength to defeat the Dark Wind? What ghosts from his past will appear during his weakest hour?
Product Details: Print Length: 284 Pages Publication Date: December 11, 2014 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Sleeper of the Wildwood Fugue by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 7 of 15: Legends of Windemere.
The final champion stirs and reaches out to any who can hear her voice. Yet all who heed her call will disappear into the misty fugue.
Awakening their new ally is only the beginning as Luke, Nyx, and their friends head south to the desert city of Bor’daruk. Hunting for another temple once used to seal Baron Kernaghan, they are unaware that the game of destiny has changed. Out for blood and pain, Stephen is determined to make Luke wish he’d never set out to become a hero.
By the time the sun sets on Bor’daruk, minds will be shattered and the champions’ lives will be changed forever.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Captures Your Imagination!
Experience for the first time or continue reading as the ‘Legends of Windemere’ captures your imagination as ‘Sleeper of the Wildwood Fugue’ continues this epic fantasy with book 7 by Charles E. Yallowitz.
If you were mesmerized by the game ‘Dungeons and Dragons’ or enjoyed reading ‘The Hobbit’ series you will not want to miss the mystical inhabitants of Windemere! Author Charles E. Yallowitz weaves an intriguing tale in a world where good and evil collide and is quite often underestimated.
Well defined characters who add depth, personality and the ability to draw the reader into the fantasy world of Windemere will hold your attention as the drama unfolds in this mystical place. The creative thought process of the author brings Windemere to life with fast paced descriptive intrigue. I quote two sections below to show the author’s writing style without spoiling the story.
…“Several silent minutes after Gabriel disappears, Zaria lets out a musical sigh and merges with the mist. She weaves among the trees and cursed mortals, none of them noticing her presence. The goddess is near the edge of a clearing when a purple barrier appears and deflects her rapid approach. She returns to her solid form and gets as close to the powerful shield as she can. Sparks of magic burst from the glistening dome, leaving burn marks on her dress that she ignores. All of Zaria’s attention is on the canopy bed in the middle of the clearing where a cloaked form is sleeping.”
…“Only a matter of days now, Dariana,” the goddess whispers, wiping a pristine tear from her cheek. “Only a matter of days.”
I invite you to start reading the Legends of Windemere’ series today!
“Sleeper of the Wildwood Fugue” (Legends of Windemere Book 7) by Charles E. Yallowitz is an epic fantasy where the author’s imagination brings legends to life.
Product Details: Paperback: 334 Pages Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (April 7, 2015) Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
The Merchant of Nevra Coil by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 8 of 15: Legends of Windemere.
When the mischievous and random Goddess of Chaos gets angry, all of Windemere becomes her plaything. It all starts with a collection of toys that have taken the populace by storm. People of all races flood the marketplaces to gather figurines of the champions whose adventures are starting to spread across the land. Stemming from the flying city of Nevra Coil, these toys bring with them a terrible curse: Fame.
Every town becomes a mob of fans that hound their new idols and the delay is bringing the world closer to the hands of Baron Kernaghan. Perhaps worst of all, the creator of these toys forgot to include a certain exiled deity who is now out to earn herself a figurine. Who would have thought a bunch of toys could cause so much trouble and lead to the breaking of a champion’s confidence?
Product Details: Paperback: 290 Pages Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (September 6, 2015) Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Lost to his tribe in the Yagervan Plains, fear and shame have kept the former Mercenary Prince away from his homeland. With his confidence crumbling, he has decided to return and bring closure to his past. Reuniting with his old friends, Delvin’s timing could not be worse as a deadly campaign is brewing within Yagervan’s borders. Dawn Fangs are on the march and these powerful vampires are determined to turn the entire region into a graveyard.
To protect his family, friends, and two homelands, Delvin will have to push his doubt away and become the cunning Mercenary Prince once again.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Fans Yearning For Another Episode!
Follow-up ‘The Merchant of Nevra Coil’ with ‘The Mercenary Prince’ as it rings in 2016 for Author Charles E. Yallowitz’s loyal fans yearning for another episode in the Legends of Windemere. True to form the reader will be drawn even deeper into this mystical world of Windemere where each character casts you under a unique spell.
Delvin, given the title Mercenary Prince struggles within his mind as he sets out on a rigorous journey that will bring him back home, reunite him with old friends and bring reconciliation from his past. The warrior within comes to life as he runs through Visindor Forest. He instinctively focuses on the sound of his boots hitting the ground and the rhythm puts his mind into a trance allowing him to ignore his aching body.
I quote the section below to whet your appetite without spoiling the story.
…“The banyan tree sits among the maples and oaks, its horizontal branches with aerial prop roots giving it a unique appearance among the other plants. Delvin groans as he touches the smooth trunk with his forehead and he gladly let the metal orbs fall to the ground. Songbirds flit through the treetops and fill his ears with a soothing song, which nearly causes the warrior to fall asleep. Tearing strips off his shirt, he binds his bleeding hands and massages his arms to prevent them from getting stiff. He spends the next hour lifting the orbs like weights, stretching his legs, and using a low branch to do pull-ups. A skunk wanders over while Delvin is hanging from the tree, forcing him to remain in the air until the animal waddles out of spraying range. Dropping to the ground, his knees buckle and the forest seems to spin haphazardly around him. Expecting to find a waterskin, he reaches for his side, but the warrior realizes he left it behind in his rush to clear his mind.
…‘Guess it’s to the pond with me,’ he mutters as he gathers the orbs.
…Delvin grabs a fig off the banyan tree as he jogs to the west where he knows a decent-sized pond can be found. As he moves through the forest, his mind wanders to thoughts of his friends who he hopes are still recovering in Nevra Coil. He is struck by a pang of guilt for not letting them know that he arrived at Hamilton Military Academy. The warrior can only imagine how angry at least one of them might be considering it has been over a week since he left the other champions. His thoughts continue down a path of worry, so he is caught by surprise when he comes to the pond and finds a slender figure with short, black hair at the shore. Delvin sees pointy ears and what he thinks is a red shirt, which causes him to skid to a stop and nearly crash into the woman. His battle-honed reflexes are the only thing that allows him to spin to the side and avoid a humiliating collision.”
Whether this is your first or the ninth book in this epic 5 Star Legends of Windemere fantasy series; you will become one with this mystical world and you will follow the path where The Hobbit and Dungeons and Dragons once took you. Join with me and the band of followers that hunger for Legends of Windemere.
“The Mercenary Prince” (Legends of Windemere Book 9) by Charles E. Yallowitz is where the author’s imagination brings legends to life.
Product Details: Paperback: 310 Pages Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 28, 2015) Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Timoran Wrath has a shameful secret that is about to see the light of day.
The noble barbarian has always been a constant source of strength and wisdom for his beloved friends. His loyalty has been unwavering and they know that he would never hesitate to lay down his life for them. Even in their darkest hour, the champions know that Timoran will come through and fight to the bitter end. Now they must return the favor as he reunites with his tribe and willingly faces the executioner’s blade.
Is it possible that the honorable Timoran was nothing more than an illusion?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Author Brings Legends To Life!
For all your loyal fans of the Legends of Windemere series, book ten titled Tribe of the Snow Tiger has just been released.
You will find yourself once again drawn into the imagination of the author who brings legends to life. I hope the following quotes will pull you back into the mystical world of Windemere.
The prologue finds: “Baron Arthuru Kernaghan rises from his throne and takes Trinity by the hand, she stares out at Shayd’s stony landscape, an emerald lightning storm in the distance mesmerizing her for several seconds. Groups of her people toiling in the dirt can be seen in every direction and the nearest ones risk a glance at their beloved queen.”
…The story continues, “Delvin yawns and rubs at his eyes, his fingers lingering on the dark circles that have appeared after several days of exhausting travel. Glancing out the tavern window, he watches waves of heat rise off the river that cuts through the coastal city. “It looks like Queen Ionia called in a favor to get us a ship,” Delvin says as he picks up his shield. Seeing a scrap of pie left, he spears it with his fork and eats it before the groggy drite can stop him.”
…“Now home he can put worries to rest for a while: “Sitting cross-legged at the cliff’s edge, Timoran enjoys the peaceful evening that has enveloped his homeland. The snow has melted to reveal crisp grass and rocky patches of earth, which lead to the lower mountains. Being on the southernmost cliff of the curved range, the mellow warrior can see the vast expanse of wilderness to every side, except behind him where the encampment sits among the stones. The grunt of a bear rumbles over the mountains, the large predator a faint shadow among a collection of boulders atop a distant rise. A herd of caribou are grazing to the west, the cautious beasts close enough for him to make out their antlers in the crimson moonlight. Huddled on a lower cliff is a snow leopard and her cubs, the family feasting on a recent kill that threatens to topple over the edge. The other goats have already galloped along the sheer cliffs to seek refuge within the craggy walls, only the occasional bang of butting heads revealing their presence. After watching the calming display of brutal nature for several hours, Timoran finds himself happy to be home and his worries remain shoved to the back of his mind.”
…What secrets are Timoran Wrath pushing to the back of his mind? How will this affect the champions?
…Adventure consumes them: “Lightning strikes the earth and thunder rumbles, causing the travelers to sprint along the flooded path. Risking the use of her powers, Sari runs along the top of the water while Delvin sloshes behind and waves for her to slow down. They take the crumbling stairs in twos as another bolt hits the top of the ruin, the electricity absorbed by metal veins that run along the stone structure. Desperate to get out of the storm, the trio burst into the building and are met by a wave of sweltering heat. They find themselves in a chamber where the gentle echoes of the rain hitting the roof bounce from corner to corner. A small dais is in the back with a large sconce built into the wall, a piece of moldy wood still set in the metal holder. Two wide stairwells are built into the floor, their shadowy entrances flanking the doorway. Bones and other signs of animals living in the ruin can be found in the unfurnished room, but the champions can only see a few snakes and a small tortoise. If there is a predator calling this building home then it is either downstairs or out on a hunt. Either way, the travelers are too tired to go searching for a new refuge.”
I invite you to read Tribe of the Snow Tiger and see for yourself how they fit into Windemere?
If you are just beginning your journey into the Legends of Windemere and you love fantasy, author Charles E. Yallowitz’s imagination and great story telling will keep you engaged. I encourage you to purchase and read all ten books in this 5 Star Series.
Product Details: Print Length: 419 Pages Publication Date: June 1, 2016 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
To make a champion fall, one must wound their very soul.
Nyx is leading the charge to rescue Delvin and Sari, who have gone missing in the southern jungles of Windemere. Battling through the local predators, the champions are surprised when they reunite in the Feykin city of Rhundar. Instead of captives, the missing heroes have become the city’s rulers and are on the verge of starting a war with those that want to exterminate their new followers. Even with such a noble cause, Delvin and Sari have changed into brutal warlords that may kill each other and their friends long before they step onto the battlefield.
Have Delvin and Sari really changed for the worst or is there a greater threat pulling the champions’ strings?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Jungles of Windemere!
Welcome to the jungles of Windemere where Delvin and Sari have gone missing.
Escape reality and enter into this mystical world where the author’s story telling will draw you into a fantasy world that you will never want to step out of.
The story opens with Baron Kernaghan surveying his kingdom from his balcony expecting visitors with gifts for his infant noble son.
Join Nyx in the jungle where the champions execute a plan to rescue Delvin and Sari. Without spoiling the story, let me draw you in with this quote.
…“With Dariana meditating on a log and the others sleeping in a sealed tent, Luke keeps watch from the branches. The end of summer heat has forced him to shed his shirt and boots, the damp clothes left on the ground with his friends. Unlike the trees of his homeland’s forests, the jungle flora is denser and their levels are much more distinct. At first, the half-elf tried to stay in the highest branches, but he quickly realized that he could not react to any danger below. Now Luke remains hidden among the leaves of the lower canopy, his sound sight and Stiletto’s borrowed sense of smell working hard to decipher every noise. The warrior’s eyes are practically useless in the thick darkness, which puts his nerves on edge. Only a single shaft of red and yellow moonlight is coming through the trees due to a hole in the network of branches that will be closed within a week. Even with the constant threat of an attack, Luke is in awe of the jungle’s natural beauty. The vivid noises and scents of life are intoxicating, every piece of the tapestry making him want to wander blindly into the wilderness. His excitement sours when he senses a fist-sized spider that has snared a bat only a few feet above his head.
…“So much for spending more time here,” Luke whispers, his dry throat quenched by a sip of water. Movement in the lower branches causes him to freeze, but he relaxes when a familiar voice curses under her breath. “Do I have to ask why you’re climbing a tree in the dark, big sister? You’re going to hurt yourself.”
…“I can see in the dark,” Nyx declares as she inches around the vine-covered trunk. The channeler’s eyes have become yellow and cat-like, which matches the retractable claws that help her cling to the tree. “Transformation isn’t something I do a lot, but small things are easy. I decided to imitate a calico, which wasn’t a great idea. I went too far and gave myself a tail that keeps tickling my leg. Makes me think those fuzzy caterpillars we keep seeing are crawling up my skirt, but I’m too tired to fix it. Anyway, I couldn’t sleep and you’re the only one awake. Do you want to talk or sit quietly?”
Important questions to answer:
Will they find Delvin and Sari?
What surprises will they encounter?
What threats do the Champions face?
I invite you to read ‘Charms of the Feykin’. Each book in the Legends of Windemere series stands alone, so I invite you to read book one through book 11 so you will be ready for book twelve where the final temple will be challenged in ‘The Spirit Well’. This 5-star book series is worthy of the silver screen.
Product Details: Print Length: 389 Pages Publication Date: September 13, 2016 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Born from the light and darkness, Dariana can no longer avoid her fate.
The final corrupted temple stands between the champions and Baron Kernaghan having their great battle. Only one problem: the Compass Key refuses to work with Dariana, who long ago wiped all memories of the Spirit Well from her mind. Now, they are forced to follow a trail of clues that Dariana’s former self left behind centuries ago. It is a path that will lead the champions into a part of their friend’s past that could tear them all apart.
Will the bonds of friendship be stronger than the call of blood?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mystical World!
Welcome back to the mystical world of Windemere where author Charles E. Yallowitz does an outstanding job transporting his readers from reality back into the story that in conjunction with all his stories will make the Legends of Windemere famous.
Let’s begin where “Arthuru claims he will conquer Windemere and contain us on Ambervale unless the Law of Influence is revoked.”
The story opens with a barrage of questions and accusations has brought the raven-haired Nyx to the edge of her temper.
Join the champions in a city of criminals as they approach Pazel Laufeia (Mayor of Rodillen). Follow the clues that left centuries before. With Dariana’s memories Gone, Can Friendship Prevail?
Careful not to spoil the story for all your fans, let me quote one passage and like a puzzle piece, I will let you read and find out how and when it fits into the story.
…“With a wide yawn, Delvin whistles and waves for his friends to join him near a mushroom- covered tree. He crosses his arms and leans against the old oak, making it clear that he is not moving until he gets to speak his mind. Kira grumbles and kicks at whatever is in front of her as she trudges back to the warrior, the impatient woman spinning her sabers. She is already starting to complain about the delay, but her venomous words are stopped when the brown-haired man tosses her the last of the cupcakes that Sari packed. The treat is skewered on the end of her blade and she quietly eats it, her lips and tongue coming dangerously close to the keen edge. Timoran is more appreciative of the break since the trio has been fruitlessly scouring the forest for the last five hours. The barbarian’s knees pop and his lower back aches as he stretches, which makes him consider that he is getting too old for the tedious part of adventuring. When they are all gathered around the tree, Delvin gestures for them to kneel and sit into an awkward huddle. With the warriors sweating in the unseasonal heat all day, the smell is distracting so they separate and give each other some space.
…“Being the least skilled tracker here, I have a few questions,” Delvin says, picking at the leaves on a small branch. He plucks one that is covered in ants, the insects crawling around his hand until they drop to the ground. “Do ghosts make any noise when walking? Do they create tracks in the dirt? Can they break branches or scuff trees when they pass? Do ghosts leave any evidence that they have come through an area?”
…“No,” his companions sheepishly answer in unison.
…“Then how in all of Windemere are we tracking Luke?”
I invite you to read The Spirit Well (Legends of Windemere Book 12) by Charles E. Yallowitz. Each book in the Legends of Windemere series stands alone, so I invite you to read book one through book 12 so you will be ready for when book thirteen titled ‘Ritual of the Lost Lamb’ comes out.
Product Details: Print Length: 378 Pages Publication Date: December 7, 2016 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Death is a blessing that the Baron is not ready to bestow upon his precious guest.
In the aftermath of the Baron’s attack, Luke Callindor has disappeared and the only clue is a psychic scream of agony that Dariana cannot ignore. Fearing that a journey to Shayd will start their final battle before they are ready, the champions have devised another way to rescue their friend. With permission from the gods, Nyx has begun the long-sealed Ritual of the Lost Lamb.
It is a complicated and exhausting spell, which is made even more difficult by a new enemy whose only goal is to make all of the Baron’s enemies suffer. It is a race against time where every passing minute brings Luke Callindor one step closer to a fate worse than oblivion.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Restless Windemere Soul!
Let me begin where Author Charles E. Yallowitz starts and I quote: “The gods and goddesses of Windemere begin the unexpected council meeting with a flurry of heated arguments. It is no different than their normal gatherings, but they soon realize there is a blossoming strangeness to their surroundings. For some, it is merely that Ram the War God is not on his metallic throne, the stallion-headed primordial nowhere to be found on Ambervale.”
That quote should have stirred your restless Windemere soul as you have no doubt been waiting for book thirteen in this Legends If Windemere series titled ‘Ritual of the Lost Lamb’. I am so careful not to spoil the story for those of you who follow this series, but feel it is my task to bring your mind back to Windemere with the writing that you have come to appreciate and the main character that you know so well. I quote from chapter three.
…“Delvin stares out the window at the bizarre landscape that has become a combination of the Chaos Void and an evergreen forest. He can hear the others snoring from wherever they decided to sleep since Nyx and Zephyr have been given the bed. All attempts to get out of the pocket cabin have been met with failure, but the warrior considers it a good sign that there have been no violent outbursts from the magic that has them trapped. The worst they have seen is a spell getting reflected off the door and bursting into a swarm of butterflies. He still sees one of the insects fluttering around the ceiling, the others having left through a crack in the window that is no longer there. Delvin takes a sip of his drink before attempting to use a fraction of his fount powers to probe the trap. As with the previous times, his energy is redirected to another target, which turns out to be Kira. The heiress shifts against the wall as the crimson line along her spine heats up and leaves a temporary burn mark on the wood.
…“I do not believe we need to keep watch in here, but I assume it helps when one cannot sleep,” Timoran says as he joins his friend. The barbarian stands with his back to the window, his eyes locked on Nyx. “I am sure she is the key to getting out of here. Again, the fire sprite takes everything on her shoulders and leaves little for the rest of us. This worries me because it is becoming more common.
…The author’s cover creator creates these amazing the book covers where each one is its own snapshot of a legend theme within Windemere.
Besides reading, I have been noticing the movies scheduled to be released this summer and yawn. So many lack originality as film makers re-make old movies at great expense and try to motivate us to pay money to watch.
I challenge movie directors and investors to look at this Legend of Windemere series as it is an original adult fantasy series that would garner global interest. I can assure you that it would be worth your time and money.
Each book in the Legends of Windemere series stands alone, so I invite you to read book one through book 13 so you will be ready for when book fourteen titled ‘Path of the Traitors’ comes out.
Product Details: Print Length: 401 Pages Publication Date: May 10, 2017 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Hated and distrusted, Queen Trinity must leave the shadows and reach for redemption.
With their final battle on the horizon, the champions are faced with a long-lost piece of the prophecy. Unable to search for the crests that are rumored to be the key to survival, they must turn to a band of their former enemies for help. Sinister desires and hopes for redemption collide as Queen Trinity of the Chaos Elves leads the hunt and struggles to keep her companions on the path of heroism. Monsters, traps, mysteries, and their own pasts will rise up to stand in the way of these people who have spent their entire lives committing sins. Throughout it all, another old enemy is lurking in the shadows and determined to claim her own delicious prize.
By the end of their journey, those who survive will learn that being a hero is more than simply stepping into the light.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Beware Of The Chaos Void!
For all of you who follow Legends of Windemere, join Baron Kernaghan as he looks out ‘over the Chaos Void’ as the demons hide from his “palpable rage”.
Never wanting to spoil the story, let me whet your appetite with this quote: “Trinity wakes up expecting to see Altia or Quail, but is met by the long tongue of a cow that covers her face in slobber. Not wanting to scare the animal, she slowly sits up and looks around the animal cart for anyone who can answer her questions. Touching her neck, she finds an aching mark that is in the shape of a hand and immediately remembers every detail of her fight with Aeriel. Wanting to make sure everything works correctly, Trinity carefully moves each limb, presses around her torso, and whispers the alphabet. Satisfied that her mind and body are intact, she tries to stand and quickly collapses due to a pin and needle sensation in her legs. Dragging herself to a chair, she pulls herself up and gently massages her numb extremities. Hearing a snort to her right, she turns in time to get licked in the face by a horse. Spitting out a piece of damp hay, the chaos elf remains seated and blankly stares at the wall.
…“Kellia Solomon sends her thanks and regards,” Tzefira announces as she steps out of a large stall. Tightening her blue bandana, the mercenary tosses a scroll to Trinity and goes back to brushing a beautiful stallion. “That’s a peace treaty for you to sign if the champions are victorious. It’s the best she can do right now without her father’s permission. Sad to hear about the Duke. Hope he recovers, but we all have to make way for the future at some point. People like us never last forever.”
…Is a treaty possible?
I encourage those of you who have never read books one though fourteen of this series to jump in because Windemere will leave a mark on your soul. To us who follow Author Charles Yallowitz, he is working on the next book titled ‘Warlord of the Forgotten Age’ which will bring this original fantasy series to a conclusion.
Note to movie directors and investors who are on the search for the next fantasy to light up the silver screen or create a cult like following for a TV series, look no further than Legend of Windemere. It will be worth your investment.
Product Details: Print Length: 354 Pages Publication Date: September 15, 2017 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Warlord of the Forgotten Age by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 15 of 15: Legends of Windemere.
Whether in darkness or light, every path inevitably comes to an end.
As Gabriel, the Destiny God, determined centuries ago, his chosen will face Baron Kernaghan for the fate of Windemere. Through many victories and losses, the champions have stood together and prepared for this great battle. Now that the Baron’s influence stirs those with evil hearts, they have run out of time and must travel to Shayd. Yet, there are more secrets for them to uncover before entering a battle where the only way to survive is surpassing limits and putting everything they have on the line. Through it all, Gabriel’s statement that he made them destined to fight, but winning was not set in stone rings in their minds.
Will the champions usher in an Age of Heroes or become the sacrifices for an Age of Darkness?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Gift Of Adult Fantasy Storytelling!
For those of us who entered Windemere, it has left a mark upon our souls. We thank Author Charles E. Yallowitz for his gift of adult fantasy storytelling and hope he will enthrall us again soon.
Careful not to spoil this conclusion to The Legends of Windemere series, I chose this quote as a sneak peek into Warlord of the Forgotten Age.
Quote from Chapter 17:
…“Having lost contact with his friends, Delvin struggles to crawl through the rubble and reach the last place he sensed them. The magical arrow is still protruding from his eye and the infectious tendrils continue to push against his powers. His vision is a blurry mess due to the injury and his rising exhaustion, which make every movement pure agony. With his fount powers focused entirely on healing, the warrior feels as defenseless as an infant and worries that he might get killed before he can face the Baron again. For the countless time, he stops to grip the arrow’s shaft and gives a small tug to see if it can be removed. The painful headache that rockets through his skull causes Delvin to collapse and slide down the smoky remains of a house, which he unknowingly scaled. Rolling over the eave, he hits the cobblestones with his face and screams when the projectile is driven a bit further into his eye socket. Unable to continue moving, he gets onto his back and watches the sky for signs of his friends. Putting his shield on his chest and drawing his sword, the warrior is unsure if he is trying to appear ready for battle or pose for his funeral.”
Be sure to read the Author’s Note at the end of this book as he explains how the series came about and evolved. He gives credit where credit is due and he appreciates those of us who invested our time in Windemere.
I encourage those of you who have never read one book in this series to jump in because Windemere will leave a mark on your soul. Note to movie directors and investors who are on the search for the next fantasy to light up the silver screen or create a cult like following for a TV series, look no further than Legend of Windemere. It will be worth your investment.
Product Details: Print Length: 379 Pages Publication Date: December 21, 2017 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
Quest of the Brokenhearted by Charles E. Yallowitz.
From the pages of ‘Legends of Windemere’.
(From the pages of ‘Legends of Windemere’) As Windemere moves forward, a broken spirit falls into the shadows.
Two years have passed since Luke Callindor was lost during the champions’ battle against Baron Kernaghan. Many mourn the loss, but none have been hurt more than the fiancée he left behind, Kira Grasdon. Plagued by grief and determined to prove he is alive, she has sacrificed her business, her reputation, and her hope. Surviving on the streets of Gaia, she has become an emotional husk of her former self. It is only by chance that Kira crosses paths with an old friend and learns of a path, which will either end her suffering or revive her shattered soul. As the rumors state, hundreds of adventurers have flocked to Lacarsis and none have returned.
Will Kira meet her death in the City of Evil or will she thrive among the monsters?
Product Details: Print Length: 282 Pages Publication Date: June 30, 2018 Language: English Epic Fantasy Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Fantasy and Magic Epic Fantasy (Mid-Teens and Up)
The United States of America has been crippled. Violently contained by a global military force and left without its leaders, the country has become shattered and chaotic. A decade has passed since the first strike and a new landscape has emerged where survival is more important than anything else. Who will uncover the truth behind the attack and revive this once great nation?
It certainly won’t be Cassidy and Lloyd since they couldn’t care less about that stuff. She is a young woman on a mission to honor her mother’s dying wish, which is to toss her ashes off the Golden Gate Bridge. He is an infamous serial killer she broke out of Rikers Island since hiring a bodyguard wasn’t working out. Not the perfect plan, but having an insane, oddly charming murder-junkie on your side is a plus in the Shattered States.
Bullets and swear words are going to fly as Cassidy and Lloyd travel coast to coast, facing one challenge after another . . . including Nebraska.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Apocalyptic Action-Comedy Adventure!
Author Charles E. Yallowitz moves away from his usual epic fantasy novels to write this Apocalyptic Action Comedy Adventure. The Cover Design & Illustration is the creation of Jon Hunsinger.
Sixteen chapters of adventure where the characters are raw, rough and tough in a world where the United States is now under the control of a global military force where the borders are defined by a new meaning and the States are on their own.
Main character Cassidy is a young woman on a personal mission “tempted to draw her gun and make a stand, but she knows the prison guards are only doing their job.” She is among the escapees from Rikers’ Island. Even though they are all “Sadistic murderers and traitorous thieves though they may be, she broke them out for a reason.” “There is an air of tension and aggression that is growing stronger by the hour even though nobody has spoken since escaping Rikers Island.”
I quote Cassidy here, “Then you’re not going to like being out in the real world,” the young woman replies, her fingers tracing random designs on her mug’s condensation. Seeing the question on the tip of the man’s tongue, she runs her hands through her hair and taps at her forehead scar. “Money is useless in most of the Shattered States. That’s what the country is called now because every place has its own laws and systems. One of the few things that carries over the borders is bartering. For example, this meal is being paid for by a full set of silverware and two packages of pre-sliced pepperoni. It’s why we’re eating a full pie and can get another for the road. You’ll either figure things out or become a violent scavenger to survive. Everyone picks one way or the other at some point.”
Follow Cassidy and the others in this new world where law, order and survival take on a new meaning. “Standing at the street corner, Cassidy stares at the lakeshore building that is on the other side of a concrete clearing. A garden is in the center of the circular area, half of it an attempt at nurturing vegetables and the other an array of flowers. The distant structure is like nothing she has ever seen before with the more visible part a glass pyramid and a square tower on its backside. Blocky additions are on the right-hand side of the building, which has been covered in vivid pictures that make Cassidy think the residents keep changing their minds about the decorations. Coming off the left and sitting on Lake Erie is a circular structure that is adorned with a patchwork of old concert posters. With the warm and calm weather, there are people fishing along the shore and in small boats, which are meticulously tethered to pylons to avoid floating away. Far in the distance, the outlines of military vessels can be seen waiting to stop anyone from trying to escape into Canada. Not wanting to dwell on darker times and how the rest of the world is going on without her, Cassidy turns her gaze back to their destination.”
If you like reading action adventure and epic fantasy tales, please read Crossing Bedlam and all the novels in Charles E. Yallowitz’s Legends of Windemere series.
“Crossing Bedlam” by Charles E. Yallowitz is a new Apocalyptic Action Comedy Adventure where violence and language create an adult reading experience.
Bestiary of Blatherhorn Vale by Charles E. Yallowitz
Found in a battered notebook, these poems are the remnants of an expedition to the legendary Blatherhorn Vale. Cut off from human contact, the creatures of this mysterious land are nothing more than rumors. At this time, we cannot determine if these are true reports of unknown creatures or if they are the ramblings of a madman. You be the judge.
When trapped in an elevator together, Jeffrey and Darla learn that misery doesn’t always love company. With the screams of death and chaos echoing from outside, they find themselves slowly slipping into a world of fear and darkness they may never recover from. All the while, something is terrorizing the convention outside and turning the guests and celebrities into psychotic monsters.
Product Details: Print Length: 77 Pages Publication Date: October 26, 2013 Language: English Fantasy (General)
Humanity has been driven into the wilderness by the ‘Invaders’. They have been forced to live as colonies in the wilderness where survival is a daily struggle. Hope becomes harder and harder to hold onto as the years pass.
Then one day, a young man tells a story to an injured friend and the Hopeteller is born. Unsure of the power of his words, he finds himself moving the colony with his fairy tales. He will see his people through death and fear as they continue to fight for survival.
Enjoy this novella that is part post-apocalyptic journal and part fairy tales.
Product Details: Print Length: 36 Pages Publication Date: May 30, 2014 Language: English Fantasy (General) Science Fiction (General)
Ichabod Brooks And The City Of Beasts by Charles E. Yallowitz
In a time of heroes, a man will take any job to provide for his family.
Ichabod Brooks has earned a reputation for taking the jobs most men and women fear to challenge. This reputation has brought him to the charred remains of a small village nestled within the hills and forest of Ralian. The ruins are a source of strange monsters that terrorize the countryside and repeatedly elude the local guards and hunters. The few brave souls who have entered the creatures’ lair have yet to come out alive or dead.
The chances of survival are slim, but that generous payment is too much for Ichabod to resist. After all, a man and his family have to eat.
Product Details: Print Length: 36 Pages Publication Date: May 30, 2015 Language: English Science Fiction (General) Fantasy (General) Action and Adventure (General) Short Stories (General)
The Life And Times Of Ichabod Brooks by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Enter the world of Windemere with 11 action-adventure short stories featuring a man who is out to make an honest living.
Some heroes seek fame. Some seek fortune. Others simply want to save the world. Ichabod Brooks only wants to put food on the table for his family.
Known and respected as the man who can get any job done, Ichabod has seen his share of adventure. Most of which have been highly exaggerated by bards. Still, the man has his famous reputation for a reason. Whether it be climbing a temperamental mountain for eggs or escorting orphans to their new homes, Ichabod takes every job seriously and makes sure he is as prepared as he can be. Not that it helps since things always take a turn for the worse.
Product Details: Print Length: 343 Pages Publication Date: July 1, 2017 Language: English Fantasy (Adult & College) Fantasy (Anthologies & Short Stories)
Loyalty (War of Nytefall) by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 1 of 8: War of Nytefall.
In the wake of the Great Cataclysm, a new predator will emerge from within Windemere’s shadow.
For fifty years, Clyde has been trapped beneath the earth while the vampire kingdom has been gradually losing its war against the Sun God’s followers. Only Mab believes that her partner survived his holy execution and is determined to bring him back to the city of Nyte.
Retrieving the vampiric thief is only the beginning as he comes out of the ground stronger, faster, and possessing abilities that their kind have never witnessed throughout their ancient history.
Thrown into the war, Clyde must be careful to hide his true nature while fighting alongside his old friends. Too bad he is having so much fun being free that keeping his secret might be the furthest thing from his mind.
Will anyone be ready for the inevitable rise of the Dawn Fangs?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Windemere Is Back!
For those of us who entered Windemere, it left its mark on our soul. Epic Fantasy Author Charles E. Yallowitz brings us a new series titled ‘War of Nytefall’.
In book one, War of Nytefall: Loyalty, a new predator emerges from within the shadow of Windemere.
The story begins in the courtyard surrounding the Temple of Durag, where preparation for an execution is under way. The Sun God followers of Durag has been under siege by a vampire kingdom. Vampire Mab is waiting in the shadows, she bids her time, planning to rescue her partner Clyde and retreat to the city of Nyte.
Unlike vampire stories of old, Author Charles E. Yallowitz has written a true epic fantasy where vampires are both heroes and villains. The author’s beloved descriptive writing and imagination bring these new fantastic characters to life with unexpected twists and turns that this author’s followers have come to expect.
I want to whet your appetite or blood lust without spoiling the story, so I will bring you into the story in Chapter 6.
…Driven by instinct, Mab soars through the darkness and comes dangerously close to colliding with another winged monstrosity. Veering to the side, she dodges its beak and flies near its foul-smelling underbelly. Rolling onto her back, the vampire jams her claws into the predator and eviscerates it as she escapes. The dark green blood pools around the thrashing beast like a liquid cloud, which attracts boney scavengers. Unable to stop, Mab struggles to head back to what she hopes is the entrance to this strange world. A chill running up her spine causes her to make a wide turn and she narrowly avoids crashing into a rocky orb that is releasing streams of acid. The bizarre obstacle spins in place and shows no sign of leaving, its fumes driving the vampire far from where she wants to be.
… “If you fall then you must climb,” a voice says from the shadows.
… “Where am I?” Mab asks, the question having been on her tongue since she woke up.
… “A world between worlds that everything holds a door to. Although, not everyone has the key. How did you get the key?”
I invite you to enter Windemere for the first time, or return as part of this author’s huge fan base. While we wait for book two ‘War of Nytefall: Lost’, I invite you to read or re-read the epic fantasy series titled ‘Legends of Windemere’.
Product Details: Print Length: 339 Pages Publication Date: April 6, 2018 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
As the Vampire Civil War of Windemere rages on in the shadows, a mysterious girl appears to deliver mayhem to both sides.
Rumors of old-world vampires disappearing and mortals being attacked by an army of humanoid monsters have reached Clyde’s ears. Still learning how to rule the city of Nytefall as a strong, but fair leader instead of a vicious warlord, the former thief assumes he has rogue agents on his hands. Instead, his people stumble upon Lost, a teenage Dawn Fang looking for her father and aided by a decrepit bunny that might be an animated corpse. Bounding from one side of the Vampire Civil War to another, this carefree girl will turn out to be more trouble than she looks as all of the demons of her past emerge to get what they have been promised. Yet, her chaotic actions are nothing compared to the secret of her creation, which will change the very fabric of the Dawn Fangs’ world.
It is time for the womb-born to be revealed.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Help Of Halflings!
In book two, ‘War Of Nytefall: Lost’ we are reminded the only other way to reach Nytefall by ship instead of magic is with the help of halflings who have become Dawn Fangs.
While the vampire civil war intensifies on both sides, no one pays much attention to the teenager girl that enters the tavern. Glancing up, the patrons see a barefoot Dawn Fang teenager, who is dressed only in sleepwear holding a stuffed rabbit. Assuming she is a homeless beggar, the patrons in the tavern turn away. The bartender strikes up a conversation with the teenager as the bar-stool she is sitting on, spins. Let’s listen in.
…She repeatedly tries to talk when she is facing the bartender, but she is moving too fast to get more than a single word out during each pass. Wanting the fun ride to stop, the girl slams her hand down to catch the bar and her fingers crunch into the solid wood as if it was paper.
… “Oops . . . Bunny will pay for that,” she says, holding her stuffed animal upside down. She shakes the toy until an emerald falls out, the gem dotted with a few flecks of blood. “He’s always eating things that he shouldn’t. That’s why I have to keep an eye on him. You don’t happen to have any tomatoes, do you? He likes those. By the way, I’m Lost and I’m trying to find my father.”
… “Sorry to hear that,” the barrel-chested man states as he cleans a mug. He knocks on the window behind him to get it open and reaches into the kitchen to grab a tomato. “If you’re lost then it’s better for you to talk to the sheriff. This town is in the middle of nowhere, so your old man probably only passed through. Nobody ever stays here for long unless they’re interested in the jade mines to the west. Were you traveling with him and got lost in that storm we had last night?”
… “No, I was on my own,” the girl happily claims. Offering the tomato to her bunny, she quickly gets frustrated and jams the food into its mouth. “Honestly, I’m not sure I’ve ever met my father. So, I’m following my mom’s scent to see if I can find him. That storm did get me turned around. Oh, are they playing Rodil darts? My friends and I used to play it all the time, but we had different rules. Mostly, you have to hit each other instead of missing. By the way, I’m not lost. My name is Lost. Although, I don’t know where I’m going, so I could be both. It’s best to only be one at a time, but I’m always Lost.”
Is Lost a harmless teenage wanderer or a powerful vampire?
Author Charles E. Yallowitz unleashes this new character within the shadows of Windemere, with all the intrigue and intensity that his readers have come to expect. I hope you had a chance to read book one ‘War Of Nytefall: Loyalty’ as it sets the stage for this new mid-teen to adult fantasy. No worries if you have not picked up book one, jump right into book two, ‘War of Nytefall: Lost’ and get lost in the pages and drama in this un-imagined (until now) vampire under world. Book three ‘War of Nytefall: Rivalry’ is next.
Product Details: Print Length: 295 Pages Publication Date: September 5, 2018 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
Rivalry (War of Nytefall) by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 3 of 8: War of Nytefall.
Seeking the pleasure of revenge, an ancient rumor will reveal herself to be a deadly legend.
Lurking within the shadows for centuries, the Vampire Queen has been drawn to the conflict that surrounds Clyde. Only whispers have been spread about this elusive figure, who has amassed a kingdom that can rival Nyte and Nytefall. All that she is missing is the strongest vampire to crown as her king. In one fell swoop, she has taken the most powerful of her kind, including Clyde and Xavier Tempest.
Hosting a tournament where the rules seem to change at her whim, the Vampire Queen threatens to shatter the already strained world that lurks beneath Windemere’s surface. Yet, there is more to her desires, which seep from a soul that is pulsing with fury. For her kingdom can never be complete until she holds the head of the one who wronged her centuries ago.
Can Mab stand against her ancient rival and save her beloved partner?
Product Details: Print Length: 298 Pages Publication Date: April 4, 2019 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
Eradication (War of Nytefall) by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 4 of 8: War of Nytefall.
As Dawn Fang vampires are found dead across Windemere, their infamous leader will remember what it is to be afraid.
With the truce between Nyte and Nytefall nearing its end, an old enemy has emerged to rekindle the vampires’ most ancient feud. A Duragian priest is on the move and he is wielding a weapon that can depower and kill Dawn Fangs. This follower of the Sun God has claimed enough victims that Lord Tempest wants the weapon for himself and Clyde is beginning to worry that his fledgling kingdom is in danger of extinction. When it becomes clear that the mysterious relic and Clyde’s transformation into the first Dawn Fang are connected, he will be forced to face a past that he can barely remember.
What can Clyde do to defend his people, his life, and the child he does not know is on the way from the terrifying Fist of Durag?
Product Details: Print Length: 313 Pages Publication Date: February 20, 2020 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
Ravenous (War of Nytefall) by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 5 of 8: War of Nytefall.
In the shadows of Windemere, fangs are sprouting from the least likely of maws.
News is spreading, that wild beasts with vampiric natures have been attacking mortals and carrying off random victims. With the Dawn Fangs still a secret from mortal society, Clyde fears that these strange creatures will reveal his peoples’ existence before they are ready.
Old enemies and trusted friends begin to disappear as the investigation goes deeper into a business that has been lurking in the shadows of Windemere for decades. Those who return are beholden to a new master whose cunning is matched only by her primal desires. As his allies disappear, Clyde is left with the one he trusts the most in all of the world to help him solve this mystery. Too bad Mab has her own secret that can cause more damage to Nytefall than any vampiric beast.
Is this how the Dawn Fangs will be revealed to Windemere?
Product Details: Print Length: 355 Pages Publication Date: September 2, 2020 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
Savagery (War of Nytefall) by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 6 of 8: War of Nytefall.
For the first time in over a century, Clyde will know what it means to feel powerless and weak.
Headless bodies appearing across Windemere is only the beginning as Clyde faces the terrifying vampire hunter, Alastyre. Able to match the Dawn Fang leader in power and ferocity, this new menace shows no signs of weakness or mercy. With both friends and enemies getting dragged into the battle, Clyde will have to find a way to become stronger. For that, he will have to accept an ancient challenge and pray that those he cares about and trusts can hold Alastyre at bay.
Which monster of Windemere will claim the top of the food chain?
Product Details: Print Length: 333 Pages Publication Date: April 7, 2021 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
Anarchy (War of Nytefall) by Charles E. Yallowitz.
Book 7 of 8: War of Nytefall.
The paladins of Windemere have had enough!
As the Vampire Civil War heats up, mysterious murders are being committed against members of every holy order. All signs point to the culprits being vampires, which has resulted in the creation of a unified paladin army. To protect his people, Clyde must find the killers before the holy warriors unleash their purifying crusade. It is a battle against frustrating obstacles as the war inches closer to mortal civilization and ambitious new allies join Nytefall.
One slip is all that is needed for the secret of the Dawn Fangs to be revealed.
Product Details: Print Length: 320 Pages Publication Date: September 2, 2021 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
As his dreams of peace become a reality, Clyde faces his darkest challenge.
With the Dawn Fangs’ existence exposed, the time for negotiations has begun. Mortal rulers and the council of Nytefall gather to discuss terms, but chaos is already stirring. It does not take long for Clyde’s dream to become a nightmare as villages are slaughtered by a Dawn Fang who is rumored to be the newly crowned Vampire King. Bodies of friends and enemies pile up as this mysterious imposter reveals why mortals should fear Clyde. Will Clyde’s final adventure see his dream of peace fail before it is realized?
The truth is more horrifying than the Dawn Fangs ever imagined.
Product Details: Print Length: 302 Pages Publication Date: December 1, 2021 Language: English Vampire Fantasy Fantasy (Adult & College) Teen and Young Adult Adult and College Age
John J. Cannon successful San Francisco lawyer takes a leave of absence from the firm and buys a boat he names My GRL.
He is unaware that his newly purchased boat had already been targeted by a terrorist group. John’s first inkling of a problem is when he wakes up in the hospital where he learns he was found unconscious next to the dead body of the attractive young woman who sold him the boat in the first place.
John now stands between the terrorists and the success of their mission.
Product Details: Paperback: 273 Pages Publisher: Keewaydin Lane Books; Second Edition (February 20, 2017) Language: English Mysteries (Action and Adventure Mysteries (Spies and Politics) Mysteries (Thrillers and Suspense) Mysteries (Legal Thriller) Mysteries (Terrorism) Legal Thriller (Spies, Politics and Terrorism)
America loves John Cannon, its newest hero, and the President wants to present him with the highest civilian medal for bravery for saving the Annapolis midshipman from a terrorist plot to destroy them. While in Washington for the award ceremony, John unwillingly becomes an accomplice in another plan by the same group to attack the credibility of the US President and the stability of the worldwide oil market. There is no way out as John either becomes a traitor to America or causes thousands of innocent people to die if he refuses.
The second John J. Cannon Thriller moves from a barrier Island off the coast of Texas to Washington DC, then to Northern California, and finally to Ecuador. John is on the receiving end of an offer he cannot refuse. His avowed enemy Matt Jacobs now wants John to help him shake the reputation of the US in the world political arena. If John refuses, Matt plans to murder innocent Americans including John’s latest relationship. John’s only way out is to pretend to go along with the plan and hope for a miracle.
Product Details: John Cannon Trilogy Book Two Paperback: 282 Pages Publisher: Keewaydin Lane Books; 1st Edition (October 15, 2015) Language: English Mysteries (Action and Adventure) Mysteries (Spies and Politics) Mysteries (Thrillers and Suspense) Mysteries (Legal Thriller) Mysteries (Terrorism) Legal Thriller (Spies, Politics and Terrorism)
The terrorist leader and financier Matt Jacobs has figured out a plan to eliminate the President. He is relying on John Cannon’s stature as a hero to help him carry it off. John finds himself walking the fine line of pretending to help Matt while trying to figure out a countermeasure to the plan.
The third book in the John J. Cannon Trilogy brings together two strong wills for a showdown. The question to be answered is who will feel the satisfaction that the achievement of justice delivers? John, Matt or neither?
5 Stars: Dangerous World!
For all you John Cannon followers ‘Our Justice’ (trilogy book three in the series) is finally here.
To refresh your memory, “My GRL” is book one in the series. Like a lot of businessmen who tolls in an office setting day in and day out John J. Cannon takes a leave of absence from his firm, buys a boat and names her “My GRL”. Life was looking up until he wakes up in the hospital and finds out that he was found unconscious beside the woman who sold him the boat. If you have read this book, you know where the story goes, if not, you need to read book one to see how the purchase of this boat brings John into the dangerous world of terrorism, counterterrorism and politics that will either bring out the best or the worst in him.
Book Two of this thriller trilogy is titled ‘His Revenge’ for a reason but revenge may not be what John imagines. In fact, he unwittingly becomes an accomplice in a plan to attack the credibility of the US President and topple the worldwide oil industry. How will John get out of this without becoming a traitor to his country and endangering thousands of lives?
‘Our Justice’ is here, and now you must find out if justice is as sweet as revenge. Let me start with a quote from Chapter three to catch you up and whet your appetite.
…The two agents explain something about being called off the case. Ned asks them what they’re doing here, and they tell him they’re sorry for the way things turned out. We all shake hands, and they go away.
…Ned suggests we go to dinner, and we do. We have a little discussion about the agents, and I think Ned feels it is good riddance. Ned and I finish dinner, and he drops me off at my house again. He wonders if he should come inside to check the house before he leaves. I offer to buy him a beer if he’s so inclined. …He smiles, “You know, a nice cold beer might be just the thing to top this day. Also, I’m going to have an officer come over here tonight.”
…I don’t say anything about the officer and just nod. We get out of the SUV and start up the driveway. I’m not sure if I see something at the corner of the house or not. “Ned, take a look at the corner of the house to the right.”
…He whispers, “Yeah, someone’s there. Get down.”
…As I move to the ground, flashes come from the dark corner. Ned grunts like someone just hit him in the stomach, and then falls to the ground and rolls over close to me. “Take my gun and start shooting.” He reaches out, and I can see his gun and also a lot of blood.
…I take the gun from his sticky hand and fire toward the corner of the house. A dull moan tells me that I’ve likely hit something other than the building. I get up and hold Ned’s gun out in front of me, as I’ve seen the police do on TV. After a quick move to my left, I run toward the corner of the house, only closer to the bushes in the front. I don’t want to be a big target while I make my approach toward the gunman. When I reach the corner, I make out an arm with a gun in the hand. Though the arm is outstretched on the ground, it could be a trap, so I step on the wrist. When I do, the hand opens, and the gun makes no sound when it slips to the ground. With the muzzle of Ned’s gun at the person’s head, I say a line I’ve heard before, “One move and you are a dead man.”
…Upon looking closer, I can say that my line was a little redundant. I haven’t seen too many dead men in my life, but this guy looks dead to me. Still wary, I pick up the guy’s gun and sprint back to Ned. When I get there, Ned is still on the ground. “Ned, can you hear me?”
… “Call 911. I need to get to a hospital.” “Should I drive you?”
… “No. No offense, but we both need to stay alive.”
…I dial 911 and speak to the dispatcher. I tell them where we are and that the chief has been shot. The dispatcher sounds upset and lets me know that EMS and a car are on the way. “Please, stay on the line, Mr. Cannon. I need you to give me some idea of Chief Tranes’ condition.”
…I assure the dispatcher that I don’t intend to hang up. I sit on the driveway and look Ned over. He seems to be bleeding a little less, which I take as a good sign. “Ned, the dispatcher wants to know about your condition.”
… “Uh, tell her I’ve been better, but it’s not too serious.” He pauses. “And, John, try to make it believable. The dispatcher is my wife, Geneen.”
… “Oh my God. I had no idea.”
… “Tell her.”
… “Mrs. Tranes? I just spoke to your husband, and he told me to tell you that he’s been better, but it’s not serious.”
… “I heard him, Mr. Cannon. Please, don’t let Ned die. He is the love of my life, and although he’s one tough son of a bitch, this is just the kind of nightmare I’ve had for years. Please, promise me you won’t let him die.”
I invite everyone to read on to get the answers that both you and John Cannon need. This action, mystery, suspense thriller rivals that of Jack Bower (lead protagonist of the Fox television series 24) and will leave you waiting for John W. Howell’s next book titled ‘The Circumstances of Childhood’ scheduled to be released mid-year 2017.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Product Details: Paperback: 284 Pages Publisher: Keewaydin Lane Books; 1st Edition (September 19, 2016) Language: English Mysteries (Action and Adventure) Mysteries (Spies and Politics) Mysteries (Thrillers and Suspense) Mysteries (Legal Thriller) Mysteries (Terrorism) Legal Thriller (Spies, Politics and Terrorism)
About John W. Howell: John began his writing as a full-time occupation after an extensive business career. His specialty is thriller fiction novels, but John also writes poetry and short stories. His first book, My GRL, introduces the exciting adventures of the book’s central character, John J. Cannon. The second Cannon novel, His Revenge, continues the tension. The final book in the trilogy, Our Justice, launched in September 2016, concludes the thriller series. John’s fourth book, Circumstances of Childhood, launched in October of 2017, tells a different thriller story of riches to rags, football, Wall Street, brotherly love, redemption, and inspiration with a touch of paranormal to keep you riveted. The fifth book is a collaboration with the award-winning author Gwen Plano titled The Contract. Heavenly bodies become concerned about the stability of the Earth and send two of their own to risk eternal salvation in order to save the planet. The Contract achieved number-one status in its genre. John’s sixth book is titled Eternal Road – The Final Stop, which launched in September 2020. In search of their eternal home, Sam and James discover a threat to human existence. They also encounter the prince of darkness. The question is, can they save humankind and their eternal souls? John’s latest book is The Last Drive, a sequel to The Eternal Road. Once again, James and Sam must confront Lucifer in order to save not only their souls but those of two others. Lucifer tests them to the limit, and the challenge they face may be more than they can handle. All books are available on Amazon in paperback and Kindle editions.
John lives in Lakeway, Texas with his wife and their spoiled rescue pets.
The third book in the Eternal Road series. Sam and James are dragged into another strange assignment when a couple of souls on The Eternal Road drop off the radar. Archangel Michael gives them specific orders to resolve the issue and get Billy Ray Chitwood, the national race car champion, and Dale Earnhardt, his guide, back on the task of finding Billy’s Eternal Home.
Finally, meeting up with Billy Ray and Dale, the foursome finds themselves in the future where World War III has devastated the country. The team discovers the cause of the start of the war and vows to mitigate that circumstance and save the world from devastation. They encounter their old nemesis, Lucifer, who has in mind trading preventing the war in exchange for Sam accepting his offer to be his queen.
Since Lucifer’s offer is a non-starter, Sam and James must overcome Lucifer’s interference and work to change the course of history, or humankind is doomed.
Review by D. W. Peach: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved the way the ending made me reframe the series. Reviewed in the United States on February 20, 2025. Verified Purchase. In this 3rd “Eternal Road” book, Sam and James, angels tasked with helping departed souls along the eternal road to their final resting place, meet up with two race car drivers: Dale Earnhardt and Billy Ray Chitwood. Lucifer has been at it again, trying to steal the two men’s souls, and the angels are determined to prevent that from happening.
Lucifer is as irreverent and destructive as he was in the first two books, and it’s hard to look away when he enters a scene. Sam and James, with Billy Ray at first, and later with both racers, are sent to multiple locations by the devil to experience the worst of what human beings have to offer. That includes the shootout at OK Corral, the battle of Bull Run, Hitler’s last hour, and a future where a nuclear explosion in WWIII has destroyed a huge swath of the US. Because changing the future doesn’t interfere with the timeline continuum of the past, the four decide to prevent the war from taking place.
Their goal takes them on a wild goose chase full of unexpected turns, leading them to multiple locations including Russia and the Middle East. Their ability to “jump” to different locations, as well as their ability to time travel in a way that makes them invisible, enables the four to follow clues, rapidly investigate, and prove that they’re angels when necessary. I enjoyed following the clues with them and didn’t know who started the war until the end.
The end was highly satisfying for an entirely unexpected reason. Sam and James meet with the Archangel Michael for a discussion on the nature of evil. It’s a fascinating discussion, so I read it twice. Even better than that, it reframes the entire series of books, tying Sam and James’ experience with an existential bow that made sense to me. The books that initially seemed like implausible but entertaining “romps,” changed into something much deeper. That was super fun.
Though this book could probably be read as a stand-alone, I’m very glad I read all three (especially based on the ending). Highly recommended to readers of paranormal fiction, stories about the afterlife and major historical events, and imaginative, fast-paced romps with cool endings.
Review by D.L. Finn: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A fantastic after-life mystery! Reviewed in the United States on February 11, 2025. Verified Purchase. This has been a series I have thoroughly enjoyed, and I was looking forward to reading the third story. It didn’t disappoint and veered off into a time-traveling mystery. It was great to see all the main characters back, especially James, Sam, and the Oldsmobile, and their current souls to save. Lucifer is also around with his signature humor, although at times I wished he’d go away and leave them alone, but he always did make it a page-turner. There was a nice blend of history and current affairs, and I found it hard to put down during any of their excursions or just in general. I was touched to see a fellow author who we lost as a character. What a great tribute to him. There were some twists, and one completely took me by surprise. This series has taken us to our past, present, and future while growing relationships and making us wonder if this is how it will be. A fantastic story that I can highly recommend.
Review by Thomas Wikman: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Whimsical Adventure in the Mysterious Beyond. Reviewed in the United States on February 16, 2025. Verified Purchase. When you die there are guides helping you to find your way. When racecar driver Billy Ray Chitwood dies, he gets lost in time and space and his guide, the famous but dead racecar driver Dale Earnhardt, is missing. Upon the orders of Archangel Michael, Sam and James, the expert guides of this series, step in to save the situation. But what is causing this unusual situation? Well, Lucifer is. Lucifer has some nefarious plans that could mean the end for the whole world, a World War III. Can the team, Sam and James, Ray Chitwood, Dale Earnhardt, and the archangel Michael figure out what is going on and prevent doomsday?
This is a whimsical and amusing detective and mystery story. Lucifer appear as a cigar chomping man that reminded me of Loki in Avengers. He is an arrogant, reckless and a rude trickster but also entertaining and he has some charm. The angels appear human, and the team is traveling around the world and back and forth in time in an Oldsmobile 1956. Don’t worry about the time travel, they can’t change the past, just the future. As you can guess the setting isn’t particularly realistic but that is intentional. The important features are the humor, the clever plots, the fast-paced action, the surprising plot twists at the end, and above all the intelligent and entertaining dialogue featuring some interesting philosophical thoughts.
I have not read the first two books in the series yet, but I think this book stands on its own. It did not feel like I missed something important. I was intrigued and thrilled by the various mysteries that cropped up along the way. I wanted to find out who was responsible for the various mishaps and strange things that happened. Was it Lucifer or a greedy and power-hungry human, or both? And who is Lucifer really? I found the dialogue to be amusing and very entertaining. The character development was strong, with likeable main characters, though Lucifer was unkind and untrustworthy, as expected. I highly recommend this entertaining and unique thriller.
Review by Gwendolyn Plano: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A thought-provoking fantasy. Reviewed in the United States on February 7, 2025. Verified Purchase. This is John Howell’s third Eternal Road fantasy, and it is a winner. Like the previous two books, the story involves two angels—Sam and James. These enduring characters are on the road again, seeking lost souls. As they travel through time, they visit familiar Western hangouts with the hope of preventing a catastrophic event. Action, intrigue, suspense, and even humor drive the story forward and keep the reader questioning what will happen next. If you enjoy thought-provoking fantasies, this is one for you.
Review by P. Wight: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A book and subject not found with ‘mainstream’ publishing and why we need books like these! Reviewed in the United States on February 23, 2025. Verified Purchase. I have thoroughly enjoyed John Howell’s trilogy that stars spiritual guides who are as alive as you and me, and the devil, and those looking to find their eternal home. Sound different? It is, and that’s why books like these are so important. John Howell explores subjects many of us wonder about but would probably never think of fictionalizing in such a fun and fascinating way. I’d read the first two in the trilogy and was pleasantly surprised when I learned that John was publishing a third in the series. The dialogue moves the story along, history is learned in a different perspective, and overall, reading the books makes a person ponder about life and death and the afterlife. Overall, this book is a fascinating journey with angels who fight the devil for their souls – and those of others. John gives us readers such a unique and creative perspective of the afterlife in page-turning fiction.
Review by JanS: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Be Ready to have your mind blown! Reviewed in the United States on February 12, 2025. Verified Purchase. How do I begin? This book is the perfect mix of history, paranormal, futuristic, time travel, Angels, and a mission as big as the world! I met Sam and James in the first book in this series, The Eternal Road. The premise of all of these stories is that when we die, we have a guide to help us on our journey to find our final resting place. Sam was James’ guide. In this story, the famed racecar driver, Dale Earnhardt is assigned to take Billy Ray Chitwood, another famous racecar driver, to his final resting place. Only he doesn’t show up. We first meet Billy Ray as an old man stuck in the 19th century old Tombstone Arizona where he meets Wyatt Earp and Doc Holliday. Then, Sam and James are called upon to help find the missing soul of Billy Ray.
It’s hard to describe the journey this mission takes them on, but I will say it is a whirlwind of time travel backward and way forward into the future where World War III has decimated the planet. But since that event is in the future, Sam and James must do what they can to prevent it. The author’s knowledge of the middle east, the languages, and the concept of time travel is stellar. But the final twist in the story is jaw-dropping. The wisdom shared by Archangel Michael blows all religious theories out of the water, and I love it! Well done, Mr. Howell. If you’re ready for an adventure, pick up this book. You won’t be disappointed.
Review by Andrew Joyce: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. This is Great! Reviewed in the United States on February 21, 2025. Verified Purchase. Sam and James are off on another paranormal adventure in “Detour on the Eternal Road.” And it’s about time. I’ve been eagerly awaiting the next installment in the Eternal Road Series. Mr. Howell’s first two books in the series, “Eternal Road: Final Stop” and “Last Drive” were oh so satisfying. And this third installment was well worth the wait.
The imagination of some writers just blows me away. How do they come up with this stuff? I don’t know, but I’m glad they do. It’s not only Mr. Howell’s imagination that blows me away. It’s his duteous devotion to detail and his meticulous research into history.
However, let us not forget the future. As the plot thickens, Mr. Howell takes us to a future none of us want see. How will his protagonists handle what they discover? How will they change future history? If they can. That’s the question. And it’s well worth the read to find the answer.
Bravo to Mr. Howell on a job well done. Is there any chance of a fourth Eternal Road book? One can only hope.
P.S.: All three books work as a standalone.
P.P.S.: Where have I come across the name Billy Ray Chitwood before?
Review by Elizabeth Gauffreau: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An Entertaining & Thought-Provoking Read! Reviewed in the United States on March 8, 2025. Verified Purchase. Detour on the Eternal Road is the third book in John Howell’s Eternal Road series, which features two spirit guides, James and Samantha. Their role in the afterlife is to help people who have just passed from life to death find their eternal home. In all three books, I found this version of the afterlife to be a comforting one to think about.
The worldbuilding of Howell’s fictional afterlife was done primarily in the first book in the series, Eternal Road: The Final Stop. However, Detour gives enough context of how the afterlife works that it can be read as a standalone. The historical places and events are well researched, and the settings vividly rendered, with lots of sensory detail.
A common thematic thread that runs through all three books is that all is not as it seems. This is particularly prominent in Detour. The book opens with an old man as the point-of-view character who doesn’t know who he is, where he is, or how he got there. With the help of Sam, James, and the Archangel Michael, he turns out to be a forty-one-year-old race car driver, Billy Ray Chitwood, who has died in a car accident. Lucifer had intercepted his assigned spirit guide, Dale Earnhardt.
As expected, their old nemesis Lucifer enjoys putting on different guises–including Truman Capote and Adolf Hitler–when he pops up to make a deal for a recently departed’s soul. Lucifer is the prime dissembler, always finding new ways to coerce saved souls into coming over to his side. For example, he transports James, Sam, and Billy Ray to 1918 Russia to witness the horrific murder of the Romanov family. Were any of the three to intervene, it would tear the time continuum, thereby enabling Lucifer to collect their souls.
The main plotline is introduced when Lucifer transports James, Sam, and Billy Ray to an apocalyptic landscape in the future. This barren wasted land used to be the United States of America before it was decimated by World War III. It is here they find Dale Ernhart in the guise of leader.
The four of them then stay in the future to prevent World War III. What struck me about this particular plotline is just how Byzantine the causes of a world war are. Again, nothing is as it seems.
The ending took me by surprise with a fundamental twist I never saw coming. However, when I went back through the book to write this review, the twist was foreshadowed in several places. It is a highly skilled writer who can make such a drastic twist believable with foreshadowing, while not giving it away in advance! I heartily recommend Detour on the Eternal Road, as well as the other two Eternal Road books.
Review by JoyNealKidney: 5.0 out of 5 Stars Souls in limbo. Reviewed in the United States on February 13, 2025. Verified Purchase. Souls become lost and need help finding their way to their eternal destinations, a kind of creative ordeal, where time travel helps to skirt some of the trials. Lucifer is a vulgar character, but my favorite is probably the 1956 Oldsmobile.
Review by Jacqui Murray: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Recommended for those who enjoy time travel stories, angel tales, and fantasy. Reviewed in the United States on February 10, 2025.In John Howell’s Detour on the Eternal Road (Keewaydin Lane Books 2025), Book 3 in the series, Sam, James, and the Oldsmobile are back with a new assignment, this one to rescue the soul of a young man who died but disappeared before his angel could guide his soul to his eternal road. They find him at the OK Corral, just in time to experience Wyatt Earp’s famous gunfight, but he has become an old man with no memory of who he is or how he got there. Sam and James set out to first reconnect him with his memories and then get him where he should be for all eternity. The problem becomes that Lucifer seems to have other plans not just for Billy Ray, but for the world and Sam and James figure they should step in and fix things before they can’t be rectified. Lots of problems arise covering a wide variety of eras in Earth’s existence, the least of which is Lucifer’s massive power to control everything around him. How are they to defeat this evil spirit and carry out their task? You’ll have to read the book to find out.
This is an exciting romp through time covering many historical events in factual detail as well as future events I have to hope are wrong though derived from current events. This is a good standalone story (I enjoyed it immensely though I haven’t read any of the earlier books in the grouping). Characters from other stories will make readers immediately comfortable with the tale and eager to see what happens. Recommended for those who enjoy time travel stories, angel tales, and fantasy.
Product Details: Print Length: 297 Pages Publisher: Keewaydin Lane Books Publication Date: January 15, 2025 Language: English Reading Age: 16-18 Years and Above Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Crime Action & Adventure Magical Realism Mystery (Action & Adventure) Thriller & Suspense (Action Fiction) Thrillers (Historical) Thrillers (Supernatural) Religious (Fiction Literature) Religious Mysteries
In the sequel to Eternal Road – The final stop, Sam and James are reunited to look for two souls, Ryan and Eddie. Ryan was killed in Afghanistan, trying to avoid a schoolyard with his crippled plane. Eddie Rickenbacker, Ryan’s hero, is to guide Ryan to his Eternal Home, and now both are missing.
The higher-ups believe that there has been some interference in Ryan and Eddie’s journey by Lucifer, so Sam and James have the task of finding Ryan and Eddie to get them back on the road despite the evil interference. Unfortunately, the machinations designed to prevent Ryan and Eddy from completing their journey takes the pair to horrifying testing grounds. The places visited represent the best work of the Devil. They are the trenches of World War I in France, gladiators at the Roman Coliseum, the sinking Titanic in 1912, Hiroshima 45 minutes before the bomb, and the Auschwitz concentration camp in 1943.
This book is for you if you like plenty of action, strong characters, time travel, and a touch of spiritual and historical fiction. So, join Sam and James as they try to find the missing souls while staying one step ahead of the Prince of Darkness, who is determined to destroy all that is good.
Review by Elizabeth Gauffreau: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Reviewed in the United States on January 26, 2023.Verified Purchase.
A Sequel Full of Surprises!As the sequel to Eternal Road, The Last Drive by John Howell features the two main characters from the first book: James, a young man who was recently killed in an car accident, and Samantha (Sam), a now-grown friend from James’s childhood, who was murdered when she was seven years old. In Eternal Road, Sam served as James’s spirit guide to help him find his eternal home.
In The Last Drive, Sam has been asked by the Archangel Michael to find Eddie Rickenbacker, the World War I flying ace, and Ryan Sanders, an Air Force pilot who was recently killed in Afghanistan when he stayed in his burning plane to avoid crashing into a civilian settlement. Eddie is serving as Ryan’s spirit guide to find his eternal home; however, the two have gone missing. The Archangel suspects they have crossed paths with Lucifer, who is forever trolling for souls who haven’t yet found their eternal home.
Sam’s response to the Archangel is the same as mine would have been: “ ‘I’m surprised God and yourself don’t keep track of this kind of thing.’ ” Including this exchange in the opening chapter is a good demonstration of Howell’s skill in suspending the reader’s disbelief in the fictional world he has created.
The Archangel’s response to Sam’s question raises thorny questions of free will, predestination, and Divine intervention. These questions hover over the four main characters’ subsequent interactions with Lucifer. In fact, at one point, Sam proposes a deal with the Devil that took me completely by surprise–but was oh, so right.
As the prime mover of villainy, Lucifer chooses to torture Sam, James, Ryan, and Eddie with a series of moral dilemmas by plunking them into horrific historical events, including the sinking of the Titanic, the Auschwitz concentration camp, and the dropping of the atomic bomb on Hiroshima. For people who are essentially good, this would be the equivalent of being dangled over a lake of fire by one ankle.
However, the Lucifer of The Last Drive tries to present himself as the charming rogue or, at times, the cartoonish, mustache-twirling villain–all in an attempt to manipulate the souls he is going after into underestimating him.
One aspect of the novel I particularly appreciated was that, although the same afterlife “rules” were carried over from Eternal Road to The Last Drive, new ones were introduced that surprised me, in particular that education continues into the afterlife. Although this feature of the afterlife is used as a plot device to give Sam and James the knowledge they need to extricate themselves from Lucifer’s clutches, I think it’s more than that. If we think of the afterlife as eternal paradise, then it makes perfect sense that the ability to learn and gain new knowledge would be a part of it. Learning for its own sake is, at its heart, a joyous and life-affirming act. (Take THAT, Lucifer.)
To sum up, I found The Last Drive an engaging and satisfying read. The stakes of the plot are high, the action fast-paced, the historical research thorough, and the main characters well-developed and likable (with the exception of Lucifer, of course). In addition to the other surprises I’ve noted, the ending of The Last Drive also surprised me–in the best possible way. I highly recommend this surprising sequel to Eternal Road!
James Wainwright picks up a hitchhiker and discovers two things 1. The woman he picks up is his childhood sweetheart, only Seventeen years older. 2. He is no longer of this world.
James began a road trip alone in his 1956 Oldsmobile. He stops for a hitchhiker only to discover she is his childhood sweetheart, Sam, who disappeared seventeen years before. James learns from Sam falling asleep miles back caused him to perish in a one-car accident. He also comes to understand that Sam was taken and murdered all those years ago, and now she has come back to help him find his eternal home.
The pair visit a number of times and places and are witness to a number of historical events. The rules dictate that they do no harm to the time continuum. Trying to be careful, they inadvertently come to the attention of Lucifer who would love to have their souls as his subjects. They also find a threat to human survival and desperately need to put in place the fix necessary to save mankind.
The question becomes, will James find his eternal home in grace or lose the battle with Satan for his immortal soul and the future of human life with it? If you like time-travel, adventure, mystery, justice, and the supernatural, this story is for you.
About John W. Howell: John began his writing as a full-time occupation after an extensive business career. His specialty is thriller fiction novels, but John also writes poetry and short stories. His first book, My GRL, introduces the exciting adventures of the book’s central character, John J. Cannon. The second Cannon novel, His Revenge, continues the tension. The final book in the trilogy, Our Justice, launched in September 2016, concludes the thriller series. John’s fourth book, Circumstances of Childhood, launched in October of 2017, tells a different thriller story of riches to rags, football, Wall Street, brotherly love, redemption, and inspiration with a touch of paranormal to keep you riveted. The fifth book is a collaboration with the award-winning author Gwen Plano titled The Contract. Heavenly bodies become concerned about the stability of the Earth and send two of their own to risk eternal salvation in order to save the planet. The Contract achieved number-one status in its genre. John’s sixth book is titled Eternal Road – The Final Stop, which launched in September 2020. In search of their eternal home, Sam and James discover a threat to human existence. They also encounter the prince of darkness. The question is, can they save humankind and their eternal souls? John’s latest book is The Last Drive, a sequel to The Eternal Road. Once again, James and Sam must confront Lucifer in order to save not only their souls but those of two others. Lucifer tests them to the limit, and the challenge they face may be more than they can handle. All books are available on Amazon in paperback and Kindle editions.
John lives in Lakeway, Texas with his wife and their spoiled rescue pets.
A Celtic warrior princess is torn between her forbidden love for the enemy and duty to her people.
5 Stars: Interesting story!
Travel back to a time in 24 AD where strong Celtic women find themselves influencing Clansmen, Kings and Queens. This ancient time is set in Rome and on the Southeast Coast of Britannia where fantasy, mythology, medieval practices, politics, religion, Celtic culture, the Roman Empire, and forbidden romance bring about this fictional tale tailored by well researched history, archaeological evidence supported with a cast of fictional and non-fictional characters artfully woven in by skilled writer Linnea Tanner.
The story begins with Princess Catrin, her horse and her raven spirit guide observing ships, possible war ships in the distance. Advice from her father “know your enemies better than your friends” along with her spirit guide and ancient powers will help Catrin through the perils that await.
I invite you into this epic tale where “Alone in Mor’s candlelit bedchamber, Catrin shifted restlessly under her blankets. Not having to share the bed with her sister, because Mor was gone most of the night with Belinus, she thought slumber would come easy. Yet an ominous fire lingered inside her and foreboding thoughts crackled through her mind about what her father had said at the family meeting during the festivities. When he announced that Mor must be prepared to wed Cunobelin’s son after he renegotiated a matrimonial agreement, she wilted like a flower denied water. The burden of keeping Mor’s secret about Belinus weighed heavily on Catrin’s conscience. If Cunobelin found out, it could unravel the tenuous negotiations for peace between the powerful tribal kingdoms.
More troubling, her father instructed her on ways she could beguile Marcellus into revealing Roman’s schemes for their kingdom. Her stomach tossed with conflicting emotions about the striking Roman. How could she carry out her father’s directive when this young man made her heart race every time, he gazed at her?”
Apollo’s Raven is a fast-paced, intriguing story with characters, situations and mystical threads sparked my interest and kept me turning the page of this award-winning book.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Heidi: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. What a Captivating Read – Can’t wait to read the next one! Reviewed in the United States on May 18, 2023. Verified Purchase. Sorcery? Mythology? Forbidden love? An ancient curse? Yes, please!
I fully enjoyed this epic tale of intrigue, deception, and love. The characters are developed well, while the plot leaves the reader wanting more.
One of my favorite aspects has to be the connection that Catrin has with ravens. She is able to see through her raven’s eyes, control its action when inside, and is able to call upon many ravens when she is need of help.
Also, I loved the many storylines and directions this book took. There was the ancient curse set upon Catrin’s family. Its connection to her conniving step-brother, Marrock. Then, the connection to the Druidess, Agnora, and her evil plot. Also, there was the unsettling matter of the Emperor favoring Marrock as King versus the true King Amren, Catrin’s father. I could go on and on, but I won’t. Just know that there’s even more to this adventurous read!
There were a couple of areas where this read could be improved. For instance, the back-and-forth between Catrin and Marcellus was a bit much. Then, I do question the use of modern-age profanity in 24 AD.
Overall, I was happy to have read Apollo’s Raven, and loved Tanner’s ability to tell a wonderful tale!
Review by John P: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Enjoyable Read. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on May 23, 2021. Verified Purchase. (This is my review submitted to Online Book Club ARA).
Apollo’s Ravens] by Linnea Tanner is set back in the times when Romans contested the Anglo Saxons and Celts for Britain. We quickly learn that the heroine, a young Anglo princess named Catrin has two sisters and a brother, as well as the King (Amren) and the Queen as her parents. As the tale unfolds, each of these characters is embellished with secret pasts and ambitions. Even Catrin herself is unusual as we are informed, she is something of a trainee mystic with an affinity for ravens.
Early on we also encounter the Romans, Marcellus, and his scheming father Senator Lucius Antonius, who is poised to alter the balance of power in Britannia. However, things don’t go to plan. Unpredictable, inexperienced Marcellus places himself in harm’s way to avoid a fatal confrontation during hostile negotiations.
Catrin and Marcellus are thrown together and a deep relationship develops, although neither is sure whether the other is really a spy, trying to gain an advantage for their family and country.
Along with Amren and Lucius, there is a third, secret wicked party that also features, attempting to manipulate everyone involved, hoping to gain ultimate glory. The deceptive individuals concerned also have mystical powers that are likely to prove more decisive than any band of Celtic warriors or Roman legion.
Hostages are exchanged between the Anglo Saxons and Romans to ensure temporary security until peaceful negotiations can be undertaken. The safety of the hostages, one of whom is Marcellus, is jeopardized as both sides scheme and plan to double-cross each other.
As the story continues, Catrin with her mystic abilities has visions that can be interpreted as dire for the outcome of Marcellus and herself, but perhaps she can no longer trust these visions as the evil mystic is also at work. An arrow of death is predicted to kill young Marcellus unless the future can be changed. The outcome is uncertain and we are kept in suspense until the final pages.
I enjoyed reading this work and have awarded five stars, the top rating, as I can see no serious flaws nor detect a reason to do otherwise. It remains to list the aspects of the book which impressed me the most.
At the top of the list must be the historical detail making the story seem very realistic. The research behind this work to achieve this effect subtly surfaces in many aspects. Light touches referring to the squalid dirt and grime, the smells, the physical appearance and much more, are sufficient to paint a vivid picture without hindering the pace of the tale.
The intertwining of Celtic and Roman mythologies into the storyline is also deftly handled so that the reader begins to appreciate how and why some of the characters are aligned. In those dark ages, the trust in the ancient Gods, reincarnation and symbolism would be paramount. These themes are firmly communicated in the book.
The mystical attributes of young Catrin are introduced in chapter one and continue to emerge and grow throughout the book. I found the author’s handling of this topic very believable and of course, crucial to the storyline.
Apart from Catrin and Marcellus, there are many other characters to be discovered. Each individual is sufficiently portrayed to allow the tension and web of intrigue to develop as hostages are taken and the climax arrives. There is love, infidelity, treachery, loyalty, jealousy, defiance, arrogance and more, interwoven within the characters.
Finally, it must also be said that this is the beginning of a love story. The emotions of Catrin and Marcellus along with their spiritual needs, the love scenes, their doubts and fears, are all well handled by the author. The outcome of their encounters is uncertain until the last pages. So even the more romantic amongst us are hooked until the end.
Perhaps I would point to one small flaw that I found as an annoyance, but by no means detracting from the five-star rating. I purchased the kindle version and checked the following observation on both the kindle and the cloud kindle app (read.amazon.co.uk). There is no table of contents or list of chapters! Other books do have this! The front cover looks great on the PC, but the lack of an index or table of contents makes it difficult for the reader to drop back to a previous chapter if they want to refer to something. This is only a format issue but in my view worth mentioning. Otherwise, a great book and I am looking forward to reading the next in the series.
Awards:
2017 New Apple Book Awards Official Selection: Historical Fiction and Cross Genre
2017 Global eBooks Award BRONZE MEDAL Fantasy/Historical
2019 Pencraft Best Book of the Year Award2019
Readers’ Favorite BRONZE MEDAL Magic/Wizardry2021
The Global Book Award Gold Medal: Historical Fiction2021 Book Excellence Award Winner Fantasy
Product Details: Paperback: 392 Pages Publisher: Apollo Raven Publisher, LLC (August 16, 2018) Language: English Fantasy (Arthurian) Fantasy (Greek & Roman) Fantasy (Myth & Legend) Fantasy (Historical)
A Celtic warrior princess accused of treason for aiding her enemy lover must win back her father’s love and trust.
In the rich and vibrant tale, Author Linnea Tanner continues the story of Catrin and Marcellus that began with the awarding-winning novel APOLLO’S RAVEN in the Curse of Clansmen and Kings Series. Book 2: DAGGER’S DESTINY sweeps you into an epic tale of forbidden love, mythological adventure, and political intrigue in Ancient Rome and Britannia.
War looms over 24 AD Britannia where rival tribal rulers fight each other for power and the Romans threaten to invade to settle their political differences. King Amren accuses his daughter, Catrin, of treason for aiding the Roman enemy and her lover, Marcellus. The ultimate punishment is death unless she can redeem herself. She must prove loyalty to her father by forsaking Marcellus and defending their kingdom–even to the death. Forged into a warrior, she must overcome tribulations and make the right decisions on her quest to break the curse that foretells her banished half-brother and the Roman Empire will destroy their kingdom.
Yet, when Catrin again reunites with Marcellus, she is torn between her love for him and duty to King Amren. She must ultimately face her greatest challenger who could destroy her life, freedom, and humanity.
Will Catrin finally break the ancient prophecy that looms over her kingdom? Will she abandon her forbidden love for Marcellus to win back her father’s trust and love? Can King Amren balance his brutality to maintain power with the love he feels for Catrin?
5 Stars: Epic Tale!
I invite you to continue this epic tale as Dagger’s Destiny takes up where Apollo’s Raven left off. It is July AD in Southeast Britannia and main character Princess Catrin kneels by her father’s bloody and bruised body reassured that the King is still alive.
Fast moving drama with the characters, you came to love or hate in Apollo’s Raven finds Princess Catrin torn between loyalty to Marcellus and her father. “How could Catrin continue living if her heart was split between Marcellus and her father? Losing Vala was the fatal wound in her already bleeding heart. She trembled, recounting her father’s words. Would you bet your own life on the gamble that Marcellus will release Vala?
Catrin’s love for Marcellus and his failure to release Vala had condemned her as a traitor in her father’s eyes. She looked around the stark receiving chamber and stared at the skulls looking down on her in judgment. She remembered the dark tale that her father had told her when she was a child.
A mermaid, who had saved a sailor from a shipwreck, swam to shore, cradling his head above the water. Though she desperately wanted to stay with the sailor, she realized she was a sea creature and would die on land. Heartbroken, she stabbed herself in the breast with a knife and turned the water red with her blood. Grief-stricken, she floated on the waves until her body dissolved into its foam. As the sun’s rays radiated on the cold foam, delicate fairies sparkled over its surface.”
A test of loyalty that no daughter, father or romantic suitor would want to engage in. Find out what happens as this story continues from book one and prepares the reader for book 3 in this Celtic Tale. Like me, you will keep you turning the page as author Linnea Tanner skillfully weaves fantasy, romance, mythology, history, and the clash of Celtic culture and the Roman Empire into the Curse Of The Clansmen and Kings series.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by BloomKai: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. This is a well written Historical Fantasy. Reviewed in the United States on May 27, 2020. Verified Purchase.
Dagger’s Destiny (Curse of Clansmen and Kings) written by: Linnea Tanner, is the second book in this Historical Fantasy series about a curse, treason, betrayal, and death. That revolves around a young girl, named Catrin, who fell in love with a Roman, named Marcellus, who is the clans enemy.
Her father King Amren believes, due to the information that he was given, that his daughter is a traitor. King Amren believes that Catrin was seduced into giving sensitive information to Marcellus. With war brewing King Amren feels he has no other choice but to put his daughter on trial. King Amren gives Catrin one more chance to prove her loyalty. This involves Catrin making the hard decision of breaking the curse, and becoming a warrior or choosing love. She must make a difficult choice before it is too late.
This is a wonderfully written story full of thoughtful descriptions on how life was in 24 AD Southeast Britannia. On how magic and the mythical beliefs were handled and believed in this era. The use of magic mixed with the earthly elements felt like they were real and could easily exist in the modern world. The use of historically accurate beliefs really helped to bring this story to life and showed the depth the author went to in order to make this story feel real. In doing so the events and the characters felt like they could have been real historical events and people living in that point in time.
The way that the two different belief systems are interwoven was wonderfully done. You could see how different they are and how similar. This helps to keep the story entertaining and believable. The action is almost non-stop but for some slow periods that help to make the action more fleshed out and understandable.
I enjoyed the way the wedding ritual was described. It felt alien to me and yet familiar. The way that Catrin’s people believe that the woman represents a goddess and the man, represents something that is mortal. That was a lovely description that matched the lore for that era. I liked how there were some twists and turns in the story line. It kept me guessing as to what was coming next.
This is not suitable for the younger readers as it does have some very mild sexual descriptions and the use of profanity. This is a great book for those who enjoy the historical fantasy that centers around the Celtic and Roman myths. The story was professionally edited. I found very few errors. I give Dagger’s Destiny a 4 out of 4 stars. The reason for this score is for the great editing and the blending of the magical and the earthly elements to make a great story.
Review by L.C.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Dark magic, familial revenge, and an illicit romance. Reviewed in the United States on September 27, 2018. Verified Purchase.
Dark magic, familial revenge, and an illicit romance. This story packs a punch and the author doesn’t hold back on the intrigue or the mystical power of the druids. You may have heard the phrase ‘absolute power corrupts absolutely’, then this story has it in spades. Dagger’s Destiny by Linnea Tanner is the second book in her series, Curse of Clansmen and Kings, a historical fantasy set in Ancient Britain.
The author recaps well on the final events from Book 1, Apollo’s Raven, and the main character, Catrin, has to make amends for her interference at the prisoner exchange. Her actions, is the beginning of catastrophic outcomes for herself, her father–the king, family, and her clan. As the story progresses, Catrin, with the ancient powers of the druids, tests her gifts and is duped into believing she can alter the curse as beset by her father’s first wife, a sorceress with dark powers.
Her lover, Marcellus, a Roman who had accompanied his father to Britain to establish Roman rule and alliances, is an unwitting patsy, used by his father and Catrin’s father. Marcellus’ father is set on proving to the emperor, Tiberius, how great his family is and to dispel the misdeeds of his famous and once distinguished pater familia, Marc Antony. Lucius will do anything to restore his family’s name.
In the meantime, Catrin’s half-brother Garrack, is bent on revenge. His father had exiled him after he tried to molest Catrin. Garrack seeks support from Lucius and a rival Celtic king, however this alliance backfires, and now he and his reincarnated mother, use dark magic to wrest the kingdom away from his father.
The author’s knowledge on Celtic Britain shines through in the story, her grasp on the magic of the druids, the landscape of Ancient Britain and of the many tribes is a testament to the research involved. The intricate political scene of Celtic tribes and the invasion of the Roman’s shows the author’s skill in weaving an intricate story that melds history, mystique, and romance. What I particularly enjoyed was the interaction between the characters and how well developed they are. I am curious to see how Catrin, the heroine in the story, develops and whether her gifts will be her undoing… or not.
Dagger’s Destiny is a well written historical fantasy that takes the reader on a whirlwind adventure through Ancient Britain. I highly recommend this book for those who enjoy British and Ancient Roman history, and for those who appreciate what is really good storytelling.
Review by Wine Cellar Library: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Part 2 of an Epic Saga. Reviewed in the United States on January 12, 2020. Verified Purchase.
Dagger’s Destiny is the second book in Linnea Tanner’s remarkable Curse of Clansmen and Kings series. It is imperative that you read Apollo’s Raven prior to embarking on this novel. Not only does Dagger’s Destiny pick up right where Apollo’s Raven ended, but only minimal summary is provided of the events that occurred in the first book. There are numerous conflicts at play in this series, and I do not expect the majority of them to be resolved until the series concludes. At the time of this review, five books have been promised by the author for this series!
In comparison to the first book, Dagger’s Destiny is overflowing with action sequences. I was really impressed by the ruthlessness of the author in the narrative. It was reminiscent of scenes from George R.R. Martin’s A Song of Ice and Fire series. The brutality may be difficult for some readers, but it gives the book a realistic quality. Whereas most fantasy novels try to give every character a “happily ever after,” this author will not spare your feelings. Consider yourself warned!
Like the first book, this book ends abruptly. It ends so suddenly, in fact, that I did not realize it had even ended until I reached the endnotes! This may be something that turns off some readers, but I quite enjoy it. It can become irritating when every book in a series spends time winding down at the end of one book and then reiterating events for several pages at the beginning of the next book. In contrast, this series reads like one large epic saga broken into several parts.
If you enjoy historical fantasy, Roman history, Celtic history, and/or epic sagas, you will treasure this series!
Awards:
2019 Readers’ Favorite GOLD MEDAL Fiction: Magic/Wizardry
2019 Global eBook Award GOLD MEDAL Fantasy/Historical
Product Details: Paperback: 350 Pages Publisher: Apollo Raven Publisher, LLC (September 26, 2018) Language: English Fantasy (Arthurian) Fantasy (Greek & Roman) Fantasy (Myth & Legend) Fantasy (Historical)
Although Catrin is the rightful heir to the Celtic throne in Britannia, she is lucky to be alive. After witnessing the slaughter of her family at the hands of her half-brother, who was aided by the Romans, she is enslaved by a Roman commander. He disguises her as a boy in the Roman Legion with the belief that she is an oracle of Apollo and can foretell his future. The sole bright spot in her miserable new life is her forbidden lover Marcellus, the great-grandson of the famed Roman General Mark Antony.
But Marcellus has been wounded and his memories of Catrin and their secret marriage were erased by a dark Druidess. Though Marcellus reunites with Catrin in Gaul and becomes her ally as she struggles to survive the brutality of her Roman master, he questions the legitimacy of their marriage and hesitates to help her escape and retake her kingdom. If their forbidden love and alliance are discovered, her dreams of returning to her Celtic home with Marcellus will be shattered.
5 Stars: Epic Series Continues!
Those of us following The Curse of Clansmen and Kings series by Author Linnea Tanner continue this Celtic Tale in book three titled ‘Amulet’s Rapture’.
Books One and Two cover the (4 AD to 24 AD) war between tribal rulers and the Romans (over political differences) that put Britannia in peril. Revenge, accusations of treason, kidnapping, tests of loyalty, romance and even shapeshifting brings us to where we are now in the saga.
Amulet’s Revenge begins in Northern Gaul, Late Autumn, 24 AD as Catrin “Still, she held out hope. Her dead father had appeared in a dream and told her that a young raven would teach her how to gain more powers from the ancient Druids.”
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 26, titled The Black Sphinx and set in Durocortorum, Gaul, August, 26 AD. I quote:
…Catrin’s world had been turned on its head. After a week of traveling inside a wagon, she couldn’t connect to her caged raven, though it was in close proximity next to the driver. Unlike before, she couldn’t travel to the Wall of Lives in the raven’s mind and visit Marcellus in his dreams. It was as if her second sight had vanished. For the first time in her life, she was blind, in darkness, desperate to find the light out of her dilemma. She had already made several attempts to latch onto the image of the white raven in her mind and shapeshift to its form. Her wits were in a whirlwind, trying to figure out what was blocking her magic. Was the stress of being a condemned gladiator taking a toll on her mystical abilities?
…The click of the opening door and Verus’s voice barking, “Get out,” jolted Catrin out of her grim contemplations. She and the other shackled prisoners shuffled out of the wagon onto a rampart. To her dismay, she recognized the slave quarters at Durocortorum, where Decimus had previously threatened to imprison her.
…Panic coursed through her veins as guards escorted her into the graystone building, where they passed rows of cages holding slaves. To the rear of the structure was a splintered wooden table on which a black cauldron had been set. Log benches lined the back wall. A disheveled female slave, whose front teeth were missing, scooped porridge into bowls, handing one to each of the prisoners.
…Warily glancing around, Catrin wondered if this was a temporary stop or would they be retained here. She sat on a log bench beside the other shackled men. Though queasy, she lifted the bowl into the palms of her hands and shook it to dislodge the porridge into her mouth. Most of the pasty cereal adhered to the surface of the rust-colored bowl. With shackles restricting her movement, she scraped the upper edge of the bowl with her fingers and licked the pasty substance off her fingertips. It tasted salty and a little sour. Her stomach clenched when she observed green tinge of mold on the porridge. She retched what little she had eaten. A dark-skinned, shackled prisoner scooted away from her with a look of disgust.
… “It’s moldy,” she explained, scrunching her face in disgust. The shackled prisoner shrugged and gobbled his glob of porridge down.
…Catrin then noticed Verus approaching with the caged raven. Next to him was the disgusting slave dealer, Rufus, whom she remembered from her previous visit to the site with Decimus. He was furiously scratching red sores on his neck—a tell-tale sign of lice infestation.
…Verus set the caged raven at Catrin’s feet. The bird, in obvious stress, shrieked and flapped its wings against the wooden bars. She leaned over the cage and said softly, “Calm down. No one will hurt you.”
…The raven quieted and gawked at her, opening its beak as if begging for food.
…Rufus handed Catrin a couple strips of bloody flesh. “Here. For the raven.”
…Not sure if the tissue was animal or human, Catrin pushed it between the wooden bars for the raven to eat. The creature clasped the tissue in its beak and gobbled it down. After that, it pressed its black-feathered body against the cage. Although she wanted to stroke the raven’s plumage, hoping she could connect with it, the metal shackles restrained her.
…Verus and Rufus then began talking about Catrin, as though she were not there. Their discourse disquieted her as she closely listened.
…Rufus remarked, “She would bring top coin as a personal slave to a politician in Rome. He would enjoy taming the wild creature in his bed.”
… “She’d slit his throat before that happened,” Verus retorted. “I watched her fight Centurion Priscus. She held her own.”
…Rufus’s eyebrow cocked. “Pity. Who will she fight in the arena? Another woman?”
…This book is a must read for those who love Historical Epic Fantasy. Enjoy each book in the series, as we wait for ‘Skull’s Vengeance (Book 4 of the Curse Of Clansmen and Kings series.
…Author Linnea Tanner researched this historical time period very well, and her excellent story telling brings this drama to life, keeping the readers engaged and turning and the pages. She includes maps of Britannia and Gaul along with a complete list of characters (even a downloadable PDF).
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Mounce574: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An amazing sequel in this series. Reviewed in the United States on June 1, 2023. Verified Purchase.
Catrin has been renamed and dressed as a boy slave to Decimus. Marcellus is caught with Elaine and must serve as a soldier for Decimus. He discovers Catrin and she becomes pregnant. However, Decimus is determined to keep them apart. Marcellus is sent to fight rebels and Cardin is sent to be trained as a Gladiatrix.
This is an epic story that pulls at the hope of a forbidden love. I was overwhelmed with the need to continue reading and plan on continuing the series.
Review by Karen Ingalls. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Excellent. Reviewed in the United States on December 14, 2019. Verified Purchase.
The author, Linnea Tanner has done extensive research into Roman history, mysticism, anthropology, and religions. For those that had not read books 1 and 2, the author brings the story-line forward smoothly. I had read the previous two books, but it was good to have a little refresher.
This trilogy is one of my favorite books of the year.
Review by Barbara Harrison: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Action-Packed Political Historical Romance. Reviewed in the United States on June 29, 2023. Allow a full long day for this action-packed PG15 political historical romance set between AD 4-27 in Rome, Gaul, and Britannia. I had an ARC from NetGalley that got lost in the queue and this is my voluntary review.
Review by Brianna DaSilva: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Tale of mystical intrigue and a love that transcends all! Reviewed in the United States on October 4, 2022.
If you love Celtic mythology and Roman mythology then this is the book for you! This book is reminiscent of the wonderful show Britannia as it too shows the merging of the two cultures and the clashes they face when Rome and Britannia meet each other head on. With lore, magic, and action you can’t hope for much more in a book. While this book is the third in the series, you don’t have to worry about having read or remembering everything from the first two books because the author has done what more should, and given a synopsis of what has taken place. The scene has been set perfectly with the synopsis and jumps right into the happenings of this portion of the series. This is a tale of mystical intrigue and a love that transcends all the interferences and traumas that take place. While there are some trigger warnings to give due to some sexual situations and violence the book still puts the story together in a way that doesn’t glorify or shine a positive light onto those situations. This book also has strong female characters who rise to face their challenges with determination, resilience, and power! I give this book a 4 out of 4 for the plot, the characters, the mythology, the history, the way it has been written, and honestly for the little things the author thought to include such as the synopsis, the glossary/index, and the attention to historical details!
Product Details: Paperback: 347 Pages Publisher: Apollo Raven Publisher, LLC (October 26, 2019) Language: English Fantasy (Arthurian) Fantasy (Greek & Roman) Fantasy (Myth & Legend) Fantasy (Historical)
“[An] epic tale of love, betrayal and political intrigue.” InD’tale Magazine.
“The requisite fantasy elements of magic and mystery abound…Tanner also does an admirable job weaving in the politics and mythology of a bygone people.” Kirkus
“Part fantasy, part historical fiction, Linnea Tanner has woven together a wonderful tale of romance, intrigue, mystery, and legend to create an entertaining and complex story.” The International Review of Books
“[A] captivating tale of triangles; love, lust and espionage, friend, foe, and spies., barbarians, civilized Rome and spiritual-supernatural beings.” 2019 Pencraft Book of the Year Award
A Celtic warrior queen must do the impossible—defeat her sorcerer half-brother and claim the throne. But to do so, she must learn how to strike vengeance from her father’s skull.
AS FORETOLD BY HER FATHER in a vision, Catrin has become a battle-hardened warrior after her trials in the Roman legion and gladiatorial games. She must return to Britannia and pull the cursed dagger out of the serpent’s stone to fulfill her destiny. Only then can she unleash the vengeance from the ancient druids to destroy her evil half-brother, the powerful sorcerer, King Marrock. Always two steps ahead and seemingly unstoppable, Marrock can summon destructive natural forces to crush any rival trying to stop him and has charged his deadliest assassin to bring back Catrin’s head.
To have the slightest chance of beating Marrock, Catrin must forge alliances with former enemies, but she needs someone she can trust. Her only option is to seek military aid from Marcellus—her secret Roman husband. They rekindle their burning passion, but he is playing a deadly game in the political firestorm of the Julio-Claudian dynasty to support Catrin’s cause.
Ultimately, in order to defeat Marrock, Catrin must align herself with a dark druidess and learn how to summon forces from skulls to exact vengeance. But can she and Marcellus outmaneuver political enemies from Rome and Britannia in their quest to vanquish Marrock?
5 Stars: Human Skulls Hung Over King Marrock’s Stallion, Dangling From A Rope Like Ornaments.
Travel back in time with award-winning Author Linnea Tanner to 26 AD where Skull’s Vengeance (book four) continues The Curse Of The Clansmen and Kings series. This series weaves a Celtic tale of forbidden love, magical adventure, and political intrigue in Ancient Rome and Britannia.
I am struck by the immense research and accuracy that went into this series. Linnea’s gift of storytelling will draw you into this historical time period drama. “Most of the fantastical elements are based on magical abilities of heroes and heroines from Irish and Welsh mythology and legends. The abilities of Catrin and Marrock to shape-shift and to harness the forces of nature. In Celtic mythology, the dragon is a gatekeeper to other worlds and was believed to influence the land. Areas frequented by dragons were believed to possess special power.
To get the most of the series, the author shares a link where you can download a PDF of all the Major Celtic Characters, Roman Characters, and Mythological Deity. She also includes a map of Britannia and Gaul.
Fast-paced drama, suspense, and magic will carry your thoughts into the life and times of Catrin (Cantiaci queen, druidess, warrior, and gladiator) and Marcellus Antonius—Roman military commander (ranks include tribune and praetor) and nobleman).
Catrin (warrior queen) must defeat her Marrock (sorcerer) in order to claim the throne. She must summon forces from skulls to exact vengeance strike vengeance from her father’s skull. Passion and lust burns between Marcellus (Roman military commander) and Catrin, even on the battlefields where they encounter enemies from Rome and Britannia.
Book Four begins at White Cliffs in Southeast Britannia, Eve of Samhain, 31 October, 26 AD where three human skulls hung over King Marrock’s stallion, dangling from a rope like ornaments.
Chapter 16: Theater of Marcellus Rome, 20 March, 28 AD. “The theater where Catrin was to meet Marcellus reminded her of the area around the gladiatorial coliseum where she had fought in Lugdunum. Sensing a slight charge in her fingertips, she felt a thread lacing around her fingers. She recalled last night’s dream, when she’d visited the Wall of Lives. There, she’d meticulously tied Marcellus’s crimson life thread with her raven-black strand, securing it into a knot so they could stay together forever.”
Chapter 37: Killing Fields: Antonii Villa, Gaul, 8 August, 28 AD. “Marcellus sat on the bed, reminiscing about the bittersweet moment when he’d been with Catrin the previous fall, before leaving for Rome. He picked up a cushion on which she’d laid her head while recovering from her wounds. The whiff of stale odor dispirited him. Before, he had always sensed her essence, even when they were far apart. But now, he felt empty, not knowing what had happened to her since she escaped Rome. It was as if the world, the fates, and the gods were against their love. Negasi’s advice for Marcellus to assuage his father’s anger and remove the threat on Catrin’s life weighed heavily on his mind.”
When the last page of book four is closed, you will wait with anticipation for book five “Dragon’s Anvil” to arrive.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
Review by Wanda Fischer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Another Beautifully Written Tale. Reviewed in the United States on February 13, 2023. Verified Purchase.
This is the fourth book in a series about Catrin and Marcellus, star-crossed lovers whose backgrounds as royalty forbade them from coming together. I have read all four in the series, and, once again, had trouble putting this book down. This author’s ability to bring characters alive is extraordinary. Her research into the world of Celts and Romans is superb.
Catrin is fighting her half-brother, Marrock, to become queen of her country. She has married Marcellus, who’s a Roman patrician. Marcellus’s father has betrothed him to a young girl, whom he wants Marcellus to marry for political reasons. Marcellus’s brother, Brutius, hates Marcellus and begins scheming against him. Meanwhile, Marrock has sent an assassin to kill Catrin. The intrigue builds and builds, as Catrin attempts to gather an army to fight against Marcellus. Her efforts are complicated by the fact that she becomes pregnant by Marcellus.
I won’t give readers any more details; however, the way the author establishes intrigue and weaves magic and backdoor deals to complicate what might have been a relatively easy situation is masterful. She portrays the cruelty and horrible way slaves were treated at the time, and, through her characters, demonstrates either humanity toward slaves or utter disrespect for them. A reader will be able to determine how a character acts based on how he or she treats slaves.
I recommend this book highly; however, I think that it makes sense for anyone who wishes to read this to begin with the first book and read all four. I am anxious to read the next book. Prior to this series, I would never have thought to read this genre. Because of this author’s skill, her characters, and the way everything is presented, my mind has been opened to another genre. I am grateful for that.
Review by Mounce574: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Gaining headway. Reviewed in the United States on July 2, 2023.
This is the 4th book of the series and each book just keeps getting better. There are a lot of lost lives in this as well as an additional romance built outside of Catrin and Marcellus. I question why Marcellus takes the risk of getting Catrin pregnant when he can’t seem to take care of his own personal issues.
I swear that Marrock gets uglier despite the change in his appearance. The most interesting character is presented in the form of an assassin that refuses to be a mindless murderer. I definitely recommend this series and this book.
Review by Pat Garcia: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Skull‘s Vengeance. Reviewed in Germany on February 27, 2023. Verified Purchase. SKULL’S VENGEANCE is the fourth book in the series CURSE OF CLANSMEN AND KINGS.
It is Historical Fiction combined with fantasy and paranormal elements and presented with a great plot.
The title mirrors what happens in the story. Written in a time when the Roman Empire dominated the world, we get a good look at a smaller nation, the Celtics, who are determined to break Rome’s rule.
Thus, Skull’s Vengeance depicts the continuing conflict between the Romans and the Celtics, the hatred and enslavement of people, and the love of a Celtic woman for a Roman soldier who was the father of her dead baby daughter. Will they reunite again? That you must read.
The romance came too short for me, but I understand why. Wars and vengeance demand their tribute.
Filled with dark magic, “the Other World,” the ancient druids, and shape-shifters, each paragraph builds upon the other, and I kept turning the pages, desiring to know what would happen next.
The intertwined plot raises the tension throughout the story as the mixture of fantasy, brutality, visions, dreams, undying love, and intrigue transforms and changes the characters. I
By the time the story ended, I wanted more, so I look forward to reading book five of this series.
Review by L.C.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Visceral storytelling. Reviewed in Australia on October 30, 2022. Verified Purchase.
We follow the life of Catrin, the true heir to the Cantiaci tribe, and her love for Marcellus, a Roman aristocrat and commander of a Roman legion. Their love for each is strong but can it overcome the battle of their familial destinies, that are set to drive them apart?
The love between the two main characters is evident on every page, yet there is the underlying threat of Marrock, Catrin’s half-brother, who tried to rape her when she was a young girl, and Marcellus’s father, who is determined to expunge the taint of Marc Antony’s legacy and romance with Cleopatra, and in his mind who ruined the family’s reputation. Catrin is determined to unite the Cantiaci tribe but her brother has the backing of Roman forces, who is intent on becoming the king of all the Celts, and uses dark magic to destroy his opponents, and eliminate Catrin. From the Roman side, Marcellus’ father Lucius Antonius, has arranged for his son to marry a twelve-year-old girl, daughter of a senator to gain a political stronghold in the Roman senate. Marcellus tries to refuse, but is bound to follow his father’s orders in spite of his devotion and love for Catrin.
Review by Julie Whitley: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An exciting continuation of Catrin’s journey. Reviewed in Canada on January 13, 2023. Verified Purchase.
An historical fiction story set in the early years of the 1st millennia AD, when Rome ruled with an iron fist and sought to strengthen control over Celtic Britain. The story continues with Catrin freed and seeking a way to return home and reclaim her rightful place as queen. Her supernatural Druidic powers are dampened by her pregnancy, she is vulnerable until the birth of her son. Will she be strong enough to fulfil the prophecy that she will defeat her evil half-brother? I can’t wait to find out!
Product Details: Paperback: 402 Pages Publisher: Apollo Raven Publisher, LLC (August 12, 2022) Language: English Fantasy (Arthurian) Fantasy (Greek & Roman) Fantasy (Myth & Legend) Fantasy (Historical)
Award-Winning Linnea Tanner, weaves Celtic tales of love, magical adventure, and political intrigue into the backdrop of Ancient Rome and Britannia. Since childhood, she has passionately read about ancient civilizations and mythology which held women in higher esteem. Of particular interest are the enigmatic Celts who were reputed as fierce warriors and mystical Druids.
Depending
on the time of day and season of the year, you will find her exploring and
researching ancient and medieval history, mythology and archaeology to support
her writing. As the author of the CURSE OF CLANSMEN AND KINGS series, she has
extensively researched and traveled to sites described within each book.
A
native of Colorado, Linnea attended the University of Colorado and earned both
her bachelor’s and master’s degrees in chemistry. She lives in Windsor with her
husband and has two children and six grandchildren.
Bob Morgan, sometime rangeland detective and sometime bounty hunter is prepared for a quiet summer training and selling some of his horses. When that pleasant, relaxing time is attacked by a crime boss and his daughter, then complicate further by an ungrateful neighbor, he changes his plans to avoid exciting a temper that might be fatal for someone.
Call him a bounty hunter, a rangeland detective, an actor, a chameleon, a puzzle solver; whatever title you choose, Bob Morgan will find a way to reshape depravity, corruption and destruction into the manageable and acceptable. All that is necessary is to not expect too much, appreciate whatever improvement may be realized, and don’t look too closely at Morgan’s past.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
People Of The West: A Short Story Timeline by David M. McGowan.
Nine short pieces of fiction constructed around 170 years of North American history and interspersed at intervals by fourteen poems.
The first story is a fictional accounting of the first European to reach the Pacific coast of Canada. Following are fictional pictures of the winners and losers who became builders of North America and thus, eventually, all winners and though they didn’t know it or want it, builders of what exists today.
Thomas Brash is trying to escape but knows he never will. No thinking person can escape from their past. Pursuing him is the memory of the family he lost to cholera. Perhaps he believes that traveling alone in a wild, dangerous land will end all his memories; there is no doubt he wishes to be alone. Whatever his intentions the appearance of Frank Clement and the circumstances of that meeting upset those plans. Brash views Clement as an uneducated child who requires fatherly protection and guidance. Clement views Brash as a tenderfoot and can not understand how anyone who knows so little could live so long. These two loners are joined by others and they all become partners. Having achieved relative sanctuary and surrounded by civilization their wilderness past comes back to haunt them.
Claiming your share of the so called “free” land in the rugged and wide Canadian frontier in the 1880s was a difficult, demanding task. When someone tries to run roughshod over the “nesters” increasing the workload and demands, its time to take a stand.
There is more than bad weather for Hank James to contend with as he rides in search of the land of his dreams and the woman of his heart. Portis Martin, manager of a large cattle company, has no use for the small homesteaders that have begun to pepper the area…and he isn’t afraid of using every dirty trick he knows to run them out.
And Portis had been doing a pretty good job of it until what he decides are two saddle tramps, Hank James and his partner, Harry Gilmore arrive in the area.
Hank James wants equality. Hank James wants a life-time partner.
The year is 1885. Hank James has been in Canada several months panning gold from a stream near Roswell, British Columbia. When he hears a prizefight will be held in town, he attends along with everyone for miles around. With a little help from the fight referee, he wins big betting on the fight. Having realized that the life of a miner isn’t nearly as romantic or rewarding as he expected, and with advice from the policeman who helped him win money on the fight, Hank goes to Farwell to haul freight with pack horses for contractors building the transcontinental railroad.
The railroad’s security, a detachment of North West Mounted Police, have maintained across the West that no liquor be allowed one mile on either side of the rail bed. Provincial authorities disagree. Hank James believes in honoring and repaying his debts, but that doesn’t mean he should be involved in a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted.
He and his partners have trouble enough running their freight business, they don’t need to be caught between competing policemen. They are already stuck between Canada’s transcontinental railroad people and the contractors doing the actual construction. While the police are fighting one another, who is looking for criminals, particularly those stealing Hank’s horses? Despite a variety of jobs, D.M. McGowan now works as a commercial driver and lives near Mile “0” of the world-famous Alaska Highway.
His stories bring Canadian history to life. “I believe in seeing morality and societal responsibility rewarded. Too much of today’s fiction seems to lead into the dark instead of the light.”
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. US and Canadian History Combined With Legends From The 1800’s!
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan is a western pioneering era saga that combines great story telling, true-to-life cowboy experience with US and Canadian history combined with legends from the 1800’s.
The main character Hank James was born in Canada and migrated south into the US with his family after the Civil War. Hank’s father headed towards Oregon in search of a farmstead while protecting his family from raids by outlaws and Indians. They made it as far as Kansas to find that the land was too dry to farm so pushed on to Oregon to find the land was too wet. With Mother Nature as their biggest obstacle and many mouths to feed young Hank James set out on his own. He settled down with his own gold mine claim near Rossland, British Columbia in 1984.
Hank wasn’t afraid of hard work, but he wanted more out of life than to eke out a living on his claim. With tenacity Hank took advantage of the Transcanada Railroad, found some partners, and started his own freight business. Life should be good, but where there is industry, technology, commerce and economy, there are criminals.
Quote from page 37.
… “It didn’t take a detective to know that the horse thief had played a little joke on the Provincial Police. Constable Art Hubbard was over six feet tall and probably ten pounds lighter than the one eighty mentioned in the description. Not only was he a long way from round, he was also clean shaven.
…I gave Constable Hubbard my story, ending with the recovery of the bay gelding and the description I had from Miller. “An’ the fella called himself Art Hubbard,” I added.
…The Constable’s expression didn’t change. He worked his chew around into one cheek and sent a stream of tobacco juice into the waste basket. “Feller with a sense o’ humor,” he noted, and then added. “It’ll be one ‘o Bulldog Kelley’s outfit. They work out o’ some of the illegal saloons t’ be found back in the bush. We catch one or two of ‘em every now an’ then, but we can’t get Kelley, an’ he’s the head o’ the snake. I can think of one or two that might fit your description, but not a one that had a full beard. An’ this fella’s probably shaved by now.”
…I wrote out my story, signed it, and returned to work.”
Between the horse thieves, authority over liquor sales and a war between the BC Provincial Police and the North West Mounted Hank is he in over his head? Only time will tell if he makes the right choices and will he win the heart and loyalty of Sharon Dalton?
Saddle up your horse, holster your gun and join a rugged western cast of characters that will take you back to the reality and the legends of the Wild West.
The Great Liquor War by D. M. McGowan shares nuggets of history told within a great story of human experience in the Wild West.
Product Details: Print Length: 199 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (September 29, 2015)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Synopsis: In the west of the 1890s, Jake’s wife is raped and murdered, an image from which he attempts to escape and hide. When two thieves try to take what little he has left, Jake realizes he must face the past and solve his wife’s murder to truly escape the images in his head. But to find the killer, he discovers even more surprises …
Jake McTavish left his home in central Canada when he was in his early teens. After working ships on the Great Lakes, fishing Lake Winnipeg, feeding cattle south of Fort Garry, and shooting wolves on the prairies, he starts his own cattle operation in the foothills of the western mountains. Then he meets his life-long partner, Anna.
Jake and Anna were married three years when it all came crashing down. He came home to find his beautiful wife raped and murdered.
In an attempt to escape the vision of his butchered wife and all that he lost, Jake runs deep into the mountains, where he spends three years trapping and panning gold. When two outlaws attempt to rob him and leave him for dead, Jake finally comes out of the stupor he has lived in and begins to fight back.
First, he deals with the two thugs. Next, he returns to his homestead to find his wife’s killer. Solving a murder after several years is no easy task, especially when it includes surprises he didn’t want to find.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. 1800’s Western Pioneering Era Saga!
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan is an 1800’s western pioneering era saga that combines exceptional story telling with an historical tale told by Peace Country pioneer John Brown.
Well-developed characters and true to life settings with descriptive writing put the reader into the story. The main character Jake McTavish stands alone in his empty cabin with his thoughts that he voiced to his blue tick hound, “Maybe I’ll just have t’shoot somebody. That way the government will have t’ feed us ‘til they punch my ticket and bury me.”
Life had been especially hard since the murder of his wife. For the fourth year he must continue his Peace River trek in British Columbia (1898) to take the furs that he had collected by canoe down to Ft. St John. This is an important ritual as Jake trades bails of skins for cash to pay for supplies and to repair equipment heading into the new season. Times were hard enough without the ambush that knocked him out cold and took most of everything that he had in his camp.
Just 11 years ago “in the spring of 1887 Jake became a wealthy saddle tramp. He only had fourteen Canadian dollars, two U.S. dollars and eighty-six cents, but he was rich in other goods. He had four horses, a fine, double rigged saddle, a short-barrelled Colt pistol, a Colt Navy .36 and a Winchester rifle. He also had a serviceable pack saddle, bed roll, enough food to last a month and the pack covered with two tarps.”
By 1889 Jake had spent two years with the Cambridge Cattle Company and had accumulated some money. With a deep yearning for something more and the passing of the Canadian Homestead Act, Jake chose three hundred and twenty isolated acres in the foothills north of the Rocky Mountains. In the fall of 1891 with 15 yearlings to sell he met Anna Porenski. When she married him, he no longer felt driven, because he had it all. Anna was raised on a farm, so ranch life came easy to her and she enjoyed gardening. The only thing missing are children for fate has refused to grant Jake and wife Anna a baby. To end such dreams Anna is murdered and the responding Mounted Policeman comes close to accusing Jake.”
Travel with Jake McTavish on a journey to find Anna’s killer or killers.
The Making of Jake McTavish by D. M. McGowan for the author’s incredible story telling of Jake McTavish. I invite you to also read: The Great Liquor War, Homesteader: Finding Sharon and Partners. D. M. McGowan tells us that Cattle Business is coming soon.
Product Details: Print Length: 242 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Strategic Book Publishing and Rights Agency (December 19, 2015) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Crime Murder Thrillers)
Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen by David Milton McGowan.
Sully Wheeler doesn’t care why his cattle are disappearing. He doesn’t care why but it has to stop. Perhaps it’s part of the cost of hiding from his past, but who would steal from a one-time gunfighter? The North West Mounted Policeman that Sully contacted appeared more intent on stopping vigilante action than in stopping theft. If that proves to be the case, Sully will recover his own property, even if it takes gunfire to do it. Who is this Mountie, anyway? Is he a cop or something else entirely? Is he working to support the crown, leave the crown or actually do something for the settlers? And while we’re talking about that Mountie, isn’t he spending too much time with that newspaper lady from the Bulletin?
From The Author: Gunfighters, Thieves and Lawmen was an opportunity to extend a character first introduces in “Homesteader: Finding Sharon” and the months long chase of the fugitive “Almighty Voice” and his eventual death. I had just barely started and realized it was also a chance to mention some of the changes in the North West Mounted Police during the first thirteen years of their existence.
I forced myself into a slight change of direction and tension and to introduce a break to the narrative I introduced a “Dominion Day” parade. This gave me a chance to introduce some of the farming equipment of the day.
About The Author: David M, McGowan (Dave) has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician, businessman and commercial driver. He is also a Great-Grandfather, husband, Freemason and Shriner. He is now retired and lives and writes in Northern British Columbia.
Product Details: Paperback: 414 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Independently Published (July 27, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Lucky: He is a former Confederate officer who has become far less than an “officer and a gentleman”. When he realizes what he has become he tries to see a new future and a new him.
#thief #enlightenment
Stealing Janet’s Cattle: A young mother and rancher discovers cattle missing. She is alone and, according to the tracks outnumbered, but she is armed and she and her family need those cattle. Is this young female rancher as tough as she thinks she is? Tough enough to defeat the more powerful?
#woman #pioneer #planning
A Voice From Beyond: It’s the Great Depression and people will do almost anything to survive. Having been somewhat successful in his search for work, a hobo stops to thank those who helped him rise up from destruction. A simple “thank you” becomes something else entirely.
Product Details: Print Length: 81 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publication Date: October 17, 2020 Western (Anthologies) Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
How do you save your family when they are faced with hate and racism on all sides? How do you avoid fear every minute of every day?
In the years following the North West Rebellion of 1885 many Métis “disappeared” as many went into hiding to avoid racism and mistreatment. Admittedly, some like Gabriel Dumont went south of the 49th parallel into the US. What happened to the rest?
Almost a century later Métis suddenly appeared as individuals and communities throughout the West. Perhaps “Into the Mountains”, fiction though it is, supplies some explanation.
Product Details: Print Length: 24 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, British Columbia, Canada (July 9, 2020) Illustrator: Tracy WandlingWesterns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Marker of Stone; A fictional recounting of the first European to reach the Pacific Ocean north of Mexico. Was his reception by the local population as he described it in his journal. Perhaps they put up with him hoping he would leave? Another possibility is that they controlled their desire to ensure the strange men left their land.
#communication #control #protection
Deacon; A young Canadian and several young American southerners, all fighter pilots and their experiences in 1940 during the Battle of Britain.
#WWII #fear #bombs #English pubs
Includes three rhymes about history, interaction with others and the molding of youth
Product Details: Print Length: 27 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada V1G 4K8 (August 9, 2020 Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Short Stories) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
Sometimes you might say something to a friend that you regret, however it seemed like a good idea at the time. Perhaps it was funny, true and had to be said, or just your effort to lighten the mood and explain that it wasn’t a life and death matter but could be if present efforts continue.
Yes, you regret it, but now it is your turn to relax and stop worrying about it. If this other person was a true friend, they should look back on it all, realize eventually the humour in the situation and laugh along with you.
Product Details: Print Length: 10 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC, Canada, V1G 4K8 (July 11, 2020) Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction) Western (Humorous Fiction) Humor
They lived “off the grid” because in those days and in that area, there was no “grid” to be on. They were homesteaders, farmers, and trappers who might find a dozen people within a day’s walk in any direction.
Suddenly they were surrounded by10, 000 strangers, almost all men and trading for goods they had not known existed.
It was 1942 and the Alaska Highway was being built through 1200 miles of wilderness.
Their system of life, the society they knew was gone with the arrival of one train in Dawson Creek. There were hundreds of more loaded freights scheduled to arrive in a town that might see half a dozen during the fall harvest.
Product Details: Print Length: 39 Pages Reading Age: 10+ Years Publisher: Daison Services, Dawson Creek, BC (August 30, 2020)Westerns Western (Historical Fiction Thrillers) Western (Action and Adventure) Western (Traditional) Western (Historical Fiction)
About The Author: Author Dave McGowan has been a cowboy, forest fire fighter, heavy equipment operator, farmhand, gardener, road musician and businessman. He now writes, and works as a commercial driver, in Northern British Columbia.
The forgoing is the bio from the back of my novels and one might conclude from this information that I was a poor employee … either lazy or didn’t know what I was doing … and was kicked off a lot of jobs. You would be partially correct, at least in surmising that I don’t know what I am doing. As for my being a poor employee, you would have to ask my bosses … although I think I’ve managed to trick the one I have now.
Of course, when I had my own business, my boss thought I was marvelous.
Truthfully, I’ve managed over the years to find employment regardless of my location or the problems that might exist with the economy. I enjoyed much of that experience at the time and am glad that I attained it.
I’ve also visited a good portion of North America and lived in several areas of Canada where I met some great people and enjoyed some wonderful country.
Speaking of great people, Karen and I are parents to four great people who have supplied eight grandchildren who show that improvements can be possible in each generation. One of those has added a great-grand daughter to the line.
Note From Author: The podcast / interview I did last summer (2024) was posted yesterday on Optic TV so it is now free to stream. It was recorded on the “main street” of Dawson Creek’s “Walter Wright Pioneer Village” on a very warm day in the Peace Country by MacWood Productions. It is on MacWood’s YouTube channel, and I wouldn’t mind having it on mine. Link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C97BR1qaoLw
This is a universal link for 4 digital novels and 4 digital collections which also include links to audio versions where they are offered. Simply click on the logo for the platform you prefer.
The Bloodstone Series Book 4 (all books standalone).
The next book in the Bloodstone Murders series is a historical thriller that received the Chanticleer award for global suspense.
Henrietta Newell stormed into the detective bureau. She claimed her adult son was missing and feared for his safety. The detectives attempted to reassure her that the absence of a bachelor in his thirties, in a city like London, wasn’t extraordinary. Despite their efforts, she insisted an investigation be conducted, reminding them of her political connections.
Detective Rudyard Bloodstone and his partner were told to look into the matter. Their investigation reveals evidence of suspicious and unusual activity but no clues regarding the man’s disappearance. The few leads they develop take them from the world of wealthy families and into the secret society of sexual peculiarities.
The detectives discover the victim didn’t simply disappear. He was murdered. They have the evidence except for one problem; they’re missing the victim’s body.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Suspense that will cause you to think twice about going into business with your best college buddies. A betrayal is a betrayal!
Bloodstone Investigations bring us back to London in 1892 with ‘Killer Friends’ book four in ‘The Bloodstone’ series. Each book in this series stands alone, but in ‘A Venomous Love’ (book three), we learned how challenging it was to solve crimes in the 1800’s. With no fancy labs or DNA testing, Detective Rudyard Bloodstone and his partner Detective Archie Holbrook are now faced with a missing person investigation.
This historical mystery suspense thriller will shock your senses as Phillip Newell, and his beloved dog “Snowball” answer the front door of their home. Once the door opens, you will be kept in suspense, and you will not want to put this book down. Keep in mind that Author Chris Karlsen is a retired police detective. Her fictional stories are grounded in experience and exhaustive research of this historic time in London. Her characters are believable, edgy, raw, and true to the times. Her descriptive details bring her readers into the streets of London to experience the sights, sounds and even smells. If you love a good mystery, you will love reading ‘Killer Friends’.
A mother’s intuition bringsHenrietta Newell into the detective bureau. Her son, Phillip Newell, is a bachelor in his thirties, living in a city where nightlife can indulge many inclinations. Detective Ruddy and Detective Archie’s reluctance to take her son’s three-day disappearance serious, Henrietta is not above throwing her weight and political connections around.
Detective Ruddy and Archie began to search Phillip Newell’s home. They go over every room, every dresser and storage, even the pockets of Newell’s coats and find nothing. It was in the pantry that they found a bloody tea towel. Little did they know that this was the beginning of an investigation that would lead them into a twisted retail investment scheme, that would pit partners and friends against each other. If that wasn’t enough, their investigation would take them “from the world of wealthy families and into the secret society of sexual peculiarities.
One question remains: Even if Phillip Newell is presumed dead, where is his body?
I encourage you to follow the ‘Bloodstone’ investigation from start to finish. Pick up all the books in The Bloodstone Series, Knights In Time Series, Love & War Series, Dark Water Series, Broken Faces (Historical Romance Based on True WWI Events) and a Holiday Selection: ‘Choosing Home or Heart’ (a Christmas story where Victorian detective Rudyard Bloodstone, from ‘The Bloodstone Series’, goes home to Wales for the holidays and introduces his lady love to his family. No murder, just a warm-hearted holiday novella).
It is the time of Jack the Ripper; the widowed Queen Victoria sits on the throne of England.
The whole of London is on edge wondering when or where Jack will kill next. The Palace, Parliament, and the press are demanding the police do more to find him. In another part of London, rough-around-the-edges war hero, Metropolitan Detective Inspector Rudyard Bloodstone has his own serial killer to find.
Inter departmental rivalries, politics, and little evidence to go on hamper the investigation at every turn. In a battle of wills, Bloodstone presses forward following his instincts in spite of the obstacles.
Review: I don’t read mysteries anymore. I don’t care who did it, so I don’t bother with mysteries unless they offer a good deal more than just a puzzle. Silk is so much more. The setting and the detective insinuate themselves into your psyche. Like silk, they slip and slide into the crevices of your mind, softly caress your pleasure centers, and make you want more. The recalcitrant and grumpy Bloodstone earns your affection without wanting it or trying for it and the city casts a spell that carries you along so subtlety, you have no idea you’ve been hooked until the end when you’re left bereft and wanting more.
Lovely. Thoroughly engaging. Actually, cared about the mystery a bit, which is saying something. Bloodstone has joined Holmes, Wolfe, and Marlowe in my pantheon of detectives I love.
Product Details: Series: The Bloodstone Series (Book 1) Paperback: 322 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (September 10, 2019) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers
The summer of 1889 was proving to be a strange one for Detective Inspector Rudyard Bloodstone and his partner.
They had a sexual pervert loose. The man didn’t actually harm women but threatened them at knife point, fondling them, and ultimately stealing their stockings.
Far more serious were the murders of influential men, which appeared random other than they were all killed by arsenic poison. Never had he and his partner had cases with so little workable evidence.
Also, the rivalry between him and his detective nemesis at London’s other police department was intensifying. That
nemesis was the boxing champion of their department and looking to challenge Rudyard, who never trained as a boxer.
Besides Rudyard’s pride being at stake, and the pride of his station, his nemesis also had in his possession a scandalous photograph of the woman Rudyard cares very much for. The new lady in Rudyard’s life had captured his heart and he’d fight the devil himself to save her reputation.
Review: The beguiling Detective Inspector Rudyard Bloodstone is back in a sequel to the Bloodstone Series, vol. one: Silk.
Inspector Rudyard’s story continues with a tale of a summer gone agley: men of stature are dropping dead all around him, women are being terrorized by a knife-wielding Stocking Sniffer, a competitor / colleague is looking to pulp his face in, and there are two women in his life: ’nuff said.
Both his professional and personal lives are full of complications and every time you think Ruddy might have a solution, something else goes awry.
But it’s not all dark; some of the complications in his life are downright funny, like those posed by his dog and the neighbor boy.
Book Two of Ruddy is even better than the first; whether you love murder mysteries, nineteenth-century England, strong handsome protagonists, or fascinating killers, you’ll love Snifter. Highly recommended.
Product Details: Series: The Bloodstone Series (Book 2) Paperback: 392 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (September 11, 2019) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers
A Venomous Love, won the ‘Global Grand Prize’ in the thriller/suspense category last year (2021) from Chanticleer Reviews.
The killer whispered- “A pretty damsel…worth a pretty risk.
“It’s 1890. A veteran, Detective Rudyard Bloodstone has fought a brutal battle and witnessed war horrors that haunt his nightmares. Now one of those horrors has followed him home from Africa.
A vicious predator, the Cape cobra, can kill a man in thirty minutes. A suspect using the snake as a weapon in robberies is terrorizing London. When the crimes escalate into murder, a victim’s daughter, Honoria Underhill, becomes the focus of the killer.
After several attempts on her life, Scotland Yard threatens to take over the high-profile case. With few leads to follow, Bloodstone and his partner must now fight department politics and catch the killer before Underhill becomes another murder victim.
The Story Has A Unique Twist!
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. ‘A Venomous Love’ is book three in ‘The Bloodstone Series’. Each book stands alone, so I invite you to begin reading.
One appealing nature of ‘A Venomous Love’ is the historical snapshots of the Victorian period, where main character Detective Rudyard Bloodstone conducts his investigations. The book opens in London, April 1890.
This period in history finds Detective Rudyard Bloodstone severely limited in his ability to solve crimes. No fancy labs or DNA testing. The perplexing case of a thief using an extremely deadly method to steal valuables from his victims, has Detective Rudyard Bloodstone and his partner Detective Archie Holbrook putting their collective, raw detective skills to the test. With Scotland Yard breathing down their necks, the clock is ticking, and another murder is simply a matter of time.
Author Chris Karlsen (retired police detective) gives us an excerpt from ‘A Venomous Love’:
…Puzzled, Ruddy asked, “You say the body is still in the chapel?
…Couldn’t the nurse bring an exam table to put him on and start treatment?”
…“She did. Young and I attempted to help but he suffered violent convulsions. Because the hospital is for children, they don’t have restraints. The head nurse instructed us to leave him back on the floor. She was afraid he’d fall off the table.”
…“Makes sense.” The time-frame of Underhill’s death didn’t make sense. At minimum it usually took an hour and more often, hours for the venom to kill. A horrible thought occurred to Ruddy. What if it was a different suspect with a different lethal snake? “But he died while you were still here?”
…“Yes. He convulsed brutally hard a few more times and an excessive amount of drool came out his mouth. Then he lost consciousness. A nurse put a blanket over him and a pillow under his head. He died as she was making him comfortable.”
…“Strange. This is abnormally fast even for cobra venom.” Flanders stepped up on Ruddy’s right. “What is it, constable?”
…“Shall I leave you to start my search?” Flanders asked.
…“Yes. Collect anything, and I mean anything, you find that looks out of the ordinary,” Archie told him. “This case is so unusual we can’t be sure what is important and what isn’t.”
…The nurse led them to the curtained-off bed. Honoria Underhill lay on her side softly sobbing. Her legs were curled up so she fit on the short bed meant for a child. The nurses had covered her with a blanket. When she saw Ruddy and Archie, she sat up and swung her legs down to the side of the bed.
…“Yes. We know this is traumatic for you but we need to ask you to repeat what happened with as much detail as you can recall,” Ruddy told her.
…“I understand.” Her shoulders trembled. She buried her fists in her skirt and kept her head down as she fought to control her emotions.
…Ruddy brought the conversation back to the crime. “Did the suspect say anything when he attacked?”
…“’A pretty little damsel, worth a pretty risk,’ he said as he rushed toward us. Then he leapt at me with the snake in hand inches from my face. Father pushed me out of the man’s reach and stepped be- tween us. My father tried to knock the man’s hand away and swatted at the animal.”
…She dabbed at her nose again and then offered the handkerchief back to Archie who waved off the return. “It happened so fast,” Honoria continued. “In the time it took me to blink, the snake’s throat blew outward, like a fan opening.” She demonstrated the action with her hands. “A second later it lunged and struck.”
The story has a unique twist, a well-thought-out plot, and interesting characters that will keep you turning the page. If you like crime mysteries, I encourage you to purchase this book, and the entire ‘The Bloodstone Series’.
A Venomous Love, Won The ‘Global Grand Prize’ In The Thriller/Suspense Category (2021) from Chanticleer Reviews.
The Bloodstone Series: Silk – Snifter of Death – Choosing Heart or Homeby Chris Karlsen
Three Exciting And Thrilling Stories Which Follow The Victorian Detective, Rudyard Bloodstone.
Silk: It is the time of Jack the Ripper; the widowed Queen Victoria sits on the throne of England. The whole of London is on edge wondering when or where Jack will kill next. The Palace, Parliament, and the press are demanding the police do more to find him. In another part of London, rough-around-the-edges war hero, Metropolitan Detective Inspector Rudyard Bloodstone has his own serial killer to find. Inter departmental rivalries, politics, and little evidence to go on hamper the investigation at every turn. In a battle of wills, Bloodstone presses forward following his instincts in spite of the obstacles.
Snifter of Death: The summer of 1889 was proving to be a strange one for Detective Inspector Rudyard Bloodstone and his partner. They had a sexual pervert loose terrifying women. Far more serious were the murders of influential me, which appeared random with little in common other than they were all killed by arsenic poisoning. Never had Bloodstone and his partner had cases with so little evidence. On top of working the difficult murders, Rudyard has a new lady who captured his heart….a clever, beautiful, and talented lady with a scandalous past.
Choosing Heart or Home: The widowed Queen Victoria reigns over an empire on which “the sun never sets.” London is bright with holiday decorations. Detective Rudyard Bloodstone has grown homesick for his Wales and his family there. He makes plans to see his parents and thinks it is the perfect time to introduce Honeysuckle Flowers, the lovely actress he adores. Once home, nothing goes as he envisioned. His mother disapproves of Honeysuckle’s profession and tells Rudyard he is welcome but not his lady. He must choose between the woman who owns his heart and home and the family he loves
Product Details: Print Length: 641 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (February 21, 2019) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers Mysteries (Suspense) Mystery Anthologies Historical Mystery Thriller and Suspense Fiction
This is a Christmas story where my Victorian detective from the series, Rudyard Bloodstone, goes home to Wales for the holidays and to introduce his lady love to his family. No murder, just a warm-hearted holiday novella)
London: Christmas, 1889.
The widowed Queen Victoria reigns over an empire on which the “sun never sets,” and London is bright with holiday decorations. Detective Rudyard Bloodstone’s career is moving along well as Holborn Station’s lead investigator. And, his year had gotten even better when he met London’s celebrated music hall star, Honeysuckle Flowers.
As he and his lady embark on celebrating the holidays, Rudyard grows homesick for Wales and his family there. He makes plans to see his parents and thinks it is the perfect time to introduce Honeysuckle to them. To his unhappy surprise, his mother paints her with a trollop’s brush. His mother is firm: he is loved and missed and most welcome in the family home but not his lady. He must choose between them and to choose means the risk of losing the other.
The Ack Ack Girl won a ‘Distinguished Favorite’ designation from NYC Big Book Awards.
The Ack Ack Girl is a finalist for first prize in military genre from Book Excellence. The winners will be announced sometime this spring 2023.
In 1941, the German war machine had conquered all of Europe, only England remains free. Hitler knows to invade England the Luftwaffe must defeat the Royal Air Force. While under constant attack, the valiant pilots of the RAF manage to keep the enemy from executing an invasion. But the RAF suffers great losses. England is in desperate need of more pilots. As a result, the government takes a huge chance and establishes unique teams of women known as Ack Ack Girls. These women are trained to work anti-aircraft units, freeing men up for other combat details.
The Ack Ack teams are high risk assignments, targeted by enemy bombers and fighter planes. Ack Ack Girls must be courageous and quick-witted. Ava Armstrong is excited to be chosen to be among them. Her anti-aircraft unit borders a major RAF base where several squadrons of pilots are deployed. Chris Fairfield, who earned a Distinguished Flying Cross in the Battle of Britain, is one of pilots stationed by Ava’s unit.
When Ava and Chris’s paths cross, sparks fly. War lends an urgency to life and love. Their romance grows deep and strong despite the danger that surrounds their daily lives. After the men in Chris’s squad see his plane get shot down, Ava is told he went down in flames and cannot have survived.
Logic says the men who were with him that day are right in believing him dead.
Her love says they’re wrong.
Ack Ack Girl Back Cover Blurb: A country under attack and the story of one woman’s fight to protect England and her heart.1941. The German war machine has crushed all of Europe-only England holds fast. To force a surrender, the German Luftwaffe bombs cities and villages the length of the country. As the battle rages, Britain is in desperate need to put more pilots in the air.
To free up more men a new unit is formed: The Ack Ack Girls. These special teams of courageous women will now fight in the anti-aircraft stations. Determined to be part of the effort, Ava Armstrong, volunteers for one of the special teams.
Her unit just happens to be located near an RAF airfield teaming with pilots. Sparks fly, and not just from artillery, when Ava crosses paths with Chris Fairfield, a handsome and cocky pilot stationed there. But nothing is easy in time of war, not even love.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. ‘The Ack Ack Girl’ by Chris Karlsen: A Compelling Story!
This book to be very educational, with a compelling story. We should all respect the bravery of these The “Ack Ack Teams”. They shot down enemy planes from the ground. England did use female teams to ferry planes, cargo, fighters and bombers from the factories to the airfields. That is a different unit entirely and they did not engage enemy planes or participate in combat.
If you love danger, romance and suspense, you will love this first book in the “Love and War’ series by Author Chris Karlsen. I wrestled over what passage of the book to share with you. At first, I thought I would share a wonderful romantic scene, instead I decided to bring you into the war. I quote from Chapter Twelve: December 7, 1941:
…Team members not on duty huddled around the radio in the women’s barracks, listening to the Spike Milligan comedy hour.
…As many women as could fit lounged on the nearest cots, the others sat on the floor with the gunners. Ava adjusted the pillow from her bed against the iron leg of Vera’s cot to cushion the middle of her spine. She’d just got it fixed when the BBC announcer came on.
…“We interrupt this program with an important announcement. The United States and Britain are now at war with the Japanese Empire.”
…All the team members exchanged looks of shock.
…“No, it can’t be,” Vera said, staring at the radio while the announcer continued.
…“At 7:55 this morning, Japan’s long threatened aggression in the Far East began with an air attack on U.S. Naval bases in the Pacific.
…Fresh reports are coming in every minute from Tokyo that Japan has announced a formal declaration of war against both the U.S. and Britain.”
…Fear, deep and soul-crushing gripped, Ava that they might lose the war. Then despair hit her. That brought tears she fought to keep from shedding. She’d fought any acknowledgement that England might lose to Germany. But a war with Japan meant they’d have to defend the British colonies in the East. How? Every able-bodied man not an old-age-pensioner was already serving. Manpower was stretched from Europe to the North Atlantic all the way to Northern Africa.
…“How can we fight on four fronts? We can’t,” Vera asked Tommy.
…Tommy was the oldest and most senior team member. All the others naturally went to him for war advice and analysis.
…Ava wasn’t the only one worried about manpower, which was no relief to her at the moment.
…“Steady on, Vera,” Tommy said. “The Canadians and Aussies have been fighting cheek-to-jowl with us from the start. They’re not going anywhere.”
…Ava thought Tommy’s theory wrong this time. Either the Aussies pull their division from Singapore, leaving the British alone to defend it or they pull divisions from the west. “Their forces aren’t that big. They’ll have to split some off. With this attack on Pearl, the Aussies have to be damned twitchy over a possible invasion by Japan.
…..I wouldn’t blame them for leaving to protect their homeland.”
It is up to you to read this book “Ack Ack Girl” to find out how everything turns out for the “Ack Ack Teams”. The characters come to live in your hands and they are heroic. The Author’s Note at the end of this book is very interesting and the author shares a couple of chapters from her other romance series at the end of this book.
Enjoy all Author Chris Karlsen’s Historical Romance and Historical Romance Suspense Thrillers: “Dark Water Series”, “Knights in Time Series”, “The Bloodstone Series”, and a new single Historical Romance title “Choosing Heart or Home” (warm-hearted holiday novella). Many of Chris Karlsen’s books have a Spanish and/or Portuguese Edition.
I am looking forward to reading Chris Karlsen’s second book in this “Love and War” Series.
The Ack Ack Girl is a finalist for first prize in military genre from Book Excellence. The winners will be announced sometime this spring 2023.
Moonlight Serenadeby Chris Karlsen.
Second Book In The Love and War Series.
It’s 1945. U.S. Marine, Ron Day, has been fighting on island after island in the South Pacific. His company has another brutal battle on the horizon-Okinawa. Ron has been given leave in Melbourne, Australia before shipping out to Okinawa. In Melbourne, he meets Charmaine Sturgis, a gorgeous big band singer. Like so many things that happen in war, they fall in love over the short leave time. …And war steals from us all.
Product Details: Second Book In The Love and War Series Paperback: 108 Pages Publisher: CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform (December 7, 2017) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers!
Explore The Milijun Universe And Countless Others!
Those Alien Skies by Clayton Graham.
“Collection Of Galactic Encounters Of The Mysterious Kind”
Cross the threshold into uncharted realms.
Three linked worlds. Three captivating tales.
An unforgettable journey across distant planets and alternate dimensions from multi-award-winning author Clayton Graham, a rising star in the science fiction genre.
★★★★★ “Those Alien Skies is a mind-bending and immersive entry into the world of science fiction and the many possibilities and characters that deep space can conjure up. Author Clayton Graham is someone whose work I have read in the past, so his vivid imagination and intensive character development come as no surprise.” – Readers’ Favorite Review, Grant Leishman
★★★★★ “This is a masterclass in visionary science fiction. Highly recommended.” – The International Review of Books
★★★★★ “I loved the challenges and personal dramas, the richly imagined settings, and the world-building of alien civilizations. The novellas each have a distinctly different storyline but are connected through the characters. I highly recommend Those Alien Skies to fans of epic space opera, complex alien civilizations, and hard science fiction.” – Readers’ Favorite, Saifunnissa Hassam
“Those Alien Skies show how Graham deserves a position among science fiction’s most thoughtful voices because he offers readers thrilling adventure and profound philosophical reflection alike.” – The Book Review Directory
…The Hunt for Elias Weber starts on Mars and finishes on Earth (for most of the cast). It is a tale of sought-after-revenge, wistful desire for days long gone, and a reflection on how severe mind propaganda can influence a person’s thoughts and actions.
…Few and Far Between is a story of a search born out of love, an otherworldly encounter, and a reminder that children are the future. The action takes place on Venture and a strange alien artificial planet. As always, nothing can be taken for granted.
…Battle Lines takes place on the alien planet Glieze and illustrates the futility of war and the necessity of trust. It is a contest between World War and extinction or survival and faith in the future. Sometimes the way forward springs from the most unlikely source.
Each novella offers a glimpse into strange new worlds, where danger, wonder, and discovery go hand in hand.
Perfect for both longtime fans and newcomers who enjoy bold ideas and thought-provoking adventures, Those Alien Skies is a smart, suspenseful collection that challenges the limits of imagination and defies expectations.
It is a timely reminder that the universe still has secrets waiting to be found.
The perfect addition to your sci-fi library.
“Those Alien Skies is a sharp and imaginative collection of three novellas that dive into the vast unknown of space and the strange corners of the human mind. Each story is a window into a galaxy thick with mystery, alien worlds, and the stubborn will of people trying to find meaning in chaos.” – Literary Titan
Books by Clayton Graham: Book: ‘Saving Paludis’ First Contact Series: Book: ‘Aliens Arising’ (Free Short Story) Book: ‘Milijun’ Book: ‘Amidst Alien Stars’ Book: ‘Alien Whispers’: Conflict and Communion Science Fiction Short Story Collections: Book: ‘Looking for Life’ Book: ‘Silently in the Night’
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. “Collection Of Galactic Encounters Of The Mysterious Kind” by Australian Author Clayton Graham.
“Those Alien Skies” is a collection of three novellas which bring the reader beyond the “Milijun Trilogy”. The stories take place in different parts of our universe. Each novella starts with a glossary which defines the places and people. Here is a glimpse into “Those Alien Skies”.
Novella: “The Hunt for Elias Weber” starts on Mars and finishes on Earth. Elias Weber is bored and eager to get back to Earth. Returning to the mother planet was all he lived for now. Not that life on Mars was bad; it was good and offered more than his sojourn on the moon ever had during his time as Damien Dayananda’s second-in-command. It is a tale of sought-after-revenge, wistful desire for days long gone, and a reflection on how severe mind propaganda can influence a person’s thoughts and actions.
Novella: “Few and Far Between” takes place on Venture (AD 2291) and a strange alien artificial planet. Nothing can be taken for granted. Laura Sinclair is worried. The twins Len and Ben should have returned by now. After three years, on their new planetary home, Venture, the boys had grown into rambunctious teenagers whose self-confidence knew no bounds. But they always arrived home from their explorations on time, if only to sample her latest culinary creation. Except for today!
Novella: “Battle Lines”: This story takes place on the alien planet Glieze and illustrates the futility of war and the necessity of trust. It is a contest between World War and extinction or survival and faith in the future. Sometimes the way forward springs from the most unlikely source.
Let Author Clayton Graham take you to the stars!
Also Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network:
…Read the “Milijun Trilogy” and discover the moment that changed everything. BMGN awarded 5 Stars to “Milijun” (book one) because it explores our deepest darkest fears. To this day, mankind has been fascinated with extraterrestrials. Dating back from ice-age cave walls, ancient Egyptian carvings, Hollywood movies, and continued space travel. Now a new moment has arrived!
…“Amidst Alien Stars” (book two). BMGN awarded 5 Stars. This book will capture your imagination. Laura Sinclair and her son Jason desperately try to navigate the dangerous planet where aliens threaten not only their survival, but the whole human race.
…“Alien Whispers” (book three). BMGN awarded 5 Stars. Engaging the Tellurian Empire is met with communication and conflict. The entire universe hangs precariously in the balance.
…“Looking For Life” (stand-alone). BMGN awarded 5 Stars to this collection of science fiction short stories filled with paranormal.
…“Saving Paludis” (stand-alone). BMGN awarded 5 Stars. This book is a reminder of human nature. This book is a stunning extraterrestrial mystery. A planet on the brink of annihilation. A battle for survival that will decide the fate of two worlds.
…“Silently In The Night” (stand-alone). BMGN awarded 5 Stars to this collection of tantalizing tales.
In 2024 Clayton brought us “Aliens Arising” which goes back to the origins of Milijun.
We invite you to journey to the stars with all Clayton Graham’s hard science books.
Aliens Arising: Origins (Short Story) by Clayton Graham.
Related To: Milijun – A Gripping First Contact Series
THE EVENT THAT STARTED IT ALL…
On the far side of the moon, a mining expedition uncovers something that should have stayed buried. What begins as a promising discovery soon unravels into a catastrophic chain of incidents that will forever alter humanity’s future.
Read the thrilling origin of the Milijun Trilogy and discover the moment that changed everything.
With mankind venturing into space, exploring the moon, and planning missions to other planets, an event like this could very well occur in the very near future.
The question is… Are we ready for First Contact?
Get your copy!
Books by Clayton Graham Book: Saving Paludis: A High-Stakes Space Opera of Alien Intrigue and Survival First Contact Series: Book: Aliens Arising Book: Milijun (Book 1) Book: Amidst Alien Stars (Book 2) Book: Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion (Book 3) Science Fiction Short Story Collections: Book: Looking for Life Book: Silently in the Night
Milijun: What Would Alien Interaction Really Be Like?
A tangled web of alien intrigue traps a mother and son in its deadly embrace …
When aliens capture Laura’s son, it’s going to take a lot more than a mother’s love to get him back. After infiltrating a military research base, Laura discovers a terrifying secret: their plans to engineer humans for galactic exploration.
Laura battles to save Jason, several mothers-to-be, and herself from alien control. But she quickly realizes the aliens have their own mission for her. Soon she faces a choice, take a chance at an impossible escape or accept the aliens’ vision of a new humanity.
Milijun is the first installment of an action-packed sci-fi alien invasion story. If you like tales of first contact, secret military operations, and the people caught in the middle, then you’ll love Clayton Graham’s fast-paced sci-fi thrill ride.
Buy Milijun to discover the future of evolution.
“Captured my interest from the very beginning, and never once let go.” Jenna – Indie Book Reviewers.
“If you love the genre, read this gem.” Julius Zon – Self Publishing Review.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Explores Our Deepest Darkest Fears!
Mankind has always had a fascination with extraterrestrials which dates from ice-age cave walls, ancient Egyptian carvings all the way to Milijun by Clayton Graham.
This well-written novel explores our deepest darkest fears that as a planet we are not ready for an alien incursion, in fact we pretend our intellect can save us. However, in Australia 2179 AD main character Laura Sinclair is faced with the unimaginable when she and her son Jason witness aliens descending to earth.
It is earth’s exploration and mining on the lunar surface that begins the conflict that ultimately results in the alien incursion into the Australian outback. Laura and her son Jason are faced with alien-driven technology that severely tests a mother’s love and resolve to protect her offspring at whatever cost.
It is my intent to share a quote to show you the author’s writing style without spoiling the story.
… “It was almost 6:30 pm when Laura came across what would later be called the Rawlinna nest. The sun was dropping in the western sky as she staggered wearily to the top of a modest incline and surveyed the collection of old aluminum shacks spread out before her.
…She dropped to the ground, partly to avoid detection but also from sheer fatigue. Her face was covered with sweat and there were several dirt marks down both cheeks where she had attempted to clear bothersome flies from her face. Closing her eyes briefly, she sat in silence, not wanting to act in haste but acutely aware that time was crucial. Earlier, she had made a brief stop to drink water from the choppa’s emergency rations but now felt the need for more. She quenched her thirst then nibbled at a foul-tasting energy bar as she thought through her next move.”
I invite you to the Australia outback where things are not as you might imagine. Milijun is a striking name for this novel. I dare you to find its meaning. It is an Australian aboriginal word which also has a Serb-Croatian context.
An unbidden journey to a new world. A mind-bending search for intergalactic empathy. Will mankind ever understand the true meaning of the alien interactions with Earth?
Following their terrifying capture from their home planet, Laura Sinclair and son, Jason, lead a group of desperate humans in a bid to forge their own future, and that of the entire human race.
Aboard an alien space station, orbiting a mysterious planet in a strange new galaxy, they find themselves as collaborators in a breathtaking scheme of cosmic survival—for aliens and humans alike. But who can they really trust as they struggle to understand the challenging and hostile environment that holds them in a grip of iron?
To succeed, they must solve the puzzle of extraterrestrial races in the throes of a perplexing and historic conflict. But will that be a bridge too far?
If you like Close Encounters, Contact, and Arrival, then you’ll love Amidst Alien Stars, the standalone second book in a spellbinding new alien interaction series from Clayton Graham.
“There is world building of such depth and lush detail that you could almost feel it.” Kay Mack TOP 1000 REVIEWER
“Not only is this an exciting, but action-packed page turner also – I love the intelligence reflected, the witty dialogue, and the genuine depth in the characters’ emotions.” Meenaz Lodhi
“Admirable world-building and the unsurpassable, indefatigable, drive of the human spirit to not just survive, but to thrive, power this engrossing sequel to the author’s debut science fiction novel, Milijun.” Mallory A Haws.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. It Will Capture Your Imagination!
Milijun Book Two: Amidst Alien Stars is finally here. Laura Sinclair and her son Jason desperately try to navigate the dangerous planet where aliens threaten not only their survival, but the whole human race.
Chapter one finds Laura “studying the growth tanks” where each child will grow to maturity with her son’s DNA. Now in her forties, she finds herself grandmother to many, part human and part alien.
Here is a conversation between Jason and Helena Belmonte in Chapter Eight: “Helena Belmonte suddenly appeared from behind a nearby tree.
…As always, she was dressed in her Eucla clothing: a white dress blouse and dark uniform trousers. Her blond hair flowed free, and her face carried a nervous smile. She carried her tunic under one arm. She doesn’t look like someone trained to kill with one well-placed blow, Jason thought. Still, appearances are deceptive. He briefly wondered how she could have been so stupid as to succumb to the moronic advances of Simon Cordell.
…She took a step towards him. “Can we talk?”
…Jason shrugged and sat down with his back to the wall. Helena came and sat beside him, a metre distant, her slim legs almost up to her chin.
… “I suppose you heard about Simon?” Helena said.
…Jason glanced at her. Her eyes were red from crying. The smile was gone, and her face was a picture of misery.
… “I heard. Did Susan Carmody send you?”
…With tears threatening, she shook her head. “She told me what she had done to Simon, but she did not ask me to speak to you.”
… “I don’t know whether Simon Cordell deserved what he got, and maybe only you can answer that, but I don’t agree with what Susan did.”
…Helena looked into the distance, a faint tremor on her lips. “We were stupid. I was lonely and frightened of this place. It’s not natural. None of it.” She managed a faint smile. “They tell me the aliens will fix his injuries in next to no time.”
… “I don’t think he will bother you again,” Jason said.
… “I can heel-kick as well as any officer here,” Helena declared. “I do have some strength. I think Susan meant well. She was trying to protect me.”
… “One of her girls.”
…Helena almost laughed, then her face grew serious. “I said Susan didn’t send me. She didn’t. It was me who wanted to see you.” She appeared nervous. “You know the aliens more than anybody here. Can I ask you some questions?”
…Jason could feel the tension in her voice, see it in her aura. He just nodded. On Earth, he had been the First Seen. Chosen by the aliens, or, rather, by the RNasia. His vacation with his mother had been savagely interrupted, and he had been forced into adulthood more rapidly than seemed good for his mental well-being. But now, what storms had raged through his mind had abated. Turmoil still existed, but it was a gentle, thought-provoking turmoil, one that led him to accept his role among the human captors. Schooldays were a mere candle in the roar of a nuclear sun, a distant memory buried in a distant world. He remained the First Seen and perhaps would always be so.
…Helena said, “I know we have provided the hybrids for the aliens.
…I know they are supposed to be an improvement on both our races. I even think I understand how they will use them to explore the galaxy without fear of physical or mental degradation.” She turned her face towards Jason, and he saw such a loss of future hope, such despair, that he felt his own strength and beliefs beginning to crumble under an assault of uncertainty. “But I don’t know how the women fit in, even how you and your mother fit in. Have they finished with us?
…Are we eventually to be discarded once the hybrids are free of the tanks? Will we meet them, see our own offspring? And what happens then?” She put her head in her hands. “Will they want more hybrids from us? Will we ever see Earth again?”
…The possibility that the Gliezans would repeat the hybrid experiment on this orbiting station disturbed him. He wondered whether it was the obvious thing for them to do—produce more hybrids with their captives and never return to Earth at all. That would devastate everybody and would rule out the need for interplanetary collaboration.
…The thought made him sick to his stomach. The Milijun enhancements and direct contact with the aliens had matured him well beyond his fifteen years, somehow increased the power of his mind, but there were times when teenage naivety broke through.
… “I wish I could answer your questions,” Jason responded eventually, “but I can’t. I can only repeat what we have been told. We are part of an alien plan for future cooperation between our two worlds, and that might have a great and wonderful outcome, or it might turn out to be a genetic and spiritual disaster. We are, if you like, an experiment that will enable both worlds to explore the cosmos as allies.”
I encourage you to read ‘Milijun’ (Book One) and follow it up with ‘Amidst Alien Stars’ (Milijun Book Two). Author Clayton Graham will capture your imagination, take you on an adventure with characters that are both human and alien, with a story so philosophical that it almost defies fiction.
The battle for the minds and hearts of humans is on…
A hundred years after her abduction to the alien planet Glieze, Laura Sinclair returns to Earth on a mission to find out what happened to her long-lost husband. But she finds the planet in turmoil under the oppressive regime of the authoritarian Tellurians. Humans are confined to the surface of their world and all extraterrestrial activity is forbidden.
Laura is a member of an ancient organization, now led by her son, Jason, which pioneered alien collaboration. From their secretive Martian base, they must find a way to free mankind from brutal tyranny. But one dangerous man stands in their way, a man who’ll stop at nothing to achieve his domination of Earth.
Weapons of Mass Destruction have been forbidden on the planet for a century, but something strange is happening on the moon—and alien insurgents stand ready to take advantage of the chaos. The future of humankind hangs in the balance. With her alien allies and members of Earth’s Underground, Laura must find a way to defeat both the renegade aliens and the overwhelming might of the Tellurian Empire.
The stage is set for an electrifying showdown that will decide the future of the Earth and that of the entire universe.
Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion is the third standalone book in the Milijun series. Join the battle to save Earth from a fate that is crushing the planet’s will to survive.
Praise for the Series:
“If you love the genre, read this gem.” Julius Zon – Self Publishing Review.
“This is a must-read for science fiction fans who appreciate a hard scientific foundation, in the tradition of Asimov, Niven, or Heinlein.” Patrick Dent.
“Be prepared to leave the world as you know it behind and enter another where an alien could become your best friend or your worst enemy.” Artisan Book Reviews.
“A superbly exciting sequel in the throes of deep space, which encompasses the best qualities of both space opera personal dramas and the hard science fiction of alien wars and political battles.” K C Finn Readers’ Favorite.
“It was clever from start to finish, and no detail was left overlooked. A thoroughly impressive contribution to the genre, and a mind-bending experience for those already eager for the future.” Veritas Vincit.
Press Release From Book Marketing Global Network. Engaging The Tellurian Empire!
Those of us who turned the last page of ‘Amidst Alien Stars’ (book two) waited patiently to get our hands on the next deep space installment in the ‘Milijun’ series. ‘Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion’ is worth the wait. This captivating hard science fiction series continues to draw readers in with more suspense, as the battle for the fate of Earth and the entire universe hangs in the balance.
It is AD 2288. Laura Sinclair (mother of the First Seen) journeys to Earth from a secret base on Mars hoping to find out what happened to husband Dek a century ago. She also needs to collect her thoughts, ground herself, and regain her normal emotional state after the intergalactic Gliezan interlude. Her son, Jason, had warned her that the home planet was in dire straits: that it was in retrogression. What did that mean anyway? On the way to oblivion? Marked for human extinction?
Upon arriving, Laura is drawn into conflict. With the help of alien allies and the local Underground, she must find a way to defeat both renegade aliens and the overwhelming might of the tyrannical Tellurian Empire.
Let me bring you into the story at Chapter 18 where Laura Sinclair is a part of a dedicated military team going to Earth’s moon to investigate the activities of the Tellurian Empire. Their mission is to negate any risk that the Tellurians pose to ACE (the Alien Collaboration Enterprise):
“She entertained no lofty ideals about the mission. It would be hazardous. Great stealth and cunning would be required. She had firsthand experience of how ruthless the Tellurian military could be. And that is why she had insisted on Nur (an advanced robotic alien) being with them…
…There were two contemporary editions of the Rbuzen sailships on board, sleek and shiny, their energy convertors now hidden within their glittering skins—maybe a design lesson learnt over the past century from study of the Rkem interplanetary craft. In all likelihood they would be sharing hangar space with a horde of dormant RNasia, which would be ready to play their part when the ship arrived at their destination.”
You will not want to miss the results of their mission.
If you love hard science authors like Alastair Reynolds, Sir Arthur Charles Clarke, and Frank Herbert, you will not want to miss Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion by Clayton Graham. Each book in this exceptional science fiction stands alone. I have enjoyed reading this series from the very beginning of ‘Milijun’.
‘Milijun’ (book one) explores our collective, deepest darkest fears. ‘Amidst Alien Stars’ (book two) will capture your imagination with its deep space intergalactic conflict. ‘Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion’ (book three) takes you further into the battle that threatens human existence as we know it. The characters are both human and alien, with a story so metaphysical, it almost defies fiction. I can’t wait to see what Author Clayton Graham comes up with next.
…Readers’ Favorite Finalist 2021 …Literary Titan Book Award 2021 …Author Shout Top Pick 2021
Strap in, turn down the lights, and enter worlds that will stretch your imagination to the full…
From a stranded alien comedian to the darkest depths of the human psyche; from a mind-blowing galactic adventure to clandestine extraterrestrial behaviour on Earth. They’re all here in this spell-binding collection of short stories to keep you guessing at every turn.
With tales of alien invasion, deep space mystery, time travel, and dystopian future Earths, this is a collection which takes inspiration from the much respected ‘old masters’ of Science Fiction. Here be new realms to explore, can you cross the void and challenge your dreams?
Explore Looking for Life and escape to strange and wonderful new worlds. From the author of Milijun, Amidst Alien Stars, Saving Paludis, and Silently in the Night.
‘Clayton Graham’s book will have you excited, scared, sad, agitated, happy, and feel all sorts of things as you move from one story to the next.’ Aaron.
‘I can recommend this book if you’re in for some Sci-fi that you can’t put down and want to start reading again!’ Dan.
‘Graham knows how to keep his readers entertained and thrilled. Fantastic collection.’ Alex P.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Science Fiction With The Paranormal.
I have been privileged to have read Science Fiction Author Clayton Graham’s books, and have come to appreciate his skilled storytelling, and out of this world imagination. Graham has a unique way of interlacing Science Fiction with the Paranormal. “Looking for Life” is on par with what I have come to expect from Clayton Graham’s books. I think you will really enjoy this enthralling story collection.
Let me give you an excerpt/synopsis of each short story and let you decide.
WAITING FOR WATER: Farming is now futuristic. The government can send in a seeding drone to help with rainfall metrics. I quote from a government letter: “Failure to trigger the seeding, or failure of triggered seeding to produce rain, will unfortunately result in cancellation of your management permit and you will be required to leave your holding forthwith, as it will be deemed unsustainable.” How will this work out for Karl and Maria Kerr?
LOOKING FOR LIFE: “Now Charlie,” Alexander said, “you may wonder why you have been awoken at this particular point in time. I don’t know when it is—it could be a hundred or a thousand years from when I made this recording. Little matter. Your on-board Looking for Life computer is keeping Earth time.” Fantom decided to answer. “It’s plus 150 years.” Predictably, the image before him never flinched. “The fact is, your ship has detected life on a nearby planet. And you are now zeroing in on that life. Everything has been automated.” Alexander leaned further into the screen. “But once you hit that planet, Charlie, you are in charge. You go out there and explore, and capture something living for us.”
THE COMEDIAN: The story of a stranded alien who seeks the sound of applause, by any means. Will he survive in a strange new world?
THE SCORCHED GARDEN: Jay and Debb Svenson were the new pioneers. They were stretching the limits of man’s expertise to the farthest reaches of the solar system. Living a dream that few others shared. Will their groundbreaking new home survive, or will their new lives fall victim to Earth’s interplanetary wars?
MOTHER: A family of roo-dependant beings discover a terrible secret, after an alien artifact arrives by the river. Will they unearth their real purpose in life?
DESPERATE TIMES: Phil convinced himself he was in complete command even though this was the first manned time travel mission; the first with a human payload. Technically nothing could go wrong. Historically, socially, physically, there was lots of scope for error. But he could always return of his own free will, which was really good to know.
DAVE AND GOLIATH: Ulcon’s two moons were up, casting ghostly light over the expanse of the chilled plain. There was no sign of Goliath. Stars were out in their thousands. Was one of them the cargo ship? Dave sincerely hopes so.
THE SPECIAL FRIEND: Floppy’s burrow was on the moon. It was quite a long burrow with a large cave at the end. The cave was lit from above by strips of lights that ran its entire length. The walls were smooth, not cave-like at all. Most surprising of all, there were three other Floppy Rabbits operating strange machines.
EXCERPT FROM ‘AMIDST ALIEN STARS’: Helena said, “I know we have provided the hybrids for the aliens. I know they are supposed to be an improvement on both our races. I even think I understand how they will use them to explore the galaxy without fear of physical or mental degradation.” She turned her face towards Jason, and he saw such a loss of future hope, such despair, that he felt his own strength and beliefs beginning to crumble under an assault of uncertainty. “But I don’t know how the women fit in, even how you and your mother fit in. Have they finished with us? Are we eventually to be discarded once the hybrids are free of the tanks? Will we meet them, see our own offspring? And what happens then?” She put her head in her hands. “Will they want more hybrids from us? Will we ever see Earth again?”
THE DECADY ALIEN: Jan smiled and gestured him inside. “A brief briefing, I think.” Once inside, she closed the door, and they sat opposite each other across a low table. The cubicle, like all the station’s single quarters, was small: no more than three metres by four. The bunk currently lay snugly against the ceiling but could be lowered to just above the table when needed. A cream self-cleaning carpet ran from wall to wall, and several miniature oil paintings hung slothfully from an aluminum picture rail, as if unsure that the artificial gravity was sufficient to keep them in position. The bathroom was communal and situated further down the corridor, the quarters only being intended for temporary visits. One small window gave Jan a view to the stars and the endless, black sky. Karl managed a smile. “How’s my favorite veterinary for extraterrestrials?”
THE VISITOR: John Allan McClean sat snoring in his favorite chair. The glow from a single- bar electric heater warmed his feet. A retired miner from Broken Hill, Mac, as he used to be known, now lived a life of solitude. His old weatherboard was, for all intents and purposes, a hermitage; a bastion against the onslaughts of frenetic humankind and their infernal technologies.
TRIAL BY CONFESSION: Their voices soared into his confused mind like scouting vultures, eventually to settle amidst his memories, squawking and stabbing sharp beaks into his defenseless subconscious. He had to remember. He had to. It was now or never. His head swam with a message, something from the past, something from a crowded room. The subconscious mind is my data-bank for everything. It stores my beliefs, my memories, my skills. Everything that I have ever seen, done, or thought is held there. All I have to do is remember.
THE WHISPER OF WAVES: Tomas was working as a scientist and a researcher for the government. Or had been until the world grew cold. He was tall and angular, his once-short blond hair growing longer, it seemed, by the minute; his face covered by an itchy growth that drove him crazy. The cave was his home. There was no other. The generator provided power, and when it died, he would die with it. In addition to his bed, there was a table, a single chair, a refrigerator and freezer, a small oven and microwave, a chemical toilet that was past its use-by date, and very little else. On a small stand, in one corner of the cave, an audio and video intercom link to the surface stood neglected, as defunct as a hailstone in a heatwave.
OTHERS OF OUR KIND: For seventeen ship-days, the sphere led them a dance through the chosen star’s system until it eventually reached its destination. They arrived in orbit around an inner planet that lay bathed in mellow sunshine. The sphere hovered nearby and seemed to be saying: The next move is up to you. Below them, the new world apparently waited with open arms for the newcomer’s attention. Somewhere down there, Sean thought, there are intelligent aliens. The thought induced strange feelings: excitement, fear of the unknown, even hope—all mishmashed together in a cocktail of conflicting emotions.
WORTHY OF CONSIDERATION: They had found her and put her in a residential group home, and there she had remained until she was seventeen. She hadn’t minded it, mostly because it was there that she developed what she called her powers. For the most part, the other kids gave her a wide berth, especially when she started telling them about their inner secrets. It had been fun for a while, until she had gotten bored. And it was then that the Department picked her up.
BIRDS OF A FEATHER: Duane came to a green door. A black circle with a short, vertical line running up from the top was painted on the upper panel. It looked like an inverted helium balloon, the tether climbing up into the sky. He looked at the lock. This door was hand operated, unlike the one leading to the galley. Should I open it, or leave things as they are? The sounds inside seemed to answer, but they were dull and distant and meaningless, and perhaps not to be believed. He hesitated, finger poised over the door button, weighing whether to open the door. He was on his way back to Earth, safe and ready to join his family. On the other side of the door was an unknown quantity: something that could prove to be his Achilles’ heel, something untenable.
THE WEAK SHALL INHERIT: Standing, Chanuk moved over to the rail and looked at the water below. The reflections of the moons danced on the ever-changing surface of the ocean, and flickering patterns of untold fantasies gently invaded the metallic drabness of the floating city. His heart soared at the beauty of it all. The Corlens were a proud people, and Chanuk, in his own way, was very proud of them. Looking out over the glistening sea, he made out a dark shape on the horizon. That would be Tarn, their next stop on the harvesting journey. Tarn was an island that the Corlens had devoted to fruit growing and was the last but one call on this trip. Far below deck, in the bowels of the floating city, the holds were already full of grains, frozen vegetables, dried fruit, sugar, spices, and other delicacies—all that they required for food during the coming year. As far back as history was written, the Corlens had never eaten creature flesh, though lore had it that they had once done so in the primordial ages before the floods.
I Encourage You To Read “Looking for Life”: I have read, and given 5 Stars, to Graham’s books “Milijun”, “Amidst Alien Stars”, “Saving Paludis” and “Silently in the Night”. Graham grew up on the cobbled streets of Stockport, UK and settled in Victoria, Australia, in 1982.
A battle for survival that will decide the fate of two worlds.
From multi-award-winning sci-fi author Clayton Graham, author of the Milijun Series and Looking for Life, Saving Paludis is a thrilling sci-fi adventure packed with futuristic technology, high-octane paranormal action, and alien political intrigue that fans of Arthur C. Clarke will enjoy.
2020 Top Shelf Awards Winner 2018 Readers’ Favorite Book Awards – Finalist Book Excellence Awards – Finalist 2023 N.N. Light’s Book Heaven Award
★★★★★ “In this story, the humans are the hostile invaders. A twist that definitely keeps you hooked.”
★★★★★ “This is what you look for when searching for the perfect science fiction. It simply has it all… tension, aliens, colonization, and classic science fiction elements that wrap neatly together to create a cohesive book.”
★★★★★ “If you like good sci-fi, good writing, and a plot that screams adventure, you’ll like Saving Paludis.”
★★★★★ “So well written that all scenes fall into place without as much as a delay in the flow of the book. I couldn’t put it down.”
In the distant future, humanity has mastered traversing the cosmos and colonizing distant planets. One such world is mineral-rich Paludis, known as Musk by its native inhabitants.
When scientists from Paludis share a technological breakthrough with mother Earth, peace swiftly turns into deadly conflict. Caught in the crossfire, local police agent Stefan Lattanzis is drawn into a whirlwind of intrigue, escalating conflict, and cosmic peril.
As the situation intensifies, he joins forces with a determined botanist and a mysterious seer. Together, they must rely on trust and teamwork to confront the threats facing their world.
The oppressed Muskans seize the opportunity for change, while a rogue human faction attempts to exploit the newfound technology for its own mysterious ends. In this shifting landscape, who can truly be trusted?
With Earth’s power looming and Paludis unraveling, Stefan must gamble everything to save his home—even if it means facing an unstoppable force.
Travel to the edge of the universe on an unforgettable journey.
Enter deep space, use the Einstein-Rosen bridges, and touch down on Paludis.
Join Stefan and his friends to help save their world.
Get your copy of Saving Paludis today!
Books by Clayton Graham Book: Saving Paludis: A High-Stakes Space Opera of Alien Intrigue and Survival First Contact Series: Book: Milijun Book: Amidst Alien Stars: Milijun Book 2 Book: Alien Whispers: Conflict and Communion Science Fiction Short Story Collections: Book: Looking for Life Book: Silently in the Night. Finalist in the Readers’ Favorite 2018 International Book Awards.
An alien revolution centuries in the making will change humanity’s destiny forever …
Police agent Stefan Lattanzis never expected his planet to become a battlefield, nor Earth for that matter. But when scientists from Paludis share a technological breakthrough with Earth authorities, peace escalates to the brink of war in a hurry. It doesn’t help that the local aliens have a dangerous and mystifying agenda of their own. Meanwhile, a desperate human cult has its own plans to exploit the powerful new technology…
To keep his home world alive, Stefan must team with two strangers, a botanist, and a mysterious seer. As embattled factions vie for control of the universe, the trio must trust in each other to keep the new technology from ripping time and space apart.
Saving Paludis is an electrifying sci-fi thrill-ride. If you like futuristic technology, alien political intrigue, and high-octane, paranormal action, then you’ll love Clayton Graham’s interstellar adventure!
From the Author: Latest novel Saving Paludis is light years away from debut novel ‘Milijun’, but it occupies the same fascinating space between Science Fiction and the paranormal. The planet Paludis sits in the Pisces constellation, on the frontier of human exploration. It is a verdant planet, a beautiful planet. It has also been scarred by wars of colonization.
Human invaders control the planet and have done so for hundreds of years. Paludis is the planet’s Earth name; the indigenous population call their home Musk.
The Muskans are now restricted to a remote peninsula in the north-east of the main continent. Humans have taught the aliens their language and some of their ways, but the Muskans prefer the traditions of their ancestors. Or do they?
So, what can go wrong? Well, quite a lot actually.
Saving Paludis is not just an interstellar war novel. It reflects human nature in all its extremes: hate, jealousy, control, love, and sacrifice. And what about the aliens – do they share these traits? In some ways yes, in others no. They are, after all, alien. But retribution is high on their agenda; an overwhelming desire to regain their planet. Quite how they attempt to do that must remain a secret!
I invite you to enter deep space, use the Einstein-Rosen bridges, and touch down on Paludis. Join Stefan and his friends to help save their world. You’ll love it!
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. A Reminder Of Human Nature!
If you think the book cover is intriguing, wait until you begin reading Saving Paludis by Clayton Graham. The author has shared two very interesting maps at the beginning of the book to help readers get a sense of this fertile planet called “Musk” by its inhabitants, and “Paludis” by Earth. Paludis is in the Pisces Constellation which is 143 light years from Earth.
The story begins in AD 3898 and we find that Earth invaders have taught the colonized population of Paludis their language and some of their customs. After Paludis scientists share a powerful new technology with Earth, it doesn’t take long for mysterious factions to exploit the technology, and the planet moves to the brink of war. The race is on to save Paludis.
With believable characters, and storytelling that brings your imagination to the edge of space and time, Saving Paludis tells of strange cultures and traditions, alien politics, and cult-like paranormal phenomena. You cannot help but keep turning the pages of this fast-paced interstellar adventure. From a woman’s point of view, here is a glimpse into the story.
… “Rain was falling in a steady drizzle as Selma turned into the road that led to her domicile. It was not yet fully dark and the final vestiges of sunlight creeping through a solitary hole in the clouds had turned the aluminium domes of the dwellings to a blood red. The roadway, smooth and black and shiny, snaked like a ribbon through the glistening streetscape and dark, low clouds threatened to crush the buildings beneath their ponderous weight.
…Strangely, she’d encountered few individuals as she walked through the streets and, like on the drive south, very little traffic. It was as if a giant hand had been placed over the mouth of Kentucky, stifling its usual raucous behaviour. Selma assumed most people were indoors and she wondered if a storm was approaching.
…She stopped outside her home, unable to resist a glance back to that part of the road where she had been abducted by Serpentine. Serpentine! Where was he now? She palmed the switch, pressed the code buttons in the right sequence and her door slid open. Entering, Selma turned on the light and the door closed behind her. The rain suddenly increased in ferocity, and she heard it rattling on the dome of the house.”
I invite you to read Saving Paludis as it is a reminder of human nature, whether here on Earth, or on the planets that we might colonize in the future or even invade while aliens struggle to save their own world.
A collection of tantalizing tales with more twists than Hampton Maze…
A plethora of enthralling plots that will suit fans of all ages and tastes, with stories varying from domestic not-quite-bliss, to an alternate Watership Down, a psychological thriller, a ghost story, and a bit of ‘sci-fi not-so-funny after all’ to suit your every mood.
You can also sympathize with a doomed husband and connect with an altruistic robot. Explore an isolated Scottish isle and touch down on a far-flung asteroid.
From the light-hearted to the darkest depths of the human psyche. They’re all there in this smorgasbord of sixteen short stories to keep you guessing at every turn. From the author of Looking for Life, Milijun, Amidst Alien Stars and Saving Paludis.
“This anthology of clever, twist-in-the-tale short stories by Clayton Graham, is worthy of the genre master Arthur C. Clarke’s Tales of the Unexpected.” Rosemary K.
“I was really very impressed with this collection which left me feeling such a variety of emotions after each one. I am looking forward to reading more of Clayton Grahams work.” Maui Reader
“This collection reminds me of the stories collected in the old Twilight Zone Magazine that my mom used to subscribe to. Each tale is unique. You’ll find a bit of mystery, thriller, paranormal and sci-fi. Grab this book while you can and delve into the world that is Clayton Graham.” Helen V.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Thrilling!
For those of us who enjoyed The Twilight Zone, ‘Silently in the Night’ by Clayton Graham is just as thrilling. This book is a collection of tales where ordinary men and women are confronted with the unexpected.
I love each story and will return to read them again. One story titled Watering Down, sticks out in my mind. It centers on the calicivirus, which can cause upper respiratory infections and oral disease in cats. Probably because I am a cat lover, or because I have memories of the Dustin Hoffman 1995 film titled Outbreak, Watering Down made such an interesting and unexpected tale.
I suspect, everyone who reads Silently in the Night will come away with one or more favorites. If you enjoy science fiction and mysteries that make your heart stands still when aliens, artificial intelligence, death, the unexplained or unexpected interact with your reality; Silently in the Night should be top of your reading list.
I am fortunate to have read Author Clayton Graham’s science fiction debut novel titled Milijun. When aliens kidnap Laura’s child, it’s going to take a lot more than a mother’s love to get him back.
I am looking forward to his upcoming release of Saving Paludis where “Nobody thought Paludis would become a battlefield, nor Earth for that matter, but in the darkest of times a glimmer of light can shine, resolute spirits can triumph over brutality and the strangest of strangers can become friends.”
About The Author: As a youngster growing up in the cobbled streets of Stockport, UK, Clayton Graham read a lot of science fiction. He loved the ‘old-school’ masters such as HG Wells, Jules Verne, Isaac Asimov and John Wyndham. As he left those formative years behind, he penned short stories when he could find a rare quiet moment amidst life’s usual distractions.
He settled in Victoria, Australia, in 1982. A retired aerospace engineer who worked in structural design and research, Clayton has always had an interest in science fiction and where it places humankind within a universe we are only just starting to understand.
Clayton loves animals, including well behaved pets, and all the natural world, and is a member of Australian Geographic.
Combining future science with the paranormal is his passion. Milijun, his first novel, was published in 2016. Second novel, Saving Paludis, was published in 2018. They are light years from each other, but share the future adventures of mankind in an expansive universe as a common theme.
The sequel to Milijun, entitled Amidst Alien Stars was released on December 1 2019.
In between novels Clayton has published Silently in the Night and Looking for Life, two collections of short stories where, among many other adventures, you can sympathize with a doomed husband, connect with an altruistic robot, explore an isolated Scottish isle and touch down on a far-flung asteroid.
Abby & Holly 6 Book Series. MG/PT BOOKS FOR 10+. Middle-Grade/Preteen/Teens/Young Adults.
Abby & Holly: School Dance by Janice Spina.
Abby & Holly Book 1.
These two girls were first introduced in Book 5 of the Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Series.
The girls are first cousins on their mothers’ side. They moved to the quiet town of Lindon, New Hampshire and live in a grand old Victorian which is haunted.
The cousins are excited about attending the 6th grade dance.
When their friend, Justine, is bullied, Abby and Holly, along with the help of a ghost and Davey & Derek, work together to formalize a plan to put a stop to the bullying.
This book won a Bronze Medal from Readers’ Favorite Book Awards in August of 2019.
Review by Mrs. D.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Say hello to the Abby and Holly series!
“Move over, Davey and Derek? Or maybe not… The duo is back, and the girls and boys are taking the world by the horns with another thrilling adventure! The haunted house! The mysterious ghost! The undying friendship! Good life lessons! And no more bullying!
Abby and Holly are cousins. The girls were first introduced in Book 5 of the Davey and Derek Junior Detectives series.
Janice Spina has beautifully blended two separate series in her new book, which is meant to entertain and educate middle grade readers. This time she sent two girls to solve a mystery that was quite intriguing. While trying to be just normal students, team members are dealing with serious issues so common for sixth graders: jealousy, intolerance, and bullying. The story is fun and adventurous, but the author smartly implants very important seeds that touch on problems so familiar for a middle school audience.
In this new book, Abby and Holly team up with their friends Davey and Derek, two shy but very experienced young detectives. The team needs to find out who is sabotaging one of their classmates, Justine, who plans her sixth-grade school dance. Fearing that the girl is being bullied, the team members work closely with each other and their friends.
The story is sweet. It flows smoothly, just like other books from this wonderful author, which manages to surprise the young readers with perfectly developed characters and a wise plot. Even if the readers haven’t had the chance to get familiar with the Davey and Derek series, they won’t feel lost or have a hard time connecting the new story to Davey and Derek. And just like me, I hope the girls and boys will jump into the new adventures with a touch of fantasy, mystery, and some stronger feelings like love, forgiveness, and being kind to each other.
“Abby and Holly: School Dance” is one of those books that will make children feel good about themselves. The lessons of friendship and kindness are nicely incorporated into a fun story, which will put a smile on children’s faces. Trouble. Solution. Sweet first love. Friendship. And kindness. All of these qualities are in one book for young readers to enjoy. Yes, Justine is bullied, but she has a strong group of friends behind her, which helps her to overcome the fear of bullies. And with the help of her friends, the bullies may change their attitude too.
I am delighted that this book carries strong messages about the importance of being compassionate, kind, loving and accepting. It teaches teens to remember how they would feel if their places were reversed. Another entertaining and teaching series for middle schoolers by Janice Spina!
Message From The Author: This book came to me after I received a request from a reader for a series for girls like the one I wrote for boys, Davey & Derek Junior Detectives. I introduced Abby and Holly in Book 5 of Davey & Derek series and the idea was born to write a series for the girls.
I think both boys and girls will love this new series since Davey and Derek are in this book and will most likely appear in the next one. The girls and boys will combine their skills to solve more mysteries.
I love to hear from readers about my books and welcome reviews wherever the books are purchased. Happy reading everyone!
With Blessings & Hugs, Janice Spina
Product Details: Series: Abby & Holly (Book 1) John Spina (Illustrator) MG/PT/YA Ages 10 + Middle-Grade/Preteen/Young Adult Children: Abby and Holly Series Children: Fantasy and Magic Children: Mystery (Action)
Abby and Holly are cousins who are more like sisters. They enjoy doing everything together.
Holly lives with Abby and her family in a haunted Victorian. Holly must deal with some difficult decisions in her family when unexpected and unfortunate events come to pass.
Abby is there to lend support to Holly along with two ghostly apparitions, Felicity and Minerva, who live in Abby’s house. These specters provide some magical and helpful advice along the way as they watch over Holly during this difficult time.
The girls’ friends, twins Davey and Derek Donato, from their own series, pop in to support Holly and bring some fun and comical relief to the story.
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Stellar Book With Important Lessons
“I am so excited about the Abby and Holly Series for girls, but it could be equally enjoyed by boys. In Abby & Holly Series Book 2: Unfortunate Events, Abby’s cousin, Holly, is faced with some difficult issues. While her parents are away on overseas jobs, Holly is living with Abby. Things go downhill when her parents return for a visit and her mother becomes ill. Throughout this trying time, Holly has a tremendous amount of support from Abby, her Aunt Jane and Uncle Bob, and two ghosts who live in Abby’s house, Felicity and Minerva. Of course, their friends Davey and Derek are there to help, too.
As with all of Spina’s children’s books, Unfortunate Events teaches life lessons such as respect, kindness toward others, and the importance of being polite. This book concentrates on handling the unexpected and overcoming life’s disappointments. The unexpected was Holly’s mother’s illness and hospital stay. With the love of her extended family, Holly was able to cope with her worry for her mother. Disappointment was addressed when her father announced that he was flying out to finish his work overseas. He explained to Holly the importance of fulling his obligations to his employer.
I highly recommend Abby & Holly Series Book 2: Unfortunate Events to all middle-graders, both girls and boys. The story line is one that will keep children interested with its elements of suspense and mystery. Though there are references to a childhood crush, they are not a major component of the story and certainly not enough to deter boys’ interest. And who doesn’t love a friendly little ghost or two! As with all the author’s children’s books, this one is true to her ideals of writing books that encourage children to read while incorporating those all-important life lessons. As a book I think every parent will want their daughters and sons to read, I give Unfortunate Events 5 stars!”
Message From The Author: This book came to me after I received a request from a reader for a series for girls like the one I wrote for boys, Davey & Derek Junior Detectives. I introduced Abby and Holly in Book 5 of Davey & Derek series and the idea was born to write a series for the girls.
I think both boys and girls will love this new series since Davey and Derek are in this book and will most likely appear in the next one. The girls and boys will combine their skills to solve more mysteries.
I love to hear from readers about my books and welcome reviews wherever the books are purchased. Happy reading everyone!
This book won a Pinnacle Book Achievement Award in 2019!
With Blessings & Hugs, Janice Spina
Product Details: John Spina (Illustrator) MG/PT/YA Ages 10 + Middle-Grade/Preteen/Young Adult Children: Abby and Holly Series Children: Fantasy and Magic Children: Mystery (Action)
Abby & Holly: Secrets Of The Trunk by Janice Spina.
Abby & Holly Book 3.
Join Abby and Holly in Book 3 as the cousins discover a new presence in their old Victorian while they are cleaning out the library of old books.
They are not sure if this specter is benign or otherwise. This being leads them to the old trunk they discovered in Book 2 which holds many secrets and puzzles that they feel compelled to solve.
They enlist the help of their ghost friend, Felicity, who inhabits their home. She is a benevolent entity that once lived in their house from a century ago. She watches over the girls and vows never to leave them unless they request her to do so.
There will be surprises and ghostly visits that will keep readers enthralled as Abby and Holly work together to uncover the secrets of the trunk.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Family fun!
“Abby and Holly, cousins and best friends, find themselves intrigued with a mystery they uncover while cleaning the attic in their home. Follow the girls on a treasure hunt leading to danger and excitement. Such fun! I love that the author leaves their story open for future adventures for the cousins. In this day and age, it is great to find such wholesome reading for our children, Nice job, Janice Spina!”
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Ghosts to the Rescue!
“Cousins Abby & Holly have some help from the resident ghosts Felicity & Minerva figuring out the secret of the Trunk! The girls have scary encounter with a “playful” sprite & Felicity & Minerva step in to help & protect the girls. Was worried about the end, but it is perfect beginning to the next book!! LOVED the things the girls go through & how they solve The Secrets of the Trunk!”
Message From The Author: This series is inspired and created for my granddaughter who loves to read. This is the third book in the series and more are coming in 2019 and beyond.
These characters, Abby & Holly, were introduced in Book 5 of Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Series.
I thoroughly enjoy writing these stories. They make me feel like a kid again. I let the characters take over the story and I go along for the ride. All ages love these books. They carry important life lessons that parents appreciate and happily pass along these books to their children and grandchildren to enjoy. I hope you will enjoy them too.
With Blessings & Hugs, Janice Spina
Product Details: John Spina (Illustrator) MG/PT/YA Ages 10 + Middle-Grade/Preteen/Young Adult Children: Abby and Holly Series Children: Fantasy and Magic Children: Mystery (Action)
Join the cousins, Abby and Holly, as they search for clues about who placed an urn up in their attic with the remains of a young girl who lived a century ago. Their old Victorian holds many secrets and the girls are determined to solve this mystery with the help of two ghost friends, Felicity and Minerva, who inhabit their home.
As the girls are searching for clues in their basement, they discover a hidden stairway. Upon entering the stairway, they find themselves unexpectedly catapulted back in time to a century ago.
Will they be able to return with the answers to the mystery? If not, who will help them get back? Or, will they be forever lost in time?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. ‘The Hidden Stairway’ is Book 4 in the Abby & Holly Series. Even though each book in the series, stands-alone, Author Janice Spina skillfully draws from the previous books, which makes the series very appealing to young readers. For example: This book involves an urn and some jewels the girls found in a trunk in the attic during their adventure in book three. The mystery of who left the remains of a teenager named Annabelle Bradley (from 1880’s) in an urn in the attic and how did Annabelle come to have so much valuable jewelry carries over into book four.
The story opens as cousins Abby and Holly return from back-to-school shopping with their mothers. Young readers’ imaginations will soar, when they join these two cousins, as they continue to explore the old Victorian House (they live in) which reveals many secrets and ghosts from the past. The discovery of a hidden stairway, that allows the girls to travel back in time, will keep readers’ turning the page.
As a grandmother I can say, this book has a mystery, suspense driven adventure (equal if not better than Nancy Drew) with life lessons woven in, making this book and the Abby & Holly Series a perfect gift and summer reading for the Middle-Grades, Preteen, Teens and Young Adults.
Author Janice Spina and her husband, Dr. John Spina, make a great team. Dr. John Spina creates the book covers and story illustrations for all Janice Spina’s books. I am impressed with their attention to detail, as they work together to enhance the reading experience of all ages.
Books 5 and 6 in the Abby & Holly series is expected in late 2020 and 2021.
Product Details: John Spina (Illustrator) Paperback: 266 Pages MG/PT/YA Ages 10 + Middle-Grade/Preteen/Young Adult Children: Abby and Holly Series Children: Fantasy and Magic Children: Mystery (Action)
The main protagonists, cousins Abby and Holly, find paintings by a young teenager, from the past with a copper key taped to the back of one of her paintings. This teen’s remains were found in their attic in Book 4.
The girls’ search begins to find the source of this key. They hope to use this key to unlock secrets or something valuable from the past. Will this key help uncover another mystery for the cousins? How far will the girls go in their search for truth or will they have to go back to the past? Will they be able to return home without somehow changing history forever?
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Engaging, exciting, excellent! In Book Five of the Abby & Holly Series, The Copper Key, cousins Abby and Holly are compelled to solve the mystery behind an old copper key they find in the attic of Abby’s home. They are joined in their sleuthing by resident ghosts Felicity and Minerva as they travel back in time to discover what the key unlocks…Suspense, plot twists, and excitement are featured as the girls uncover the real story. The author, Janice Spina, does a great job of character development and seamlessly weaving themes of problem solving, cooperation, and friendship into the book. Fans of this series will love this installment – as I did! Middle school kids and young teens who read The Copper Key will be looking forward to Abby & Holly’s next adventure!
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fun, fun, fun! Those adorable cousins are back again! Abby and Holly find themselves faced with another mystery that needs their attention. This fun-loving duo find a strange old copper key in a very unlikely place. Because of their adventurous nature, the girls embark on a new journey to discover what this key opens. Follow them into the past to correct an unjust act of one person in order to help protect another. Janice Spina’s stories will keep your child’s interest while always remaining wholesome and age appropriate. Such fun
From The Author: This series is inspired and created for my granddaughter who loves to read. This is the fourth book in the series and two more are coming in 2020.This book was dedicated to my granddaughter, Leah, and my step-granddaughter, Laura, who love to read these books.
These characters, Abby & Holly, were introduced in Book 5 of Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Series.
I thoroughly enjoy writing these stories. They make me feel like a kid again. I let the characters take over the story and I go along for the ride. All ages love these books. They carry important life lessons that parents appreciate and happily pass along these books to their children and grandchildren to enjoy. I hope you will enjoy them too.
Janice enjoys hearing from readers and fans and welcomes reviews wherever her books are purchased.
Product Details: Paperback: 250 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (May 5, 2020) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English MG/PT/YA Ages 10 + Middle-Grade/Preteen/Young Adult Children: Abby and Holly Series Children: Fantasy and Magic Children: Mystery (Action)
Follow along with cousins, Abby and Holly, as they learn about some changes in history from their ghost friend, Felicity, who lived back in 1880.
These changes came about when the girls traveled back to the past to their Victorian when it was once a boarding house. While they were in the past they met a young woman, Annabelle Bradley, who was a talented artist. The cousins became friends with Annabelle in the short time they knew her. They also became involved in her life through her letters and diaries that they found in their home in the future.
The girls are distraught over how Annabelle died and want to go back and somehow change history to prevent her murder. In order to do this, they must enlist the help of their friends, Davey’s and Derek’s, great aunt, Gigi, who is a benevolent witch.
Will Gigi be able to put the girls back in time in the right place to make this change possible? If they do go back, will the girls be able to return without possibly endangering themselves and end up lost forever in the past due to the faulty timeline?
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Exciting story. Book 6 in the Abby & Holly Series is another exciting episode in the lives of the two cousins. This time, the girls want to go back in time once again and try to save their friend from the past, Annabelle Bradley, who they met the last time they entered the past. However, their ghost friends, Felicity and Minerva, are worried they might not be able to get the girls back to the present time, so they enlist the help of Aunt Gigi, a good witch, and her cat, Mianna, who also has powers. They are worried that a faulty timeline will prevent the girls’ return.
All the author’s children’s books teach life lessons. In this book, we learn that the girls have respect for their mothers’ wishes when they express fear that their daughters will be caught in another time. One example of this is when Holly asks, “what if our mothers still refuse to let us go back?” Abby responds, “Then we won’t go. We have to think of our mothers’ feelings, too.”
Abby & Holly Series Book 6 – Faulty Timeline is a wonderful book that will appeal to both boys and girls in middle grades.
I received a copy of Abby & Holly Series Book 6 – Faulty Timeline from the author and received no compensation for my honest review.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Awesome Series End. WOW!! What a way to end the series!! The cousins Abby & Holly go back in time 1 last time to try to save their friend Annabelle from dying. They get the help of their twin friends, Derek’s & Davey’s Grt Aunt Gigi. a good witch. It was fun to read how the girls went back & what they had to do to keep from being seen by anyone in the past this time around. The twist & surprise at the end, is AWESOME!!
Review by Sara123: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fabulous! Cousins Abby and Holly are back in author Janice Spina’s latest installment in the fabulous series that follows the girls’ adventures.
In this sixth volume, Faulty Timeline” – the twins go back in time intending to save the life of Annabelle the artist, a friend they met in their previous excursion to the 19th century after finding her letters and diaries. This time, recognizing the danger involved, the girls engage the help of a good witch, their friends Davey and Derek’s great aunt Gigi.
The story is captivating from the start. Abby and Holly and a host of other rich characters that include two resident friendly ghosts named Minerva and Felicity, keep young readers entertained.
Were Abby and Holly successful in their dangerous mission?
Was Annabelle’s life saved?
Read, and you shall find out!
Highly recommended!
From The Author: This series is inspired and created for my granddaughter who loves to read. This is the sixth book in the series and final book. This book was dedicated to my granddaughter, Leah, and my step-granddaughter, Laura, who love to read these books.
These characters, Abby & Holly, were introduced in Book 5 of Davey & Derek Junior Detectives Series.
I thoroughly enjoy writing these stories. They make me feel like a kid again. I let the characters take over the story and I go along for the ride. All ages love these books. They carry important life lessons that parents appreciate and happily pass along these books to their children and grandchildren to enjoy. I hope you will enjoy them too.
Product Details: Paperback: 281 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (July 16, 2020) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English MG/PT/YA Ages 10 + Middle-Grade/Preteen/Young Adult Children: Abby and Holly Series Children: Fantasy and Magic Children: Mystery (Action)
This is a magical series about Drystan the dragon
and his friends.
These dragons are colorful, engaging and fun to
read about.
They teach children the importance of friendship,
caring for one another, being kind to others, and it’s okay to be different.
All dragons are of different colors and their
names begin with the letter ‘D’ – a fun way for young children to learn the
letter ‘D’ and colors.
In Book 1 Drystan makes a few friend, Durward,
who invites him to visit the Land of the Rainbows.
While they are there they have an adventure. Find out what the dragons do to save the day.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. As a grandmother, I know how important friends are to our children and who better to show the way than two beautifully illustrated dragons. As parents and grandparents, we seek to purchase books that will capture the imagination, while teaching valuable life lessons.
Award Winning Author Janice Spina and her husband John (illustrator) has created this amazing first book, in this dragon series.
Brightly colored illustrations will capture the child’s imagination as they read, or as an adult reads to them. The rhymes will stick in their mind, as he or she discovers a friendship between a red dragon named Drystan and a blue dragon named Durward.
The adventure unfolds in the Land Of Rainbows, where the two dragons extend their friendship to a colorful mother blue bird and her family, while lessons about helping others are learned.
I highly recommend this book as a good bedtime story, or go anywhere travel book. Five more books in this series are in the creative process. I invite you to purchase ‘Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series Book 1’ and watch for each new dragon book as it is published.
Product Details: Paperback: 27 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (February 1, 2020) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 Children: Fantasy (Fairy Tales and Myths) Children: Fantasy (Dragons)
Damara Helps Drystan Find His Roar by Janice Spina.
Drystan The Dragon and Friends Series, Book 2.
This is the second book in the magical series about Drystan the dragon and his friends.
These dragons are colorful, engaging and fun to read about. They teach children the importance of friendship, caring for one another, being kind to others, and it’s okay to be different. All dragons are of different colors and their names begin with the letter ‘D’ – a fun way for young children to learn the letter ‘D’ and colors.
In Book 2 a new dragon is introduced – Damara, a different dragon who does things her own way. As she is traveling by one day, she spies a dragon, Drystan, in distress. She flies down to see what is wrong. It appears that Drystan has lost his roar. What caused Drystan to lose his roar? Can Damara help him get it back? Read this book in rhyme for a comical story that will delight your children. Watch for more books in this mystical series.
Review by Sara123: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. To Be Different is Okay! Author Janice Spina’s second book in her new series, “Drystan the Dragon and Friends” is a fine addition to her ever-growing list of books written for enriching the lives of young readers. In the second volume, “Damara Helps Drystan Find His Roar”, Damara, a green dragon who is different than others, does not worry about what people say. She knows she’s not like everyone else, but owns her differences and is proud of who she is. This terrific message intertwines nicely with the little tale of Damara’s encounter with Drystan, who is also taught a lesson, courtesy of his new friend. The illustrations are lovely, created by the author’s partner in life and work, Mr. John Spina. The terrific team’s growing library is impressive and recommended.
Review by Deanie Humphrys-Dunne (Children’s Author): 5.0 out of 5 Stars. You’ll love Drystan and Damara’s story! Gifted author, Janice Spina has crafted another lovely book for little ones. In this second book in her series of dragon stories, Damara the little green dragon is proud of the fact she is different. She never worries about what other people think. In her travels she meets Drystan, a dragon who can’ t roar. Damara sets out to solve the problem. Did it happen because Drystan ate to many frogs, or fish? Was it something else? Damara and Drystan each learn important lessons from their experience. Young children are sure to remember this story and the messages it shares.
From The Author: I have always loved dragons! So do many children out there! That is why I wrote this book along with five other books coming in this series. These dragon books are written in rhyme with life lessons. All the dragons’ names begin with the letter ‘D’ and are of different colors. Reading these books is a fun way for children to learn the letter ‘D’ and colors while they are encouraged to be kind to one another, respect others, and it’s okay to be different.
I hope children will enjoy reading and learning from these books.
I will be publishing book 2 this year illustrated by my talented husband, John. He will illustrate two more in 2021 and in 2022 to complete the set. It was so much fun to write this series that I may do another series about another animal or mythical creature in the future.
If you enjoy this book or any of my books please write a review wherever you purchased the books. I also love to hear from readers and will post, with your permission, any reviews you write on my blog. Happy reading!
Thank you for your kind support!
Love, Janice
Product Details: Paperback: 27 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (April 11, 2020) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 Children: Fantasy (Fairy Tales and Myths) Children: Fantasy (Dragons)
Drystan the Dragon and Friends is a series of six books about dragons, friendship, being kind and respectful to one another, and helping others in need.
Children will learn about colors and letters too with the help of the colorful illustrations and rhyming verse. All the dragons’ names begin with the letter ‘D.’
In this book Drystan meets a few friends, Delbert, who has some difficulty meeting others. He is shy and not at all happy that he can disappear from view and blend in with trees.
Read how Drystan helps Delbert realize how important it is to like himself no what color he is – for all colors are beautiful!
Review by Sarah Reviews: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Self-Confidence Booster! In “Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series, Book 3: Delbert Finds Himself” author Janice Spina, the wonderful children’s books author, delivers again. Delbert, who is shy and lacking in self-confidence, is helped by Drystan the Dragon tor appreciate himself, overcome shyness, and learn how to make friends Lovely addition to the growing series that promotes wonderful lessons for kids of all ages. Images by the author’s talented husband are lovely
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Be happy with who you are!Book 3 in the Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series is a gem! Delbert is a very shy, sweet dragon who is unhappy with his color. Drystan discovers Delbert hiding, and befriends him. He eventually helps his new friend realize that he is special no matter what color he is. This book imparts a very powerful message to children that inspires self-confidence and strength of character – be happy with who you are. Young children and the adults in their lives will be looking forward to meeting more of Drystan’s friends In the future!
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Even if we’re different, we’re still special. Delbert is a brown dragon who can turn blue. He is shy and likes to hide where no one can see him. He is a kind dragon. One day, he was blending in with a brown tree and moved behind a pile of stones and sticks to hide. He didn’t know that Drystan the red dragon was watching him from his cave. When Drystan approached Delbert and asked what he was doing, Delbert said, “I’m trying to hide from you.” When Drystan asked why he was hiding, Delbert replied it was because he was shy. Drystan, being helpful as a good dragon can be, told Delbert to eat blueberries. Delbert turned blue but decided he liked being brown better. He was worried that his family wouldn’t know him. Drystan told him how to turn back to brown. Delbert, being the polite and kind dragon that he was, thanked Drystan. Drystan told Delbert not to be shy because he would always be his friend and that, no matter what color he was, he would always be special.
Drystan the Dragon and Friends Series, Book 3: Delbert Finds Himself is a darling story that teaches young children to be friendly and kind and that no matter how different we look, we are still special. The author weaves all the books in this series into enchanting stories for the youngest book lovers while demonstrating an important lesson. Her books are beautifully illustrated with colorful pictures by her husband, John Spina. This book makes a perfect gift for young children in your life.
I was given a copy of this book by the author and received no compensation for my honest review
From The Author: I have always loved dragons! So do many children out there! That is why I wrote this book along with five other books coming in this series. I want children to feel good about themselves as Delbert does when he realizes after changing colors that his own color is what he is happy to be. In this troubled world children need to know it’s okay to love the skin you are in.
These dragon books are written in rhyme with life lessons. All the dragons’ names begin with the letter ‘D’ and are of different colors. Reading these books is a fun way for children to learn the letter ‘D’ and colors while they are encouraged to be kind to one another, respect others, and it’s okay to be different.
I hope children will enjoy reading and learning from these books.
I will be publishing book 2 this year illustrated by my talented husband, John. He will illustrate two more in 2021 and in 2022 to complete the set. It was so much fun to write this series that I may do another series about another animal or mythical creature in the future.
If you enjoy this book or any of my books please write a review wherever you purchased the books. I also love to hear from readers and will post any reviews you write, with your permission, on my blog. Happy reading!
Thank you for your kind support!
Love, Janice
Product Details: Paperback: 30 pages Publisher: Janice Spina; Illustrated edition (July 2, 2020) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 Children: Fantasy (Fairy Tales and Myths) Children: Fantasy (Dragons)
This is a continuing fun series of adventures with Drystan the dragon and his friends.
Follow Drystan and his friends as they meet a new dragon named Delfina. Her scales are many shades of purple and pink. She can solve any problem with just a blink. She may be small but is stronger than you think.
When the other dragons meet about a problem with another dragon called Drago who is a bully, Delfina comes to their rescue and promises to help them deal with the bully.
Read what happens when Delfina meets Drago.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Dealing with a Bully. Delfina is a small, quiet Dragon who shows the rest of the Dragons how to deal with a Bully nicely. She flies up to Drago, the Bully Dragon, with Drystan. They hope to get Drago to stop bullying everyone. What Delfina does is very nice & she & the other Dragons make a new friend! I really like Delfina’s Purple & Pink scales! I also Love how Janice teaches children how to deal with a bully in a peaceful way. I received this book in exchange for my honest review.
Product Details: Paperback: 29 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (December 5, 2020) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 Children: Fantasy (Fairy Tales and Myths) Children: Fantasy (Dragons)
In Book 5 of this magical series of Drystan the Dragon and Friends, Drago finds a way to do a good deed when he sees a rabbit in need.
Each of these books will feature a new dragon and a poem. Children will learn letters and colors with these colorfully illustrated pages.
Each dragon’s name begins with the letter ‘D’. Drago is a dragon who is completely white. He is not happy that he can’t fly at night. He is mean to his fellow dragons anywhere in sight. To be a different color he wishes with all his might. Drago learned to be kind to others every day. He is now orange, thanks to Delfina, who changed him this way.
Product Details: Paperback: 31 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (March 28, 2021) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 Children: Fantasy (Fairy Tales and Myths) Children: Fantasy (Dragons)
This is the final book in this magical, mystical series of dragons and their good deeds. In Book 6 a new dragon is introduced, Dragana. Each dragon is a different color and the dragons all have names that begin with the letter ‘D.’
Dragana is a dragon who likes to dream.
Nothing is impossible to her, so it seems.
Her scales are colored in burgundy and cream.
Fairies, goblins, and ghosts are her favorite theme.
Dragana discovers a fairy in need one day while flying around.
Will this fairy be afraid of a big dragon?
What will Dragana do to help the fairy?
Product Details: Paperback: 35 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (August 27, 2021) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Reading Grades: Preschool-Grade 3 Children: Fantasy (Fairy Tales and Myths) Children: Fantasy (Dragons)
This is Book 1 of a fantasy series that will have six books in all. In this book, learn about the three children of King Gateskin and his wife, Queen Solinara. The children have had powers since they were quite young.
Serena was three years old when she learned of her power to move objects with her mind. Her brother, Simon, can fly and their sister, Catalina, can become invisible or blend into her surroundings. They live with their parents in Sovorotskina, the Land of Light.
With these powers comes responsibility. The children must try to use their powers for the common good and responsibly to help others. The three children befriend a Sprite named Spindle who accompanies them on their adventure. Along the way they meet up with their aunt and uncle, their mother’s brother and his wife, Wizard Hotenfaran and Fairy Procelina. The group must travel into the evil land of Parotovina, Land of Darkness, to save King Gateskin, who was kidnapped, and rescue some of the descendants of their friends and fellow Sovorotskinans who were captured and taken by the Evil Ones. These descendants have been waiting a long time to be free to return to the villages of their ancestors.
The children have many trials and adventures along the way. Will they be able to rescue their father and fellow Sovorotskinans without endangering their own lives? Will the evil King Kaposkaran and his Queen Beregina stop Serena and her siblings from being successful or will they turn Serena and her siblings to their dark ways?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.With Powers Comes Responsibility!
‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’ is book one of six planned in the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’. Award-winning Author, Janice Spina, is writing this fantasy series for ages 13-17, but I can attest to the fact, adults will enjoy it too.
Serena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. With these powers comes responsibility.
Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The other villages are Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), Amora (Land of Faith & Love), and Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness).
I think to understand the story you must understand the ‘Votovians’. The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovian children were taught these five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. They used rhymes and simple language so that the youngest children could understand the rules.
Rule#1: Never use your powers to hurt anyone (not even to injure, move or hurt even flowers).
Rule#2: Help your fellow villagers out in any way you can.
Rule#3: Always band together for the common good.
Rule#4: Above all, protect the children. If danger comes, fast we will flee, and stay together using our powers only in an emergency.
Rule#5: Powers are to be used in emergency situations if agreed upon only by the governing council with final approval of the King and Queen of Votovia.
The Votovians were all hoping they would never have to use their powers. Their powers collectively were so strong they could destroy everyone in their path. They were a peace-loving people, and this did not come easy for them, but they would do whatever they had to do to protect their children and the children of their friends in Sovorotskina and any of the other neighboring villages.
I will let you discover on your own ‘THE LEGEND OF THE TAKEN ONES’. I highly recommend Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1. Author Janice Spina always has valuable lessons in her storylines, which make her stories true ‘Jems’. Janice has written 19 children’s books and has multiple series, for ages 10 and up.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars: Pure magic! Reviewed in the United States on December 29, 2021. Kings and Queens, Fairies and Sprites! This story has it all. Follow the King and Queen of the Land of Goodness and Light along with their amazing children, who are coming into powers of their own. They set out with their followers and some tenacious little sprites determined to rescue the Taken Ones from the land of Parotovina and it’s evil king. Their skills and powers come into action during their difficult quest. The author left us with a cliff hanger for the much-anticipated book 2! An enjoyable read for all ages.
Reviews by Canadian Reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved the story. Reviewed in the United States on September 27, 2021. I loved The Legend of the Taken Ones by Janice Spina. It is the first book in the Gateskin Chronicles and follows the adventures of the three children of King Gateskin and his wife, Queen Solinara. This is a fantasy book so of course one of the children can fly while another has what was once known as a cloak of invisibility. Not to be outdone the third child can move objects with her mind with some form of telekinesis.
I haven’t read a fantasy book since I was a child myself, which feels like a very long time ago. But I was pleasantly surprised by how easily Spina’s writing brought me into her fantasy world. And how much I enjoyed being there. I am looking forward to more adventures in this series as I travel along with the children through Sovorotskina, the Land of Light and other magical places.
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, Fairies, Sprites, and Adventure. Reviewed in the United States on September 11, 2021. The Taken are the children of the Provence of Noella who have been missing from their homes for many, many years. They were captured by the Parotovinans to be raised under the evil king wizard. Now, King Gateskin of Sovorotskina, Land of Goodness and Light, through his wizardry learns that the Evil Ones are planning to capture the children of the Provence of Noella once again. With the help of his children, a tree sprite named Spindle, wizards, and fairies, King Gateskin goes to Parotovina to gain release of the Taken Ones. Along the way they will encounter dangerous situations.
Those who enjoy stories of wizards, fairies, sprites, and adventure will find this un-put-downable! This is not my normal genre, but I was mesmerized. The characters are beautifully detailed, and the plot is captivating. The Legend of the Taken Ones: Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1 is a five-star book! The author gave me an ARC and I have given my honest review.
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, fairies, and sprites, oh my! Reviewed in the United States on September 5, 2021. If you are fascinated by the wizards, fairies, and little creatures who engage in battles of good versus evil, you will LOVE The Legend of the Taken Ones (Gateskin chronicles, Book 1). It has all of these and more. I quickly became engrossed in this enchanting story about King Gateskin, his family, and subjects, as they set out to rescue children who had previously been kidnapped by the evil king of Pantovina. The book is filled with memorable characters and suspenseful situations. It definitely cast a “spell” on me that kept me absorbed until the very last page! Can’t wait for the next episode of the Gateskin Chronicles!
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Very fun Wizard & Fairy book. Reviewed in the United States on September 6, 2021. An awesome series starter that introduces King Gateskin, Queen Solinara & their 3 children: Serena, Simon & Catalina. They All are very powerful Wizards & Fairies in their own right & must help their parents defend their home & surrounding lands from evil King Kaposkaran and his Queen Beregina. The cliffhanger at the end leads perfectly into book #2.
Product Details: Print Length: 500 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina; 1st Edition (August 28, 2021) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
The adventures continue in this edition of Gateskin Chronicles. Many new characters and creatures are introduced. Spells abound with magic all around. Many visitors come to Sovorotskina looking for asylum from the evil King Kaposkaran of Parotovina. Will King Gateskin accept them all or even be able to trust them not to be spies for the evil King?
Serena uses her powers to assist when wolves come their way. Other creatures are also about and threaten the safety of the village.
Kaposkaran finds himself in trouble when his village is attacked by creatures. Will he turn to Gateskin for help? If he does, what will Gateskin do?
There is a spy about in Sovorotskina. Will the spy be discovered and somehow stopped from undermining the magic of King Gateskin and his family?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Equally Enchanting As The Harry Potter Series.
‘THE UNKNOWN TERRITORY’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 2) continues from ‘The Legend of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 1). The Gateskin Chronicles can be read out of succession, but you will not want to miss any of this exciting, magical, fantasy series.
I believe ages 13+ will enjoy this series, as Award-winning author, Janice Spina has an amazing way of telling the story and capturing the attention and imagination of her readers. ‘The Unknown Territory’ takes you to the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE, which is made up of six villages, with the Sea of Shakelle off the southern borders. New characters, new creatures, new dangers, and new spells abound.
This book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds.King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light), Votovia (Land of Magic & Mystery), Merona (Land of Peace & Harmony), Merlina (Land of Myths & Legends), and Amora (Land of Faith & Love), all had reason to fear Parotovina (Land of Evil & Darkness). I decided to share this quote so you will understand the true danger that exists for the TERRITORY OF NOELLA PROVINCE.
…King Gateskin created a Channel Spell to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed. Once he had all the rulers of the villages virtually in his Meeting Room, he called the meeting to order.
…He explained what had happened in the Village of Parotovina and the dangers they faced from the roaming Catlings.
… “We need to help Parotovina. I know all of you have had unfavorable treatment by King Kaposkaran and his guards, and so have I. But we cannot let these people suffer like this. We have to do something.”
… “Will we have to use dark magic to take out these creatures, King Gateskin?” King Cavelan asked.
… “Never! We have to try something else. Please let’s use first names only here. We are all rulers and don’t need to use the pomp and circumstance in these serious times.”
… “I agree, Gateskin,” Cavelan said.
…Noderan of the Village of Amora asked, “Do you have something in mind, Gateskin?”
… “Well, I think I can come up with a few spells with the help of all of you and my Wizards. Please let me introduce you to the former Parotovinan Wizards.”
…Gateskin spread his hands across the table and pointed out the four Wizards to the rulers. They all nodded and waited for more information about what they would be doing.
It is up to you to discover. Who is the spy in Sovorotskina? Will the spy be discovered and somehow stopped from undermining the magic of King Gateskin and his family?
‘The Gateskin Chronicles’ will take you on a magical journey, equally enchanting as the Harry Potter series. Once you begin, you will anxiously wait for the next book to be released.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Pure magic! Reviewed in the United States on December 29, 2021. Kings and Queens, Fairies and Sprites! This story has it all. Follow the King and Queen of the Land of Goodness and Light along with their amazing children, who are coming into powers of their own. They set out with their followers and some tenacious little sprites determined to rescue the Taken Ones from the land of Parotovina and its evil king. Their skills and powers come into action during their difficult quest. The author left us with a cliff hanger for the much-anticipated book 2! An enjoyable read for all ages.
Review by Canadian Reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved the story. Reviewed in the United States on September 27, 2021. I loved The Legend of the Taken Ones by Janice Spina. It is the first book in the Gateskin Chronicles and follows the adventures of the three children of King Gateskin and his wife, Queen Solinara. This is a fantasy book so of course one of the children can fly while another has what was once known as a cloak of invisibility. Not to be outdone the third child can move objects with her mind with some form of telekinesis.
I haven’t read a fantasy book since I was a child myself, which feels like a very long time ago. But I was pleasantly surprised by how easily Spina’s writing brought me into her fantasy world. And how much I enjoyed being there. I am looking forward to more adventures in this series as I travel along with the children through Sovorotskina, the Land of Light and other magical places.
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, Fairies, Sprites, and Adventure. Reviewed in the United States on September 11, 2021. The Taken are the children of the Provence of Noella who have been missing from their homes for many, many years. They were captured by the Parotovinans to be raised under the evil king wizard. Now, King Gateskin of Sovorotskina, Land of Goodness and Light, through his wizardry learns that the Evil Ones are planning to capture the children of the Provence of Noella once again. With the help of his children, a tree sprite named Spindle, wizards, and fairies, King Gateskin goes to Parotovina to gain release of the Taken Ones. Along the way they will encounter dangerous situations.
Those who enjoy stories of wizards, fairies, sprites, and adventure will find this un-put-downable! This is not my normal genre, but I was mesmerized. The characters are beautifully detailed, and the plot is captivating. The Legend of the Taken Ones: Gateskin Chronicles, Book 1 is a five-star book! The author gave me an ARC and I have given my honest review.
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wizards, fairies, and sprites, oh my! Reviewed in the United States on September 5, 2021. If you are fascinated by the wizards, fairies, and little creatures who engage in battles of good versus evil, you will LOVE The Legend of the Taken Ones (Gateskin chronicles, Book 1). It has all of these and more. I quickly became engrossed in this enchanting story about King Gateskin, his family, and subjects, as they set out to rescue children who had previously been kidnapped by the evil king of Pantovina. The book is filled with memorable characters and suspenseful situations. It definitely cast a “spell” on me that kept me absorbed until the very last page! Can’t wait for the next episode of the Gateskin Chronicles!
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Very fun Wizard & Fairy book. Reviewed in the United States on September 6, 2021. An awesome series starter that introduces King Gateskin, Queen Solinara & their 3 children: Serena, Simon & Catalina. They All are very powerful Wizards & Fairies in their own right & must help their parents defend their home & surrounding lands from evil King Kaposkaran and his Queen Beregina. The cliffhanger at the end leads perfectly into book #2.
From The Author: This series began many years ago in 2009. A spark was created, and my muse worked overtime to create two books simultaneously – historical fiction and this fantasy series book 1. Once I began writing the story flowed and continued into book 2.
This isn’t my favorite genre, but my muse seems to like it and keeps coming up with new ideas for the next book. It was fun coming up with strange and complicated names for these characters, creatures, lands, and spells. Sometimes I have no idea where they come from. All I know is that they pop into my head when I need one.
Watch for books 3-6 coming over the next few years. They are epic stories with hundreds of pages. Each book grows larger than the previous one. I hope you enjoy this fantasy series and forget your troubles and fly away with Gateskin Chronicles.
Product Details: Paperback: 615 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (July 1, 2022) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
King Gateskin must be vigilant to protect his land and people when another creature threatens to cause harm. He fears for his land when visitors come asking about the lost Medallion which he knows is still buried somewhere in his village of Sovorotskina.
Some of these visitors from a far-off island come in peace while another threatens the safety of Noella Province with her Dark Magic. The King must enlist all the help he can muster to protect not only his village but all of Noella Province from peril.
King Kaposkaran of Parotovina once again is a nuisance rather than a help to the other rulers of the lands in the province. He is only concerned about his own problems. Will King Kaposkaran be a hindrance or a way for the evil to enter Noella Province once again? Will King Gateskin be able to conjure up enough magic to save them all?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.The Search For The Medallion Puts Every Villager In Danger Of Dark Magic!
‘SEARCH FOR THE MEDALLION’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) continues in this exciting, magical, fantasy series for ages 13-17+. Readers will find the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’. The ‘Characters List’ in each book helps because the author brings in new characters.
Book three finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
“Gateskin rounded up every villager who had any kind of power and then stopped by to see Spindle and Mitteran to explain what needed to be done. “You are to oversee the digging and search for the Medallion. Meet the villagers who are coming from the other lands to help and get them started in plots assigned on the map.” Gateskin handed the map to them. “I will be meeting in my conference room with my Wizards and others who I will be sending your way soon.”
The two head guards nodded and flew to the site marked on the map.
The King then led the villagers with powers to his home and seated everyone before beginning his instructions. He had also summoned his Wizards to come right away. They were there in a split second after his summons and stood along the side of the conference room walls until needed.
Gateskin gazed at all the people who were gathered there and sighed. “There is much to be done. We must find the Medallion before a person from the island of Dragonaria finds it and uses it to increase her Dark Magic.”
Can King Gateskin and his search party find the Medallion?
Can enough magic be conjured up to save Sovorotskina and all the other villages?
Make sure to read Gateskin Chronicles Book One through Three of this series, so you will be ready for even more adventure, magic and fantasy coming in book four. Check out all the ‘Jems Books’ (for all ages) by Author Janice Spina.
Review by Jjspina: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A fantasy adventure that is an epic tale! Reviewed in the United States on May 25, 2024. Verified Purchase. This epic series is a fantasy adventure that will keep readers engrossed as new characters, unusual creatures especially colorful dragons are introduced with plenty of magic, mayhem and surprises. Will the evil forces be able to overtake the powerful King Wizard Gateskin in Noella Province? Gateskin is continually tested in this book.
I thoroughly enjoyed the addition of the dragons to this series. I look forward to more exciting adventures to come!
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Mysteries Abound in Sovorotskina. Reviewed in the United States on May 16, 2024. I’ve read many books by Janice Spina, and though I’m not usually a fan of series and prefer stand-alone books, the Gateskin Chronicles have me hooked. I anxiously await each book in the series to discover what mysterious happenings are in store for King Gateskin, his wife, Queen Solinara, and their three children in the Land of Goodness and Light, otherwise known as Sovorotskina in Noella Province.
All the characters have very unusual names, just as the various Kingdoms do. What I loved about Search For the Medallion, as well as the other books in the series, are the imaginative names for everyone and everything, the conjuring up of creatures, and fantastic talking dragons, and the spells that are cast. Even the children have powers. There are both good and evil characters and creatures with powers to do harm or good. The author’s creativity is nothing short of amazing.
Though the Gateskin Chronicles are intended for the 13-17-year-old audience, I can attest that adults will also enjoy them.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. New visitors to the village of Sovorotskina. Reviewed in the United States on May 14, 2024. Once again King Kaposkaran of Parotovina & his wife are being nuisances again to King Gateskin & his village. While King Gateskin tries to deal with this, new visitors come to Gateskin’s village out of curiosity. They became a big help when the Catkins were getting out of control. Toss in someone with Dark Magic trying to get her hands on the Medallion, & poor King Gateskin & his family really have their hands full trying to restore order. The cliffhanger at the end makes a great lead-in for the next Book! What a wonderful, fun book! Exited for the next book in this series.
Product Details: Paperback: 600 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (May 15, 2024) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
The adventures continue with dragons, creatures, and more magic. The Medallion is uncovered and something else is discovered that may have escaped from this box.
There will be more difficulties with the Quintaroons who plan something unexpected. Spindle, King Gateskin’s Head Guard, has his work cut out for him when he must keep an eye on not only the Quintaroons but also King Kaposkaran who is up to his usual evil deeds. Also, the dragons and their mistresses have returned with problems of their own on Dragonaria that will test even the power of King Gateskin.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.The Dragon Ladies Are Back and Danger Is Coming To Sovorotskina!
This fantasy series is written primarily for ages 13-17, but adults who are young are heart, are also enjoying the ‘Gateskin Chronicles’ by Janice Spina. I find this series to be equally, if not more enchanting, as the ‘Harry Potter’ series. Don’t forget to study the ‘Map Of Territory Of Noella Province’ and the ‘Characters List’ in each book, because the author brings in new characters.
Let’s recap and move forward: In ‘The Legend Of The Taken Ones’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book One) we meetSerena Anya (age 14 is the heroine of story, sister to Simon Andolferan (age 12) and Catalina Leahna (age 10). Their mother is Solinara; Queen Fairy of Sovorotskina. Their father is Gateskin; King Wizard of Sovorotskina. Serena has the power to move objects with her mind. Simon can fly, and Catalina can become invisible. Sovorotskina (Land of Goodness & Light) was one of the villages that make up the Territory of Noella Province (later known as Votovia). The Votovians were feared by other villages that did not have fairies and wizards. The Votovians were peace-loving people, but they had the power to do whatever they had to do to protect their children and neighboring villages. Because of their powers, their children were taught five simple rules in Votovian School from the age of four. These rules would guide their lives and teach them “with powers comes responsibility”.
In ‘The Unknown Territory’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book Two) the book opens with a new breed of wolves stoking fear among the villagers, as they search for new hunting grounds.King Gateskin (powerful wizard of Sovorotskina) reassures his people; the wolves are kind and friendly. The province is not without danger though. King Gateskin created a ‘Channel Spell’ to open a connection to all the other villages except Parotovina. He kept that window closed.
In ‘Search For The Medallion’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 3) finds King Gateskin of Sovorotskina opening the Channel Spell to conference with the other rulers of the neighboring villages. Panic is setting in as a dangerous moss is creeping into the villages which is putting livestock and others at serious risk. This is not the only danger facing King Gateskin as he struggles to protect his village. Equally as distressing as the creeping moss to King Gateskin are strangers and visitors searching his village for the allusive Medallion that everyone is talking about.
Now, the ‘Return Of The Dragons’ (Gateskin Chronicles Book 4) is finally here, the adventures with dragons, creatures, and more magic continue. King Gateskin is on alert when Spindle (his head guard) sends him a message through his mind that the dragon ladies are back. That’s not all. Things are brewing in Parotovina and King Kaposkaran is up to no good. The Sprites gather high in the treetops and sing. Their songs ring through the forest as a warning to all that danger is coming to Sovorotskina. King Gateskin is preparing for the problems ahead. He knows his training of the dragons is in danger, but that is not all. Enjoy this book and stay tuned for book five in this series!
Product Details: Book 4 of 4: Gateskin Chronicles Print Length: 492 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina Publication Date: July 25, 2025 John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Dragons & Mythical Creatures Fantasy Sword & Sorcery Fantasy Teen & Young Adult Science Fiction & Fantasy
This is a short story collection for children ages 5-8. They are perfect for bedtime or any time. They can be read by early readers or by a parent/guardian. They will provide a fun reading time for both the reader and the listener.
There are six stories with a colorful illustration of the characters of each story – one about an alien, a dragon, a fairy, a bear, a bear and a boy and a skunk. Each story will have life lessons for children to learn.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Unique Bedtime Fantasy Stories For Age 5-8!
This unique, educational short story collection brings wonderful fantasy to children ages 5-8. Each story has a colorful character, brightly illustrated on the stories title page. Children will learn a valuable life lesson with each story. As the child reads or hears the stories, their imagination will come to life; with a blue alien named: Bluripizig, a green dragon named; Russell, a little fairy in a pink dress, a brown bear named; Shular, Marco; the boy who couldn’t swim, and of course, an adorable white skunk with a story you will not want to miss.
Award winning author, Janice Spina, writes make-believe stories that children can relate to about animals and other creatures. She hopes adults will enjoy reading these bedtime stories to the children in their lives. Janice has written 19 children’s books. She has multiple series, for ages 10+. Her Mariah series along with a couple stand-alone books, are for ages 18+. Her ‘Gateskin Chronicles’ series for age 15+ has just arrived.
Janice Spina is a retired administrative secretary from a public school system in Massachusetts. I highly recommend her books. Her books should be placed in school and community libraries. As adults it is our job to make it possible for all children to read books and encourage reading time. Janice Spina’s books make great year-round gifts for children of all ages.
Review by Perspective Power, Annette Rochelle Aben: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Enjoyable Learning Experiences. Reviewed in the United States on June 2, 2022. Verified Purchase. Entertainment and education are a winning combination. Memorable characters and easy-to-understand stories create another winning combination. Combine all this with clever illustrations, and you have the latest children’s book from Award-Winning Author Janice Spina! Download a copy today, and it can become a bedtime favorite starting tonight.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fun and enjoyable! Reviewed in the United States on February 10, 2023. These bedtime stories are perfect to read with your children. The book is made up of individual stories which are short enough to be completed every night. They are not only entertaining but at the same time teach children the meaning of kindness and friendship to others. Very nicely done!
Message From The Author: I put together this collection of short stories which I wrote several years ago for children after I stumbled upon them recently. I decided to write a few more and put them together in one book. This is a different format from my other children’s books. My husband, John, created the illustrations that brought my stories to life.
By having one illustration for each story I could incorporate more stories into one book. Children will have six books for the price of one in this new collection. I added the illustration to the beginning of each page so children won’t have to go back to the first page to look at the characters.
These stories are perfect for early readers or enjoyed together with parent/guardian at bedtime or any time. I hope you and your children will enjoy these stories and keep reading them often. I plan to do a few more books with more entertaining and fun stories for children to enjoy.
Product Details: Paperback: 81 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (June 1, 2022) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Children: Short Story Collection Reading Age: 5-8 Years Children: Bedtime Stories MG/PT BOOKS FOR 10+
This is book 2 of the Bedtime Stories for Children Series. There are six tales with an illustration for each. Children will read about two squirrels, a turkey, a frog, a tree, a leopard and mouse, and a cat. These animal tales will delight children and become their favorite bedtime stories.
Each story carries life lessons that will help children understand about the importance of friendship, helping others in need, family, and it’s okay to be different.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Dedicated To All Children Who Love To Make Believe.
Make Believe Is Fun (Book 2), continues from Make Believe: Bedtime Stories (Book 1);with beautiful cover art, and adorable story illustrations, produced by Janice Spina’s husband John.
Ollie and Nolan: One day Ollie and Nolan, two little squirrels who are brothers, went out into the forest to forage for something tasty to eat. Ollie was the older brother. He liked to tease his younger brother about everything they did together. Ollie loved finding acorns and always wanted to find more than Nolan. Find out more about these brothers.
The Turkey Who Could Growl: Terrence is a turkey who is different than other turkeys. His plumes are in shades of blue instead of all brown and black. He has dark gray eyes and a long tail that skims the ground as he walks that he can fan out in a wide half circle around his body. Find out how Terrence relates to a bear.
Freddie the Frog: Freddie the frog lived in a ten-gallon fish tank. The only other occupants were four striped tetras. They got along just fine until one day…. This true story is based on real frog living with Janice and John.
The Little Tree: There once was a little tree in the forest of many trees. This little tree was tired of trying to stretch itself up to reach the warmth of the sun. There were so many other trees that were taller, bigger, and full of branches that snuffed out the sun as it shone down on the forest. If the little tree didn’t get enough sun he could wither and die. Read how Embry comes to the rescue.
Leo the Leopard and the Mouse: Leo was a leopard cub. He was only a couple of weeks old when his mother woke him up from his daily nap. “It’s time for you to learn how to take care of yourself in the wild, Leo. There is much you need to know about living in the jungle. This story is dedicated to Janice and John’s great nephew, Leo, who loves leopards.
Tyler the Cat and the Wind Chimes: Tyler the cat walked along the wall at the back of his house one day. He always wanted to visit some of the other houses along the beach road. He had heard some sounds that he did not recognize and decided it was time to check them out. Find out what special friendship was made, when Tyler went to check out the new sound.
Award winning author, Janice Spina, writes make-believe stories that children can relate to about animals and other creatures. She hopes adults will enjoy reading these bedtime stories to the children in their lives. I highly recommend her books. Her books should be placed in school and community libraries. As adults it is our job to make it possible for all children to read books and encourage reading time. Janice Spina’s books make great year-round gifts for children of all ages.
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Perfect Stories to Share with Children!Reviewed in the United States on February 4, 2023. “Make Believe Is Fun” is a collection of short bedtime stories for children that are a cross between folk tales and fables. The stories’ main characters, all animals, get into various situations which get resolved through the magic of make believe. I love that there are timely themes woven into each story, such as kindness, friendship, bravery, and love – perfect for the author ‘s targeted audience, children ages 5 – 8. Also great for initiating discussions with them about them about these themes.. I know my granddaughters will love the animals and the colorful illustrations!
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Another great Children’s Stories. Reviewed in the United States on January 27, 2023. I love the illustrations for each story. Each story is a wonderful new lesson for little ones. The characters are fun & relatable for little ones. I was given a copy for my honest review.
Message From The Author: This is book 2 in a 4-book series for children ages 5-8. It’s perfect for early readers and read alongs with parents/guardians at bedtime or any time.
Each story is a stand-alone tale that will delight children with the lovely illustration for each created by my husband, John. As in all my children’s books there are important life lessons that children will learn about family, friendship, being kind to others in need, that it’s okay to be different and that we are all special in our own unique way.
I hope these stories will become your children’s/grandchildren’s favorite bedtime stories each night. Happy Reading! Watch for more books in this series.
Product Details: Paperback: 98 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (January 10, 2023) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Children: Short Story Collection Reading Age: 5-8 Years Children: Bedtime Stories MG/PT BOOKS FOR 10+
Bedtime Stories for Children is back again with six more fun and entertaining stories for children ages 5-8. In this book children will read about a porcupine and a beaver, a snake, a deer, a fox and baby bluebird, a cow and a horse.
Each story carries important life lessons such as helping others in need, being kind to others, friendship is important, and it’s okay to be different.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Animal characters come to life with six exciting stories to tell and life lessons to learn, for children 5-8 years old.
Delight your children and grandchildren this summer (or anytime) with the ‘Make Believe Bedtime Story’ series by Award-Winning Children’s Author Janice Spina.
This is Book 3 in the series. The illustrations by Dr. John Spina will capture your child’s imagination, as animal characters come to life with six exciting stories to tell, for children 5-8 years old.
…Find out what happens when Paulie the porcupine meets Bud the beaver. See how surprise and even fear of the unknown, quickly turns into a friendship.
…Discover how a boy and a garden snake become friends, when the boy helps free the snake from a hole in the fence, where the snake is stuck.
…Learn how two deer help each other, when Davis the dizzy deer needs help from his best friend, Dante.
…Read how a Finley, a friendly baby fox, and a determined mother bluebird, work together to rescue her baby from the base of a tree.
…How does Cassie the cow, who has lost her moo, rescue the herd from danger, and get her moo back?
…Finally, a little girl named Lorelei becomes friends with a Clydesdale horse. She helps him overcome his worries and insecurity about being hairier than the other horses.
Parents, grandparents, and educators hold the key to our next generation of readers, thinkers, and leaders. I encourage you to purchase all Jemsbooks by Janice Spina. Each book is age-appropriate, educational reading, that will keep your children engaged, entertained, and build on their reading and vocabulary skills. Give children the tools they need for success in life.
Review by Jjspina: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fun & educational stories with life lessons! Reviewed in the United States on August 14, 2023. Verified Purchase. A fun and educational book for ages 5-8 that will keep children engaged and happy while learning new words about different things and animals. Important life lessons are in all six stories. Another great addition to your young children’s libraries.
The Bedtime Stories series is here once again with six more fun and entertaining stories for children ages 5-8. In this book children will read about a dragonfly, a goat, a candle, a chicken and a rooster, a boy and a pelican and a fish, and a starfish.
Each story carries important life lessons such as helping others in need, being kind to others, it’s okay to be different, family matters more than riches or being famous, friends are important, and be the best you can be.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Make Bedtime Enjoyable with Book 4 In This ‘Jemsbooks’ Bedtime Story Series for Children 5-8 Years Old.
Your children and grandchildren will be excited to get into bed when ‘Jembooks’ by Award-Winning Children’s Author Janice Spina, are on their bedside table. This is book 4 in the Make Believe: Bedtime Stories for Children 5-8 years old. Janice masterfully brings the animal characters to life in six unique stories. The beautiful illustrations were designed by Dr. John Spina.
DEIDRA THE DARING DRAGONFLY: Bring imagination to life, as your child reads about the little girl named Aloisa, who becomes friends with Deidra, a daring, mystical dragonfly.
GRIFFIN THE GOAT WHO SAVED THE TREES: Griffin the goat who has no special talents at all, discovers delicious vines growing around the bark on the maple trees. Griffin is startled when the maple tree starts telling him about the dangerous plight of vines. Griffin tells the billies and nannies how delicious the vines are, and impresses the farmer by saving the maple trees. Janice puts an educational note for parents and guardians about the Bittersweet vine or Oriental Bittersweet is an invasive plant. It is native to China, Japan, and Korea. It was introduced to the United States around 1860 as an ornamental plant. She shared photos of bittersweet in her backyard, on her fence.
THE MAGIC CANDLE: An old shop owner learns a valuable lesson from a crooked candle that no one wants to buy.
CLARA THE SINGING CHICKEN: Clara the chicken has a point to make. She wants to prove she can sing. She does not want to be famous or leave the farm. She wants Rodney the rooster and others to take her seriously.
A BOY, A PELICAN, AND A FISH: Janice engages children and parents with this story about a family’s vacation to Aruba. Neo is turning seven soon, he makes friends with a Pelican named Pete, and a fish while experiencing the ocean for the first time.
CHIP THE LONELY STARFISH: Janice writes this story in memory ofthe many starfish she had in her own saltwater tanks. She shares two photos of the latest chocolate chip starfish she had, as the little girl named Bria in this story, becomes friends with a starfish.
I love how Author Janice Spina engages both children and adults alike in these amazing short stories. Janice has a gift for storytelling intertwined with education. She hares tidbits that will bring parents/guardians and children closer together, as they read and learn about the world around them. Janice Spina’s Jemsbooks should be in every child’s library.
Review by Jjspina: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Interesting and educational stories for children! Reviewed in the United States on August 29, 2023. Verified Purchase. Another fun book of short stories for children to read at bedtime or any time. A perfect addition to your child’s library with stories that will teach children important life lessons while having fun reading.
Product Details: Paperback: 98 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (July 24, 2023) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Children: Short Story Collection Reading Age: 5-8 Years Children: Bedtime Stories MG/PT BOOKS FOR 10+
Australian Epic Fantasy Romance Author Bernadette Rowley.
Princess Avenger by Bernadette Rowley.
An Epic Fantasy Romance Novel.
Queenmakers Saga Series Book One.
AN AVENGING PRINCESS Alecia is determined to protect her people from her tyrannical father. Her only worth is to have a son, who will be heir to the kingdom. A DANGEROUS SHIFTERVard is tasked with guarding a princess who refuses to be shielded from danger. His dark secret could spell the end of the woman he’s sworn to protect. And yet, when thrown together, neither of them can deny the forbidden attraction. As their lives spin out of control, will love be enough to pull them from the vortex and perhaps save the kingdom?
Princess Avenger is the first book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, combining the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, political intrigue and mythical creatures, wrapped up in a ‘beauty and the beast’ love story, then you’ll adore Princess Avenger.
***This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers. ***
Review: Recipe for a captivating fantasy novel – fast-paced adventure, romance, a strong hero and an equally strong heroine, wrapped in a fine layer of magic. It is an easy read, with a lot of great imagery and well-turned phrases sprinkled throughout, that paint the perfect moment along the storyline. Hooked from the first page I eagerly devoured this book! Both the Princess and her guard have their share of secrets that come crashing together in a glorious story. From the first paragraph, Bernadette Rowley’s Princess Avenger grabs you and will not let you go! I stayed up all night reading. Rowley’s fantasy world-building is exciting and engaging, and her characters are strong and relatable. What a find! From the moment I started reading I was captivated. Couldn’t put it down. Look forward to reading more from this author.
Product Details: Paperback: 204 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (November 10, 2019) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
THE PERFECT PLAN With her people on the brink of starvation, Lady Benae Branasar devises a daring rescue. She will marry powerful Prince Jiseve of Brightcastle and use his fortune to save her estates. But first she must compete against three princesses equally determined to win his hand. A DANGEROUS DISTRACTION When she finds herself drawn to her reluctant escort, the prince’s squire Ramón Zorba, her plans begin to unravel.
Ramón is dealing with problems of his own, but as he thaws, Benae glimpses the devastating man beneath. The more time they spend together, the harder Benae finds it to focus on her objective. Will she stay true to her people? Or will love and fate intervene?
The Lady’s Choice is the second book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, blending the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, court intrigue and mythical creatures, wrapped up in a “marriage of convenience gone wrong” romance, you’ll love The Lady’s Choice.
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Review: This is one intense, electrifying tale that captures your attention from start to finish. The characters are authentic, impressive and realistic with such depth and personality its easy to relate. The scenes are written with such realism, there’s no trouble interpreting each scenario as they play off one another perfectly. Royal intrigue, combined with vying for the king’s hand in marriage almost reminiscent of episodes of “The Bachelor” on TV, and a lot of sexual tension make this book different from the first one in the series. And what about Ramon and his unrequited love for Princes Alecia. You’ll just have to read the book and discover for yourselves, because I’m not telling.
Review: This is one intense, electrifying tale that captures your attention from start to finish. The characters are authentic, impressive and realistic with such depth and personality its easy to relate. The scenes are written with such realism, there’s no trouble interpreting each scenario as they play off one another perfectly. Royal intrigue, combined with vying for the king’s hand in marriage almost reminiscent of episodes of “The Bachelor” on TV, and a lot of sexual tension make this book different from the first one in the series. And what about Ramon and his unrequited love for Princes Alecia. You’ll just have to read the book and discover for yourselves, because I’m not telling.
Product Details: Paperback: 242 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (November 21, 2019) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
A PRINCESS OF THE PEOPLE IN SELF-IMPOSED EXILE Nothing could prepare Alecia for what she faces as she leaves all she has known behind and embraces a future with her rescuer. A TORMENTED SHAPESHIFTER, DESPERATE TO DEFEND THE WOMAN HE LOVES Vard Anton fights both external forces and the least controllable of his forms – the bear.
The lovers travel to a lost city, hoping a sorcerer there may help Vard master his transformations. They soon discover this mentor has his own devious agenda. Will Vard and Alecia escape? Can their love survive Alecia’s fear of Vard’s animal forms? What secret does the princess hold with the power to destroy Vard’s trust? The answers to all this and more are contained in the pages of Princess in Exile, the dark sequel to Princess Avenger.
Princess in Exile is the third book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, combining the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, political intrigue and mythical creatures, wrapped up in a ‘beauty and the beast’ love story, then you’ll adore Princess in Exile.
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Reviews: “All the drama, angst, danger and suspense make for one thrilling experience.” “This was a riveting story. The author’s characterization and the plot drew me through the book. Great follow-up to the first story in the series.” “Ah! The tension grows in this fast-paced sequel to The Princess Avenger. Princess in Exile is fast, tight, and full of action and drama. It kept me turning pages until the end in a short period of time.” “This is A Must Read. I loved it. If you like magic and shifters, and battles you will love this.”
Product Details: Paperback: 182 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (January 6, 2020) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
A DESPERATE MERMAID, determined to flee her people and create a new life. Merielle has rejected her family and gambled her future on inducing a human man to fall in love with her.AN EXILED SEA CAPTAIN, sworn to avenge a devastating loss. Nikolas blames the monstrous sea nymphs for his brother’s disappearance but when he finds an injured mermaid on his beach, he agrees to help her.
Despite his hate for the mer people, Nik is increasingly drawn to Meri, who slowly works her way into his damaged heart. Will Nik break the laws of land and sea to be with Meri or will the devastating secret she holds crush their tumultuous relationship.
The Lord and the Mermaid is the fourth book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, combining the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, political intrigue and mythical creatures, wrapped up in a dark and sexy retelling of The Little Mermaid, then you’ll adore The Lord and the Mermaid.
***This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.***
PRAISE FOR THE LORD AND THE MERMAID
***** This series gets better and better with each book. The fourth book brings even more of the kingdom to light. Plus, we get to see more of previous characters we’ve been introduced to. I love tales of mermaids and this one had such a deep story behind the love formed between Meri and Nik. Nik’s past is dark and so filled with pain. I can’t wait to see more of this couple as the series continues.
***** Retelling of The Little Mermaid is better than the original and Disney!
Reviews-PRAISE FOR THE LORD AND THE MERMAID:
5 Stars. This series gets better and better with each book. The fourth book brings even more of the kingdom to light. Plus, we get to see more of previous characters we’ve been introduced to. I love tales of mermaids and this one had such a deep story behind the love formed between Meri and Nik. Nik’s past is dark and so filled with pain. I can’t wait to see more of this couple as the series continues.
5 Stars. Retelling of The Little Mermaid is better than the original and Disney!
Product Details: Paperback: 250 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (February 13, 2020) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
AN ALLURING HEALER Lady Alique Zorba is as beautiful as she is impulsive, and she’s determined to rescue her family and kingdom from the dark elven menace. A PRAGMATIC GENERAL Kain Jazara has no idea of the explosive revelations hanging over his head, as he tackles the latest incursion of the dark elves into Thorius. But must he be lumbered with highborn healer, Alique when she’ll only get in his way?
When the two volunteer to become hostages so the innocent can be freed, little do they know they’re about to embark on the first of many missions together; assignments where neither can guarantee the other’s safety. As they discover an undeniable passion, will revelations from Kain’s past destroy Thorius, his relationships and any chance of happiness?
The Elf King’s Lady is the fifth book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, combining the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, political intrigue and mythical creatures, wrapped up in an inter-racial love story, then you’ll adore The Elf King’s Lady.
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
5 Star Reviews on Amazon: I wasn’t a big fan of Lady Alique Zorba in previous books, but in The Elf King’s Lady, you really get to know her. I was a fan of what I found. Factor in the gruff General Jazara, and tempers ignite. This might be one of my favorite books in the series thus far. An enjoyable read for sure!
Another great story line with endearing characters to love. Just a fun series to read and enjoy. Definitely recommend.
This series just gets better and better with each book. This book was action packed and the plot moved quickly and easily throughout.
Product Details: Paperback: 250 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (April 25, 2020) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
Two unlikely lovers… the ocean their playground… saved by desire.
AN IMPOVERISHED NOBLEWOMAN. Lady Esta Aranati will do anything to ensure the safety of her estate and its people, even to smuggling on the high seas. She leads a double life, a mask and wig the only shields that protect her reputation. A DARING PIRATE. Samael Delacost roams the ocean, living off the hard work of others, ignoring the voice that whispers ‘you don’t belong’. Until one night, Sam boards Esta’s ship and discovers she’s no easy prey.
Thrown together by a treasure hunt, the unlikely partners strike sparks off each other. Against her better judgment, Esta tries to help Sam find his mother, but what she discovers will change their lives forever. Can Sam and Esta find their way through danger, political intrigue and societal rules to forge a life together? Or will their differences and their pasts dictate the future?
A swashbuckling fantasy romance, begun on the high seas but sealed in the King’s Court
The Lady and the Pirate is the sixth book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, combining the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, political intrigue and sexy pirates, wrapped up in an adventure on the high seas, then you’ll adore The Lady and the Pirate.
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Unlikely Lovers, Saved by Desire!
Amazing story telling by Bernadette Rowley brings the reader into Lady Esta Aranati’s double life.
I think you will benefit from the meaning of these two terms upfront. Lenweri (the elven people, they have dark skin, pointed ears and are tall and elegant) and Sis Lenweri (the faction of dark elves that wishes to take over the kingdom of Thorius).
Chapter one opens with some suspense aboard the ‘Sea Sprite’ when captain, Lady Esta Aranti’s first mate wakes her up from deep sleep to inform her they have a visitor on board. I quote: “Esta drew a deep and heavy sigh, her heart kicking up a notch as she contemplated who the visitor might be. On a ship mile out to sea at night, there were few possibilities and none of them good.”
In chapter three the mood shifts and I quote:
…Esta moved to the bow and stood with the wind in her face, the black strands of her wig streaming behind her. It was chill but not wet and she reveled in the dance of her ship over the waves. Sea Sprite was one of the joys of her life and sailing one of her great loves. When she was on the ocean, she was free of earthly ties and a little of its wildness seeped into her, giving her strength for the trials of estate life. Lately, she had found it almost impossible to return to the estate without a nagging sense of dread.
…You seem almost happy tonight, sister,” Katrine said, joining her in the bow. Katrine was wildness personified, with a lithe body and long black hair that she rarely tied back. Not for her the wig as she had less need for a full disguise, shunning public life as she did. She wore leather breeches, flowing black shirts and a broad black satin mask decorated with stars. Her piercing blue eyes were now fixed on Esta.
…I am happy, Katrine,” Esta said. “What makes you think I am ever unhappy?
I invite you to join Katrine and Esta as they sail the sea with visions of finding treasure on their minds.
I hope the quotes above whet your appetite for strong female characters, rugged men, pirates, treasure maps, adventure, sword and sorcery and of course romance. All eight books in the Queenmakers series stands-alone, so jump right into the fantasy world of Author Bernadette Rowley.
Product Details: Paperback: 222 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (June 29, 2020) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
The Master and The Sorceress by Bernadette Rowley.
An Epic Fantasy Romance Novel.
Queenmakers Saga Series Book Seven.
A DESPERATE SORCERESS
Katrine Aranati no longer knows how to deal with the woman she has become. She runs headlong into a man whose heart’s desire is order and control.
A MASTER JEWELER
James Tomel is outwardly a pillar of society, but he hides more than one secret. His life plan has no room for a dangerous liaison with a reckless stranger.
When they are thrown together on a trip to Brightcastle, fierce creatures from legend pursue them, but even more perilous are the feelings swirling between them. As their hearts and bodies come together, one will flee while the other demands an accounting.
The Master and the Sorceress is the seventh book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, combining the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, danger and mythical creatures, wrapped up in an ‘opposites attract’ love story, you’ll adore The Master and the Sorceress.
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Product Details: Paperback: 196 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (November 8, 2020) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Global Library: Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
AN ELVEN PRINCESS Caught up in a vicious civil war, Gwaethe Arenil is desperate to save her peace-loving faction and reunite her people. A HUMAN COMMANDER Dashing army captain Jacques Vorasava has fought on the same side as Gwaethe in the past, but will he help her this time? And will his support come with more dangers than Gwaethe can accept, both for her people and her heart?
As the threat from the enemy elven faction forces them to work together, conflicts between their cultures push them apart. In a land of polarized opinion and intolerance, can Jacques and Gwaethe forge a new reality where their love can be accepted?
This story continues themes and characters from The Elf King’s Lady, book 5 in the Queenmakers Saga.
Elf Princess Warrior is the eighth book in the epic Queenmakers Saga, combining the sweeping high fantasy world of Thorius with sizzling romance. If you like magic, political intrigue and mythical creatures, wrapped up in an inter-racial love story, then you’ll adore Elf Princess Warrior.
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Product Details: Paperback: 254 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (November 4, 2020) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal
A princess determined to be queen. A secret shifter favored by the king. Can they find their way back to love?
Alecia Zialni has returned from exile, resolved to fulfill her mission to be queen of Thorius. But the headstrong princess is now a mother and no longer has a respected place in Brightcastle.
Vard Anton has gained control of his bear, but will it be too late to convince Alecia to take him back? Now the King’s Blade, he has the power Alecia craves.
As they reconnect and discover the depth of their love is unchanged, Alecia’s political aspirations drive a wedge between them.
Can Alecia fight deceit and tradition to become the next queen of Thorius? And will Vard’s new status spell the end of their chance at love?
The People’s Princess is the thrilling ninth book in the Queenmakers Saga epic fantasy romance series. If you like strong heroines, sexy shifters, forbidden passion and political intrigue then you’ll adore Bernadette Rowley’s enchanting adventure. Buy The People’s Princess to fight for love today!
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Review by NIC: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Alecia is back and making her move…
Oh to be back in this world again.
I have loved this series from book one and with each new book and couple and this book brings everyone back into one as the coming war looms nearer and nearer.
So many familiar faces and some events from previous books tie back in but from Alecia’s pov.
Alecia is a young woman who is consumed by grief and rage struggling through a sense of betrayal from her father. Alecia is finding her strength and taking action to ensure her own future and the direction it’s going to take. She’s assembling her inner circle and making her own alliances.
Her and Vard are still smoldering and explosive together. But now they are on the opposite sides. Vard is loyal and the right hand of the king. Alecia is questioning said king and her actions may be seen as traitorous.
I am eagerly awaiting the next book and for more of the ‘tension’. Plus I can’t wait to see where everyone ends up and what secrets come to light.
Review by Inghild Økland: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Captivating! This was a captivating fantasy, full of mystery and wonder to keep turning the pages.
The setting, the court and the dead king, not knowing who could be trusted and how to prevail, was really interesting and exciting.
What hit me most perhaps was Alecia’s strong love for babies, not only her daughter, but also the brother she should ‘hate’. Her mother mentality and protective instinct was very strong, and I felt that I could relate to this.
I loved the book, and I think many will enjoy following Alecia and Vard to see their paths unfold.
Review by Rachel C.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. I’ve missed them! I can’t say how excited I am to be back in this world with Alecia and Vard, as well as some familiar faces from the past! I know this gem took Bernadette longer than originally planned, but I can say with absolute certainty that it was worth the wait!
We pick up with Vard and Alecia separated, and Alecia returning home after having been gone for quite some time…and with a baby in tow, to boot! *gasp*
I don’t want to give anything away, but I will say, that just like with all the previous books in this series, the world-building, imagery, and characters are everything I have grown to expect from Bernadette. I found myself quickly re-immersed in this world, as if no time had passed. Characters that I have grown to love and root for are present *waves to Alecia, Vard, Meri, and Nikolas, etc.*, and like a welcome home, as well as some that I kind of want to punch…multiple times…in the face. We also make some new friends that I couldn’t help but love. My emotions were also all over the place, with some cheesy grins, yells, swoons, and cusses. I want the best for these characters because this author has made me care in a way that only the best can!
I’m not sure I’m doing this book justice, but I can say I highly recommend this, as well as the rest of the series! I recommend starting with Princess Avenger to understand the full complexities of the story! You won’t regret it!
Review by NB: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fantastic story! The story starts with a bang and leaves you on the tip of your toes till the very end. Intrigue, adventure, shifters, elves, princesses, princes, witches, and more. Couldn’t put it down and stayed up way too late to finish it.
Review by READS A LOT: 4.0 out of 5 Stars. Elves, Shifters and Romance! Intense. Exciting. Page-turning. My first time reading this author so I will be checking out the series.
Product Details: Print Length: 341 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy; 1st Edition (February 17, 2022) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
A princess whose mission is to be queen. A secret shifter, at the right hand of the king. Will their love be enough to bind them?
As Alecia Zialni pulls her people together, she fears she doesn’t have the skills or the support to accomplish her ultimate goal.
Vard Anton is now the king’s most trusted advisor, but his secrets could topple him, and his sudden rise has delivered powerful enemies.
Yearning for Vard’s support in her political aspirations, Alecia is crushed when he offers her marriage instead.
As the enemy elven forces move on Thorius and its allies, will Alecia accept Vard’s proposal or forge ahead with her plans? And can Vard save the king and Thorius from the elven menace before his secrets are exposed?
The King’s Blade is the exciting tenth book in the Queenmakers saga epic fantasy romance series. If you like strong heroines, forbidden passion, political intrigue and mythical creatures, you’ll love Bernadette Rowley’s captivating adventure.
Buy The King’s Blade to fight for justice today!
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Review by NIC: 5.0 out of 5 stars Bring on book 11!Omg I can’t wait for more! This book picked up literally right from where book 9 left off and kept on going. Alecia is starting to develop into the Queen she wants to be. I loved getting all the previous characters pov’s again and seeing the series continue moving towards the ultimate clash with the Sis Lenweri. A m/f romantic fantasy with multiple couples, court mechanics, battles, reunions and some steam.
Review by Tony: 5.0 out of 5 stars FASCINATING STORY.I thoroughly enjoyed this story. Full of action, suspense, intrigue, and action. What a surprising ending. I highly recommend this story.
Review by ScramblerRich: 5.0 out of 5 stars A Rollercoaster of passion, politics and intrigue! Don’t miss it! Reading Rowley’s Queenmakers Saga is like riding a rollercoaster with thrilling peaks and valleys of romance, intrigue and action and once I started it I found it hard to put down!
In her 10th installment in the series, “The King’s Blade”, Princess Alecia continues to push ever forward on her determination to become the first ruling Queen of Thorius in several centuries. Her lover Vard, who is the king’s blade wants her as his wife but that would derail her plans to become queen.
On top of that, the hostile Sis Lenweri elven faction have resurrected and enlisted a powerful and dangerous ally thought to have disappeared hundreds of years ago. With these allies, they have started to attack the various city strongholds held by the humans and the other elven group allied with them.
And on top of that, King Beniel is gravely ill! And he has made up his mind against having Princess Alecia take up his scepter to rule as Queen when he passes.
All the main characters developed in the previous nine books are on board and working together to resist the Sis Lenweri. But by no means are they doing so because they like each other. Far from it!
These unforgettable characters are continuously forced to confront their firmly held beliefs, political intrigues, fierce battles, ethical dilemmas, unquenchable desires, and love’s vagaries.
I’m smitten with this series and can’t wait to see it reach its conclusion. And even though this is the 10th volume, there is a thorough “previously in the Queensmaker Saga” summary section which brings you up to date on all the past events and characters so you can read it as a stand-alone novel. Don’t miss it!
Review by Shivani McK: 5.0 out of 5 stars Alecia Positioning for the Crown and there is Vard. Bernadette Rowley’s Book 10 of the Queenmakers Saga comes to grips with Alecia and Vard’s relation and the tension between her drive to become queen and rightful heir for her kingdom and people and Vard’s career as King’s Blade. The balance of family, career and relationships has always been a dilemma throughout time, sometimes at a cost with the balance being a delicate one. Alecia, her team and advisor, yes, and the guardians all show strength, courage and direction at Brightcastle while preparing for the elven attack. While Vard along with the King Beniel and his generals are engaged on the battlefield with the elves. The details of the battle scenes are exciting, full of description, and the urgency can be felt on all fronts. The sudden turn of events at every corner of the kingdom never stops and neither do the secrets, surprises, drama, and intrigue.
Review by Deb Barringer: 5.0 out of 5 stars An amazing adventure that should not be missed! The King’s Blade, book 10 in Bernadette Rowley’s Queenmakers Saga, is an epic adventure that does not disappoint. The long-awaited battle has finally arrived. Pushed to the point of breaking, and fighting against an unimaginable enemy, will the kingdom prevail or will it fall? The storyline is fast-paced and very well written, filled with danger, intrigue, subterfuge, politics, adventure and romance. This tale will keep you on the edge of your seat from beginning to end. The characters are well developed and engaging. I felt as if I was battling right along with the soldiers as they diligently fought. Alicia continues to aspire to be queen. With the kings health deteriorating, will she get her wish? Overall, this is a great addition to a wonderful series that should not be missed!
Review by Kelly Pfister: 5.0 out of 5 stars The King’s Blade. This story draws you in and keeps your attention the whole time. Great characters and great writing. Add this book to your reading list!
Review by Margo: 5.0 out of 5 stars Characters merge to fight an epic battle against good and evil. Game of Thrones type of book where you go bounce from one scene to the next to get the full view of the battlefields. It was great to read all the characters who had been well developed throughout the books merge together for the final epic battle. Who will merge the victor? What twists and turns will happen? Read and find out!
Review by NB: 5.0 out of 5 stars All night read. I was so excited to read the next book in the saga and it did not disappoint! I loved it! To be back in the world was a treat. You’ll just have to read to find out if their love survives their individual wants and be sure to leave time because it’ll keep you up all night.
Review by Debbie: 5.0 out of 5 stars Keeps you on the edge of your seat. This epic fantasy keeps you on the edge of your seat. The world building is incredible and descriptive, the storyline is captivating and enthralling and grabs you hook, line and sinker. The characters are amazing and Alecia is becoming the queen that she is meant to be. Filled with action, adventure, politics, intrigue , danger and romance, this is a series definitely well worth a read.
Product Details: Paperback: 338 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (July 2, 2022) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
A princess who yearns for love and leadership. A powerful shifter, who walks a tightrope of intrigue and desire. Will their separate paths lead them to each other—or tear them apart?
Determined to gain the throne now that her uncle is dead, Alecia pushes ahead with her plans. However, a threat long thought extinct returns to the kingdom’s skies.
Vard Anton carries a secret which could destroy Alecia’s trust in him and crush their future. But he must enact the dead king’s plan and defeat the enemy elven faction marching on Brightcastle.
While all around is uncertain except for Vard’s love, Alecia turns her back on marriage in order to fulfill her political aspirations.
As the ultimate battle looms, will the kingdom forces triumph over their enemies? Can Alecia prove herself worthy of the throne as chaos ensues? And will Vard’s secret be the final blow to their love?
Of Queens and Dragons is the exciting eleventh book in the Queenmakers saga epic fantasy romance series. If you like strong heroines, forbidden passion, political intrigue and mythical creatures, you’ll love Bernadette Rowley’s captivating adventure.
Buy Of Queens and Dragons to fight for love today!
This book contains sex scenes and is intended for mature readers.
Review by NIC: 5.0 out of 5 stars The princess has become a QUEEN! Battle…swords…dragons…elves…night hounds…magic…court mechanics…
Bernadette created some thrilling battle scenes that had me holding my breath! I mean the pov’s and various parts of the battle throughout the region had you so deeply drawn into the conflict…this was my favorite war/battle depiction in probably…ever!
Plus hello…a warrior princess, an enraged dragon, some flaming arrows and a Hail Mary?! Ah, yes please and thank you! That scene will live rent free in my head.
This is book 11 and has beautifully tied together all the threads of the couples and story lines in the Queenmakers Saga so far. I highly recommend starting from book one as that is where it all begins.
Various m/f couples and their povs as the war has reached its climax and the fate of the kingdom must be decided. There are deaths as we are in war, some steamy scenes as our couples embrace and lots of twists. Epic fantasy romance at its finest.
Review by Deb Barringer: 5.0 out of 5 stars A wonderful conclusion to a fantastic collection! Of Queens and Dragons, book 11 in Bernadette Rowley’s Queenmakers Saga, is definitely a finale worthy of a five star rating. Brimming with adventure, I was on the edge of my seat from beginning to end. The storyline is fast-paced and very well written, filled with action, intrigue, mystery, politics, danger, subterfuge, and slow-burn romance. The battle that has been brewing finally comes to fruition and it is epic. The fighting is so well described I felt as if I was truly on the battlefield alongside the kingdom fighters, striving for victory against the Sis Lenweri. The characters are well developed and engaging. It is wonderful to see all of the people from prior episodes come together in this final installment. Their different relationships often lead to intense interactions. Overall, Of Queens and Dragons is a wonderful conclusion to what has been a fantastic collection!
Review by Margo: 5.0 out of 5 stars The battle we’ve all been waiting for has finally begun! It’s the end and the odds are stacked against the humans as they face an enemy with a secret weapon thought to be extinct. Most all the characters we have come to know and love show up to help fight. Great finale that will leave everyone who has read the series quite satisfied Enjoy!
Review by Debbie: 5.0 out of 5 stars This has been an epic series and this is a finale totally worthy of this series. This has been an epic series and this is a finale totally worthy of this it. From book one I have found myself drawn into this incredible world that the author has created and it all comes down to this final battle in this epic finale. The detail, the story, it’s just so exciting and thrilling and the characters that have been on this adventure have been remarkable and I am so glad I took this journey with them. Gripping, captivating and so so addictive, this fast paced epic fantasy is full of danger, intrigue, drama and secrets and will have you on the edge of your seat just to see how it all comes together at the end. Just amazing!
Review by Shivani McK: 5.0 out of 5 stars A Finally Worth Waiting For. What an amazing finally to this 11 book saga. Bernadette pulled out all the stops creating an epic battle scene in a fight for her place queen, the Lenweri, and the people of Thorium. The majority of Queens and Dragons final book in, The Queenmaker Saga is all about the battle. Detailed description of armor, weapons, battle tactics, and the emotions that Alecia feels in her first real battle as the Sis Lenweri converge upon Brightcastle as a pivotal move for complete take over. There are two characters missing from the battle, I’m sure you can guess, but everyone is present for this showdown, Hell-hounds and dragons included. You will want to pick up book 11 of the Queenmaker Saga: ‘Of Queens and Dragons’ for the exciting ending.
Review by NB: 5.0 out of 5 stars Captivating from the start. Such a satisfying slow burn romance. The beginning of this book had me gripped as the inevitable happened and then I had to find out if they would get together at all!
Review by Tony: 5.0 out of 5 stars Fantastic story. What a great finish to the series. It banished all of my fears and reinforced all of my hopes.
Product Details: Paperback: 302 Pages Publisher: Bernadette Rowley Fantasy (October 9, 2022) Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
The Queenmakers Saga Box Set by Bernadette Rowley.
Spicy Epic Fantasy Romance Series Box Set (Books 1-4).
An epic fantasy box set with over 1200 pages of spicy romance, magic, and political intrigue.
Titles contained in this box set: Princess Avenger, The Lady’s Choice, Princess in Exile, and The Lord and the Mermaid.
The saga begins with PRINCESS AVENGER:
A princess in disguise. A shifter with a hidden agenda. Will they uncover the truth in time for romance to blossom?
Alecia Zialni has sworn revenge against her father for having her first love murdered. Masquerading as a man to pursue her vendetta, the prince’s headstrong daughter is soon in over her head. And when her handsome rescuer is assigned as her protector, her secret double life becomes complicated by their rapidly growing chemistry.
Captain Vard Anton struggles to control his budding lust for the determined princess he’s supposed to defend. And as an animal shapeshifter charged with killing her father, he knows he can never reveal his true identity. But the violent beast form he cannot master threatens to expose him and risk her safety.
As her feelings for Vard continue to bloom, Alecia is devastated when she’s betrothed to a lecherous lord. And wracked with guilt over his ultimate mission, Vard fears there is no way for them to ever be together. But her obsession with vengeance may be the death of them both…
Can Alecia and Vard topple a tyrant to join their destinies and their hearts?
Princess Avenger is the thrilling first book in the Queenmakers Saga epic fantasy romance series. If you like strong heroines, sexy shifters, and forbidden passion, then you’ll adore Bernadette Rowley’s enchanting adventure.
Buy Princess Avenger to go undercover for justice today!
Readers Recommend Princess Avenger: If you’re looking for a story to take your mind away, pick up Princess Avenger. Just don’t drop your Kindle in the bathtub. Recipe for a captivating fantasy – fast-paced adventure, romance, a strong hero, and equally strong heroine, wrapped in a fine layer of magic.
Readers Recommend The Lady’s Choice: Man, talk about an out-of-control locomotive ride! An intense storyline holds you on a razor’s edge with total focus riveted to each word. A fantastic read with adventure and twists.
Readers Recommend Princess in Exile: A rollercoaster of unexpected events and surprising mishaps launch all your emotions to blazing life in this gripping storyline. A fantastic read from the first page. You won’t want to put it down. If you like magic, shifters, and battles, you’ll love this.
Readers Recommend The Lord and the Mermaid: One stunning storyline and roaring plot catapults this beauty to life. The characters are authentic with depth and individualism that blend and flow. Retelling of The Little Mermaid – better than the original and Disney! The Queenmakers Saga Box Set Books 1 to 4 includes Princess Avenger, The Lady’s Choice, Princess in Exile and The Lord and the Mermaid. We’re talking 1300 pages. And the genre is sexy epic fantasy romance. The setting is my fantasy kingdom of Thorius and you can expect feisty heroines, tortured heroes, magic, political intrigue, and mystical creatures. If you love a good shifter romance, Princess Avenger is your kind of story and you’ll want to continue following Alecia and Vard in Princess in Exile. The Lady’s Choice features Ramon Zorba, secondary character from Princess Avenger and a sexy beta hero. I had fun creating him. The heroine, Benae, is a healer and you are just going to love her. The Lord and the Mermaid is my retelling of The Little Mermaid. I know you’re going to enjoy how this romance evolves. The mind boggles. Sit back and get carried away to another world where you can forget your troubles and just be….
Top US Reviews:
Review by Rachel C.: 5.0 out of 5 stars Loved. I joined a Facebook group and stumbled across Bernadette Rowley. I’m glad I did. I enjoyed being able to read the boxset, so I could get all four at once. I liked how each book focused on different primary characters, while two of them did follow two previous characters, which I was glass about. I of course have my favorites, but I enjoyed all the characters. Bernadette does a great job overlapping timelines, as these stories happen in the same world, and have some overlapping characters as well. I recommend giving this series a chance! I’m glad I did.
Edit: Now that it’s been a while since I’ve read it, I thought it only fair to come back and say just how much I love this series! I love the characters so much, and I keep thinking about them and what might happen/what I want to happen! The other books in the series after the box set are the perfect addition! Highly anticipating Queen’s Return to come out! You should most definitely give these books a read!
Review by Corina Douglas: 5.0 out of 5 stars Hooked line and sinker!The author has done an amazing job with this series. The world she’s created is believable and engaging. I have fallen in love and out of love with characters, only to fall back in love with them. This is a clever feat, and shows the author’s talent to show all facets of a character. I particularly enjoyed the first story and the third, and I look forward to reading the other stories in this world!
Review by Jignet: 5.0 out of 5 stars READ IT YOU WILL LOVE IT EVERY SINGLE BOOK IN THIS SERIES. I love all these great books. Some I read before the series and enjoyed them then but now all together in one place is a killer steal deal!!
Review by Brigitte Frantz: 5.0 out of 5 stars Intriguing Romance Adventure. Wonderful Exciting Adventurous. I can’t say enough about this series. The writing is excellent. Captures you from the beginning and keeps you to the next book. I read them all in a row. The characters are marvelous.
Review by Maria J: 5.0 out of 5 stars Treasure Trove. I love this series!
Review by Me: 3.0 out of 5 stars Ok It just was not for me. Insipid princess meets horny conflicted and deranged shifter. There was not much in the way of growth that I could see character wise. I really wanted to love this tale but sadly it just didn’t resonate with me.
Review by Shivani McK: 5.0 out of 5 stars Romance Series Worth Reading. If you are looking for a good romance series boxset look no further than The Queenmakers Saga. Bernadette Rowley has created a wonderful series in a medieval time set with castles, forest, elves, and passionate royal families. The woman in her series, usually Ladies to the Queen, are strong, courageous, and even though they may appear venerable they are not weak. The men, often military captains, are dashing, a bit stubborn, of few words but emotions that run deep and lots of honor. Bernadette’s stories have heart, intrigue, suspense, sexy steam, and a different view on love in each story. This is a romance series worth reading.
Review by Deb Barringer: 5.0 out of 5 stars Awesome! Queenmakers Saga by Bernadette Rowley is unlike any series I have ever read. Each book is interlinked yet completely able to stand on its own. Every book hosts an unconventional romance with plenty of fantasy to keep you on the edge of your seat. The heroines are strong, the men are commanding and sparks fly everywhere while they fight for their lives. This is truly a box set not to be missed!
Product Details: Print Length: 976 Pages Publication Date: August 6, 2019 Language: English Fantasy (Action & Adventure) Fantasy (Adult & College Age) Fantasy (Dragons & Mythical Creatures) Fantasy (Epic Romance) Fantasy (Fairy Tales) Fantasy (Metaphysical & Visionary) Fantasy (Sword & Sorcery) Romance (Action-Drama) Romance (Gothic) Romance (Paranormal)
About Bernadette Rowley: Bernadette Rowley is an Australian epic fantasy romance author who is also a veterinarian. After flirting with picture books, junior fiction and space opera, Bernadette was challenged to write a romance in 2011 and she hasn’t looked back.
First published by Penguin Australia and then Pan Macmillan Australia, Bernadette is now an independently published author. The Queenmakers Saga contains eleven books spanning the genres of fantasy romance and romantic fantasy.
Her favorite tropes are enemies to lovers, forced proximity and forbidden romance. Strong themes include the horse/human bond and healing.
When not at her desk, Bernadette can be found absorbed in a good romance or romantic suspense, swimming, walking, or having coffee with friends.
4 Stars “A grand debut” by Night Owl Romance Reviews. Elinor Hawthorne has in inherited a house that is haunted by the ghosts of two medieval knights, Basil Manneville and Guy Guiscard. Basil is the man of her dreams, her knight in shining armor. She falls in love with him and he with her. Basil soon realizes she needs to live a normal life, a happy life with a mortal. A lifetime later fate intervenes. Basil, still in love with Elinor, is told her spirit lives on in a young woman and is given another chance at life to find her.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. Romantic dilemma between a young woman and ghost from the 1300’s.
Author Chris Karlsen is one of my favorite story tellers. Her creative mind takes history, time, characters and story line to a place few have travelled. As a fan of the paranormal, Chris captures my imagine and leaves me wanting more.
In Heroes Live Forever (Knights in Time series book 1), we meet Elinor Hawthorne, a remarkable young school teacher. She has who has just inherited Badger Hollow Manor in Norfolk, England (1980), from her grandmother. Elinor has a no-nonsense attitude about ghosts; when she meets and has to share living space with, two medieval knights killed in the 1300’s.
Ladies: If you were to fall in your home, would you prefer to fall into the strong arms of a strong, handsome, ghost knight, or just hit the floor? Elinor’s experience begins an amazing friendship, love story, fantasy, and time travel adventure, you will not want to miss.
The first part of this story will touch your heart and even bring you sadness. The second part of this book will give you a renewed sense the of destiny and timeless love.
The dilemma is between flesh and spirt. Let me bring you into a conversation these two medieval ghost knights, Basil Mandeville and Guy Guiscard are having in Chapter 15.
…After Elinor left that evening, the knights rode to the castle ruins. Neither spoke until they reached the parapet.
…Guy propped himself against the wall and stretched his long legs out in front of him. The night breeze blew leaves over the stones and across where he lay.
…Basil stood, elbows on a crenel and where he had a view of Elinor’s house bathed in the moonlight.
…Guy tilted his head back and closed his eyes. “Do you want to talk about that scene you made over the butcher’s flowers?”
… “I have no idea what you’re talking about.”
… “Don’t be evasive. It ill suits you. You’re jealous, although, I cannot fathom why you’d be so upset over a silly gift from some tradesman.”
… “That is ridiculous. I have never been jealous in my life.”
… “If you were cut right now, you’d bleed green. It certainly wasn’t your aesthetic sense that was offended by her display of roses. Admit it, you’re smitten with her.” Guy cracked one eye open and peered at Basil.
… “You’re trying to irritate me.”
…True, he was fond of Elinor, too fond. He enjoyed being with her more than he cared to say, even to Guy.
…However, jealousy was too preposterous to entertain seriously.
… “I will grant I like her very much, but so do you, do you not?” Basil said.
…Guy shifted so they faced each other. “Yes, I like her, enough to wish I’d met her a long, long time ago.” The unexpected confession got Basil’s attention. “Elinor has none of the brittleness I’ve known in many women. She’s a warm, witty, comely lady. She’s also flesh and blood.”
…Uncomfortable under his friend’s scrutiny, Basil turned away and focused on the house again. “Is there a point to this discussion?”
… “She’s a flesh and blood woman with visions for her future.” Guy rose and joined Basil. “You are but a vision of a past flesh and blood man.” He laid his hand on Basil’s shoulder, “Make sure it’s enough for her my friend.” Guy walked away, leaving Basil alone with his thoughts.
Can Basil Manneville compete with Elinor’s human admirer?
I invite you to read Heroes Live Forever (Knights in Time series book 1), then turn you attention as I will, to Journey in Time (Knights in Time series book 2) by Chris Karlsen. An internationally published author, Chris has traveled extensively throughout Europe, the Near East, and North Africa, satisfying her need to visit places she read about. Having spent a great deal of time in England and France, she used her love of both places as settings for her Knights in Time (5 book) series.
Product Details: Knights in Time Book 1 Paperback: 390 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (April 14, 2011) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers
London attorney, Shakira Constantine finally agrees to spend the day with her handsome client, Alex Lancaster. While riding in the countryside, the couple finds themselves caught in a time warp and transported back to the 14th century-and an England preparing for war. Everyone believes Alex is the Baron Guy Guisard, a baron who died in the upcoming battle. If they can’t find a way to return to the 21st Century, Alex will have to sail with the army to certain death. Shakira will be left alone to survive in the alien and terrifying medieval world.
Awarded 5 Stars by the Editor at Book Marketing Global Network. From Predictable To Well Researched Medieval Drama!
After Enjoying Heroes Live Forever (Knights in Time Book 1), I naturally turned to Journey in Time (Knights in Time Book 2). In book two we meet Shakira Constantine, beautiful, independent, successful London attorney. When Shakira meets Alex Lancaster (music producer and playboy), their destiny is intertwined when she accepts him as a client, goes against her own ethics, joining him for a weekend at his cottage in the Gloucestershire countryside.
Nothing could prepare these two for the time travel adventure that carries them back to the medieval 13th century. Twists, Turns, humor, danger, romance, and your own emotions will keep you turning the pages, until they return to the 21st century.
Let me bring you into the story (Chapter 18):
…Shakira cracked open one eye. If she was very, very lucky, this would be Alex’s cottage. If she was very, very unlucky, she’d see the walls of an old Keep. Rough cut, honey colored stone confirmed the worst. She closed her eyes and tried to convince herself she still slept and this was part of a horrible nightmare. She refused to acknowledge the noises that drifted up sounded too authentic for a dream.
…Gates creaked, doors slammed, dogs barked, horses whinnied, geese honked, one after another. Women shouted orders. Young voices answered, followed by the sound of running feet. The sun hadn’t fully appeared on the horizon yet, but castle folk see no reason to be quiet. Their daily life begins when the first bright streaks show themselves.
… “Rocky?” Alex patted her shoulder. “Rocky, we need to get up.”
…Torn, she lay curled and silent. She didn’t want to face waking in 1355, but she definitely didn’t want to believe she dreamt making love to Alex either.”
I invite you to join Shakira (nickname rocky) and Alex (known as Baron Guy Guisard) as they discover how to survive in the 13th medieval century and find their way home. I love this authors characters and story. Author Chris Karlsen will frustrate you at times with her flawed human characters. Your emotions will fluctuate, but in the end, Chris knows what is best. There is a must-read Epilogue.
Each book in the series stand-alone, so you can jump in anytime. The five-book series ‘Knights in Time’ include Heroes Live Forever (Book 1), Journey in Time (Book 2), Knight Blindness (Book 3), In Time for You (Book 4) and Losing Time Book 5). Never fear, there are more paranormal, romance, time travel series written by Chris Karlsen (internationally published author). Chris has traveled extensively throughout Europe, the Near East, and North Africa, satisfying her need to visit places she read about. Having spent a great deal of time in England and France, she used her love of both places as settings for her Knights in Time series.
Product Details: Knights in Time Book 2 Paperback: 352 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (September 1, 2011) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers
Given a choice between the pleasant life you knew centuries ago or the possibility of all you want in an uncertain new world, which would you choose? Two men torn through time find themselves in the modern but alien world. Old enemies, one hunting the other, one discovering love, both fighting private battles to survive. Book 3 of The Knights in Time Series Ready for battle, Medieval English knight, Stephen Palmer, charges into the French enemy’s cavalry line. Heeding a warning given months before, he hesitates as he comes face-to-face with the knight in the warning. Struck down in the year 1356, he finds himself landing in the year 2013. Grievously wounded, he’s taken to a nearby hospital.
Confused by the new world surrounding him, he attempts to convince the staff he’s from another time, only to find they think him mad. Rescued by friends, who, to his surprise, have also come through time, he must find a way to function in this odd modern England. He is quickly enchanted by the kind Esme Crippen, the young woman hired to tutor him. She too is enchanted by him. Tempted to deepen the relationship, she hesitates thinking him adorable, but mad. He must discover the means for getting her to believe the truth, all the while, unknown to him, he didn’t come forward in time alone. The enemy knight has also traveled to 2013. French noble, Roger Marchand, doesn’t question why the English knight who charged him hesitated. That fraction of a pause gave him the advantage needed and he brought his sword down upon the Englishman’s helmet hard, unhorsing the knight. He moved to finish the Englishman off when the world changed in a rush of sensations as he is ripped through time. Seeking a reason for the terrible event, he enters a nearby chapel. There, thinking God has chosen him for a quest to turn French defeat that day in 1356 to victory, he sets out to find the English knight. The man he is convinced holds the key to time. If he returns to the day of the battle, he can warn his king of mistakes that snatched victory from them.
Product Details: Knights in Time Book 3 Paperback: 394 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (July 20, 2013) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers
While horseback riding in the English countryside, sisters, Electra and Emily Crippen find themselves trapped in a tear in time. Thrown back to 1357 England and caught by a local noble, they are in a place that is home but as frightening and unfamiliar as an alien world would be with no idea how the tear in time came about. The one thing they do know is they must stay together and stay near to where the event took place in hopes of discovering the way back to their modern life. That certain need to stay to stay together is the first certainty taken from them when one sister is forced to remain in England and one is sent miles away to Wales by royal order.
There is one other hope for help the sisters don’t know exists. It’s Electra’s lover, Roger Marchand. A time traveler himself, he never told her of his past. When he realizes what has happened to the sisters, he enlists the help of a scientist friend to help him open the suspected passageway through time. Any effort to save Electra and Emily will likely cost him his life. This was the time Roger came from, a time when his country, France, was at war with England. If he is discovered on English soil while searching for the sisters, he will either be killed or taken prisoner of war. Any risk is worth saving the life of the woman he loves.
Product Details: Knights in Time Book 4 Paperback: 366 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (September 4, 2019) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers
Felicia Wycliff’s peaceful stroll through the woods turned to disaster when her dachshund bolted after a rabbit. One minute Felicia was running after the determined little dog, the next she was hurled to the ground. Gathering her wits after her tumble, she brushed herself off and continued her pursuit—right into three mounted knights who blocked her path.
They were so authentic looking. They might’ve stepped from the keep of the nearby castle, Elysian Fields. But the old Norman fortress was a ruin and had been for three hundred years.
“Seize her,” the middle knight ordered, the knight who sat tallest in the saddle.
“Let me go.” She fought, striking out when the two knights grabbed her. “Who the deuce are you?”
“I’m the Captain of the Baron’s Guard, and you are trespassing.”
Kidnapped, her confusion and fear consumed her. But when they rode through the gates of Elysian Fields, the castle looking as formidable as the date it was built, her terror exploded.
When she fell she knew exactly where she was. But where the devil had she landed?
Product Details: Knights in Time Book 5 Print Length: 356 Pages Publisher: Books to Go Now (September 16, 2018) Language: English Romance (Historical) Romance Historical Suspense Thrillers
Best-selling series, together for the first time in a boxed set.
Three friends…warrior knights, One battle will change their lives, Love will change their worlds.
HEROES LIVE FOREVER: Elinor Hawthorne has inherited a house haunted by two medieval knights, Basil Manneville and Guy Guiscard. Basil is literally the knight of her dreams. She never expected to “meet” a ghost face to face let alone fall in love with one. Living the normal life together that they’d want is impossible unless fate
Intervenes: A lifetime later fate does intervene. Basil, still in love with Elinor, is told her spirit lives on in a young woman. He is given another chance at life to find her.
JOURNEY IN TIME: The budding romance between London attorney, Shakira Constantine, and her client, Alex Lancaster is put to the test when the couple finds themselves torn through time back to the medieval world. It’s a world Alex has a strong connection to, a connection that will cost him his life unless they can find a way to return to this time. Without him, Shakira is condemned to live in a dangerous medieval world alone.
Together they’ll struggle to discover a way back to the modern world while dealing with the political and social intrigues of 14th Century England. The intrigues of that world all too often work against their efforts to get home.
KNIGHT BLINDNESS: Stephen Palmer, a wounded medieval knight finds himself torn through time from the battlefield to the modern and alien world.
Seriously injured, he now must make his way in a world he has no context for and no knowledge about.
Esme Crippen is hired as his tutor. Love is something he does understand and as the two fall into love, they both must overcome the fact the world thinks him mad with his time-travel talk, including Esme.
Kathryn Is Located In Texas & The Mountains Of Northern New Mexico.
Nikki Garcia Mystery Series.
Terror In Desert Skies by Kathryn Lane.
A Sky Full of Color – And a Storm of Deception.
Book Seven: Nikki Garcia Mystery Series.
A day of joy turns into a nightmare…
The sky was filled with wonder—vibrant colors, drifting dreams, and the thrill of flight. Unexpectedly, the dazzling celebration at a balloon fiesta takes a horrifying turn when a hot air balloon plummets from the sky. Nikki’s world shatters—two lives are lost, and her brother is in surgery, fighting for his life.
A witness claims to have seen something that could change everything—a drone, hovering too close to the balloon before disaster struck. Was it a tragic accident? Or something far more sinister?
Grief must take a back seat as Nikki races to uncover the truth. Because somewhere, someone knows what really happened.
As Nikki searches for answers in a landscape as treacherous as it is breathtaking, she uncovers secrets someone would kill to protect.
About The Author: Kathryn Lane is the award-winning author of the Nikki Garcia Mystery Series and the coming-of-age novel, Stolen Diary.
In her writing, Kathryn draws inspiration from her experiences growing up in a small town in Mexico as well as her work and travel in over ninety countries around the globe during her international finance career.
Kathryn loves the Arts. Her passions are writing, doing research for her novels, and reading. In her spare time, she visits museums, listens to lectures, or cooks. Over dinner, Kathryn and her husband, Bob Hurt, like to discuss the books they are reading that week.
Murder In Monte Carlo: A Nikki Garcia Mystery by Kathryn Lane.
Monte Carlo is in Italy and Monte Carlo.
Investigating stolen art is not a pretty picture…
Nikki’s dream job becomes a reality when a New York antique art dealer hires her for a covert mission aboard a cruise ship.
Her task is to gather evidence on two passengers suspected of stealing art from the New York dealer. The presumed thieves, posing as art experts, quickly befriend Nikki, plunging her into a moral quandary. Can she remain impartial?
As her investigation intensifies, she identifies a third suspect and breaks into his cabin. The situation escalates when he arrives unexpectedly and finds her rummaging through his belongings. Narrowly, she manages to escape his menacing threats.
At one of the ports of call, she witnesses a chilling murder in broad daylight. The realization dawns on her that a far more sinister plot, possibly involving cartel members, is unfolding. Could this be a scheme to launder illicit profits through an international network of anonymous art transactions?
With the stakes higher than ever, Nikki must decide if she should continue her perilous investigation…knowing that she could become the next target.
‘Rage in The Wilderness’ is located in New Mexico and the mountains of Colorado.
You can’t keep the past buried forever…
When private investigator Nikki Garcia comes to New Mexico, raging wildfires in the nearby mountains force her and her family to evacuate. In the ensuing chaos, people close to her, including her husband, mysteriously disappear.
Join Nikki as she races across the Sangre de Cristo Mountains and the Colorado prairie in a desperate attempt to save her loved ones. Her search unearths decades-old secrets and an international spy network that will stop at nothing to steal secrets from the heart of Cheyenne Mountain.
As she navigates treacherous terrain and ruthless adversaries, old secrets hold the key to uncovering the truth. When she unravels a past that defies explanation, will that help her locate her kidnapped husband or will she pay the ultimate price in this perilous pursuit?
Prepare for a riveting adventure with a female sleuth that will keep you on the edge of your seat, craving every page.
With Rage in the Wilderness, Kathryn Lane has written another page-turning tale of relentless tension and suspense—an adventure into a complicated world of espionage and betrayal, of paranoia and forgotten secrets. —Lowell Mick White, author of Normal School.
Review by Michael Savana: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Superb writing, can’t-put-it-down excitement. Reviewed in the United States on February 18, 2024. Verified Purchase. Captivating story. The writing style was colorful yet efficient. The characters were all captivating and none were incidental to the story-each a piece of the puzzle. The plot twists were all surprising and the ending was edge-of-the-seat. A wild ride through intrigue and murder.
A woman is dead, a teenager is missing, and the partners of a vacation stem cell travel agency in Miami are suspects.
One partner is the father of the missing girl and the other one is the husband of the murdered woman. The widower is unreachable, having taken clients on a stem cell therapy trip to the Caribbean.
Nikki Garcia investigates the girl’s disappearance and, in the midst of conflicting testimony from witnesses, it’s impossible to distinguish victims from perpetrators. Following a trail of evidence, Nikki and Eduardo, her husband, assume undercover identities and fly to Havana, Cuba, only to find a world of deceit, betrayal, and espionage.
When Eduardo locates the widower, he attempts to gather sensitive information on the missing teenager and reveals more information than he should.
Nikki’s colleagues in her Miami private investigator office fear the worst when communication with her becomes impossible.
Will they manage to escape the fate they both fear? And what about the missing teenager – will she be found before it’s too late?
If you love women sleuths, crime fiction, and the mystery and suspense novels of John Grisham, Kristi Belcamino, and Isabella Maldonado, you will also love Silver Falchion Award-Winning Author Kathryn Lane’s Nikki Garcia Mystery Series.
Missing in Miami is a gripping read that has the ring of authenticity to it. Kathryn Lane knows what she’s writing about. I loved the Cuban scenes. If Nikki Garcia ever decides to leave the detective profession, she has a future in the spy business. I’d hire her in a heartbeat. ─J ames M. Olson, former CIA Chief of Counterintelligence, and the author of To Catch a Spy: The Art of Counterintelligence.
It was supposed to be a simple assignment. A straightforward corporate fraud investigation to keep Nikki Garcia’s mind off the never-ending pain of losing her son.
Instead, after arriving in Medellín, Colombia, she uncovers corruption that is darker and more dangerous than anyone suspected.
Nikki is convinced that general manager Manuel del Campo’s opulent lifestyle is hiding something sinister. Especially when she discovers two accidental company deaths have gone unreported.
Somehow, Nikki must gain the trust of those on the inside to find answers, while an offer from a charming doctor in Del Campo’s circle to show her around Medellín is too good to refuse.
Except unraveling tightly held secrets comes at a cost, and when another company employee is found dead, Nikki is ordered to retreat to safety.
But what her enemies couldn’t possibly know is that this assignment has become personal, and Nikki intends to bring them to justice.
Even if trusting the wrong person could prove fatal…
If you love women sleuths, crime fiction, and the mystery and suspense novels of John Grisham, Kristi Belcamino, and Isabella Maldonado, you will also love Silver Falchion Award-Winning Author Kathryn Lane’s Nikki Garcia Mystery Series.
Waking Up in Medellin isn’t your run-of-the-mill thriller, but a powerful story of conflicts that escalate swiftly. — Romuald Dzemo for Readers’ Favorite
Review by Jackie Pelham: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Exciting Debut. Reviewed in the United States on May 23, 2017. Verified Purchase. Waking Up in Medellin is an exciting debut novel by Kathryn Lane. In a first novel there are often problems in content or grammar but I read through this well-written and plotted, fast paced mystery without noticing any.
Lane’s experience as an international finance executive and her knowledge of the Latin American culture, are perfect backdrops for this intriguing suspense. As a multinational auditing executive, the protagonist Nikki is assigned to investigate a Columbian corporation due to anonymous allegations of the corporation’s mismanagement. Expecting a routine analysis, she is instead thrown into a world of corruption, murder, and theft where her own life is threatened.
The story is written in first person, so we are there with Nikki as she tries to navigate through the twists and turns of her complicated and dangerous assignment. With just enough introspection and narrative, she becomes a believable and likeable character who is grieving the loss of her son, yet possesses a good sense of humor, is skilled in her profession, and who isn’t looking for romance, although it might find her. I’ve read many mystery/thrillers and can usually figure out the mastermind early on, but was completely surprised at this one. I look forward to visiting with Nikki again and would recommend this novel to anyone wanting to read a good suspense story.
Amazon Customer Review: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Suspense At Its Best. Reviewed in the United States on December 11, 2016. Verified Purchase. Waking Up in Medellin is a well-written novel with characters that come alive. Their motives and passions are those we find in the best and worst of mankind. Kathryn’s writing draws the reader in so I began trusting no one, as does Nikki, the main character. The realistic style and setting of the novel led me into a corrupt world of drug deals, money laundering, and silencing witnesses, and the into the minds of people who will do anything to further their personal agendas. However, Nikki’s determination to right the world of these wrongs keeps the suspense intense, but hopeful. My connection was even stronger after hearing Kathryn speak about Columbia and Medellin prior to reading. I travelled with Nikki through the tunnels and searched with her for terror waitng within the lush growth of the landscape. This is a novel that will keep you reading, and I anxiously await the next Nikki novel.
Review by sunglasslady19: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great read! Mystery and romance wasn’t expected but really enjoyed. Reviewed in the United States on May 2, 2022. Verified Purchase. Nikki Garcia CPA Fraud Division is sent to Mexico to investigate a reported irregularity in one of their companies. What she was not expecting was to meet a special man. With all the things happening at the company she was investigating the timing was terrible and she was being urged to be cautious by her investigating team.
Review by Ron Beall: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Exciting with many interesting characters. Reviewed in the United States on April 8, 2016. Verified Purchase. I just finished reading Waking Up in Medellin by Kathryn Lane. Although most of my reading is science fiction, thriller (e.g. Jason Bourne), mystery (e.g. Jefferey Deaver) and especially bridge (I am an expert bridge player), I still greatly enjoyed reading Waking Up in Medellin.
Lane is an excellent writer, with a good sense of style. I was interested in the characters and kept wondering who was going to turn out to be the good guy and which the bad guy. I wasn’t surprised with who turned out to be the good guy, but I was shocked with who turned out to be the bad guy (yes, I know, rather an overly simplistic analysis especially since there were multiple good and bad characters, but I think you get my drift).
I particularly liked the chapters near the end where the adrenaline kicked in. I hope there will be sequels since I am interested in learning more not only with what Nikki (the heroine) does, but more about some of the other characters as well.
Review: The story has many strong characters, and the supporting cast is a necessary part of the story, however, through-out it really comes down to the two main characters, Nikki and her Doctor. There are so many good guys, bad guys, and many that can go either way that the story moves at lighten speed toward an explosive finish. Ironically, encapsulated within the story, are tidbits of fact and interest that are stories within the story and amazingly they add more spice than seems possible, almost as a breather from the ever-building suspense. Grisham comes to mind, a great story accompanied by teaching another culture, as a comparison to this tale.
From The Back Cover: Named “Best Fiction Book of the Year–2017” by the Killer Nashville International Mystery Writers’ Conference. Waking Up in Medellin by Kathryn Lane is as hard to put down as an unscratched lottery ticket. Nikki Garcia is the accountant version of James Bond. The story is set in Medellin, Colombia, and moves at lightning speed toward an explosive finish. As a comparison, Grisham comes to mind. Review by Robert Selby, screenplay writer, book reviewer, and volunteer at the Killer Nashville International Mystery Writers’ Conference. Waking Up in Medellin isn’t your run-of-the-mill thriller, but a powerful story of conflicts that escalate swiftly and culminate in a satisfying denouement. Review by Romuald Dzemo for Readers’ Favorite
What Amazon readers are saying about the Nikki Garcia Mysteries: “What a story! Best book I have read in a very long time.” “Mystery, love, healing – all taking place in a foreign location.” “From beginning to end keeps you on the edge-of-your-seat.” “Loved the intricately woven plot and layers of subplots.” “I read this book twice. The first time I couldn’t put it down. The second time I was transformed to the sights of a real place and its history.” “This is a page-turning thriller with twist after heart-wrenching twist.” “We are entertained while we visit new and exotic places. ”The page-turning suspense of the Nikki Garcia novels is sure to capture you!
Despertando en Medellin: Una Novela de Suspenso (Spanish Edition) by Kathryn Lane Terrazas (Author), Jorge Lane Terrazas (Translator)
Los asesinos también se visten como caballeros…
Cuando menos eso es lo que Nikki García sospecha mientras lleva a cabo una investigación en Medellín, Colombia.
Durante su trabajo como investigadora privada en un caso de corrupción corporativa, Nikki descubre dos muertes accidentales que ocurrieron en la compañía. Cuando un tercer empleado muere bajo circunstancias sospechosas, ella piensa que existe un complot siniestro.
En busca de evidencia, ella va a una fiesta de la compañía con la esperanza de encontrar secretos que han sido celosamente guardados. No descubre ninguna pista, pero conoce a un médico y siente una fuerte atracción por él y parece que sus sentimientos son correspondidos. Mientras su relación con él se profundiza, también se aumenta el peligro en el que ella se encuentra.
¿Podrá ser que el carismático doctor forma parte del complot siniestro?
Con el peligro que la amenaza, Nikki reconoce que ella tiene que actuar rápidamente para mantenerse viva.
Nikki Garcia, a former fraud auditor turned international private investigator, travels to Mexico—a country where private investigators are outlawed—to find a missing child.
The parents are embroiled in a nasty custody battle, with each parent accusing the other of the girl’s disappearance. It’s an easy child-snatching case—right?
That’s what Nikki thinks until an irreverent, marihuana-smoking homeless woman provides an eye-witness account of the girl’s kidnapping. Following the witness’s account, Nikki goes undercover and infiltrates a ring of dangerous human traffickers. In the midst of despair and treachery, can she find a glimmer of hope?
When the mother receives a ransom request, Nikki is already undercover with the diabolical human traffickers and her boss assumes she was purposely misled and sets out on a rescue mission.
Nikki’s fiancé, fearing the forces of evil will prevail, starts his own high stakes search to rescue the love of his life. In this gripping, twist-packed journey, will he locate her before it’s too late?
And what about the missing child? Who is going to save her?
If you love women sleuths, crime fiction, and the mystery and suspense novels of John Grisham, Kristi Belcamino, and Isabella Maldonado, you will also love Silver Falchion Award-Winning Author Kathryn Lane’s Nikki Garcia Mystery Series.
Reader Views says: “The action is so fast-paced readers never has a chance to catch their breath until the very end. Nikki is engaging and realistic, and I loved following right alongside her throughout the action. With bad people working on several sides, it is hard to figure out how this story is going to end until the actual end. Clues are given, but the plot keeps twisting and turning so readers will have to wait until the last chapter to know for sure who the bad guy is.”
Review: Nikki Garcia is an unlikely Sam Spade: a former international auditor who turns private investigator and lands an assignment in Mexico to find a missing ten-year-old child, Bibi Lombardi. Bibi’s estranged parents are fighting over her custody and one of them could even be responsible for her disappearance. It’s an easy child snatching case – right? Nikki pursues a trail of dangerous criminals through designated UNESCO locations, archaeological sites, picturesque colonial towns, and barren deserts. But when Sofía, Bibi’s mother, receives a ransom request, Nikki is already undercover with a gang of “Coyotes.” Nikki’s boss and fellow private eye is certain someone purposely provided misleading information on the abduction to prevent Nikki from recovering the child. Or is the kidnapper headed north to the U.S. border, where Bibi’s fate could be much worse than her current situation?
Award winning author Kathryn Lane spent some time with The Big Thrill discussing her latest novel, COYOTE ZONE:
Danger in the Coyote Zone is the thrilling new installment in the Nikki Garcia series by Kathryn Lane. Once again, Lane takes her readers to exotic locales with glutinous helpings of adventure and intrigue. The heroine, Nikki Garcia, is drawn back into threatening circumstances when her client’s daughter is kidnapped by a human trafficker and sends our heroine into undercover work that threatens her life and those of the young victims she needs to rescue.
Robert Selby, screenplay writer, book reviewer, and volunteer at the Killer Nashville International Mystery Writers’ Conference
Coyote Zone is a dynamic thriller. The action is so fast-paced the reader never has a chance to catch their breath until the very end! Nikki is engaging and realistic. All the characters are well developed. Readers will have no problems hating the characters meant to be hated, particularly with the hefty subject matter Lane tackles.
With bad people working on several sides, it is hard to figure out how this story is going to end until the actual end. Clues are given, but the plot keeps twisting and turning so the reader will have to wait until the last chapter to know for sure who the bad guy is. “Coyote Zone” by Kathryn Lane is highly recommended reading for fans of the genre. Paige Lovitt, Reader Views
Not only is this a page-turning thriller with twist after heart-wrenching twist, but it brings awareness to the very real issue of human trafficking. Lane’s research is apparent, and the reader feels a strong sense of place. Sharon Marchisello, author of Going Home and Secrets of the Galapagos
Kathryn Lane’s riveting Danger in the Coyote Zone keeps the reader spellbound as Nikki Garcia enters the shadowy world of human trafficking and races against time, corrupt officials, and ruthless criminals. You cannot put this book down. Hipolito Acosta, a highly decorated US Immigration and Naturalization Service Officer (retired) and author of The Shadow Catcher, The Hunt for Maan Singh, and Deep in the Shadows
What Amazon readers are saying about the Nikki Garcia Mysteries:
“What a story! Best book I have read in a very long time.”
“Mystery, love, healing – all taking place in a foreign location.”
“From beginning to end keeps you on the edge-of-your-seat.”
“Loved the intricately woven plot and layers of subplots.”
“I read this book twice. The first time I couldn’t put it down. The second time I was transformed to the sights of a real place and its history.”
“This is a page-turning thriller with twist after heart-wrenching twist.”
“We are entertained while we visit new and exotic places.”
The page-turning suspense of the Nikki Garcia novels is sure to capture you!
Nikki Garcia, a private investigator, escapes to Spain with Eduardo, her fiancé, after a death threat on her last assignment. She puts the past behind her and turns the trip to Barcelona into her destination wedding.
A week later, Nikki and the love of her life find themselves caught up in a terrorist attack at one of the city’s major tourist attractions. As events unravel, Nikki discovers she is being stalked. Worse yet, she may have been the target of the deadly bombing.
The newlyweds must navigate behind Spain’s legal and law enforcement systems to uncover the sinister person threatening Nikki.
Weaving their way through Barcelona to get facts, Nikki and Eduardo further endanger their lives upon discovering a series of suspects, from flamenco dancers to foreign nationals. Will they be able to locate the would-be assassin and outsmart him before it’s too late?
If you love women sleuths and the mystery and suspense novels of John Grisham, Kristi Belcamino, and Isabella Maldonado, you will also love Silver Falchion Award-Winning Author Kathryn Lane’s Nikki Garcia Mystery Series.
The novel is deftly plotted and masterfully written. — Christian Sia, Readers’ Favorite
Review by Michelle Jacobs, US Review: What begins as a romantic getaway to Barcelona for Nikki Garcia and her fiancé soon turns into a fight for her life with her enemies closing in fast to settle past scores. Nikki is no stranger to threats on her life and to using her wits to confront danger, so she is well-matched against the terrorists in this high-octane thriller. With international sites and multicultural flair, readers will be transported into a world of beauty and intrigue. From Morocco to the intimate corners of Barcelona, the suspense builds as Nikki closes in on villains and assassins devoted to their sinister mission. Deftly plotted with close calls, near escapes, and murderous plans, this ride never lets up from beginning to satisfying end.
Revenge in Barcelona by Kathryn Lane is a spellbinding novel that will entice fans of thrillers and sleuth stories. Kathryn Lane begins the story in the midst of action, with the protagonist arriving at her destination. It is not long before disaster strikes, and Nikki begins to sense that her life is in danger. The premise is strong, and it becomes even stronger because of the background of the protagonist — a former international fraud auditor. It is hard to determine who is after her, knowing that her work often places her in the position to make many enemies. Revenge in Barcelona is quickly paced, and the plot points are very strong. I enjoyed the fact that the key characters easily find themselves in dangerous situations. There is a lot of suspense as Nikki works hard to find out who is targeting her and why. The novel is deftly plotted and masterfully written. Readers Favorite
I highly recommend Revenge in Barcelona. A thrilling story with a well-researched plot – it’s easily 5 Big Stars. Reader Views
From The Back Cover: Back Cover: Praise for Revenge in Barcelona Revenge in Barcelona by Kathryn Lane is a spellbinding novel that will entice fans of thrillers and sleuth stories. Protagonist Nikki Garcia, a private investigator, is running for her life after a death threat while on assignment in Mexico. When she arrives in Barcelona with her fiancé, Eduardo Duarte, she is confident danger has been left behind.
Soon, Nikki begins to sense that her life is in danger from a new angle. The premise is strong and becomes even stronger because of the protagonist’s background–a former international fraud auditor. It is hard to determine who is after her, knowing that her work often places her in the position to make many enemies. Revenge in Barcelona is quickly paced, and the plot points are very strong. Suspense mounts as Nikki works hard to find out who is targeting her and why.
The novel is deftly plotted and masterfully written. Reviewed By Christian Sia for Readers’ Favorite
What Amazon readers are saying about the Nikki Garcia Mysteries: “What a story! Best book I have read in a very long time.” “Mystery, love, healing – all taking place in a foreign location.” “From beginning to end keeps you on the edge-of-your-seat.” “Loved the intricately woven plot and layers of subplots.” “I read this book twice. The first time I couldn’t put it down. The second time I was transformed to the sights of a real place and its history.” “This is a page-turning thriller with twist after heart-wrenching twist.” “We are entertained while we visit new and exotic places.” ”The page-turning suspense of the Nikki Garcia novels is sure to capture you!”
5 Stars:Exciting Mystery Crime Thriller!
I am positive that Author Kathryn Lane’s career as an International Finance Executive and her extensive knowledge with Latin American culture, brought Nikki Garcia (main character) to life in this exciting mystery crime thriller.
Kathryn educates her readers in the regular and famous places in Barcelona, Arabic words and phrases, Romani words, and Spanish/Catalan words and phrases. Her extensive list of characters (in the beginning of the novel) will help you relate early as the story unfolds.
Once you begin, you will not put this well written, fast paced mystery down. Chapter one begins at the airport baggage claim in Barcelona Spain. From the start, Nikki Garcia draws you into her situation and her romantic relationship with her fiancé, Eduardo Duarte, who is a Colombian citizen and medical doctor.
Let me bring you into Nikki’s secret investigation in Chapter 30. Nikki is at the Barcelona Majestic Hotel.
… “Attired in a housekeeper’s uniform and long black wig, Nikki looked in the mirror to make certain she had not left telltale streaks in the makeup that darkened her face and arms. Slipping on a set of glasses with heavy dark frames and lightly shaded lenses Floyd had provided as part of her disguise, she found they sat heavy on the bridge of her nose. Yet they further transformed her appearance, so she kept them on. Her last step included tucking the special mobile phone Floyd had provided into her apron pocket.
…Eduardo, in his maintenance coverall, had been watching Nikki. He called Floyd. “We’re ready.”
… “All clear.” Nikki could just make out Floyd’s voice over the phone. “I’ll meet you at the service elevator.”
… “Roger, roger,” Eduardo responded.
… “Roger?” Nikki repeated, chuckling as they walked toward the service elevator in the hallway where the emergency stairwell was also located.
… “Where did you learn that?”
… “Floyd. He said pilots and short-wave radio operators use it.”
… “Your accent makes it sound sexy,” Nikki said.
…They stepped out of the elevator into the plain service hallway, Nikki pushing the housekeeping cart. Floyd opened the door to the richly carpeted hall that guests used and checked for people. When he saw no one, he motioned them through. He would serve as lookout in the hallway near the door to the emergency stairs.
…Nikki used the passkey to open the door. With trepidation, she stepped into a dim foyer and pulled the cart in behind her. Without turning a light on, she continued into a living room. She stopped cold when she heard shrieking.
…An angry cat?”
…It is at this point that I will let you discover for yourself, what is making that awful sound and how much danger they might be in?
Author Kathryn Lane has also written ‘Waking Up in Medellin’ (Book One In The Nikki Garcia Thriller Series), ‘Coyote Zone’ (Book Two In The Nikki Garcia Thriller Series), ‘Revenge In Barcelona’ (Book Three In The Nikki Garcia Thriller Series) and a short story collection titled ‘Backyard Volcano: And Other Mysteries Of The Heart’.
Editorial Review and Endorsement by Book Marketing Global Network.
The Nikki Garcia Mystery (Crime Thriller Series) Box Set by Kathryn Lane.
Nikki Garcia is not afraid to investigate cases in foreign countries where she often faces corruption and double-dealing…
Nikki is sent to Colombia to investigate allegations of wrongdoing at the affiliate of a major multinational corporation.
When her work uncovers a network of drug dealers in Colombia, the leaders of the group are sent to prison. Believing that job is behind her, she accepts a child kidnapping case in Mexico and discovers the men behind bars in South America are plotting to kill her. To stay alive, she must escape to Spain and keep one step ahead of her assailants.
Book 1-Waking Up in Medellin: Nikki Garcia, a sexy international auditor, is sent to Medellin on assignment where she grapples with high level, mega-money corruption and her own ghosts. Then she’s kidnapped and will have one shot at surviving.
Book 2-Danger in the Coyote Zone: Fraud auditor turned private investigator, Nikki Garcia, goes undercover to find a missing child in Mexico, a country where private investigators are outlawed.
When Nikki goes undercover, she places her own life – and the lives of others she cares deeply about – in danger.
Book 3-Revenge in Barcelona: After witnessing a terrorist incident at a major tourist attraction in Barcelona, she discovers she may have been the intended target of the attack. She must act quickly to uncover her assailant before it’s too late.
If you like mystery and suspense novels, like those of John Grisham, Kristi Belcamino, and Isabella Maldonado, you will love Silver Falchion Award-Winning Author Kathryn Lane’s Nikki Garcia Mystery Series.
Kathryn’s novels take you to exotic international locations. Click the BUY NOW button at the top and enter Nikki Garcia’s world of mystery.
What Amazon readers are saying about the Nikki Garcia Mysteries: “What a story! Best book I have read in a very long time.” “Mystery, love, healing – all taking place in a foreign location.” “From beginning to end keeps you on the edge-of-your-seat.” “Loved the intricately woven plot and layers of subplots.” “I read this book twice. The first time I couldn’t put it down. The second time I was transformed to the sights of a real place and its history.” “This is a page-turning thriller with twist after heart-wrenching twist.” “We are entertained while we visit new and exotic places.” ”If you love mystery and suspense novels, like those of Louise Penny and Harlan Coben, you will also like Silver Falchion Award-Winning Author Kathryn Lane’s Nikki Garcia Mystery Series. Kathryn’s novels take you on action-adventure in exotic foreign countries. A former international finance executive, Kathryn and her husband split their time between Houston, Texas, and the mountains of northern New Mexico.”
Stolen Diary explores the challenges that Jasmin, a gifted yet socially awkward child, faces growing up with a disengaged mother. Her grandfather unwittingly creates further tension between Jasmin and her mother by encouraging her genius.
Unable to deal with her mother’s rejection, Jasmin escapes into a world of her own, a world of science and music, until she suspects family secrets are being kept from her. She steals her mother’s diary in hopes of finding clues to uncover the truth. When she fails to detect any, she hides the diary, creating a secret of her own that brings unforeseen and fateful consequences.
When a kidnapping threat becomes reality, Jasmin’s world is altered. The upheaval exposes the roots of her mother’s disdain and provides the clues Jasmin must pursue if she is to unravel the family secrets.
Review by DT: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Another good book by Kathryn Lane Hurt. Reviewed in the United States on October 3, 2023. Verified Purchase. Well written, good story.
Review by Jann Van Dyke: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A Different Kind of Book from Kathryn. Reviewed in the United States on April 9, 2023. Verified Purchase. Having only read Kathryn’s Nikki Garcia series, I was pleasantly surprised by Stolen Diary! Although it was also a mystery of sorts, it had a different feel to it. Kathryn captured the innocence of a young girl and her view of the world. When the lead character travels to Princeton, New Jersey I was taken back to my youth growing up there and ice skating on Stoney Brook! Stolen Diary certainly kept my interest and I recommend it to teen readers, as well as adults!
Review by Amazon Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. I love a good “page turner”! This book is hard to put down! Reviewed in the United States on March 18, 2023. Verified Purchase. This is my favorite Kathryn Lane novel, so far! you are taken on a journey from a luxurious estate in Mexico to Princeton University with a quick trip to beautiful Niagara, Canada. The suspense builds along the way and gives you a surprise ending!
Review by Jenifer Owens: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fantastic Book! Reviewed in the United States on April 6, 2023. Verified Purchase. Stolen Diary us an excellent read! It has a little bit of everything; intrigue, romance, and some education too. Once I started, I couldn’t put it down until I had finished. Can’t wait for Kathryn’s next book
Review by Kay: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A good read. Reviewed in the United States on January 28, 2023. Verified Purchase. This is an excellent mystery. So many twists and turns, just when I thought I had it figured it out, another turn. The only objection was too many technical parts that I had to skip over to get back to the plot. Highly recommend this book and others by Kathryn Lane
Review by Ruth Glover: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Amazing Creative! Reviewed in the United States on September 20, 2023. You need to get this book if you have a child who loves math and science. The lead character is an unloved genius with a love for cats and technology. The author stunned me with the detail and surprises in the Stolen Diary. I loved the setting in Mexico, as it reminded me of when I visited Mexico as a child. The characters were unusual and fascinating. The child’s mother was caustic and unkind, yet you had to keep reading to uncover the reasons. You’ll wonder throughout the book how the puzzle will end.
Backyard Volcano And Other Mysteries Of The Heart by Kathryn Lane.
These stories help define the world of the Texas-Mexico Frontier—an explosive world where lives break, loves shatter, and healing happens.
Kathryn Lane, a native of Mexico, explores this world, leading readers on a journey through time and geography with the promise of magic and transformation.
Review by Customer 2: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great collection of short stories that left me wanting more. Reviewed in the United States on February 13, 2018. Verified Purchase. Great collection of short stories that left me wanting more! I laughed reading “My Daughter’s Hand” and cried reading “Baseball Over The Moon”. Still wondering who killed “Max”!
Review by Dede Fox: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Weaving multiple subplots in Backyard Volcano, Kathryn Lane skillfully … Reviewed in the United States on July 4, 2017. Weaving multiple subplots in Backyard Volcano, Kathryn Lane skillfully draws the reader into the story of Patricia, the protagonist, and her journey from childhood in southern Texas to adulthood in Mexico. Her grandmother’s mysterious life and tales about the Paricutin volcano mesmerize Patricia, but her Abuela dies when she’s fifteen. Years later as a research fellow in volcanology, Patricia returns to her grandmother’s home town near Paricutin and discovers sinister information about her grandmother’s life. As Patricia seeks to unravel the mysteries, both old and new, she takes us on a riveting ride of intrigue and intensifying danger. Also included in the anthology are surreal short stories with a heightened sense of mystery and ghost-like qualities. Readers won’t want to put this one down.
Product Details: Paperback: 200 Pages Publisher: Alamo Bay Press (April 11, 2017) Language: English Short Stories (Mysteries Of The Heart) Mysteries (Short Stories)
About The Author: Kathryn Lane, award-winning author of the Nikki Garcia Mystery Series, sets her novels and short stories in foreign countries and exotic places.
Kathryn credits her imagination to growing up in Mexico, a country which was rich in storytelling and steeped in cultural traditions. Her creativity was first expressed by painting in oils and when reality of earning a living set in, she studied accounting and finance, and joined a multinational corporation where she attained her dream job of traveling abroad.
After two decades in the corporate world and having visited over 90 countries, Kathryn left to fulfill a second dream – writing mystery and suspense novels.
Fans of strong female protagonists and suspenseful stories are likely to enjoy Kathryn’s work. The Nikki Garcia thrillers include:
Waking Up in Medellin – named Best Fiction Book of the Year 2017 by Killer Nashville. Also available in Spanish edition “Despertando en Medellin”. Recently announced as a finalist in the Latino Books into Movies Latino Themed TV Series 2021. Also available in Audio.
Danger in the Coyote Zone – first place winner in the Action/Adventure category in Latino Books into Movies 2018. It was also a finalist in the Thriller category at Killer Nashville 2018.
Revenge in Barcelona – Silver Winner, Mystery/Thriller, Reader Views, 2019-2020. Finalist in the 2020 Eric Hoffer Book Awards. Finalist in the Next Generation Book Awards for 2020. Also, recently announced as a finalist in the Latino Books into Movies Latino Themed TV Series 2021.
Missing in Miami – Winner, 2022 International Latino Book Awards, Best eBook Fiction.
Stolen Diary – is Kathryn’s the latest release. A stand-alone novel, explores the challenges a gifted child, who is also on the autism spectrum, must face growing up with a disengaged mother who cannot relate to her, and a doting grandfather who encourages her genius.
Kathryn’s short story collection, Backyard Volcano and Other Mysteries of the Heart, was named Best Short Story Collection 2018 by Killer Nashville.
Kathryn and her husband, Bob Hurt, split their time between Texas and the mountains of northern New Mexico.
AWARDS: Kathryn Lane Is The Award-Winning Author Of The Nikki Garcia Mystery Series:
Waking Up In Medellín-First Release March 2016;Second Edition February 2020.
Silver Falchion for Best Fiction Book of the Year 2017 by Killer Nashville International Writers’ Conference.
Silver Falchion for Best Fiction Adult Suspense 2017 by Killer Nashville.
Finalist Mystery Category for the 2017 RONE Award by InD’tale Magazine.
Silver Medal 2017 Fiction Thriller, Readers’ Favorite Book Awards.
Danger In The Coyote Zone-First Release October 2017; Second Edition May 2020.
First Place Award in Action/Adventure Category of 2018 Latino Books into Movies.
Finalist in the Thriller category 2018 by Killer Nashville.
Finalist 2018 Thriller Category Book Excellence Awards.
Revenge In Barcelona-Released December 2019. Winner 2020 Latino Books Into Movies, Latino Themed TV Series.
An insane killer, obsessed with blood and death, seeks revenge with those he perceives wronged him. He is now on the loose. His next victim may be Mariah.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mariah has lost her memory. Will she remember what has transpired in her past? Can Mariah escape this deadly killer’s grasp? Will she finally be safe? Will the killer be apprehended? Jump right into this intense crime, mystery, thriller set in a suburb of New York as author J. E. Spina introduces the reader to the thought process of a serial killer.
“His senses were tingling with the sight, smell, and feel of blood. The silky texture of it and its coppery smell and even the intoxicating taste of it. Just the smell alone could cause desire to rush through his body causing a compelling urge to kill. He felt a thrill at the prospect of taking a life.”
Meet Mariah Michelle Hampton and Dr. Roberts as he begins the slow meticulous process of bringing her memories back while in a safe place at the Dr. Darin J. Roberts Memorial Hospital in Lindan, New York. Many people care about and are looking out for Mariah whether she fully realizes it or not.
There are so many unanswered questions like who was the mystery man that dropped Mariah off at the hospital? How did he know her taste in clothing and detail to sizes when he dropped items off for her? What happened to her and why is it that she can remember some of her childhood memories, but not the last few weeks?
Travel with Mariah on a psychic journey to recover her memories and live with the consequences surrounding her trauma and life with a maniac that might still be at large and want to finish what he started.
Hunting Mariah by J. E. Spina is the beginning of a great crime fiction series.
From The Author: Hunting Mariah was written about twenty years ago but took a back seat to my children’s books. Once I published five children’s books, I decided it was time to edit my novel and get it published.
I have been asked in several interviews online what influenced me to write this type of story. My answer to this is nothing. The story just strangely came to me one day and I felt compelled to put it on paper. The killer frightened me and will probably scare a lot of my readers too. Chuckle! I did have two children at one time in college and since this serial killer appears on campus it made me think of the time there was some trouble on my son and daughter’s college campus. It is purely fictional and from my vivid imagination, thank goodness.
My future plans are to edit and publish two more novels of different genres over 2015 and will be publishing two more children’s books and a middle grade series. My goal is to have Jemsbooks for all ages.
Product Details: Paperback: 349 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina (October 19, 2014) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fiction (Crime Mystery Suspense) Mystery (Thriller & Suspense) Reading Age YA+
This book begins where the first book, Hunting
Mariah, left off. This suspense/thriller/crime novel will keep you turning
pages as the tension grows. There will be twists and turns and some surprises.
Many of the same characters will be in play to give support and encouragement
to Mariah along the way.
A new man comes into Mariah’s life that reminds
her of someone she wants to forget. He threatens to bring back the horrors that
she and her family once endured. While the one she wants to forget suffers from
a horrendous attack that puts his life in jeopardy.
Mariah must draw on her strength and resilience to survive danger at every turn. How much more can Mariah endure? How far will Mariah go to protect her family?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Mariah’s Revenge is the thriller/suspense/crime fiction sequel to Author Janice (J. E.) Spina’s book titled ‘Hunting Mariah’. If you remember in book one, we traveled with Mariah on a psychic journey to recover her memories, as she lived with the consequences of living life with a maniac.
Jump right into book two as we get a better
understanding of Sage’s killing spree across New Hampshire, Vermont and New
York. While police officers, FBI agents and others are looking for Sage, Mariah
buried herself in her studies, as she is determined to move forward.
Sage has encountered an enemy of his own, beyond
his wildest imagination. While he is dealing with injuries of his own, he is
unaware that someone is watching Mariah and ready to “take over where he left
off”. When a body of an old woman, a dog
and then another body at Tambor Lake is discovered, the authorities know they
are dealing with a psychopath and the body count is sure to rise.
Author Janice (J. E.) Spina uses a full case of
supporting characters in this suspenseful, action-driven drama where Mariah
finds the courage to take things into her own hands. Mariah is not one to give
up. Her heart is open for lasting love when her grandmother shows support for
her and Tony.
Mariah showed her courage and determination to
handle any situation and I quote. “Mariah pushed open the door and moved her
light back and forth. She saw a mess of broken down furniture piled up in one
corner of the room and a bed in the other. The covers appeared to be piled up
under the bed. She moved closer to look under the pile. She kept her gun out in
front of her and the light sweeping back and forth. Mariah wasn’t prepared for
what happened next.”
This is a must read if you believe in the kind of
fortitude that Mariah uses to work through her tragedies and the kidnapping to
forge a friendship and embrace whatever life has next in store.
Mariah’s Revenge by Janice (J. E.) Spina is an
adventure that is not over. I now wait for the third book in this series to
find out what life has in store for Mariah.
From The Author: AUTHORSDB FIRST LINES CONTEST – FINALIST! This is the sequel to Hunting Mariah. It picks up where the first book left off. There are plenty of twists and turns and surprises for readers. If you want to get into the mind of the killer you should read Hunting Mariah first. These two books will have you turning pages swiftly to find out what happens next.
Product Details: Paperback: 350 Pages Publisher: Janice Spina; 1st Edition (March 13, 2018) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fiction (Crime Mystery Suspense) Mystery (Thriller & Suspense) Reading Age Young Adult+
Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has a difficult time being understood because of her habit of getting into all kinds of trouble and for her unacceptable language. Angels are not supposed to swear.
This angel must earn levels to be accepted by the LORD. She is presently at Angel Fourth Class and must ascend to Angel First Class in order to be given a mission to travel to Earth to help a human in trouble.
Once she reaches Angel First Class, she is given a mission and travels to Earth to help a battered woman and her child. Since she is so new to the ways on Earth, Branyrd is accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her.
Branyrd doesn’t know what she will do or how she will complete this mission. She must show her strengths and succeed, or she may be demoted. What she finds on Earth is not what she expected. It certainly is nothing like Heaven. There are dangerous people but also those who she will miss dearly when she must leave.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Endearing Story, About A Misunderstood Angel On A Mission.
Branyrd is Angel Fourth Class, working to advance levels needed, to be acknowledged by the Lord.
Benedicto, is Guardian Angel First Class. He is assigned to accompany and mentor Branyrd, when she is finally given her first assignment to Earth.
Branyrd finds Earth to be a strange place, filled with unusual customs, and dangerous people. Branyrd’s mission is to help Maggie Preston and her young daughter, Annie. When Maggie’s husband Nate, becomes involved with the White Stag Gang, he and his family are in grave danger. Can Branyrd overcome her own issues to complete her earthy mission?
Here is what Maggie is thinking while she clears tables at the diner where she works (Chapter 27): “She was grateful for her new friend’s help. Branyrd was truly sent from Heaven, she mused and chuckled to herself. Annie kept telling her that Branyrd was a real angel who didn’t have wings yet. Her daughter had such an imagination.”
As someone who has seen two angels here on earth, I found this story captivating.
Author J. E. Spina shares this: “This is the first book in this series about an angel. I infused some comedy into this sometimes-serious story. It deals with many issues that are evident in our world today. I dedicate this book to all who believe in angels around us. I think at the conclusion of this book those unbelievers may become believers too.”
This new ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is paranormal fiction. This series is written for young adults ages 18+. Watch for more books in this series coming over the new few years. All J. E. (Janice) Spina’s books are available on Amazon and Barnes & Noble.
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Inspiring and motivating. Reviewed in the United States on December 5, 2023. Verified Purchase. A fantastic story about a misunderstood Angle, Branyrd.
Branyrd, Angle of 3rd Class, has difficulty to hold her tongue with bad words. But she is longing to become a First-Class Angle to get missions to go to Earth to help people.
She tried hard and finally, HE made her First-Class angle and send her to earth for a special mission.
Earth was different than Haven. But her guardian Angle, Benedicto, an Angle First Class on High, is helping her and guides her in the ways of Earth, when she meets Maggie and Annie, her assignment. Maggie’s husband went astray and got involved with a gang selling drugs. She faces difficulty and danger.
Will she with her love and the help of her guarding Angle bring that family together again?
Review by Mrs. D.: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A special assignment! Reviewed in the United States on October 4, 2023. “The Misunderstood Angel” is the first book in the series Branyrd the Angel, who was sent to Earth for her first mission. It is an intriguing story, full of excitement and life.
The forces of good to combat evil. The protection of a family in need and today’s social issues. A good humor and serious, dangerous situations await readers as they take a risky journey with the Angel, who was not sure of herself.
Sent to Earth by God to help a young mother and her daughter, the new angel is facing many obstacles, but her determination to carry out her duty made her a guide that protects, loves, and keeps growing to be her best. She learns how to be kind, compassionate and true to herself.
It is a heartwarming book with well-developed characters, showing readers that there is always a way to grow and climb one mountain after another. I am looking forward to Book 2.
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great character! Reviewed in the United States on April 17, 2023. We are introduced to a wonderful new character in this story by J E Spina. Branyrd, who is new at being an angel, is sent to earth by God to help a young mother and her daughter who are having a difficult time. She is quite unsure of herself but determined to fulfill her task so she can move up to Angel First Class. Her love and compassion help her guide and protect her new friends and complete her mission on Earth. This was such an enjoyable story! So glad this looks like it will be a series! Looking forward to Branyrd’s next adventure.
Review by Canadian reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved This Story!! Reviewed in the United States on April 11, 2023. I loved this story about angels who are both trying in their own ways to find their true mission in this incarnation. There is the amazing Benedicto, a Guardian Angel First Class who despite their experience is still trying to prove themselves. Then, there is the novice angel, Branyrd an Angel Fourth Class who is keen to learn and grow in her new mission.
Come along as these two beautiful angels help each other to grow and assist Maggie and her daughter Annie to believe in hope and magic again. Whether you believe in angels or not you will be rooting for this pair to succeed in their goals. It will make better angels of us all.
Review by Mystery “Fran”: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Loved Branyrd! Reviewed in the United States on November 8, 2022. “The Misunderstood Angel” is the story of Branyrd, who has just been promoted to Angel First Class. She is sent to Earth for her first mission: to use the forces of good to combat evil and to protect those in need of protection, like the family she is assigned to help in this book. As the plot unfolds, it touches on some of today’s societal issues, such as spousal abuse, homelessness, and alcoholism in a non-threatening way. I really appreciated how the author interjected a good amount of humor amid some serious and dangerous situations. “The Misunderstood Angel” is well written and compelling. It is not overly religious, didactic, or judgmental. I found it hard to put down, and hope there are more adventures for Branyrd as she completes her time on earth. As Ms. Spina comments in her Preface, we all will need help at some point in our lives. For me, that time is now, and I can say that my load has been lightened and my spirits lifted after reading The Misunderstood Angel’.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Poor Branyrd. Reviewed in the United States on November 8, 2022. Branyrd wants so badly to move up the ranks, but her saucy mouth always gets her in trouble & higher-ranking Angels aren’t allowed to befriend her. Finally, God gives her a special assignment, but she thinks she messed it up, too. It is heartwarming to see how she “grows up” & how forgiving God is!For a different genre from Janice, it is very good!
About the Author: J.E. Spina aka Janice Spina is an award-winning author of books for all ages ranging from children to 18+. She has 40 published books at this writing and has quite a few ideas waiting on the back burner. She has been writing since the age of nine years old. J.E. Spina’s husband, John, is her illustrator and cover creator.
Janice’s goal is to encourage all ages to read to help enhance their health and wellbeing. She plans to continue to write for all ages as long as her muse is there to encourage her along. Her motto is Reading Gives You Wings to Fly! Soar with Jemsbooks.com all year round. She is also a blogger, copy editor, avid reader and reviewer, and supporter of her fellow authors. She loves to hear from readers and welcomes reviews.
She lives in New Hampshire with her husband and two tanks of fish.
Product Details: Paperback: 219 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 18+ Publisher: Janice Spina (October 13, 2022) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Branyrd goes on another mission to Earth, this time she has been enlisted to help a homeless vet and his young son. The Angel goes out of her way to put things right for Lucas and his son, Ezra. She finds it difficult through with the influx of empathic messages and feelings that threaten to overload her. Will she be able to help Lucas get his family back together and find his way to recovery after suffering from PTSD?
Branyrd is a funny, sweet, strong, resilient, and capable Angel who is not afraid to take on the toughest tasks, who strives to pave the way for those in need, who creates change and makes a difference in the lives of others that enables them to find their way forward to a good life.
When Branyrd visits a homeless community, she meets with the mayor to work out a plan to solve the problems the homeless have there. Will others stop her from helping those in need? Will Benedicto be there in case she needs his intervention? Will Branyrd be able to break free from the connections she has made when it is time for her to leave Earth and return to Heaven?
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Mission Of Mercy, Book Two In Branyrd The Angel Series.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
As the story unfolds, it is fascinating to see what solutions Branyrd comes up with to solve a very serious homeless crisis. Branyrd must convince the community and those in authority, that homelessness can be solved. She must get the businesses in the vicinity to buy into her plan. At the same time, she needs to convince the homeless population, they are not powerless.
One of her first tasks is the meet with the city mayor. Each step forward, is met with resistance from others. Her determination is fierce, and her Guardian Angel Benedicto is not far away, in case she needs his intervention. Will she be able to complete her task on time?
In both books, I am touched by Branyrd’s ability to form a special bond with humans. In heaven angels are unable to cry, but on earth they discover intense emotions. In book one it was hard from Branyrd to leave the humans she helped. Will her bond to Lucas, especially young Ezra, make it more difficult for her to leave earth when her mission is complete?
I encourage older teens and adults to read both books in this paranormal fantasy. Author J.E. (Janice) Spina is an amazing storyteller. Elements of each story is serious with real life scenarios, yet Janice weaves in a little humor and makes it easy to connect with all the characters. I am looking forward to the next installment in this series.
Author J.E. Spina aka Janice Spina is an award-winning author of books for all ages ranging from children to adults. She has 40+ published books and her husband John, is her illustrator and cover creator.
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars Real life scenario. Reviewed in the United States on April 6, 2024. Verified Purchase. Book 2 of ‘The misunderstood Angle’ series “Mission of Mercy” Branyrd, the Angel is going on a different mission to Earth, to help homeless people. A near impossible task. But no for Branyrd. It is fascinating how she comes up with solutions, she herself thought it wouldn’t work, to solve a very serious problem. And it worked wonders. It’s a series with real life scenarios, yet Janice is weaving a little humour and it’s easy to connect with all the characters. Book 1 and 2 really touched my heart.
Review by Canadian reader: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An Adorable Angel. Reviewed in the United States on October 23, 2023. Mission of Mercy, Book 2 in the Branyrd the Angel Series is another highly entertaining read by author Janice Spina. Once again, our heroine has been entrusted to help another poor soul on earth. This time, it’s a very deserving homeless vet who is struggling to get by with his young son.
Branyrd is a sweet and adorable creature. She is an Angel, after all. But dealing with homelessness and trying to find solutions to real life problems down here is very hard. But, of course, she finds a way. The only real challenge that she has is how to go back to heaven when she makes so many good friends here on earth. Whether you believe in Angels or not, you will believe in Branyrd. If you enjoy this story, don’t forget to go back and check out Book 1 The Misunderstood Angel, in this heartwarming series.
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Another Mission to earth for Branyrd. Reviewed in the United States on April 16, 2023. Branyrd heads back to earth on a new Mission to help a homeless Vet & his young son who have been abandoned by his drunkard wife. Branyrd is a sweet angel with a few faults, who feels more like a human the longer she is on earth. She meets with a crooked Mayor to try to help the homeless community & with a little help from her friends, she works through lots of obstacles. She surprises herself once again how well she completes her Mission without realizing it. Janice has done another outstanding job!
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Enjoyable read! Reviewed in the United States on April 6, 2023. This is the second wonderful and heartfelt story in this series. Branyrd is learning to be an angel. She is compassionate and kind, but not without flaws. These stories remind us how coming together and giving of ourselves not only benefits those in need but is also truly rewarding to oneself. I hope there are many more stories in this series!
Product Details: Paperback: 288 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 15-18+ Years Publisher: Janice Spina (March 31, 2023) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Mission of Love: Branyrd the Angel Series Book 3 by J.E. Spina.
Book 3 of 3: Branyrd The Angel Series.
This is not a children’s book.
Branyrd is on another mission which may be the toughest one so far. She has been sent to a troubled island in the South Pacific that is being attacked by the fellow islands in the archipelago. Her mission is to rescue some children from an orphanage during the attacks.
She is escorted, once again, by her Guardian Angel, Benedicto, who is there as counsel and aide as she completes her mission. What Branyrd finds there is devastation and heartbreak as she tackles the mission, this time one of love for the children and the rest of the islanders who have lost family and homes.
There are many obstacles that stand in her way and danger for the children and others as she must rescue not only them, but also another island that is in danger of sinking.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Divinely Inspired For Such Times As These!
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
Now in book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
I am convinced that this fiction ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’ is divinely inspired for such times as these! Whether you believe in angels or question their existence, Branyrd Angel First Class will cut to your core, send chills up your spine and cause you to think with your mind, heart and soul.
I encourage you to read Janice (J. E.) Spina’s ‘Branyrd the Angel Series’. Pass it alone to others and put this series on your year-round gift giving book list.
Janice Spina is a multi-award-winning author with 46 books of which there are 22 children’s books,12 MG/PT books and three books in a YA series with three more coming over the next few years, eight novels and a short story collection for 18+ written under J.E. Spina. She is also a copy editor, blogger, book reviewer and supporter of fellow authors. Her husband, John, is her illustrator and cover creator. Watch for more books to come over the next few years.
Review by Michelle Clements James: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Heartwarming Story of Branyrd the Angel’s Third Mission. Reviewed in the United States on November 6, 2023. Branyrd is sent on another mission to help the people whose lives and homes have been disrupted by attacks by others in their island chain, but most especially the children who live in the orphanage.
To complicate matters, another island is sinking and Branyrd must rescue those who remain and take them to the island that was hit by the bombings.
As in her other two missions, she is accompanied by Benedicto, her Guardian Angel, whose job is to guide Branyrd.
The story is touching even though it is a fictitious pair of angels send on this mission by the Lord.
Happy reading!
Review by Trish: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. A good read. Reviewed in the United States on October 22, 2023. Another tale of angels, Branyrd and Benedicto as they take on a mission to help a chain of small islands that are at war with each other. These stories are very entertaining and might make you a believer in the possibility of angels helping us throughout our lives.
J.E. Spina brings adventure, suspense, and excitement in this bittersweet series. Well worth the read!
Review by Michele Rolfe: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Branyrd Does It Again. Reviewed in the United States on October 20, 2023. Branyrd & Benedicto help children from an orphanage & hospital in a war-torn Island in the South Pacific by people from another Island who are losing their Island to sinking. Branyrd has many obstacles to conquer to complete her mission. There is heartbreak as well as joy. I LOVE how J.E. Spina has even given the LORD a sense of humor the way HE communicates with Branyrd! This is another wonderful book that will have you believing in Angels, too!!
From The Author: This series came to me after watching the news one night about the problems caused by many different forms of social abuse, homelessness, etc. Though I don’t have a magic solution to fix the problems, I created a character that possibly could.
Branyrd came to life in this story and worked her magic on everyone she came into contact with besides solving the problems that no one else wanted to tackle. She never gave up until she came up with a solution to make life better for all those concerned.
There will be four books in this series unless Branyrd insists on sharing more. I hope you enjoy these stories and believe that there is a solution to every problem in our world today if we only had an Angel like Branyrd who cared enough to try.
About The Author: J.E. Spina has been writing since she was a young girl beginning with children’s stories under Janice Spina. She loves to write for all ages in multi-genres and encourages all ages to read daily to help enhance their health and well-being. At this writing J.E. Has published 8 novels and a short story collection under J.E. Spina and under Janice Spina, 22 children’s books, 12 books for MG/PT and 3 for YA. She lives in New Hampshire with her husband who is her illustrator and cover creator.
Product Details: Paperback: 251 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 15-18+ Years Publisher: Janice Spina (October 18, 2023) John Spina (Illustrator) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Branyrd must face evil on Earth in this latest book. The LORD instructs her to give Hope to the people who are suffering from injustice, persecution, and evil factions that force them from their homes. The Angel must help those who are preyed upon, others who are straying from good, and still others who are lost.
Benedicto, her Guardian Angel, will be her constant companion during this tough mission and support her on her path of leading all peoples to GOD.
Awarded 5 Stars By The Editor At Book Marketing Global Network.Hope Is The Expectation And Desire For What Comes Next!
When I started reading ‘Branyrd The Angel’ Series, I had no idea it would capture my heart in the way that it has. I invite you to purchase this series if you haven’t already, read ‘Mission of Hope’ as each book in this series stands alone. I encourage you to give this series as a gift to someone who needs hope.
In book one (The Misunderstood Angel), we learned Branyrd is a different kind of angel. She has earned Angel First Class and is given missions to travel to Earth to help humans in trouble. In this book Branyrd was assigned to help a battered woman and her child.
In book two (Mission of Mercy), Branyrd begins a second assignment to earth, accompanied by her Guardian Angel Benedicto, Angel First Class on High, who guides and advises her. The mission assignment is to help a homeless vet named Lucas, who suffers from PTSD, and his young son, Ezra.
In book three (Mission of Love), Branyrd is sent to earth while bombs are falling on a small island. This will be her biggest challenge yet. This story will tug at your heartstrings, given the wars going on in our world today. You will see the desperate circumstances, hear the cries for help and read the prayers ascending to heaven. You will see the love and compassion of Branyrd Angel First Class. You will not want to miss the Lord’s reaction to Branyrd when she returns to heaven after completing her earthly mission.
Now in book four (Mission of Hope), First Class Angel Branyrd with Benedicto (Guardian Angel on High) are sent to earth on a multi-layered mission, as the earth erupts in unrest, criminal factions and wars that threaten all of humanity. Even repentant fallen angels are given assignments in hopes of gaining entry back into heaven. You will see that many events in ‘Mission of Hope, mirror current events. That is the genius of Author J. E. Spina. She writes with compelling details and weaves comedy into the story line to lighten the reader’s load. If Author J. E. Spina can’t become a superhero herself and solve the world’s crushing injustices, she can send in a fictional Angel with God’s blessing to heal our people, unite our leaders, bring peace and restoration to our world.
The author states “things in this book that cannot be explained to younger children, making this suitable for ages 15+.” The author dedicates this series “to all who believe in Angels around us”. I am counting the days until this unforgettable Angel, with golden wings, is given her next earthly mission.
Janice Spina, who also writes under the name J. E. Spina, has 47 published books. Her ‘Jems Books’ include 22 children’s stories for young children, two mystery series for middle-graders and preteens. She has written a fantasy series with more to come for YA. Janice has published nine novels and a short story collection for 18+.
Book Details: Print Length: 204 Pages Teen and Young Adults Reading Age: 15-18+ Years Publisher: J.E. Spina; 1st Edition (November 24, 2024) Language: English Fantasy (Humorous) Fantasy (Religion & Spirituality) Fantasy (Literature & Fiction) Fiction (Literature) Fiction (Humor & Satire) Fiction (Paranormal) Christian Literature & Fiction Paranormal & Urban Fantasy Religious Science Fiction & Fantasy Metaphysical Fantasy
Children’s Fantasy Fiction. Each Book Enjoyed Separately. Reading Age: 7-12.
2025 Book Release. ‘Scruffie and The Battle Of The Clerihews’ by Irene Edwards. Reading Age: 7-10 Years.
Scruffie is a scruffy, smelly boy who never cleans up and seems to be going nowhere… until one amazing adventure changes everything!
When Scruffie stumbles upon a band of sneaky pirates and the mischievous, magical Clerihews, he finds himself in the middle of an unexpected adventure. With treasure, trouble and a crab with a glassy eye, Scruffie’s world is about to turn upside down!
Can a boy like Scruffie outsmart a gang of pirates? And what surprises do the Clerihews have in store?
A fun rhyming story bursting with mischief, magic and a heartwarming twist, from the author of the beloved Magic Island series – perfect for sharing at bedtime… or anytime!
Matt McAvoy (Editor), Gareth Edwards (Illustrator), & 2 more.
Product Details: Print Length: 92 Pages Reading Age: 7-10 Years Publisher: Independently Published Publication Date: July 22, 2025 Matt McAvoy (Editor) Gareth Edwards (Illustrator), & 2 more. Language English Children’s Books Children’s Literature Fiction (Children’s Poetry) Fiction (Children’s Humorous)
‘A Magic Islands Series’ by Irene Edwards. Each Book Enjoyed Separately. Reading Age: 7-12.
A Spooky Wish by Irene Edwards.
Book 1 of 3: ‘Magic Islands’ Series.
Centuries ago, there were a group of mysterious, some say magical islands, which fell victim to a monsters’ curse, making them unreachable by sea. The islands were all but forgotten.
But now a group of wicked, exiled Purple Wizards, led by the horrid Izzy Odorous, have found their way to the Magic Islands, and immediately make their evil plans to rule it and its people.
Meanwhile, on a beach in Wales, two friends on a school project have found some very strange items, including a Book of Spells and a magic shell. Wishing they could learn where the items came from, Megan and Stefan are suddenly themselves whisked away to the Magic Islands, where they meet a collection of bizarre characters, including a silly jester, a pair of mean witches, a friendly dragon, a kidnapped king and a powerful, ancient magician. Soon they are all joining forces to stop the Purple Wizards’ wicked plan and lift the islands’ curse forever – and hopefully get the children back home!
A fun and exciting magical adventure for 8-12-year-olds, with an important environmental message.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Magical Read For Children 8-12 Years!
Prologue: Magic Islands (Book One):“Somewhere along the coast of Wales, there once existed a small group of islands. They were mysterious islands, often believed to be magical islands. Some were mountainous and craggy, others only undulated from high to low levels, from hillside to valley.
…The islands had few visitors, for the journeys across the seas to these islands were often treacherous, the seas around them being moody and the pathways unclear.
…It is said many ships had vanished in the rough waters and never returned home to Wales. When ships returned homewards, their sailors refrained from venturing again to the islands for they feared the mighty waves and great anger of the choppy seas.
…Ancient mariners often returned telling mystical and magical tales of having spied from a distance a curious clan of magical dwellers on the islands.
…But there was never any proof of such tales.
…As time went by the islands faded and vanished and the tales of the magical islands were soon forgotten, seemingly forever…”
Forgotten until now! Author Irene Edward unlocks the mysteries of these fictitious Islands.
Let me quote from Part 11- ‘A Call for Help’:
… “Come on, Megan, let’s become invisible.”
… “This Magical Enchanted Forest is the strangest of places,” Megan glanced through the trees as she spoke. Hundreds of cuckoos called out their cuckoo songs tunefully. The woodpeckers were hammering at branches with their sharp beaks.”
…” Rata-tat! Rata-tat! Rata-tat!”
…Above the children’s heads, hawks and eagles squawked eerily. But although the forest was oddly noisy, the children became alarmed by the trees, for they were not standing still and rooted, but were moving around in the forest, hovering and swaying, pushing, and shoving, falling, or rushing around in all directions.”
… “It would help us if the trees stayed in one place,” Stefan said nervously. “How on earth can we keep away from the paths, when the paths keep moving around everywhere?”
My Thoughts: This is a fun read, where character Stefan and Megan make a wish on a Conch shell found on the Welsh coastline. Transported to the ‘Magic Islands’ by their wish, the story-line and beautiful hand-drawn illustrations come to life on the pages.
Never a dull moment as wizards, witches, elves, dragons, castles, and a magical enchanted forest fills the readers imagination.
Children eight to twelve will enjoy reading with an adult or alone. This book will make a great gift, bed-time story, library book, or a summer reading adventure.
The author’s desire to educate children and adults about the preservation of our planet shines through in her books. Irene provides educational guides, free worksheets for classroom and group discussions. (https://cgofwales.co.uk)
Review by: Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. What an amazing magical read. I have read other magical books before, but that one tops them all. It is very different but just fantastic. With great illustrations. loved them to see all now then, as they pop up between.
Review by Elizabeth Rees: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Lovely read. Bought this book for my Grandsons, they loved it and can’t wait for grandma to buy them the next 2 books. Well done Irene Edwards look forward to reading more of your lovely easy to read books to my grandsons.
The second instalment in the fun and exciting Magic Islands fantasy-adventure series for younger children picks up where A Spooky Wish left off – and an even more important environmental message.
Far off the coast of Wales are the mysterious, legendary Magic Islands. Once hidden and inaccessible by the treacherous seas surrounding them, the curse of the Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monsters has now been lifted by Ambrosious, Wizard of the Magic Forest. Now Cyclops leader Domadron is worried that people will come; they will bring their pollution and ruin the beautiful seas he calls home.
But an even bigger threat is brewing, out in the cosmos!
For, exiled into space for their wicked deeds on the Magic Islands, the evil Purple Wizards, and their boss Izzy Odorous are up to their usual evil scheming. And this time their actions threaten the whole of Planet Earth! Because, in their vengeance against Ambrosious and his friends Megan and Stefan, they’ve ended up creating an environmental catastrophe! Can enemies and friends alike put differences aside to stop them?
Chaos in the Cosmos is a fantasy narrative for children aged between 8 to 12 years.
Awarded 5 Stars by Editor At Book Marketing Global Network. Fun, Educational Action Adventure for Kids 8-12!
Chaos In The Cosmos (Magic Island Story) is book two in the Magic Island series. In this wonderful learning adventure, Author Irene Edwards uses the fun and games of the Purple Wizard to bring children back to the Magic Islands. As we learned in book one Magic Island, somewhere along the coast of Wales, there once existed a small group of islands. They were mysterious islands, often believed to be magical islands.
Your child will enjoy the familiar characters Stefan and Megan, if he or she has read Magic Islands. Some of the chapter titles include Hook Eyed Monsters, The Spacecraft, Landing on Mars, Morning on the Red Planet, Volcano Olympus Mons, Let’s Explore the Underworld, Domadron, and the Cyclops, The Golden Puddle, Merlin’s Cave, The Red Wizards Tower, A Hiding Place, and Believe It or Not to name a few.
The Story Begins:” The story begins when the “Magic” happens, and the Purple Wizards are sent spinning from the Magic Islands to the Red Planet, Mars, where they experience a Space adventure on the mystic planet and its hidden Underworld.
…In order to escape from the Underworld and from Planet Mars, Izzy Odorous and his gang of Purple Wizards are faced with having to regain their own powerful magical strengths. With newly regained powers, they mischievously venture out on a magical mystery tour and later threaten danger to the well-being of the entire Planet Earth.
…Scratchit is the much feared, adorable, baby Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monster, who creates havoc by way of his very own busy magical mischief, as he whisks the children, Stefan, and Megan, on a terrifying journey to the Magic Islands.
…But when the children are confronted with the impending perils of global warming, they are also faced with having to help the magical inhabitants of the Magic Islands in their fight for survival during a rapidly changing climatic crisis.
Let me bring you into the story here:
… “Cheer up, Megan. Let’s get away from these sand dunes and shelter somewhere cool, such as the caves,” Stefan said briskly.
…How could she feel cheerful? She stood up and trailed after Stefan as he headed for the caves at the Land of Rocks.
… “Do you think the caves will be a safe place for us?” Megan frowned. “They can’t be. Some of the rocks on the coast are tumbling into the sea?”
… “Perhaps they may be safe enough, but I’m not really sure. At least the caves will offer shelter from the sun. I feel so cross with Scratchit today. The silly little Cyclops has brought us here and dumped us on these islands,” Stefan mumbled in annoyance.
… “But, I’m seriously worried, Stefan.” Megan sighed in despair, “What if…we really are alone on these Magic Islands, and there is no one here, to help magic us back to Wales? What if…there is no food for us to eat… or fresh water to drink, and we dehydrate?
…What if…the Magic Islands flood over?
…What if…?”
My Thoughts: Author Irene Edwards teaches children about planet earth and the cosmos in this fun, adventurous, action-adventure, using words and beautiful hand-drawn illustrations.
Children eight to twelve will enjoy reading with an adult or alone. This book will make a great gift, bed-time story, library book, or a summer reading adventure.
The author’s desire to educate children and adults about the preservation of our planet shines through in her books. Irene provides educational guides, free worksheets for classroom and group discussions. (cgofwales.co.uk)
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Believe it or not, you only have to say: “Fuzzy-Pickles! Wiggly-Jiggly! Itty-Bitty-Magic-Bits” and all you want is happening. Or is it? A wonderful story, not only for the young. Magic Island, Purple and red Wizards, Hook-Eyed Cyclops Monsters. And Steven and Megan, who was magically wished away from their school outing visiting Merlin’s Cave, by the baby Scratch it. But that is not all. You have to get the book to get the full story. Wonderfully written, easy to read. Great for children. Hi prices for it. I have started with the second book, but now I have to get the first and will see, how all started.
‘The Land Of Now And Then’ is book 3 in the ‘Magic Islands’ series.
Step into the wonderful world of the ‘Magic Islands’ for the third time, as the magical, mystical, educational series continues…
Still too much of a handful, even when captive, the naughty Purple Wizards are once again exiled for their environmental crimes – this time to a mythical land which shouldn’t exist, a land of extinct animals and ancient fictional beasts. A land where time has suddenly stood still, caused by the same lunar eclipse which brought them there…
Wizard Ambrosious needs help to start time up again – or half the Land of Now and Then will be in perpetual darkness, the other half perpetual light, and nothing will grow or thrive. He again needs the help of a particular group of schoolchildren, from a particular school in White Stone Town, Wales…
So, Stefan and Megan, this time with their friend Trevor, are called on once more to save the Magic Islands from climate catastrophe, by helping to find a missing magical Box of Secrets and its Golden Key. Their investigation will introduce them to a host of long-extinct animals of Planet Earth: a Gigantopithecus, a Dodo, a Parasaulophus, and the inhabitants – both terrifying and friendly – of fearsome Dinosaur Country. Join them as both they and the Purple Wizards learn all about these real and legendary creatures, finding friendship and purpose along the way – and perhaps saving the Land of Now and Then from its inevitable end…
A fun and exciting magical adventure for 8-12-year-olds, with an important environmental message…
Review by Réal Laplaine: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. An entertaining and educational story for children. Reviewed in the United States on June 19, 2024. Verified Purchase. The Land of Now and Then, Book 3 in The Magic Islands children’s fantasy and adventure series, is just that – a magical adventure, where a group of children find themselves inexplicably transported to a land where creatures, both fantastical and either extinct or nearly so, have been saved from extinction and are protected by a powerful wizard. In their encounters, and their mission, they, and the reader, learn about these creatures; about dinosaurs which once roamed the Earth in abundance, now only a handful remain on the Magic Island. In addition to being an imaginative adventure, the book teaches a lesson about life, about the value of all creatures large or small, about the importance of maintaining an eco-system where the balance of the world is not disrupted to the detriment of any living thing. I recommend this book for children as both entertaining and educational – raising awareness on an important issue in our times – protecting the balance of life.
Review by Gigi Sedlmayer, Book Excellence Award Finalist winning author of the Talon series. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. It’s Magic! Believe it or not! Reviewed in the United States on January 18, 2024. Verified Purchase. Reading that book, you will be transported into the magical world of purple Wizards and other worldly creatures and even to extinct creatures, like the dinosaurs. (they all kept alive there by the wizard Ambrosious).Three friends, Megan, Stefan and Trevor are once more being transported into the magical world of The Land of Now and Then to help the creatures to get their clock running again, so the darkness, that was creeping into their land, will stop and they can go on living. Very well written and I enjoyed reading it.
Review by James Stokes. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on June 7, 2024. Verified Purchase. Magic Islands is a well written story which will captivate and immerse children in the story’s magical elements. At the same time they will become aware of the serious message portrayed by the book. Our world is a fragile environment which needs to be cared for in an appropriate manner. Human beings are the stewards of this planet who need to take this responsibility seriously. As a teacher for nearly forty years Irene Edwards book is a must read for older primary school pupils.
Review by Amazon Customer: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Great children’s book. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on April 7, 2024. Verified Purchase. The third in the series of Magic Island books, again touches on themes of the environmental issues. This time set in the mythical land of now and then ,with some familiar characters from the previous two books. This was a joy to read from beginning to end, and perhaps the best of the three novels. Suitable bed time reading for any children, it’s sure to fire their imagination within the world of Magic Islands.
Review by Claire. 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Fantastic third book of the trilogy. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on April 1, 2024. Verified Purchase. This is my favourite of the trilogy. Fantastic plot and characters. I also bought copies for children in the family who are eager to discover what happens next. Highly recommended for children 8-12 years who will love this series.
Review by Topsy: 5.0 out of 5 Stars. Wonderful book to capture children’s imagination. Reviewed in the United Kingdom on March 27, 2024. Verified Purchase. I purchased this book to read with my 9 year old son. He has a huge interest in prehistoric animals and dinosaurs and this story weaves together magic, dinosaurs and an important message about climate change. A must read for children (and adults).
About Irene Edwards: Irene Edwards is a retired teacher who now writes fantasy fiction for children. As an educator, she taught Primary level in many parts of the UK; London, Essex, Coventry, Midlands, Cardiff, Port Talbot, Swansea and Carmarthenshire. She then qualified as a Teacher of the Deaf at The Lady Spencer Churchill College, Oxford, working at first within unit settings and later moving to peripatetic, for schools and clinics. Knowing how important literature and language was to the structure of speech and language development, on retirement she began to research into the imaginary minds of children and their world of literature and writing. To find out more visit: https://cgofwales.co.uk/
Book Marketing Global Network works tirelessly on behalf of their author clients to present their work professionally and honestly to the public. What more can an author ask of a company that provides valuable promotional/marketing services for his or her books? To top it all off, they are a joy to work with. I will be back with my next book!
I have been using Book Marketing Global Network to help get the word out about my books since the publication of my first. Six books later and I am pleased to continue to enjoy the support that is given by Book Marketing Global Network. If an author has any question as to the value of Book Marketing Global Network all that is necessary is to go to the link and examine what the network has put in place for any of the authors listed. The author will see terrific graphics, outstanding reviews, and plenty of positive editorial content. There is enough to convince anyone serious about a writing career to sign up.
I can’t imagine a more thorough, professional marketing service than what I’ve found with Book Marketing Global Network. As both a self-published and a traditionally published author, I want to share my books with the world; and BMGN enables me to reach my goal. They consistently deliver excellence in all they do for me. I’m not even looking for anyone else. Thank you, BMGN!
I have been promoting my books with Book Marketing Global Network for several years now. BMGN is a great place to promote your books. The team is efficient, accommodating, thorough and prompt. They work tirelessly to ensure that they have everything needed to provide excellent service for me and other authors in promoting our books. I highly recommend BMGN to anyone who wants to get their books noticed by readers. Thank you so much, for all that you do to keep my books prevalent.
Every author needs excellent marketing in order to succeed. The website ‘Author’s Page’ for my books has attracted over 8,400 visitors to date. It looks incredible and is filled with engaging photos and information of interest to others who want seeking more details on my accomplishments as an author. Authors of any genre will find the services of ‘Book Marketing Global Network’ to be invaluable. You will be pleased the prompt service offered and I believe you will love the appearance of your ‘Author’s Page.’ I am proud to give my highest recommendation to ‘Book Marketing Global Network’, with professional staff that work diligently to assure that each client receives the best possible marketing for their work. Deanie Humphrys-Dunne, Children’s Author.
My recently developed author’s page at Book Marketing Global Network has been quite professionally and creatively prepared, and I’m sure that it will be visited by book lovers many times in the future as your various websites grow from small acorns into mighty oaks.
I’m delighted to get-in on the ground floor before your myriad website-publicity elevators zoom upward. Thank you very much for putting together a most admirable and attractive Jay Dubya author webpage.
The whole array of author information that you’ve organized and assembled looks especially powerful, and I’m sure that your dedicated effort on my behalf will ultimately achieve numerous Internet hits from prospective readers.
Thanks so much. I’m confident that your comprehensive promotional effort will certainly bring more reader interest in, and more public recognition of, my eight genre literary works.
I must say that I appreciate how BMGN has set up author pages. They have ensured that the integrity of the process is protected. The pages are very professional and present my books vividly and desirably. I appreciate the effort and look forward to a long-standing relationship. And I hope to sell a few books!
As an author, regardless of genre, your mission, after you complete the manuscript is to call attention to what you consider to be a masterpiece of literary content. After going through all the machinations of publication, it is a real hoot to hold your creation in hand as a bound book.
So, what’s next? Why, sales of course! The challenge now is to call attention to your book, to get your work exposed in a field of millions of old and new publications every year. Book Marketing Global Network (BMGN) can do that for you.
For the purpose of advertising and public exposure to my novels I have been a member of BMGN for many years, back to when it began for me as Cold Coffee. The why of that decision is easy; membership is a good deal. Considering what you get for the annual membership fee, and fees associated with their many services, it is a great deal. Like many of you, Indy authors all, I cannot afford the exorbitant cost of the advertising industry, so I turned to BMGN for help. The staff have worked their hearts out for me and my Axe of Iron trilogy. I believe that most of my sales are the result of that effort.
I encourage those of you who need help in marketing to check out the many links and promos that will feature your work when you become a member of BMGN.
Just to name a few: self-help articles by other authors; Editorial Reviews for both published, and unpublished manuscripts; links to professional editors; use your BMGN author page as a website; and on and on.
I recommend ‘Book Marketing Global Network’ and now their new associate, ‘Book Reviews Central’ without reservation.
When I went searching for promotional venues for my books and found Book Marketing Global Network, I was amazed at the amount of promotion possible through this site. I have signed up all of my 10 books. Any future books will be listed here as well. The service is incredibly fast, my books listed within hours with all pertinent information to entice a reader looking for books to buy. The beauty of this is that I didn’t have to search through all my sites to find information needed here. It’s all done for the author. If we have public information on various sites, this site will find it and cull only the best to list with your books. The promotional capabilities of this site far outshine any other single site I’ve investigated. Not only are our books listed with links but there are opportunities for reviews, contests, and discounts for listing multiple books. They offer promotional campaigns, and editorial reviews, for both published books and unpublished manuscripts. Authors who have side-line businesses besides writing get that website listed as well. Numerous promotional possibilities, all on the same site. Too, all books are listed in the Global Library which means people around the world have the potential of finding them. And we also have an Author page, mine, which needs updating, but I’ve only gotten started here. I am well-pleased with the service of this great site, am eager to participate, and to also meet other writers and find appealing books in the genres I read. Anyone who seeks promotional capabilities from a website should definitely look into this one. I have never found a complete service like this in the past. I can’t say enough about Book Marketing Global Network, and all the services they offer to writers.
Book Marketing Global Network; Always there, always dependable! Yes, there are many sites that say they will do this or that, but BMGN increases sales every time. The best bang for the buck for any author. Author Dave McGowan. July 2024.
I’ve been fortunate enough to work with Book Marketing Global Network for over a year now and I couldn’t be happier with the results. Book Marketing Global Network is always ready to help an author promote his or her books. It’s been a pleasure working with you. Charles Salzberg.
Many thanks for all your efforts on setting up promotion for my books. Thank you, for your great reviews and wonderful promotion of all my books, in particular the recent time and energy devoted to my new arrival ‘Amidst Alien Stars’. Your dedication is unprecedented and is a glowing beacon in the book marketing field. Your devotion to the cause of book promotion is much appreciated and recommended to all authors. Best Wishes, Graham C.
